¥ i ‘
« 7 q
-
«
*
faet a i i
pickets « j
Bye! + < ps p
Mie
ale - : 4 be
we
Ayu < : } y
ee
; be < .
- . . i
> i e - 2
er 2
Me”? . « a ¥ 2 4 a
Aen * ; 3 3 3 |
pr ine E :
pany Dk
Be hme ‘ 4 is
gots =
eS u
Sains . edt iatiag ;
ee y
A * ‘
eae . B view : ye
§
be | 4 7 " ve oft sj) 3
ve v - or « -
- : :
= .
« 3 7 ;
2 . -
« < 4
ae «-
i ‘ : “ lees
e ~ .
#4 1 Ps 7 ;'
. - ol
‘ 3 i =
ax
$ 4 os the
+e :
: ten ‘
4 shied
- r '
.
ie
@«
‘ <
+ 7
x a. = A
aid e
e ‘
*
« .
« ae
= . ai
i Ze. @ 4
Foe av? FRR,
h Par
‘ -
i é ” fais PORENUPON Te tree tir iy. wen
ateiie sawing Saag TyHite os ‘gst ghl
: ; oa ' Gti wdalal shades atetarecscat aie
a lade te c Br my | ;
: * Hie este tae eeeren . ? so" .
: aha ‘cased > : - aj eae be + 28
ie ei Hhataes per tatevave hans ava teria!
et ‘Sa 7
- ¢ -
Jie ? « 3
Ate ~ dinie
ie - | ‘Ti,
: 1
= A> or :
. Vp "
ne =
< .
Tehetided oY } : aiane
‘ en at eurtete °
rsa tp ah aig Pale Fa
sii'« : o : els a tte “ie
“ire Per Hei ecg le tat iy ones . was
ate ahi ¢ - she ate «
- - 7 we 4 e e422 q
: ‘ : atte .
5 j ° 2 F * :
- : vate 4 a Dete y
ete rar 4 erate qty eg y
44 ‘ é uTsas'rdl 4 4 2
, Pa ‘ ; .
wer ‘ ‘ é we ® et ils *
os atihe} ee as -.
He ‘ ‘ ° aye a«¢ ste
wakes ‘ airy! .
2 : ‘ < 4 ¢ §
< wire -
: que eiieAs Pe = :
r F +, « aa - >
i ‘ " « ‘ar : * * '
: hard by * mY « — sa
at : : ‘ - ‘ + -
: by { ‘ Pro t
‘= - ‘ oe es
‘ ; “| | : *
Pre a) - * 4
: A - war
“ . - 4 wile E
' 7 : s } ~-* « 7
ate : ns i
Bs : - . .
7 ' 2 * .
dele pe ‘ espe) vi
- - 4 . . ¢
wi tig ; F ieee Wire
, . :
+ if ‘ . - :
« « J ‘ ‘
- 4 ‘ ‘ . :
e é
; + - « ‘ ¢
j . - a) 433 .
oa Pi - 74 e t
ede J
4 ? , it | ,‘
+ + ni , . .
: : : 7
+9 , - 2 . - « « . b
: 4 ety - ..
ba ? « . *
‘ . 4s H
: ; 4 $
« ait ahs if ; ‘ ‘ 4)
Ps - Par) 4 :
* 4 : 5 ¥: «
ij es : : '
<* : 4 ‘ : ‘ Z
*h4 ‘< qi4ihy adhy 1 rashid ¥
‘ dais 7 [gS f
" , 7 ‘ sit :
$ 344 . - . y : :
} : =< .4%4
=" - : ia AUN eet
‘ Sit t ~s9 4 an! ’ 2 ih aiad rT ’
; : { ; tau ‘
4 : H ; i if
: 17 ; ' aie 4 b
: ‘ suace We 3."
: Y i , carey - >
" < 4 ae 5
a i eid genes PB
: - ‘ is wore 3 ; Es
ee? i + Ar S,
‘ an Fl pe ‘ ce 5
so sn ’ N D A ees
ms $ A eights Sper
: *F ied | St , 7 aa | tu ous ane
ati Pere yin De Pons yf .¢ . :
‘ al
Garin oi J 3 PTeury
E 458 ais 12 SADA ‘ ‘
iaten Ws ‘ ‘ es -
¢ FREE “ 4 3 jt
wy * - ‘ iai'« : ‘ -:
rt sideg 404 8 : . ei
} me ; fit
" te s 4 - a
‘ i Th) « x MH Leis . - -
( ' + ot . . P
‘ peieake 8 ‘ Mone arenes anise
f oa ‘ j Gialosa son te
gist i 3 Cleat Hues ee ; ;
f aa i 410 4i5i8 Ranta e ‘
: : “ y 4 4
: HS gis erate 4
45 5 at
; M « , * ri ree ¢ af
iis aia S en) 44 \Atp ia ;
‘ 4 afaie hs .
4 ; irae etna ‘ : sinaae b
wiie e : ‘ AE the ; 44.04
Ww - . : 4 Mayne 4
oT - = as \ at
% es 3 o > 22R ; ie d ‘
4G 4 s} Loe Py +) Als 3
t eA Reg! hes SL By h dank i
" r .
. 7 Seal
2 i eitidi ides ne .
a] ‘ ; “a Stace
H win vite z .
Net Pret ‘ Teeter Pde
M Le) ; . . a “4 §
“ hes ‘ iy ‘i
4 + $ , ‘ ane : .
. Ih y vey ‘ sit :
i qu he! A) , . as
J (a sNae de ¢ : ke re vent ra | ia “
\ oh ‘} cays S
je etgite ‘ Peter dis8
hearer acetate vis ?
Historic, archived document
Do not assume content reflects current
scientific knowledge, policies, or practices.
i's - Vee pias
rupeceray ences mare |W <I PES As = i
LIBRARY
CURRENT SERIAL RECORD
APR2 3 1943 —
U. S. BEPARTIGENT OF AGRIGULTURE
were
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATION NO. 401
Washington, D. C. Issued June 1942
GEOGRAPHICAL GUIDE
to
FLORAS OF THE WORLD
An annotated list with special reference to useful plants
and common plant names
PART I
Africa, Australia, North America,
South America, and Islands of the
Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans
By
S. F. BLAKE
Senior Botanist
Division of Plant Exploration and Introduction
Bureau of Plant Industry
and
ALICE C. ATWOOD
Botanical Bibliographer
Library
UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
\ WASHINGTON: 1942
| - Price 75 cents
N
FLORAS OF THE WORLD
An annotated selected list of floras and floristic works relating to
vascular plants, including bibliographies and publications dealing
with useful plants and vernacular names.
Part I
Africa, Australasia, Insular Floras, North America, and
South America
By S. F. BLAKE, senior botanist, Division of Plant Exploration and Introduction,
Bureau of Plant Industry, and AticeE C. AtTwoop, botanical bibliographer,
Library *
CONTENTS
Page Page
NGO GU CUIO Maes ee ae eee ae REL 3 | Annotated list of floras and floristic works—
Annotated list of floras and floristic works_-___ 16 Continued.
ISS ONES OV EE ANE ea UR a Seg 8S 16 AFrica—Continued.
PAUL ers] Aes Sree s BRS Se eh Or. 17 Seaver egal Le oe ee eh be NES ye tel 52
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan___________________ 20 SierrarconeteeSessso Saas Oakes Upoeieeee 53
Angola (Portuguese West Africa)_________ 22 South PAYTI Caeess 2 Saw Lie eee eee 53
IBASUCO sia Geese ee a 23 SoutherneRhodesin tesa sea ewes renee oe 55
iBechuanalandse sss. ee 23 SouthawiesteAtiri casmemen ee emia oreo mene 55
Bechuanaland Protectorate_______________ 23 So aublay (Cryo. ee 56
Belgian one gases ee el eee 23 SWAT EVAU EN 0 [alee Dae ac Bad le cg gs 56
Britiish Somaliland Protectorate__________ 27 ADEN atege Woy AU G2 asa e ce ee ay oa a Se Fr at 56
Cameroons (including Cameroun) __-___-- Ze ROS Owe ete oth ere A De Se en 58
@apelolGoodiHoper S2-2 =. 2 ae 28 ANTANS Vaasa a nee eee ere aero 59
ID) AH OINC yee eee ol Sy 30 AP RUDTATS Lee Se es SD a ae ee 60
NH) 2310 (tes a ee ee 30 Wigan Ca setae ee een eee 61
ithe ae ewer es Se a! eT ee ay 33 Wies GHAITIGA Bere com RR See eerie sie eee. 62
1B T) UG O) LS = ee Se ee ee eon 2 eae 34 ZAIN ZU EAT a oe ey a Ee 63
French Equatorial Africa__.._.______-_____ 35 PANU SDAA Ate aise Orato aaa ee ace eee 63
Ten CHEGUINGa= ets ee ee 37 AUStialige st ates eee ee 63
Hrenchssomaliland== 20 £<- =) ee wort 37 ING WAS O URE LUV CS cee ate 64
MrenchewWiesusAdrica = 2. a Bee ee 37 INorthernMerritonye ene eee 67
Giarnily aera ee a 38 Qucenslandets een Naas ee eae 68
Cloldi@ gas tees Fe et 38 SouthPAtistraliates.s= == es semere aera ee 70
Ifahanssomalvland's 2 205.0 ee an 39 VACUO Ig acter Foe eae SR een eee 73
TV OVS AO OES te ee eee ee 40 WiestenneAlistrali geass nen eee 7
KC Taya rere epee rs Sy a ee 40 New? Zealam dis ee uae 77
ICO). Lee ape ni re, ieee eee 41 INORG. se ee 78
Gi eee ee ee ee ins 41 PSXORD UT) apd USp Pe aYG bes ie Se Re ee le le 82
INDI Gan aes Se 43 MAS Anas sae es ee URS Se ae eae 85
Morocce (including Spanish Morocco) ___- 43 STINTS WiCeAUR B12 © VAS ee ate ee 86
IMVOZaTN DI Gee nerene | oa as ae 47 PNT BNM ATO ONCE a Ne Se 86
Nea isa eer re Oe ee ee 48 INSCeENSIONBIS an Geen seme tee een eee 86
ING 9 CTs ewe ks op Se Lee 49 TAZ OT OS res ot ee a A a nee a 86
Northern Rhodesia= = = ee 50 Bermuda lsland Stes een 87
INV a.Seo leita cl ee pie nee NI Seer ney Bel Sie 50 @anaryelslands= 2 ee eee 87
OranveshireeiStates= = eo a eee 51 CapeiVerdedsiands = 88
IRonwuezuese;Guinea- ss. ee 51 Cockburniislande eee 89
UOT ClO TOM ee LN aia 51 IDE iewayel IG eval aw eee a 89
IRimNaNG ey evavol Ae bbaYelis a ee 51 Hernando Noronhates 22 toe ne 89
retin a Treen ee ees eda Ey Os cl 51 Grabamsiand ie ee ee ee 90
Sa0mehomérand! Principe ee 52 Madeira island s:2622 se ee 90
1The authors wish to express their thanks to the authorities and librarians of the
Gray Herbarium, the Arnold Arboretum, and the New York Botanical Garden for per-
mission to consult their libraries freely. Several botanists have examined the lists of
titles of regions with which they are familiar and have suggested additional papers.
Dr. John Hendley Barnhart. of the New York Botanical Garden, has rendered much
assistance by furnishing full names and dates of some authors from his extensive card
catalog of botanists, now including about 35,000 cards.
1
2
Annotated list of floras and floristic works—
Continued.
INSULAR FLoRAs—Continued.
Atlantic Ocean—Continued.
Palmer luand = 2262-2 Ss ao eee ee
Salvarelisiands=) =e
SouthiGeorcia== = eee
SouthiOrkney:lslandse ee
Trinidadislands= == ===
Tristan da Cunha Islands___-_---------
Indian Ocean? ==) ase eee
U AVEC’ 8) af; Weta eee yee Fe pe ee
Andaman) 1SlanGScee see are eee
Chagos Archipelago--.._---------------
@hristmasisiand== 52 ==) Se eee
C@ocoslslands == 225-2 = ee ese
@ComoroulslandS === eee
@rozetisland Sse eee eee
Giloriosauislands2= = ees eee
Keeling sands a ee ee
Kersuclensland is soe eee
Waccadivedlslands =. 555-— =e s— eee
Macdonaldiislands a2 e aes
Miadacascar ae seein ee tee ae
WMaldiverislands===) ae
IMascarenellsland Sess eee ee
INarcondamslsian d= 92 as eee
New Amsterdam and St. Paul Islands_
INicobartsland see ee
Prince Edward Islands__.--.-------_---
Seychelles: S222 fers he Mae
Socotra ta ee ee eee ae
| Py Verb alee OX CSS ea ee ee re
Australianvisland Se) ee
IBORNCO Se = Set ee ee Se ee
@elebess a2 2 eee eee cee eee
Clippertonssiand =] 2 Sse eee
Cocos Island
Dutch hastindies=- 2 eee
ENG TOLS Tart GS serene tne een ee eae
Galapacosiislandss= = eee
IHawaltaniislands=e222 asses ae eae
Wrelanesiavet ee se eee ee reer
IVGICTONES Ae.
Io ler eGaels letra GS Ss ee eee
INGwa Caledonia ee eee
INGwa Guinea oa ee oe Seen
iParacellsland sess en en ee
Philippinesislands == ans eee
Polynésiate se eae eee
SamoantislandS See. se eee eee eee
San Ambrosio and San Felix____-_-----
Societyslslands se ne
Sumatran 2 222 ee a ee
INORTHSeAMERICA@ == se ee es eee
(Alaska So Se ee ee ee ee
Keewatin= = 222 ee ae
Ma bradot ee ee er ea
Mackenzieo 22 ste 22 ee eee
Manito bast oa see en ee eee eres
ING Ww. Bruns wiG ket eee eee
Newfoundland (including St. Pierre et
Miquelon)
INOVa Scotia=e <5 28222 ee
Ontario ee a ee Sa eee eee
Quebees te ee Se ee eee
Wako ee
Central America (including Mexico) ------
‘BritishvHond lrdse2 2 ee
Costa*Ricat a5 2 ee eee
Guatemala tee Soe
Panama sss) tse ee eee ae
Salvador 2262222 6342254 eee ete
Page
MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Annotated list of floras and floristic works—
Continued.
NortH AMERICA—Continued.
Greenland? o.2-2 3 ee ee
Kentucky 2235 £03 25 See
Maryland: 2622-6 -e eee
Massachusetts 2252 eae eee
Michigan’. 2.0 sins sit a eee
INews Hampshire sao ee
INew: JCRS@Y= <3 2. Ve eee ee
IN@wNMiexico 2282 5 a2 5 sae ee eee
Oregon: ua bs 2 ae ee ee
Pennsylvania. = 92 eee
Rhodetisiand=)k&] = a eae
Virginia. 3. oe ne eee
Washington? 2-23. 3- 4 eee
West Virtinia®) <2) ee
‘Wisconsin. >. #21522. eee ee
Wyoming..- 232 2 eee
Wiest: Indies... 223. eee
Bahamaiislandss= == ee
Jamaicas 2.2 ee eee
Urugusy.22.23..:-. eee
Abbreviations of periodicals cited__-----_--__-
Author index... =.-- SS eee
Geographicaliind cx2522 eee
Page
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 3
INTRODUCTION
The primary purpose of this publication is usefulness, not bibli-
ographical completeness. Its aim is to furnish an annotated catalog
of all the now useful floras and floristic works, including those in
periodical literature, that list or describe the complete vascular flora
(or the phanerogams only) of any region or locality, and to include
as well all publications dealing on the same scale with useful and
medicinal plants, vernacular names, and botanical bibliography. In
general, only the later works relating to a given region or subject
are included, although earlier publications are usually mentioned
under the titles of works that have replaced them. Publications
dealing with only a part of the flora, such as a single family or larger
group of the flowering plants or the pteridophytes only, or a single
group of useful plants, such as those producing dyes, resins, or forage,
are excluded, except for complete papers on edible, medicinal, or
woody plants. Occasional titles relating to weeds and poisonous
plants, chiefly from the botanical point of view, have been included,
although no attempt has been made to include all papers on these
subjects. In the case of little-known regions without complete floras,
some publications of an incomplete nature, such as lists of species
obtained by individual collectors or expeditions, have been inserted,
as have also some miscellaneous papers not falling strictly within the
scope of the list as defined. In general, no attempt has been made
to evaluate the titles listed, but references to critical reviews are
given when available. Papers that are primarily ecological have
been excluded unless they contain fairly complete lists of the plants
of the areas discussed. Works of the “popular” type, intended for
beginners in botany, have been omitted, as well as works that are
now only of historical value. The list is intended to be complete
through 1939, and no later titles have been inserted.
The selective nature of this work has left the authors free to omit
a few papers dealing with areas so small that they can be disregarded
by all but the local botanist dealing in a very special way with the
regions concerned, and also those few lists that are so full of errors
or so incomplete that their inclusion would serve no useful purpose.
These intentional omissions aside, this publication can be taken as
providing an annotated summary of the available nominally complete
publications on the vascular flora and the economic botany of the
world. Unintentional omissions will, of course, be found by users,
and additions will be gratefully received by the authors. |
No list of the scope of this one has ever been published. Daydon
Jackson’s Guide to the Literature of Botany,’ now over 60 years old,
dealt almost entirely with independently published works, and its
few annotations were mainly bibliographical. A 12-page publication
by Prof. G. L. Goodale,’ of about the same date, listed geographically
and chronologically the more important independently published
2 Jackson, B. D. GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE OF BOTANY; BEING A CLASSIFIED SELECTION
OF BOTANICAL WORKS, INCLUDING NEARLY 6,000 TITLES NOT GIVEN IN PRITZEL’S THESAURUS.
xl, 626 p. 22 em. London, 1881. (Index Society Publications, viii.)
3 GOODALE, GEORGE L. THE FLORAS OF DIFFERENT COUNTRIES. Bibl. Contrib. Libr. Harvard
Univ. 9. 12 p. 1879. (Reprinted from Bul. Libr. Harvard Univ. no. 10, 11, and 12.)—
Partly annotated list, geographically grouped, then arranged in chronological order;
includes for the most part only separately published works, many of which are now
only of historical value. Almost none of the smaller local floras are included.
4 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
floras of the world, and similar but briefer lists have appeared in
various textbooks on systematic or other phases of botany, but none
of these represented any real search of the voluminous available
literature.
The part of this list now published, covering all the world except
Europe and Asia and the islands closely associated with them
(namely, those north of 40° north latitude in the Atlantic Ocean
and north of 30° north latitude in the Pacific), includes about 2,597
primary titles and 428 subsidiary titles (supplements, reviews, etc.,
as well as the few works listed as not available for examination).
At least as many more papers have been examined and rejected
as not fulfilling the promise of their titles.
The list is based in the first instance on the classified subject
catalog of botany in the library of the United States Department
of Agriculture, begun in 1906 under the direction of the late Dr.
Frederick V. Coville by Marjorie F. Warner and Alice C. Atwood,
and continued by them and their assistants. This catalog provides
a fairly complete index to the systematic and economic publications
of the world for the last third of a century, as well as to much of the
earlier literature. Practically all the pertinent works on the shelves
of the libraries of the Gray Herbarium, the Arnold Arboretum, and
the New York Botanical Garden have been examined independently
by one of the authors, and the titles given in the bibliographies of the
papers cited in the present list have been checked. The geographically
arranged lists in the Bradley Bibliography, the Catalogue of the Li-
brary “of the Arnold Arboretum (vol. 2), and the publications of the
Lloyd Library ° have also been utilized, as well as Bay’s Bibliographies
of Botany.® Certain series of periodicals have been gone through, but
no complete examination of the botanical periodicals of the world has
been attempted, nor have the unclassified catalogs of the libraries
of the Kew Herbarium and the British Museum been searched, al-
though they would, no doubt, provide some additional items.
After the bulk of the list was essentially completed, a search
through the principal periodical bibliographical publications added
a considerable number of mostly minor titles, which previously had
been overlooked or rejected. The publications examined for this
nurpose include: Biological Abstracts (vol. 1-13, pt. 8), Botanical
Abstracts (vol. 1-15), Bohnensieg’s Repertorium annuum literaturae
botanicae periodicae (vol. 1-8), Botanisches Centralblatt (vol. 1-175
heft 6) and its Beihefte (vol. 1-9), Bulletin de la Société Botanique i
France (vol. 1-86, pt. 2), Engler’s Botanische Jahrbiicher (vol. 1-70,
pt. 3), Fortschritte der Botanik (vol. 1-8), International Catalogue of
Scientific Literature (vol. 1-14), and Just’s Botanischer Jahresbericht
(vol. 1-57, heft 1).
4REHDER, ALFRED. THE BRADLEY BIBLIOGRAPHY. A GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE OF THE
WOODY PLANTS OF THE WORLD PUBLISHED BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE TWENTIETH
CENTURY. 5 v. 30 em. Cambridge [Mass.], 1911-1918. (Pub. Arnold Arboretum no.
3.)—Phytography (floras, ete.) in v. 1.
5 HOLDEN, WILLIAM, and WYCOFF, EDITH. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE
LLOYD LIBRARY, CINCINNATI, OHIO. v. 1, no. 2-13. 1911—1914.—Bach number a bibliog-
raphy of the floristic literature of a country or region, pa Reet ase arranged by authors.
Those referring to regions in the present list are: No. 9 (North America and West Indies),
no. 10 (South America and Antarctic regions), no. 12 (Oceanica, including Australasia), and
no. 13 (Africa).
® Bay, J. C. BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF BOTANY. A CONTRIBUTION TOWARD A BIBLIOTHECA BIBLIO-
GRAPHICA ... Prog. Rei Bot. 3: 331-456. 1910—Includes, among other material, a
list of ‘‘general and comprehensive bibliographies’ and one of “national (regional)
bibliographies.”
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 5
A few general works and textbooks dealing with the flora or
the economic plants of the whole world, for the most part familiar
to every working botanist, have not been included in this publica-
tio, but may be mentioned here. The most important ones dealing
primarily with the flora of the world are De Candolle’s Prodromus
and its continuation, the Monographiae Phanerogamarum, Bentham
and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, Baillon’s Histoire des Plantes,
Engler and Prantl’s Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Dalla Torre and
Harms’ Genera Siphonogamarum, the extensive series of volumes
forming Das Pflanzenreich, the Index Kewensis, and the Index
Londinensis. Some outstanding works dealing with vernacalar
names are Gerth van Wijk,’ Lyons*® (which also gives uses),
Bedevian,? and Meyer.”
Numerous works, mostly textbooks, treating of the economic and
medicinal plants of the world are available, among which the follow-
ing may be mentioned: For economic plants in general, Clute’s Use-
ful Plants of the World, Hill’s Economic Botany,? Holland’s
Overseas Plant Products,“ Rosenthal’s Synopsis Plantarum Diaphori-
carum,!* Wiesner’s Die Rohstoffe des Pflanzenreichs,* and Wehmer’s
Die Pflanzenstoffe **; for edible plants, Bois’ Les Plantes Alimentaires,’”
7GERTH VAN WIJK, H. L. A DICTIONARY OF PLANT NAMES. 2v. 29.5 cm. The Hague,
1911-1916.—Vol. 1, bibliography; alphabetical list of botanical names, ,with English,
French, German, and Dutch vernacular names; vol. 2, index to vernacular names.
8 LYONS, A. B. PLANT NAMES SCIENTIFIC AND POPULAR, INCLUDING IN THE CASE OF EACH
PLANT THE CORRECT BOTANICAL NAME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REFORMED NOMENCLATURE,
TOGETHER WITH BOTANICAL AND POPULAR SYNONYMS... ed. 2. 6380p. 20.5 em. Detroit,
1907.—Alphabetical list of 2,827 genera, each with one or more species, with vernacular
names and principal uses ; index of vernacular names.
® BEDEVIAN, A. K. ILLUSTRATED POLYGLOTTIC DICTIONARY OF PLANT NAMES IN LATIN,
ARABIC, ARMENIAN, ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, ITALIAN AND TURKISH LANGUAGES, INCLUDING
ECONOMIC, MEDICINAL, POISONOUS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS AND COMMON WEEDS... XV,
644, 455 p. illus., port. 21 cm. Cairo, 1936.—AlIphabetical list of 3,657 vascular and
cellular plants, with vernacular names in eight languages; notes on transliteration and
pronunciation; bibliography; separate lists of names in each language, with references
to the first part of the work.
10 MEYHR, HANS. BUCH DER HOLZNAMEN ... Xviii, 564 p. 25.5 cm. Hannover, 1933-—
36.—Alphabetical list of vernacular names of trees in all languages, with botanical
equivalent, family name, and. habitat.
1CLUTE, W. N. THE USEFUL PLANTS OF THE WORLD. 2d ed. 220 p. 22 cm. Indi-
anapolis, 1932. (1st ed., 1928, reprinted from Amer. Bot. suppl. v. 33-34, 1927—28.)—
Popular treatment, with lists of principal species grouped by uses.
122 HILL, A. F. ECONOMIC BOTANY. A TEXTBOOK OF USEFUL PLANTS AND PLANT PRODUCTS.
x, 592 p. 225 fig. 24 cm. N. Y., 1937.—Discussion of useful plants, grouped by uses;
systematic list of species; bibliography, composed chiefly of publications in English.
13 HOLLAND, J. H. OVERSEAS PLANT PRODUCTS. vii, 279 p. 18.5 em. London, 1937.—
Briefly annotated alphabetical list of trade names, with botanical names and localities,
of “all the natural products of vegetable origin, imported on a commercial seale into the
docks under the control of the Port of London Authority and into other ports, for
landing and delivery to the consignees in the markets of the United Kingdom. Others
of economic value in the countries of production, including many that have been sent to
Kew from time to time for identification, are also included.’ Has bibliography.
14 ROSENTHAL, D. A. SYNOPSIS PLANTARUM DIAPHORICARUM. SYSTEMATISCHE UEBERSICHT
DER HEIL-, NUTZ- UND GIFTPFLANZEN ALLER LANDER. xXXvi, 1859 p. 22.5 cm. Erlangen, 1861
(1861-62). —Systematic list of medicinal, useful, and poisonous plants, with German ver-
nacular names. officinal names, range, brief account of uses.
15 WIESNER, JULIUS VON. DIE ROHSTOFFE DES PFLANZENRBICHS. 4. aufl. . Heraus-
gegeben von Paul Krais und Wilhelm von Brehmer. 2 v. (2,253 p.). illus. 25 em.
Leipzig, 1927-28. (ist ed., 1873.)—Encyclopedic work with especial emphasis on chemical
features, the plants grouped under such headings as Alkaloide, Farbstoffe, Hélzer, etc.,
with extensive bibliographies and annotated systematic lists of species.
16 WHHMER, CARL. DIE PFLANZENSTOFFE BOTANISCH-SYSTEMATISCH BEARBEITET. BESTAND-
TEILE UND ZUSAMMENSETZUNG DER EINZELNEN PFLANZEN UND DEREN PRODUKTE.
PHANEROGAMEN. 2., neubearb. und verm. aufl. 2 v. (1,511 p.). Jena, 1929-31 (1st ed.,
1911.) —Ergiinzungsband zur zweiten auflage: nachtrige aus den jahren 1930-1934, mit-
bearb. von Magdalene Hadders. Aus dem nachlass hrsg. von Hans Amelung... iy,
244 p. port. 25.5 em. Jena, 19385.—Systematie list of 4,493 spermatophytes, with
habitat, products, chemical properties. references.
17 BoIs, DESIRE. LES PLANTES ALIMENTAIRES CHEZ TOUS LES PEUPLES ET A TRAVERS LES
AGES. HISTOIRE, UTILISATION, CULTURE. 4 v. 698 fig. 25.5 em. Paris. 1927—37.—
Descriptive account of wild and cultivated edible plants, with history, uses, vernacular
names, and references. Vol. 1, vegetables; v. 2, fruits; v. 3, spices and condiments;
v. 4, sources of drinks. “May be regarded as the fourth edition of ‘A. Paillieux and
D. Bois, Le potager d’un curieux...’” 1885.
6 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
and Sturtevant’s Notes on Edible Plants ?8; for medicinal plants,
Baillon’s Traité de Botanique Médicale Phanérogamique,” Bentley
and Trimen’s Medicinal Plants,*? Dragendorff’s Die Heilpfianzen,”!
and Dujardin-Beaumetz and HWgasse’s Les Plantes Médicinales;”2
for woody plants, in addition to the Bradley Bibliography ** and
Meyer’s Buch der Holznamen,** Ahern and Newton’s Bibliography,”
Howard’s Manual of the Timbers of the World, and Record and
Mell’s *7 Timbers of Tropical America.
The more strictly bibhographical part of the present work has
been the chief concern of Miss Atwood, the selection and annotation
of the titles that of S. F. Blake. For the purpose of this publication,
it has not seemed worth while to enter into the niceties of citation
so dear to the heart of the confirmed bibliographer. Intercalated
unnumbered pages, variant cover and title-page titles, unpaged
errata lists and the lke have in practically all cases been passed
over, but no effort has been spared to secure accuracy in all the
bibliographical matter actually presented. Authors’ given names,
when more than one, are cited only as initials in the body of the
work, but full names and dates, wherever available, are given in the
author index (prepared by Miss Atwood).
Subdivisions under the principal geographic units have been dis-
pensed with as far as possible, to avoid multiplication of subhead-
ings, but under each geographic heading works covering the whole
region are listed first (under the heading General), followed by the
local and partial titles (under the heading Local). Wherever it
seems desirable, the geographical information given in the title has
18 STURTEVANT, E. LL. STURTEVANT’S NOTES ON EDIBLE PLANTS. Edited by U. P.
Hedrick. vii, 686 p. port. 31 em. Albany, 1919. (New York Dept. of agriculture.
27th Annual report. v. 2, pt. 2; also Report of the New York agricultural experiment
station, 1919, II.)—Alphabeticail list of 2,897 plants, with habitat, uses, principal English
names, and references; bibliography. Edible fungi are not included.
19 BAILLON, H. E. TRAITE DE BOTANIQUE MEDICALE PHANEROGAMIQUE. 1499 p. 3487 fic.
24 cm. Paris, 1883—84.—General account of organography and physiology; systematic
account of medicinal plants of the world, with vernacular names and uses, and brief descrip-
tions of families and genera and of the more important species.
20 BENTLEY, ROBERT, and TRIMEN, HENRY. MEDICINAL PLANTS, BEING DESCRIPTIONS WITH
ORIGINAL FIGURES OF THE PRINCIPAL PLANTS EMPLOYED IN MEDICINE AND AN ACCOUNT OF
THER CHARACTERS, PROPERTIES, AND USES OF THEIR PARTS AND PRODUCTS OF MEDICINAL
VALUB. 4 v. 306 col. pl. 24 cm. London, 1880 (1875—80).—Systematie account with de-
scriptions, official names, composition, uses, references ; 306 species figured, many other men-
tioned. Designed as an illustrated botanical guide to official British, Indian, and United
States pharmacopoeias.
21 J)RAGENDORFF, GEORG. DIE HEILPFLANZEN DER VERSCHIEDENEN VOLKER UND ZEITEN.
IHRE ANWENDUNG, WESENTLICHEN BESTANDTHEILE UND GESCHICHTE ... vi, 884 p. 24.5
em. Stuttgart, 1898.—Briefly annotated systematic list, mostly without references and
with few vernacular names, -
22 DUJARDIN-BEAUMETZ, GEORGES, and EGASSE, ED. LES PLANTES MEDICINALES INDIGENES
ET EXOTIQUES, LEURS USAGES THERAPEUTIQUES PHARMACEUTIQUES ET INDUSTRIELS Vii, 845 p.
1034 fig., 40 col. pl. 28.5 em. Paris, 1889.—Descriptive account of more significant medicinal
plants of the world, alphabetically arranged, with account of properties and uses; index of
botanical and vernacular names; list of species classified by uses.
23 See footnote 4, p. 4.
24See footnote 10, p. 5.
25 AHERN, G. P., and NEWTON, H. K. A BIBLIOGRAPHY ON WOODS OF THE WORLD, EXxCLU-
SIVE OF THE TEMPERATE REGION OF NORTH AMERICA AND WITH EMPHASIS ON TROPICAL WOODS.
Scient. Contrib. Trop. Plant Res. Found. no. 10. 77 p. 1928.—List of 1,530 titles,
geographically arranged, with translations of non-English titles; subject index. Includes
chiefly items dealing with forestry and commercial aspects of woods; floras and purely
taxonomic works are mostly omitted.
22 HowarpD, A. L. A MANUAL OF THE TIMBERS OF THE WORLD, THEIR CHARACTERISTICS
AND USES. Rey. ed. to which is appended an index of vernacular names. xxiii, 672 p.
illus. 18.5 em. London, 1984. (1st ed.. 1920.)—Annotated list, alphabetically arranged
by vernacular names, with range vernacular names, uses, character of wood ; bibliography,
geographical lists of timbers; indices of botanical and vernacular names.
27 RECORD, S. J., and MELL, C. D. TIMBERS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. xviii, 610 p. 50 pl.
26 em. New Haven, 1924.—General account of forests in whole of West Indies, Mexico,
Central America, and South America; systematic account of families and more impor-
tant genera and species of trees, with vernacular names, uses, description of wood and
wood anatomy.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD Fi
been supplemented in the annotation, usually in the form of a
parenthetical statement. The figures of longitude given are based
on the Greenwich meridian. The annotations in all cases are to be
regarded as supplementary to the title.
Each publication is listed in full only once, but cross-references
are given immediately following the pertinent geographic heading.
It has not seemed necessary to provide cross-references from smaller
geographical units to the larger units of which they form a part.
and the latter should always be consulted as well. Except in a very
few cases, all of which are so indicated in the annotation, all the
works listed have been examined by one or both of the authors. The
comparatively few works that, from their titles, appear to be of
value, but which have not been examined or found reviewed, are
listed directly after the appropriate geographic heading.
The arrangement adopted is an alphabetical-geographical one,
summarized in the table of contents. The Times Survey Atlas of
the World (London, 1922) has been followed in general for geo-
graphic boundaries. No great difficulty has been found in arrang-
ing the titles under readily intelligible geographic headings except
in the cases of Africa and Insular Floras. The difficulty in Africa
arises not so much from the numerous changes of name following
the World War, which were accompanied by relatively few and mostly
unimportant changes of boundaries, as from the great area covered
by some of the principal floras and from the vagueness of many of the
geographical divisions of Africa that do not correspond with politi-
cal boundaries. The residue of works that could not be definitely
placed under any of the recognized political divisions was finally
listed under the headings Sahara, South Africa (in general, the
region south of the Tropic of Capricorn), and West Africa (in gen-
eral, the region from Mauritania to Angola). Cross-references to
these are provided under the separate countries concerned, but re-
ciprocal references under these three nonpolitical divisions have not
been considered necessary.
The arrangement of the very numerous insular floras has offered
particular difficulty. Some papers deal with the flora of the whole
or only a part of definite island groups, others with that of a single
island of a group or with several scattered islands or groups of
islands; and the boundaries of such commonly used geographic
terms as Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia differ somewhat in
different atlases and are usually not clearly marked on actual maps.
The method finally adopted is that of sting under separate headings
papers dealing with an island group as a whole and those dealing
individually with any of its constituent islands’ when these are of
any considerable size. Papers treating of the flora of several islands
or groups of islands are almost always listed in full under the first
island mentioned. Cross-references are provided in all cases. All
the islands north of 40° north latitude in the Atlantic and 30°
north latitude in the Pacific are placed under the continents and
countries to which they belong (Greenland under North America;
Iceland, Spitzbergen, Faroe Islands, etc., under Europe; Aleutian
Islands under Alaska, and so on); the islands stretching from the
southern tip of Kamchatka to and including Formosa, also Hainan
and the Bouin Islands, as well as Ceylon, under Asia; New Zealand
8 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE —
(with Stewart Island), Tasmania, and the small islands immediately
off Australia under Australasia; Cedros, Guadalupe, Revillagigedo,
Socorro, Tres Marias, and a few smaller islands under Mexico;
Fernando Po, Sao Thomé (St. Thomas) with Principe, and Zanzibar
under Africa; West Indies under North America. The remaining
islands, forming the section Insular Floras of this list, are divided
somewhat arbitrarily into three groups: Atlantic Ocean islands, be-
tween 70° west and 20° east longitude (Greenwich meridian) ; Indian
Ocean islands (including Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal), between
20° and about 95° east longitude, terminating with the Nicobar
Islands (but including Christmas Island and Keeling or Cocos
Islands); and the Pacific Ocean islands, from about 95° east to
70° west longitude, including all the Dutch East Indies from
Sumatra eastward, with the small islands immediately south of
them. The islands in the Mediterranean Sea, except those belonging
to Africa, will be treated in the second part of this work.
The examination and annotation of several thousand publications
has brought to attention so many common faults and omissions in
the preparation of floristic papers that some comments will not be
out of place. The essential features of even the barest list of plants
include a title accurately describing its contents; the most definite
possible statement of the geographical area covered, with reference,
in the case of small or obscure localities, to the distance and direction
from some locality that can be found on any reasonably detailed map,
supplemented, particularly in the case of oceanic islands, by details
of latitude and longitude; and a statement of the material on which
the list is based, whether the author’s collections or observations
alone or all published or unpublished information. Any lst that
attempts to represent the known flora of a region should include also
a statistical summary, not necessarily detailed, of the number of
species included, preferably divided among the vascular cryptogams,
eymnosperms, monocotyledons, and dicotyledons, with similar figures
tor at least the larger families, and a bibliography in which the titles
and references are given accurately and in full, not merely to the
volume of a work or periodical or the first page of a paper.
Additional items that add greatly to the value of a flora include
accounts of the topography, hydrography, climate, geology, and
soils; botanical explorations and lst of collectors, with full names
and some biographical information; list of herbaria in which speci-
mens are deposited ; general and special features of vegetation, ecology,
phytogeography, life zones, endemic species; notes on native and
cultivated useful plants; local vernacular names; lists of doubtful
and excluded species, with reference to previous publications; a
gazetteer of localities, particularly those not to be found in ordinary
atlases, supplemented, if possible, by a map; a list of botanical names
first published in the work; and an index. An estimate of the rela-
tive completeness of the work may well be added, and, if circum-
stances warrant, some account of conditions affecting botanical
collecting, such as methods of transportation, available accommoda-
tion, and so on. The inclusion or omission of keys, descriptions,
references, and synonymy depends on the purpose for which the
publication is intended and on the availability of such information
in other publications, Authors of works dealing with regions not coy-
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 9
ered by descriptive floras, for instance Alaska or most of the Central
American countries, should remember that the utility of such publica-
tions is increased manyfold by the inclusion of keys, supplemented
if possible by brief descriptions, and that, 1f choice must be made, some
of the space taken up by detailed citation of exsiccatae and various
other less essential matter can be much more profitably employed for
this purpose. Authors of supplements to published material should
' give a full reference to the title and place of publication of the original
paper.
Despite its occasional omissions, the present publication is suffi-
ciently complete to afford data for a summary of the knowledge of
the floras of more than half the world; all, that is, except Europe
and Asia and their associated islands. The extent of the lack of
detailed knowledge of the floras of much of this part of the world,
with the honorable exceptions of Greenland, Australasia, and a con-
siderable proportion of the islands, is brought out in the following
paragraphs, which necessarily pass over the numerous strictly local
lists or partial floras.
Arrica.—Of the 49 geographical divisions here employed (exclud-
ing the Sahara, South Africa, and West Africa), there are more or
less complete floras, containing descriptions or keys, of seven, as
follows: Algeria (1888-1910), Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (1929),
Angola (1937—; in process of publication), Egypt (1912, plus list
of 220 additional forms in 1930), Swaziland and Transvaal together
(1926—; in process of publication), and Tunisia (1902). Of these,
only the still unfinished fioras of Angola and of Transvaal and Swazi-
iand can really be regarded as satisfactory. The known flora of
Algeria has been greatly increased since 1910; Broun and Massey’s
Flora of the Sudan is rather a field book than a sufficient flora;
Muschler’s Flora of Egypt is presumably as unreliable as his other
publications; and the keyed list of the flora of ‘Tunis (with Algeria)
published by Battandier and Trabut in 1902, with its predecessor,
Bonnet and Barratte’s Catalogue of 1896, is long out of date.
Some 19 additional countries or colonies are represented by more
or less extensively annotated lists, without keys or descriptions except
of the new species: Belgian Congo (1909-21), Eritrea (1903-07;
never completed), Gambia (1907, 1922), Gold Coast (1914, 1930,
1937), Itahan Somaliland (1929-36; extensive, but not a compre-
hensive flora), Kenya (1922, 1936), Liberia (1937), Libya (1910),
Morocco (1931-34), Natal (1921), Nyasaland (1898), Rio de Oro
(1914) , Sao Thomé (1886-92), Sierra Leone (1916; not seen), Southern
Rhodesia (1916), South-West Africa (1917-28), Tanganyika
(1929—; not yet finished), Uganda (1902), and possibly Zanzibar
(ca. 1890).
The following 23 countries, colonies, and protectorates are entirely
without general floras or lists limited to their area, although all but
2 (Bechuanaland, Ruanda and Urundi) have been the subject of
partial papers cited in this bibliography: Basutoland, Bechuanaland,
Bechuanaland Protectorate, British Somaliland, Cameroons, Cape of
Good Hope, Dahomey, Ethiopia (except for Richard’s ancient flora),
French Equatorial Africa, French Guinea, French Somaliland, French
West Africa, Ivory Coast, Mauritania, Mozambique, Nigeria (except
for Hooker and Bentham’s ancient Niger Flora), Northern Rhodesia,
10 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Orange Free State, Portuguese Guinea, Ruanda and Urundi, Senegal,
Spanish Guinea, and Togo. All of these, however, are covered by the
general floras of Africa—Flora Capensis, Flora of Tropical Africa,
Flora of West Tropical Africa—so far as their botany was known at
the time the works were written. The lists of species given by Engler
in Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas should always be consulted for informa-
tion on the flora of these areas, as well as Chevalier’s Enumération -
(1920) for the west coast region from Senegal to Calabar.
On the whole, the principal countries in Africa most insufficiently
known or inadequately covered by published works are, to the north
of the Equator, *Rio de Oro2* Mauritania, Senegal, Portuguese
Guinea, French Guinea, Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast, Togo. parts of
French West Africa and French Equatorial Africa, Spanish Guinea,
Uganda, Kenya, “Eritrea, *Ethiopia, *French and *British Somali-
land; and south of the Equator, “Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland, *Mo-
zambique, *Bechuanaland, and Orange Free State. A single compre-
hensive summary of the very extensive work done on the flora of the
Belgian Congo since the Durands’ Sylloge of 1909 is also greatly to be
desired, as well as similar summaries for Algeria, Tunisia, Libya
Nyasaland, and Uganda.
AuvstraLasia.*°—The only general flora of Australia, that of Ben-
tham, is now over 60 years old. All the principal subdivisions
of Australasia, however, are provided with comparatively modern
lists or descriptive floras: New South Wales (Maiden and Betche’s
Census, 1916, and Moore and Betche’s descriptive Handbook, 1893) ;
Northern Territory (Ewart and Davies’ keyed Flora, 1917) ; Queens-
land (Bailey’s descriptive Queensland flora, 1899-1902, and his Com-
prehensive Catalogue, 1913); South Austraha (Black’s descriptive
Flora, 1922-29, as well as Tate’s Census, 1889-95, and his keyed Hand-
book, 1890) ; Victoria (Ewart’s descriptive Flora, 1930, and the Field
Naturalists’ Club’s Census, 1928-31); Western Australia (Gardner’s
unannotated Enumeratio, 1931); New Zealand (Cheeseman’s descrip-
tive Manual, 1925); Tasmania (Rodway’s briefly descriptive Tas-
manian Flora, 1903). There are also a large number of substantial
local lists, and the flora as a whole can be regarded as more satisfac-
torily covered by published works than that of any equally extensive
division of the earth’s surface except Europe.
INstuLar FLorAs.—Insular floras, from their compactness and aloof-
ness, seem to have had a peculiar attraction for botanists.
Of the 17 Atlantic islands or groups of islands included in this
list, all are more or less well covered by existing lists, although only
one group (Bermuda Islands) has a modern descriptive flora.
Of the 21 islands or groups of islands listed in the Indian Ocean,
the smaller islands as a rule are pretty well covered. Some of the
larger floras are comparatively old. Kurz’s report on the Andaman
Islands dates from 1870 (with a subsequent nominal list by Rogers
in 1903), Baker’s descriptive Flora of Mauritius from 1877 (with a
list of additions by Johnston in 1895), Balfour’s Botany of Rodriguez
from 1879, Jacob de Cordemoy’s Flora of Réunion from 1895, and
Kurz’s Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands from 1876.
25 Those marked with an asterisk are especially in need of floras. .
22 The term Australasia, as here uSed, refers only to Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania,
the minor islands being listed under Insular Floras.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 11
The greatest need in this field is a satisfactory flora of Madagascar.
Baron’s Compendium dates from 1901 to 1906, Palacky’s Catalogus
from 1905 to 1907, and both are merely lists, as is also the catalog
now being published in parts by the Académie Malgache. The excel-
lent descriptive Flore de Madagascar edited by Humbert has so far
covered only 6 of the 189 families represented in the flora, and the
prospects of its completion under present disturbed world conditions
are not favorable. The large proportion of endemics in this flora of
over 5,000 species and the extent to which the descriptions are scattered
in botanical literature make the publication of a descriptive flora of
the island one of the greatest desiderata in the botanical literature of
the world.
The 23 islands or groups of islands in the Pacific Ocean are very
unequally covered. ‘The chief ones of which knowledge of the flora,
however incomplete, is fairly well organized are the Australian Islands
(Antipodes, Auckland, Bounty, Campbell, Chatham, Kermadec,
Lord Howe, Macquarie, Norfolk, Snares), Borneo (Merrill’s Biblio-
graphic Enumeration, 1921, with additions to 1926), Cocos Island,
Fiji Islands (Seemann, 1865-73, with extensive lists of additions by
several recent authors), Galapagos Islands, Java (Koorders’ Exkur-
sionsflora, 1911-87) , Juan Fernandez Islands (Skottsberg, 1921), some
islands or groups in Melanesia (New Hebrides, Guillaumin, 1928 and
subsequently; New Caledonia, listed separately beyond; and, mostly
in less complete form, the flora of several smaller islands), Micro-
nesia (Kanehira’s Enumeration, 1935; also Guam, Merrill, 1914, and
several of the smaller islands), New Caledonia (Guillaumin, 1911,
with a bewildering array of subsequent additions), Philippine Islands
(Merrill, 1923-26, with subsequent additions to 1930), parts of Poly-
nesia (Marquesas, Tuamotu, and Austral Islands, etc., Brown and
Brown, 1931-85; Samoan and Society Islands, listed separately be-
yond; and numerous single islands or small groups), Samoan Islands
(Reinecke, 1896-98, with additions; Christophersen, 1935-38), San
Ambrosio and San Felix (Skottsberg, 1937), and Society Islands
(Drake del Castillo, 1892, and Setchell’s recent papers).
Most of these islands, so far as modern floras go, are covered by
lists only, with the principal exception of Koorders’ Exkursionsflora
von Java and Drake del Castillo’s Flore de la Polynésie Francaise,
so that much research is necessary for the identification of specimens.
Sumatra and New Guinea are very inadequately provided with floras,
the former having Miquel’s Prodromus of 1860 and various later lists
covering individual collections; the latter various lists of separate
collections, but no general flora since its treatment in Miquel’s Flora
Indiae Batavae in 1855-59. The Hawaiian Islands have Hille-
brand’s Flora of 1888, now far from satisfactory, and Degener’s
Flora Hawaliensis, a well-illustrated current work marred by its
piecemeal publication in loose-leaf form, a method of publication
which is unique among floras at present, and, it is to be hoped, forever.
Celebes has among modern floras only Koorders’ Verslag of 1898,
covering the Minahasa Peninsula, with a set of supplements extend-
ing to 1922. Many of the smaller groups or single islands possess
fairly complete floras. The extent to which the known flora of the
smaller islands in Polynesia can be increased by careful collecting
12 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
is indicated by the statistical table recently given by St. John *° of
the results of the Mangarevan Expedition.
Norta Amertca.—A/aska.—Hultén’s Flora of the Aleutian Islands
and Westernmost Alaska Peninsula (1937), Porsild’s Contributions to
the Flora of Alaska (1939), and several fairly modern local lists are
available, but there is no general flora except Rothrock’s compiled
list of 1872, now of little more than historical value. A flora of
Alaska by Eric Hultén is in course of publication.
Canada.—The only general list, by John Macoun, dates from
1883-90, with supplements by James M. Macoun extending to 1906.
Of the 15 Provinces and districts here recognized (including New-
foundland, politically not a part of Canada), only one-third possess
a modern list: Franklin (Simmons, 1913), Manitoba (Jackson and
others, 1922), Prince Edward Island (Hurst, 1933, an un-
annotated list), Quebec (Louis-Marie, 1931; also Marie-Victorin’s
Flore Laurentienne, 1935, covering the southern part), Saskatchewan
(Fraser and Russell, 1937). There are older lists for Labracor
(Macoun, 1897), New Brunswick (Fowler, 1885, with additions to
1905), and Nova Scotia (Lindsay, 1877), none of which adequately
represents present knowledge, and a fair number of local lists.
Central America—Of the eight Central American countries (in-
cluding Mexico), only three possess modern floras, all written by
Paul C. Standley alone or in cooperation with other botanists (Brit-
ish Honduras, 1936; Costa Rica, 1937-38; Salvador, 1925). The
first contains brief descriptions of the woody plants, and the second
of the dicotyledons; the third is an annotated list only. Guatemala,
Honduras, and Nicaragua are quite without real floras, although two
of them are the subject of publications so miscalled; the two last are
the least known of Central American countries, but a few local lists
can be cited. Panama possesses, in addition to Seemann’s now
ancient Flora (1852-54), Standley’s Flora of Barro Colorado Island
(1933) and his Flora of the Panama Canal Zone (1928), the latter
with keys and often brief descriptions. Mexico, by far the largest and
richest in species of Central American republics, has had no complete
flora since the general one of Hemsley (Biologia Centrali-Ameri-
cana... Botany, 1879-88), which covered also the other Central
American countries and is now very far from representing the known
vascular plants. The gap is well filled, as far as woody plants are
concerned, by Standley’s Trees and Shrubs of Mexico (1920-26), but
this includes probably less than half the total flora. The only com-
plete flora of any Mexican State is Standley’s Flora of Yucatan
(1930), but there are also floras by Reiche of localities in the vicinity
of Mexico City and others of several islands by other authors as
well as Brandegee’s papers on Baja California.
Greenland.—The by no means extensive flora of Greenland
(scarcely 400 species) probably can boast of more pages of botanical
literature per species than that of any other region in this list. The
last complete list with localities and annotations is that of Lange,
as revised by Rosenvinge in 1892, but there are a comparatively
large number of carefully prepared lists of later date for different
parts of the island.
8 Bul. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 133: 56. 1935.
a oe et ©
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 13
United States—Of the 49 geographical units (48 States plus the
District of Columbia), 7 (Arizona, Delaware, Florida, Idaho, Oregon,
South Carolina, and Virginia *) have never had a separate flora, and
4 others (Georgia in 1849; Kentucky, 1853; Louisiana, 1852; Massa-
chusetts, 1835) have not had a published flora for around a century.
Of the remaining 38, some 28 possess State lists that are more or less
up to date: Alabama, 1901; Arkansas, 1891, with additions to 1926;
California, 1925; Colorado, 1906; Connecticut, 1910, with additions
to 1980; District of Columbia, 1919, with additions to 1930; Indiana,
1900, with additions to 1985; Iowa, 1933; Kansas, 1893; Michigan,
1904, with additions to 1908; Mississippi, 1921; Missouri, 1935;
Montana, 1900, with additions to 1905; Nebraska, 1936; Nevada,
1925 (but so completely combined with that of Utah that it is a
regional rather than a State flora); New Jersey, 1890; New Mexico,
1915; New York, 1924; North Dakota, 1918; Ohic, 1982, with addi-
tions to 1939; Oklahoma, 1930; Pennsylvania, 1903; South Dakota,
1932; Texas, 1938; Utah, 1925 (see remark under Nevada) ; Vermont,
1937; Washington, 1906; West. Virginia, 1913, with additions to
1936. Of these 28 State floras, 18 were published or were brought
approximately up to date by supplements within the last 20 years
(that is, subsequent to 1919) .8? The published floras of the remaining
10 States cannot be regarded as at all adequately reflecting existing
knowledge (Illinois, 1876; Maine, 1892, with additions to 1897; Mary-
land, 1910; Minnesota, 1884, with additions to 1887; New Hampshire,
1874; North Carolina, 1899; Rhode Island, 1920, an unreliable list;
Tennessee, 1901; Wisconsin, 1883; Wyoming, 1896). A severe cri-
tique might reduce from 28 to not more than about 13 the number of
States with moderately satisfactory floras.
One or more local floras covering larger or smaller areas are cited
in this list for all the 48 States except Nevada. California, Indiana,
Towa, Massachusetts, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, and Wash-
ington are particularly well supplied with them. Insofar as the identi-
fication of vascular plants is concerned, all the States are covered by
local or regional floras with the exception of Arizona, for which only
Gray’s unfinished Synoptical Flora, now more than 40 years old, is
available; two floras of the State, however, are in an advanced state of
preparation.
West Indies——Good modern floras are available of the Bahama
Islands (Britton and Millspaugh, 1920), Hispaniola (Urban, 1920-
21), Jamaica (Fawcett and Rendle, 1910—; not yet finished), and
Puerto Rico (Britton and Wilson, 1923-30; also Urban, 1903-11),
all of which except those by Urban are descriptive floras. In the
Lesser Antilles about half the islands are the subject of lists or
descriptive floras; in order from north to south, Anegada, American
31Gronovius’ Flora Virginica, although of great historical importance, can hardly be
regarded as a real flora of the State, as it was based on the collections of a single botanist
made in only a part of the whole area, gives almost no specific localities, and, moreover, uses
the old polynomial nomenclature, although its second edition (1762) was published after
the Species Plantarum.
32 One more flora has been published, too late for inclusion in this List, bringing the
total of more modern State floras to 19. GaTES, F. C. ANNOTATED LIST OF THE PLANTS OF
KANSAS: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS (cover title, FLORA OF KANSAS). 266 p. maps.
Topeka, 1940. (Publication of Agricultural Experiment Station, Kansas State College of
Agriculture and Applied Science.)—In addition, a very full State flora of Indiana and an
unannotated check list of the flora of West Virginia have appeared in 1940. Dram, C. C.
FLORA OF INDIANA. 1236 p. illus. (incl. maps). Indianapolis, 1940. (Publication of De-
partment of Conservation, Division of Forestry, Indiana.)—-Corr. E. L. a CATALOGUE OF
THH VASCULAR PLANTS OF WEST VIRGINIA. Castanea 5; 31-73. 1940.
14 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Virgin Islands (formerly Danish West Indies; St. Thomas, St. John,
and St. Croix), Anguilla, Dutch West Indies (St. Martin, St.
Eustatius, Saba). Guadeloupe, Martinique, and St. Vincent. There
are also comparatively ancient lists of the plants of St. Bartholomew
(1826) and Barbados (1848). The others, including such sizable
islands as Barbuda, St. Christopher, Nevis. Antigua, Montserrat,
Dominica, St. Lucia, and Grenada, are covered only by Grisebach’s
inclusive and now rather out-of-date Flora of the British West
Indian Islands (1859-64) and his list of plants of the Lesser Antilles
(1857). The greatest gap in the botanical literature of the West
Indies, however. is the lack of any flora of Cuba since the relatively
ancient lists of Grisebach (1866) and Sauvalle (1873), both based
primarily on Charles Wright’s collections.
SottH America—Of the 14 units (13 countries and Patagonia,
treated separately for convenience), only 4 possess recent and es-
sentially complete lists of vascular plants—Patagonia (Macloskie,
1903-14, an annotated list with keys and brief descriptions), Surinam
(list by Pulle, 1906, as well as his descriptive flora. still in process
of publication), Uruguay (list by Herter, 1930, with subsequent addi-
tions), and Venezuela (list by Knuth, 1926-28). Reiche’s deserip-
tive Flora de Chile (1896-1911), in itself not too trustworthy, was
left incomplete before reaching the end of the dicotyledons, and Gay’s
earlier flora (1845-54) is now completely out of date. A descriptive
flora of Peru, by Macbride and collaborators, is now in course of
publication. Martius’ Flora Brasiliensis (1840-1906), the greatest
of all published floras both in actual size and in number of species
described, befitting the country whose flora is the richest in the world,
is in great part too old to be of much more than historical value.
None of the seven remaining countries has even a comprehensive
list of species, with the exception of that for British Guiana, now
almost a century old. For Argentina, the chief sources are Grise-
bach’s two lists of 1874 and 1879, based on the collections of Lorentz,
Hieronymus, and Schickendantz, and the catalog by Hauman and
others. which reaches only to the Droseraceae (Engler and Prantl
system) and of which no new part has appeared since 1923; there
are, however, numerous local lists and papers on medicinal and
woody plants. Bolivia has only the lists of plants collected by
Rusby. Bang. Herzog, Buchtien. and R. S. Williams. Our knowledge
of the general flora of British Guiana rests almost entirely on the
collections of Robert and Richard Schomburgk. made about a cen-
tury ago and worked up principally by Bentham, then listed by
Richard Schomburgk in 1848 in a form not easy to consult; there
are several papers on Mount Roraima and a recent flora by Graham
of the Kartabo region, with keys and brief descriptions.
Colombia and Ecuador, of all South American countries, are the
most incompletely represented in floristic literature. Both are highly
mountainous, with great numbers of endemic species, but the only
available general floras, in both cases never completed, date from
the 1860’s. and there are no real local floras. Frencn Guiana has
had no general flora, although the woods and useful plants are well
covered, and the chief sources for knowledge of the flora are Sagot’s
very fragmentary list and Benoist’s list of his own collections. For
Paraguay, the principal basis is Chodat’s account of Hassler’s col-
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 15
lections, with Morong and Britton’s list of the plants collected by
Morong around Asuncion.
It has seemed worth while to attempt to select a list of 100 floras
and floristic works of greatest general utility. In this list Africa,
Insular Floras, and North America are represented by approximately
the same number of titles, whereas Australasia and South America
are assigned a smaller number; the former because it can be ade-
quately covered thus, the latter because few works of broad scope
are available. The lst follows the alphabetical arrangement of titles
in the body of the work. An asterisk indicates works in process
of publication, « dagger those that were never completed.
Arrica ** (25 titles) —+Engler, Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas; Battan-
dier and Trabut, Flore de |’Algérie; *Carrisso, Conspectus Florae
Angolensis; Durand and Durand, Sylloge Florae Congolanae;
Muschler, Manual Flora of Egypt; +Pirotta, Flora della Colonia
Eritrea; Chiovenda, Flora Somala; Dinklage, Verzeichnis der Flora
von Liberia; Durand and Barratte, Florae Libycae Prodromus;
Pampanini, Plantae Tripolitanae, and his Prodromo della Flora
Cirerrica; Jahandiez and Maire, Catalogue des Plantes du Maroc;
Bews, Introduction to the Flora of Natal and Zululand; Burkill,
List of the Known Plants Occurring in British Central Africa,
Nyasaland, and the British Territory North of the Zambesi; Maire,
Etudes sur la Flore et la Végétation du Sahara central; Harvey and
Sonder, Flora Capensis; Marloth, Flora of South Africa; Eyles,
Record of Plants Collected in Southern Rhodesia; Dinter, Index
der aus Deutsch-Sitidwestafrika bis zum Jahre 1917 bekannt gewor-
denen Pflanzenarten; Engler, Die Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der
Nachbargebiete; *Peter, Flora von Deutsch-Ostafrika; *Burtt Davy,
Manual of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Transvaal with
Swaziland; Bonnet and Barratte, Catalogue Raisonné des Plantes
Vasculaires de la Tunisie: Hutchinson and Dalziel, Flora of West
Tropical Africa; *Oliver, Flora of Tropical Africa.
Avstrauasia (11 titles) —Bentham, Flora Australiensis; Maiden
and Betche, Census of New South Wales Plants; Moore and Betche,
Handbook of the Flora of New South Wales; Ewart and Davies,
Flora of the Northern Territory; Bailey, Comprehensive Catalogue
of Queensland Plants, and his Queensland Flora; Black, Flora of
South Australia; Ewart, Flora of Victoria; Gardner, Enumeratio
Plantarum Australiae Occidentalis;-Cheeseman, Manual of the New
Zealand Flora; Rodway, Tasmanian Flora.
InsuLaR FLORAS (25 titles)—Hemsley, Report on the Scientific
Results of the Voyage of H. M.S. Challenger . . . Botany; Trelease,
Botanical Observations on the Azores; Britton, Flora of Bermuda;
Pitard and Proust, Les Iles Canaries, Flore de ?Archipel; Chevalier,
Les Iles du Cap Vert; Schenck, Vergleichende Darstellung der
Pflanzengeographie der subantarktischen Inseln; Skottsberg, Botani-
cal Survey of the Falkland Islands; Menezes, Flora do Archipelago
da Madeira; *Académie Malgache, Catalogue des Plantes de Mada-
gascar; Palacky, Catalogus Plantarum Madagascariensium; Baker,
Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles; Jacob de Cordemoy, Flore de
ese CHEVALIER, FLORE VIVANTE DE L’AFRIQUE OCCIDENTALE FRANCAISE, Should probably be
included in this list, but the work has not been available for examination.
241306°—42 2
16 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
litle de la Réunion; Balfour, Botany of Sokotra and Abd-el-Kuri;
Merrill, Bibliographic Enumeration of Bornean Plants; Miquel,
Flora Indiae Batavae (including the supplement, Prodromus Florae
Sumatranae) ; Stewart, Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands;
Hillebrand, Flora of the Hawaiian Islands; Koorders, Exkursions-
flora von Java; Skottsberg, Phanerogams of the Juan Fernandez
Islands; Kanehira, Enumeration of Micronesian Plants; Guillaumin,
Catalogue des Plantes Phanérogames de la Nouvelle- Calédonie;
Schumann and Lauterbach, Die Flora der Deutschen Schutzgebiete
in der Siidsee; Merrill, Enumeration of Philippine Flowering Plants:
Drake, Tllustrationes Florae Insularum Maris Pacifici; Brown and
Brown, Flora of Southeastern Polynesia.
Norra AMERICA (30 titles) —*New York Botanical Garden, North
American Flora; Macoun, Catalogue of Canadian Plants; Simmons,
Survey of the Phytogeogr ‘aphy of the Arctic American Archipelago;
Marie-Victorin, Flore Laurentienne; Hemsley, Biologia Centrali-
Americana . . . Botany; Standley and Record, Forests and Flora of
British Honduras; Standley, Flera of Costa Rica, his Trees and
Shrubs of Mexico, and his Flora of the Panama Canal Zone; Stand-
ley and Calderén, Lista Preliminar de las Plantas de El Salvador;
Lange, Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae; +Gray, Synoptical Flora of
North America; Britton and Brown, Tllustrated Flora of the North-
ern United States, Canada and the British Possessions; Gray’s New
Manual of Botany; Small, Flora of the Southeastern United States,
and his Manual of the Southeastern Flora; *Abrams, Illustrated
Flora of the Pacific States; Howell, Flora of Northwest America;
Rydberg, Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains, and his
Flora of the Prairies and Plains of Central North America; Jepson,
Manual of the Flowering Plants of California; Tidestrom, Flora of
Utah and Nevada; Wooton and Standley, Flora of New Mexico;
Coulter, Botany of Western Texas; Piper, Flora of the State of Wash-
ington; Grisebach, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, and his
Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium; Urban, Flora Domingensis; *Faw-
cett and Rendle, Flora of J amaica ; Britton and Wilson, Botany of
Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
SourH America (9 titles).—Grisebach, Symbolae ad Floram Argen-
tinam; Martius, Flora Brasiliensis; +Reiche, Flora de Chile; Chodat,
Plantae Hasslerianae; Macloskie, Flora Patagonica; *Macbride,
Flora of Peru; *Pulle, Flora of Surinam; Herter, Enumeratio Plan-
tarum Vascularium Sponte Nascentium Republica Orientali Uruguay-
ensi; Knuth, Initia Florae Venezuelensis.
ANNOTATED LIST OF FLORAS AND FLORISTIC WORKS
AFRICA
In addition to the division by countries and colonies, the headings Sahara, South Africa,
and West Africa are used for titles not falling readily under the names of political units.
‘Durand, Théophile, and Schinz, Hans. Conspectus florae Africae, ou énu-
mération des plantes d’Afrique. v.1, pt. 2,v.5. 25cm. Bruxelles [ete.], 1895-98.
List of vascular plants, with references, Synonyms, local and general range.
Incomplete: v. 1, pt. 2, Ranunculaceae—Frankeniaceae (Bentham and Hooker
system) ; v. 5, Monocotyledoneae and Gymnospermae. No more published.
Engler, Adolf. Die pflanzenwelt Afrikas insbesondere seiner tropischen
gebiete. Grundziige der pflanzenverbreitung in Afrika und die charakterpflanzen
FLORAS OF THE WORLD LZ
Afrikas. v. 1-3, v.5,h.1. illus., plates, maps. 25.5 em. Leipzig, 1908-25. (Die
vegetation der erde ... hrsg. von A. Engler und O. Drude, v. 9.)
Vol. 1: Phytogeographical; lists of principal collectors, with their localities
and dates, and map of routes (p. xvi—xxvill) ; general features of flora, plant
formations, etec., of the 68 phytogeographical regions recognized (including Cape
Verde, Canary, and Madeira Islands), with numerous lists of species and
references to principal publications; climate, soils, plant formations, etc., of
Africa as a whole; vol. 2, running account of pteridophytes, gymnosperms, and
monocotyledons, with keys to genera and mention of more important species;
vol. 3, the same, Casuarinaceae—Umbelliferae; vol. 4, to cover Sympetalae
and cellular plants (not yet published) ; vol. 5, pt. 1, ecology; vol. 5, pt. 2-5, to
cover botanical explorations and bibliography (not yet published). In several
cases the lists of species given in this work are the fullest available.
Rochebrune, A. T. de. Toxicologie africaine. Etude botanique, historique,
ethnographique, chimique, physiologique, thérapeutique, pharmacologique, poso-
logique, ete., sur les végétaux toxiques et suspects propres au continent africain
et aux fles adjacentes. 2 v. 631 fig. 25.5 cm. Paris, 1897 (1896) -99.
Detailed account of poisonous vascular plants, systematically arranged, with
synonymy, vernacular names, range, description, history, chemistry, physiology,
therapeutics, pharmacology, ete. Incomplete; Ranunculaceae—Mimosaceae.
Originally appeared in Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun y. 8-12. 1895-99.
Shantz, H. L., and Marbut, C. F. The vegetation and soils of Africa. x, 263
p. (inel. map). plates. 21cm. N. Y., 1923. (American Geographical Society.
Research series no. 13.)
Cited here for its bibliography (p. 85-112), consisting chiefly of works on
travel, alphabetically arranged by authors. Very few strictly botanical works
are listed.
Thonner, Franz. The flowering plants of Africa. An analytical key to the
genera of African phanerogams. xvi, 647 p. 150 pl. on 75, map. 25.5 cm. Lon-
don, 1915. (German edition, 1908, Die bliitenpflanzen Afrikas. )
Bibliography, keys to families and genera, somewhat annotated; statistics,
glossary, brief list of vernacular names.
ALGERIA
See also Egypt (Issa Bey; Schweinfurth, Arabische pflanzennamen); Sahara.
The following publication has not been available for examination:
Doumergue, Francois. Herborisations oranaises. Premiére partie: Oran. Bul. Soe.
G0 ek ain). Oran y. 33, fase. 186. 76 p. 1918. (Cited from Bul. Soc. Bot. France
62: 90. 5.
General
Battandier, J. A., and Trabut, Louis. Algérie. Plantes médicinales,
essences et parfums. 3839p. 24 cm. Alger, 1889.
Annotated list of wild and cultivated species. Much the same material appears
in Battandier, J. A. Algérie. Plantes médicinales. 61 p. 21cm. Alger-Musta-
pha, 1900. (Exposition universelle de 1900.)
and Trabut, Louis. Flore analytique et synoptique de l’Algérie et de la
Tunisie. 406 p. 22.5 em. Alger, 1902 [1904].
Flora of 3,816 vascular plants, in form of keys, with very brief indication of
range.
—and Trabut, Louis. Flore de l’Algérie contenant la description de
toutes les plantes signalées jusqu’a ce jour comme spontanées en Algérie et
catalogue des plantes du Maroc. 2 v. 6 pl. 25.5 em. Alger, 1888—95.—Supplé-
ment aux phanérogames. 90 p. 24cm. Paris, Alger, 1910.
Descriptive flora of Algeria, with keys; additional species recorded by Ball
from Morocco are listed, but not described. Replaces (as to Monocotyledones)
their “Flore d’Alger” (1884). The supplement includes also a list of herbaria
consulted and bibliography. The first volume is by Battandier alone.
Bouquet, J. Matiére médicale indigéne de l'Afrique du Nord. Trav. Off.
Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 8. 29 p. 1921.
Includes annotated list of medicinal plants from region of Algeria, Tunis,
Sahara, ete.
18 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Cosson, Ernest. Compendium florae atlanticae, seu expositio methodica plan-
tarum omnium in Algeria necnon in Regno Tunetano et Imperio Maroeccano
hucusque notarum, ou flore des Etats Barbaresques, Algérie, Tunisie et Maroc.
2v. 2maps. 24.5 cm. Paris, 1881-87.
(1) Alphabetical lists of collectors, well annotated; gazetteer, bibliography,
phytogeographical regions, map showing itineraries of principal collecting
expeditions, list of principal localities with names of collectors; (2) list of
botanists supplementary to annotated list of collectors; descriptive flora of
vascular plants (in Latin), with references and vernacular names. Incom-
plete (Ranunculaceae—Cruciferae), A second edition of the “Répertoire alpha-
bétique oe principales localités ... ,”’ with map, separately published in 1882
(142 p.).
Ducellier, Léon, and Maire, René. Végétaux adventices observés dans
V’Afrique du Nord. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 14: 304-325. 1923; 16:
126-131. 1925.
Annotated list of vascular plants; sources of origin, ete.
Foureau, Fernand. Essai de catalogue des noms arabes et berbéres de
quelques plantes, arbustes et arbres algériens et Sahariens ou introduits et
cultivés en Algérie. 48 p. 28 cm. Paris, 1896.
Alphabetical list of Arab and Touareg or Berber vernacular names, with
botanical equivalents.
France. Comité régional d’Algérie. Répertoire des plantes médicinales de
lVAfrique du Nord. 62p. 24cm. Alger, 1924.
Directions for collecting commercial material of drug plants; annotated list
of species, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names. Originally published in
Revue Hort. Algérie v. 27. 1923.
France. Ministére de la guerre—Direction des affaires de l’Algérie. Cata-
logue explicatif et raisonné de l’Exposition permanente des produits de Algérie
ae suivi du catalogue méthodique des produits algériens 4 l Exposition
universelle de Paris en 1855. 207 p. 22.5 cm. Paris, 1855.
Includes classified and annotated lists of useful plants.
Lapie, Georges, and Maige, Albert. Flore forestiére illustrée comprenant
toutes les espéces ligneuses de lAlgérie et les espéces ligneuses les plus
répandues en Tunisie, au Maroc et dans le midi de la France. ... viii, 357 p.
881 fig., map. 22 em. Paris, [1915?].
A popular handbook of forestry for Algeria; includes illustrated keys and
alphabetically arranged list of 482 species; vernacular names.
Maire, René. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore de l’Afrique du Nord 1-28.
Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 9: 172—1838. 1918; 12: 42-52. 180(bis)-187.
1921: 18: 37-44, 209-220. 1922; 14: 118-158. 1923; 15: 70-92, 95-106. 380-395.
1 fig. 1924; 17: 104-126. 1926. —Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc no. 15. 58 p.
1926.—Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 19: 29-66. 1928.—Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat.
Maroc 8: 128-148. 1928.—Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 20: 12-42. 1929.—
Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc no. 21. 19 p. 1929.—Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique
Nord 20: 171-220. 1929; 22: 30-72, 275-330. 3 fig. 1931; 23: 168-222. 1932;
24: 194-232. 1933.—Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc 13: 263-275. 1933.—Bul. Soc.
Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 25: 286-326. 1934; 26: 184-234. 1935; 27: 203-238,
241-270. pl. 5-16. 1936; 28: 332-888. pl. 29-40. 19387; 29: 403-458. pl. 19.
1988; 380: 255-314, 327-870. pl. 17, 19-20. 1989.
New species, new records, and critical notes on a large number of species
from Morocco, Algeria, Libya, and the Sahara. The series includes 3,101
separate numbered notes (through 1939). No. 27 (1939) by Maire and M.
Weiller.
Les progrés des connaissances botaniques en Algérie depuis 1830.
2297p.) (8 (pores, SEarisg tsi
Chronologically arranged account of botanical explorations, with biographical]
notes on collectors and included bibliography.
Trabut, Louis. Flore du nord de l|’Afrique. Répertoire des noms indigénes
des plantes spontanées, cultivées et utilisées dans le nord de l'Afrique. 355 p.
94 em. Alger, 1935. (1830-1930. Collection du centenaire de l Algérie. Etudes
scientifiques. )
Previous work on vernacular names; alphabetical list of botanical names,
with vernacular equivalents; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with refer-
ences to generic names; similar list of French vernacular names.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 19
Local
Bonnet, Edmond, and Maury, Paul. D’Ain-Sefra 4 Djenien-Bou-Resq. Voy-
age botanique dans le Sud-Oranais. Jour. de Bot. 2: 277-301, 312-822. 1888.
Botanical explorations of authors, with lists of species of different localities ;
list of vascular plants, Characeae, and mushrooms collected, with localities.
Clary, L. R. Catalogue des plantes observées 4 Daya (Algérie). Bul. Soe.
Hist. Nat. Toulouse 22: 115-172. 1888.
Physiography, general features of flora, botanical explorations; list of vascular
plants, with localities.
Debeaux, Odon. Catalogue des plantes observées dans le territoire de Boghar
(Algérie). Actes Soe. Linn. Bordeaux 28 (III, 3): 159-208, 247-317. 1860.
(Reprinted, 121 p. Bordeaux, 1861.)
Physiography, geology, ete.; annotated list of 730 vascular plants.
Flore de la Kabylie du Djurjura (Algérie). Revue Bot. (Toulouse)
11: 1-416d. 1893.—Additions et corrections ... 1. ec. 12: 113-160. 1894. (Re-
printed, 468 p. Paris, 1894.)
Physiography, botanical explorations, bibliography; list of 1,710 vascular
plants with references and localities; phytogeography.
Doumergue, Francois. Les hauts plateaux oranais de l’ouest au point de vue
botanique. Compt. Rend. Assoc. Frang. Avance. Sci. 25 (2): 374-408. 1897.
Itineraries, topography; list of vascular plants and Characeae collected by
author, with localities: critical notes on Several species.
Ducellier, Léon. Etude phytogéographique des dunes de la baie d’Alger.
Revue Gén. Bot. 23: 273-808, 321-340. 8 fig. (incl. 2 maps), pl. 6-7. 1911.
Soil, climate, plant associations; unannotated list of vascular plants. The
dunes occupy a stretch about 15 km. long.
Fitting, Hans, and Littmann, Enno. Arabische pflanzennamen aus der
umgegend von Biskra (Algerien). Zeitschr. Deut. Morgenliind. Gesell. 65:
336-348. 1911.
Annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents.
Flahault, Charles. Rapport sur les herborisations de la Société. Bul. Soe.
Bot. France 53 (Sess. Extr.) : Ixxxviii-clxxix. pl. 15-38, tab. 1907.
Running account of topography and vegetation, with numerous lists of species
observed at different localities in Oran by the Société Botanique de France;
brief bibliography.
Gay, Hippolyte. Florule de Blida. Revue Bot. (Toulouse) 7: 87-155.
1888-89. (Reprint, 68 p.)
Cultivated plants, plant zones; annotated list of vascular plants; also list
of mosses and hepaties (by L. Corbiére).
Hanoteau, Adolphe, and Letourneux, Aristide. Flore de la Kabylie. Jn their
La Kabylie... 2. éd. rev. et augm. v. 1, p. 107-208. Paris, 1893. (1st ed.,
1868. )
Botanical explorations, general features of flora; list of vascular (1,619
species) and cellular plants, with localities, prepared with the aid of E.
Cosson.
Hochreutiner, B. P. G. Le Sud-oranais. Etudes floristiques et phytogéo-
graphiques faites au cours d’une exploration dans le sud-ouest de l’Algérie en
1901. Annuaire Conserv. et Jard. Bot. Genéve 7/8: 22-276. 1 fig., 24 pl. 1904.
Itinerary, plant habitats with lists of species, origin of flora; list of vascular
plants collected by author, with localities; lists of cellular plants, galls, and
insects collected (by other authors).
Julien, Adr. Flore de la région de Constantine; comprenant la description
des charactéres botaniques des plantes de la contrée, de leurs propriétés et leurs
usages chez leS européens et chez les indigénes. 332 p. 21.5 cm. Constan-
tine, 1894.
General features of flora, botanical stations with lists of species; annotated
catalog of vascular and cellular plants (over 1,400 species), with notes on uses.
Lapie, Georges. Etude phytogéographique de la Kabylie du Djurjura. Revue
Géog. 3: 1-154. 12 fig. (incl. 2maps),3 maps. 1909.
Includes numerous lists of vascular and cellular plants in the account of
different plant formations, but no complete list ; bibliography.
20 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Lefranc, Edmond. La Calle. Topographie, botanique et climatologie. 26 p.
24 em. Paris, 1867. (Reprinted with some additions from Bul. Soc. Bot.
France v. 9 and v. 12.)
Botanical explorations, physiography, plant zones; annotated list of vascular
plants collected by the author in 1859-61.
Catalogue des plantes récoltées dans la subdivision de Sidi-bel-Abbés,
pendant les années 1863 et 1864. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 18: 26-81, 45-51, 65-71.
1866.
List of vascular plants and Characeae, with localities.—See also his Sidi-bel-
Abbés. Topographie, climatologie et botanique. 1. c. 12: 383-3895. 1865.
Maire, René. Contribution 4 la étude de la flore des montagnes de Numidie.
Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 18: 71-76. 1927.
List of species collected by the author in 1924-25, mostly new to the region.
Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore du Djurdjura. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat.
Afrique Nord 5: 235-238. 1913; 7: 49-61. 1916.
Plant associations, phytogeography; records of species new or rare in the
region.
La végétation des montagnes du Sud Oranais. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat.
Afrique Nord 7 [bis]: 210-292. pl.4-17. 1916.
Itinerary; physiography; botanical explorations and plant formations of
different localities; short list of Arabic names; list of new or noteworthy
vascular and cellular plants; phytogeography, bibliography.
and Wilczek, Ernest. Florule des Iles Habibas. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat.
Afrique Nord 26 [bis] :61-75. 2 fig. (maps), 2 pl. 1986.
Topography, geology, general features of flora, plant associations, origin of
flora: list of cellular and vascular plants, list of cultivated plants. Based on
collections of authors and Faure in 1934. (Off coast of Oran.)
Reboud, Victor. Catalogue des plantes les plus intéressantes observées dans
le cercle de Bou-Saida (Algérie), de septembre 1864 4 juillet 1865. Bul. Soe.
Bot. France 14: 130-136. 1867.
List of vascular plants, with localities.—See also Nicholas, G. Liste des plantes
récoltées 4 Bou-Saada et observations sur quelques unes d’entre elles. Bul. Soc.
Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 6: 139-148. pl.1. 1914.
Catalogue des plantes phanérogames croissant spontanément dans le
cercle de Souk-Ahras. Bul. Acad. Hippone 14: 12-58. 1879. (Preprinted, 44 p.
Bone, 1878.)
General features of flora, physiography, etc.; list of 944 vascular plants, briefly
annotated as to locality.
Sériziat, Charles. Catalogue des plantes de Tébessa. Jn his Etudes sur
Tébessa et ses environs. Bul. Acad. Hippone 22: 186-215. .1887.
Annotated list of 820 vascular and cellular plants.—See also Desorthés. Sup-
plément ... 1. ec. 24: 120-129. 1891.
Société Botanique de France. Liste des plantes observées aux environs de
Biskra et dans l’Aurés . . . Session de Biskra (avril 1892). 26 p. map. 24.5
em. Alger, 1892.
Unannotated lists of plants from several localities.
Trabut, Louis. D’Oran 4 Mécheria. Notes botaniques et catalogue des
plantes remarquables. 86 p. 24cm. Alger, 1887.
General features of flora; catalog of species.
ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN
See also Egypt (Issa Bey; Schweinfurth, Beitrag); Ethiopia (Chiovenda, Plantae
novae) ; Northern Rhodesia (Fries) ; West Africa (Giirke; Oliver).
°
General
Broun, A. F., and Massey, R. E. Flora of the Sudan. 502 p. 19 ecm.
London, 1929.
Key to families (by J. Hutchinson) ; list of spermatophytes, with vernacular
names, brief descriptions, localities, uses.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD ill
Local
Chipp, T. F. The Imatong Mountains, Sudan. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1929:
177-197. pl. 8-11, map. 1929.
Geography, topography, general features of flora, phytogeography; annotated
list, by M. B. Moss, of cellular and vascular plants collected by Chipp. The
Imatong Mountains lie just north of the boundary between Anglo-Hgyptian Sudan
and Uganda.
Crowfoot, G. M. Flowering plants of the northern and central Sudan...
Forming a companion volume to the List of the Sudan flora. xxy p. 1 fig. (map),
plates. 22.5 cm. Leominster, [1928].
General features of flora; note on certain species of Acacia known as “samr”
and “seyal’; figures of about 175 plants, with very brief descriptions (color of
flowers, ete.), and vernacular names. The “List of the Sudan flora” referred to
is Broun and Massey’s Flora.
Grant, J. A. The botany of the Speke and Grant expedition, an enumeration
of the plants collected during the journey of the late Captain J. H. Speke and
Captain (now Lieut.-Col.) J. A. Grant from Zanzibar to Egypt... Trans.
Linn. Soc. Bot. v. 29. 190 p. 1386 pl., map. 1872-75.
Itinerary; annotated list of native names, with uses; annotated list of 702
vascular plants. (Dicotyledones, Monocotyledones-Glumiferae, by D. Oliver ;
Monocotyledones-Petaloideae, Filices, ete., by J. G. Baker.) (From landing on
edge of Kingam River opposite Zanzibar to Cairo, via west side of Victoria
Nyanza and the Nile; does not include Zanzibar.)
Lester-Garland, L. V. Some plants from Jebel Marra, Darfur. Jour. Bot.
59: 46-48. 1921.
List of vascular plants collected by Captain H. Lynes in 1920, with altitudes
and general range.—See also Norman, Cecil. Plants from Jebel Marra, Darfur.
Jour. Bot. 62: 134-139. 1924.
Muriel, C. E. Appendix to Report on the Sudan forests. 2d ed. 11 p. Cairo,
1901.
List of plants mainly from the White Nile, the Blue Nile, and Kordofan, alpha-
betically arranged by vernacular names, with Arabic and Hameg vernacular
names, habitat, remarks on uses.
Rein, G. K. Die im englischen Sudan, in Uganda und dem nor aienen Kongo-
staate wild und halbwild wachsenden nutzpflanzen. Tropenpflanzer 13: 374-
879, 532-539. 1909; 15: 217-220, 387-393. 1911.
Annotated list of principal useful wild plants, grouped by uses.
Schweinfurth, Georg. Bericht tiber die botanischen ergebnisse der ersten
Niam-Niam-reise, Januar-Juli 1870. Bot. Zeit. 29: 301-317, 324-341, 351-366,
372-376. illus. 1871.
Statistics, general features of flora, running systematic account of principal
plants (usually with generic names only), notes on principal cultivated plants.
Flora des Soturba an der nubischen ktiste. Verh. K. K. Zool.-Bot.
Gesell. Wien 15: 537-560. 1865.
General features of flora; annotated list of 265 vascular plants, with vernacular
names, based on the author’s collections in 1864-65; list of 71 vascular plants
from Makaur Island; list of 62 vascular plants from Wady Gadireh, Egypt (on
the Red Sea, lat. 25° N. Ne
Pflanzen-namen der Bega-sprache zwischen Suakin und Berber...
Zeitschr. Gesell. Erdk. Berlin 4: 334-346. 1869.
Systematic list of 146 plants, with vernacular names; short lists of species
collected at various localities on the Blue Nile and the White Nile.
Vegetations-skizzen vom Bachr-el-Gasal. Bot. Zeit. 28: 81-88. 1870.
Brief sketch of flora, with mention of economic plants; no list of species.
Shaw, W. B. K. The flora of the Libyan Desert. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew
1984: 281-289. 1934.
General features of flora; list of spermatophytes collected by author on two
trips extending from Cairo as far as Tekro and northern Dar Fur. For account
of his first trip see, under same title, 1. c, 1931: 161-166.
Dia MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
ANGOLA (PORTUGUESE WEST AFRICA)
See also Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; West Africa (Giirke, Oliver).
General
Carrisso, L. W., ed. Conspectus florae angolensis. vy. 1, fase. 1. (Ranun-
culaceae—Malvaceae por A. W. Exell e F. A. Mendonga.) (ix-xxiii, 176 p. map.)
24.5 em. Lisboa, 1937.
Topography, plant zones, ete. (in Portuguese and English) ; list of vascular
plants, with keys, references, synonymy, citation of specimens (with indication
of herbaria), habit, habitat, flowering dates, general range.
Ficalho, F. M. C. de M., conde de. Plantas uteis da Africa Portugueza. 279 p.
23 cm. Lisboa, 1884.—Indice para a obra Plantas uteis ... por A. 8. Barjona de
Freitas. xvii p. Lisboa, 1908.
History of cultivated plants; annotated systematic list of phanerogams, with
vernacular names. Includes only Dicotyledones and Gymnospermae. Refers
chiefly to Angola, but includes also the other Portuguese possessions in Africa.
A corrected and somewhat enlarged revision of his Nomes vulgares de algumas
plantas africanas, principalmente angolenses, published in Bol. Soc. Geog. Lis-
boa 2: 601-619, 707-716. 1881; 3: 479-492, 612-623. 1882.
Gossweiler, John. Bibliografia das viagens feitas em Angola por exploradores
de diversas nacionalidades, cujos relat6rios se referem 4 flora, fauna e agri-
cultura. Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com., Colon. e Flor. Angola 7 (28/31, Ja./D. 1935) :
A2N-125:7 1937
Unannotated list of 55 titles, alphabetically arranged by authors.
Elementos para a historia de exploracao botanica de Angola. Itinerdrio
e relacdio dos viajantes e exploradores que fizeram colecgoes botanicas em Angola.
Bol. Soe. Broteriana II, 13: 283-805. map. [1939?]
Brief account of botanical explorations; alphabetical list of collectors, with
biographical data and account of work in Angola.
Relacio dos viajantes que coligiram plantas em Angola actualmente
depositadas nos institutos botanicos de Londres, Berlim, Paris, Montpellier, Zu-
rich, Lisboa, Coimbra, Cabo de Boa Esperanca e Washington onde estaéo sendo
estudadas desde 1868. Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com., Colon. e Flor. Angola 7 (28/31,
Ja./D. 1985) : 127-130. 1987.
Alphabetical list of collectors, with dates and localities visited.
Welwitsch, Frederico. Synopse explicativa das amostras de madeiras e
drogas medicinaes e de outros objectos mormente ethnographicos colligidos na
provincia de Angola enviados 4 Exposicio Internacional de Londres em 1862,
incluindo os que foram offerecidos ao gabinete pharmacologico da Escola Medico-
Cirurgica de Lisboa. 56 p. 21 cm. Lisboa, 1862.
Annotated lists of 149 timbers and medicinal and other useful plants, with
vernacular names and uses.
Local
Exell, A. W., Good, R. D’O., and others. Mr. John Gossweiler’s plants from
Angola and Portuguese Congo. Jour. Bot. 64 (Suppl.): 1-24, 1-40. 1 fig.
1926; 65 (Suppl.): 25-80, 41-72. 1 fig. 1927; 66 (Suppl): 81-176. she:
1928; 67 (Suppl.) : 177-208, 73-120. 1 fig. 1929; 68 (Suppl.) : 121-144. 1930;
69 (Suppl.) : 145-152, 1538-160, 161-168. 2 fig. 1931: 70 (Suppl.) : 205-212,
213-220, 221-228. fig. 1-2. 1932; 71 (Suppl.) : 229-236, 237-248, 169-175. fig.
8. 1933.—Dicotyledones. Addendum. 1. c« 73 (Suppl.): 1-12. 19385; 74
(Suppl.) : 13-24. 19386.
List, with localities and collector’s numbers, general range, and frequent
field notes. Polypetalae and Gamopetalae separately paged.—See also Pteri-
dophyta, by A. H. G. Alston, l. ec. 72 (Suppl.). 11 p. 1934. Index to Polypetalae
71 (Suppl.) : 237-243, Gamopetalae, p. 171-175.
Hiern, W. P., Rendle, A. B., and others. Catalogue of the African plants
collected by Dr. Friedrich Welwitsch in 1853-61. 2 v.in 6. port. 22 cm. London,
1896-1901.
Biography and bibliography of Welwitsch; annotated list of vascular plants,
with often ample field notes or descriptions. Vol. [1], 4 pts., Dicotyledons by
Hiern ; y. 2, pt. 1, Monocotyledons and Gymnosperms, by A. B. Rendle; v. 2, pt. 2,
Cryptogamia, by various authors. Refers entirely to Angola.
a :
aa een -
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 23
Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo Gomes e. Contribuicio para o estudo da flora do
distrito de Mossimedes. Bol. Agéncia Geral Colon. (Lisboa) 6: 41-64. 15 fig.
1930. :
General features of flora; annotated tabular list of phanerogams collected, the
families arranged alphabetically. The same text, with fewer illustrations and
two families added at the end of the list, is given in Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com.
Angola 3: 76-87. 1988.
Warburg, Otto. Kunene-Sambesi-expedition, H. Baum, 1903. xi, 593 p. 106
fig., 13 pl. (1 col.), map. 25cm. Berlin, 1903.
Includes list by numerous authors of cellular and vascular plants (p. 155-427)
collected in southern Angola, with localities, general range, and frequent annota-
tions; tabular list by G. Hegi, showing general range of plants collected ; phyto-
geography by Warburg; annotated list of useful plants, classified by uses, by
Warburg.
BASUTOLAND
See also South Africa.
Local
Phillips, E. P. A contribution to the flora of the Leribe Plateau and environs:
with a discussion on the relationships of the floras of Basutoland, the Kalahari,
and the southeastern regions. Annals So. African Mus. 16: 1-879. 3 fig.
(maps), 7 pl. (incl. map). 1917.
Geology, general features of flora, alien flora, statistics; annotated list of
vascular plants, with extralimital range, native names and uses.
BECHUANALAND
See South Africa.
BECHUANALAND PROTECTORATE
See also South Africa; West Africa (Oliver).
Local
Bremekamp, C. E. B., and Obermeyer, A. A. Sertum kalahariense, a list of
the plants collected. Jn Scientific results of the Vernay-Lang Kalahari expedi-
tion, March to September, 1980. Annals Transvaal Mus. 16: 399-442. 1935.
List of 326 vascular plants, with data and general range, collected on expedi-
tion from Gaberones (Bechuanaland Protectorate) to Ghanzi, across Ngamiland
to the junction of the Zambesi and Chobe (Kwando) Rivers, then through South-
ern Rhodesia, ending near Makarikari Lake. Of the species collected in the
central Kalahari, 204 are additions to N. E. Brown’s list of 1909.
Lugard, E. J..and Brown, N. E. The flora of Ngamiland. Bul. Misc. Inform.
Kew 1909: 81-146. map. 1909.
Physiography, climate, general features of flora (by Lugard) ; annotated list
of 374 vascular plants, of which 92 are described as new species.
Seiner, Franz. Pflanzengeographische beobachtungen in der Mittel-Kalahari.
In Engler, A. Beitrage zur flora von Afrika XXXVIII. Bot. Jahrb. Engler
46: 1-50. 4 pk. 1911.
Account of plant formations, with included running list of species observed by
author, between Serue (Serowe) and Rietfontein-Nord via Tsau.
BELGIAN CONGO
See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Rein); Cameroons (Mildbraed, Botanik) ; Ethiopia
tunglet, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; Tanganyika (Mildbraed) ; West Africa (Giirke;
liver).
General
Dewévre, Alfred. Les plantes utiles du Congo. 2. éd., rey. et corr. 65 p.
22.5 em. Bruxelles, Paris, 1894.
General considerations; annotated list of cultivated and wild plants, classified
by uses.
94 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Duchesne, Fl. Les essences forestiéres du Congo Belge III. Leurs dénomi-
nations indigénes. 265 p. 27.5 cm. Ixelles-Bruxelles, 1988.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names with botanical equivalents, with region
where used, dialect, and source of names; systematic list of botanical names,
with vernacular equivalents.
Durand, Théophile. Les explorations botaniques au Congo Belge et leurs
résultats. Bul. Cl. Sci. Acad. Roy. Belg. 1909: 1347-1874. 1909.
Chronological account of botanical explorations, with bibliography.
and Durand, Héléne. Sylloge florae congolanae (Phanerogamae).
‘ 716 p. 26.5 cm. Bruxelles, 1909. (Also issued as Bul. Jard. Bot. Etat Bruxelles
Vere alas)
List of botanical collectors, statistics: list of 3,546 phanerogams, with refer-
ences, synonyms, localities, and collectors; statistics for botanical districts.
Summarizes knowledge of the flora through 1908—See also Wildeman, E. de.
Additions 4 la flore du Congo. Bul. Jard. Bot. Etat Bruxelles 4: 1-241. 1914;
5: 117-268, 269-364, 365-412. 1916-19; 6: 1-64, 65-129. 35 pl. 1919; 7: 1-88,
271-316. 1920-21. (Lists of additions to Sylloge, with localities and collectors’
numbers. The number of species is said to have reached 6,300 in 1915.)
Staner, Pierre. Plantes congolaises 4 fruits comestibles. Pub. Inst. Natl.
Etude Agron. Congo Belge Sér. Sci. no. 4. 56 p. 9 fig. [1935.]
Annotated systematic list cf native plants with edible fruits, with vernacular
names and description of fruit; key to the genera, based on the fruit; index of
; vernacular names.
and Boutique, R. Matériaux pour l’étude des plantes médicinales
indigénes du Congo Belge. Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge
Collect. in-8°. v. 5, fase. 6. 228 p. 17 fig. (partly on plates). 1937.
Annotated systematic list of plants, with range and uses; bibliography.
Wildeman, Emile de. A propos de médicaments indigénes congolais. Mém.
Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 3, fase. 3. 127 p.
19385.
General considerations, plants used for particular diseases; list of vernacular
and botanical names,
Documents pour l’étude de l’alimentation végétale de V’indigéne du
Congo Belge. Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°.
v. 2, fase. 4. 263 p. 1934.
General considerations; alphabetical list of vernacular and botanical names,
with brief annotations under the latter; bibliography.
Les foréts congolaises et leurs principales essences économiques. 214 p.
map. 25cm. Bruxelles, 1926. (Bibliothéque-Congo no. 19.)
Includes (p. 117-207) briefly annotated list of timber trees, alphabetically ar-
ranged by botanical names.
Notices sur des plantes utiles ou intéressantes de la flore du Congo.
2 y. illus., plates. 23 cm. Bruxelles, 1903-08. (Publication de Etat indépen-
dant du Congo.)
Discusses various species at considerable length, and includes annotated alpha-
betical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents, where known, of the
woods of the Congo and neighboring regions, with corresponding list of botanical
names (v. 1, p. 353-885).
~
Remarques 4 propos de la forét équatoriale congolaise. Mém. Sect.
Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 2, fase. 2. 120 p.
3 maps. 1934.
Cited here for its bibliography (p. 112-120) of publications relating to the
forests of the Belgian Congo.
Local
Burtt, B. D. A botanical reconnaissance in the Virunga voleanoes of Kigezi
Ruanda, Kivu. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 19384: 145-165. 1 fig. (map), pl. 7.
1984.
Running account of author’s trip in 1930 with mention of plants collected.
The Virunga or Mufumbiro voleanoes are a particularly isolated range of peaks
that lie about 120 miles south of the Ruwenzori ice cap, in the great divide
between the east tropical African savannas and the forests of the Congo basin.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 25
They are partly in Belgian Congo (Pare National Albert) and partly on the
boundary between Uganda and the mandated territory of Ruanda and Urundi
and the boundary between the latter and Belgian Congo.
Cotton, A. D. The arborescent Senecios of the Virunga Mountains. Bul.
Misc. Inform. Kew 1931: 289-297. 1 fig. (map). 19831.
Cited here for its annotated list of works on the flora of the Virunga Moun-
tains.
Delevoy, Gaston. Les essences forestiéres du Katanga. His La question
forestiére au Katanga, v. 2. xv, 525 p. illus. 23.5 cm. Bruxelles, 1929.
Alphabetical list of woody plants, with references, vernacular names, general
and local range, description, uses.
Engler, Adolf. Verzeichniss der auf der Graf vy. G6tzen’schen expedition bei
der besteigung des Kirunga gesammelten pflanzen. Jn Gotzen, G. A. von.
Durch Afrika von ost nach west... p. 874-384. Berlin, 1895. ‘
List of 79 species, collected at 2,000 meters elevation and above on Kirunga.
Mount Kirunga is in the Mufumbiro group.
Fishlock, C. W. L., and Hancock, G. L. R. Notes on the flora and fauna
of Ruwenzori, with special reference to the Bujuku Valley. Jour. East Africa
and Uganda Nat. Hist. Soe. no. 44. p. 205-229. 12 pl. 1982.
Explorations, plant zones with lists of plants collected by authors in 1931;
notes on fauna, bibliography.
Ghesquiére, Jean. Note sur la forét de Lonkala (Sankuru). Bul. Agr. Congo
Belge 16: 549-555. fig. 218-219. 1925.
Includes systematic list of timbers, with vernacular names and brief description
of wood.
Gillet, Just., and Paque, Egide. Plantes principales de la région de Kisantu.
Leur nom indigéne, leur nom scientifique, leurs usages. (Notes botaniques sur
la région du Bas- et Moyen-Congo, fase. 1.) Annales Mus. Congo Bot. V, [v. 4],
fase. 1. 120 p. 22 fig. 1910.
Alphabetical annotated list of vernacular names, with Portuguese names,
scientific hames and uses; cross index of scientific names.
Hauman, Lucien. Esquisse de la végétation des hautes altitudes sur le
Ruwenzori (Résultats botaniques de la Mission belge pour l’exploration scien-
tifique du Ruwenzori, 1932). Bul. Cl. Sei. Acad. Roy. Belg. V, 19: 602-616, 702-
447, 900-917. illus:., map. ~ 1933.
Plant associations; list of 75 vascular plants known from above 3,800 meters
altitude ; climate, soil, fauna, ecology, phytogeography.
La flore. Jn Grunne, X. de, and others. Vers les glaciers de l’équa-
teur. Le Ruwenzori. Mission scientifique belge 1932. p. 251-259. fig. 123.
Bruxelles, 1987.
Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of 72 vascular plants
now known from 8,800—5,000 meters elevation ; bibliography.
Lebrun, Jean. Les essences forestiéres des régions montagneuses du Congo
oriental. Pub. Inst. Natl. Etude Agron. Congo Belge Sér. Scient. no. 1. 263 p.
(incl. 28 fig., 18 pl. (pl. 1, map)). 1985. (Les essences forestiéres du Congo
Belge IT.)
Plant zones, bibliography; descriptive account of trees, with keys, references,
vernacular names, citation of exsiccatae, uses.
Rapport sur un voyage d'études botaniques dans le district du Kibali-
Ituri. Bul. Agr. Congo Belge 25: 386-487. fig. 62-75 (incl. map). 1934.
Ineludes several short lists of vascular plants collected by author, the longest
being one from Mount Ruwenzori.
Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. LeM. An account of the plants
collected on Mount Ruwenzori by Dr. A. G. F. Wollaston. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
38: 228-279. pl. 16-19. 1908.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora ; annotated list of phanerogams.
Robyns, Walter. La colonisation végétale des laves récentes du volcan Ru-
moka (laves de Kateruzi). Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge
Collect. in-8°. v.1,no.1. 3832p. 10 pl., fold. map. 1932. (Contribution 4 l'étude
de la végétation du Pare National Albert.)
Includes list of 27 plants (26 vascular) found on Volcan Rumoka, north of
Lake Kivu, after the voleanic eruption of 1912 which completely destroyed the
vegetation.
26 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Staner, Pierre. Contributions 4 l'étude de la flore du Pare National Albert
et du Kivu. I-II. Plantes récoltées par M. le Dr. Scaetta. Revue Zool. et Bot.
Afric. 23: 208-230. 1933; 24: 213-224. 1988.
Lists of vascular plants, with data. The Pare National Albert is directly north-
east of Lake Kivu, partly in Belgian Congo, partly in Ruanda and Urundi.
Vermoesen, Camille. Manuel des essences forestiéres du Congo Belge (région
€quatoriale et Mayombe). xii, 282 p. illus., col. plates. 185 cm. Bruxelles,
1923.
Pocket manual of principal useful trees, with vernacular names, range, descrip-
tion, and uses. This is pt. 1 of Les essences forestiéres du Congo Belge.
Wildeman, Emile de. Campagnie du Kasai. Mission permanente d’études
scientifiques. Résultats de ses recherches botaniques et agronomiques. viii,
463 p. 45 pl. (i.e. 46), 2 maps. 28cm. Bruxelles, 1910.
Includes (p. 229-440) list of vascular plants collected in the Bassin du Kasai,
with occasional annotations; physiography, ete.
Contribution a l’étude de la flore du Katanga. cxliv, 264 p. (incl. 19
pl.). 25 ecm. Bruxelles, 1921.—Supplément I-V. 26 cm. Bruxelles, 1927-32.
Botanical distribution, with florulas of Albertville-Toa, Nyassa, Tanganyika,
Victoria Nyanza, Lukafu, Elisabethville, Kundelungu, ete.; notes on useful trees,
statistics; list of known vascular plants, with localities, collectors’ names, and
vernacular names (indexed). Including the first three supplements, the known
flora amounted to 2,230 species.
- Documents pour étude de la géo-botanique congolaise. Bul. Soc.
Roy. Bot. Belg. v. 51, fasc. 3. 406 p. 117 pl. (incl. maps). 1913.
General features of flora, phytogeography; lists of species, with remarks on
vegetation, from coast region (Moanda, Banana-Nemloa, Boma), Mayombe
(Bingila), Bas-Congo (Matadi-Vivi, Kisantu, Kimuenza, Léopoldville), the tropi-
eal forest region (region of the Equator, Nouvelle-Anvers, Beni, Irumu, Ma-
wambi, Avakubi, Yambuya, Buta-Bima, Imese, Likimi, Lake Léopold II, Bena-
Dibele, Kondue), Haut-Ubangi and Uele (Fort-Sibu-Rapides de Bangui), Kasai
(Popokabaka, Katola, Madibi, Luano, Kikwite, Aténes-Illongonga, Dilolo-Kim-
puki), Moyen-Katanga or Haut-Congo (Nyangwe-Kasongo), Lake Albert Edward
and Ruwenzori (Ninagongo, Rutschuru, west slope of Ruwenzori (Butago) ),
region of Lakes Kivu and Tanganyika (Albertville-Toa), Haut-Katanga (Lukafu,
Elisabethville, Kundelungu, Manika), Nile region.
Etudes de systématique et de géographie botaniques sur la flore du
Bas- et du Moyen-Congo. Annales Mus. Congo Bot. V, v. 1-8. 230 pl. 1903-12.
Vol. 1, list of cellular and vascular plants, with references, localities, collectors’
numbers, and occasional annotations; based on specimens from various collectors
examined by the author since 1908; vol. 2, same since 1906; vol. 3, a later series
of lists.
Etudes sur la flore des districts du Bangala et de l’Ubangi (Congo
Belge). xvii, 464 p. col. front., 52 fig., 20 pl., map. 27.5 cm. Bruxelles, 1911.
(Plantae Thonnerianae congolenses ser. 2.)
Includes (p. 267-403) list of vascular plants known from the region.
Mission Emile Laurent (1903-1904). 2 v. illus., 188 fig., 185 pL, port.,
map. 29cm. Bruxelles, 1905-07.
Includes partly annotated list of vascular plants collected, with references and
localities; list of vernacular names of laticiferous plants, with localities and
botanical names (p. 527-534). (Lower Congo and Kasai River region.)
Mission forestiere et agricole du Comte Jacques de Briey ... au
Mayumbe (Congo Belge). xiv, 468 p. 62 fig., 15 pl., port., 2 fold. tab. 23 em.
Bruxelles, 1920.
Includes (p. 235-266) list of plants collected; also much information on woods
and other useful plants.
Plantae bequaertianae. Etudes sur les récoltes botaniques du Dr. J.
Bequaert, chargé de missions au Congo Belge (1918-1915). v. 1-6, fase. 1.
22 em. Gand, Paris, 1921-382.
Lists of vascular plants, with data; families not in strictly systematic order.
The collections were made chiefly in the regions of Mayombe, Semliki, Ruwen-
zori, and the valley of the Rutshuru near Lake Albert,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD Di.
Wildeman, Emile de. Sur des plantes médicinales ou utiles du Mayumbe
(Congo Belge) d’aprés des notes du R. P. Wellens (1891-1924). Mém. Sect. Sci.
Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 6, fase. 4. 97 p. 1938.
Alphabetical annotated list of botanical and vernacular names.
BRITISH SOMALILAND PROTECTORATE
See also Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; Italian Somaliland (Chiovenda,
Flora Somala) ; West Africa (Gtirke; Oliver).
General
Drake-Brockman, R. E. British Somaliland. xvi, 384 p. illus., plates, map.
23 em. London, 1912.
Includes chapter on “the flora and fauna” (p. 221-238), with general account
of vegetation; on “products of commercial value” (p. 239-270), with account
of principal plant and animal products; Appendix III, “List of trees and plants
the fruit or leaves of which are eaten by the Somalis” (p. 281-2838), an annotated
list of vernacular names, with botanical names when known; Appendix IV, “A
collection of the flora of British Somaliland communicated to Kew during the
years 1905-11, together with their vernacular names” (p. 285-294), an unan-
notated list of 318 plants, not in systematic order; Appendix VI, “Some notes
on the myrrh, frankincense, bdelliums, and gum resins of British Somaliland”
(p. 301-323).
The economic resources of British Somaliland. Trans. Internat].
Cong. Trop. Agr. 3d, London, 1914. 2: 488-500. 1917.
Includes section on wild and cultivated vegetable products of economic
importance.
Local
Franchet, A. R. Sertulum somalense. In Revoil, Georges. Fauna et flore
des pays Comalis. [pt.9.] 70 p. 6 pl. Paris, 1882.
Bibliography ; list of 144 vascular plants, with localities.
Oliver, Daniel. Flora of Somali-Land. Jn James, F. L. The unknown horn
of Africa. p. 317-3823. 4pl. London, 1888.
List of nearly 150 vascular plants collected by James and Thrupp, with
localities. The specimens were collected in British Somaliland and Ethiopia.
CAMEROONS (INCLUDING CAMEROUN)
See also Hthiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; French West Africa (Cheva-
lier) ; West Africa,
General
Bertin, André. Les bois du Cameroun. 3812p. plates,maps. 25cm. Paris,
1920. (Mission d’études forestiéres envoyée dans les colonies fran¢aises par les
Ministéres de la guerre, de ’armement et des colonies, t. 4.)
Includes (p. 81-96) lists of scientific and vernacular names. Refers mostly to
the French mandate.
Local
Braun, Johannes. Botanischer bericht tiber die flora von Kamerun. Mitt.
Forschungsreis. u. Gelehr. Deut. Schutzgeb. 2: 141-176. 1889.
Annotated list of fungi and vascular plants, collected by the author in 1887-
1889, in Kamerun, Gross Batanga, and Malimba.
Gilg, Ernst. Die bis jetzt bekannten hohen biume Kameruns, welche wert-
volles holz geben oder als nutzhélzer in frage kommen kOnnten. Notizbl. K. Bot.
Gart. Berlin 5: 123-131. 1909.
List with heights, vernacular names, and occasional annotations.
Hédin, Louis. Etude sur la forét et les bois du Cameroun sous mandat
francais. 230 p. plates, map. 25.5 cm. Paris, 1930.
Includes (p. 41-200) annotated list of trees of Cameroun, with vernacular
names, notes on uses, and description of wood characters; bibliography.
28 MISC, PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Hooker, J. D. On the plants of the temperate regions of the Cameroons
Mountains and islands in the Bight of Benin; collected by Mr. Gustay Mann
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 7: 171-240. 1864.
Itinerary, phytogeography ; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities
and general range, from Cameroon Mountain and the islands of Fernando Po,
Sao Thomé, and Principe.
Mildbraed, Johannes. Botanik. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der zweiten
deutschen Zentral-Afrika-expedition 1910-1911 unter fiihrung Adolf Friedrichs,
Herzogs zu Mecklenburg. v. 2. 202 p. 90 pl. Leipzig, 1922.
Includes general account of vegetation and lists of species collected from Bel-
gian Congo (Kimuenza, Stanley Pool to Molundu), Kamerun (Molundu, Juka-
duma, Kadei, Lomie, Ebolowa, and Sangmelima, Kribi), and the islands of
Annobon (p. 146-164) and Fernando Po (p. 164-195), the last two lists including
also species recorded in the Flora of tropical Africa.
Probefiichen-aufnahmen aus dem Kameruner regenwald. Notizbl
Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: 951-976. 1930.
Includes partly annotated running list of vascular plants collected by author
at Likomba, with some vernacular names.
Von den Bulus genutzte wildwachsende pflanzen des Stidkameruner
waldlandes. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gard. Berlin App. 27. 438 p. 1913.
Annotated list, classified by uses, with descriptions, vernacular names and
uses ; systematic list of plants mentioned, with vernacular names.
Zur kenntnis der vegetationsverhiltnisse Nord-Kameruns. Bot.
Jahrb. Engler 65: 1-52. 19382.
General features of flora between Bongor and Garua; annotated list of vascular
plants collected or observed by author and others; phytogeography.
Santesson, C. G. Hinige drogen aus dem Kamerun-gebiete und ihre einheim-
ische verwendung. Arkiv Bot. v. 20A, no. 8. 34 p. 1926.
Annotated list of 42 species, with vernacular names and uses; list classified
by uses; list of scientific and vernacular names.
CAPE OF GOOD HOPE
See also South Africa.
General
Sim, T. R. The forests and forest flora of the Colony of the Cape of Good
Hope. vii, 361 p. 160 pl., port., map. 32.5 cm. Aberdeen, Scotland, 1907.
Forests, economic aspects, etc.; keys to genera; annotated descriptive flora of
woody plants.
Local
Adamson, R. S. The vegetation and flora of Robben Island. Trans. Roy.
Soc. So. Africa 22: 279-296. pl. 138-14. 1934.
History, climate, geology, soils, vegetation; tabular list of spermatophytes,
lists of cultivated plants. Robben Island lies off the entrance to Table Bay,
4 miles west of Blaauwberg.
Bolus, Frank, and Bolus, Louisa. Key to the flora of the Cape Peninsula.
Annals Bolus Herb. 1: 22-85, 116-125, 173-184. 1914-15.
Keys to families, genera, and species, intended to supplement Bolus and Wolley-
Dod’s “List of the flowering plants and ferns...” Key to genera and species
incomplete (Ranunculaceae—Anacardiaceae).
Bolus, Harry, and Wolley-Dod, A. H. A list of the flowering plants and
ferns of the Cape Peninsula, with notes on some of the critical species. Trans.
So. African Phil. Soc. 14: 207-378. 1903.
Physiography, general features of flora, plant associations, vertical range,
statistics, phytogeography, effect of fires, etc.; annotated list of 2,351 vascular
plants and Characeae. (Small peninsula on which Cape Town is situated. )
Compton, R. H. The flora of the Whitehill district. Trans. Roy. Soc. So.
Africa 19: 269-329. 1981.
Topography, climate, etc.; annotated list of over 700 vascular plants. The
area covered is from Bantams on the west to Baviaans on the east and from
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 29
the summit of Ngaap Kop on the north to the crest of the Witteberg Range on
the south; the total area being about 40 square miles.
Duthie, A. V. List of vascular cryptogams and flowering plants of the Stel-
lenbosch Flats. Annals Univ. Stellenbosch y. 8, sect. A, no. 4. 52 p. 1930.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Dyer, R. A. The vegetation of the divisions of Albany and Bathurst. Mem.
Bot. Survey So. Africa no.17. 1388p. illus. (maps), plates. 1987.
Mainly ecological; includes sketch of botanical explorations, topography,
geology, economic plants, bibliography.
Galpin, E. E. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of the Drakens-
berg. Rep. So. African Assoc. Adv. Sci. 6 (1908) : 209-229. 1909.
Author’s itinerary in 1904; list of vascular plants collected, with data. This
was the first botanical collection from the Cape Colony part of the Drakensberg.
Levyns, M. R. A guide to the flora of the Cape Peninsula. xv, 284 p. 199
fig., 83 col. pl. 22.5 em. Cape Town, Johannesburg [1929].
Glossary, keys to families and genera; briefly descriptive catalog of genera,
with indication of number of species and mention of occasional species. Covers
essentially same area as Bolus and Wolley-Dod’s “List of the flowering plants
and ferns of the Cape Peninsula.”
Miller, O. B. A list of some native names of trees, shrubs, ete., in use in the
Transkeian Territories. Bul. Forest Dept. Union So. Africa no. 8. 23 p. 1923.
List of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents; alphabetical list of
botanical names, with Xosa vernacular names and notes on uses, ete. In poth
English and Dutch.
Muir, John. The vegetation of the Riversdale area, Cape Province. Mem.
Bot. Survey So. Africa no. 138. 82 p. map. 1929.
Mainly ecological, but includes account of botanical explorations, geology, ete.
Pearson, H. H. W., and others. List of the plants collected in the Percy
Sladen memorial expeditions, 1908-9, 1910-11. Annals So. African Mus. 9:
30-59, 61-90, 129-192, 193-272, 355-448. 16 (i. e. 17) fig., 8 pl. 1912-17.
Enumeration of vascular and cellular plants, by various authors; not in sys-
tematic order, but indexed (p. 481-448). The itineraries of the various expe-
ditions are Summarized on pages 359 to 361. The collections are chiefly from
western Cape of Good Hope, Bushmanland, Namaqualand, and Great Nama-
qualand.
Pegler, Alice. On the flora of Kentani. Annals Bolus Herb. 2: 1-14, 112-
128, 163-184. 1916-18.
Physiography, climate, phenology; annotated list of vascular plants. (On
southeast coast, 32°30’ S. Lat., 28°18’ EH. Long.)
Phillips, E. P. Some notes on a collecting trip to French Hoek. African
Jour. Sci. 16: 450-478. 1919.
Topography, geology, ecology, statistics of flora; annotated list of 335
spermatophytes collected by author in 1913.
Salisbury, F. S. Naturalised plants of Albany and Bathurst. Rec. Albany
Mus. 3: 163-177. 1919.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Schonland, Selmar. List of the flowering plants found in the districts of
Albany and Bathurst, Cape Colony. Rec. Albany Mus. 2: 44-64, 97-136. 1907.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of phanerogams. Incomplete (Cycadaceae-
Anacardiaceae).
Phanerogamic flora of the divisions of Uitenhage and Port Elizabeth.
Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa no. 1. 118 p. 1 fig. (map). 1919.
Topography, geology, climate, statistics, plant formations, phytogeography ; list
of 2,332 phanerogams, with localities.
Sim, T. R. Sketch and check list of the flora of Kaffraria. 92 p. 19 em.
Cape Town, 1894.
Unannotated list (2,449 species) of vascular plants, with occasional vernacular
names; general remarks on physiography and vegetation.
30 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
DAHOMEY
See also West Africa.
General
Bertherand, E. L. Acclimatation. Flore médicale de l'Afrique occidentale.
16 p. 25cm. [Alger,] 1886.
Annotated systematic list of medicinal and other useful plants of Dahomey,
based on the observations and collections of Abbé Cordioux.
Local
Hua, Henri. Une collection botanique du haut Dahomey et de la vallée du
Niger moyen, récoltée par M. de Gironcourt, en 1908-1910. Bul. Mus. Hist.
Nat. Paris 22: 330-335. 1916.
Lists of angiosperms, with localities, collected at about 10° N. Lat. in
Dahomey, and in “Niger moyen.”
EGYPT
See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Grant); West Africa (Oliver). E. Boissier, Flora
Orientalis (which includes Egypt south to the first cataract), and G. E. Post, Flora of
Syria, Palestine, and Sinai, will be given in the second part of this work. Papers refer-
ring particularly to the Sinai Peninsula, geographically a part of Asia but politically a
part of Egypt, are included under Egypt.
General
Ascherson, Paul, and Schweinfurth, Georg. Illustration de la flore d’Egypte.
Mém, Inst. Egyptien 2: 25-260. 1889 [1887].—Supplément. 1. ec. 745-821. 1889.
Botanical explorations, phytogeographical divisions; list of 1,316 spontane-
ous vascular plants (including supplement) with vernacular names and indi-
eation of distribution by districts; cultivated plants listed but not numbered;
index of vernacular names. The supplement includes a Florula Rhinocoluraea
(list of 305 vascular and cellular plants known from the vicinity of El-Arich)
and a Florula Sirbonis (list of 59 vascular and cellular plants collected at
Sebakh-el-Berdawil), both by Ascherson only. Both localities are in the Sinai
Peninsula.
Hartmann, Fernande. L’agriculture dans l’ancienne Egypte. 332 p. 76 fig.
24.5 cm. Paris, 1923.
Includes chapter (p. 17-70) on wild and cultivated economic plants, classified
by uses.
Issa Bey, Ahmed. Dictionnaire des noms des plantes en latin, francais,
anglais et arabe. xiv, 227 p. port. 28cm. Le Caire, 1980.
Bibliography; alphabetical list of botanical names, with vernacular names
in the languages mentioned; indices of vernacular names in each language,
including that in Arabic (with Arabic numbering of pages).
Loret, Victor. La flore pharaonique d’aprés les documents hiéroglyphiques et
les spécimens découverts dans les tombes. 2. éd., rev. et augm. 145 p. 25 em.
Paris, 1892. (1st ed., 1887.)
Bibliography; annotated list of 202 vascular and cellular plants; vernacular
names in French, Hebrew, Arabic, Coptic, and hieroglyphic.
Muschler, Reno. A manual flora of Egypt... 2v. 23 em. Berlin, 1912.
Descriptive flora of 1,503 vascular plants, with references, localities, and
Egyptian names; botanical explorations, with bibliographical references;
phytogeography, geology, climate; tables showing local distribution of all the
species in Egypt, and their range in the Mediterranean Basin and elsewhere;
list of cultivated plants; glossary ; index of Arabian names.—See also Simpson,
N. D. Some supplementary records to Muschler’s Manual flora of Egypt. In-
cluding many species collected by G. W. Murray. Bul. Tech. and Sci. Serv.
Min. Agr. Egypt no. 93. 59 p. 1930. (Records of 400 cellular and vascular
plants, including 220 species and varieties not in Muschler’s Flora.)
Ramis, A. I. Bestimmungstabellen zur flora von Aegypten. iv, 221 p. 25.5
ecm. Jena, 1929.
Flora of vascular plants, in form of keys, briefly annotated.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 31
Schweinfurth, Georg. Arabische pflanzennamen aus Aegypten, Algerien und
Jemen. xxiv, 232 p. 82cm. Berlin, 1912.
Includes Latin-Arabic and Arabic-Latin lists from Egypt; from Jemen
(Yemen), after Forskal, and from Jemen and southern Arabia; from Biskra,
and the coast and Tal Mountain region of northwest Algeria; also similar list
of the parts of the date palm.
Beitrag zur flora Aethiopiens. 1. abth. xii, 311 p. 4 pl. 33.5 cm.
Berlin, 1867.
Annotated list of 1,051 vascular and cellular plants of the Egyptian region,
based on collections of C. G. Ehrenberg, Cienkowski, Schimper, and others,
with localities and vernacular names; bibliography; compiled list of 3,947
(3,958) vascular plants (including cultivated plants, not all the latter num-
bered) known from the Nile region, with brief indication of range. No more
published. The second list, by Schweinfurth and P. Ascherson, bears the
title: “Aufzihlung simmtlichler zur zeit bekannten phanerogamen- und
gefiisskryptogamen-arten aus dem gesammtgebiete der Nil-Linder.” It covers
HKgypt proper, Nubia proper, Kordofan, Sennaar, Abyssinia, Bahr-el-Abiad, and
the Ukereve region.
Sherborn, C. D. Bibliography of scientific and technical literature relating
to Egypt, 1800-1900. ii, 155 p. 27 em. Cairo, 1915. (Reprint of prel. ed.,
1910.)
Unannotated list, arranged alphabetically by authors, with key in form of
Subject index.
Société horticole d’Alexandrie. Liste des plantes cultivées en Egypte. ii,
190 p. 22 cm. Alexandrie, 1901.
Briefly annotated tabular lists, the species divided by habit, etc.
Woenig, Franz. Die pflanzen in alten Aegypten. Ihre heimat, geschichte,
kultur und ihre mannigfache verwendung im sozialen leben, in kultus, sitten,
gebriuchen, medizin, kunst. Nach den eigenen bildlichen darstellungen der alten
Aegypter, pflanzenresten aus griiberfunden, zeugnissen alter schriftsteller und
den ergebnissen der neuen forschungen. 2. aufl. 425 p. 177 fig. 22 cm. Leipzig,
1897. (1st ed., 1886.)
Deals mainly with useful and medicinal plants.
Local
Christensen, Carl. Index to Pehr Forsskfal: Flora aegyptiaco-arabica 1775
with a revision of Herbarium Forsskalii contained in the Botanical Museum of
the University of Copenhagen. Dansk Bot. Arkiv v. 4, no. 3. 54 p. 1922.
History of Forsskal’s herbarium, bibliography, Forsskal’s itinerary, list of new
genera described by Forsskaél, with synonymy, list of species listed in Flora
Aegyptiaco-arabica, with identifications, similar list of new species described
by Rottbgll and Vahl from Forsskal’s plants, index.
Decaisne, Joseph. HWnumération des plantes recueillies par M. Bové dans les
deux Arabies, la Palestine, la Syrie et ’Egypte. Ann. Sci. Nat. II, Bot. 2: 5-18,
239-270. 1884; 3: 257-291. pl. 7. 1885.
List of 283 cellular and vascular plants from Sinai collected mostly by Bové,
with localities. Reprinted with the title Florula Sinaica, a subtitle in the
original.
Drar, Mohammed. Enumeration of the plants collected at Gebel Elba during
two expeditions. Bull Tech. and Sci. Serv. Min. Agr. Egypt no. 149. vii, 123 p.
29 pl. 1937.
Botanical explorations; annotated list of vascular plants, with localities.
(Southeast corner of Egypt just north of 22° N. Lat.)
Ducros, A. H. Essai sur le droguier populaire arabe de l'Inspectorat des
pharmacies du Caire. Mém. Inst. Egypte v. 15. viii, 165 p. 9 pl. 19380.
Annotated list of 233 species, with vernacular names (French and Arabic),
brief description and uses.
Hart, H. C. Some account of the fauna and flora of Sinai, Petra, and Wady
*"Arabah. x, 225 p. 12 pl.,2 maps. 29.5 em. London, 1891.
Ineludes (p. 79-120) list of vascular and cellular plants collected by author,
with localities, also (p. 121-172) “An analysis of the flora of Sinai and general
remarks on its botany, and that of the Dead Sea basin,’ containing tabular
241306°—42 3
32 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
list of 509 vascular plants of the Sinaitic Peninsula, with remarks on phyto-
geography and a list of the tropical flora of the basin, ete. Pages 1-120 re-
printed from Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. 28 (Science) : 873-452. 1885.
Hume, W. F. List of plants noted in the Sinai Peninsula. Jn his The topog-
raphy and geology of the peninsula of Sinai (southeastern portion). p. 207-238.
Cairo, 1906.
List of 650 plants (532 vascular) with Arabic name, localities, and name of
collector. An account of botanical explorations and general features of flora
is given on pages 96 to 111.
Hurst, H. A. List of desert-plants collected at Ramleh, near Alexandria,
Egypt, from September 1875 to April 1876. Mem. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester
III, 6: 141-156. 1879.
Botanical explorations, etc; unannotated list of phanerogams.
Klunzinger, C. B. Die vegetation der egyptisch-arabischen wiiste bei Koseir.
Zeitschr. Gesell. Erdk. Berlin 13: 432-462. 1878.
General features of the area and of its flora, plant zones; running account of
principal plants, grouped by habitats. Koseir (Kosseir, Qosér) is on the Red Sea
coast, about 26° N. Lat.
Kotschy, Theodor. Die vegetation und der canal auf dem Isthmus von Suez.
Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 8: 41-54. 1858.
General features of flora; lists of species from different localities.
Muschler, Reno. Beitrag zur kenntnis der flora von “el-Tor.” (Sinai-halb-
insel.) Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb. 49: 66-146. 1908.
Topography, geology, climate; annotated list of 204 spermatophytes, with
references, local and extralimital range, vernacular names; botanical explorations,
general features of flora, phytogeography, alphabetical list of vernacular names,
index.
Range, Paul. Die flora der Isthmuswiiste. Auf grund des vom verfasser
in den jahren 1915/16 gesammelten, von . . . Dr. Georg Schweinfurth bestimmten
materials unter benutzung der einschligigen literatur bearbeitet. Verdoffentl.
Gesell, Palistina-Forsch. 7. 44 p. map. 1921.
Botanical explorations, geology, climate, general features of flora, annotated
list of 240 spermatophytes collected by the author in 1915-16, with data; tabular
list of 479 spermatophytes known from the area, with indication of occurrence in
neighboring regions (Sinai, Egypt, Palestine) ; briefly annotated bibliography.
Rikli, Martin, and Riibel, Eduard. Zur kenntnis von flora und vegetations-
verhiltnissen der Libyschen Wiiste. Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Gesell. Ziirich
73 (Beibl. 15, Festschrift Hans Schinz): 190-232. 1 fig. (map), pl. 7-8. 1928.
Climate, botanical regions ; annotated lists of species from Egyptian Marmara,
the Libyan Desert in Egypt, Siwa Oasis, and the Nile Valley from Assuan to
Wadi Halfa.
Schneider, Oscar. Ueber die flora der wiiste von Ramleh. Sitzungs-Ber.
Naturw. Gesell. Isis Dresden 1871: 153-161. 1871.
Plant zones; annotated list of plants collected by author.
Schweinfurth, Georg. The flora of the desert surrounding Helwan (east).
In May, W. P. Helwan and the Egyptian desert. 2d ed. p. 16-88. plates.
London, 1904.
General features of flora; list of 191 spermatophytes known from desert east
of Helwan.
, Ascherson, Paul, and Taubert, Paul. Primitiae florae Marmaricae.
Bul. Herb. Boissier 1 : 483-449, 584-603, 644-682. pl. 20. 1893.
Geography, topography, geology, general features of flora, botanical investiga-
tions (with footnote references) ; annotated list of 401 plants (378 vascular).
The term Marmarica refers to the coast of Cyrenaica and Egypt, between 23° and
29° EK. Long.—See also Stapf, Otto. Additions to the florula Marmarica. Bul.
Mise. Inform. Kew 1907: 365-369. 1907—Also Pampanini, R., and Zanon, V.
Un manipolo di piante della Marmarica. Bul. Soe. Bot. Ital. 1919: 46-48. 1919.—
Also Gauba, Erwin. Neue und seltene pflanzen aus der Agyptischen Marmarika.
Bot. Jahrb. Engler 67: 275-289. 1935.
Zohary, Michael. Die phytogeographische gliederung der flora der Halbinsel
Sinai. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. abt. B, 52: 549-621. 8 fig. (incl. map). 1935.
Topography, botanical explorations, general features of flora, phytogeography ;
tabular list of 942 vascular plants, with indication of biological form, distribu-
tion in the area, and phytogeographical relationships; bibliography.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 33
ERITREA
See also Ethiopia (Chiovenda, Plantae novae): Libya (Cortesi) ; West Africa (Oliver).
The following publication has not been av ailable :
Cuoco, L. Fauna e flora medica e industriale della colonia Hritrea. 109 p. 12°.
Napoli, 1898. (Cited from Naturae Novitates 20: 272. 1898.)
General
Chiovenda, Emilio. Vegetali utilizzati nella medicina indigena dell’Eritrea,
Somalia, e regioni vicine. Atti Cong. Studi Colon. 1., Firenze, 1931. 7: 351-3876.
1931.
Briefly annotated list, grouped by uses, with vernacular names.
Fiori, Adriano. Boschi e piante legnose dell’Hritrea. 428 p. 177 fig. (incl.
pl.). 25 em. Firenze, 1909-12.
Forestry regulations, general features of flora, plant formations, phytogeog-
raphy, bibliography ; annotated descriptive flora of woody plants; key to genera;
table of specific gravities of woods; bibliography; index of vernacular names.
Pirotta, Romualdo. Flora della colonia Eritrea. Annuario R. Ist. Bot. Roma
v.8 464 p. 12 pl. 1903-07.
Botanical explorations (with footnote references) ; annotated list of vascular
plants with references, localities, and names of collectors; not in systematic
order. Incomplete; the manuscript of fase. 4, prepared by Chiovenda to com-
-plete the work, was lost by the printing establishment to which it was sent
(Chiovenda, Atti Cong. Studi Colon. 1., Firenze, 1931. 3:50. 19381).
Rovesti, Paolo. Medicamenti, aromi e droghe nei mercati indigeni dell’Eritrea.
Riv. Ital. Essen., Profumi e Piante Off. 15: 19-29. illus. 1933.
Briefly annotated lists, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names.
Schweinfurth, Georg. Le piante utili dell’Hritrea. -Bol. Soc. Africana Italia
10: 233-286. 1891. (Reprinted.)
Annotated list of useful plants, classified by uses, with vernacular names.
Tancredi, A. M. Notizie e studi sulla colonia Eritrea. viii, 276 p. 25 cm.
Roma, 1913.
Includes annotated list (p. 109-117) of useful plants, with vernacular names,
as well as general account of plant zones, cultivated plants, and woody vegeta-
tion (p. 96-107).
Local
Chiovenda, Emilio. Contributo alla conoscenza della flora del Paese dei
Cunama (Eritrea). Agricolt. Colon. 18: 342-352. 1924.
List of vascular and cellular plants from region of Cunama and Baria collected
by Corni, Calciatai, and Braccini.
_Le piante raccolte dai prof. G. Dainelli e O. Marinelli in Eritrea nel
1905-06. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 26: 147-168. 1919.
List of vascular plants and Hepaticae collected in Assaorta.
Le piante raccolte dal Dr. Nello Beccari in Eritrea nel 1905. Nuovo
Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 26: 89-114. 38 fig. 1919.
List of vascular plants collected mainly in the high basin of the Barca River,
with localities.
Courbon, Alfred. Flore de Vile de Dissée (Mer Rouge). Annales Sci. Nat.
IV, Bot. 18: 180-158. pl. 7. 1862.
' Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 68 vascular plants.
Fiori, Adriano. Piante raccolte in nella colonia Eritrea nel 1909. Nuovo Gior.
Bot. Ital. n. s., 19: 412-462. 1912; 20:345-394. 1913.
Annotated list of 970 vascular plants.
Pteridophytae et Phanerogamae erythraeae a cl. I. Baldrati lectae et
communiecatae. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 23: 466-494. 1916.
List of localities; list of vascular plants, with localities.
Lanza, Domenico, and Mattei, G. E. Plantae erythraeae a L. Senni annis
1905-07 lectae. Bol. R. Orto Bot. e Giard. Colon. Palermo 8: 73-123, 267-278.
pl. 3-10. 1909; 9: 3-75. pl. 1-4. 1910.
List of 550 vascular plants, with synonymy, data, and frequent annotations.
34 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Martelli, Ugolini. Contribuzione alla flora di Massaua. Nuovo Gior. Bot.
Ital. 20: 359-371. 1888.
List of phanerogams, with data, collected by O. Bececari in 1870 and Dr. Arcadi-
pane in 1886; short list of plants collected at Assab by Beccari in 1879.
Pasquale, G. A. Cenni sulla flora di Assab. Atti R. Accad. Sci. Fis. e Mat.
(Napoli) s. 2, v. 1, no. 12. 12 p. 1888 (1885).
List of 61 plants (60 angiosperms), with localities and occasional vernacular
names, collected by G. B. Licata.
Schweinfurth, Georg. Sammlung arabisch-aethiopischer pflanzen. Ergebnisse
von reisen in den jahren 1881, 8§, 89, 91 und $2. Bul. Herb. Boissier y. 2, app. II.
p. 1-113. 1894;¥v.4, app. II. p. 115-266. 1896; v.7, app. II. p. 267-340. 1899.
Annotated list of 870 vascular plants with data, frequent vernacular names
and annotations, from Eritrea, also from Jemen and other parts of Arabia.
Never completed; ends with Balsaminaceae (Engler and Prantl system).
Terracciano, Achille. Escursione botanica-alle terre degli Habab. Bol. Soc.
Geog. Ital. III, 5: 774-786, 987-991. map. 1892; 6: 30-40, 121-137, 214-228.
1893.
Account of author’s explorations in 1892, with included mention of plants
collected and observed.
Florula di Anfilah. Contribuzione alla conoscenza della flora dell’Africa
orientale II. Annuario R. Ist. Bot. Roma 5: 89-121. pl. 7. 1894.
Phytogeography; list of 141 vascular plants, with localities; table showing
iocal distribution of species listed.
ETHIOPIA
See also British Somaliland (Oliver): Egypt (Schweinfurth, Beitrag); Eritrea (Chio-
venda, Vegetali utilizzati nella medicina) ; Italian Somaliland (Chiovenda, Flora Somala) ;
Libya (Cortesi) ; West Africa (Gitirke; Oliver).
General
Hemsley, W. B. On the vegetable productions of Abyssinia. Jour. Trav. and
Nat. Hist. 1: 309-318. 1868.
General features of flora; running account of principal useful plants, grouped
by families.
Richard, Achille. Tentamen florae abyssinicae, seu enumeratio plantarum
hucusque in plerisque Abyssiniae provinciis detectarum et praecipue a beatis
dectoribus Richard Quartin Dillon et Antonio Petit (annis 1838-1843) lecta-
rum. 2y. 23.5 ¢m., and atlas of 102 (i. e. 103) pl. 49.5 em. Parisiis, [1847-51].
(Voyage en Abyssinie ... exécuté par... A. Lefebvre . . . Histoire naturelle,
Botanique. )
Annotated descriptive flora of phanerogams.
Rovesti, Paolo. Indagini sui prodotti erboristici dei mercati abissini in
Etiopia. Riv. Ital. Essen., Profumi e Piante Off. 15: 179-191. 12 fig. 1933.
Includes annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with
botanical names and uses.
Local
Avetta, Carlo. Prima—[quinta] contribuzione alla flora dello Scioa. Nuovo
Gior. Bot. Ital. 21: 303-311, 332-839, 344-352. 1889; 22: 234-239, 242-247. 1890.
Lists of vascular plants, with data, mostly collected by Dr. Vincenzo Ragazzi
in vicinity of Let-Marefia. The “Prima contribuzione” follows II-III in paging.
The lists were combined and issued with title: Materiali per la flora dello Scioa,
in Annuario R. Ist. Bot. Roma 6: 44-66. pl. 3-4. 1897.
Braun, Alexander. Beitrag zur kenntniss der abyssinischen culturpflanzen.
Flora 31: 89-98. 1848.
Annotated list of 36 species.
Chiovenda, Emilio. La collezione botanica fatta dall’Ing. Edgard Tasch-
djian nell’ Impero Etiopico nel 1935-36. Malpighia 34: 485-539. 1937.
List of 291 vascular plants collected in area south and west of Lago Tana,
with data, vernacular names, and uses.
id
FLORAS OF THE WORLD | 3D
Chiovenda, Emilio. Etiopia. Osservazioni botaniche, agrarie ed industriali
fatte nell’ Abissinia settentrionale nell’anno 1909. Monog. e Rap. Colon. Min.
Colon. (Italy) no. 24. 182 p. 1912.
Itinerary; annotated lists of cultivated and wild useful plants; index of
vernacular names.
Plantae novae vel minus notae e regione aethiopica. Annali Bot. 9:
51-85, 125-152, 315-3822. 1911; 10: 3838-415. 1912; 18: 371-410. 1915.—Bull. Soc.
Bot. Ital. 1917: 21-27, 38-89, 53-61, 69-70. 1917.—Lav. R. Ist. Bot. Catania
MO; 1 BYAGOs IMPASy
Records of 230 species and varieties, in great part new, from Ethiopia,
Eritrea, Nubia, and Italian Somaliland.
Engler, Adolf. Ueber die hochgebirgsflora des tropischen Afrika. Abhandl.
K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin Phys.-Math. Cl. 1891, Abh. II. 461 p. 1892.
Botanical explorations, with bibliographical references included ; lists of plants
of various, elevated areas in Africa, with discussion; systematic list of vascular
plants, with references, localities (comparatively detailed, with altitudes and
collectors), ecological classification, and general range. Covers in general the
region from Ethiopia (Abyssinia) and Somalia to Mozambique, and on the
west coast Angola, Kamerun, Sao Thomé, and Fernando Po.
Ueber die vegetationsverhiltnisse von Harar und des Gallahochlandes
auf grund der expedition von Freiherrn von Erlanger und Hrn. Oscar Neumann.
Sitzungsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1906 (2) : 726-747. 1906.
Includes lists of species from various localities and habitats.
Martelli, Ugolino. Florula bogosensis. Enumerazione delle piante dei Bogos
raccolte dal Dott. O. Beceari nell’anno 1870... vii, 169 p. 1 pl. 285 cm.
Firenze, 1886.
List of vascular and cellular plants, with references and localities, and
general range.
Paillieux, Auguste, and Bois, Désiré. De quelques plantes alimentaires de
l’Abyssinie. Revue Sci. Nat. Appl. Soc. Natl. Acclim. France 37: 803-809. 1890.
Annotated list of 11 species, with vernacular names.
Pax, Ferdinand. Die von Felix Rosen in Abyssinien gesammelten pflanzen.
In Engler, A. Beitriige zur flora von Afrika XXX. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 39: 602-
662. 1907.
List of 350 vascular and cellular plants, with reference and data.
Penzig, Otto. Piante raccolte in un viaggio botanico fra i Bogos ed i Mensa,
nell’ Abissinia settentrionale. Atti Cong. Bot. Internatl. Genova, 1892. p. 310—-
368. 18938.
Author’s itinerary, lists of species from various localities; list of 664 vascular
plants, with localities.
Raffeneau-Delile, Alire. Enumération des plantes recueillies par MM. Ferret
et Galinier. Jn Ferret, A., and Galinier, J. G. Voyage en Abyssinie dans les
provinces du Tigre, du Samen et de l’Ahmara ... v. 3, p. 85-168. pl. 6-15.
Paris, 1847.
Annotated list of 144 species (118 phanerogams).
Schweinfurth, Georg. Abyssinische pflanzennamen. Hine alphabetische auf-
zihlung von namen einheimischer gewichse in Tigrinja sowie in anderen
semitischen und hamitischen sprachen von Abyssinien, unter beifiigung der
botanischen artbezeichnung. Abhandl, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 18938, Phys. Abh.
Il. 84 p. 1898.
Sources, ete.; list of vernacular names in native characters, with phonetic
rendering and botanical name; alphabetical lists of vernacular and botanical
names, with equivalents.
FRENCH EQUATORIAL AFRICA
See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Schweinfurth, Bericht) ; French West Africa (Cheva-
lier) ; West Africa.
General
Jumelle, Henri. Catalogue descriptif des collections botaniques du Musée
colonial de Marseille: Afrique équatoriale francaise. Annales Mus. Colon.
Marseille v. 31 (IV, 1), fase. 1. 80 p. 1928.
Partly annotated list, mainly composed of useful plants, these classified
by uses.
36 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Baudon, Alfred. Notes sur la flore et les plantes économiques du Bas-Congo.
Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille 17 (II, 7) : 361-410. 5 fig. 1909.
Deforestation, etc.; list of vascular plants collected by author, with localities,
vernacular names and notes on uses. The author’s studies were made in
Moyen-Congo, at Brazzaville and north to the Alima River.
Bertin, A. J. Les bois du Gabon. 2. éd., rev. et corr. 304 p. map. 25.5 cm.
Paris, 1929. (1st ed., 1918.) (Mission d’études forestiéres envoyée dans les
colonies frangaises par les Ministéres de la guerre, de l’armement et des colonies.
t. 2.)
Includes (p. 160-3804) annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names of
trees, with botanical equivalents, and alphabetical index to botanical names
treated in Chevalier’s ‘‘La forét et les bois du Gabon,” with page references.
Chevalier, Auguste. Ftudes sur la flore de l’Afrique centrale francaise (bas-
sins de ?Oubangui et du Chari). Tome 1. Enumération des plantes récoltées.
xii, 451 p. port. 25cm. Paris, 1913. (Mission Chari—Lac Tchad (1902-1904).)
Botanical explorations; list of vascular and cellular plants collected, with
data and occasional annotations. (Regions of Moyen- and Haut-Oubangui, Lac
Tchad, Bas-, Moyen- and Haut-Chari.)
La forét et les bois du Gabon. vii, 468 p. 31 fig., 28 pl. 25 em.
Paris, 1917. (Les végétaux utiles de l'Afrique tropicale francaise fasc. 9.)
Annotated list of collectors, annotated systematic list of trees, with descrip-
tive notes, vernacular names, uses, and habitat; list of trees classed by uses, etc.
Jardin, Edelestan. Apercu sur la flore du Gabon avec quelques observations
sur les plantes les plus importantes. Bul. Soc. Linn. Normandie IV, 4: 135-208.
1890. (Reprint 71 p., Paris, 1891.)
Geography, botanical explorations; unannotated list of known cellular and
vascular plants, with vernacular names; annotated list of vernacular names
of undetermined plants; notes upon numerous species.
Louis, Xavier, and Monod, Théodore. Notes botaniques sur la région nord de
la subdivision d’Ati (colonie du Tchad) . .. Bul. Agence Econ. Colon. Auton.
et Terr. Afr. (France) 27: 5938-637. pl. 1934.
Climate, physiography, transcription of native names; annotated list of 198
vascular plants, with vernacular names, local range.
Maire, René. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore du Tibesti. (Mission au
Tibesti. 2° vol. Botanique.) Mém. Acad. Sci. Inst. France II, 62 (Mém.) : 1-39.
1936.
Botanical explorations, geology, general features of flora, bibliography; list
of cellular and vascular plants known from the region (159 native species of
vascular plants), with localities, general range, and vernacular names; list of
cultivated plants, list of Toubou vernacular names with botanical equivalents.
Payeur-Didelot, J. F. Notes et mémoires sur le Gabon-Congo et la cdte occi-
dentale d’Afrique. IX. Coup d’oeil sur les espéces utilisables de la flore ga-
bonaise. Bul. Soc. Géog. de Est 19: 177-208, 397-422. 1897.
Sketch of principal woods and useful plants, grouped by uses.
Pellegrin, Francois. Collections botaniques rapportées par la Mission Tilho
de la région Niger-Tchad. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 17: 459-466, 566-571. 1911;
18: 46-50. 1912.
List of vascular plants, with localities; general range given. For notes on
useful plants, with a revised list of plants collected, see his Les collections
botaniques rapportées par la Mission Tilho avee indications sur les plantes
utiles. France. Ministére des colonies. Documents scientifiques de la Mission
Tilho (1906-1909). v. 3. p. 459-484. 4 fig. Paris, 1914. (Reprinted.)
De quelques bois utiles du Gabon. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 84: 639-645.
1938.
Unannotated systematic list, with vernacular names.
La flore du Mayombe d’aprés les récoltes de M. Georges Le Testu.
Mém. Soc. Linn. Normandie v. 26 (II, 10), fase. 2: 125 p. 7 fig., pl. 4-11. 1924;
n.s., Sect. Bot. v. 1, fase. 3. 83 p. 18 fig., 6 pl., map. 1928; fase. 4. 114, viii p.
8 pl. 1938:
Annotated list of vascular plants with references and citation of specimens,
with data. (Pt. 1) Dicotyledones Polypetalae; (pt. 2) Gamopetalae except
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 37
Rubiaceae; (pt. 3) Rubiaceae, Monocotyledones and Pteridophyta, also “Notes
sur la végétation .. .” by G. Le Testu. (Valleys of the Nyanga and Nguonyé
(Ngunie) Rivers, Gabon.)
FRENCH GUINEA
See also French West Africa (Perrot) ; Senegal; West Africa.
General
Pobéguin, Henri. Essai sur ia flore de la Guinée francaise. Produits
forestiers, agricoles et industriels. 392 p. 80 pl., map. 25 cm. Paris, 1906.
General features of flora, useful plants, sketch of indigenous plants by fami-
lies, vernacular names (indexed).
Les plantes médicinales de la Guinée. 85 p. 25.5 em. Paris, 1912.
(Bibliothéque d’agriculture coloniale.) .
Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses, alphabetically arranged by
scientific names; list classified by uses.
Local
Corre, Armand. Esquisse de la flore et de la faune médicales et économiques
du Rio-Nunez. Arch. Méd. Navale 26: 1440. 1876.
Account of wild and cultivated economic and medicinal plants, with
vernacular names.
FRENCH SOMALILAND
See also West Africa (Oliver).
The following publication has not been available:
Aubert de la Riie, Edgar. La Somalie francaise. Paris, 1938. (Cited from Cheva-
lier, A. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 209: 73-74. 1939.)
General
_Chevalier, Auguste. la flore de la Somalie francaise et la forét-relique du
Mont Goudah. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 209: 73-76. 1939.
Botanical explorations ; general features of flora, with mention of some species.
La Somalie francaise. Sa flore et ses productions végétales. Revue
Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 19: 663-687 (incl. fig. 2-8, pl. 17-19). 1939.
Geology, climate, botanical explorations, principal woody plants, grasses, notes
on useful plants.
Local
Franchet, Adrien. Plantes du voyage au golfe de Tadjourah recueillies par
M. L. Faurot. Jour. de Bot. 1: 117-123, 134-186. 1887.
List of 105 spermatophytes, with localities and vernacular names, collected by
Dr. Louis Faurot in 1885-86 at Obock and Tadjourah (a few from Ile de
Kamarane, Arabia).
FRENCH WEST AFRICA
See also Dahomey (Hua); French Equatorial Africa (Pellegrin, Collections) ; Mauri-
tania; Sahara; Senegal (Chevalier) ; West Africa.
The following publication has not been available:
Chevalier, Auguste. Flore vivante de l’Afrique occidentale francaise. v. 1 (860 p.).
Paris, 1938.—Vol. 1 covers Gymnosperms and early dicotyledonous families of French
West Africa, Togo, North Cameroons, Ubangi-Shari-Chad, and French Sahara. (Not seen;
eited from Fortschr. Bot. 8: 83, 85. 1939.)
General
Jumelle, Henri. Catalogue descriptif des collections botaniques du Musée
colonial de Marseille: Afrique occidentale francaise. Annales Mus. Colon.
Marseille v. 25 (IIT, 5), fase. 1. 95 p. 1917.
Annotated list of useful plants, classified by uses, with vernacular names.
Perrot, Emile. Sur les productions végétales indigénes ou cultivées de
l’Afrique occidentale francaise (Sahara, Soudan nigérien, Haute-Volta, Guinée).
38 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Trav. Off. Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 31. viii, 468 p. 28 pl., 3 maps.
1929.
Includes running account of principal wild and cultivated economic plants.
Local
Bonnet, Edmond. Enumération des plantes recueillies par M. R. Chudeau,
dans la région de Tombouctou et du Moyen-Niger. Mém. Soc. Bot. France no.
20519 pl OAS
List of 228 vascular plants collected between Araouan and Djenné.
Chevalier, Auguste. La végétation de la région de Tombouctou. Actes Cong.
Internatl. Bot. 1, Paris, 1900. p. 248-275 (incl. pl. 10-11). 1900.
Botanical explorations, plant zones, biology of plants, general features of
flora, effects of cultivation; annotated list of 52 wild and cultivated woody
plants, with localities and vernacular names; bibliography. The area covered
is in the western Sudan, between 5° and 10° W. Long., from 17° N. Lat. to the
southern edge of the Sahara Desert.
Hagerup, Olaf. Etude des types biologiques de Raunkiaer dans la flore
autour Tombouctou. Biol. Meddel. K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. vy. 9, no. 4. 116 p.
5 fig., 5 pl. 1930.
Includes list of 188 phaneragams collected by author, the families arranged
alphabetically.
GAMBIA
See also Senegal (Rancon) ; West Africa.
General
Williams, F. N. Florula gambica, une contribution 4 la flore de la colonie
brittanique. Bul. Herb. Boiss. II, 7: 81-96, 193-208, 369-886. 1907.
Geography, botanical explorations, published floras; annotated list of 285
angiosperms.
Local
Dawe, M. T. List of plants collected in the Gambia. 11p. 21.5¢cm. Bathurst,
1922.
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants collected by author, with
localities, vernacular names, and uses.
Kew. Royal Gardens. Botany of Gambia delimitation commission. Bul. Misc.
Inform. Kew 1891: 268-275. 1891.
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants, with vernacular names and
uses, collected in 1890-91 by Dr. Brown Lester in vicinity of River Gambia.
— See l. ec. 1892: 45-48, for an abstract of the report of the French members
of the commission.
GOLD COAST
See also West Africa.
General
Burtt Davy, Joseph, and Hoyle, A. C., eds. Draft of first descriptive check-
list of the Gold Coast. Compiled by members of the Gold Coast Forest Depart-
ment... 152, vii p.25 cm. Oxford, 1937. (Check-lists of the forest trees and
shrubs of the British Empire, no. 3.)
List of woody plants, alphabetically arranged by families, with brief deserip-
tions, vernacular names, citation of exsiccatae. The area covered includes Gold
Coast colony, with Ashanti, Northern Territories, and the part of Togoland
under British mandate. Processed publication, cover-title only.
Chipp, T. F. The forest officers’ handbook of the Gold Coast, Ashanti and
the Northern Territories. 148 p. (incl. 20 pl.). 3 diagr., 5 maps. 25.5 cm.
London, [19227].
Includes (p. 55-69) classified list of economic plants, and index of vernacular
names of principal forest trees.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD | 39
\ Chipp, T. F. A list of the herbaceous plants and undershrubs of the Gold Coast,
Ashanti, and the Northern Territories. 55 p. 25 em. London, 1914.
Annotated list, with localities and collectors’ numbers; classified list of use-
ful plants.
_- Irvine, F. R. Plants of the Gold Coast. Ixxix, 521 p. front., 69 fig. (pt. on
plates). 20.5 em. London, 1930.
Native botany and herbalism, native uses of plants, general features of flora,
classified lists of useful plants; annotated alphabetical list of about 1,200
phanerogams, with vernacular names in several native languages (indexed), brief
descriptions, uses; no systematic list of species.
Local
Cummins, H. A. Botany of Ashanti Expedition. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew
1898: 65-82. 1898.
Topography, climate, general features of flora, agriculture, economic products ;
list of vascular plants and bryophytes collected by author between Cape Coast
Castle and the Moinsi Hills, chiefly at Assin Yan Kumassi, with general range
indicated.
ITALIAN SOMALILAND
See also Eritrea (Chiovenda, Vegetali utilizzati nella medicina) ; Ethiopia (Chiovenda,
Plantae novae; Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; Libya (Cortesi); West Africa
(Gtirke ; Oliver).
General
Chiovenda, Emilio, Flora Somala. xvi, 436 p. 50 pl. (incl. map). 24.5 cm.
Roma, 1929.—Flora Somala II. xvi, 482 p. 247 fig. 25 cm. Modena, 1932.
(Lavori eseguiti presso Istituto botanico della R. Université di Modena 3.)—
Flora Somala III. Raccolte somale dei proff. G. Pollacci, L. Maffei, R. Ciferri
e N. Puccioni fatte negli anni 1984 e 1935. Atti Ist. Bot. Giov. Briosi R. Univ.
Pavia IV, 7: 117-160. 12 pl. 1936——Nuovo contributo alla flora della Somalia
Italiana. Atti Soc. Nat. e Mat. Modena 66: 1-19. 1935.
Geology, climate, general features and affinities of flora, phytogeography,
briefly annotated list of useful native plants, with vernacular names; list of
vascular and cellular plants, with references, citation of exsiccatae, vernacular
names. The 1929 publication is based on specimens collected by Profs. G.
Stefanini and G. Paoli in British and Italian Somaliland and in eastern
Ethiopia east of a line drawn from Dolo to Zeila, the other publications on
later collections. Not a complete flora.
Local
Chiovenda, Emilio. Le collezioni botaniche della Missione Stefanini-Paoli
nella Somalia Italiana. 241 p. 6 fig. (incl. map), 24 pl. 28.5 ecm. Firenze, 1916.
(Resultati scientifici della Missione Stefanini-Paoli... v. 1.)
Botanical explorations; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants: appen-
dix containing annotated list of species collected by Mangano, Scassellati,
Mazzocchi, and Provenzale; vernacular names (indexed).
Contributo alla conoscenza della flora Somala Transjubense. Piante
raccolte dal Dr. Pompeo Gorini nel 1925. Agricolt. Colon. 20: 42-49, 103-109.
1926.
List of spermatophytes, with occasional vernacular names and notes,
Mattei, G. E. Contribuzioni alla flora della Somalia Italiana. Bol. R. Orto
Bot. e Giard. Colon. Palermo 7: 85-112, 165-191. 1908.
Two centuries of angiosperms, with references, data, and frequent notes and
vernacular names. Specimens collected by Dr. Cesare Macaluso in regions of
Goscia, Brava, Merca, and Mogadiscio.
Paoli, Guido. Cenno sulle piante utili e utilizzabili raccolte dalla Missione.
In Stefanini, Giuseppe, and Paoli, G. Ricerche idrogeologiche, botaniche ed
entomologiche fatte nella Somalia Italiana meridionale. Relaz. e. Monog. Agr.-
Colon. Ist. Agr. Colon. Ital. 7: 225-250. 1916.
Annotated lists of useful plants, classified by uses,
40 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
IVORY COAST
See also West Africa.
General
Aubréville, André. La flore forestiére de la Cote d'Ivoire. 3 v. 351 pl., maps.
98.5 em. Paris, 1986.
Forest formations, key to families; systematic descriptive flora of woody
plants, with vernacular names.
Bégué, Louis. Contribution 4 l'étude de la végétation forestiére de la Haute-
Cote d’Ivoire. Pub. Com. Etudes Hist. et Scient. Afrique Occid. Franc. sér.
B, no. 4. 126 p. 19 pl., map. 19387.
Mainly ecological, with numerous short lists of species from different locali-
ties; tabular list of principal woody plants with vernacular names.
Bertin, André. Les bois de la Céte dIvoire. 176 p. 8 pl., map. 25.5 cm.
Paris, 1918. (Mission d’études forestiéres envoyée dans les colonies francaises
par les Ministéres de la guerre, de l’armement et des colonies. I.)
Includes lists of scientific and vernacular names, with references to Cheva-
lier’s “Les bois de la Cote d'Ivoire.”
Chevalier, Auguste. Premiére étude sur les bois de la Cote dIvoire. 314 p.
1 fig, map. 24.5 cm. Paris, 1909. (Les végétaux utiles de l’Afrique tropicale
francaise. fasc. 5.)
Includes (p. 109-274) annotated list of trees, systematically arranged, with
vernacular names and frequent descriptions.
KENYA
See also Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora); Tanganyika (Engler, Dic
pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas ; Greenway) | ; West Africa (Oliver).
The following publication has not been available:
Chiovenda, Emilio. Raccolte botaniche (IKmbryophyta diploidalia). Fatte dai mis-
sionare della consolata nel Kenya. EAN Or Ist. Bot. R. Univ. Modena Mem. 6.] 160 p.
1935. (Title cited from Bot. Centralbl. n. f., 31 (v. 178, Lit.) : 107. 1938.)
General
Battiscombe, Edward. Trees and shrubs of Kenya Colony. A revision and
enlargement [by I. R. Dale] of “A descriptive catalogue of some of the common
trees and woody plants of Kenya Colony, by E. Battiscombe.” 201 p. 24.5 cm.
Nairobi, 1936.
Native tribes, forest types; annotated list of woody plants, with vernacular
names, local range, brief descriptions. A few herbaceous species are included.—
See also Dale, I. R. Additions and corrections ... Inst. Paper Imp. Forestry
Inst. Oxford 18: 20-28. 1939.
Kenya. Colony and protectorate of Kenya—Forestry department. Pre-
liminary catalogue: trees, shrubs, and herbs. 34 p. 23 cm. Nairobi, 1922.
Systematic list “of the more common plants” with vernacular names.
Local
Fries, T. C. E., and Fries, Robert. Beitriige zur kenntnis der flora des Kenia,
Mt. Aberdare und Mt. Elgon. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 8: 889-423, 475-504,
547-573, 661-704. [16] fig. 1923-24; 9: 16-36, 173-189, 299-333, 485-522, 1103-
1135. fig. 15-17. 1924-27; 10: 69-101, 266-272, 594-621, 897-917. 1927-30;
11: 20-47. 1 fig. 1930.
Annotated list of species collected by the Swedish expeditions of 1920 and
1921-22; the families not in systematic order. Treatments of various families
contributed by other authors.
Gregory, J. W. The great rift valley, being the narrative of a journey to
Mount Kenya and Lake Baringo ... xxi, 422 p. 28 fig. (incl. maps), 20 (i. e. 21)
pl.,2 maps. 24cm. London, 1896.
Includes (p. 889-400) list of vascular plants collected, with localities, by E. G.
Baker, J. Britten, A. B. Rendle, and W. Carruthers.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 4]
LIBERIA
See also West Africa.
General
Cooper, G. P., and Record, S. J. The evergreen forests of Liberia. Bul. Yale
Univ. School Forestry no. 31. xi, 153 p. 15 pl. on 8, map. 19381.
History, topography, climate, general features of flora; list of 286 woody
plants, with vernacular names, brief descriptions, citations of collections, and
descriptions of woods; composition of sample plots (as to species, ete.) ; uses
of woods; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents.
Dinklage, Max. Verzeichnis der flora von Liberia. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde
41: 235-271. 19387.
Botanical explorations; list of known vascular plants, with citation of exsic-
catae but no localities or annotations.
Stapf, Otto. The known plants of Liberia, mainly from materials in the
herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. In Johnston, Harry. Liberia.
vy. 2, p. 570-669. fig. 246-266. London, 1906.
Botanical explorations; list of vascular plants, with brief descriptions,
localities, collectors’ names, and occasional annotations.
LIBYA
See also Algeria (Maire, Contributions 4 l’étude); Egypt (Issa Bey; Schweinfurth,
Ascherson, and Taubert).
The following publications have not been available:
Corti, Roberto. Prodromo della flora e vegetazione del Fezzan (Resultati scientifici
delle Missioni nel Sahara Italiano). fase. 1-8 (250 p.). Firenze, 1988. (Ed. prov-
visoria.) (Cited from Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 45: ccii. 1938.)
Nannizzi, Arturo. Le piante coltivate ed utili della Libia. viii, 192 p. 21 em.
Siena, 1913. (Cited from International catalogue of scientific literature, 13th annual
issue M, Botany. p. 206.)
General
Ascherson, Paul. Die aus dem mittlern Nordafrika, dem gebiete der Rohlfs’-
schen expedition nach Kufra bekannt gewordenen pflanzen. Jn Rohlfs, Ger-
hard. Kufra. Reise von Tripolis nach der oase Kufra... p. 386-559. Leip-
zig, 1881.
Botanical explorations, with bibliographical references; annotated lists of
vascular and cellular plants known from Tripolitania (437 species), Fezzan
(200 species), Kufra (89 species), Audjilagruppe (Aujila: 48 species), and
Cyrenaica, including Turkish Marmara (493 species), with localities, vernacular
names, and references. Cultivated species are included and numbered in the
lists. Under the title “Plantarum Africae septentrionalis mediae hucusque
cognitarum conspectus,” the list of 775 plants (759 vascular) was reprinted in
Bot. Centralbl. 8: 278-287. 1881.
[Borzi, Antonino.] Elenco alfabetico degli autori che si occuparono della
Libia sotto laspetto botanico ed agrario e della loro pubblicazioni ... Monog.
e Rap. Colon. Min. Colon. (Italy) no. 9. 32 p. 1912; no.11. 3230p. 1912.
Partly annotated list, alphabetically arranged by authors; includes also
collectors, with brief biographical notes.
Cortesi, Fabrizio. Piante officinali e della medicina popolare delle Colonie
italiane d’Africa e regioni limitrofe. .Rassegna Econ. Colon. (Italy) 24: 71-126.
1936.
Bibliography: systematic list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and
brief account of uses, Summarizing available information; lists of botanical
and vernacular names, without references to pages. Covers Libya, Eritrea,
Italian Somaliland, and Ethiopia.
Durand, Ernest, and Barratte, Gustave. Florae libyecae prodromus, ou cata-
logue raisonné des plantes de Tripolitaine ... avec la collaboration de P.
Ascherson, W. Barbey et R. Muschler ... cexxvii, 330 p. 20 pl., map. 35 em.
Genéve, 1910.
Physiography, biographical sketches of botanical collectors, synoptical tables
showing distribution, phytogeography, list of cultivated plants, bibliography;
geology (by S. Meunier) ; annotated list of 1,156 plants (1,026 vascular), with
42 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
references, local and extralimital range. Area covered includes Tripolitaine,
the Fezzan, Cyrenaica, and Turkish Marmara.
Trotter, Alessandro. Flora economica della Libia. Statistica illustrata delle
piante coltivate e delle spontanee utili delle regione. Seguita da una appendice
intorno alle droghe del commercio locale. 875 p. 145 pl., 2 profiles. 19.5 cm.
Roma, 1915.
Bibliography, physiography, plant formations, climate, etc.; annotated list
of 379 useful plants, with vernacular names and uses; classified lists of useful
plants; list of drugs; indices.
Local
Ascherson, Paul. Florula der oasSengruppe Kufra nach den sammlungen und
beobachtungen von G. Rohlfs. Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Proy. Brandenb. 23 (Sitz-
ungsber.) : 27-388. 1882.
General features of flora, cultivated plants; annotated list of 39 vascular
plants.—See also Lusina, G. Aggiunte alla flora delle oasi di Cufra. Annali
Bot. 19: 423-425. 1932.
Béguinot, Augusto, and Vaccari, Antonio. Contributo alla flora della Libia in
base a piante raccolte dall’ottobre 1911 al luglio 1912. Monog. e Rap. Colon.
Min. Colon. (Italy) no. 16. 72 p. 10 pl. 1912.—Secondo contributo ... con
notizie sulle piante utili osservate. 1. ec. 1913, no. 7. 40 p. 1918. (Also in
Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Lett. ed Arti Modena ITT, 10 (2): 553-584. 19138.)—Terzo—
[quarto] contributo ... Annali Bot. 12: 87-150. 1918; 138: 9-34. 1914.
(1) Localities, reduction of species described by Viviani in his “Florae
libycae specimen,” phenology, life forms, phytogeography; annotated list of
402 vascular plants. (2) Annotated list of 172 snecies; notes on useful plants,
with vernacular names. (38) Annotated list of 395 species; table of 596 species
mentioned in the three contributions, with indication of locality and occasional
notes. (4) Annotated list of 231 species.
Corti, Roberto. Le raccolte botaniche nel sud Cirenaico del Prof. L. di Capori-
acco (19383—Spediz. Marchesi) e del Prof. U. Ménterin (1984-R. Soe. Geogr.
Italiana) e la florula delle Oasi di Cufra e del Gebél Auendat. Nuovo Gior. Bot.
Ital. 45: ecii-eexl. 3 fig. 1938.
Botanical explorations, with footnote references; list of spermatophytes
known from Oasis of Kufra and Gebél Auendat, with citation of specimens
and ‘general range; phytogeography, ete., with lists of species from numerous
localities in the region.
Letourneux, A. H. Note sur un voyage botanique 4 Tripoli de Barbarie. Bul.
Soe. Bot. France 36: 91-99. 1889.
Includes list of about 300 vascular plants and Characeae from the Oasis of
Tripoli; list of about 100 cultivated plants, with French and Arabie vernacular
names.
Lusina, Giuseppe. La flora. In R. Societéa geografica italiana. Resultati
scientifici della missione alla Oasi di Giarabtb (1926-1927). fase. 4, p. 551-558.
Roma, 1931.
Alphabetical list of 65 vascular plants; bibliography, phytogeography.
(Tripolitania. )
Maire, René, and Weiller, Mare. Contributions a l’étude de la flore de la
Libye. Jn Maire, R. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore de Afrique du Nord
fase. 27. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 80: 255-314. pl. 17. 1989.
Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, new or rare in Libya, collected
by authors in April 1938.
Pampanini, Renato. Piante di Bengasi e del suo territorio raccolte dal Rev.
P. D. Vito Zanon della Missione dei PP. Giuseppini al Fuehat. Nuovo Gior. Bot.
Ital. n. s., 23: 260-293. 1916; 24: 113-171. 1917.
Botanical explorations, with biblographical footnotes; special localities; two
lists of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, collectors, and vernacular
names.—See also Pampanini, R., and Zanon, V. Nuovi contributi alla conoscenza
della flora della Cirenaica. 1. ce. 26: 205-220. 1919.—Nuovi contributi ... II.
Bull. Soe. Bot. Ital. 1922: 6-7. 1922.
Plantae tripolitanae ab auctore anno 1918 lectae et repertorium florae
vascularis Tripolitaniae. xiv, 334 p. 1 fig., 9 pl, map. 25 cm. Firenze, 1914.
(a missione Franchetti in Tripolitania (IJ Gebél), appendice I.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 43
New records, bibliography; annotated list of vascular plants known from
region, with references, localities, and collectors. The appendix (p. 287-328)
contains lists of cellular plants, by various authors.
Pampanini, Renato. Prodromo della flora cirenaica. xxxvili, 577 p. 2 fig.,
6G pl. 24.5 cm. Forli, 1980—Aggiunte al “Prodromo della flora cirenaica” dalle
mie raccolte in Cirenaica negli anni 1933-34. Rend. Sem. Fac. Sci. R. Univ.
Cagliari 8: 538-79. 1988.
Botanical explorations, list of botanical collectors with biographical notes,
chronological list of collectors, statistics of collectors, ete.; list of 1,617 cellular
and vascular plants (1,053 vascular), with references, localities, and collectors ;
gazetteer, bibliography. The 19388 additions bring the total to 1,197 species of
vascular plants, plus 529 varieties and forms.
Trotter, Alessandro. Nuovi materiali per una flora della Tripolitania. Nuovo
Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s. 22: 819-364. 5 fig., pl. 14-18. 1915.
Rare or noteworthy species collected by author in 1914.
Osservazioni e notizie intorno alla flora ed alla vegetazione
dell’altopiano della Cirenaica. Annali R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portici II, v. 18,
Inow4}e (23 pp: 19238:
Localities, ete.; list of spermatophytes collected in 1919 by Prof. E. De Cillis.
MAURITANIA
See also French West Africa; West Africa.
Local
Benoist, Raymond. Plantes récoltées par M. Mond en Mauritanie. Bul. Mus.
Hist. Nat. Paris 33: 188-192. 1927.
List of phanerogams, with localities. (Along coast, from St. Louis to Cape
Blanco. )
Bonnet, Edmond. Partie botanique A. Etude systématique. In Gruvel, A.,
and Chudeau, R. Mission en Mauritanie occidentale. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux
G32)15-371— = pl. 2; 1908:
General features of flora; list of 119 phanerogams, with localities and general
range.
and Pellegrin, Francois. Enumération des plantes recueillies par
M. R. Chudeau dans le nord-ouest de la Mauritanie. Compt. Rend. Assoc. Franc.
Avane. Sci. 43 (2): 468-469. 1915.
List of species previously recorded by the authors, with bibliography; list of
additional species, with localities.
Jumelle, Henri. Plantes de Mauritanie récoltées par le Lieutenant Boéry.
Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 36 (IV, 6), no. 1. 43 p. 3 pl. 1928.
Climate, geology, geography, plant formations; list of 104 vascular plants, with
localities and extralimital range; based on a collection made in the region of
Kiffa in 1924-1926.
Maire, René. Florule du Zemmour. His Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore
du Sahara occidental, fase. 6. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 26: 148-162.
1935.
Topography, ete.; annotated list of 69 vascular plants collected by Luthereau
in 1934, with vernacular names and uses. Zemmour is on the border between
Rio de Oro and northern Mauritania, between 25° and 26° N. Lat.
Zolotarevsky, B.,and Murat, M. Rapport scientifique sur les recherches de la
Mission d’études de la biologie des acridiens en Mauritanie (A. O. F.). Bul.
Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 29: 29-108. pl. 2-8, map. 1988.
Includes sketch of vegetation (plant zones, ete., p. 50-75) and list of plants
cited, with vernacular names (p. 96-101), also bibliography. (Western and
northern Mauritania.)
MOROCCO (INCLUDING SPANISH MOROCCO)
See also Algeria (Battandier and Trabut, Flore de l’Algérie; Cosson; Ducellier and
Maire; France, Comité regional d’Algérie: Lapis and Maige; Maire. Contributions A
ae la flore de l’Afrique du nord; Trabut, Flore du nord de Ll Afrique) ; Egypt
ssa Bey).
General
Ball, John. Spicilegium florae maroccanae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 281-
742. pl. 928. 1877-78.
44 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Botanical explorations, phytogeography, list of collectors; annotated list of
vascular (and a few cellular) plants known from the region, with collectors,
localities, and general range.
Emberger, Louis. Les arbres du Maroc et comment les reconnaitre. 317 p.
17 cm. Paris, 1938.
Semipopular work, with keys, description, uses, Arabic and Berber vernacular
names, etc.
and Maire, René. Tableau phytogéographique du Maroc. 1ére partie.
Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe no. 88. viii, 187 p. 16 fig. (incl. maps, diagrs.), 16 pl.
1934.
Relates mainly to soil and climate; included here for its account of botanical
explorations (p. 5-85), with footnote references.
Gattefossé, Jean. Les plantes dans la thérapeutique indigéne au Maroc. In
Perrot, E., and Gentil, L. Sur les productions végétales du Maroc. Trav. Off.
Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 10: 72-123. 1921.
Bibliography; annotated list, with vernacular names (indexed).
and Jahandiez, Emile. Essai de bibliographie botanique marocaine.
Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc 2: 71-86. 1922.
List of 6 titles on vernacular names and 182 (chronologically arranged) on
geographical and economic botany.
Jahandiez, Emile, and Maire, René. Catalogue des plantes du Maroc (sper-
matophytes et ptéridophytes) . .. Avec la collaboration de: J. A. Battandier...
LL. Ducellier =... Emberger.. .. P: Font-Quer. .. 3) v. (sl, 913°) 20 S.ae
Alger, 1931-34.
Geographical divisions, bibliography of 415 titles; annotated list of vascular
plants, with localities and extralimital range. Includes Spanish as well as
French Morocco.
Local
Boitel, M. Liste des plantes recueillies autour de Rabat et de Salé (Maroc).
Bul. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe 1: 41-50. 1921.
Annotated list of phanerogams.
Bonnet, Edmond. Florule de Dar-el-Beida (Maroc). Naturaliste 11: 194
195, 208. 1889.
Unannotated list of plants collected by Alphonse Mellerio in 1887-88. Dar-el-
Beida is also known as Casablanca.
Florule d’Eil Araich (Maroc). Naturaliste 7/9: 403-404. 1887.
List of 155 vascular plants collected in 1886 by Alphonse Mellerio. El Araich,
also known as Larache, is on the west coast, 87 km. southwest of Tangiers.
(Spanish Morocco.)
Braun-Blanquet, Josias. Zur kenntnis der vegetationsverhiiltnisse des Grossen
Atlas. Vierteljahrsschr, Naturf. Gesell. Ziirich 73 (Beibl. 15, Festschrift Hans
Schinz) : 834-357. fig. 5-7, pl. 12-13. 1928.
Plant formations, ete.; list of species not previously recorded.
and Maire, René. Etudes sur la végétation et la flore marocaines.
Comptes-rendus des herborisations de la Société Botanique de France, session du
Maroc, 1921. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroe 8: 5-244. 10 pl, map. 1924.
Plant geography and associations; list of cellular and vascular plants, with
localities. (From Mogador to Tanant and Demnat, north to Mazagan and Casa-
blanea, then east through Fez to beyond Tlemsen.)
Caballero, Arturo. Datos botanicos del territorio de Ifni. Trab. Mus. Nace.
Cien. Nat. y Jard. Bot. Madrid, Ser. Bot. no. 28. 36 p. 3 pl. 1985; no. 30. 33 p.
7 pl. 1985.
Botanical explorations of author in 1934; annotated list of vascular plants
collected. Unfinished; includes Sympetalae, part of Choripetalae. (Spanish
possession on west coast, about 29° N Lat.)
Enumeracién de las plantes herborizadas en el Rif. Mem. R. Soc.
Espafi. Hist. Nat. 8: 241-292. 1914.
Itinerary; list of 395 vascular plants collected by the author in 1912, with
localities and occasional annotations. (Spanish Morocco.)
Excursién boténica a Melilla en 1915. Trab. Mus. Nac. Cien. Nat.
Madrid, Ser. Bot. no. 11. 39 p. 2 pl. 1917.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 45
List of vascular plants collected by author, with localities and frequent
annotations. (Spanish Morocco.)
Dubard, Marcel, and Cayla, Victor. Liste de quelques plantes utiles du Maroe
@aprés les documents rapportés par M. de Gironcourt. Agr. Prat. Pays
Chauds 9 (1): 95-106. 1909.
Annotated list of 1384 species, with Arabic names.
Emberger, Louis. Notes sur la végétation des montagnes du Tadla autour de
Ksiba. Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc 8: 216-219. 1928.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by author in
1927. (Moyen-Atlas. )
Recherches botaniques et phytogéographiques dans le Grand-Atlas
oriental (massifs du Ghat et du Mgoun). Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroc no.
33. 49 p. 2 pl. 1982.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora, plant formations; list of
more important vascular plants collected, with data.
and Maire, René. Spicilegium rifanum. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe no.
ik 3) 405 Teak all ParG
General features of flora; list of cellular and vascular plants collected by
authors in 1926 in the eastern “Atlas rifain.”
Font y Quer, Pio. Nota sobre la flora subalpina de la cumbre del Lexhab
(Marruecos). Mem. Acad. Cien. y Artes Barcelona 22: 335-352. 1931.
Author’s expeditions in 1929-380, general features of flora; list of species
collected, arranged in ecological groups.
Gandoger, Michel. Florule de Ceuta (Maroc). Bul. Soe. Bot. France 54: 77-
81. 1907.
Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by author. (Spanish Morocco.)
Hooker, J. D., and Ball, John. Journal of a tour in Maroceo and the Great
Atlas. xvi, 489 p. illus., plates, map. 22.5 em. London, 1878.
Includes chapter by J. D. Hooker “On some of the economic plants of
Marocco” (p. 386404), and by J. Ball “On the mountain flora of two valleys
in the Great Atlas of Marocco” (p. 423-446) with table showing distribution.
Humbert, Henri. Végétation de l’Atlas saharien occidental et additions 4
Vétude botanique de l’Ari Ayachi. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 19:
204-240. pl. 20-27. 1928.
General features of flora, with lists of principal vascular plants of different
localities; list of rarer species, with localities; list of vernacular names.
Végétation du Grand Atlas marocain oriental. Exploration botanique
de l’Ari Ayachi. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 15: 147-234. pl. 2-14. 1924.
Geography, geology, plant formations; list of alpine and subalpine species
collected by author in Ayachi in 1928, with localities and frequent annotations.
Jahandiez, Emile. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore du Maroc. Missions
de l’Institut scientifique cherifien en 1921. I. Recherches botaniques dans le
Tadla. II. Herborisations dans le Moyen Atlas. III. Recherches botaniques
dans le Grand Atlas. IV. Liste méthodique des espéces recueillies. Mém. Soe.
Sci. Nat. Maroe [no. 4] (v. 3,no.1). 123 p. O9pl. 1923.
Includes (chapter 4) list of vascular and cellular plants collected, with
references and localities.
and Weiller, Mare. MHerborisations dans le sud-ouest marocain et
VAnti-Atlas. Cavanillesia 5: 5-238. 19382.
Itinerary; list of vascular plants collected in 1931 between Mogador and
Agadir, in the Province of Sous, and in the Anti-Atlas, with localities.
Joly, Alexandre. Liste des espéces végétales récoltées 4 Tétuan (Maroc)
pendant Vhiver et le printemps de l’année 1905. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique
Nord 4: 108-112. 1912.
List of vascular plants collected, arranged by habitats. (Spanish Morocco.)
La végétation dans les Beni Znassen (Maroc). Compt. Rend. Assoc.
Frane. Avance. Sci. 39 (2) : 86-98. 1911.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by author in 1908.
Lester-Garland, L. V. The botany of the Maroccan Middle Atlas. Jour. Bot.
58: 97-101. 1930. ;
List of species collected in 1919 by Capt. Hubert Lynes near Azrou at 4,000
to 6,000 feet altitude.
46 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Litardiére, René de, and Maire, René. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore du
Grand Atlas. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroc v. 4, no. 1 (i. e. no. 6). 32 p. 6 fig.
1924.—Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore du Maroc. 1. ¢ no. 26. 56 p. 6 fig. 1980.
List of 205 vascular plants, rare or new in the area, with data and frequent
annotations.
Lowe, R. T. A list of plants observed or collected at Mogador and in its im-
mediate environs during a few days’ visit to the place in April 1859; with notes
and observations. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 5: 26-45. 1861 (1860).
General features of flora; list of 177 vascular plants, with notes on many
of the species.
Maire, René. Etudes sur la végétation et la flore du Grand Atlas et du Moyen
Atlas marocains. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroc no. 7. 220 p. 16 pl. 1924.
Botanical explorations (with references), physiography, plant associations,
phytogeography; list of cellular and vascular plants collected by author, with
localities.
Note sur la flore du Siroua. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 15:
52-53. 1924.
Brief list of phanerogams collected by Prof. L. Gentile in 1928, with localities.
This is the first information on the flora of this mountain mass, which connects
the Grand Atlas and the Anti-Atlas.
La végétation de ]’Anti-Atlas oriental et du Djebel Bani. Bul. Soe. Sci.
Nat. Maroc 18: 156-164. 1933.
Explorations of author in 1982; general features of flora, with included lists
of species.
La végétation des montagnes des Glaoua. Bul. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe
14: 140-146. 1984.
Running account of vegetation, with enumeration of principal species. The
Glaoua Mountains are between the central and the eastern Grand Atlas.
Mas y Guindal, Joaquin. Materiales para la flora de Marruecos. Cavanille-
sia 1: 97-102, 1381-188. 1928; 2: 164-166. 1930; 3: 97-99. 1931; 4: 81-87. 1931;
5: 178-180. 1932; 6: 29-82. 1938.
Includes unannotated lists of vascular plants from (v. 1) Yebala, Beni Ider
and Ben Karrik, (v. 2) Larache, (v. 3) Castillejos, (v. 4) Rincon de Medik,
(v. 5) Akarrat, El Mesin and Dra-el-Asef, (v. 6) Ilguersa, Zinat, and other
localities. (Spanish Morocco.)
Notes sur la flore de Tetouan et de ses environs. Tray. Off. Natl. Mat.
Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 87. 46 p. 1982. (Reprinted from L’Hygiéne sociale
NOt.)
Botanical explorations, geography, general features of flora; list of vascular
plants collected by author, with localities; bibliography. (Spanish Morocco.)
Plantas medicinales del Protectorado Espafiol de Marruecos. Ceuta,
1929.
Annotated list, with range, uses, vernacular names, ete. Not seen; notice from
Cavanillesia 3: 70. 1980. (Spanish Morocco.)
Moreau. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore de la Chaouia. Arch. Méd. et
Pharm. Mil. 62: 625-633. 1913.
General features of vegetation; unannotated list of about 500 vascular plants
collected by author, nearly all in vicinity of Casablanca.
Murbeck, Svante. Contributions 4 la connaissance de la flore du Maroc I-II.
Lunds Univ. Arsskr. n.f., avd. 2, v. 18, no. 3. %6p. 4 fig., 12 pl. 1922 y. 19:
NOME AOS! pS -Silss.ia Dl Oza
List of vascular plants collected by author in 1921, mostly in vicinity of
Marrakech and in the Grand Atlas, with data and frequent annotations.
Pau, Carlos. Plantas del norte de Yebala (Marruecos). Mem. R. Soc. Espani.
Hist. Nat. 12: 2638-401. 1924.
Author’s itinerary, bibliography ; annotated list of vascular plants. (Spanish
Morocco. )
Pitard, C.-J. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore du Maroc. 80 p. 25.5 ecm.
Paris, 1931.
List of new or rare species collected by author in 1911-18, as well as by Lieut.
Mouret in 1918. Includes sections on mosses, fungi, and lichens by other
authors.
—— eo
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 47
Sennen, frére, and Mauricio, frére. Catalogo de la flora del Rif Oriental y
principalmente de las cabilas limitrofes con Melilla. xv, 159 p. map. 25.5 cm.
Melilla, [1933?]
Annotated list of vascular plants. (Spanish Morocco.)
Sietti, Henri. Nouvelle contribution 4 V’histoire naturelle de Vile d’Alboran.
Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroe 18: 10-22. 3 pl. 1933.
Geography, scientific explorations, physiography, geology, etc.; list of lichens
and phanerogams (about 10 species); zoology. Alboran is 88 km. south of
Point Guardas Viejas (Spain) and 54 km. north of Cape Tres Forcas. (Spanish
Morocco. )
Vidal y Lopez, Manuel. Florula del campamento legionario de Dar Riffien
(Cabila de Anyhera). Bol. Soc. Ibérica Cien. Nat. 25: 190-205. 1926.
Unannotated list of phanerogams collected by author and others in 1921.
(Spanish Morocco.)
MOZAMBIQUE
See also Angola (Ficalho) ; Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; South Africa ;
Tanganyika (Engler, Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas) ; West Africa (Oliver).
General
Gomes de Almeida, A. Plantas venenosas e medicinas dos indigenas de
Mocambique. Bol. Agr. e Pec. Mogcambique 1930 (1/2): 9-29. 1930.
Annotated list, with vernacular names; bibliography.
Sim, T. R. Forest flora and forest resources of Portuguese East Africa. vi,
166 p. 100 pl. 25X30. cm. Aberdeen, 1909.
Physiography, general features of flora and agriculture, forests, ete.; briefly
descriptive flora of woody plants, with vernacular names; timbers, barks, oils,
ete.
Local
Maugham, R. C. F. Zambesia: a general description of the valley of the
Zambesi River, from its delta to the river Aroangwa, with its history, agricul-
ture, fauna, and ethnography. xiv, 408 p, plates, port., map. 22.5 cm. London,
1910.
Includes (p. 168-195) chapter on “Zambesian flora,” with general account of
vegetation and of cultivated plants, and unannotated “List of plants, etc., ob-
served in Zambesia” (p, 188-195), the families arranged alphabetically, the botan-
ical names without authorities,
Peters, W. C. H.. and others. Naturwissenschaftliche reise nach Mossam-
biqgue ... in den jahren 1842 bis 1848 ausgefiihrt. Botanik. 2 v. 60 (i. e.
61) pl. -51 em. Berlin, 1862-64.
List of vascular plants, with localities and vernacular names, by various
botanists.
Pires de Lima, Amé€érico. Subsidios para o estudo da flora de Mocambique.
Espermafitas do litoral-norte. Brotéria Sér. Bot. 19: 107-148. 1921: 20: 5-11.
1922, —2a série . Bol. Soc. Broteriana II, 2: 126-152. 1924.
Annotated list of 150 vascular plants, with descriptions of most species.
Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., Moore, S. Le M., and Gepp, A. A contribution
to our knowledge of the flora of Gazaland: being an account of collections made
by C. F. M. Swynnerton... Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 40: 1-245. 7 pl. (incl. map).
LOTT.
Account of expedition (by Swynnerton); annotated list of vascular and
cellular plants collected “chiefly in the high country which forms the boundary
between eastern Rhodesia and Portuguese territory.”—The notes on useful plants
are brought together in Jackson, J. R. Notes on the economic flora of Gazaland.
Gard. Chron. III, 51: 283-284, 296-297, 321-822, 332-833. 1912.
Schinz, Hans. Plantae Menyharthianae. Hin beitrag zur kenntnis der flora
des unteren Sambesi. Denkschr. Math.-Naturw. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien 78:
3867-445. 1905. (Reprinted, 79 p.)
Biographical sketch and itinerary of Menyharth, notes on cultivated plants,
climate (by J. Fényi) ; list of cellular and vascular plants, with localities, based
241306°—42——_4
4S MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
on collections by Menyharth made mainly in Boroma, and on another collection
by the Haynald Observatory at Zumba, Boroma, and Quelimane.
Schinz, Hans, and Junod, H. A. Zur kenntnis der pflanzenwelt der Delagoa-
Bay. Bul. Herb. Boissier 7: 869-892. 1899.—Mém. Herb. Boissier 10: 25-75.
1900.—I. nachtrag. Bul. Herb. Boissier II, 3: 653-662. 1903.
Climate, phenology, general features of flora, bibliography; list of vascular
plants, with localities and vernacular names. Forms nos. XI, XII, XV of
Schinz’s “Beitrige zur kenntnis der Afrikanischen flora” and nos, IX, XI,
XX of Mitteilungen aus dem Botanischen Museum der Universitit Ziirich,
Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo Gomes e. Flora de Mocambique. Lista de algumas
plantas classificadas do herbario da Direcc&io de agricultura. Bol. Agr. e Pec.
Mocambique 1932: 119-129. 1933.
Annotated list of phanerogams; obviously very far from a complete flora.
NATAL
See also Orange Free State (Mark6Otter) ; South Africa.
General
Bews, J. W. An introduction to the flora of Natal and Zululand. vi, 248 p.
21cm. Pietermaritzburg, 1921.
Botanical explorations, bibliography, keys to families and genera, with briefly
annotated list of 3,786 spermatophytes; vernacular names (indexed).
Henkel, J. S. The woody plants of Natal and Zululand. A field book of the
woody plants... xii, 252 p. 2 pl. 22 cm. Durban and Pietermaritzburg,
1934.
Glossary ; descriptive flora of woody plants in form of artificial key, with local-
ities ; no systematic list; bibliography.
Wood, J. M. A handbook to the flora of Natal. 202 p. 21.5 em. Durban,
1907.
Keys to families and genera and (pteridophytes only) to species; enumeration
of species (3,447 plus 83 varieties) with indication of altitudinal range.
Indigenous food plants. Rpt. Colon. Herb. (Natal) 1900:12-24. 1901.
Annotated list, the plants classified by uses.—See also his notes on medicinal
plants, 1. c. 1894: 4-9. 1895. (List alphabeted by vernacular names, with uses.)
Natal plants. 6v. 600 pl. 28 cm. Durban, 1898-1912.
Plates with descriptive letterpress. M. S. Evans joint author of vol. 1.
Revised list of the flora of Natal. Trans. So. African Phil. Soc. 18:
121-280. 1908.—Supplement containing Apocynaceae, Asclepiadeae, corrections
and additions. Trans. Roy. Soe. So. Africa 1: 453-472. 1910—Addendum
08 1 ess 47-60 1s:
Plant zones; annotated list of 3,808 species and 83 varieties of vascular plants
(in first part).
Local
Bews, J. W. The plant ecology of the Drakensberg Range. Annals Natal
Mus. 3: 511-565. pl. 36-389. 1917.
Includes lists of species grouped by habitat.
Bryant, A. T. Zulu medicine and medicine-men. Annals Natal Govt. Mus.
2: 1-103. 1909.
Includes annotated list (p. 77-103) of plants discussed, with vernacular
names, uses, ete.
Forbes, H. M. L. An account of the flora of the Malvern district. So. African
Jour. Nat. Hist. 2: 195-208. 1920.
Physiography, ete.; running account of habitats, with lists of species (not
in systematic order). (A suburb of Durban.)
The flora of Isipingo. So. African Jour. Sci. 18: 348-358. 1922.
Includes running lists of species, classed by habitats. (Near Durban.)
A note on the flora of Salisbury Island (Durban Bay). So. African
Jour. Sci. 20: 304-808. pl. 7-8. 1923.
Plant formations; list of species collected, grouped by habit.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 49
Wood, J. M. Flora of Durban and vicinity. List of native plants observed
within a radius of five miles from Durban. Rpt. Natal Bot. Gard. 1887 (Rpt.
Colon. Herb.) : 1-15. 1888.—Additional list... 1. ec 1888: 19-20. 1889.—
Additions ... Ann. Rpt. Colon. Herb. 1892: 5-8. [1898.]
List of dicotyledons and gymnosperms, with localities. The 1898 paper lists
the monocotyledons and vascular cryptogams.
NIGERIA
See also West Africa.
The following publication has not been available:
Anonymous. Vocabulary of Nigerian names of trees, shrubs, and herbs. Lagos, 1936.
(Cited from Dalziel, J. M., The useful plants of west tropical Africa, p. xi. )
General
Ainslie, J. R. A list of plants used in native medicine in Nigeria. Inst.
Paper Imp. Forestry Inst. Oxford no. 7. 92,9, 7 p. 1987.
Annotated list of 3866 species, with vernacular names, uses, and methods of
use; list of diseases, with references to species used as remedies. (Processed
publication. )
Holland, J. H. The useful plants of Nigeria ... Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew,
Add. Ser. 9. 4 pts. (vi, 963 p.) 2 plans, map. 1908-22.
History of colony, physiography, hydrography, climate, list of botanical col-
lectors, botanical gardens, agriculture, etc.; annotated systematic list of useful
vascular plants, with references and vernacular names (indexed) ; bibliography
of “books and papers of general interest for west Africa.”
Hooker, J. D., and Bentham, George. Flora nigritiana; or, a catalogue of
the plants of the river Niger, the island of Fernando Po, and adjacent parts
of western tropical Africa; from the collections of Dr. Th. Vogel: to which are
added those of Mr. G. Don and other travellers. In Hooker, W. J., ed. Niger flora
p. 199-577. pl. 17-50. London, 1849.
Annotated list of 974 phanerogams, with localities and general range.
Local
Dalziel, J. M. A Hausa botanical vocabulary. 119 p. 23 cm. London, 1916.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names for plants, foods, ete., with botanical
equivalents and notes; index of botanical genera.
Notes on the botanical resources of Yola Province, Northern Nigeria.
Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1910: 133-142. 1910.
Running account of useful plants, with vernacular names.
Vegetable products of Kontagora Province, Northern Nigeria. Bul.
Imp. Inst. 5: 255-266. 1907.
Running account of principal useful wild plants, with vernacular names and
uses.
Dawodu, T. B. A provisional list of the indigenous and naturalised flowering
plants of the town and island of Lagos and Etube Metta district. 22, ix p.
17.5 cm. Etube Metta, 1902.
Unannotated systematic list, with vernacular names.
Foster, E. W. Notes on Nigerian trees and plants. 69 p. 21.5 cm. Guildford
[Eng.], [1914].
Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names and uses; refers mostly to
woody plants.
Hutchinson, John. A contribution to the flora of Northern Nigeria. Plants
collected on the Bauchi Plateau by Mr. H. V. Lely. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew
1921: 3538-407. 10 fig. 1921.
Phytogeography; annotated list of about 400 vascular plants; general range
given.
Kennedy, J. D. Forest flora of Southern Nigeria. 242 p. 25 cm. Lagos, 1936.
Forest types; annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, brief de-
scriptions, uses.
50 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Kew. Royal Gardens. Indigenous plants of Yoruba-land. Bul. Mise. Inform.
Kew 1891: 206-219. 1891.
Tabular list of 147 species, with Yoruba names (and meanings), localities,
and notes on uses; based on collections by Alvan Millson.
The timbers of Southern Nigeria. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1908: 189—
195. 1908.
Annotated list, mainly by H. N. Thompson.
Lely, H. V. The useful trees of Northern Nigeria. xii, 128 p. (incl. illus.,
pl.). 27.5 em. London, 1925.
Descriptive account of 120 trees, alphabetically arranged by botanical names,
with vernacular names and uses; figure of leaves and flowers of each species;
table Showing flowering season of each species.
Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., Wernham, H. F., and Moore, S. LeM. Catalogue
of the plants collected by Mr. and Mrs. P. A. Talbot in the Oban district,
South Nigeria. x, 157 p. 17 pl. 22.5 cm. London, 1918.
Physiography, geology, general features of flora; descriptions of new species;
systematic list of Species, with collectors’ numbers and general range.
NORTHERN RHODESIA
See also Nyasaland (Burkill) ; West Africa (Oliver).
Local
Fries, R. E. Botanische untersuchungen. viii, 354, xi p. 40 fig., 22 pl., map.
32.5 em. Stockholm, 1914-16.—Erginzungsheft. 135 p. 18 fig., 16 pl. 32.5 cm.
Stockholm, 1921. (Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der schwedischen Rhodesia-
Kongo-expedition 1911-1912 unter leitung von Eric graf von Rosen. bd. 1.)
Annotated list of vascular plants. The “Ergiinzungsheft’”’ includes notes on
general features of vegetation, etc., and (p. 71-78) a “Florula bangweolensis”
(Lake Bangweolo region, Northern Rhodesia). The expedition traveled from
south of Lake Bangweolo along the east side of the long chain of lakes to
Gondokoro in the Sudan.
NYASALAND
See also West Africa (Oliver).
General
Burkill, I. H. List of the known plants occurring in British Central Africa,
Nyasaland, and the British territory north of the Zambesi. Jn Johnston, H. H.
British Central Africa... 2ded. London, 1898. p. 283—284.—A supplementary
list... p. 284a—2841.
Botanical explorations; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities and
names of collectors ; nearly 2,100 species, of which nearly 1,900 are phanerogams.
(Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesia.)
Burtt Davy, Joseph, and Hoyle, A. C., eds. Nyasaland Protectorate. Com-
piled by the Imperial Forestry Institute in collaboration with the Forest Depart-
ment of Nyasaland. 111 p. 22cm. Oxford, 1986. (Check-lists of the forest trees
and shrubs of the British Empire. no. 2.)
Forest types; list of woody plants, with vernacular names (indexed), the fam-
ilies arranged alphabetically ; list of exotics.
Local
Britten, James, and others. The plants of Milanji, Nyasa-land, collected by
Mr. Alexander Whyte... ‘Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II, 4: 1-67. pl. 1-10, map.
1894.
Physiography, ete. (by W. Carruthers) ; list of vascular and cellular plants,
with references, localities, and extralimital range.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 51
ORANGE FREE STATE
See also South Africa.
Local
Markotter, E. I. ’n Plantegeografiese skets en die flora van Witzieshoek,
O. V. S.; Oliviershoekpas, Natal; en Koolhoek, O. V. S. Annals Uniy. Stellen-
bosch vy. 8, sect. A, no. 1. 50 p. 1 fig. (map). 1930.
Topography, climate, plant formations, ecology; annotated list of vascular
plants, with citation of exsiccatae.
PORTUGUESE GUINEA
See also Angola (Ficalho) ; West Africa.
General
Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo Gomes e. Notas sobre a flora da Guiné portuguesa.
Bol. Agéncia Geral Colén. Portugal 5 (44): 99-189. illus. 1929.
Physiography, soils, climate, general features of flora; annotated list of
useful wild and cultivated plants, with vernacular names.
RIO DE ORO
General
Almonte, Enrique d’. Ensayo de una breve descripcién del Sahara espafol.
Bol. R. Soe. Geog. (Madrid) 56: 129-847. plates, 3 maps. 1914.
Sketch of geography, hydrography, geology, climate, fauna, bibliography,
ete.; includes (p. 216-235) a chapter “Indicaciones relativas 4 la flora,’ with
list of known vascular plants, with localities and vernacular names, and
remarks on general features of vegetation. Covers the colony of Rio de Oro
(proper), the protectorate, and occupied territory, reaching from 20° 46’ to
295 SINe at
RUANDA AND URUNDI
See Belgian Congo (Burtt; Cotton; Staner); Northern Rhodesia (Fries) ; Tanganyika
(Meyer; Mildbraed) ; West Africa (Oliver).
SAHARA
See also French West Africa.
Bruno, Alessandro. I prodotti utili della vegetazione sahariana. Bol. Soc.
Africana Italia 25: 265-280. tab. 1906.
Annotated list of 57 useful plants, with vernacular names (on chart).
Chevalier, Auguste. Les productions végétales du Sahara et de ses confins
nord et sud . . . Revue Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 12: 669-924. 1982.
Includes (p. 825-898) “Liste des plantes cultivées ou 4 cultiver ou spontanées
et utilisées par les indigénes dans le Sahara et sur ses confins nord et sud,”
an annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, localities, and uses,
preceded by chapters on general features of flora and on edible plants, woods,
and various other useful plants, with bibliographies.
Diels, Ludwig. Beitriige zur flora der Zentral-Sahara und ihrer pflanzen-
geographie. Nach der sammelausbeute des freiherrn Hans Gyer von Schwap-
penburg. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 54 (Beibl. 120): 51-155. pl. 1 (map). 1917.
Itinerary, annotated bibliography; annotated list of Characeae and vas-
cular plants; plant geography, climate, general features of vegetation, elements
of flora. The list itself incorporated into Maire, Etudes sur la flore et la
végétation du Sahara central (1933). Covers in general the area from 2° to
teow one. 20> to 29° N. Lat.
Diirkop, Erich. Die nutzpfianzen der Sahara. Beih. Tropenpfl. 4: 157-204.
1903. (Preprinted as Inaug.diss., with title: Die wirtschafts— und handels-
geographischen provinzen der Sahara, begriindet durch niitzliche pflanzen.
56 p. 1902.)
Geography, climate, general features of vegetation; running account of prin-
cipal and minor useful plants, geographically grouped, with footnote references.
52 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Gram, Karl (i. e. Kai). Karplantevegetationen i Moydir (Emmidir) i Cen-
tralsahara. 168 p. 45 fig. Kgbenhavn, 1935. (Dissertation.)
Mainly ecological; includes annotated list of 180 vascular plants collected by
author in 1922-23. (Not seen; cited from Bot. Centralbl. n. f., 28 (v. 170) : 376.
1937.) (Near Ahaggar, about 25° 20’ N. Lat., 4° 20’ E. Long.)
Maire, René. [1.]-7. contribution 4 l'étude de la flore du Sahara occidental.
Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 18: 24-28. 1922; 14: 159-160. 1923;
16: 87-97% .1925;- 18: 9-11. _ 1927, 25: 10220: 4 19342. 26: 148—1625 oss
344-854. 1936.
Lists of plants from various localities, with data and vernacular names.
[No. 1] has title: Plantes récoltées par l’expédition Augiéras . . . (1920-
1921) ; No. 6 (1985) is a “Florule du Zemmour” (see under Mauritania).
Etudes sur la flore et la végétation du Sahara central. I-IJ. Mém.
Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord no. 3. 272 p. 22 fig., 36 pl., 2 col. pl.,2 maps. 1933.
(Mission du Hoggar II.)
Botanical explorations, bibliography; annotated list of cellular and vascu-
lar plants known from the central Sahara, with localities, general range, notes
on uses; lists of botanical names, with Tamachek (Touareg) equivalents, and of
Tamachek vernacular names. Covers in general the area between 21° and 29°
N. Lat. and 2° and 12° EK. Long., with the southern boundary of Algeria as its
southern limit.
Monod, Théodore. Mission saharienne Augiéras-Draper, 1927-1928. Phané-
rogames. (Liste des récoltes classées par ordre géographique.) Bul. Mus.
Hist. Nat. Paris II, 4: 756-774. 1 fig. 19382.
Phytogeographical regions, climate, ete.; unannotated lists of phanerogams
collected by author at 15 different localities between Atakor—-n—Ahaggar and
the Niger River.
SAO THOME AND PRINCIPE
See also Angola (Ficalho) ; Cameroons (Hooker); Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hoch-
gebirgsflora) ; West Africa.
General
Cardoso, Jodo, jr. Plantas medicinaes das ilhas de S. Thomé e Principe. In
his Subsidios para a materia medica e thérapeutica das possessoes ultramarinas
portuguezas. v. 1, p. 141-142. Lisboa, 1902.
Unannotated alphabetical list of medicinal plants.
Local
Henriques, J. A. Contribuicio para o estudo da flora d’Africa. Catalogo
da flora de ilha de S. Thomé. Bol. Soc. Broteriana 4: 129-221. illus., 8 pl.
1886; 5: 196-220. 6 pl. 1887; 10: 97-165. 1892.
Botanical explorations, physiography, general features of flora, cultivated
plants; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, collectors, and general
range. Musci by C. Miiller, Hepaticae by F. Stephani, Fungi by G. Winter,
Lichenes by Nylander. Subtitle of first part Flora de 8S. Thomé.—See also his
A ilha de S. Tomé sob o ponto de vista historico-natural e agricola. l. ec. 27:
1-197. 83 fig. (incl. plates, maps), map. 1917. (List of cellular and vascular
plants, p. 165-197, based on his earlier list.)
Moller, A. F. EHinige medizinische pflanzen von S. Thomé (Westafrika).
Ber. Deut. Pharm. Gesell. 7: 352-355, 491-501. 1897.
Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses.
SENEGAL
See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles, p. 835-350, 792-841) ; Gambia
(Kew, Royal Gardens) ; West Africa.
General
Chevalier, Auguste. Nos connaissances actuelles sur la géographie botanique
et la flore économique du Sénégal et du Soudan. Jn Lasnet, Alexandre, and
others. Une mission au Sénégal... p. 197-267. 7 fig. Paris, 1900. (Expo-
sition universelle de 1900—Les colonies francaises.) (Reprinted.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 53
Plant zones; running account of native and cultivated useful plants; bibli-
ography.
Guillemin, J. A., Perrottet, Samuel, and Richard, Achille. Florae Sene-
gambiae tentamen, seu historia plantarum in diversis Senegambiae regionibus
a peregrinatoribus Perrottet et Leprieur detectarum. xi, 316 p. 72 pl. 25.5 cm.
Parisiis, 1830-33.
Botanical explorations; annotated flora with vernacular names and diagnoses
or descriptions. Only one volume was issued (Ranunculaceae—Mpyrtaceae).
Covers Senegal and French Guinea.
Sambuc, Camille. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore et de la matiére médicale
de la Sénégambie. 102 p. 26.5 cm. Montpellier, 1887. (Thése.)
Botanical explorations, geography, languages, phytogeography; annotated list
of medicinal plants, arranged by uses.
Sébire, Albert. Les plantes utiles du Sénégal: plantes indigénes, plantes
exotiques. Ixx, 341 p. 88 fig., 6 pl. 18.5 cm. Paris, [1899].
Agriculture; lists of vernacular names, classified by useS; running descrip-
tive account of cultivated and wild useful plants, with vernacular names.
Vallot, Joseph. Etudes sur la flore du Sénégal. Bul. Soe. Bot. France
29: 168-239. map. 1882. (Reprinted, 80 p. Paris, 1883.)
Annotated alphabetical list of 114 collectors, with bibliographies; general
bibliography ; list of works cited ; gazetteer ; list of explorers who died in tropical
Africa; annotated list of vascular plants, with localities, exsiccatae, general
range. Unfinished; includes only Ranunculaceae—Capparidaceae.
Local
Noury, M. F. Contribution 4 étude de la flore de la Sénégambie et du nord
du Foutah-Djallon. Arch. Méd. Navale 51: 199-210, 305-317, 366-384. 1889.
Author’s itinerary, botanical explorations, soil, ete.; annotated list of plants
collected, with frequent descriptions and notes on uses. The area referred to
lies between Gambia and Rio-Nufez.
Rancon, André. La flore utile du bassin dela Gambie. Bul. Soc. Géog. Com.
Bordeaux II, 18: 324-838, 353-382, 385-410, 417-442, 467-477, 496-508, 518-541,
545-558. map. 1895. (Reprinted with title: Etude botanique exotique. La
flore utile ... 160 p. 1895.)
Running account of wild and cultivated useful plants, grouped by uses, with
vernacular names.
SIERRA LEONE
See also West Africa.
The following publication has not been available:
Lane-Poole, C. E. The trees, shrubs, herbs, and climbers of Sierra Leone. 159 p.
Freetown, 1916. (Cited from G P. Ahern and H. K. Newton, A bibliography on woods
of the world. Scient. Contrib. Trop. Plant Res. Found, 10: 59. 1928.)
General
Elliot, G. F. S. Sierra Leone. Reports on botany and geology. Colon. Rep.
Mise. Gt. Brit. no. 3. 78 p. 1893.
Geology, climate, ete.; annotated classified list of useful plants, with vernacu-
lar names (indexed).
Sabine, Joseph. Some account of the edible fruits of Sierra Leone ... from
the journal and personal communication of Mr. George Don, A. L. S. Trans.
Hort. Soe. London 5: 489-466. col. pl. 1824.
Annotated list based on George Don’s expedition in 1822; list of fruits
recorded by Afzelius; list of cultivated fruits.
SOUTH AFRICA
South Africa, a term used in various senses, is here taken as the area south of the
middle course of the Zambesi River, including South-West Africa, Bechuanaland Pro-
tectorate, Southern Rhodesia, southern Mozambique, and the countries south of them.
The floras listed under this head are only those referring to all or most of this region,
those relating to definite smaller areas being cited under their respective geographical
subdivisions.
Goester, L. E. De geneesmiddelen van Groot Nederland. Overzicht der in
Zuid-Afrika meest gebruikte plantaardige geneesmiddelen. Phar. Weekbl.
54 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Nederland. 51: 1019-1024, 1085-1041, 1107-1117, 1129-1140, 1200-1204, 1240-
1249, 1265-1275. 1914.
Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names and uses, of principal me-
dicinal plants of Cape of Good Hepe, Natal, Orange Free State, and Transvaal.
Harvey, W. H., Sonder, W., and others. Flora capensis: being a systematic
description of the plants of Cape Colony, Caffraria and Port Natal (and neigh-
boring territories). 7 v. 23 em. Dublin, 1859-65; London, 1896-1933.
‘Descriptive flora of spermatophytes, with keys, references, and citation of
specimens. Vol. 1-8 (1859-65) by Harvey and Sonder; the remaining volumes
(1896-1925) were edited by Dyer, and the limits were extended northward to
the Tropic of Capricorn. The botanical regions adopted in the later volumes
are discussed in the preface to v. 6. Vol. 5, sect. 2, supplement (1933), by
A. W. Hill, contains the gymnosperms. The history of the work is discussed by
Dyer in Kew Bull. 1925: 289-298.
Macowan, Peter, and Bolus, Harry. Catalogue of printed books and papers
relating to South Africa. Pt.1. Botany. Trans. So. African Phil. Soe. 2: 111-
187. 1882.
List of 551 papers and books, arranged alphabetically by authors, with authors’
dates and bibliographical annotations.—See also Schonland, S. South African
botanical literature. Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa 4: 69-85. 1922. (Classi-
fied bibliography, mainly supplementary to Macowan and Bolus’ “Catalogue.’’)
Marloth, Rudolf. Dictionary of the common names of plants with list of
foreign plants cultivated in the open. 175 p. 22 ecm. Cape Town, 1917.
Annotated alphabetical list of about 2,000 vernacular names (Dutch, English,
and Kafir) with botanical equivalents; systematic list of scientific names, with
vernacular equivalents; list of mixed vernacular and scientific names of foreign
plants cultivated in the open in South Africa; bibliography. ‘Supplement’ to
his Flora of South Africa.
The flora of South Africa, with synoptical tables of the genera of
the higher plants. 4 v. in 6. illus. plates (pt. col.)}. 29.5 em. Capetown,
1913-82.
Semipopular account, with excellent illustrations, keys to families and genera,
and mention of principal species; not a systematic flora. Contains much infor-
mation on biology and adaptations of plants. The northern boundary of the
area covered follows the Tropic of Capricorn from Walfisch Bay to the Limpopo
River, then the latter to its mouth.
Phillips, E. P. A brief historical sketch of the development of botanical
science in South Africa and the contribution of South Africa to botany. So.
African Jour. Sci. 27: 89-80. 1930.
Sketch of botanical explorations and publications, with much biographical
information.
Economic plants of South Africa. Off. Year Book Union So. Africa
8 (1910-25) : 47-53: map. 1927.
Annotated systematic list of 64 phanerogams, with vernacular names and uses.
The genera of South African flowering plants. 702 p. 25 em. Cape
Town, 1926. (Botanical survey of South Africa. Memoir no. 10.)
Synopsis of classification; systematic descriptions of families and genera,
with keys and brief account of geographical distribution, with especial refer-
ence to South Africa. Covers the Union of South Africa and South-West Africa.
Replaces Harvey, W. H. The genera of South African plants. ed. 2. 1868.—
For additions see his Newly described and newly recorded genera... So.
African Jour. Sci. 30: 220-221. 1933.
Smith, Andrew. A contribution to South African materia medica, chiefly
from plants in use among the natives. 3d ed., largely extended. viii, 238 p.
22cm. Cape Town, [ete., 1895]. (1st ed., 18—; 2d ed., 1888.)
Annotated lists, classified by uses, ete., with vernacular names.
Steyn, D. G. The toxicology of plants in South Africa; together with a
consideration of poisonous foodstuffs and fungi. xii, 631 p. 185 fig. 24 em.
[ Johannesburg,] 1984. (South African agricultural series, vol. 13.)
General account of poisonous plants; annotated systematic list of poisonous
plants, with vernacular names, range, toxicity, etc.; extensive bibliography.
Watt, J. M., and Breyer-Brandwijk, M. G. The medicinal and poisonous
plants of southern Africa, being an account of their medicinal uses, chemical]
|
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 55
composition, pharmacological effects, and toxicology in man and animal. xx,
314 p. plates (pt. col.). 26 cm. EHdinburgh, 1982.
Annotated systematic list of vascular and cellular plants, with vernacular
names, uses, references, etc.; bibliography.
SOUTHERN RHODESIA
See also Bechuanaland Protectorate (Bremekamp and Obermeyer) ; South Africa; West
Africa (Oliver).
General
Eyles, Frederick. A record of plants collected in Southern Rhodesia. Trans.
Roy. Soe. So. Afriea 5: 278-564. 1916.
List of 2,397 species of cellular and vascular plants, with references, localities,
and collectors.
Local
Gibbs, L. S. A contribution to the botany of Southern Rhodesia. Jour.
Linn. Soe. Bot. 37: 425-494. pl. 17-20. 1906.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants col-
lected by the author in Matopo Hills and at Victoria Falls, Zambesi, Southern
Rhodesia, in Aug.—Oct. 1905; bibliography.
Gilliland, H. B, Notes on the flora of Rhodesian Manicaland. I. Jour. So.
African Bot. 4: 148-156. pl. 41-45. 1988.
Annotated list of bryophytes and vascular plants not previously recorded
from Manicaland, partly in collaboration with other authors; bibliography. Pt.
1 covers bryophytes, pteridophytes, and gymnosperms.
Monro, C. F. H. Some indigenous trees of Southern Rhodesia. Proc.
Rhodesia Scient. Assoc. v. 8, pt. 2. 123 p. 1908.
Orthography of vernacular names; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with
botanical equivalents and authorities; descriptive list of trees referred to.
Norlindh, Tycho, and Weimarck, Henning. Beitrige zur kenntnis der flora
von Siid-Rhodesia. Bot. Notiser 1982: 1-21. 6 fig. (incl. map). 1932; 1934;
64-110. 10 fig. 1934; 1935: 357-408. 21 fig. 1985; 1986: 1-50. 18 fig. 1936;
1937: 161-201, 419-446. 12 fig. 1987.
Itinerary, general features of flora; list of plants collected by the Swedish
expedition to South Africa and Southern Rhodesia in 1980-31, with data, the
families not in systematie order.
Steedman, E. C. A description of some trees, shrubs and antes. of Southern
Rhodesia. xix, 191 p. (incl. 85 pl.). 7 pl. 25 cm. Bulawayo, 1933.
General features of flora, systematic list of species included; descriptive partial
flora, with vernacular names and occasional notes on uses.
SOUTH-WEST AFRICA
See also Cape of Good Hope (Pearson) ; South Africa; West Africa (Oliver).
General
Dinter, Kurt. Index der aus Deutsch-Siidwestafrika bis zum jahre 1917
bekannt gewordenen pflanzenarten. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde 15: 77-92, 340-
355, 426-438. 1917-19; 16: 167-174, 289-247, 335-344. 1919-20; 17: 185-192,
258-265, 303-311. 1921; 18: 18-16, 248-256, 423-444. 1922; 19: 98-96, 187-
192, 285-240, 315-3820. 1923-24; 20: 314-316. 1924; 22: 108-112, 375-3883.
1925-26; 23: 180-187, 227-2386, 363- 3871. 1926-27; 24: 18-16, 302-304, 366-368.
1927-28 ; 25: 49-51, 209-210. 1928.
Alphabetical list of 2,708 vascular and cellular plants, with references to
original description and localities and collectors’ numbers.
. Die vegetabilische veldkost Deutsch-Stidwest-Afrikas. 47 p. 13 pl.
23.5 em. Okahandja, 1912.
Annotated, briefly descriptive list of edible plants grouped by parts used, with
vernacular names. The South African word “veldkost” covers all edible wild
plants and animal products.
56 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Schinz, Hans. Die pflanzenwelt Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrikas. Bul. Herb. Bois-
sier 4 (App. 8): 1-57. 1896; 5 (App. 8): 59-101. tab. 1. 1897; Mem. Herb.
Boissier 1: 103-131. 1900.
List of cellular and vascular plants, with citation of exsiccatae and localities
and extralimital range; intended to include all known up to August 30, 1896.
Incomplete; reached Crotalaria (Engler-Prantl system).
Local
Bolus, Frank, Bolus, Louisa and Glover, Ruth. Flowering plants and ferns
collected on the Great Karasberg by the Perey Sladen Memorial Expedition,
1912-1918. Annals Bolus Herb. 1: 9-19, 72-75, 97-114. pl. 1-6, 8, 138-14.
1914-15.
List with localities and collecting numbers. Preceded (p. 1-8) by an account of
the topography, climate, ete., by H. H. W. Pearson. (In Great Namaqualand.)
Range, Paul. Die flora des Namalandes I-XIV. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde
30: 129-158. pl. 129 (map). 1982; 33: 1-22. 1933; 35: 35-42. 1934; 36:
1-19, 97-109, 241-264. 1984; 38: 122-130, 256-280. 1935; 39: 55-66, 283-287.
1935-86; 438: 251-256, 262-271. 1938; 44: 101-114. 19388; 45: 320. pl. 241-
244 (maps). 1988.
Botanical explorations, geology, climate,-plant regions, general features of
flora, bibliography; systematic list of vascular plants (including cultivated
species), with references, citation of exsiccatae, extralimital range, occasional
vernacular names and uses; short conspectus of cellular plants, fossil flora,
statistics (1,646 species), alphabetical list of collectors with brief biographical
information, list of localities. Page 320 (vol. 45) is table of contents.
Seiner, Franz. Ergebnisse einer bereisung der Omaheke in den jahren 1910—
1912. Mitt. Deut. Schutzgeb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl. 26: 225-316. 5 pl.,
4maps. 1918.
Includes (p. 288-255) a considerable list of vascular plants, partly annotated,
grouped into 73 plant formations. The area covered is northeastern South-West
Africa.
SPANISH GUINEA
See also Cameroons (Hooker; Mildbraed, Botanik) ; Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hoch-
gebirgsflora) ; West Africa.
Local
Hooker, J. D. On the vegetation of Clarence Peak, Fernando Po; with de-
scriptions of the plants collected by Mr. Gustav Mann on the higher parts of
that mountain. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 6: 1-23. 1862 (1861).
Phytogeography ; list of vascular plants, with localities and general range.
Mildbraed, Johannes. Neue arten von der Insel Annobon. Notizbl. Bot.
Gart. Berlin 18: 697-705. 1987.
Descriptions and reductions to synonymy of the undescribed new species given
in his list of the plants of Annobon in Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der zweiten
deutschen Zentral-Afrika-expedition 1910-11, bd. 2, Botanik. 1922. p. 157-164
(see under Cameroons).
SWAZILAND
See South Africa; Transvaal (Burtt Davy and Pott, A first check-list; Burtt Davy,
A manual).
TANGANYIKA
See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Grant); Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgs-
flora) ; Northern Rhodesia (Fries); West Africa (Giirke; Oliver); Zanzibar (Sacleux).
General
Bally, P. R. O. Heil- und giftpflanzen der eingeborenen von Tanganyika.
Beih. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde v. 102. 87 p. 19 pl. 19388.
General account of native medicine, arrow poisons, fish and insect poisons,
drinks and stimulants; annotated systematic list of 345 vascular plants, with
native names and uses; list classified by uses; indices.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 57
Bally, P. R. O. Native medicinal and poisonous plants of East Africa. Bul.
Misc. Inform. Kew 1937: 10-26. 1937.
Briefly annotated list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and _ uses.
Refers principally to Tanganyika Territory.
Braun, Karl. Gewtirze und aromatika der voélker des friiheren Deutsch-
Ostafrika. MHeil- u. Gewtirz-Pflanz. 11: 55-86, 113-141. 1928.
Annotated list of 80 species, with vernacular names (indexed) and uses, alpha-
betically arranged by scientific names; bibliography.
Pflanzen aus Deutsch-Ostafrika, ihre namen und verwendung bei den
eingeborenen. Arch. Pharm. 262: 368-881. 1924; 263: 123-139. 1925; 265:
45-61. 1927.
Annotated list of 91 species, alphabetically arranged, with vernacular names,
notes on uses and references.
Busse, Walter. Ueber heil- und nutzpflanzen Deutsch-Ostafrikas. Ber.
Deut. Pharm. Gesell. 14: 187-207. 2 pl. 1904.
Discussion of “hunger-foods,” Strychnos, ete. ; running account of medicinal and
useful plants.
Engler, Adolf, ed. Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der nachbargebiete.
Theil B. Die nutzpflanzen Ost-Afrikas. 5385 p. 24 fig. 27 cm. Berlin, 1895.
Chapters on palms, grasses, bananas, edible and other useful plants, medicinal
and ornamental plants, by various authors.
and others. Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der nachbargebiete.
Theil C. Verzeichniss der bis jetzt aus Ost-Afrika bekannt gewordenen pflanzen.
433 p. 45 pl. 27.5 cm. Berlin, 1895.
Geographical regions (39), with mention of most important collectors; syste-
matic list of cellular and vascular plants by various authors, with areal occur-
rence, extralimital range, and occasional annotations. Covers primarily Tangan-
yika (German East Africa), southern British East Africa, and Portuguese East
Africa south to the Zambesi River, but indicates distribution of included species
in other areas of Africa.
Greenway, P. J. A Swahili dictionary of plant names. xvi, 112 p. 16 cm.
Dar es Salaam, 1937.
Bibliography; briefly annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names, with
botanical equivalents (not indexed)and uses. ‘The Swahili language is spoken
by the mixed races of Arabs, negroes and others who inhabit the east coast of
Africa.”
Peter, Albert. Flora von Deutsch-Ostafrika. Zusammenstellung der in
Deutsech-Ostafrika beobachteten farnartigen gewichse und blititenpflanzen mit
literatur-nachweisen, angabe der verbreitung auf der erde und bestimmungsta-
bellen. Beih. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde v. 40, pt. 1-2, lfg. 3. plates. 1929-38.
Author’s itineraries; annotated list of vascular plants, with keys, references,
citation of localities, general range, occasional vernacular names and uses. Not
yet completed. Lieferung 3 (pt. 2) reaches Basella; each part accompanied by
separately paged Anhang containing full descriptions of the new species.
Sadebeck, Richard. Die tropischen nutzpflanzen Ostafrikas, ihre anzucht
und ihre ey. plantagenbetrieb. Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst. 9: 203-228. 1891.
Account of the most important species.
Local
Engler, Adolf, and others. Die von W. Goetze am Rukwa-see und Nyassa-
see sowie in den zwischen beiden seen gelegenen gebirgslindern, insbesondere
dem Kinga-gebirge gesammelten pflanzen, nebst einigen nachtrigen (durch *
bezeichnet) zu Bericht III. Berichte tiber die botanischen ergebnisse der
Nyassa-see- und Kinga-gebirgs-expedition ...IV. in his Beitrige zur flora von
Afrika XXII. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 30: 239-445. 7 fig., pl. 4-22. 1901.
List of cellular and vascular plants, with data and occasional vernacular
names.
and others. Die von W. Goetze und Dr. Stuhlmann im Ulugurugebirge,
sowie die von W. Goetze in der Kisaki- und Khutu-steppe und in Uhehe gesam-
melten pflanzen. Berichte tiber die botanischen ergebnisse der Nyassa-see- und
Kinga-gebirgs-expedition der Hermann- und Elise- geb. Heckmann-Wentzel-
stiftung. III. Jn his Beitrige zur flora von Afrika XX. Bot. Jahrb. Engler
28: 3382-510. pl. 5-10. 1900.
58 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Botanical explorations; list of cellular and vascular plants, with localities,
vernacular names, and uses.
Engler, Adolf. Ueber die flora des gebirgslandes von Usambara, auf grund
der von Herrn Carl Holst daselbst gemachten sammlungen. Jn his Beitrige zur
flora von Afrika V. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 17: 156-168. 1893.
Plant formations, with lists of species; no general list.
Heering, Wilhelm. Dr. E. Obst’s botanische sammlung aus dem abflusslosen
rumpfschollenland des nordodstlichen Deutsch-Ostafrika. Mitt. Geog. Gesell.
Hamburg 29: 205-216. 1915.
Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, collected from Wakindiga-
land and on the summit of Mount Ufiomi, both regions previously unknown
botanically. Most of the specimens collected were lost.
Jaeger, Fritz. Das hochland der Riesenkrater und die umliegenden hoch-
lander Deutsch-Ostafrikas. Ergebnisse einer amtlichen forschungsreise ins ab-
flusslose gebiet des noérdlichen Deutsch-Ostafrika 1906-07. Mitt. Deut. Schutz-
geb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl. Erginzungsh. no. 4. iv, 183 p. 8 fig. 3 pl,
3 maps. 1911.
Includes (p. 88-94) unannotated list of 522 vascular plants collected poy
the expedition, grouped by localities and plant formations. The identifications
were made at the Berlin Herbarium.
Merker, Moritz. Pflanzen der Massai-steppe im stiden, westen und std-
westen des Kilimandscharo und Meru, welche bei den Massais teils als medizi-
nalpflanzen, teils als anderweitig ntitzliche oder schiidliche pflanzen beachtung
finden. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin 3: 194-197. 1902.
Unannotated list of 85 vascular plants with Massai and botanical names.
Meyer, Hans. Ergebisse einer reise durch das zwischenseengebiet Ostafrikas
1911. Mitt. Deut. Schutzgeb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl. Erginzungsh. no. 6.
127 p. illus. (incl. maps), 8 pl., 3 maps. 1913.
Includes (p. 93-101) list of species from several localities in northern German
East Africa collected by author and identified at the Berlin Herbarium.
Mildbraed, Johannes. Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen Zentral-
Afrika-expedition 1907-1908 unter fiihrung Adolph Friedrichs, Herzogs zu Meck-
lenburg. bd. II. Botanik. 718 p. illus., 78 pl. 27 cm. Leipzig, 1910-14.
Includes list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, general range,
and occasional annotations, by G. Brause, G. Hieronymus, R. Pilger, and
others; not in systematic order. Part 7 is ecological and phytogeographical.
The expedition worked in northwestern Tanganyika, Ruanda and Urundi, north-
eastern Belgian Congo, and Uganda.
Schweinfurth, Georg. Phanerogams. Jn Hohnel, Ludwig von. Discovery
of Lakes Rudolf and Stefanie. v. 2, p. 850-368. London and N. Y., 1894.
List of 171 vascular plants, mostly from Kilimanjaro, with locality and
altitude ; lists of mosses, liverworts, and lichens by other authors.
Trotha, Hellmuth von. Der wald um Tabora in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Notizbl.
K. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 212-231. 1911.
Annotated list of 184 useful plants, with vernacular names.
TOGO
ee also French West Africa (Chevalier) ; Gold Coast (Burtt Davy and Hoyle) ; West
rica.
General
Volkens, Georg. Die nutzpflanzen Togos. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin App.
22. 119 p. 60 fig. 1909-10.
Annotated list, classified by uses, with vernacular names.
Local
Bittner, Richard. Zur flora des Togolandes. Verzeichniss der von Dr. R.
Biittner in den jahren 1890 und 1891 im Togohinterlande, zumeist in der nihe
der Forschungsstation Bismarckburg gesammelten pflanzen. Mitt. Forschungs-
reis. u. Gelehr. Deut. Schutzgeb. 6: 231-236. 1898.
Unannotated list of vascular and cellular plants from Adeliland,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 59
Gaisser, Karl. Die produktion der eingeborenen des bizirkes Sokode-Bassari
(Sehutzgebiet Togo). Mitt. Deut. Schutzgeb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl.
25: 239-318. illus. 1912.
Includes account of wild and cultivated plants and animals of economic
importance and alphabetical list of vernacular names of plants in the Tschaudjo
language, with botanical equivalents and names in other native languages.
TRANSVAAL
See also South Africa; West Africa (Oliver).
General
Burtt Davy, Joseph. Alien plants spontaneous in the Transvaal. Rpt. So.
African Assoc. Adv. Sci. 2: 252-299. 1904.
Annotated list of 141 species; economic aspects, phytogeography.
A manual of the flowering plants and ferns of the Transvaal with
Swaziland, South Africa. pt. 1-2 (xxxv, 529 p., incl. 80 fig., map.) 19.5 cm.
London, 1926-82.
Glossary, key to families, etc.; annotated briefly descriptive flora of vascular
plants, with vernacular names and citation of collectors’ numbers. To contain
about 4,500 species; pt. 1 contains Marattiaceae-Bombacaceae (Hutchinsonian
sequence of families), pt. 2, Malvaceae—Umbelliferae.
Native trees of the Transvaal. Transvaal Agr. Jour. 5: 413-483.
pl. 69-75. 1907—Additions and corrections . . . Rpt. Transvaal Dept. Agr.
1906/07: 148-154. 1908.
Life zones, with lists of species; list of 269 trees, with localities and vernacu-
lar names.—See also his Notes on some Transvaal trees and shrubs. Bul. Misc.
Inform. Kew 1908: 145-175. 1908.
and Pott, Mrs. Reno. A first check-list of the flowering plants and
ferns of the Transvaal and Swaziland. Annals Transvaal Mus. 3: 119-182.
1912.—Additions and corrections to the recorded flora... So. African Jour.
Sci. 9: 348-856. 1918; 15: 570-571. 1919—Addendum to the First check-
list . . . Annals Transvaal Mus. 6: 119-135. 1920.
Unannotated list of 3,298 vascular plants (including the “Additions and cor-
rections’). Mrs. Pott is joint author of “A first check-list .. .” and sole author
of the “Addendum . . .”—See also Bremekamp, C. H. B. New or otherwise
noteworthy plants from the northern Transvaal. 1. c. 15: 233-264. 1983.
Verdoorn, I. C. Edible wild fruits of the Transvaal. Bul. Dept. Agr. and
Forestry Union So. Africa no. 185 (Plant Ind. Ser. no. 29). 55 p. 14 fig., 7 col. pl.
1938.
Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, keys, and brief descriptions.
Local
Galpin, E. E. Botanical survey of the Springbok flats, Transvaal. Mem.
Bot. Survey So. Africa no. 12. 100 p. plates. 1927.
Mainly ecological; includes (p. 58-79) briefly annotated list of 584 phanerogams.
Glover, P. E. A contribution to the ecology of the highveld flora. So. Afri-
ean Jour. Sci. 84: 224-259. 16 fig. 1937.
Ineludes annotated list of vascular plants from Frankenwald, 12 miles from
Johannesburg.
Obermeyer, A. A. A preliminary list of the plants found in the Kruger
National Park. Annals Transvaal Mus. 17: 185-227. map. 1937.
Geography, climate, general features of flora; list of over 300 vascular plants,
mostly collected by Land in 1932, with data and general range.
Schweickerdt, H. G., and Verdoorn, I. C. An enumeration of plants
collected in the northern Transvaal. Bothalia 3: 223-258. 1 fig. (map). 19387.
List of vascular plants, with data, collected chiefly in vicinity of the farm
“Zoutpan” at the western end of the Zoutpansberg Range.
Smuts, J. C., and Hutchinson, John. The vegetation of Schoemanskloof,
eastern Transvaal. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 19388: 417-427. 1933.
General features of flora (by Smuts); list of vascular plants collected by
Smuts in June 1932, with occasional annotations (by Hutchinson).
60 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Verdoorn, I. C. Notes on the vegetation of the Fountains Valley, Pretoria.
So. African Jour. Sci. 26: 190-194. -1929. :
Geology, etc.; running partial list of vascular plants collected by author,
arranged according to season.
TUNISIA
See also Algeria (Battandier and Trabut; Bouquet; Cosson; Ducellier and Maire;
France, Comité regional d’Algérie; Lapie and Maige; Trabut).
General
Bocquillon-Limousin, Henri. Les plantes utiles de la Tunisie. Monde des
Plant. 4: 241-244, 260, 276-279, 288-289, 305-312. 1895.
Briefly annotated systematic lists of medicinal and other useful plants.
Bonnet, Edmond, and Barratte, Gustave. Catalogue raisonné des plantes
vasculaires de Ja Tunisie. xlix, 519 p. 25 cm. Paris, 1896. (Exploration
scientifique de la Tunisie.)—Bonnet, E. Additions et corrections ... Jour. de
Bot. 18: 83-86. 1899.
Botanical explorations, physiography, geology, climate, cultivated plants,
affinities of flora (by Doumet-Adanson) ; annotated list of vascular plants, with
references, localities, and extralimital range.
Cuénod, Auguste. Les plantes médicinales de Tunisie I. Distribution géo-
graphique ... In Comité régional des plantes médicinales de Tunisie. Les
plantes médicinales de Tunisie. p. 9-85. Tunis, 1920.
Annotated list of principal wild species, alphabetically arranged by vernacular
names.
Local
Bardin, L., pére. Catalogue méthodique et raisonné des plantes vasculares de
Carthage et de ses environs, avec indication des plantes médicinales indigénes.
Revue Tunis. Inst. Carthage 5: 95-110, 183-203, 872-378, 509-516. 1898; 6: 96—
106, 189-203, 353-359, 472-485. 1899.
Annotated list of 694 vascular plants based on author’s collections, with notes
on medicinal plants.
Burollet, P. A. La Sahel de Sousse, monographie phytogéographique.
Annales Serv. Bot. Tunisie v. 4, fase. 2. 270 p. 8 pl. map. 1927.
Botanical explorations, physiography, climate, geology, water, etce.; mostly
unannotated list of 1,038 species and varieties of vascular and cellular plants
(754 species of vascular plants) known from the region; ecology, plant forma-
tions, weeds, cultivated and useful plants, history of vegetation, bibliography.
The term Sahel de Sousse, as used by the author, refers to the coastal region
for an extent of about 100 km. about Sousse (Susa).
Chabrolin, Charles. Note sur la flore des fles de la Galite et du Galiton. Bul.
Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 24: 233-242. 1933.
Geology, botanical explorations, ete.; unannotated lists of phanerogams of
Iles de La Galite and Galiton, Cape Serrat, with additional records for [Te
Plane and Ile Cani. These islands are about 40 km. north of Cape Serrat, Tunisia.
Cosson, E. S. Exploration de la Kroumirie centrale. Bul. Soc. Bot. France
32: 296-324. 1885.
General features of flora, with lists of species of different localities; list
of vascular plants and mosses collected by the author and others in 1883,
with localities.
Gillot, F. X. Notes botaniques. In Chaignon, H. de. Contributions a
Vhistoire naturelle de la Tunisie. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun 17: 116-142.
1904.
List of vascular plants, mosses, and lichens collected by Vicomte H. de
Chaignon in 1902-1904 at Bir M’Cherga, Ain-el-Aker, and Zaghouan, with
notes on more important species.
Une journée d’herborisation 4 Souk-el-Khemis (Tunisie). Bul. Soc.
Bot. France 47: 289-296. 1900.
List of vascular plants collected by author, with localities.
Joly, Alexandre. Note sur la flore du sud Tunisien (Jefara et Diebel Labiod).
Compt. Rend. Assoc. Frane. Avance. Sei. 38 (1909) : 569-577. 1910.
General features of flora; list of spermatophytes collected by author, with
localities.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 61
Lindberg, Harald. Itinera mediterranea. Hin beitrag zur kenntnis der
westmediterranen flora auf grund eines materials von gefisspflanzen, gesaminelt
in Tunesien und Sizilien im jahre 1924 und in Spanien und Marokko im jahre
1926. Acta Soe. Scient. Fenn. n. s., B, v. 1, no. 2. 178 p. 32 pl. 1982.
Author’s itinerary; list of about 2,100 vascular plants, with localities.
Murbeck, Svante. Contributions 4 la connaissance des renonculacées
[-polypodiacées] de la flore du nord-ouest de l’Afrique et plus spécialement
de la Tunisie. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. afd. 2, v. 33, no. 12. 126 p. pl. 1-6. 1897;
v. 34, no. 7. 41 p. pl. 7-9. 1898; v. 35, no. 3. 30 p. 2 fig., pl. 10-12. 1899;
v. 36, no. 1. 34 p. 9 fig., pl. 18-15. 1900.—Contributions ... 2. sér. Ll. «
n. f., afd. 2, v.1,no.4. 40p. pl.1-7. 1905;v.2,no.1. p. 41-83. pl.8-20. 1905.
List of vascular plants collected mainly by the author, with localities and
frequent annotations. Ser. 2 (no. 1) includes a florula of Djebel Bargou, a
branch of the Atlas Mountains, in the northeast part of central Tunisia, arranged
by habitats.
Pitard, C. J. Rapports sur les herborisations faites par la Société pendant
la session de Tunisie. Bul. Soe. Bot. France 56 (Sess. HExtr.): cxi-excviii.
pl. 2-19. 1910.
Physiography, soils, human influence on flora; lists of plants collected by
members of the Société Botanique de France in 1909, grouped by localities
and habitats; phytogeography. (Central Tunisia, in region of Gabés, Gafra,
and Tozeur.)
UGANDA
See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Grant; Rein); Belgian Congo (Burtt; Cotton) ;
Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora); Kenya (Fries); Northern Rhodesia
(Oise). Tanganyika (Engler, Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas; Mildbraed) ; West Africa
(Oliver).
All papers on Mount Ruwenzori are placed under Belgian Congo.
General
Burtt Davy, Joseph, and Bolton, Florence. Uganda protectorate. 132 p.
21.5 em. Oxford, 1935. (Check-lists of the forest trees and shrubs of the
British Empire, no. 1.)
Botanical explorations, plant zones, annotated list of more important trees,
bibliography; annotated list of 1,146 species and varieties of native woody
plants, with vernacular names (not indexed) and citation of exsiccatae; list
of cultivated woody plants.
Wright, C. H. List of the plants occurring in the Uganda Protectorate. In
Johnston, H. H. The Uganda Protectorate. p. 329-351. New York, London,
1902.
Botanical explorations; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities
and collectors.
Local
Baker, E. G., Moore, S. LeM., and Rendle, A. B. The botany of the Anglo-
German Uganda boundary commission. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 37: 116—227.
pl. 1-4. 1905.
Phytogeography ; list of phanerogams collected by Dr. A. G. Bagshawe, with
localities, vernacular names, uses and general range. The area covered was
along the boundary between the present Uganda and Tanganyika west of Lake
Victoria Nyanza and the island of Buvtima in the lake.
Dawe, M. T. Report on a botanical mission through the forest districts of
Buddu and the Western and Nile Provinces of the Uganda Protectorate. 63 p.
5 pl., map. 88cm. London, 1906.
Physiography, general features of flora, etc.; list of vascular and cellular
plants collected, with localities and occasional vernacular names and uses.—
See also Stapf, Otto, and others. Plantae novae Daweanae in Uganda
lectae ... with an appendix by M. T. Dawe. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 37: 495-544.
pl. 21-23 (map). 1906.
Lugard, E. J., and Bullock, A. A. The flora of Mount Elgon. Bul. Misc.
Inform. Kew 19383: 49-106. 1 fig. (map). 1933. -
Physiography, climate, natives, fauna, plant zones, bibliography (by Lugard) ;
list of 649 vascular plants collected in 1930-31 by HE. J. and Mrs. C. Lugard, with
data and general range.
62 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
WEST AFRICA
Under this heading are included general works covering all or much of the region
from Mauritania to Angola, inclusive.
Ascherson, Paul. Botanisch-ethnographische notizen aus Guinea. Aus den
aufzeichnungen von Thonning in Schumacher’s Beskrivelse af Guineiske
planter. Zeitschr. Ethnol. 11: 231-258. 1879.
Annotated list of 166 wild and cultivated plants, mostly economic, with
vernacular names (indexed). Refers to the region of “Upper Guinea.”
Chevalier, Auguste. Enumération des plantes cultivées par les indigénes en
Afrique tropicale et des espéces naturalisées dans le méme pays et ayant proba-
blement été cultivées a une époque plus ou moins reculée. Bul. Soe. Natl.
Aecclim. France 59: 65-79, 104-110, 133-188, 239-242, 312-318, 341-346, 386-392.
1912.
Systematic list of about 293 species and varieties, with brief notes on origin
and area where cultivated. Covers region from Mauritania to Congo.
Enumération des plantes récoltées dans les régions suivantes: Mauri-
tanie, Oasis sahariennes, Sénégal, Casamance, Guinée francaise, Soudan fran-
eais, Cote d’Ivoire, Dahomey et en outre Gold-Coast, Sierra-Leone, Lagos, Old-
Calabar. xiii, 798 p. port., map. 25 cm. Paris, 1920. (Exploration botanique
de l’Afrique occidentale francaise. t. 1.)
List of vascular and cellular plants collected by the author and associates,
with localities, collectors’ numbers, vernacular names, and occasional annotations.
Dalziel, J. M. The useful plants of west tropical Africa... Being an
appendix to the Flora of west tropical Africa . . . xi, 612 p. 25.5 em.
London, 1937.
Bibliography; annotated systematic list of spermatophytes, with vernacular
names and their localities, uses, and references. Covers same area as Hutchin-
son and Dalziel, Flora of west tropical Africa. The information and references
in Holland’s The useful plants of Nigeria are not repeated, but references to his
work are given under each species.
Giirke, Max. Uebersicht tiber die gebiete des tropischen Afrika, in welchen
deutsche reisende ihre im Berliner Botanischen Museum niedergelegten
sammlungen zusammen brachten, mit angabe der wichtigsten, tiber ihre reisen
und deren ergebnisse verOffentlichten aufsitze. Jn Engler, A. Beitriige zur
flora von Afrika I. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 14: 279-292. 1891.
Briefly annotated list of collectors and their itineraries, with bibliographies.
Hua, Henri. Les explorations botaniques dans les colonies franeaises de
VAfrique tropicale, d’aprés les collections conservées au Muséum d’histoire
naturelle de Paris. Actes Cong. Internatl. Bot. 1°" Paris, 1900. p. 289-247.
1900.
Brief account of principal collectors in Senegal, French Guinea, French Sudan,
Ivory Coast, Dahomey, and French Equatorial Africa (French Congo).
Hutchinson, John, and Dalziel, J. M. Flora of west tropical Africa. The
British west African colonies, British Cameroons, the French and Portuguese
colonies south of the Tropic of Cancer to Lake Chad, and Fernando Po. 2 v. °
381 fig., 2 maps. 26 cm. London, 1927-386.
General features of flora, botanical explorations, bibliography, glossary, key
to families; systematic list of spermatophytes, with keys, note on habit, refer-
ences, citation of localities and exsiccatae. Covers area along Tropic of Cancer
from coast east to the western boundary of Chad Territory (about 15° E.),
then south along the eastern border of Nigeria to the coast, including Cameroon
Mountain, Fernando Po, and the smaller islands off the coast, the whole nearly
equivalent to the “Upper Guinea” of the Flora of Tropical Africa.
Moller, A. F. Medizinische pflanzen Westafrikas. Ber. Deut. Pharm.
Gesell. 8: 46-58, 938-100, 240-243. 1898.
Briefly annotated list of medicinal species of “Ober- und Unter-Guinea,”’ in
part systematically arranged, with occasional vernacular names.
Moloney, Alfred. Sketch of the forestry of West Africa, with particular
reference to itS present principal commercial products. vi, 5383 p. 20 em.
London, 1887.
Includes (p. 269-458) briefly annotated “list of economic plants of western
Africa,” by J. M. Hillier. Covers principally the regions of Upper Guinea and
Lower Guinea, as defined in Oliver, Flora of Tropical Africa.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 63
Oliver, Daniel, and others. Flora of tropical Africa. v. 1-10, pt. 1. 22.5 cm.
London, 1868-1937.
Descriptive flora of spermatophytes, with keys, synonymy, local and general
range, citation of exsiccatae. Specimens cited are grouped under the following
geographical regions as defined in vol. 7: Upper Guinea (west coast region, from
the mouth of the Senegal River to Lake Chad, south to the southern boundary
of Cameroons, including Fernando Po); North Central (the Sahara north to
the Tropic of Cancer, eastward to about 26° EH. Long., south to border of Upper
Guinea and Belgian Congo) ; Nile Land (the Nile Basin from the 26th meridian
to the coast, south to border of Belgian Congo and Tanganyika) ; Lower Guinea
(west coast region from southern boundary of Cameroons to Tropic of Capricorn,
bounded on the east by Belgian Congo, Rio Kwango, and the 20th meridian) ;
South Central (Belgian Congo, and Angola east of the 20th meridian) ; Mozam-
bique (Tanganyika, Mozambique, Rhodesia, etc., south to the Tropic of Capri-
corn). Vol. 1-3 were written by Oliver, with the assistance of other botanists
at Kew, especially W. P. Hiern and J. G. Baker; the remaining volumes, written
mostly by the botanists at Kew, were edited by W. T. T. Dyer (v. 46, pt. 1,
v. 7-8), David Prain (v. 6, pt. 2, v. 9), and A. W. Hill (v. 10, pt. 1). Not yet
completed.
Unwin, A. H. West African forests and forestry. 527 p. 110 fig. on
plates. 26cm. London, 1920.
Includes annotated lists, with vernacular names and uses, of the trees of Gam-
bia, Sierra Leone, Liberia, Ivory Coast, Gold Coast, Togo, Nigeria, Cameroons;
briefly annotated bibliography.
ZANZIBAR
See also West Africa (Giirke; Oliver).
General
Sacleux, Charles, pére. Essai de catalogue des plantes de Zanzibar, Pemba,
Mombassa, Amou et de la grande terre en face de ces iles jusqu’é la ligne de
partage des eaux entre la céte et les grands lacs. xxxvi p. 17 ecm. [Zanzibar,
18—?] (Extrait de Dictionnaire francais Swahili. Zanzibar, 1888-91.)
Systematic list, with localities and vernacular names,
Werth, Emil. Die vegetation der insel Sansibar. 97 p. 6 fig., map. 24.5
em. Berlin, 1901. (Inaug.-diss., Bern.—Reprinted from Mitt. Seminars Orient.
Sprach. Univ. Berlin v. 4, abt. 3. 1901.)
Mainly ecological; includes sections on cultivated plants and weeds; no list of
species.
AUSTRALASIA
Here used in a restricted sense to include only Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania,
the other islands commonly included in Australasia being given under Insular Floras.
AUSTRALIA
See also Tasmania (Hooker).
Bailey, F. M. Concise history of Australian botany. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens-
land 8 (2): xvii—xli, xlv—xlvii. 1891.
Annotated list of collectors, chronologically arranged.
Bentham, George. Flora australiensis: a description of the plants of the
Australian territory. 7 v. 22cm. London, 1863-78.
Collections examined ; descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, synonymy,
local and general range; includes the plants of Tasmania. Title page says “by
George Bentham .. . assisted by Ferdinand Mueller ... ,” but in preface (v. 1,
p. 12*) Bentham states “I alone am therefore responsible for the details of this
work, for the limitation given to genera and species, for their characters and
description.”
Cheel, Edwin. A review of the flora of the arid and semi-arid regions of
Australia. Rpt. Austral. and New Zeal. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 23: 307-837. 1937.
Brief account of botanical explorations, forage plants, erosion control, bibli-
ography ; mostly unannotated list of plants recorded from the region.
241306°—42——_5
64 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Guilfoyle, W. R. Australian plants suitable for gardens, parks, timber re-
serves, ete. 478 p. (incl. plates). 23 cm. Melbourne, etc., [19117].
Alphabetical, briefly annotated list of native plants suitable for cultivation;
lists of common names of eucalypts and of other plants. The plates are mostly
habit photographs of trees and shrubs.
Maiden, J. H. Australian indigenous plants providing human foods and
food-adjuncts. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. S. Wales II, 3: 481-556. 1888.
Annotated list of 212 plants, alphabetically arranged by scientific names, with
uses and vernacular names.
Australian vegetation. In The commonwealth of Australia: federal
handbook... p. 163-209. Melbourne, [1914].
General sketch of Australian flora.
A bibliography of Australian economic botany. Pt.1. v, 61 p. 24 cm.
Sydney, 1892. (Technical education series, no. 10. Department of Public In-
struction [N. S. Wales].)
Annotated bibliography, the titles classified by subjects; indices of authors and
subjects. “I have omitted all papers and works which consist of ‘pure’ botany.”
Indigenous vegetable drugs. Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales 9: 1106-1127.
1898; 10: 40-53, 131-141. 1899. (Part II reprinted as Misc. Pub. Dept. Agr.
N. S. Wales no. 256.)
Annotated systematic list.
Native food plants. Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales 10: 117-130, 279-290,
618-628, 730-740. 1899. (Reprinted as Mise. Pub. Dept. Agr. N. S. Wales no. 282.
65 p.)
Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, uses, and localities. Covers
Australia generally.
Records of Australian botanists—(a) General, (b) New South
Wales. Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8S. Wales 42: 60-182. 1908.—1Ist suppl.
Rpt. Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 18 (1911): 224-248. pl. 20-21 (ports.).
1912 2d suppl. Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8. Wales 55: 150-169. pl. 8-9
(ports.). 1921.
Bibliography ; alphabetical lists of botanists, with biographical data. Index in
first supplement covers the whole series of similar papers on different States to
that date.
Records of the earlier French botanists as regards Australian plants.
Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8. Wales 44: 128-155. pl. 3-13 (ports.). 1910.
Bibliographic and biographical data.
Useful Australian plants no. 1-108. In Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales v. 4-17,
19-20, 22-25. plates. 1893-1914.
Accounts of various species, in no regular order ; descriptions, range, uses.
The useful native plants of Australia (including Tasmania). xii,
696 p. 22cm. Sydney, 1889.
Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses, the plants classified under
11 headings and arranged alphabetically by scientific names; indices of vernac-
ular and botanical names.
Mueller, Ferdinand von. Second systematic census of Australian plants,
with chronologic, literary and geographic annotations. Pt. I1—Vasculares. 244 p.
21x28 cm. Melbourne, 1889.
Systematic list of vascular plants, with references to place of original publica-
tion and to Bentham’s “Flora Australiensis” and the author’s “Fragmenta” and
indication of range.
Sutton, C. S. Bibliography of the Australian floristic and ecological plant-
geography. Rpt. Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 16 (1923): 110-118. 1924.
Unannotated list, arranged alphabetically by authors.
NEW SOUTH WALES
See also Queensland (Francis) ; South Australia (Wood, Floristics and ecology of the
mallee) ; Victoria (Stirling, Notes on a census).
General
Anderson, R. H. The naturalised flora of New South Wales (excluding
Gramineae). Contrib. N. S. Wales Natl. Herb. 1: 16-33. 1939.
Systematic list of 415 angiosperms, with indication of country of origin.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 65
Dixon, W. A. The plants of New South Wales; an analytical key to the
flowering plants, except grasses and rushes, and ferns of the state, set out in an
original method, with an up-to-date list of native and introduced flora. xxiv,
322 p. 3 (i.e. 6) pl. 17cm. Sydney, 1906.
Keys to vascular plants.
Maiden, J. H. The forest flora of New South Wales. 8 v. 295 pl. 32 cm.
Sydney, 1902-25.
Descriptions, vernacular names, uses, timber, habitat, and localities; the spe-
cies not in systematic order.
Some reputed medicinal plants of New South Wales. Proc. Linn.
Soc. N. S. Wales II, 3: 855-393. 1888.
Annotated list of 70 native species, alphabetically arranged by scientific names.
and Betche, Ernst. <A census of New South Wales plants. xx, 216 p.
24.5 em. Sydney, 1916.
Systematic list of vascular plants with references to original descriptions and
to Bentham’s Flora Australiensis. There is a Supplement, listing Algae only.
Moore, Charles, and Betche, Ernst. Handbook of the flora of New South
Wales. A description of the flowering plants and ferns indigenous to New
South Wales. xxxix, 582 p. 22 em. Sydney, 1893.—Moore, Charles. Plants
with their habitats, discovered to be indigenous to this colony since the publica-
tion of the Handbook... Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8S. Wales 27: 84-85.
1893.
Botanical explorations, glossary; descriptive flora, with keys; list of plants
from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands not included in the descriptive flora; list
of naturalized plants, with indication of native range; glossary of specific names.
Rietmann, Othmar. Die nutzpflanzen von Nen-Sitidwales. Ber. St. Gall.
Naturw. Gesell. 1864/65: 105-118. 1865.
Running account of principal useful plants.
Local
Baker, R. T. On the botany of Rylstone and the Goulburn River districts.
Pt. I. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8S. Wales 21: 427466. 1896.
Physiography, geology; annotated list of about 350 vascular plants. — (About
100 miles northwest of Sydney.)
Barwick, A. C. The botany of the “clears” and “basalt masses,’ County of
Hunter, N. S. Wales. Proce. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales 28: 932-948. 1904.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants. The ‘‘clears” are
areas Of volcanic soil, characterized by the absence of underbrush. (Central
eastern New South Wales.)
Cambage, R. H. Notes on the native flora of New South Wales. X. The
Federal Capital Territory. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales 48: 678-711. 2 fig.
(inel. map), pl. 71-74. 1919.
Botanical explorations, topography, geology, climate, soil, general features of
flora; list of vascular plants (and Marchantiaceae) observed.
Chisholm, E. C. The Comboyne plateau. Its general conformation and
flora. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales 50: 284-298. 1 fig. (map). 1925—Addi-
tional flora... 1. ec. 52: 878-379. 1927.—Further additions... 1. ec. 59: 143-
155. 1934.—Final additions... 1. ec. 62: 65-72. 1937.
Physiography, general features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants.
(Near the coast southwest of Port Macquarie.)
The flora of Marrangaroo, County of Cook. Austral. Nat. 5: 122-129.
1 fig. (map). 1928.
Topography, climate, distribution of some trees; unannotated list of vascular
plants. (About 100 miles from Sydney.)
Cleland, J. B. List of plants growing upon Milson Island, Hawkesbury
River. Rpt. Govt. Bur. Microbiol. N. 8S. Wales 8: 218-225. 1914.
Annotated list of 234 native and 55 introduced vascular plants. (Near Brook-
lyn, north of Sydney. )
Davis, Consett, Day, M. F., and Waterhouse, D. F. Notes on the terrestrial
ecology of the Five Islands. I. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 68: 357-888. 8
fig. (incl. maps), pl. 15-19. 1989. ;
Includes annotated list (p. 380-383) of vascular plan §. (Near Port Kembla.)
66 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Dwyer, J. W. A floral survey of the south western slopes of N. S. Wales
round about Temora and Barmedman. Austral. Nat. 4: 212-224. 1921.
Soils; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants collected by author from
Stockinbingal to Wyalong. (Southeastern New South Wales.)
Hamilton, A. A. Topographical and ecological notes on the flora of the Blue
Mountains. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. S. Wales 40: 886-413. 1915.
Botanical explorations (with included bibliography), general features of flora,
ete.; annotated list of vascular plants. (About 70 miles west of Sydney.)
Hamilton, A. G. A list of the indigenous plants of the Mudgee district. Proce.
Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales II, 2: 259-806. 1887.
Geology, climate, ete.; annotated list of 1,208 vascular plants, with notes on
uses. (About 40 miles east of Wellington.)
On the flora of Mt. Wilson. Proe. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 24: 346—
372. 1899.
Physiography, climate, general features of flora; list of 545 vascular plants;
bibliography. Mount Wilson is on the boundary between New South Wales and
Queensland, about 60 miles from the coast.
Haviland, F. E. Notes on the indigenous plants in the Cobar district. Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales 36: 507-540. 1 fig. (map). 1912; 38: 689-655. 1914.
Geology, general features of flora, climate; annotated list of 504 vascular and
cellular plants. (North-central New South Wales.)
Maiden, J. H. The botany of Howell (Bora Creek): a tin-granite flora.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 31: 63-72. 1906.
Physiography, ete.; list of vascular plants. (Northeastern New South Wales,
on western slope of New England Range.)
A contribution towards a flora of Mount Kosciusko. Agr. Gaz. N. S.
Wales 9: 720-740. 1898.—A second contribution ...1. ec. 10: 1001-1042. pl.
1899. (Reprinted as Mise. Pub. Dept. Agr. N. S. Wales 241, 331.)
General features of flora, bibliography; partly annotated lists of vascular
plants found at different elevations. Mount Kosciusko (7,828 ft.) is the
highest mountain in Australia. The second contribution is Similarly arranged
and has also notes on the general characteristics of alpine plants and on the
phytogeographic relation of Mount Kosciusko and Tasmania. (Southeastern
New South Wales.)
The Dorrigo forest reserve. Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales 5: 218-223, 599-
633. map. 1894; 7: 38-89. 1897; 8: 523. 1897. (1st pt. reprinted 41 p.)
Includes annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author in 1893.
(In County of Fitzroy, on the north coast.)
A list of plants collected by Mr. Richard Helms in the Australian
Alps, February, 1893. Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales 5: 8386-841. 1894.
List of phanerogams, with localities and altitudes, collected in the neighbor-
hood of Mount Kosciusko, in southeastern New South Wales.
A list of plants collected in the vicinity of the Jenolan Caves, by
W. F. Blakely and J. C. Wiburd. Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales 12: 1390-1894. 1901.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (About 70 miles almost due west of
Sydney. )
Ross, W. J. C. Notes on the flora of Bathurst and its connection with the
geology of the district. Rpt. Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 7: 467-481. 1898.
Physiography, general features of flora; tabular list of spermatophytes, with
indication of geological formations on which they occur. (About 100 miles
northwest of Sydney.)
Turner, Frederick. Botany of north-eastern New South Wales. Proc. Linn.
Soe. N. S. Wales 31: 365-892. 1906.
Physiography, climate, general features of flora (including useful plants) ;
no list of species (1,767 known). (Area between 32° S. Lat. and Queensland
boundary, west to 152°20’ and 151° E. Long.)
Botany of north-western New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales 30: 32-91. map. 1905.
Physiography, climate, useful plants of aborigines, general features of flora;
unannotated list of 1,187 vascular plants. The area covered lies between the
northern boundary of New South Wales and 382° S. Lat. and between 147° and
151°20’ E. Long.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 67
Turner, Frederick. Botany of south-western New South Wales. Proc. Linn.
Soc. N. S. Wales 29: 1382-181. 1904.
Climate, general features of flora, with notes on economic plants and vernacular
names; unannotated list of vascular plants. The area covered extends from 33°
S. Lat. to the Murray (or Hume) River, and from 141° to 147° E. Long.
Botany of the Darling, New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8.
Wales 28: 406-442. 1908.
Physiography, climate, general features of flora, botanical explorations; list of
760 vascular plants from vicinity of Darling River, between 29° and 33° S. Lat.
and 141° to 147° H. Long.
The vegetation of New England, New South Wales. Proce. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales 28: 276-811. 1908.
Geology, physiography, climate, general features of flora; list of 708 vascular
plants, with localities. The area covered is that portion of New South Wales
extending “northwards along the Dividing Range from a little south of Armidale
to the Queensland border.”
Woolls, William. Plants indigenous and naturalised in the neighbourhood
of Sydney ... [2d ed.] 71 p. 215 em. Sydney, 1891. (1st ed., 1880.)
Climate, etc.; unannotated lists of native and naturalized vascular plants and
Characeae (1,465 species, of which 1,290 are native).
NORTEERN TERRITORY
See also South Australia (Tate, A census, and A handbook).
Northern Territory was a part of South Australia from 1863 through 1910.
General
Ewart, A. J., and Davies, O. B. The flora of the Northern Territory .. .
with appendices by J. H. Maiden... and by A. A. Hamilton and Edwin Cheel
. viii, 387 p. (inel. 27 pl., 14 tab.). map. 24cm. Melbourne, 1917.
Partly annotated list of vascular plants, with keys or brief diagnoses, locali-
ties, uses; alphabetical list of vernacular names; classified lists of useful and
poisonous plants.—See also Ewart and others. Contributions to the flora of
Australia no. 30-34. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria n. s., 38: 77-87, 164-182. 4 fig.
1926; 39: 1-12, 154-161. 5 fig. 1926-27; 40: 81-87. 1928. (Reprinted.)
Local
Black, J. M. Botany. Jn Scientific notes on an expedition into the interior
of Australia carried out by Capt. S. A. White... from July to October, 19138.
Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 38: 460-471. pl. 38-389. 1914.
Botanical explorations; annotated list of 178 vascular plants from South Aus-
tralia and Northern Territory, mostly from the latter.
Cleland, J. B., and Johnston, T. H. Aboriginal names and uses of plants at
the Granites, Central Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 68: 22-26. 1939.
Systematic list, with vernacular names and uses. (Nearly 400 miles northwest
of Alice Springs. )
and Johnston, T. H. The ecology of the aborigines of Central Aus-
tralia; botanical notes. Trans. and Proe. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 57: 113-124.
Died 10S6.
Account of principal useful plants, grouped by uses; annotated systematic list
of useful plants, with vernacular names. (Vicinity of Mount Liebig, MacDonnell
Range. )
Holtze, Maurice. Narrative of an exploring tour across Melville Island,
with notes on its botany. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 15: 114-120.
1892.
Itinerary of author in October 1887, with list of vascular plants collected. (40
miles north of Port Darwin.)
Kempe, Hermann. Plants indigenous to the neighbourhood of Hermanns-
burg, on the river Finke, central Australia. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So.
Austral. 3: 129-187. 1880; 5: 19-23. 1882.
Annotated list of 287 vascular plants. Also cited as “Indigenous plants of the
MacDonnell Range.” (Southwestern part of Territory.)
68 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Mueller, Ferdinand von. A catalogue of plants collected during Mr. Alex-
ander Forrest’s geographical exploration of north-west Australia in 1879. Jour.
and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales 14: 81-95. map. 1881.
List of vascular plants, with localities, collected between King’s Sound and
Port Darwin.
and Tate, Ralph. List of plants collected during Mr. Tietkens’ ex-
pedition into central Australia, 1889. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral.
13: 94-109. 1890.—Supplemental notes to the list of plants. ..1 ¢@ 13: 170-
171. 1890.
Localities; list of 250 vascular plants, with localities.
Rendle, A. B., Moore, S. LeM., Baker, E. G., and Gepp, A. Capt. G. H.
Wilkins’s Groote Eylandt plants. Jour. Bot. 64: 89-99. 1926.
Unannotated list of species collected on Groote Eylandt in 1925 and Crocodile
Islands in 1924.
Tate, Ralph. Botany. Jn Report on the work of the Horn Scientific Expe-
dition to central Australia. vy. 3, p. 117-194. London, Melbourne, 1896.
Botanical regions, general features of flora, phytogeography, botanical explora-
tions ; annotated list of 614 vascular plants known from the Larapintine region;
list of plants new or rare in the central Eremian region. The Larapintine region
of the author is the southwestern part of Northern Territory, from the Mac-
Donnell Range south to Engoordina (Mount Encurdina, 25°10’ S. Lat., 134°16’ E.
Long.) and west to Lake Amadeus. His central Eremian region is the low plains
around Lake Eyre in South Australia.
QUEENSLAND
General
Bailey, F. M. Comprehensive catalogue of Queensland plants, both in-
digenous and naturalised ... 879 p. illus. (incl. 976 numb. fig.), 16 col. pl.
25cm. Brisbane, [1913].
Systematic list of vascular and cellular plants with frequent annotations,
especially on economic plants. Replaces his “Catalogue of the indigenous and
naturalised plants of Queensland” (1890).
Medicinal plants of Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 5: 1-29.
1880.
Annotated systematic list of vascular and cellular plants, with uses.
The Queensland flora. 6 vy. (2,015 p.). 88 pl. 245 cm. Brisbane,
1899-1902.—General index. 66 p. 1805.
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, notes on wood and uses,
vernacular names (separate indices), local and general range. The “General
index” includes only scientific names.
Queensland woods, with a brief popular description of the trees, their
distribution, qualities, uses of timber, etc. ete. [ed. 3.] vi, 13-1389 p. 20 cm.
London, 1899. (ist ed., 1886.)
Systematic list of 601 species, with brief botanical descriptions, some vernacular
names, and notes on wood.
A sketch of the economic plants of Queensland. 73 p. 21 em.
Brisbane, 1888. (Queensland Commission. Centennial International Exhibi-
tion, Melbourne, 1888.)
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged, including wild and cultivated plants.
The weeds and suspected poisonous plants of Queensland ... 245
p. 408 fig. 24.5 em. Brisbane, 1906 (1907).
Annotated descriptive treatment of vascular and cellular plants.
and others. Contributions to the Queensland flora [no. 17-22]. Bot.
Bul. Dept. Agr. and Stock Queens]. no. 17-22. 14, 16, 14, 20, 23, 36 p. illus.
1913-20.
Additional or new species and critical notes. No. 1-15 of this series preceded
Bailey’s “Queensland flora’’; no. 16 dealt mainly with fungi; no. 18-19, by J. F.
Bailey and C. T. White; no. 20-21, by C. T. White; no. 22, by C. T. White and
W. D. Francis.
Domin, Karel. Beitrige zur flora und pflanzengeographie Australiens.
teil 1, abt. 1-2 (951 p.); abt. 3, lfg. 1-8 (Sep. paged). 188 fig., 36 pl. 32 cm.
Stuttgart, 1915-29. (Bibliotheca Botanica heft 85, 89.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 69
Annotated list with synonymy, local and general range (with citation of collec-
tors), and critical remarks. Refers primarily to Queensland, and is essentially
a fiora of that province. Reaches Solanum (2,800 species).
Maiden, J. H. Records of Queensland botanists. Rpt. Australas. Assoc.
Adv. Sci. 12 (1809) : 373-884. 2 port. 1910.
Bibliography; alphabetical list of botanists and collectors, with biographical
information.
Local
Bailey, F. M. Botany of the Bellenden-Ker expedition. In Meston, A.
Report of the government scientific expedition to Beilenden-Ker Range...
p. 29-80. Brisbane, 1889.
List of vascular plants collected from Mulgrave River to summit of Bellenden-
Ker, and at Bartle Frere and Harvey’s Creek, with localities and references.—
See also his report in Meston, Archibald. Expedition to the Bellenden-Ker
Range. p. 917. 1904, for annotated list of species collected on 1904 expedition.
(Northeastern Queensland. )
A contribution towards a flora of Mount Perry. Proc. Roy. Soe.
Queensland 1: 61-76. 1884.—Pt. II, by James Keys. 1. c 2: 41-55. 1885.
(1) Unannotated list of vascular plants with vernacular names, based on
Keys’ collections. (2) Physiography, soil, general features of flora, partly
annotated list of additional vascular plants and of cellular plants. The area
treated includes the Burnett, Boolboonda, and Normanby Ranges, and is about
70 miles northwest of Maryborough.
A few words about the flora of the islands of Torres Straits and the
mainland about Somerset. Rpt. Australas. Assoc. Ady. Sci. 7 (1898): 423~—
447. 1898.
General features of flora; annotated list of plants known from Thursday
Island.
and Woods, J. E. T. A census of the flora of Brisbane. Proc. Linn.
Soe. N. S. Wales 4: 137-204. 1879.
List of 1,228 vascular plants, with localities and indication of general range.
The area covered includes Moreton Island and the country within 25 miles of
Brisbane.
Francis, W. D. Australian rain forest trees, excluding the species confined
to the tropics. Xi, 347 p. 226 fig., pl., map. 24.5 cm. Brisbane, 1929.
Distribution and characters of rain forests in Australia, anatomical modifica-
tions, key to species; descriptive systematic list, with keys to genera and range;
uses and references given for more important species. Covers east coast region
from Cape York to Cape Otway (Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria).
Gibbs, L. S. A contribution to the phyto-geography of Bellenden-Ker. Jour.
Bot. 55: 297-3810. 1917.
General features of flora; list of species collected by the author, with locali-
ties; general range given. The list is by S. LeM. Moore, except palms (Beccari),
orchids (Rendle), ferns (Gepp), and fungi (Ramsbottom). (Northeastern
Queensland. )
Longman, H. A. The plants of Mast-head Island. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens-
land 25: 17-23. 1914.
General features of flora; list of 26 phanerogams. (Islet in the Capricorn
group off the coast northeast of Gladstone. )
MacGillivray, W. D. K., and Rodway, F. A. Plants on islands of the
Bunker and Capricorn groups. Rpt. Great Barrief Reef Com. 3: 58-63. 1931.
General features of flora of Lady Musgrave. Hoskyn, and Fairfax Islands
(Bunker group), North-west, Tryon, Heron, Masthead, Wilson, and One-tree
Islands (Capricorn group); list of angiosperms collected by authors in 1927.
(Off coast of Queensland on Tropic of Capricorn, 152° E. Long.)
Palmer, Edward. On plants used by the natives of north Queensland,
Flinders and Mitchell Rivers, for food, medicine, etc., ete. Jour. and Proc. Roy.
Soc. N. S. Wales 17: 93-1138. 1884. ;
Annotated list of 106 vascular plants classified by uses, including a few from
other parts of Australia.
70 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Shirley, John. A preliminary list of plants of the National Park, Macpherson
Range. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 31: 21-27. 1920.
List of trees, vines, and ferns. (Southeastern Queensland, on border of New
South Wales.)
Wedd, Joseph. Excursion to Newmarket, 8th October, 1910. Report on
botany. Queensland Nat. 1: 177-180. 1911.
General features of flora; unannotated list of 166 vascular plants observed by
author.
and White, C. T. List of plants collected at Glasshouse Mountains,
September 11th to 13th, 1909. Queensland Nat. 1: 119-120. 1910.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
White, C. T. The biology of North-West Islet, Capricorn group. (H.)
Botany. List of plants collected ... with notes by Dr. W. Macgillivray.
Austral. Zool. 4: 251-252. 1926.
Annotated list of phanerogams. (Off the coast on the Tropic of Capricorn.)
Flora of Moreton Island. Queensland Nat. 4: 86-91. 1924.
Botanical explorations, ecology, with running list of vascular plants. (Off
the coast near Brisbane.)
Flora of the Bunya Mountains. Queensland Agr. Jour. n. s., 13: 25-
Slee 920:
General features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants collected
(mainly by the author) above 2,000 feet elevation. (Southeastern Queensland.)
Ligneous plants collected for the Arnold Arboretum in north Queens-
land by S. F. Kajewski in 1929. Contrib. Arnold Arboretum no. 4. 113 p. 9 pl.
1933.
Soils, general features of flora, ete.; annotated list of woody plants collected in
rain forest region on Atherton Tableland, Mount Bartle Frere and Daintree River.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
See also Northern Territory (Black; Tate); Western Australia (Mueller and Tate).
General
Black, J. M. Flora of South Australia. 746 p. (incl. 336 fig., 53 pl., map).
25 em. Adelaide, 1922-29. (Handbooks of the flora and fauna of South Aus-
tralia, issued by the British Science Guild, South Australian Branch.)
Botanical explorations, glossary; descriptive flora of 2,430 vascular plants
(2,046 indigenous), with keys. The treatment of Orchidaceae is by R. S. Rogers.—
See also his Additions to the flora . . . [1]-37. Jn Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So.
Austral. v. 33, 35-87, 39-62. 1909-1988.
The naturalised flora of South Australia. 192 p. 206 fig. 18 cm.
Adelaide, 1909.
Descriptive flora of 368 phanerogams, with keys; figure of one species in each
genus.
Maiden, J. H. A century of botanical endeavor in South Australia. Rpt.
Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 11 (1907) : 158-199. 1908.
Explorations, biographical notices, etc., with mention of publications.
Tate, Ralph. A census of the indigenous flowering plants and vascular
ecryptogams of extra-tropical South Australia. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. So.
Austral. 12: 67-128. pl. 5. 1889.—A supplement... 1. @ 19: 79-83. 1895.
Phytogeographical regions and districts; systematic list of 1,985 species with
distribution indicated by districts. An earlier census of the same region was
published by the author in 1880-82 (including additions). Covers South Aus-
tralia and Northern Territory as far north as the Tropic of Capricorn.
A handbook of the flora of extratropical South Australia, containing
the flowering plants and ferns. vi, 303 p. map. 19 cm. Adelaide, 1890.
Flora of 1,985 vascular plants, in form of keys; systematic list, with indica-
tion of distribution ; glossaries. Covers South Australia and Northern Territory
as far north as the Tropic of Capricorn. Northern Territory was a part of
South Australia from 1863 until January 1, 1911, when it became a separate
territory.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 71
Wood, J. G. The vegetation of South Australia. 164 p. 58 fig. (incl. maps),
map. Adelaide, 1987. (Handbooks of the flora and fauna of South Australia,
issued by the South Australian branch of the British Science Guild.)
Ecological, with bibliographies ; includes (p. 162-164) list of vernacular names
of common species.
Local
Adamson, R. S., and Osborn, T. G. B. On the ecology of the Ooldea district.
Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 46: 539-564. pl. 32-36. 1922.
Includes (p. 559-563) tabular list of known spermatophytes, with habitat
indicated. Ooldea is 427 miles west of Port Augusta, on the eastern edge of the
Nullarbor Plain, about 30° S. Lat. and 182° E. Long.
Black, J. M. Botany. Jn Results of the South Australian Museum expedi-
tion to Strzelecki and Cooper Creeks. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral.
41: 631-653. pl. 38-43. 1917.
Botanical explorations; annotated list of 153 vascular plants. (About 28° S.
Lat., 140° E. Long.)
Botany. Jn Scientific notes on an expedition into the northwestern
regions of South Australia. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 39: 823-
842. pl. 69-70. 1915.
Botanical explorations, localities; annotated list of 200 vascular plants.
Cleland, J. B. The botanical features between Oodnadatta and Ernabella
in the Musgrave Ranges, with a locality list of plants from the north-west of South
Australia identified by Mr. J. M. Black ... Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So.
Austral. 60: 114-126. 1936.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants, with localities, mostly based
on plants collected by the “Seventh expedition for the study of the Australian
aborigine.” The Musgrave Ranges are in about 26° S. Lat., 182° E. Long.
List of plants occurring between Outer Harbour and Sellick’s Beach.
So. Austral. Nat. 15: 9-18, 33-40. 1938-34. 3
List of 459 species and 2 varieties of vascular plants, with localities; 155 of
the species are introduced.
Notes on the flora north-west of Port Augusta between Lake Torrens
and Tarcoola. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 54: 140-147. 1 fig.
(map), pl. 5-7. 1930. |
Notes on commercial sandalwood (Hucarya spicata) ; list of 149 vascular plants,
with localities. (South-central South Australia.)
and Black, J. M. An enumeration of the vascular plants of Kangaroo
Island. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 51: 24-61. 1927.
Botanical explorations, with included bibliography; list of 725 species of
vascular plants, of which 653 are native, with localities and occasional annota-
tions. (Near the coast southeast of Adelaide.)
and Black, J. M. The plants of the Encounter Bay district. So. Aus-
tral. Nat. 6: 22-80. 1925.—Additional records. 1. ¢c. 8: 39-41. 1927.
Mostly unannotated list of 603 species and 10 varieties of vascular plants.
(About 40 miles south of Adelaide.)
Black, J. M., and Reese, L. The flora of the north-east corner of
South Australia, north of Cooper’s Creek.- Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Aus-
tral. 49: 103-120. 1 fig. (map). 1925.—Additions to the flora of Minnie
Downs. So. Austral. Nat. 8: 28-29. 1927.
Botanical explorations, soils, general features of flora; list of 275 vascular
plants (including additions), with localities. (Coopers Creek is about 28° S.
Lat., 140° E. Long.)
and Johnston, T. H. Aboriginal names and uses of plants in the north-
ern Flinders Ranges. Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 638: 172-179. 1939.
List of vascular and cellular plants, with vernacular names and notes on uses,
collected by authors in May, 1987, in region of Nepabunna; also additional names
and uses recorded by Hale and Tindale.
Fawcett, S. G. M., and Vance, C. E. List of vascular plants. In The Sir
Joseph Banks Islands. Reports of the expedition of the McCoy Society...
Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria n. s., 50: 306-311. 1938.
Bibliography ; tabular list of phanerogams, showing range on islands, habitat,
and habit. (In Spencer Gulf.)
72 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Koch, Max. A list of plants collected on Mt. Lyndurst Run, S. Australia.
Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 22: 101-118. 1898—Supplementary
list... le. 24: 81-85. 1900.
Annotated list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and notes on uses;
list of introduced plants. In the two papers 390 indigenous and about 20 intro-
duced species are recorded. (About 30° S. Lat., 188° E. Long.)
Maiden, J. H. A contribution to the botany of South Australia. Trans. and
Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 32: 252-286. 1908.
Lists of species from Kangaroo Island, Flinders Island, Williams Island,
Neptune Isles, Wedge Island, Thistle Island, Taylor Island, Revesby Island in
Sir Joseph Banks Group, Althorpe Isles, and other localities, collected in 1907
by the author and others. The islands are near the mouth of Spencer Gulf,
in southeastern South Australia.
Osborn, T. G. B. The ecology of Pearson Islands. (The flora and fauna of
Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator Group, no. 8.) Trans. and Proc. Roy.
Soc. So. Austral. 47: 97-118. 1 fig. (map), pl. 4-9. 1923.
Physiography, climate, ecology, plant associations, soilS; annotated tabular
list of 52 vascular plants. (Southeast of Flinders Island, about 34° S. Lat.,
134° EK. Long.)
Notes on the vegetation of Flinders Island. (The flora and fauna
of Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator Gronn, no. 18.) Trans. and Proc.
Rov. Soc. So. Austral. 49: 276-289. pl. 21-23. 1925.
Exploration, physiography, climate, soil, plant associations, general features
of flora; tabular list of 108 vascular plants, with notes on habitat, ete.; bibli-
ography. (33°43’ S. Lat., 134°30’ BE. Long.)
A sketch of the ecology of Franklin Islands. (Flora and fauna of
Nuyt’s Archipelago no. 3.) Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 46: 194-206.
Di Sei 1922:
Physiography, climate, general features of flora; list of phanerogams. The
Franklin Islands are in 32°37’ S. Lat., 183°39’ E. Long.
Tate, Ralph. The botany of Kangaroo Island. Trans. and Proce. Roy. Soc.
So. Austral. 6: 116-171. map. 1883.—A revision of the flora of Kangaroo
liglanges 22.” NGAUS 362-66, 1 S89:
History, physiography, geology, soils, climate, botanical explorations, arti-
ficial influences on vegetation, general botanical features, phytogeography, etc. ;
annotated list of 415 vascular plants. The ‘Revision’? contains additions and
corrections bringing the total to 513 species.
List of some plants inhabiting the north-eastern part of the Lake
Torrens basin. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 6: 100-106. 1883.
Geology, soils; list of vascular plants, with localities, collected by the author
in 1883.
The natural history of the country around the head of the Great Aus-
tralian Bight. Trans. and Proc. Phil. Soc. Adelaide, So. Austral. 1878/79: 94—
128. pl. 4. 1879.
Includes (p. 118-124) general features of flora, annotated list of phanerogams.
Refers mainly to Bunda Plateau, a name used by the author for the region
in extreme southwestern South Australia from the head of the Great Aus-
tralian Bight (about 131° E. Long.) to Wilson Bluff, on the boundary of
Western Australia, north to Ooldea Water and Boundary Dam (about 29°20’
S. Lat.).
On the geological and botanical features of southern Yorke-Penin-
sula, South Australia. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 13: 112-120.
1890.
Geology, general features of flora; list of 232 vascular plants; phytogeography.
Plants of the Lake Eyre basin. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Aus-
tral. 11: 85-100. 1889.
Plant geography, botanical explorations; list of 888 vascular plants, with
localities.
Tepper, J. G. O. Die flora von Clarendon und umgegend (Stid-Australien).
Bot. Centralbl. 68: 1-9, 33-389. 1895.
Topography, geology, climate, general features of flora; list of 446 vascular
plants collected by author, with flowering dates. (Southeastern part of South
Australia, 12 miles south of Adelaide.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 73
Tepper, J. G. O. On the characteristics and distribution of the native and
naturalised plants about Ardrossan, Yorke’s Peninsula. Trans. and Proc. Roy.
Soe. So. Austral. 3: 25-45. pl. 4 (fig. 1). 1880.—Appendix to the list of plants
about Ardrossan. 1. ¢c. 175-179. 1880.
Physiography, climate, general features of flora; list of 371 native and
naturalized vascular plants, with local distribution indicated.
Wood, J. G. An analysis of the vegetation of Kangaroo Island and the adja-
cent peninsulas. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. 54: 105-139. 3 fig.
(maps). 1980.
Mainly ecological; includes tabular list of species of Kangaroo Island and
Fleurieu, Eyre, and Yorke Peninsulas, with indication of localities; bibliography.
Floristics and ecology of the mallee. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So.
Austral. 53: 359-378. 2 fig. (incl. map). -1929.
Climate, ecology and growth forms, bibliography; tabular list of about 600
spermatophytes, with indication of range. The “mallee” is a scrub forma-
tion; the area covered in this paper is mainly in southern South Australia,
with adjacent parts of Victoria and New South Wales.
VICTORIA
Fee Queensland (Francis) ; South Australia (Wood, Floristics and ecology of the
mallee).
General
Ewart, A. J. Flora of Victoria. 1,257 p. 349 fig., col. pl. 22.5 em. [Mel-
bourne, ] 1930.—Flora ... additions and alterations. Victorian Nat. 53: 60-63.
1936.
Geology, climate, general features of flora, naturalized plants; annotated
descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, local and general range.
and Sutton, C. S. Vernacular names of Victorian plants. Jour. Dept.
Agr. Victoria 9: 383-3890, 532-541. 1911; 10: 443-448, 567-572. 1912; 12: 82-
91. 1914; 13: 487-493. 1915; 14: 55-58, 180-186, 240-243, 499-502. 1916.
(Reprinted. )
Systematic tabular list, with “popular” names and brief notes on general
appearance and uses.
and Tovey, J. R. The weeds, poison plants, and naturalized aliens of
Victoria. viii, 110 p. 338 col. pl. 24.5 cm. Melbourne, 1909.
Annotated list of weeds and noxious plants; annotated alphabetical tabular
list of naturalized plants.—See also Audas, J. W., and Morris, P. F. Supple-
ment... 19p. Melbourne, 1925.
Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. A census of the plants of Victoria with
their regional distribution and the vernacular names as adopted by the Plant
Names Committee ... 2d ed. xvi, 98 p. 2 maps. 17.5 cm. Melbourne, 1928.
(1st ed., 1923.)—Supplement 1[-4]. Victorian Nat. 40: 147, 245. 1923-24;
42: 130-132. 1925; 48: 142-148. 1931.
Systematie list of vascular plants with English names and brief indication
of local range; list of species erroneously recorded in Mueller’s “Key”; alpha-
betical list of naturalized plants.
Maiden, J. H. Records of Victorian botanists. Victorian Nat. 25: 101-117.
port. 1908. :
Bibliography; alphabetical list of botanists and collectors with biographical |
information.
Mueller, Ferdinand von. Key to the system of Victorian plants... 2 Vv.
152 (i. e. 210) fig.,. map. 18cm. Melbourne, 1885-88.
Vol. 1 (1887-88) : descriptive flora of vascular plants in form of keys. Vol.
2 (1885): systematic list of species, with indication of local range; full-page
figures with dissections.—See also his Supplement to the enumeration of Vic-
torian plants, comprising the species added since Part II of the Key to the
system of our native vegetation was published... Victorian Nat. 5: 14-16. 1888.
and Becker, Ludwig. Indigenous vegetable productions. In Report
on the resources of the colony of Victoria. Trans. Phil. Inst. Victoria v, 4,
app. 1, p. 21-30. 1860.
Running account of principal economic plants of Victoria,
74. MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Adcock, G. H. Census of indigenous plants of the Geelong district. Geelong
Nat. 6: 31-36. 1896. (Reprinted, 14 p.)
Unannoted list of vascular plants. (Southwestern coast.)
List of plants from the Cape Otway forest. Arranged according to
Baron von Mueller’s “Key to the system of Victorian plants.” Geelong Nat.
5 (1): 138-19. 1895.—Supplementary list... le 5 (4): 18-19. 1896. (Re-
printed 15, [2] p.)
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Southwestern coast.)
Daley, Charles. Around Noojee. Victorian Nat. 41: 166-183. 1925.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected in October 1924.
(North of Warragul, about 60 miles southeast of Melbourne.)
D’Alton, St. Eloy. The botany of the “Little Desert,’ Wimmera, Victoria.
Victorian Nat. 80: 65-78. pl. 4 (map). 1918.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants, prepared by C. S. Sutton.
(Northwestern Victoria. )
Ewart, A. J. Biological survey of Wilson’s Promontory. Victorian Nat.
25: 142-149. pl. (map). 1909; 26: 129-137. 1910; 27: 178-180. 1911.
Includes alphabetical list of 600 vascular plants (including additions in 2d
and 8d reports). The papers include ‘Botanical reports” by J. W. Audas.—See
also Audas, J. W. Recent botanical investigations at Wilson’s Promontory.
l. ec. 27: 208-214. 1911. (About 120 miles southeast of Melbourne.)
The flora of the Victorian Alps. Victorian Nat. 27: 104-120. pl. 11
(map). 1910.
Physiography, bibliography; unannotated alphabetical list of 334 vascular
plants, with reference to collector or recorder; general features of flora (by
J. W. Audas).—See also Tadgell, A. J. A contribution to “The flora of the
Victorian Alps.” 1. ¢@. 38: 105-118. 1922. Includes 1380 additions. (South-
eastern Victoria.)
Hardy, A. D. The Mallee: Ouyen to Pinnaroo. Victorian Nat. 30: 148-167,
173-174. 2pl., map. 1914.
Topography, general features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants;
bibliography. The Mallee country is defined as the northwest corner of Victoria
bounded on the south by a line drawn from Swan Hill to the border of South
Australia; it includes also adjacent New South Wales and South Australia.
Paton, D. J. The plants of the ‘‘Whipstick” scrub, Bendigo. Victorian Nat.
40: 189-204. map. 1924.
General features of flora; list of angiosperms, with flowering dates. ‘“‘Whip-
stick” scrub is a name applied to a region with dense thickets of shrubby
eucalypts entangled with vines.
Patton, R. T. List of vascular plants. In Lady Julia Percy Island. Re-
ports of the expedition of the McCoy Society ... Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria
49: 362. 19387.
Annotated list of 32 species. Lady Julia Percy Island is a small voleanie
island in Bass Strait, between Victoria and Tasmania.
Spencer, Baldwin, and French, Charles. Trip to Croajingolong. Victorian
Nat. 6: 1-88. 5pl, map. 1889.
Includes, besides a running account of plants seen, general notes on flora and
list of rarer species collected by authors. (Southeasternmost Victoria.)
Stirling, James. Notes on a census of the flora of the Australian Alps. Trans.
and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 22: 319-395. 38 pl. map. 1904.
Physiography, general features of flora with notes on economic plants; list of
1,019 vascular and cellular plants, with local range, mention of States other
than Victoria in which the species occur, and aititude reached. (Southeastern
Victoria and adjacent New South Wales.)
Notes on the flora of Mount Hotham. Victorian Nat. 4: 72-78.
1887.
History, topography, geology, general features of flora; list of spermatophytes
collected by author. (In the Australian Alps, about 70 miles north of
Bairnsdale. )
Notes on the physiography of the western portion of the County of
Croajingolong. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria n. s., 1: 80-108. pl. 1889,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 75
Includes (p. 93-103) list of vascular plants, with localities. (Southeastern-
most Victoria.)
Stirling, James. The phanerogamia of the Mitta Mitta source basin and their
habitats. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soe. Victoria 19: 1-28. 1883; 21: 29-51. 1885.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of spermatophytes. (In the Australian
Alps not far from New South Wales.)
Sullivan, David. A complete census of the flora of the Grampians and
Pyrenees. Rpt. Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 2 (1890) : 497-525. 1890.
General features of flora; list of 708 vascular and cellular plants, with locali-
ties.—See also Campbell, A. G. A census of Grampian plants. Victorian Nat.
28: 105-111. 1911. (Botanical explorations, physiography, geology, general
features of flora; list of 186 species additional to Sullivan’s list.) (South-
western Victoria.)
Sutton, C. S. Notes on the Sandringham flora. Victorian Nat. 28: 5-20.
1911.—Supplementary notes... 1. ec. 29: 79-96. map. 1912.
General features of flora, plant associations; list of 460 vascular plants (in-
cluding supplement), with indication of local habitat. (About 15 miles south
of Melbourne. )
A sketch of the Keilor Plains flora. Victorian Nat. 33: 112-123,
128-143. 1 fig. (map). 1916-1917.
Geology, climate, soil, plant associations, endemic species; partly annotated
list of 444 vascular plants. (The region covered has a radius of about 30 miles
around Melbourne. )
Tadgell, A. J. Mount Bogong and its flora. Victorian Nat. 41: 56-80. 1
fig. (map). 1924.
Includes (p. 72-79) alphabetical list of about 269 vascular plants, with alti-
tudes; also list of 24 cellular plants. (In the Australian Alps, about 50 miles
from the New South Wales line.)
Tisdall, H. T. List of plants growing in the neighborhood of Walhalla, with
remarks. In Herman, Hyman. Report on the Walhalla gold-field. (Special
reports. Dept. of mines, Victoria.) p. 59-64. Melbourne, 1901.
Partly annotated list of spermatophytes, without authorities for botanical
names. (Southern part of Victoria, about 80 miles east of Melbourne. )
Tovey, J. R. Some notes on Coode Island and its flora. Victorian Nat. 28:
57-61. 1911.
Running account of vascular plants observed by author. (Mouth of Yarra
River, near Melbourne.)
Zimmer, W. J. The flora of the far north-west of Victoria. Its distribution
in relation to soil types, and its value in the prevention of soil erosion. 86 p.
6 pl. 26 cm. [Melbourne,] 1937.
Mainly ecological; includes (p. 73-86) unannotated list of 402 vascular plants
in area between the Murray River on the north, the South Australian border on
the west, a line east from the South Australian border to Hattah, and thence
easterly to the Murray River at Wemen. (Processed publication.)
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
See also Northern Territory (Mueller).
General
Alexander, W. B., Lane-Poole, C. E., and Herbert, D. A. Lists of the prin-
cipal indigenous West Australian plants of economic importance and of natural-
ised aliens and weeds established in the state, with their vernacular names.
Jour. and Proce. Roy. Soc. West. Austral. 6: 41-46. 1920.
Tabular list of botanical names, with vernacular names and brief notes on
uses; list of naturalized plants.
Fitzgerald, W. V. Trees of Western Australia, with notes on their uses
and distribution. Jour. and Proc. Mueller Bot. Soc. West. Austral. 1 (11):
1-78. 1903.
Life zones; annotated list, with brief descriptions, and notes on timber and
other uses.
Gardner, C. A. Enumeratio plantarum Australiae occidentalis. A _ sys-
tematic census of the plants occurring in Western Australia. iv, 150 p. 24.5
cm. Perth, 1931.
76 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Unannotated list of vascular plants, with references to original descriptions ;
includes naturalized plants. Originally started as supplement to Jour. Dept.
Agr. West. Austral. s. 2, v. 7.
Maiden, J. H. Records of Western Australian botanists. Jour. West. Austral.
Nat. Hist. Soe. [2] (6) : 5-27. 1909.
Bibliography; alphabetical list of botanists, with biographical information.
Local
Diels, Ludwig. Die pflanzenwelt von West-Australien stidlich des Wende-
kreises. Mit einer einleitung tiber die pflanzenwelt gesamt-Australiens in grund-
zuigen. xii, 418 p. 82 fig. (incl. maps), 34 pl., map. 25.5 cm. Leipzig, 1906.
(Die vegetation der erde, v. 7.)
Mainly ecological and phytogeographical; includes (p. 41-73) sketch of
botanical explorations and bibliography.
and Pritzel, Ernst. Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae occidentalis.
Beitrige zur kenntnis der pflanzen Westaustraliens, ihrer verbreitung und ihrer
lebens-verhiltnisse. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 35: 55-662. 70 fig. 1904 05.
Records and critical notes on many species, mainly from the authors’ Col-
lections in extratropical Western Australia in 1900-01.
Domin, Karel. Additions to the flora of Western and north-western Aus-
tralia. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 41: 245-283. pl. 10-18. 1912—New additions
to the flora of Western Australia. Véstnik K. Ceské Spole¢n. Nauk Tiida Mat.-
Prir. (Mém. Soc. Roy. Sci. Bohéme CI. Sci.) 1921/22. no. 2. 125 p. 1923.
(1912) New species and critical notes covering Pteridophyta, Monocotyle-
dones, and Casuarinaceae, based mainly on collections by Dr. E. Clement and
Capt. A. A. Dorrien-Smith; bibliography. (1923) List of additions covering the
Dicotyledons, with references and critical notes. (Southwestern part of West-
ern Australia and region between Ashburton and De Gray Rivers.)
Fitzgerald, W. V. The botany of the Kimberleys, north-west Australia.
Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. West. Austral. 3: 102-224. 1918.
Physiography ; annotated list of 676 vascular plants. (About 26° S. Lat., 120°
EK. Long.)
Gardner, C. A. Botanical notes. Kimberley division of Western Australia.
Forests Dept. Bul. West. Austral. 32. 105 p. 18 pl., map. 1923.
Physiography, climate, general features of vegetation, plant formations; an-
notated list of vascular plants collected on Kimberley Exploration Expedition
of 1921. (Northwestern Western Australia.)
List of the naturalised plants of extra-tropical Western Australia.
Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. West. Austral. 11: 69-80. 1925.
Partly annotated systematic list of 237 plants, with native habitat; refers
only to the region lying south of 26° S. Lat.
Maiden, J. H. Notes on Acacia, no. II. Tropical Western Australia. Jour.
and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales 51: 71-124. pl. 1-4. 1917.
Consists of an annotated list of 283 papers or collections bearing on botany
of the “Nor-West,” each so extensively annotated with reference to the acacias
dealt with that the bibliography is difficult to follow. (Coastal region from
about Tropic of Capricorn north to boundary of Northern Territory.)
Moore, S. Le M. The botanical results of a journey into the interior of West-
ern Australia: with some observations on the nature and relations of the desert
flora. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 34: 171-261. 1899.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants collected by
author in 1894-95, with localities; statistics of Western Australian desert flora
(said to number S867 species), phytogeography, homoplasy. (South-central
Western Australia, mostly between Southern Cross and Mount Margaret, near
Lake Carey.)
Morrison, Alexander. The vegetation of Western Australia. West. Austral.
Yearbook 1900/01: 298-341. 1902.
General features of flora; unannotated list of extratropical Western Australian
plants. List based on one published by Mueller in 1896, brought up to date by
Morrison.
Mueller, Ferdinand von. Observations on plants, collected during Mr.
Joseph Bradshaw’s expedition to the Prince Regent’s River. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. Wales II, 6: 457-478. 1892.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD Cl
List of vascular plants, with localities and occasional annotations; based on
material collected by W. T. Allen between Cambridge Gulf and Prince Regent’s
River, in northernmost Western Australia.
Mueller, Ferdinand von. The plants indigenous around Sharks Bay and its
vicinity, chiefly from the collections of the Honorable John Forrest. 24 p.
30.0 cm. Perth, 1883.
Botanical explorations; list of vascular plants, with localities and occasional
annotations. (On the west coast at about 26° S. Lat.)
Plants of north-western Australia. 19 p. 33.5 cm. Perth. 1881.
Botanical explorations; list of phanerogams, with localities and occasional
annotations, based on plants collected by John Forrest’s trigonometrical survey of
the Nickol Bay district in 1878, and his expedition in 1879 between Nickol Bay
and King’s Sound. (Nickol Bay is in 20°35’ S. Lat., 116°50’ E. Long., King’s
Sound 16°50’ S. Lat., 128°20’ E. Long.)
and Tate, Ralph. Botany [of the Elder exploring expedition] (phan-
erogams and vascular cryptogams). Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral.
16: 333-3883. 1896.
List of about 700 species, with localities, collected between Warrina, South
Australia, and the Murchison district of Western Australia. (Central and north-
ern South Australia and southern Western Australia.)
Ostenfeld, Carl. Additions and notes to the flora of extra-tropical W. Aus-
tralia. His Contributions to West Australian botany III. Biol. Meddel. K.
Danske Vidensk. Selsk. v. 8, no. 2. 144 p. 19 fig., 12 pl. 1921.
Partly annotated list of vascular plants collected by author in 1914.
Tepper, J. G. O. The flora of Roebuck Bay, West Australia. Trans. and
Proe. Roy. Soe. So. Austral. 17: 138-20. 1893.
Physiography, climate, ete.; list of 148 vascular plants collected by J. W. O.
Tepper in 1889-91. Roebuck Bay, also known as Port Broome, is in about 18° S.
Lat., 122° EK. Long.—German translation in Bot. Centralbl. 54: 257-261. 1893.
NEW ZEALAND
Allan, H. H. New Zealand trees and shrubs and how to identify them. x,
188 p. plates. 19 em. Auckland, [1928].
Popular treatment in form of artificial key with brief descriptions, the species
not in systematic order.
Andersen, J. C. Popular names of New Zealand plants. Trans. and Proc.
New Zeal. Inst. 56: 659-714. 1926; 57: 905-977. 1927.
Principles of popular nomenclature; list of Maori and English vernacular names,
under alphabetically arranged scientific names; (pt. 2) alphabetical list of
vernacular names with botanical equivalents and reference to authorities for use;
bibliography.
Cheeseman, T. F. Catalogue of the plants of New Zealand, including both
indigenous and naturalised species. 33 p. 24.5 cm. Wellington, 1906.
List of 1,571 native and 527 naturalized vascular plants, with general distribu-
tion in area indicated; based on 1906 edition of the author’s Manual.
Manual of the New Zealand flora. 2d ed., rev. and enl. by the author.
Kd. by W. R. B. Oliver. xliv, 1163 p. 24cm. Wellington, 1925. (1st ed., 1906.)
History of botanical explorations, with mention of chief publications (con-
tinued for 1905-24 by Oliver) ; list of publications of Cheeseman; descriptive
flora of vascular plants (1,763 species), with keys, references, synonymy, local
and general range; annotated list of 576 naturalized plants, list of Maori vernacu-
lar names, glossary.
and Hemsley, W. B. Illustrations of the New Zealand flora. 2 v.
250 (i. e., 251) pl. 82cm. Wellington, 1914.
Excellent plates of characteristic plants; the text relates mainly to history,
range, and habitat of the species described. The work is intended to accompany
Cheeseman’s Manual. A systematic list of previously published illustrations of
the New Zealand flora is given in vol. 2. .
Cockayne, Leonard. Report on the dune-areas of New Zealand, their geology,
botany, and reclamation. 76 p. 14 pl. 33.5 cm. Wellington, 1911.
Mainly ecological and geological; includes (p. 338-34) table showing dis-
tribution, range, vernacular names, etec., of 147 vascular plants, followed by list
of naturalized plants; bibliography.
78 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Cockayne, Leonard. The vegetation of New Zealand. 2d ed., almost entirely
rewritten, thoroughly rey., and enl. xxvi, 456 p. 87 pl.,3 maps. 25cm. Leip-
zig, 1928. (Die vegetation der erde, v.14.) (1st ed., 1921.)
Botanical explorations, with mention of principal publications; bibliography ;
physiography, ecology, agriculture, phytogeography, statistics, etc.
and Allan, H. H. An annotated list of groups of wild hybrids in the
New Zealand flora. Annals Bot. 48: 1-55. 1934.
List of 491 known or supposed hybrids: bibliography.
— and Turner, E. P. Thetrees of New Zealand. 171 p. 118 fig. 21 cm.
Wellington, 1928.
General matter; descriptions and photographs of 106 trees with vernacular
names, alphabetically arranged by scientific name; additional descriptive list
of shrubby plants; annotated list of timbers.
Colenso, William. On the vegetable food of the ancient New Zealanders be-
fore Cook’s visit. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 13: 3-38. 1881.
Includes descriptive account of useful plants, both wild and cultivated.
Hamilton, Augustus. List of papers and notices on botanical subjects in the
“Transactions of the New Zealand Institute” and other publications. Trans.
and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 36: 342-872. 1904.
Alphabetically arranged by authors, the papers of each author in chronological
order.
Hooker, J. D. Flora Novae-Zelandiae. 2 v. 130 col. pl. 382.5 cm. London,
1853 (1852)-55. (The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H. M. discovery ships
Erebus and Terror, in the years 1839-1848 . . . pt. IL)
Botanical explorations, origin of flora, phytogeography; annotated descrip-
tive flora, with vernacular names. Vol. 1, phanerogams; vol. 2, cryptogams,
Supplement, index.
Handbook of the New Zealand flora; a systematic description of the
native plants of New Zealand and the Chatham, Kermadec’s, Lord Auckland’s,
Campbell’s and Macquarrie’s Islands. 2 vy. 21.5 em. London, 1864—67.
Descriptive flora, with local and general range, and uses. Vol. 1 contains
vascular plants, v. 2 cellular.
Kirk, Thomas. The forest flora of New Zealand. xv, 345 p. 142 pl. 34 cm.
Wellington, 1889.
Descriptive account of economic trees and shrubs, with history, range, uses,
Maori names, classified list of most important woods; synopsis of classification ;
glossaries.
The students’ flora of New Zealand and the outlying islands. vi, 408
p. 25 cm. Wellington, [1899].
Descriptive flora, with keys, synonymy, local and general range; English
vernacular names, glossary. Incomplete (Ranunculaceae—Compositae).
Laing, R. M., and Blackwell, E. W. Plants of New Zealand. 3d ed., rev.
andenl. xv, 468 p. (incl. front., 173 [i. e. 174] fig.). 22.5 cm. Auckland [ete.],
1927.
General features of flora, phytogeography, etc.; key to families, descriptive
flora (very incomplete); glossary. The illustrations are practically all from
photographs of living specimens.
Thomson, G. M. The naturalisation of animals and plants in New Zealand.
x, 607 p. map. 24.5cem. Cambridge, Engl., 1922.
Includes (p. 363-501) annotated list of introduced vascular plants (over 600
of which have become naturalized), with details of first records, ete.:; also
chapter on “Alteration in flora since European occupation of New Zealand”
(p. 517-535).
NORTH ISLAND
See also South Island (Buchanan, Botanical notes).
Adams, James. On the botany of Hikurangi Mountain. Trans. and Proc.
New Zeal. Inst. 30: 414-433. 1898.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by D. Petrie and the
author on Mount Hikurangi, in the Raukumara Range, and in the Hast Cape dis-
trict, with localities.
On the botany of Te Aroha Mountain. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal.
Inst. 17: 275-287. 1885.
————
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 79
Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants.
(Provincial district of Auckland.)
Allan, H. H., and Dalrymple, K. W. Ferns and flowering-plants of Mayor
Island, N. Z. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 56: 34-36. pl. 5. 1926.
Physiography, general features of flora, etc.; list of 98 species and varieties of
vascular plants. (Off the southeast coast of the provincial district of Auckland.)
Aston, B. C. Botanical notes made on a journey across the Tararuas. Trans.
and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 42: 138-25. 1 fig. (map), pl. 1-7. 1910.
Physiography, general features of flora; unannotated list of plants seen in the
valley of the Pakuratahi; list of additions to Petrie’s fiora of the Tararuas (1908),
with localities. (About 40 miles northeast of Wellington. )
List of phanerogamic plants indigenous in the Wellington Province.
Trans. and Proce. New Zeal. Inst. 48: 225-247, 1911.
Annotated list of about 680 phanerogams, showing altitudinal range.
Notes on the phanerogamic flora of the Ruahine Mountain-chain,
with a list of the plants observed thereon. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst.
46: 40-54. l1fig. (map). 1914.
General features of flora; annotated list of phanerogams, showing altitudinal
range; brief bibliography.—For additions, see his Indigenous plants of the
Ruahine and Kaimanawa Mountains. 1. c. 47: 68-70. 1915. (Along the
boundary between the provincial districts of Wellington and Hawkes Bay.)
The vegetation of the Tarawera Mountains, New Zealand. Trans.
and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 48: 304-314. pl. 19-22. 1916.
Includes list of plants collected in 1913 and later on Tarawera Mountains;
bibliography. The vegetation of that region was nearly or quite completely
destroyed by a volcanic eruption in 1886. (On eastern side of Lake Tarawera, in
provincial district of Auckland, about 38°12’ S Lat., 176°26’ E. Long.)
Buchanan, John. List of plants found on Miramar Peninsula, Wellington
Harbour. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 5: 349-852. 1873.
General features of flora ; list of species, arranged in ecological groups.
Notes on the botany of Mount Egmont and neighbourhood, New Zea-
land, February, 1867. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 57-62. 1869 (1867). (Re-
printed in his Botanical notes on the Kaikoura Mountains and Mount Egmont.
p. 10-16. 1867.)
General features of flora, etc. ; unannotated list of vascular plants. (Provincial
district of Taranaki, on southwest coast.)
On the botany of Kawau Island: physical features and causes in-
fluencing the distribution of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 9: 503-
527. 1877.
Physiography, geology, general features of flora, plant formations ; unannotated
lists of indigenous and introduced vascular plants. (In Hauraki Gulf, 27 miles
north of Auckland.)
and Kirk, Thomas. List of plants found in the northern district of
the Province of Auckland. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 2: 239-247. 1870.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants, with indication of loca] dis-
tribution.—See also Kirk, T. On the botany of the northern part of the
Province of Auckland. 1. c. 3: 166-177. 1871.
Carse, Harry. On the flora of the Mangonui County. Trans. and Proc. New
Zeal. Inst. 43: 194-224. 1 fig. (map). 1911.—On some additions... lc. 45:
276-277. 19138—The ferns and fern allies... 1. ec 47: 76-93. 1915.—Some
further additions... 1. c. 48: 237-248. 1916.
Botanical explorations, physiography, plant formations; annotated list of 538
vascular plants. (Near the north end of North Island.)
On the flora of the Mauku district. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst.
34: 362-886. 1902.
General features of flora; list of 405 vascular plants, with localities. (Lower
middle part of peninsula of Auckland.)
Cheeseman, T. F. Notes on the Three Kings Islands. Trans. and Proc. New
Zeal. Inst. 20: 141-150. 1888.—Further notes... lc 28: 408-424. pl. 37-88
(87, map). 1891.
241306°—42——_6
80 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
(1888) Physiography, general features of flora, history; unannotated list of
82 vascular plants. (1891) Similar notes, including ornithology ; unannotated list
of 148 vascular plants. (Northwest of North Cape, in 34°9’ S. Lat., 172°8’ H.
Long. )
Cheeseman, T. F. On the botany of the Titirangi district of the Province of
Auckland. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 4: 270-284. 1872.
General features of flora; critical notes on several species; unannotated lists
of about 460 native and 110 naturalized vascular plants. (About 10 miles south-
west of Auckland.)
On the flora of the North Cape district. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal.
Inst. 29: 333-385. pl. 23 (map). 1897.
Botanical explorations (with included bibliography), physiography, general
features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants observed between Mangonui
(Mongonui) and North Cape.
Cockayne, Leonard. Notes on a brief botanical visit to the Poor Knights
Islands. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 38: 351-860. 1906.
Physiography, plant formations; list of vascular plants. (Off the east coast
cf Auckland provincial district, 35°29’ S. Lat., 174°23’ E. Long.)
Report on a botanical survey of Kapiti Island. 23 p. 8 pl, map. 33
ecm. Wellington, 1907.
Physiography, climate, plant formations, affiinities of flora; tabular list of in-
digenous vascular plants, showing vernacular names, general and local range; list
of introduced species.—For additions see Aston, B. C. Plant habitats hitherto
unrecorded. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 47: 67-68. 1915. (Off the west
coast about 30 miles north of Wellington.) -
Report on a botanical survey of the Tongariro National Park. 42 p.
16 pl., map. 33cm. Wellington, 1908.
History, climate, geology, ecology, fauna, ete.; table of 260 indigenous vas-
cular plants, showing vernacular names, local and general range; bibliog-
raphy. (Extreme northern Wellington provincial district. )
Report on a botanical survey of the Waipoua kauri forest. 44 p. 10
pl., map. 383 cm. Wellington, 1908. :
Physiography, climate, plant formations, ecology, ete.; table of indigenous
vascular plants, showing vernacular names, local and general range, and
“life-form”; bibliography. (Northwest part of North Island, near Hokianga
Harbor. )
Colenso, William. On the botany, geographic and oeconomic, of the North
Island of the New Zealand group. Trans. and Proe. New Zeal. Inst. v. 1,
pt. 3, [art. 3]. 58 p. 1869.
Includes (p. 29-58) sketch of economic plants with uses and vernacular
names. Half title: On the botany of the North Island of New Zealand.
Cranwell, L. M., and Moore, L. B. Botanical notes on the Hen and Chicken
Islands. Ree. Auckland Inst. and Mus. 1: 301-318. 2 fig. (maps), pl. 73. 1935.
Topography, geology, climate, animal life, plant communities, phytogeography ;
list of cellular and vascular plants (268 vascular) ; bibliography. (Off the
northeast coast of Auckland, 35°58’ S. Lat., 174°45’ E. Long.)
and Moore, L. B. The vegetation of Maungapohatu. Ree. Auckland
Inst. and Mus. 1: 71-80. 1931.
Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of cellular and vas-
cular plants collected in March 1930. Maungapohatu is a mountain, not previ-
ously studied botanically, in the Urewera country, East Cape botanical district.
Hamilton, W. M. The Little Barrier Island. Hauturu. New Zeal. Jour.
Sei. and Technol. 17: 465-495, 717-749. illus. (incl. maps). 1935-86; 18: 557-578.
illus. 1936. (Reprinted as Bul. Dept. Scient. and Ind. Res. New Zeal. no. 54.
1937.)
History, geology, soils, climate, plant associations, bibliography, ete.; tabular
annotated list of native (351 species) and introduced spermatophytes, also
bryophytes. (West of Great Barrier Island, near the mouth of Hauraki Gulf.)
Kirk, Thomas, Notes on the botany of the East Cape district. Trans. and
Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 29: 509-532. 1897.
Botanical explorations, physiography, general features of flora; partly an-
notated list of about 500 vascular plants.
Notes on the botany of Waiheke, Rangitoto, and other islands in the
Hauraki Gulf. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 11: 444-454. 1879.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 81
Physiography, general features of flora; list of vascular plants from Rangitoto
Island.
Kirk, Thomas. On the botany of the Great Barrier Island. Trans. and Proc.
New Zeal. Inst. 1: 144-157. 1869.
General features of flora; critical notes on some species; unannotated lists
of native and naturalized vascular plants (about 400 species) ; also lists of
plants from Little Barrier Island and Kororariki, Bay of Islands. (Off the
central and northern part of the east coast, provincial district of Auckland.)
On the botany of the Thames gold-fields. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal.
Inst. 2: 89-100. 1870.
General features of flora; list of 397 vascular plants, arranged by ecological
groups.—For additions see Adams, J. (same title) 1. c 16: 385-393. 1884.
(Central eastern coast of Auckland provincial district.)
On the flora of the Isthmus of Auckland and the Takapuna district.
Pt. 1. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 3: 148-161. 1871.
General features of flora; unannotated lists of native (about 800 species) and
naturalized vascular plants. Pt. 2 (1. ce. 4: 228-238. 1872) relates to cellular
plants. (Vicinity of Auckland city and the Takapuna region immediately north
of it across Waitemata Harbor.)
On the naturalized plants of Port Nicholson and the adjacent district.
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 10: 862-378. 1878.
General factors of introduction; annotated list. (Province of Wellington.)
Oliver, W. R. B. Vegetation of Poor Knights Islands. New Zeal. Jour. Sci.
and Techn. 7: 376-384. 3 fig. 1925.
Geology, destruction of flora by pigs, general features of flora, with mention
of many species; no list.—See also Cranwell, L. M. New plant records from the
Poor Knights Islands ... Rec. Auckland Inst. and Mus. 2: 101-110. 2 fig.
(maps), pl. 25-26. 1937. (Off the east coast of Auckland provincial district,
35°29’ S. Lat., 174°23’ H. Long.)
The vegetation of White Island, New Zealand. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
43: 41-47. 2 fig., pl. 2-8. 1915.
Physiography, geology, climate, bird life, plant formations; annotated list
of 12 vascular plants. White Island is a small voleanic cone, with an atmos-
phere charged with hydrochloric acid from Whakari Volcano.
Petrie, Donald. Account of a visit to Mount Hector, a high peak of the Tara-
ruas, with list of flowering-plants. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 40: 289-304.
1908.
Physiography, general features of flora; list of phanerogams “hitherto ob-
served on the higher parts of the Tararuas” with altitudes. (About 30 miles
northeast of Wellington. )
Sladden, Bernard. Karewa: an island sanctuary. New Zeal. Jour. Sci. and
Technol. 7: 182-187. 3 fig. 1924.
Topography, fauna; running account of plants, with vernacular names. (In
entrance of Tauranga Harbor, Province of Auckland.)
Tuhua, or Mayor Island. New Zeal. Jour. Sci. and Technol. 8: 193-210.
5 fig. (incl. map). 1926.
History, topography, general features of flora; list of vascular plants; notes
on fauna. (Off the southeast coast of the provincial district of Auckland.)
and Falla, R. A. Alderman Islands. <A general description, with notes
on the flora and fauna. New Zeal. Jour. Sci. and Technol. 9: 193-205. 4 fig. (incl.
map)> —1927.
History, physiography, plant formations; list of vascular plants. The second
part (p. 282-290) is entirely zoological. (Off east coast of Auckland provincial
district, 36°58’ S. Lat., 176°5’ KE. Long.)
Wall, Arnold, and Cranwell, L. M. The botany of Auckland. 47 p._ illus.
(incl. map). 23 cm. Auckland, 1986.
Vegetation of special localities, etc.; tabular list of 559 vascular plants, with
habitat, vernacular names, and occasional localities. Reprinted from the New
Zealand Herald. (Vicinity of city of Auckland.)
Zotov, V. D., and others. An outline of the vegetation and flora of the
Tararua Mountains. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zeal. 68: 259-824. pl.
27-33, 2 maps, tab. 1988.
82 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Mainly ecological; includes (p. 290-310) annotated list of vascular plants
by V. D. Zotov, N. L. Elder, and A. D. Beddie, also lists of mosses and hepatics;
bibliography. (About 40 miles northeast of Wellington.)
SOUTH ISLAND
The following publication has not been available:
Dunedin Field Club. Catalogues of the indigenous and introduced fiowering plants,
ferns and seaweeds, occurring in the Dunedin district. Dunedin, 1886. (Cited from
Cockayne, L. The vegetation of New Zealand. 1921. p. 15.)—See also Aston, B. C.
List of plants supplementary to the Dunedin Field Club’s Catalogue... Trans. and
Froc. New Zeal. Inst. 31: 747. 1898.
Anonymous. [List of trees and shrubs found in the Province of Otago.] In
New Zealand Exhibition, 1865. Reports and awards... p. 267-275. Dunedin,
1866.
Briefly annotated list with vernacular names, the plants classified by uses.
Armstrong, J. B. A short sketch of the flora of the Province of Canterbury,
with catalogue of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 12: 325-853. 1880.
Botanical districts, forage plants, weeds, economic plants, etc.: list of S57
vascular plants, with general distribution in area indicated; also cellular plants,
and list of naturalized plants additional to that in same journal, v. 4, p. 28+.
Armstrong, J. F. On the naturalized plants of the Province of Canterbury.
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 4: 284-280. 1872.
General features of occurrence of introduced plants; list of 171 species. For
additions see vol. 12, p. 353.
Aston, B. C. The botany of Tapu-ae-nuku, New Zealand. Bul. Mise. Inform.
Kew 1916: 182-184. 1916.
Account of an ascent of Mount Tapu-ae-nuku, the highest point in the northern
part of South Island (9,467 ft.), with mention of plants found. (Province of
Marlborough.)
Buchanan, John. Notes on the botany of the Province of Marlborough, made
during a visit there in the months of November, December, and January. 1866-67.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 63-68. 1869 (1867-68). (Reprinted in his Botanical
notes on the Kaikoura Mountains and Mount Egmont. 1867. p. 3-10.)
General features of flora, etc.; unannotated list of vascular plants.
Sketch of the botany of Otago. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst.
1) (8)) > 22-53:- 1869:
General features of flora; annotated list of more conspicuous or useful plants;
tabular list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and general features
of distribution.
Cheeseman, T. F. Contributions to a flora of the Nelson Provincial district.
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 14: 301-829. 1882.
Annotated list of 666 vascular plants—-For annotated supplementary list, see
Kirk, T. Additional contributions to the flora... lL ¢@ 18: 318-324 1886.
(Northwestern part of South Island.)
Cockayne, Leonard. List of plants from the Franz Josef Glacier to the coast-
line. Jn Bell, J. M. A geographical report on the Franz Josef Glacier...
p. 11-14. Wellington, 1910.
Unannotated list of vascular plants (356 species including the additions) —See
also his Additional species for the neighbourhood of the Franz Josef Glacier from
the sea to about 1.200 m. altitude, with his List of species of Omeroa Saddle (Some
hitherto-unrecorded plant habitats VII). Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst.
44: 55-59. 1912. (In Southern Alps, near the center of eastern boundary of
Westland.)
Notes on the vegetation of the Open Bay Islands. Trans. and Proc.
New Zeal. Inst. 37: 368-377. pl. 23. 1905.
Physiography, soil, plant zones; list of vascular plants. The Open Bay
Islands are two small islets in the Tasman Sea, 3 miles from the shore of south
Westland, nearly opposite the mouth of the Okuru River.
On a collection of plants from the Solanders. Trans. and Proc. New
Zeal. Inst. 41: 404405. 1909.
List of 19 vascular plants collected by Capt. J. Bollons in 1908. (About 23
miles south of southwest end of South Island.)
Report of a botanical survey of Stewart Island. 68 p. 9 pl, map.
33 cm. Wellington, 1909.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 83
History, botanical explorations, physiography, climate, ecology, plant forma-
tions, phytogeography, bird life, etc.; table showing local and general range,
vernacular names, ete., of indigenous vascular plants; list of introduced plants;
bibliography. (Large island just south of South Island.)
Hamilton, Augustus. List of plants collected in the district of Okarito, West-
land. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 11: 485-488. 1879.
Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by author in 1877.—See also
Kirk, T. Notes on Mr. Hamilton’s collection... 1. e 439444.
Kirk, Thomas. On the botany of the Bluff Hill. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal.
Inst. 10: 400-406. 1878.
General features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants observed by
author on January 1, 1877. (Southeastern coast of Southland.)
On the flowering plants of Stewart Island. Trans. and Proc. New
Zeal. Inst. 17: 213-228. 1885.
Botanical explorations, physiography, geology, general features of flora,
special notes on endemic or rarer species; no list of flora (said to be about 450
species). The paper is followed by ‘On the ferns and fern allies of Stewart
Island,” p. 228-234, by the same author, an annotated list. (Large island just
south of South Island.)
Laing, R. M. Some notes on the botany of the Spenser Mountains, with a list
of the species collected. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 44: 60-75. 1912.
History, topography, general features of flora, etc.; unannotated list of vas-
cular plants. (In Southern Alps, on border between provincial districts of
Canterbury and Nelson. )
The vegetation of Banks Peninsula, with a list of species (flowering-
plants and ferns). Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 51: 355-408. 1 fig. (map).
1919.—Supplement 1. 1. ec. 55: 438-444. 1 fig. 1924.
Physiography, climate, agents altering plant-distribution, plant associations,
phytogeography, bibliography; annotated list of indigenous vascular plants.
(Southeast of Christchurch.)
and Oliver, W. R. B. Vegetation of the upper Bealey River basin, with
a list of the species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 59: 715-730. 1929.—
Vegetation of the Bealey River basin. Supplement to list of species (1929), with
notes. 1. c. 64: 1-10. pl. 1. 1984.
General features of flora, plant formations; annotated list of vascular plants.
H. W. Gourlay, joint author of Supplement. (In vicinity of Mount Rolleston in
Southern Alps, Province of Canterbury.)
Lindsay, W. L. Contributions to New Zealand botany. 102 p. 28.5 em.
London and Edinburgh, 1868.
Botanical explorations, climate, physiography, geology, ete.; unannotated list
of vascular and cellular plants; critical notes on various species; index of
Maori names, ete. The area covered is the Province of Otago.
Petrie, Donald. List of the flowering plants indigenous to Otago, with indica-
tions of their distribution and range in altitude. Trans. and Proc. Nek Zeal. Inst.
28: 540-591. 1896—Supplement... lL. ec. 29: 421-422. 1897.
Annotated list of phanerogams collected by the author in Otago and on Stewart
Island; list of species reported by others.—-For additions and corrections, with
sketch of botanical explorations, see Kirk, T. On the history of botany in Otago.
l. e. 29: 5382-540. 1897; also Aston, B. C. Llc. 31: T47. 1899.
A visit to Stewart Island, with notes on its flora. Trans. and Proc.
New Zeal. Inst. 18: 323-332. 1881.
Physiography, general features of flora; list of phanerogams collected by
author and G. M. Thomson in January 1880. The paper refers only to the
region of Paterson’s Inlet and near Port Pegasus. (Large island just south
of South Island.)
Poppelwell, D. L. Botanical results of an excursion to the Upper Makarora
Valley and the Haast Pass, supported by a list of the species observed. Trans.
and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 49: 161-166. 1917.
Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by author and others in Decem-
ber 1915. (Along border between provincial districts of Westland and Otago.)
Notes of a botanical excursion to Bunkers Island (Stewart Island).
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 50: 154-157. 1918.
Geology, plant formations; unannotated list of 75 vascular plants. (Off
northeast coast of Stewart Island.)
84 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Poppelwell, D. L. Notes of a botanical excursion to Long Island, near Stewart
Island, including a list of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 49: 167-171.
1917.
Physiography, ecology, plant formations; list of 75 vascular plants. (Off
southwest coast of Stewart Island.)
Notes of a botanical excursion to northern portion of the Eyre Moun-
tains. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 45: 288-293. 1918.
Annotated list of 177 vascular plants collected by author in April 1912. (Near
Queenstown, Province of Otago.)
Notes of a botanical visit to Herekopere Island, Stewart Island. Trans.
and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 47: 142-144. 1915.
Running account of plants observed by author in November 1913. (In Foveaux
Strait, 5 or 6 miles from Halfmoon Bay.)
Notes on a botanical visit to Coll or Bench Island (Stewart Island).
Trans, and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 50: 158-159. 1918.
General features of flora; unannotated list of 54 vascular plants. (Off north-
east coast of Stewart Island.)
Notes on the botany of Routeburn Valley and Lake Harris Saddle.
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 46: 22-29. 1914.
General features of flora ; annotated list of 205 vascular plants. (Along north-
western border of Southland and Otago divisions, provincial district of Otago.)
Notes on the indigenous vegetation of Ben Lomond, with a list of
species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 52: 248-252. 1920.
Annotated list of 164 vascular plants. (Provincial district of Otago, near
Queenstown. )
Notes on the indigenous vegetation of the northeastern portion of the
Hokonui Hills, with a list of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 52:
239-247. 1920.
Annotated list of 285 vascular plants. (Southeastern part of Southland por-
tion of Otago, between Gore, Winton, and Lumsden.)
Notes on the plant covering of Codfish Island and the Rugged Islands.
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 44: 76-87. pl. 9. 1912.
Topography, plant associations; annotated list of 116 vascular plants. (Off
northeast coast of Stewart Island.)
Notes on the plant-covering of Pukeokaoka, Stewart Island. Trans.
and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 48: 244-245. 1916.
Running account of plants observed by the author in January 1915. (Small
island in Foveaux Strait, between Motunui and Herekopere Islands.)
Notes on the plant-covering of the Breaksea Islands, Stewart Island.
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 48: 246-252. 1916.
Physiography, plant formations, introduced plants; list of 69 indigenous
vascular plants. (Group of 6 small islands east of Stewart Island, between
Port Adventure and Lord’s River, 47°6’ S. Lat., 168°15’ E. Long.)
Notes on the plant covering of the Garvie Mountains, with a list of
species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 47: 120-142. 1915.
Botanical explorations, topography, plant associations; annotated list of 360
vascular plants. (On border of Otago and Southland portions of the provincial
district of Otago.)
and Thomson, W. A. Notes of a botanical visit to Hollyford Valley and
Martin’s Bay, with a list of indigenous plants. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst.
50: 146-154. 1918.
Topography, plant associations; annotated list of vascular plants collected by
authors and others in 1916-17. (Northwestern part of Otago proper.)
Simpson, George, and Thomson, J. S. Results of a brief botanical excursion
to Rough Peaks Range. New Zeal. Jour. Sci. and Technol. 8: 372-878. 4 fig. 1926.
Lists of vascular plants from different altitudes collected by authors in March
1926. The range had not been botanized before. (Near Lake Wakatipu, Province
of Otago.) :
Smith, J. C. List of phanerogamic plants indigenous in the Southland dis-
trict. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 46: 220-246. 1 fig. (map). 1914.
Annotated list of vascular plants. (Southwestern part of South Island.)
Notes on the botany of Lake Hauroko district. Trans, and Proc. New
Zeal. Inst. 43: 248-258. 1911.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 85
General features of flora; annotated list of 225 vascular plants. (Southland
region, provincial district of Otago.)
Smith, J. C. The vegetation of Awarua Plain. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal.
Inst. 58: 55-56. pl. 1. 1927.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants. The Awarua Plain is a
swamp bog covering many thousand acres. (Southland region, provincial dis-
trict of Otago.)
Smith, W. W. Plants naturalised in the County of Ashburton. Trans. and
Proe. New Zeal. Inst. 36: 203-225. 1904.
General account of introductions, etc.; list of 368 angiosperms, with country of
origin. (Central coastal region, Province of Canterbury.)
Speight, Robert, Cockayne, Leonard, and Laing, R. M. The Mount Arrow:
smith district; a study in physiography and plant ecology. Trans. and Proc. New
Zeal. Inst. 48: 313-878. 3 fig. (incl. 2 maps), pl. 8-7. 1911.
Topography, hydrography, glaciers, plant formations, etc.; annotated list of 357
vascular plants; bibliography. (In Southern Alps, on border between Provinces
of Canterbury and Westland.)
Wall, Arnold, and Laing, R. M., eds. Natural history of Canterbury.
Issued by the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury ... ix, 299 p. plates, ports.,
maps. 22 em. Christchurch, 1927.
Includes among other contributions dealing with botany, “The history of botani-
cal research in Canterbury” (p. 97-103, including bibliography), by R. M. Laing;
“The vegetation and flora of the Canterbury Plain” (p. 115-144), by L. Cockayne,
with annotated tabular list of 341 vascular plants; “Alpine and sub-alpine flora”
(p. 145-159), by A. Wall, with lists of characteristic species growing at the
higher altitudes.
Townson, William. On the vegetation of the Westport district. Trans. and
Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 39: 380-483. pl. 14-14a (incl. map). 1907.
Topography, geology, general features of flora; annotated list of 789 vascular
plants.—See also Petrie, D. Some additions to the flora of the Westport district.
l. ec. 46: 30-31. 1914. (Provincial district of Nelson.)
Wall, Arnold. The botany of Christchurch. 41 p. Christchurch, [1922].
“The paper gives details of plant stations, with a complete list of species.”
(Not seen; data from Bot. Abstr. 14: 366. 1925.) (Province of Canterbury.)
The flora of Mount Cook. 55 p. illus. Christchurch, 1925.
Plant communities, growth forms, ete.; list of vaScular plants. (Not seen;
data from Bot. Abstr. 15: 529. 1926.) (Province of Canterbury.)
TASMANIA
See also Australia (general works).
General
Archer, William. Notes on the vegetable products of Tasmania... Im
Whiting, George. The products and resources of Tasmania, as illustrated in
the International exhibition, 1862. 2ded.enl. and corr. p. 39-42. Hobart Town,
1862. (Reprinted in Technologist 3: 1-5. 1863.)
Annotated list, mainly of useful trees.
Hooker, J. D. Flora Tasmaniae. 2 v. 200 col. pl. 38 cm. London, 1860
(1855-60). (The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H. M. discovery ships Hrebus
and Terror, in the years 1839-1848 ... pt. III.)
General features of floras of Australia, Tasmania, etc.; phytogeography ; anno-
tated list of edible plants of Australia; botanical explorations in Australia;
annotated descriptive flora of Tasmania, with key to families, local and general
range. Vol. 1, Dicotyledons and Coniferae; vol. 2, Monocotyledons and crypto-
gams (the cellular cryptogams by other authors).
Maiden, J. H. Records of Tasmanian botanists. Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc.
Tasmania 1909: 9-29. [1910.]
Bibliography ; alphabetical list of botanists and collectors with biographical
information.
Rodway, Leonard, The Tasmanian flora. xix, 320 p. plates. 24.5 cm.
Hobart, 1903.
S86 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Flora of vascular plants, with keys, brief descriptions, local and general range;
glossary, including vernacular names (not given in text).
Spicer, W. W. A handbook of the plants of Tasmania. xxiv, 160 p. 4 pl. 19
em. Hobart Town, 1878.
Annotated list of 1,096 vascular plants, with keys; glossary. Intended for
popular use.
Local
Gibbs, L. S. Notes on the phytogeography and flora of the mountain summit
plateaux of Tasmania. Jour. Ecology 8: 1-17, 89-117. 1920.
Geology, physiography, climate, plant formations, descriptions of mountains,
plant associations of mountain summit plateaus, phytogeography (all with foot-
note references) ; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants collected by the
author in 1914-15, with general range indicated.
Mueller, Ferdinand von. Deal Island. Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania
1883: 282-283. 1884.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (In Kent’s Group in Bass Strait, 39° 28’
S. Lat., 147° 22’ BH. Long.)
Flora of King Island. List of plants collected ... Victorian Nat.
4: 140-146. 1888.
Unannotated lists of vascular plants and of introduced species. (Between
Tasmania and Australia, 40° S. Lat., 144° E. Long.)
Sutton, C. S. A sketch of the vegetation of the Cradle Mountain, Tasmania,
and a census of its plants. Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1928: 132-159.
1929.
Mainly ecological; includes tabular list of vascular plants, with ecological
occurrence indicated. (In west-central Tasmania, 41° 42’ S. Lat., 145° 58’ KE.
Long.)
INSULAR FLORAS
ATLANTIC OCEAN
ASCENSION ISLAND
General
Hemsley, W. B. Ascension. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and
various other islands... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the voyage
of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 31-48.
pl. 16-17. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, general features of flora, etc.; annotated list of plants (includ-
ing cellular eryptogams by other authors). Includes 12 phanerogams and 14
vascular cryptogams.
Local
Rudmose Brown, R. N. Contributions towards the botany of Ascension.
Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soe. Edinb. 23: 199-204. 1906. (Reprinted in Report on
the scientific results of the voyage of S. Y. Scotia ...v. 38, Botany. 1912.)
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of vascular (10 species) and cellular plants
collected by the author.
Watson, Sereno. Notes upon a collection of plants from the island of Ascen-
sion. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 26: 161-163. 1891. (Reprinted as Con-
tributions to American botany, Gray Herbarium, no. 18, 4.)
List of 16 vascular plants (plus 6 cellular), collected on United States Eclipse
Expedition of 1889; adds 9 vascular plants to Hemsley’s flora (1884).
AZORES
General
Seubert, Moritz. Flora azorica quam ex collectionibus schedisque Hochstet-
teri patris et filii elaboravit . . . vi,50 p. 15 pl. 28cm. Bonnae, 1844.
Annotated list of 400 (or 391) species, of which 67 are cellular plants; 50
species endemic; geography, physiography, zones of vegetation.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 87
Trelease, William. Botanical observations on the Azores. Ann. Rpt. Mis-
souri Bot. Gard. 8: 77-220. pl. 12-66. 1897.
Annotated list of all plants known from the Azores, with references to descrip-
tions; geography, meteorology, general features of vegetation; bibliography.—
See also Tutin, T. G., and Warburg, E. F. Notes on the flora of the Azores.
(Contributions from the University herbarium, Cambridge.) Jour. Bot. 70:
7-13, 38-46. 1982.
Watson, H. C. Botany of the Azores. In Godman, F. DuC. Natural history
of the Azores... p. 113-288. London, 1870.
Annotated list of 478 vascular plants; history of botanical exploration, with
critical remarks on previous lists; geographical affinities of flora, with tabular
list.
BERMUDA ISLANDS
General
Britton, N. L. Flora of Bermuda. xi, 585 p. illus., col. pl. 23.5 ecm. New
York, 1918.
Complete flora of vascular and cellular plants, including cultivated as well
as Dative and introduced species, with keys, synonymy, description, extralimital
range, and text figure of all native and naturalized species above the thallo-
phytes; brief description of region and statistics of distribution; annotated
bibliography ; glossary; list of principal collections made in Bermuda. Musci by
E. G. Britton, Hepaticae by A. W. Evans, Lichenes by L. W. Riddle, Fungi by
F. J. Seaver, Algae by M. A. Howe.
Hemsley, W. B. The Bermudas. /n his Report on the botany of the Bermudas
and various other islands. ... Report on the scientific results of the voyage
of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1875-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 1. 185 p. pl.
1-13. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, climate, general features of flora, botanical explorations, sta-
tistics; systematic list of vascular plants (also cellular plants, by various au-
thors) with localities, names of collectors, general range. Includes 826 vascular
plants, of which 144 are probably indigenous.
CANARY ISLANDS
General
Lindinger, Leonhard. Beitriige zur kenntnis von vegetation und flora der
Kanarischen Inseln. 2. teil. Fiora der Kanarischen Inseln. Berichtigungen
und nachtriige zu J. Pitard et L. Proust, Les iles Canaries. Flore de l’archipel.
Paris, 1909. Abhandl. Gebiet Auslandsk. Hamburg. Univ. 21 (reihe C, Naturw.
bd. 8): 1385-350. 1926.
Bibliography; list of vascular plants (alphabetically arranged by families)
with citation of all records additional to Pitard and Proust.
Pitard, Joseph, and Proust, Louis. Les Iles Canaries. Flore de l’archipel.
502 p. 19 pl. 25cm. Paris, [1908].
Botanical collections, topography, climate, soils, zones of vegetation, phytogeog-
raphy, endemic forms; annotated list of vascular plants (about 1,352 species),
Musci, and Hepaticae, with pertinent synonymy, localities, and general range.
Sauer, Fritz. Catalogus plantarum in Canariensibus insulis sponte et sub-
sponte crescentium. 78 p. 21 cm. Halis Saxonum, 1880. (Dissertation.)
Bibliography ; tabular list, showing general distribution; annotations, statis-
tics, phytogeography.
Webb, P. B., and Berthelot, Sabin. Phytographia canariensis. Jn their
Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries. t. 3, 2. ptie. 4 sect. in6v. 288 pl. (pt. col.).
35 em. Paris, 1886-1850.
Descriptive flora, in Latin, with synonyms, vernacular names, local and extra-
limital range, of vascular and cellular plants (the latter by C. Montagne). For
dates of publication see Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. 1: 55-58. 1937.
Local
Bolle, Carl. Florula insularum olim Purpurariarum, nunc Lanzarote et Fuer-
taventura cum minoribus Isleta de Lobos et la Graciosa in archipelago canari-
ensi. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 14: 230-257. 1891.
S88 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Annotated list of 400 vascular plants. The general features of flora are dis-
cussed in his “Botanische riickblicke auf der Inseln Lanzarote und Fuertaven-
tura,” l. ec. 16: 224-261. 1892. A single unnumbered page ‘‘Omissa et addenda ad
Florulam .. .,” raising the total to 416, was issued with Bot. Jahrb. Engler vy.
15 in 1892 (date according to Bot. Centralbl. 51: 89).
Knoche, Herman. Die Kanarischen Inseln. His Vagandi mos. Reiseskizzen
eines botanikers, I. 304 p. front., illus. (incl. maps), 23 pl. 25.5 em. Stras-
bourg, 1928.
EKeology of different islands, ete.; bibliography (p. 40-41); list of vascular
plants (and lichens) collected by the author (p. 211-279).
Masferrer y Arquimbau, Ram6én. Recuerdos botanicos de Tenerife; 6 sea,
datos para el estudio de la flora canaria. Anales Soc. Espa. Hist. Nat. 9: 309-
369. 1880; 10: 189-230. 1881; 11: 807-898. 1882.
Annotated list of spermatophytes of Tenerife, with notes on those of the
Canary Islands in general, Madeira, and Azores. Never completed; Plantago is
last genus treated.
Schenck, Heinrich. Beitriige zur kenntnis der vegetation der Canarischen
Inseln . .. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition
auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 227-406. 71 fig. (incl.
maps), pl. 16-27. Jena, 1907.
Botanical explorations, bibliography, physiography, climate, plant formations,
lists of species of different localities, ete.
CAPE VERDE ISLANDS
General
Cardoso, Joao, jr. Agrupamentos para a classificacio thérapeutica das plantas
medicinaes do Archipelago de Cabo Verde. Jn his Subsidios para a materia
medica e thérapeutica das possessdes ultramarinas portuguezas. v. 1, p. 1-12.
Lisboa, 1902.
Unannotated list of medicinal plants, grouped by uses.—On p. 97-100, unanno-
tated alphabetical “Catalogo de plantas medicinaes do Archipelago de Cabu
Verde.”
Chevalier, Auguste. Les Iles du Cap Vert. Géographie, biogéographie, agri-
culture, flore de l’archipel. Revue Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 15: 733-1090. fig.
22-32 (incl. map), 16 pl. 1935.
Author’s itinerary and bibliography, prehistory, discovery, colonization, geog-
raphy, climate, geology, soil, general features of fauna, population, bibliography ;
botanical explorations, statistics, phytogeography, analysis of flora, zones of
vegetation, plant associations, weeds, agriculture, chronological bibliography of
fiora; annotated list of 686 vascular plants known from the group, including
cultivated plants (about 800 species considered native), with local and general
range and vernacular names (indexed) ; lists of cellular plants collected by the
author.
Schmidt, J. A. Beitriige zur flora der Cap Verdischen Inseln. Mit bertick-
sichtigung aller bis jetzt daselbst bekannten wildwachsenden und kultivirten
pflanzen ... viii, 356 p. 22cm. Heidelberg, 1852.
History, climate, cultivated plants, phytogeography, plant formations, sta-
tistics; list of wild and cultivated vascular and cellular plants (485 vascular),
with localities, collectors’ names, and general distribution.
Local
Coutinho, A. X. P. Herbarii gorgonei universitatis olisiponensis catalogus.
Arq. Univ. Lisboa 1: 265-334. 1914.—Supplementum ... 1. ce. 2: 27-59. 1915.
List of 311 vascular plants, with references and localities, in the herbarium
of Lisbon University, collected principally by Cardoso and Borjona in Cape
Verde Islands.
Krause, E. H. L. Flora der insel St. Vincent in der Capverdengruppe. Bot.
Jahrb. Engler 14: 394-425. 1891.
Physiography, climate, ete.; annotated list of 183 vascular plants; plant for-
mations, phytogeography, origin of flora.
-FLORAS OF THE WORLD 89
COCKBURN ISLAND
General
Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung der pflanzengeographie der
subantarktischen inseln ... VI. Antarktisches polargebiet. Jn Wissenschaft-
liche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia”
1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 161-178. Jena, 1905.
Botanical explorations, bibliography, climate; separate tabular lists of cellular
plants from Cockburn Island, Victoria Land, and Gerlache Strait. The only
vascular plant known from the area is Deschampsia antarctica (see p. 162).
Cockburn is a small island off the east coast of James Ross Island, Louis-
Philippe Land, West Antarctica.
FALKLAND ISLANDS
General
Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung der pflanzengeographie der
subantarktischen inseln ... III. Falkland-inseln. Jn Wissenschaftliche
ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898—
1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 96-106. Jena, 1905.
Botanical collections, bibliography, physiography, climate, general features
of flora (no complete list), plant formations.
Skottsberg, Carl. A botanical survey of the Falkland Islands. (Botanische
ergebnisse der Schwedischen expedition nach Patagcnien und dem Feuerlande
1907-09. III.) K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. v. 50, no. 3. 129 p. 10 fig.,
14 pl., map. 1918.
Botanical explorations, annotated list of all known vascular plants, with
localities and extralimital range; phytogeography, growth forms, phenology,
plant associations, bibliography.—See also his Bemerkungen zu einigen von M.
Gandoger neuerdings von den Falkland-inseln beschriebenen pflanzen. Bot.
Jahrb. Engler 50 (Beibl. 112): 13-17. 19138, for minor corrections and for re-
duction of numerous new species described by Gandoger.
Studien iiber das pflanzenleben der Falkland-inseln. Jn Wissenschaft-
liche ergebnisse der Schwedischen siidpolar-expedition 1901-1903. v. 4, pt. 10.
58 p. 5 fig. Stockholm, 1909.
Physiography, climate, plant associations, periodicity, bibliography, ete.; an-
notated list of vascular plants (including all previous records) ; plant geography
(139 native species, of which 10 are endemic).
Wright, C. H. Flora of the Falkland Islands. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39:
313-339. 1911.
Annotated list of vascular plants, with references.
Local
Birger, Selim. Die vegetation bei Port Stanley auf den Falklandsinseln.
Bot. Jahrb. Engler 39: 275-305. 1 fig., 2 pl. 1906.
Botanical explorations with bibliographical footnotes, climate, plant associa-
tions, phenology ; includes list of species new to the islands.
Skottsberg, Carl. C. V. Marquand’s “Additions to the flora of the Falkland
Islands.” Acta Horti Gothoburg. 4: 3038-306. 1929.
Critical notes on the paper listed (Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 19238: 369-371.
1923), as well as on the nomenclature of certain plants in his own “Botanical
survey” of 19138.
Vallentin, Mrs. E. F., and Cotton, Mrs. E. M. Illustrations of the flower-
ing plants and ferns of the Falkland Islands. xii p., 651. 64 col. pl. 25.5 em.
London, 1921.
Colored plates with dissections, accompanied by descriptions and brief anno-
tations.
FERNANDO NORONHA
General
Hemsley, W. B. Fernando-Noronha and contiguous islets. Jn his Report on
the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... Report on the
90 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76.
Botany. v.1, pt. 2, p. 9-80. pl. 14-15, 47. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, climate, general features of flora; systematic list of plants
(vascular and cellular), with statement of general range. Includes 58 phanero-
gams and no vascular cryptogams.
Ridley, H. N. Notes on the botany of Fernando Noronha. Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 27: 1-95. pl. 1-4. 1890.
Physiography, history, origin of flora, etc.; annotated list of vascular and
cellular plants, the latter contributed by other authors; geology.
GRAHAM LAND
General
Skottsberg, Carl. Einige bemerkungen tiber die vegetationsverhdltnisse des
Graham-Landes. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Schwedischen stidpolar-
expedition 1901-1903. v. 4, pt. 18. 16 p. 2 fig. (incl. map), 3 pl. Stockholm,
1912.
Climate, ete.; lists of plants of Graham Land, adjacent small islands, and
South Shetland Islands, collected by this expedition; bibliography. Only one
vascular plant listed (Aira antarctica [Deschampsia antarctica]) ; Colobanthus
crassifolius (d’Urv.) Hook. f. also is known from Graham Land (Charcot’s first
expedition).
Some remarks upon the geographical distribution of vegetation in
the colder southern hemisphere. Ymer 25: 402-427. 6 fig., pl. 7-8 (maps).
1905.
Mainly phytogeographical, with summary of knowledge of flora of Antarctic
islands; bibliography. Cited here for its sketch (p. 410-414) of the flora of
Graham Land.
MADEIRA ISLANDS
General
Lowe, R. T. A manual flora of Madeira and the adjacent islands of Porto
Santo and the Desertas. 2 v. (v. 1-2, pt. 1). 19.5 em. London, 1868 (1857-72).
Plant zones; annotated descriptive flora of vascular plants. Incomplete
(Thalamiflorae, Calyciflorae, Corolliflorae).—See also Menezes, C. A. de.
Notice sur les phanérogames de Madeére et Porto Santo, non indiquées dans
la flore de ces iles de R. T. Lowe. 22 p. 23 em. Funchal, 1899. Includes 390
species of spermatophytes, with brief annotations and vernacular names; list of
special localities with local species; bibliography. Nearly the same material,
lacking list of Special localities and bibliography, was published as his “‘Cata-
logo das phanerogamicas de Madeira e do Porto Santo nao indicadas na flora
d’estas ilhas do R. T. Lowe.” 1894.
Menezes, C. A. de. Flora do archipelago da Madeira (phanerogamicas e
ceryptogamicas vasculares). 282 p. 22 cm. Funchal, 1914.
Annotated list of 951 vascular plants (both wild and cultivated), with locali-
ties, pertinent references, vernacular names, and usually brief descriptions;
climate, zones of vegetation, annotated list of botanists, bibliography.—For
supplement, see his “Subsidios para o estudio da flora...” Brotéria Sér.
Bot. 20: 113-119. 1922 and “Novos subsidios ...” 1. ce. 22: 20-27. 1926—
Also his Mais algumas notas sobre a flora madeirense. 1. ec, 23: 78-77. 1927;
Nota acérea de algumas plantas de flora do arquipélago da Madeira. Jor. Sci.
Mat., Fis. e Nat. Lisboa 24 (III, 5) : 188-187. 1927.
Porto da Cruz, visconde do. A flora madeirense na medicina popular. Brotéria
Cién. Nat. 4: 35-46, 71-78, 1389-144, 145-154. 3 fig. (incl. map). 1985.
Running account of medicinal plants, with vernacular and botanical names,
grouped under the diseases for which they are used.
Vahl, Martin. Madeiras vegetation. Geografisk monografi. 172 p. 1 pl.
23.5 em. Kgbenhavn og Kristiania, 1904.
Physiography, climate, ecology, phytogeography, etc.; cited here mainly for
its bibliography.
Local
Menezes, C. A. de. A flora dos mais altos picos de Ilha da Madeira. Brotéria
Sér. Bot. 22: 124-132. 1926.
List of 44 vascular plants, with localities.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD O]
PALMER LAND
General
Hooker, J. D. Flora antarctica. 2 v. 187 pl. 30.5 cm. London, 1844-48.
(The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H. M. discovery ships Hrebus and
Terror, in the years 1839-1843 .. . pt. I.)
Vol. 1: Lord Auckland’s Group and Campbell’s Island. Physiography, etc. ;
annotated list of vascular and cellular plants. Vol. 2: Antarctic regions
(exclusive of Lord Auckland’s Group and Campbell’s Island). Annotated list
of vascular and cellular plants from Fuegia, Falkland Islands, Palmer Land,
South Shetland Islands, South Georgia, Tristan d’Acunha, and Kerguelen’s Land.
All the regions mentioned, except Palmer Land, are covered by separate later
floras.
ST. HELENA
General
Hemsley, W. B. St. Helena. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas
and various other islands... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the
voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt.
2, p. 49-122. pl. 18-22, 48-51. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, climate, historical sketch of the vegetation, geographical
affinities, ete.; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular), with extra-
limital range. About 94 species are considered probably indigenous.
Melliss, J. C. St. Helena: a physical, historical, and topographical descrip-
tion of the island, including its geology, fauna, flora, and meteorology. xiv, 426
p. plates (partly col.). 26.5 em. London, 1875.
(Botany, p. 221-883, col. pl. 25-56.) Annotated list of 1,058 plants (of which
S07 are vascular) growing on the island, a very large number of which are
known only in cultivation. Nearly all the endemic plants are illustrated.
SALVAGE ISLANDS
General
Lowe, R. T. Florulae salvagicae tentamen; or a list of plants collected in
the Salvages or Salvage Islands by Sr. Constantino Cabral de Noronha... 24 p.
18 em. London, 1869.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 74 plants (64 vascular), with extra-
limital range; general features of flora~—See also Menezes, C. A. de. Sub-
sidios para o conhecimento da flora das Ilhas Selvagens. Jor. Sci. Math., Fis.
e Nat. Lisboa 23: 187-194. 1924.
SOUTH GEORGIA
See also Australian Islands (Cheeseman, On the systematic botany).
General
Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung der pflanzengeographie der
subantarktischen inseln... II. Siidgeorgien, nebst Sandwich-inseln, Bouvet-
insel. In Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem
dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 82-96. Jena. 1905.
Botanical collections, bibliography, geography, physiography, climate; tabular
list of 18 vascular plants ; formations, etc. No botanical collections have yet been
made on the Sandwich Islands (56°-59° S., 26°-28° W.) or Bouvet Island (54°26’
S., 3°24’ E.).
Skottsberg, Carl. Die gefiasspflanzen Stidgeorgiens. In Wissenschaftliche
ergebnisse der Schwedischen stidpolar-expedition 1901-1903. v. 4, pt. 3. 12 p.
2 pl. map. Stockholm, 1905.
Annotated list of 19 vascular plants; phytogeographical relationships.—See
also his The vegetation of South Georgia. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der
Schwedischen siidpolar-expedition 1901-1908. v. 4, pt. 12. 36 p. 4 fig., 6 pl,
map. Stockholm, 1912. (Botanical explorations, physiography, etec.; list of
species; origin of flora, plant formations, etc.)—-For additions, see Taylor,
Norman. Plants collected on the South Georgia expedition. Sci. Bul. Mus.
Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. 2: 60-63. 1914,
92 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
SOUTH ORKNEY ISLANDS
General
Rudmose Brown, R. N., Wright, C. H., and Darbishire, 0. V. The botany
of the South Orkneys. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 23: 101-110. pl. 3.
1905. (Reprinted with additions and with omission of portion on mosses in
Report of the scientific results of the voyage of S. Y. Scotia... v. 3, Botany.
1912. )
History, topography, climate; lists of mosses (Wright) and lichens (Dar-
bishire) ; no vascular plants known.
TRINIDAD ISLAND
General
Hemsley, W. B. South Trinidad. Jn his Report on the botany of the Ber-
mudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of
the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2,
p. 123-132. pl. 238-24. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular) ; general
range stated. Includes 9 phanerogams and 4 ferns. Trinidad or South Trini-
dad is in 20°30’ S. Lat., 29°22’ W. Long.
TRISTAN DA CUNHA ISLANDS
General
Christophersen, Erling, and others. Plants of Tristan da Cunha. 19 p.
27.5 em. Oslo, 1987. (Scientific results of the Norwegian Antarctic expeditions
1927-1928 et sqq., no. 16.)
Botanical explorations, phytogeography; annotated list of plants collected by
Hinar Siggeson in 1984; unannotated list of cellular and vascular (104 species)
plants known from the group, not including Gough Island; bibliography.
Hemsley, W. B. The Tristan da Cunha group. Jn his Report on the botany
of the Bermudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the scientific
results of the voyage of H. M. 8S. Chailenger during the years 1873-76. Botany.
v. 1, pt. 2, p. 1838-185. pl. 25-39, 45-46. London, 1885 (1834).
Physiography, botanical explorations, statistical table of distribution ; annotated
list of vascular and cellular plants (65 vascular). The group includes Tristan
da Cunha, Inaccessible, and Nightingale Islands.
Local
Christophersen, Erling. Plants of Gough Island (Diego Alvarez). 16 p.
3 fig. 27.5 cm. Oslo, 1984. (Scientific results of the Norwegian Antarctic ex-
peditions 1927-1928 et sqq., no. 138.)
Phytogeography ; list of plants collected by Lars Christensen in 1933; unan-
notated list of cellular and vascular (388) plants recorded from the island;
bibliography.
Dyer, R. A. The flora of Tristan da Cunha: H. M. S. Carlisle expedition,
1937. Bothalia 3: 589-612. 7 fig. 1939.
Botanical explorations, affinities, history, and general features of flora; list of
cellular and vascular plants collected by author. Adds 6 phanerogams, all pre-
sumably introduced.
Phillips, E. P. A list of the phanerogams and ferns collected by Mr. P. C.
Keytel on the island of Tristan da Cunha, 1908-1909. Annals So. African Mus.
9: 96-108. 19138. |
List of plants collected, with general range: list of additional species recorded
from the island. Includes 37 species not previously recorded.
Rudmose Brown, R. N. The botany of Gough Island.—I. Phanerogams and
ferns. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 37: 238-249. 1 fig., pl. 7-9. 1905. (Reprinted in
Report on the scientific results of the voyage of S. Y. Scotia... y. 3, Botany.
1912.)
Annotated list of 27 vascular plants (2 endemic), with general range; physiog-
raphy, general features of vegetation, bibliography.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 93
Wilkins, G. H. Gough Island. Jour. Bot. 63: 65-70. 1925.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants (phan-
erogams by E. G. Baker and Wilkins; cryptogams by A. Gepp, H. N. Dixon, and R.
Paulson).
INDIAN OCEAN
ALDABRA
See also Seychelles (Hemsley ; Sommerhayes).
General
Hemsley, W. B., and others. Flora of Aldabra: with notes on the flora of
the neighbouring islands. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1919: 108-153. 1919.
Physiography, climate, botanical explorations, plant associations, systematic
list of vascular plants (about 171 apparently native species) with collectors’
names and general range; geographical relationships of flora; bibliography.
Includes also lists of p'ants from other atolls in this general area—Assump-
tion (p. 140-142), Cosmoledo (p. 142-143), Astove (p. 148), Farquhar (p. 143),
Providence (p. 143-144), St. Pierre (p. 144-145), Gloriosa (p. 145), Amirante
group (p. 145), Coétivy (p. 146), Agalega (p. 146), Cargados (p. 147), Chagos
Archipelago (p. 148).
ANDAMAN ISLANDS
General
Kurz, Sulpiz. Report on the vegetation of the Andaman Islands, accom-
panied by a report on the forests. 75 p. map. 383 cm. Calcutta, 1870. (Re-
print with additions and corrections of an earlier report (27, xxv, 13 p.),
1870.)
Annotated list of vascular plants (520 species indigenous, 76 introduced) ;
general floral features; report on forests; vernacular names; no index. An 1867
edition is listed by B. D. Jackson.
Parkinson, C. E. A forest flora of the Andaman Islands. An account of the
trees, Shrubs and principal climbers of the islands. v, v, xiii, 825 p. front., 6 pl.
18 em. Simla, 1923.
Annotated descriptive flora of woody plants, with keys (about 650 species,
of which 540 indigenous) ; vernacular names (indexed) ; lists of species; geog-
raphy, physiography, climate, general features of vegetation; history of botanical
exploration; bibliography; glossary.
Prain, David. The non-indigenous species of the Andaman flora. Jour.
Asiatic Soe. Bengal 59 (2) : 235-261. 1891. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and mem-
oranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.)
Annotated lists of cultivated and introduced species, as observed in 1866 and
1889-S0 ; general study of subject of introduced plants.
Rogers, C. G. A preliminary list of the plants of the Andaman Islands. ii,
d1 p. 23.5 em. Port Blair, Andaman Isl., 1903.
Nominal list, unannotated, “Drawn up for me by Mr. J. S. Gamble...
chiefly from the ‘Flora of British India.’ ”
Local
Kloss, C. B. In the Andamans and Nicobars. The narrative of a cruise in
the schooner Terrapin, with notices of the islands, their fauna, ethnology, etc.
xvi, 373 p. illus., plates. 24.5 em. London, 1908.
Contains, in addition to passing notes in the text, a list of “Principal forest
trees of the Andamans” (p. 336-338) with vernacular names and uses (p.
3389-341), and “Principal flora of the Nicobars” (p. 345-849).
Prain, David. Ona botanical visit to Little Andaman and the Nicobars. Proc.
Asiatic Soc. Bengal 1891: 156-175. 1892. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and
memoranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.)
Physiography, general features of flora; separate lists for Little Andaman
(61 species, of which 56 are vascular plants) and Car Nicobar and Batti Malv
(113 species, of which 112 are vascular plants).
94 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
CHAGOS ARCHIPELAGO
See also Aldabra (Hemsley) ; Maldive Islands (Willis and Gardiner).
General
Willis, J. C., and Gardiner, J. S. Flora of the Chagos Archipelago. Trans.
Linn. Soc. Zool. 19: 301-306. 1981.
Botanical explorations, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants (98 native or
escaped species).
Local
Hemsley, W. B. Report on the vegetation of Diego Garcia. Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 22: 332-340. 1886.
Botanical collections, physiography, ete.; tabular list of 48 probably indigenous
vascular plants, with extralimital distribution indicated.
CHRISTMAS ISLAND
General
Andrews, C. W. A monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Physt-
eal features and geology ... With descriptions of the fauna and flora by
numerous contributors. xiii, 337 p. illus., 21 pl, map. 22.5 em. London,
1900.
Contains (p. 171-195, pl. 17-18) an annotated list of 152 vascular plants by
BH. G. Baker, A. B. Rendle, and A. Gepp.
Ridley, H. N. An expedition to Christmas Island. Jour. Straits Branch
Roy. Asiatic Soe. 45: 137-271. 1906.—Christmas Island flora—additional
notes. 1. c. 48: 107-108. 1907.
Botanical explorations; critical notes on vernacular names; list of intro-
duced plants, arranged by date of first record; list of endemic species; an-
notated list of cultivated plants; note on timbers; annotated list of vascular
and cellular plants (about 151 indigenous vascular plants, of which 29 are
endemic) ; methods of dissemination.
Coco ISLANDS
General
Prain, David. The vegetation of the Coco group. Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal
60 (2): 283-406. 1892. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and memoranda, chiefly
botanical. 1894.)
Physiography, general features of flora, annctated list of 358 species (of
which 307 are vascular plants), with extralimital distribution; statistical study
of distribution and probable origin of flora. The islands are in the Bay of
Bengal, not far north of the Andaman Islands.
COMORO ISLANDS
See also Madagascar (Jumelle).
General
Voeltzkow, Alfred. Flora und fauna der Comoren. Jn his Reise in
Ostafrika in den jahren 1903-1905 ... v. 3, p. 429-480. Stuttgart, 1917.
Flora (p. 430-454) : botanical explorations; list of cellular and vascular plants
with localities and extralimital range, prepared with assistance of G. Schellen-
berg; bibliography.
CROZET ISLANDS
See also Kerguelen Island (Schenck) ; Macdonald Islands (Hemsley).
General
Hemsley, W. B. The Crozets. In his Report on the botany of the Bermudas
and various other islands... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 95
voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2,
p. 207-210. pl. 40. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, etce.; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular). Includes
5 phanerogams and 2 ferns.
Schenck, Heinrich. Die gefiisspflanzen der Deutschen siidpolar-expedition
1901-1903 gesammelt auf der Possession-insel (Crozet-gruppe), Kerguelen, Heard-
insel, St. Paul und Neu-Amsterdam. Jn Deutsche stidpolar-expedition . . . 8. bd.
Botanik. p. 97-128. 10 fig. Berlin, 1906.
Annotated lists of vascular plants of Possession Island (18 species), Kerguelen
(several lists), Heard Island (7 species), St. Paul and New Amsterdam (4 and
8 species, respectively).
GLORIOSA ISLANDS
See also Aldabra.
Local
Hemsley, W. B. Islands of the Indian Ocean. List of plants in the Kew
herbarium collected in some of the smaller tropical islands by Dr. Coppinger.
In his Report on present state of knowledge of various insular floras .
Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the
years 1873-76. Botany. v.1, pt. 1, p. 16-17. London, 1885.
List of vascular plants from Du Lise and Gloriosa Islands, of the Gloriosa
group, cff Madagascar; Bird Island, in the Seychelles; Hagle Island, Isle des
Roches, and Poivre Island, of the Amirante group; Providence and Alphonse
Islands and Cerf Islets, Providence Reef, northeast of Madagascar.
KEELING ISLANDS
See also Molucca Islands (Hemsley).
General
Forbes, H. O. List of the Keeling Atoll plants. Jn his A naturalist’s wan-
derings in the eastern archipelago ... from 1878 to 1883. p. 42-48. London,
1885.
Unannotated tabular list of vascular and cellular plants collected by Charles
Darwin and by the author.
Henslow, J. S. Florula keelingensis. An account of the native plants of the
Keeling Islands. Annals Nat. Hist. 1: 837-847. 1888.
Annotated list of 21 vascular and cellular plants collected by Darwin on the
voyage of the Beagle.
Local
Guppy, H. B. The dispersal of plants as illustrated by the flora of the
Keeling or Cocos Islands. Jour. Trans. Victoria Inst. (London) 24: 267-301.
1890.
Mainly phytogeographical; contains (p. 272-273) a list of 16 phanerogams
not recorded from the islands previous to 1888.
KERGUELEN ISLAND
See also Crozet Islands (Schenck); Prince Edward Islands (Moseley); Australian
Islands (Cheeseman, On the systematic botany).
General
Hemsley, W. B. Kerguelen Island. Jn his Report on the botany of the
Bermudas and various other islands .. . 2d pt. Report on the scientific results
of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1,
pt. 2, p. 211-2438. pl. 40. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of plants (vascular
and cellular). Includes 21 phanerogams and 6 pteridophytes.
Hooker, J. D. Botany [of Kerguelen Island]. Jn An account of the petro-
logical, botanical, and zoological collections made in Kerguelen’s Land and
Rodriguez during the Transit of Venus expeditions ... 1874-75. Phil. Trans.
Roy. Soc. 168 (extra vol.) : 9-28. pl. 1-2. 1879.
241306°—42——-7
96 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Sketch of botanical explorations and general features of flora; annotated
list of 21 phanerogams, 6 pteridophytes, and 1 Nitella.
Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung .der pflanzengeographie der
subantarktischen inseln insbesondere iiber flora und vegetation von Kerguelen. I.
Kerguelenbezirk (Kerguelen-, Prinz Eduard-, Crozet-, Macdonald-inseln). In
Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer
“Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 9-82. 33 fig., pl. 1-10, map (in text). Jena,
1905.
Botanical explorations, bibliography, geography, physiography,. climate; tabu-
lar list of all vascular plants recorded from Kerguelen, Prince Edward (Marion),
Crozet (Possession), and Heard Islands (35 species, of which 5 are introduced),
with extralimital range; plant formations, phenology, anatomy, ete. Each island
treated separately as to botanical history, bibliography, etc.
LACCADIVE ISLANDS
See also Maldive Islands (Willis and Gardiner).
General
Prain, David. Botany of the Laccadives. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 7:
268-295, 460-486. 1893; 8: 57-86, 488. 1893-94. (Reprinted in his Memoirs
and memoranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.)
Geography, physiography, botanical collections, bibliography ; methods of intro-
duction, ete.; annotated list of 206 plants, of which 194 are vascular.
Local
Willis, J. C. Notes on the flora of Minikoi. Annals Roy. Bot. Gard. Pera-
deniya 1: 39-438. 1901.
Bibliography ; unannotated list of 134 vascular plants, with vernacular names.
MACDONALD ISLANDS
See also Crozet Islands (Schenck); Kerguelen Island (Schenck); Prince Edward
Islands (Moseley).
Local
Hemsley, W. B. MacDonald group. Heard Island. Jn his Report on the
botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the
scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76.
Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 245-248. pl. 53. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, etce.; botanical explorations and composition of flora of Heard
Island, Kerguelen, the Prince Edward group (Marion Island), and the Crozets,
with table; annotated list of 17 plants of Heard Island (5 vascular).
MADAGASCAR
See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles, p. 873-888, for useful plants
of the small island of Nossi Bé).
General
Académie malgache. Catalogue des plantes de Madagascar. 23 nos. 25 em.
Tananarive, 1931-35.
Lists of species, usually arranged alphabetically, with synonymy, vernacular
names, citations of localities, geographic area (in Madagascar), and general
range; bibliographies. Each family or group of families published separately.
Still in course of publication.
Baillon, H. E., and Drake del Castillo, Emmanuel. Histoire naturelle des
plantes. 6y. plates. 33cm. Paris, 1886-1903. (Grandidier, Alfred. Histoire
physique, naturelle et politique de Madagascar. vy. 28-30, 34-36.)
Vol. 2-6 (vy. 28-29, 34-86 of whole series) consist of plates only (Hibbertia—
Epallage) ; Baillon’s name appears on title page of all but vol. 6, where it is
replaced by that of Drake del Castillo. Vol. 1 (v. 30) by Drake del Castillo, pub-
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 97
lished in 1902, is a descriptive flora, with keys, synonymy, vernacular names,
uses, local and general range, and citation of exsiccatae; incomplete (208 p.:
Ranunculaceae—Leguminosae, Proteaceae), corresponding to only 46 of the plates.
No index. Vol. 4 (v. 34) is vol. 2, pt. 4 of the atlas. Vol. 39 (1898-1915) contains
the mosses, by F. Renauld and J. Cardot.
Baron, Richard. Compendium des plantes malgaches. Revue de Madagascar
3 (2) : 741-760, 856-865, 936-950. 1901: 4 (1) : 225-240, 534-542; 4 (2) : 39-48,
220-242, 1902; 5 (1): 485-441; 5 (2): 44-54, 134-144, 312-322, 429-437. 1903;
6 (1): 346-3853. 1904; 7 (1): 60-67, 247-258; 7 (2): 246-257. 1905; 8: 350-
364, 580-549, 708-726, 8138-841, 915-936. 1906.
Systematic enumeration, with synonyms, uses, vernacular names.
The flora of Madagascar. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 25: 246-294. 1 fig.
(map). 1889.
General features of flora, statistics, list of endemic genera, description of three
floral regions recognized with lists of genera and species; list of introduced
species.
Notes on the economic plants of Madagascar. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew
1890: 203-215. 1890.
Annotated systematic list of 109 species, with vernacular names.
Dandouau, André. Catalogue alphabétique des noms malgaches de végétaux.
Bul. Econ. Madagascar 10 (Suppl.) : i-xlii. 1910; 11 (Suppl.) : xliii-exxvi. 1911.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names, compiled from previous works and
collected by the author himself, with botanical equivalents.
Heckel, Edouard. Catalogue alphabétique raisonné des plantes médicales et
toxiques de Madagascar avec leur emploi indigéne. Annales Mus. Colon. Mar-
seille v. 11 (s. 2, v. 1), fase. 2, p. 59-204. 3 fig. 1903. (Reprinted with title,
Les plantes médicinales et toxiques de Madagascar. 148 p.)
Extensively annotated catalog, alphabeted by vernacular names; index of
scientific names, with vernacular equivalents.
Les plantes utiles de Madagascar. Catalogue alphabétique des plantes
utiles et en particulier des plantes médicinales et toxiques de Madagasear avee
leurs noms malgaches et leurs emplois. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille 18 (s. 2,
v. 8) : 5-872. 72 fig. 1910. (Reprinted.)
Annotated catalog, alphabeted by vernacular names; index of scientific names
with vernacular equivalents.
Humbert, Henri, ed. Flore de Madagascar (plantes vasculaires). Publiée
sous les auspices du gouvernement général de Madagascar... 23°, 29°, 32°,
37°, 40°, 49° famille[s]. illus. 24, 26 em. 'Tananarive, 1936-39.
Descriptive flora, with keys, synonymy, citation of exsiccatae with localities,
vernacular names, extralimital range. Hach family a separately paged mono-
graph, with cover title only. Six families so far published (out of 189):
Aponogetonaceae, Cyperaceae, Lemnaceae, Commelinaceae, Liliaceae, Or-
chiddceae (the last not seen).
Jumelle, Henri. Madagascar et Comores. In his Catalogue descriptif des
collections botaniques . . . Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 24 (s. 3, v. 4), fase.
1, p- 1-79: 1916.
Annotated lists of economic plants, classified according to uses, with ver-
nacular and scientific names (both indexed).
Olsen, Aksel. Madagassiske plantenavne. Nyt Mag. Naturvidensk. 54: 57-
147. 1916.
Alphabetical index of 1,930 vernacular names, with botanical equivalents and
brief indication of habit and often of uses.
Palacky, Jan. Catalogus plantarum madagascariensium. 5 fase. (55, 38, 89,
60, 57 p.). 24 em. Pragae, 1906-07 (1905-07) .—Filices madagascarienses. 32 p.
24cm. Pragae, 1906.
List of scientific names, with abbreviated references and indication if en-
demic, of “plusque 5000 esp.” Families not in strictly systematic order; no
index; fase. 83 was the last to be published. Baron’s Compendium was not
available to the author. The list of pteridophytes is alphabetically arranged,
with references to localities or collectors.
Perrier de la Bathie, Henri. Les plantes introduites 4 Madagascar. Revue
Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 11: 719-729, 833-837, 920-923, 991-999. 1931; 12: 48—
52, 128-133, 213-220, 296-301, 372-383, 462-468, 530-543. 1932.
Annotated lists of cultivated, escaped, and naturalized plants; altogether
about 900 species.
98 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Alleizette, Charles d’, and Poisson, Henri. Contribution 4 l'étude de la
végétation des environs de Tananarive. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 17: 171-189.
1911.
General features of vegetation, plant zones; annotated tabular list of vascular
plants, grouped by habitat, with vernacular names, based on observations made
in 1905 and 1906.
Jeannot, Eugéne. Les productions végétales de la région des Betsimisaraka-
Betanimena (Madagascar). Revue Cult. Colon. 8: 38-44, 73-77, 97-102, 184-142,
168-176, 201-206, 231-233. 1901. (Reprinted 389 p.)
Native tribes, climate, plant zones; annotated list of useful plants, with
vernacular names and botanical names when known, grouped by uses. (Cen-
tral eastern Madagascar, from Antongile to Mananjary, west to the east ridge
of the basin of Mangoro and the mountains of Tanala.)
Lecomte, Henri. Madagascar. Les bois de la forét d’Analamazaotra.. .
avee la collaboration de M. Paul Danguy...188 p. 56 pl. 32.5 cm. Paris, 1922.
Mainly concerned with anatomical features of the woods, but contains illus-
trations of many species, with vernacular names and uses.
Perrier de la Bathie, Henri. Le Tsaratanana, lAnkaratra et l’Andringitra.
Mém. Acad. Malgache 8. 68, [8] p. map. 1927.
Includes (p. 53-66) lists of endemic plants of these three mountain groups.
Poisson, Henri. Recherches sur la flore méridionale de Madagascar. 230 p.
30 fig., 16 pl. (incl. 83 maps). 25 em. Paris, 1912.
General summary of physiography, climate, ete.; study of xerophytic plants,
ete.; short list of vernacular names with botanical identifications, bibliography.
Viguier, René, and Humbert, Henri. Plantes récoltées 4 Madagascar en 1912.
Bul. Soe. Linn. Normandie VII, 3: 325-356. 1921; 4: 37-52. 1922; 5: 125-140.
1923; 6: 169-200. 1924; 7: 1938-208. 1925.
List of spermatophytes collected by authors, with data, vernacular names,
and frequent annotations. Unfinished; reaches Orchidaceae (part).
MALDIVE ISLANDS
General
Willis, J. C., and Gardiner, J. S. The botany of the Maldive Islands. Annals
Roy. Bot. Gard. Peradeniya 1: 45-164. pl. 2. 1901.
Botanical explorations, physiography, ete.; annotated list of all vascular plants
known from the Maldives, Laccadives, and Chagos, with vernacular names,
uses, etc.; notes on vegetation of various atolls; index of Maldivian vernacular
names; economic plants, classified by uses; origin of flora.
MASCARENE ISLANDS
See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles, p. 188-213, 528-582, for useful
Plants of Réunion).
Local
Baker, J. G. Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles: a description of the
flowering plants and ferns of those islands. 19, L, 557 p. 22 cm. London, 1877.
Botanical collections, physiography, statistics of flora (1,327 species) ; desecrip-
tive flora; vernacular names (separate index).—See also Johnston, H. H. Addi-
tions to the flora of Mauritius as recorded in Baker’s “Flora of Mauritius and
the Seychelles.” Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 20: 391-407. 1895. (An-
notated list of 103 species, including cellular cryptogams, not recorded in Baker’s
Flora.)—Also Vaughan, R. E. Contributions to the flora of Mauritius.—I. An
account of the naturalized flowering plants recorded from Mauritius since the
publication of Baker’s “Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles” (1877). Jour.
Linn. Soe. Bot. 51: 285-808. 1937. (Discussion of methods of introduction;
annotated list, with descriptions; bibliography.)
Balfour, I. B. Botany [of Rodriguez]. /n An account of the petrological,
botanical, and zoological collections made in Kerguelen’s Land and Rodriguez
during the Transit of Venus expeditions . . . 1874-75. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc.
168 (extra vol.) ; 302-387, pl. 19-386. 1879.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 99
General features of flora, with geographic relationships; annotated list of
species (297 phanerogams, of which 108 are introduced, and 25 vascular cryp-
togams) ; vernacular names.
Bouton, Louis. Plantes médicinales de Maurice. 2. éd. v, 147 p. 23 cm.
Port Louis, 1864. (1st ed., 1857.)
Systematic list of medicinal plants (native and cultivated) with French,
English, and native names and uses. —
Daruty, Clément. Plantes médicinales de I’ile Maurice et des pays inter-
tropicaux .. . xiii, lxii, 123, xii p. 23.5 em. Maurice, 1886.
Includes tabular alphabetical list of Creole names of medicinal plants of
Mauritius, with botanical, Tamoul, and Hindu names, and uses.
Horne, John. Notes on the flora of Flat Island. Trans. Roy. Soe. Mauritius
19: 116-151. 1887. (Preprinted 30 p. 1886.)
General features of flora, naturalized plants; annotated list of 122 vascular
plants (of which 69 are indigenous), with vernacular names.
Jacob de Cordemoy, Eugéne. Flore de Vile de la Réunion. xxvii, 574 p. 24.5
em. Paris, 1895.
Physiography, climate, general features of flora, history of botanical explora-
tions; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, with vernacular names,
uses, brief synonymy, and often descriptions.
Johnston, H. H. Report on the flora of Ile des Aigrettes, Mauritius. Trans.
and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 20: 317-831. 1895.
Physiography; annotated list of 55 vascular plants.
Report on the flora of Les Bénitiers, Mauritius. Trans. and Proce.
Bot. Soe. Edinb. 20: 331-8385. 1895.
Physiography ; annotated list of plants from Les Bénitiers, two small rocky
islets very close to Mauritius.
Report on the flora of Round Island, Mauritius. Trans. and Proce.
Bot. Soe. Edinb. 20: 237-264. 1894.
Geography, physiography, relationships and general features of flora, short
bibliography: annotated list of 52 plants (of which 41 are vascular), including
those found by previous collectors.
Report on the flora of the outlying islands in Mahébourg Bay,
Mauritius. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 20: 353-874. 1895.
Physiography, ete. ; annotated list of 53 plants from Ile de la Passe, Ile Vakois,
Ile aux Fouquets, Ile aux Fous, Ile Marianne, Rocher des Oiseaux.
Jumelle, Henri. Réunion. Jn his Catalogue descriptif des collections
botaniques . . . Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 24 (s. 3, v. 4), fase. 1, p.
81-112. 1916.
Annotated lists of economic plants, classified according to uses, with vernac-
ular and scientific names (both indexed).
LeClerc, Jules. Des plantes médicinales de Vile de la Réunion et de leur
application 4 la thérapeutique. 84 p. 22.5 cm. St. Denis (Réunion), 1864.
Running account of medicinal plants, classified by uses; index of vernacular
names only.
NARCONDAM ISLAND
General
Prain, David. On the flora of Narcondam and Barren Island. Jour. Asiatic
Soc. Bengal 62 (2): 17-86. pl. 34 (maps). 1893. (Reprinted in his Memoirs
and memoranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.)
Physiography, general features of flora, annotated list of 174 species (of
which 161 are vascular plants); discussion of nature and origin of flora.
NEW AMSTERDAM AND ST. PAUL ISLANDS
See also Crozet Islands (Schenck).
General
Hemsley, W. B. Amsterdam and St. Paul-Islands. Jn his Report on the
botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the
Scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873—76.
Botany, v. 1, pt. 2, p. 259-281. pl. 39, 41-45, 52. London, 1885 (1884).
100 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Botanical explorations, composition of flora, with table; annotated list of
plants (vascular and cellular). Includes 19 phanerogams and 19 pteridophytes.
Reichardt, H. W. Ueber die flora der insel St. Paul im Indischen Ocean.
Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 21: 3-36. 1871.
Physiography, botanical investigations, general features of flora, ete. (with
bibliographical footnotes) ; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, with
local and general range.. Includes notes on the neighboring Amsterdam Island
with list of its flora (p. 9-11).
Schenck, Heinrich. Ueber flora und vegetation von St. Paul und Neu-
Amsterdam. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition
auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 179-218. 14 fig., pl. 11-15.
Jena, 1905.
Botanical investigations, physiography, climate, general features of vegetation,
phenology, ete.; tabular list of 86 native vascular plants and supplementary lists
of introduced ones; geographical relationships.
NICOBAR ISLANDS
See also Andaman Islands (Kloss; Prain, On a botanical visit).
General
Kurz, Sulpiz. <A sketch of the vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. Jour.
Asiatic Soe. Bengal 45 (2): 105-164. pl. 12-13. 1876.
Geography, geology, soils, plant formations; annotated list of 624 vascular
plants.
PRINCE EDWARD ISLANDS
See also Kerguelen Island (Schenck).
Local
Hemsley, W. B. Prince Edward group. Marion Island. Jn his Report on
the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the
scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76.
Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 187-206. pl. 538. London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, general features of vegetation; annotated list of plants (vas-
cular and cellular) ; extralimital range given. Includes 8 phanerogams and 6
pteridophytes.
Moseley, H. N. On the botany of Marion Island, Kerguelen’s Land, and
Yong Island of the Heard group. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 14: 387-388. 1874.
List of vascular plants of Marion Island and Yong Island. Followed by a
tabular list by D. Oliver, List of plants collected by H. N. Moseley ... on
Kerguelen’s Land, Marion Island, and Yong Island, p. 389-890.—For general
features of flora, physiography, etc., see Moseley, H. N. Notes on the flora of
Marion Island. 1. ec. 15: 481-486. 1877.
SEYCHELLES
See also Gloriosa Islands ; Mascarene Islands (Baker).
General
Summerhayes, V. S. An enumeration of the angiosperms of the Seychelles
Archipelago. Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. 19: 261-299. table. 1931.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora, statistics, phytogeography;
list of angiosperms (480 species), with references, localities, and collectors’
numbers, and general range.—For the Pteridophyta, see Christensen, C. On the
ferns of the Seychelles and the Aldabra group. Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II, 7:
409-425. pl. 45. 1912.
Local
Diels, Ludwig. Beitrige zur kenntnis der vegetation und flora der Seychel-
len... In Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf
dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 407-466. 35 fig., pl. 28-44, map.
Jena. 1922.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 101
Bibliography, general description of vegetation; annotated list of vascular
plants collected by Deutsche Tiefsee Expedition of 1899.
Hemsley, W. B. Flora of Seychelles and Aldabra: new phanerogamia,
chiefly of the Percy Sladen Trust expedition, with some emendations in synon-
ymy. Jour. Bot. v. 54, suppl. Il. 24 p. 1916; 54: 361-363. 1916.
Critical notes and descriptions of new species; never completed.
SOCOTRA
General
Balfour, I. B. Botany of Socotra. Trans. Roy. Soe. Edinb. v. 21. xix, 446 p.
100 pl., map. 1888.
Botanical explorations, physiography, economic plants, phytogeography ;
annotated list of vascular (584 species) and cellular plants.
Botany of Sokotra and Abd-el-Kuri. Angiospermae [and] Pterido-
phyta. In Forbes, H. O., ed. The natural history of Sokotra and Abd-el-
Kuri... p. 447-542. illus., pl. 26A and B (col.). Liverpool, 1903.
List of collectors ; annotated list of 618 angiosperms now known from Sokotra
and 61 known from Abd-el-Kuri; annotated list of ferns, mosses, and liverworts
of the two areas. Lists of fungi, lichens, seaweeds, and diatoms, in part by
other authors, are also given.
Local
Vierhapper, Fritz. Beitrige zur kenntnis der flora Stidarabiens und der
inseln Sokdétra, Sémha und ‘Abd el Kuri. Bearbeitung der von Dr. St. Paulay
und Professor Dr. O. Simony auf der expedition der Kaiserlichen akademie der
wissenschaften .. . von December 1898 bis mitte Marz 1899 gesammelten ge-
fasspflanzen. I. theil. Gefiisspflanzen der inseln Sokoétra, Sémha und ‘Abd el
Kori. Denkschr. Math.-Naturw. Kl, K. Akad. Wiss. Wien 71: 321-490. 35 fig.,
17 pl. 1907.
Annotated list of 221 vascular plants, with references, localities, and cita-
tions from Balfour and Forbes.
PACIFIC OCEAN
AUSTRALIAN ISLANDS
(Including Antipodes, Auckland, Bounty, Campbell, Chatham, Kermadec, Lord Howe,
Macquarie, Norfolk, Snares. )
See also New Zealand (Cheeseman, Manual; Hooker, Handbook; Kirk, The students’
flora) ; Polynesia (Merrill).
Local
Buchanan, John. On the flowering plants and ferns of the Chatham Islands.
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 7: 333-841. pl, 12-14. 1875.
List of 205 vascular plants, partly annotated, based principally on the collec-
tions of H. H. Travers in 1866 and 1871.
Cheeseman, T. F. On the flora of the Kermadec Islands... Trans. and
Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 20: 151-181. 1888.
Physiography, general features of flora, phytogeography, zoology; annotated
list of 115 vascular plants; table showing general distribution; list of naturalized
plants.
On the systematic botany of the islands to the south of New Zealand.
In Chilton, C. The subantarctic islands of New Zealand. v. 2, p. 389-471.
Wellington, 1909.
Refers to Snares, Lord Auckland, Campbell, Antipodes, Bounty, and Mac-
quarie Islands. Geography, botanical explorations; annotated list of vascular
plants, with localities; list of naturalized plants; table showing local and gen-
eral distribution of each species; phytogeography (including table showing local
distribution of the 37 vascular plants known from Kerguelen and South Georgia
Islands, p. 457), with annotated list of the 53 endemic species. The grasses,
omitted in this paper, are treated in the following one, “Gramina of the sub-
antarctic islands ...” by Donald Petrie, p. 472-481.
The vascular flora of Macquarie Island. 63 p. map. 31cm. Sydney,
1919. (Australasian Antarctic expedition, 1911-14. Scientific reports. Ser. C.
v. 7, pt. 3.)
102 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Physiography, climate, botanical explorations, extensively annotated list of
vascular plants (34 native) with references, localities, and general range;
affinities and origin of flora; bibliography.
Downing, C. T. On Norfolk Island, its character and productions. Papers
and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 3: 195-212. 1859. (Reprinted in Edinb. New
Phil. Jour. n. s., 16: 322-328. 1862.)
Includes (p. 202-207, 210-212) notes on useful plants, wild and cultivated.
Endlicher, S. F. L. Prodromus florae norfolkicae sive catalogus stirpium
quae in insula Norfolk annis 1804 et 1805 a Ferdinando Bauer collectae et
depictae nune in Museo caesareo palatino rerum naturalium Vindobonae servan-
tur. viii, 100 p. 23.5 cm. Vindobonae, 1833.
List of 152 species, of which 1389 are vascular; descriptive flora, with references
and frequent annotations.
Hemsley, W. B. The flora of Lord Howe Island. Annals Bot. 10: 221-284,
1896.
History, physiography, botanical explorations, general features of flora; list
of 209 vascular plants, with references, general range, and occasional annota-
tions; tables showing general range of genera and species; phytogeography ;
bibliography.
Hooker, J. D. On the botany of Raoul Island, one of the Kermadec group
in the South Pacific Ocean. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 1: 125-129. 1857 (1856).
Geography, general features of flora; list of 42 plants collected by McGil-
livray on the voyage of H. M. S. Herald.
Kirk, Thomas. On the botany of Antipodes Island. Trans. and Proc. New
Zeal. Inst. 23: 486441. 1891.
Physiography, zoology, general features of flora; unannotated list of 55
vascular plants.
On the botany of the Snares. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 23:
426-431. 1891.
Physiography, zoology, general features of flora, with special notes on more
important species ; unannotated list of vascular plants.
Laing, R. M. A revised list of the Norfolk Island flora, with some notes on
the species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 47: 1-89. 1915.
Botanical explorations, present condition of flora, tests for distinguishing
indigenous species, plant associations, vegetation of Phillip Island; phytogeog-
raphy, bibliography; annotated list of 175 vascular plants, with local and
general range; includes the plants of Phillip Island.
Maiden, J. H. The flora of Norfolk Island. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. 8. Wales
28: 692-785. pl. 38. 1904.
Botanical. explorations; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants; intro-
duced plants; early accounts of vegetation; bibliography; notes on flora of
Phillip Island and Nepean Island.
Observations on the vegetation of Lord Howe Island. Proc. Linn.
Soc. N. S. Wales 23: 112-158. pl. 1-4. 1898—Some further observations on
the vegetation of Lord Howe Island. 1. c 24: 381-384. pl. 32-33. 1899;
26: 156-158. 1901; 27: 347-351. pl. 15. 1902; S39: 377-384 pk 28) 1914;
45: 564-566. . 1921.
The first paper contains notes on author’s visit in 1898 (?), climate, etc.;
annotated bibliography; botanical explorations; list of vascular plants, mainly
additions to Hemsley’s list (1896) ; introduced plants, etc.; brings flora up to
217 indigenous and 20 introduced species. In vol. 39, p. 379, is a list of plants
collected on Admiralty Islets (near Lord Howe Island) by Charles Hedley in
September 1908. Titles of various numbers differ.
Mueller, Ferdinand von. The vegetation of the Chatham-Islands. 86 p.
7 pl. 24.5 cm. Melbourne, 1864.
Botanical explorations, phytogeography ; annotated list of 87 vascular plants,
with references and vernacular names.
Oliver, W. R. B. The vegetation and flora of Lord Howe Island. Trans. and
Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 49: 94-161. 8 fig., pl. 10-16. 1917.
Physiography, climate, plant formations, origin of flora, phytogeography ;
annotated list of 209 vascular plants, with reference to records, local and general
range; list of introduced plants; annotated bibliography; excluded species.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 103
Oliver, W. R. B. The vegetation of the Kermadec Islands. Trans. and Proc.
New Zeal. Inst. 42: 118-175. 1 fig. (map), pl. 12-23. 1910.
Phytogeography, botanical explorations, geology, climate, introduced plants
and animals, plant formations, geographical distribution; annotated list of
indigenous vascular plants, with general range given; list of introduced plants;
bibliography.
Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung der pflanzengeographie der
subantarktischen inseln ... V. Inseln siidlich von Neuseeland [Die Snares,
Antipoden-, Lord Auckland-, Campbell- und Macquarie-inseln]. Jn Wissenschaft-
liche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia”
1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 180-161. Jena, 1905.
Botanical collectors, bibliography; tabular list of 182 native vascular plants,
showing distribution inside and outside the region, with additional lists of intro-
duced species; climate, etc.; general features of flora of each group discussed
separately.
BORNEO
See also Dutch East Indies (general works ; also Steenis, On the origin).
General
Beccari, Odoardo. Note botaniche e botanico industriali bornensi. Webbia
5: 451-581. 6 fig. 1928.
Annotated lists of useful plants of Borneo, classified by uses; vernacular
names indexed.
Merrill, E. D. A _ bibliographic enumeration of Bornean plants. Jour.
Straits Branch Roy, Asiatic Soc. spec, no. 637 p. 1921.
Systematic list of Spermatophyta (4,924 species, considered to be probably
only 50 to 60 percent of real total), with references and synonymy, citation of
exsiccatae, general range; general features of flora, history of botanical collec-
tions.—See also his New or noteworthy Bornean plants I-III. Jour. Straits
Branch Roy. Asiatic Soe. 85: 157-201. 1922; 86: 312-342. 1922; Jour. Malay.
Branch Roy. Asiatic Soe. 1: 22-45. 1923.—Also his Additions to our knowledge
of the Bornean flora, [I]—II. Philippine Jour. Sci. 21: 515-534. 1922; 30: 79-87.
1926.
A contribution to the bibliography of the botany of Borneo. Sarawak
Mus. Jour. 2: 99-186. 1915.
Bibliography of 479 titles Additional titles in his “Bibliographic enumera-
Hon oe 5. Pp. 2-0 11921.
Local
Endert, F. H. Lijst van nuttige planten met korte aanteekeningen over het
gebruik. Jn Indisch comite voor wetenschappelijke onderzoekingen. Midden-
Oost-Borneo expeditie, 1925. p. 292-812. Weltevreden, 1927.
Annotated list, the plants classified by uses.
Gibbs, L. S. A contribution to the flora and plant formations of Mount Kina-
balu and the highlands of British North Borneo. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 42: 1-240.
8 fig., 8 pl. (incl. map). 1914.
Annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular) collected in the Provinces of
Dent and Keppel, British North Borneo, January to March 1910, by the author;
general range given; botanical exploration, orography, meteorology, plant forma-
tions; bibliography.
Irmscher, Edgar, ed. Beitrige zur kenntnis der flora von Borneo. Mitt. Inst.
Allg. Bot. Hamburg v. 7. 310 p. illus., 10 pl., 2 maps. 1927-387.
Itinerary (by H. Winkler) ; list of vascular and cellular plants collected by
Prof. Hans Wiblkler in central Borneo along the Melawi and upper Kapuas
Rivers in 1924-25, with data; families not in systematic order. Still in process
of publication.
Merrill, E. D. The flora of Banguey Island. Philippine Jour. Sci. 29: 341-
427. 1 fig. (map). 1926.
Briefly annotated list of about 410 vascular plants from Banguey Island, north
of Borneo; general range given; general features of island.
104 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Merrill, E. D. Plantae elmerianae borneenses. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. v. 15.
316 p. 1929.
Annotated list of about 945 vascular plants collected by A. D. E. Elmer in
British North Borneo in 1921-23.
Moulton, J. C. An account of the various expeditions to Mt. Kinabalu. Sara-
wak Mus. Jour. 2: 187-176. 1915.
Extensively annotated list of expeditions to Mount Kinabalu, 1851-1913 ; general
account of region and methods of approach.
Ridley, H. N. Additions to the flora of Borneo and other Malay islands: [I]-—
XIV. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1930: 364-878. 19380; 19381: 38-39, 493-499. 1931;
1933: 190-202. 1933; 1936: 17-21. 19386; 1938: 110-1238, 173-175, 175-176, 221—
242, 275-285, 306-307. 1938; 1939: 29-31, 275-280, 504-509, 509-517. 1989.
Descriptions of new species and new records, grouped by families, but not in
systematic order. Pt. 8 is by S. J. van Ooststroom, pt. 12-14 by H. K. Airy Shaw.
Stapf, Otto. On the flora of Mount Kinabalu, in North Borneo. Trans. Linn.
Soe. Bot. II, 4: 69-263. pl. 11-20. 1894.
Annotated list of vascular plants (also Muscineae and Hepaticae; 342 phan-
erogams, of which 199 are endemic) ; botanical exploration, orography, geology,
climate, botanical zones and formations, geographical affinities of flora, tables of
distribution.
CELEBES
See also Dutch East Indies (general works; also Koorders-Schumacher; Steenis, On
the origin) ; Molucea Islands (Rant).
Local
Koorders, S. H. Verslag eener botanische dienstreis door de Minahasa, tevens
eerste overzicht der flora van n. o. Celebes uit een wetenschappelijk en praktisch
oogpunt. Meded. Lands Plant. Buitenz. no. 19. xxvi, 716 p. 17 pl. (inel.
maps). 1898.—[1.]—-8. nachtrag zu meiner enumeratio specierum phanerogam-
arum Minahassae. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié 61: 250-261. 1902; 638:
76-89, 90-99. 1904.—Supplement ... deel 1, afl. 1.30p. 10pl. 26cm. Batavia,
1918.—Supplement .. . deel 1, afl. 2. Bul. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. III, 2: 242-260.
pl. 11-13. 1920. (Reprinted as p. 31-50.)—Supplement . . . deel 2-3. Uitgege-
ven door Mevr. de wed. A. Koorders-Schumacher. 2 y. 127 pl. 29 cm. Buiten-
zorg, 1922.
Annotated list (p. 253) of 1,375 phanerogams of Minahasa Peninsula, Celebes;
general range, vernacular names (indexed), uses; lists of vernacular names and
remarks on uses, etc.; geography, physiography (p. viii). The supplements con-
tain mostly new or recently described species. [1. nachtrag] has title Eenige
aanvullingen en verbeteringen van mijn Verslag ...
CLIPPERTON ISLAND
General
Snodgrass, R. E., and Heller, Edmund. The birds of Clipperton and Cocos
Islands. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. 4: 501-520. 1902.
On p. 516 it is stated that Clipperton Island is “absolutely destitute of
vegetation.”
Cocos ISLAND
See also Galapagos Islands (Svenson).
General
Robinson, B. L. Plants collected by Messrs. Snodgrass and Heller on Cocos
Island of the Pacific. In his Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Amer. Acad.
Arts and Sci. 38: 261-263. 1902.
Unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants.
Stewart, Alban. Notes on the botany of Cocos Island. Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci.
IV, 1: 375-404. pl. 31-384. 1912. (Expedition of the California Academy of
Sciences to the Galapagos Islands, 1905-06. V.)
Physiography, plant geography, etc.; annotated list of vascular plants (and
mosses) based chiefly on collections made by the author in 1905,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 105
DUTCH EAST INDIES
See also Borneo; Celebes; Java; Molucea Islands; New Guinea; Sumatra.
General
Boerlage, J. G. Handleiding tot de kennis der flora van Nederlandsch Indié.
Beschrijving van de families en geslachten der Nederl. Indische phanerogamen.
3 v. 22.5 em. Leiden, 1890-1900.
Descriptive only as to families and genera ; species listed at end of each family
with statement of range, but without references. No vernacular names. Vol. 1-3,
pt. 1, complete the Dicotyledons; no more published.
Cammerloher, Hermann, and others. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore des
Indes Néerlandaises I-XXXIV. Jn Bul. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. s. 3, v. 5-15.
1923-88.
Revisionary treatments of miscellaneous families, not in systematic order, by
various botanists.
Clercq, F. S. A. de. Nieuw plantkundig woordenboek voor Nederlandsch Indié.
Met korte aanwijzingen van het nuttig gebruik der planten en hare beteekenis in
het volksleven en met registers der inlandsche en wetenschappelijke benamin-
gen... xx, 3895p. 28cm. Amsterdam, 1909.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names (dialects stated in each case) with cross-
references to the alphabetically arranged list of scientific names, which is briefly
annotated as to uses; additional index of vernacular names of the parts of the
plants (fruits, flowers, ete.) ; systematic list of families and genera mentioned.
Duyster, Marinus. Giftige indische planten en plantenbestanddeelen. 148,
xiv p. 245 em. Bandoeng, 1927.
Annotated systematic list of poisonous plants, with vernacular names, chem-
ical properties, etc.
EKeden, F. W. van. MHoutsoorten van Nederlandsch Oost-Indié. Tevens be-
schrijving der meest bekende boomen van den Nederlandsch-Indischen Archipel
en hunne waarde voor de huishouding. 3. vermeerderde uitgave bewerkt door
J. J. Duyfjes. 341 p. 19.5cem. Haarlem, 1905 (1906). (1st ed., 1872; 2d, 1886.)
Annotated list of 815 species of trees of the Dutch East Indies, arranged by
families, with vernacular names.
Filet, G. J. Plantkundig woordenboek voor Nederlandsch-Indié; met korte
aanwijzingen van het geneeskundig- en huishoudelijk gebruik der planten, en
vermelding der verschillende inlandsche en wetenschappelijke benamingen.
2. ed. x, 348 p. 22.5 cm. Amsterdam, 1888. (1st ed., 1876.)
Alphabetical list of 9,283 vernacular names (plus additions), with botanical
equivalents, indication of locality where used, and notes on uses; index of
scientific names. The first edition contained 8,860 names.
Grevelink, A. H. B. Planten van Nederlandsch-Indié bruikbaar voor handel,
nijverheid en geneeskunde. vi, xlviii, 871 p. 8 fig. 24 ecm. Amsterdam, 1883.
Extensively annotated systematic list of useful plants, both wild and culti-
vated; brief descriptions, vernacular names, uses. Much less complete than
Heyne’s work.
Heyne, K. De nuttige planten van Nederlandsch Indié. 2e herziene en ver-
meerderde druk. 3 v. 27.5 cm. Batavia, 1927. (1st ed., 4 v., 1913-17; rev.
ed. (herdruk) vol. 1, 1922.)
Extensively annotated systematic list of useful plants, wild and cultivated,
with vernacular names, brief descriptions, uses, commercial details of the more
important species; bibliography ; synoptical list of species mentioned, classified
by uses; indices of scientific and vernacular names.
Internationale circumpacifische onderzoek-commissie. A short history and
the present position of botanical investigation in the Dutch East Indies. 22 p.
illus. 27cm. Amsterdam, 1923.
History of botanical exploration and investigation, laboratories, etc.; unanno-
tated list of principal botanical publications, list of periodicals.
Koorders, S. H. Lijst der phanerogamen-geslachten van den Maleischen
Archipel (Index generum phanerogamorum Archipelagi Indici). Natuurk.
Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié 55: 312-352. 1896.
Systematic tabular list of genera, with indication of habit.
106 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Miquel, F. A. W. Flora van Nederlandsch Indié (Flora Indiae batayvae).
8v.in 4. 41 pl, 2 maps. 245 cm. Amsterdam, 1855-59.
Descriptive flora (in Latin, habitat notes in Dutch) covering the spermato-
phytes; synonymy, references, vernacular names. The area covered extends
from the Andaman Islands to northwestern Australia and western and south-
ern New Guinea. Supplement 1 is a flora of Sumatra, here treated separately.
Ochse, J. J., and Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C. Vegetables of the Dutch
East Indies (edible tubers, bulbs, rhizomes and spices included). Survey of
the indigenous and foreign plants Serving ag pot-herbs and side-dishes. xxxvi,
1005 p. 463 fig., col. pl. 27.5 cm. Buitenzorg, 1931.
Annotated list, the families and their species arranged alphabetically, with
vernacular names, description, use, references, and figure of each species; index
of native vernacular names used in Dutch East Indies outside of Java and
Madoera (Madura) Island. An entirely revised and much enlarged edition of
Ochse’s Tropische groenten (1925).
Prillieux, Edouard. Sur les productions agricoles et forestiéres des posses-
sions hollandaises des Indes orientales. Bul. Soc. Acclim. France III, 1 [v. 21]:
359-389. 1874. (Reprinted.)
Systematic list of 247 woods exhibited at the Paris Exposition of 1867, with
vernacular names and brief annotations.
Pulle, A. A. The vegetation. Jn Rutten, L. M. R., ed. Science in the Nether-
lands East Indies. p. 164-191 (incl. 2 fig. (ports.), plates). Amsterdam, 1929].
Rather detailed account of botanical investigations, with included bibliography.
Sirks, M. J. Indische natuuronderzoek ... Meded. Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam
no. 6, Afd. Handelsmus. no. 2. xi, 303 p. ports. 1915.
Sketch of the development of natural history in the Dutch colonies (Old and
New World) with bibliographical footnotes and much biographical information:
index to personal names.
Stiirler, F. A. von. De vruchten van Nederlandsch Oost-Indié. 83 p. 22 fig.,
10 pl. 25 cm. Tiel, 1907.
Descriptions of the principal cultivated and wild fruits; bibliography.
Local
Britten, James, and others. Prodromus florae timorensis; compiled in the
Botanical department of the British Museum. Jn Forbes, H. O. A naturalist’s
wanderings in the eastern archipelago ... from 1878 to 1883. p. 497-523. Lon-
don, 1885.
Botanical explorations, Forbes’ itinerary; unannotated list of vascular plants.
Polypetalae by J. Britten, Gamopetalae and Apetalae by W. Fawcett, Mono-
cotyledones by H. N. Ridley, Filices by W. Carruthers.
Cardoso, Joao, jr. Plantas medicinaes de ilha de Timor. Jn his Subsidios
para a materia medica e thérapeutica das possessoes ultramarinas portuguezas.
v. 1, p. 2338-236. Lisboa, 1902.
Unannotated alphabetical list of medicinal plants.
Decaisne, Joseph. Description d’un herbier de Vile de Timor. Nouv. Annales
Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 333-501. pl. 16-21. 1834. (Reprinted with title:
Herbarii timorensis descriptio...173 p. Parisiis, 1835.)
List of about 550 species of vascular plants, with Latin descriptions; collec-
tions, physiography, ete.
Docters van Leeuwen, W. M. Botanical results of a trip to the Salajar
Islands. Blumea 2: 239-277. I fig. (map). 1987.—Addenda et corrigenda. 1. e.
3: 236-237. 1939.
General features of flora, botanical explorations, geology, climate; unannotated
lists of vascular plants of islands of Salajar, Kajoeadi, Bonérate, Pasitaloe,
Kalao, Kalaotoa, and Djampéa, south of Celebes, collected by the author in
19138; bibliography.
Krakatau, 1883 to 1933. A. Botany. Annales Jard. Bot. Buitenz. v.
46/47. xii, 506 p. 1 fig. (map), 37 pl., map. 1936.
History, changes in vegetation after eruption, comparison with similar areas
elsewhere, botanical explorations, soil, means of transport, associations, ete. ;
annotated lists of galls, mosses, hepatics, and 324 vascular plants; bibliography.
Replaces the earlier works of the same author, Ernst, and others,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 107
Docters van Leeuwen, W. M. Die vegetation der insel Toppers Hoedje in der
Sunda-Strasse. Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié 94: 149-169. 1934.
Geology, general features of flora; annotated list of 50 vascular plants col-
sea by the author in 1928 and 1932. (Small island between Sumatra and
Java.
The vegetation of the island of Sebesy, situated in the Sunda-Strait,
near the islands of the Krakatau-group; in the year 1921. Annales Jard. Bot.
Buitenz. 382: 185-192. pl. 36-37 (maps). 1923.
History after eruption of 1883, etc.; briefly annotated list of 359 vascular
plants from island of Sebesy, and comparative list of plants of Krakatau (in-
cluding Verlaten—259 species) and Sebesy; bibliography.
Henderson, M. R. The “padang”’ flora of Jemala, in the Anamba Islands,
N. E. I. Gard. Bul. Straits Settlem. 5: 234-240. 1931.
General features of flora; annotated list of plants collected by the author
in April 1928.
Junghuhn, Franz. Plantae junghuhnianae. HEnumeratio plantarum, quas in
insulis Java et Sumatra detexit Fr. Junghuhn. 522 p. 23.5 cm. Lugduni-Bata-
vorum, 1853-55 [1851-57].
List of vascular and cellular plants collected by Junghuhn, with description
of new species and various critical remarks and annotations. Issued in 4 parts;
descriptions by Miquel and others.
Koorders-Schumacher, Anna. Systematisches verzeichnis der zum herbar
Koorders gehorenden, in Niederlindisch-Ostindien, besonders in den jahren
1888-1903 gesammelten phanerogamen und pteridophyten nach den original-
einsammlungsnotizen und bestimmungs-etiketten, unter der leitung von Dr. S. H.
Koorders zusammengestellt. II—V. Abt. Sumatra, Celebes, Lombok... 62,
160 p. 245 cm. Buitenzorg, 1910-14.
Several systematic lists, in part annotated, of plants of the Koorders herbar-
ium, as follows: Sumatra (several lists for different regions; phanerogams
only) ; Celebes (vascular plants) ; Lombok and other islands (mainly references
to other lists; no proper list of species).
Kurz, Sulpiz. Korte schets der vegetatie van het eiland Bangka. Natuurk.
Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié 27: 142-258. 1864.
Plant formations, climate, etc.; annotated list of phanerogams (959 species) ;
separate list of vernacular names. German translation by J. K. Hasskar] of in-
troductory pages (143-156) in Bot. Zeit. 23: 6-8, 15-19. 1865.
Lam, H. J. Miangas (Palmas). Scattered annotations ... 66 p. 20 fig. and
8 maps on 11 pl., 1 tab. 265 ecm. Batavia, 19382. (Indisch comité voor weten-
schappelijke onderzoekingen Batavia VI.)
Topography, geology, general features of flora and fauna, history, ete.; list
of 88 vascular plants collected by the author in 1926, with vernacular names
and general range; bibliography. Miangas or Palmas Island, the northernmost
of the Talaud (Talaur) Islands, is in about 5°33’ N. Lat., 126°34’ HE. Long.
Malm, Jacob von. Die phanerogamenflora der Kleinen Sunda-inseln und ihre
beziehungen. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde 34: 255-307. 1934.
Geology, climate, plant formations; partial list of spermatophytes collected
by the Rensch expedition in 1927 and the Elbert expedition in 1909 on Lom-
bok, Sumbawa, and Flores (the species of wide range omitted) ; phytogeography,
bibliography.
Rendle, A. B., and others. Dr. H. O. Forbes’s Malayan plants. Jour. Bot. 62
(Suppl.) : 1-48. 1924; 63 (Suppl.): 49-186. 3 fig. 1925; 64 (Suppl.): 187-
149. 1 fig. 1926.
List of vascular and cellular plants collected by H. O. Forbes in Java and
Sumatra in 1878-83, with localities, collecting numbers, and frequent annota-
tions. Polypetalae by E. G. Baker, Gamopetalae and Monochlamydeae by
S. LeM. Moore, Monocotyledones by H. N. Ridley, Pteridophyta by A. Gepp bee
Bryophyta and Lichenes by other authors).
Spanoghe, J. B. Prodromus florae timorensis. Linnaea 15: 161-208, 314
350, 476-480. 1841.
List of 914 phanerogams, with references and occasional localities. Gra-
mineae, Cyperaceae, and some other families are omitted.
108 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Steenis, C. G. G. J. van. Botanical results of a trip to the Anambas and
Natoena Islands... with notes on the vegetation of Djemadja by M. R. Hender-
son. Bul. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. III, 12: 151-211. 11 fig. (incl. map), pl. 19382.
Geography, geology, climate, botanical explorations, plant formations, phyto-
geography, classified list of useful wild and cultivated plants; no systematic
list of flora. These islands form the Poelau Toedjoeh and are situated in the
center of the Sunda Shelf in the South China Sea between 3° and 4° N. and
106° and 109° BH.
On the origin of the Malaysian mountain flora. Bul. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz. III, 13: 185-262, 289-417. 10 fig. (incl. maps), tab.,2 maps. 1934-35;
14: 56-72. 1936.
Mainly phytogeographical; includes (p. 155-260) list of Malaysian mountain
species of temperate genera of mosses, hepatics, and vascular plants, with list
of localities and altitudinal range, the families arranged alphabetically. Covers
Malay Peninsula, islands from Sumatra to New Guinea, and Philippine Islands.
Teysmann, J. E. Verslag eener botanische reis over Timor en de daaronder
ressorteerende eilanden Samauw, Alor, Solor, Floris en Soemba. Natuurk.
Tijdschr, Nederland.-Indié 34: 348-517. 1874.
Includes (p. 486-515) list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents and
brief account of useful plants.
FIJI ISLANDS
See also Polynesia (general works).
General
Horne, John. List of plants found in Fiji. In his A year in Fiji... p. 256—
284. London, 1881.
Alphabetical lists of spermatophytes and pteridophytes known from Fiji, with
indication if endemic or introduced. For descriptions and reductions of some of
the many new species indicated, see Baker, J. G. Recent additions to our knowl-
edge of the flora of Fiji. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 358-373. 1883.
Seemann, Berthold. Flora vitiensis: a description of the plants of the Viti
or Fiji Islands, with an account of their history, uses, and properties. xxxiii,
453 p. 100 pl. (incl. map, pl. 3-100 col.). 32 ecm. London, 1865-73.
Descriptive flora of vascular and cellular plants, including cultivated species
(descriptions in Latin, annotations in English) ; vernacular names (not indexed) ;
botanical exploration, physiography, general features of flora, list of endemic
forms, ete.—For descriptions of many new species from the islands, see Gillespie,
J. W. New plants from Fiji I-I!I. Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 74. 99 p. 57 fig.,
pl. 19380; 88. 72p. 40 fig., pl. 1931;91. 81 p. 48 fig. 1932—Also Smith, A. C.
Fijian plant studies. 1. c. 141. 166 p. 88 fig. 19386.
Viti: an account of a government mission to the Vitian or Fijian
Islands in the years 1860-61. xv, 447 p. illus., 4 pl. map. 22.5 cm. Cam-
bridge, 1862.
Includes chapters (p. 274-880) dealing with useful plants.
Wright, C. H. A list of Fijian plant names. Bul. Dept. Agr. Fiji no. 9 (i. e.
10). 10 p. 1918—Errata and addenda. Agr. Cir. Dept. Agr. Fiji 1: 59-60.
1920.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names with botanical equivalents, including
all those previously recorded.—See also Parham, [H. B. R.|. Names of a few
Fijian plants and their botanical equivalents. 13 p. Suva, [1935].
Local
Gibbs, L. S. A contribution to the montane flora of Fiji (including erypto-
gams), with ecological notes. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 180-210. 1 fig. (map),
pl. 11-16. 1909.
Annotated list of plants collected by author in 1907, mostly at Nadarivatu,
Mount Victoria Range, island of Viti Levu; general range given; physiography
and climatology of Viti Levu, botanical explorations, affinities of flora,
bibliography.
Turrill, W. B. A contribution to flora of Fiji. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 48: 15-
39; 1915:
Annotated list of phanerogams collected by Sir Everard im Thurn in 1905-07.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 109
GALAPAGOS ISLANDS
General
Robinson, B. L. Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Amer, Acad. Arts and
Sci. 38: 77-269. 3 pl. 1902. (Contr. Gray Herb. n. s., no. 24.)
Botanical collections, bibliography; systematic list, with pertinent synon-
ymy, exsiccatae, extralimital range, frequent annotations; tables of botanical
collections, distribution of species by islands (vascular plants); general fea-
tures of flora, botanical features of each island, origin of flora. Treatment of
cellular cryptogams by W. G. Farlow (except Hepaticae, by A. W. Evans).
Stewart, Alban. A botanical survey of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci. IV, 1: 7-252. pl. 1-19 (incl. map). 1911.
Similar in plan to the flora by Robinson and supplementary to it; vascular
plants only. The plates are mostly of cacti. The general features of the vege-
tation on each island are discussed by the author in “Some observations concern-
ing the botanical conditions on the Galapagos Islands.” ‘Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci.
18 (1): 270-840. 1915.
Local
Christophersen, Erling. A collection of plants from the Galapagos Islands.
Nyt Mag. Naturvidensk. 70: 67-95. pl. 1931 (1982).
Recent botanical explorations; adds about 19 species to the flora of the islands,
based principally on a collection made by Miss Borghild Rorud (Mrs. Rambech)
in 1926-27.
Svenson, H. K. Plants of the Astor expedition, 1930 (GMa pecs and Cocos
Islands). Amer. Jour. Bot. 22: 208-277 (incl. 9 pl.). 1935. (Brooklyn Botanic
Garden Contribution no. 69.)
General features of flora, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants collected, in-
cluding several new to the Galapagos Islands and two new to Cocos Island.
HAWATIAN ISLANDS
See also Polynesia.
The following publication has not been available:
Kaaiakamanu, D. M., and Akina, J. K. Hawaiian herbs of medicinal value, found
among the mountains and elsewhere in the Hawaiian Islands, and known to the Hawai-
ians to possess curative and paJliative properties most effective in removing physical
ailments. Translated by Akaiko Akana ... 74 p. 8°. Honolulu, 1922. (Not seen;
cited from Merrill, E. D. Polynesian botanical biblioecaply) Pp. 110.) 4
General
Bryan, E. H., jr. Hawaiian nature notes. 285 p. illus. (incl. maps). 22.5 em.
Honolulu, 1933.
Includes (p. 81-87) chapter on “Food plants of the ancient Hawaiians,” with
bibliography.
Bryan, W. A. Natural history of Hawaii; being an account of the Hawaiian
people, the geology and geography of the islands, and the native and introduced
plants and animals of the group. 596 p. (incl. 117 pl.). Honolulu, 1915.
General sketch of the flora, p. 189-230, with small and very crowded photo-
graphs of many species; botanical bibliography, p. 508.
Crawford, D. L. Hawaii’s crop parade. A review of useful products derived
from the soil in the Hawaiian Islands, past and present. 305 p. 24 cm. Hono-
lulu, 1987.
Annotated list of wild and cultivated plant products, alphabetically arranged
by vernacular names.
Degener, Otto. Flora hawaiiensis, or the new illustrated flora of the Hawaiian
Islands. Book I-III. illus. (pt. col.). 24 cm. [Honolulu,] 1932-38.
Descriptive flora, with vernacular names, synonymy, type locality, local and
general range, uses. Issued in loose-leaf form, unpaged; each species occupying
a separate sheet (dated), with illustration on verso. In process of publication.
Forbes, C. N. Notes on the naturalized flora of the Hawaiian Islands.
Occas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 4: 323-834 (no. 5, p. 23-84). 1911.
Annotated list of introduced vascular plants, most of which are not mentioned
in Hillebrand’s Flora (1888).
110 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Fosberg, F. R. A key to the families of monocotyledons in the Hawaiian
Islands. Oceas. Papers Univ. Hawaii no.18. 8p. 1934——St. John, Harold, and
Fosberg, F. R. Identification of Hawaiian plants. A key to the families of
dicotyledons. ..1.¢. no. 36. 5383p. [1938.]
Keys to families; alphabetical list of families, each with botanical characters
and alphabetical list of genera.
Heller, A. A. Observations on the ferns and flowering plants of the
Hawaiian Islands. Minn. Bot. Studies 1 (Bul. 9, Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey
Minn. Bot. Ser. II) : 760-922. pl. 42-69 (incl. 2 maps). 1897.
Geography, physiography ; annotated list of species, with many critical notes.
To be taken as Supplementary to Hillebrand’s Flora.
Hillebrand, William. Flora of the Hawaiian Islands; a description of their
phanerogams and vascular cryptogams. xcvi, 673 p. pl., map. 22 em. London
and New York, 1888.
Geography, physiography, life zones; outline of descriptive botany; descrip-
tive flora of vascular plants (999 species, of which 653 are endemic), with
synonymy, references, and vernacular names.
Judd, A. F. Trees and plants. Jn Ancient Hawaiian civilization. A series
of lectures delivered at the Kamehameha schools. p. 278-281. Honolulu, [1983].
Tabular list of useful plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names,
with botanical names and uses.
MacCaughey, Vaughan. History of botanical exploration in Hawaii. Ha-
waiian Forester and Agr. 15: 888-396, 417-429, 508-510. 1918; 16: 25-28, 49-
54. 1919.
Chronological sketch of botanical exploration and botanists, brief biographical
sketches, bibliography.
A survey of the Hawaiian land flora. Bot. Gaz. 64: 90-114. 5 fig.
(incl. map). 1917.
A brief but useful summary of the flora.
Neal, M. C. Plants used medicinally. Jn Handy, E. S. C., and others. Out:
line of Hawaiian therapeutics. Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 126: 39-49. 1934.
Unannotated list, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names, with botanical
equivalents and references; bibliography.
Pope, W. T. Manual of wayside plants of Hawaii. Including illustrations,
descriptions, habits, uses and methods of control of such plants as have a wild
nature of growth, exclusive of ferns. 289 p. 160 fig. 23.5 cm. Honolulu, 1929.
Annotated, descriptive systematic list of Hawaiian weeds; bibliography.
Rock, J. F. C. The indigenous trees of the Hawaiian Islands. 518 p. 215
fig. 26.5 em. Honolulu, 1918.
Life zones, forest regions, floral aspects; descriptive flora of woody plants,
with synonymy, references, extensive annotations, and photographs, mostly from
fresh or living specimens; vernacular names (separately indexed).
List of Hawaiian names of plants. Bot. Bul. Bd. Agr. and Forestry
Hawaii no. 2. 20 p. 1918.
Alphabetical lists of vernacular names of wild plants, introduced plants, Algae,
ete., with botanical equivalents,
The poisonous plants of Hawaii. Hawaiian Forester and Agr. 17:
59-62, 97-101. 1920.
Annotated list—See also Zschokke, T. C. Poisonous plants now found in the
Hawaiian Islands. Agr. Notes Agr. Ext. Serv. Univ. Hawaii no. 49. 4p. 1938.
(Processed publication. )
Wilder, G. P. Fruits of the Hawaiian Islands. rev. ed. 247 p. (incl. 121
pl.). 265 ¢m. Honolulu, 1911.
Photographie plates, with brief descriptions and remarks, of 121 native and
naturalized fruits of the Hawaiian Islands.
Local
Bitter, Georg. Ergebnisse einer reise nach dem Pacific (Prof. Dr. Schauins-
land 1896/97). Die phanerogamische pflanzenwelt der insel Laysan. Abhandl.
Naturw. Ver. Bremen 16: 430-439. pl. 4. 1900.
Annotated list of 26 vascular plants; phytogeographical relationships.—See
also Schauinsland, H. H. Drei monate auf einer koralleninsel (Laysan). 104 p.
23 cm. Bremen, 1899. (Annotated list of 27 vascular plants, p. 98-100.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD aL
Caum, E. L. Notes on the flora and fauna of Lehua and Kaula Islands.
Oceas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus. v. 11, no. 21. 17 p. (incl. 1 fig., 3 pl.).
1936.
General features of flora; annotated list of 35 vascular plants; also list of
birds.
Notes on the flora of Molokini. Occas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus.
9 (1): 15-18. 1930.
Botanical explorations; list of vascular plants; changes in vegetation.
Christophersen, Erling. Vascular plants of Johnston and Wake Islands.
Ocecas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus. v. 9, no. 18, 20 p. (incl. 3 fig. (maps),
5 pl.). 1931. (Tanager expedition publication no. 6.)
Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants.
and Caum, E. L. Vascular plants of the Leeward Islands, Hawaii.
Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 81. 41 p. 3 fig. (maps), 16 pl. 1931. (Tanager
expedition publication no. 7.)
Physiography, general features of flora of each island with list of its species;
annotated list of vascular plants, with localities and collectors’ numbers;
bibliography.—See also St. John, H. Additions to the flora of Midway Islands,
(Hawaiian plant studies 3.) Occas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus. vy. 11, no. 14.
4p. 1935.
Degener, Otto. Illustrated guide to the more common or noteworthy ferns
and flowering plants of Hawaii National Park, with descriptions of ancient
Hawaiian customs and an introduction to the geologic history of the islands. xv,
312 p. 95 fig. 23.5 em. Honolulu, 1930.
Not a flora, but contains running accounts of the more interesting or striking
plants with ethnological and other information and vernacular names. The
park is on the islands of Hawaii and Maui.
Forbes, C. N. An enumeration of Niihau plants. Occas. Papers Bern. P..
Bishop Mus. 5: 99-108 (no. 3, p. 17-26). 3 pl, map. 19183.
List of vascular plants collected by the author in 1913.—See also St. John, H.
Additions to the flora of Niihau. l. c. v. 9, no. 14. 11 p. (inel. 3 pl.). 1931.
Notes on the flora of Kahoolawe and Molokini. Occas. Papers Bern.
P. Bishop Mus. 5: 85-92 (no. 8, p. 8-10). 5pl. (inel. 2 maps). 1918.
List of vascular plants collected by the author in 1913.
Hosaka, E. Y. Ecological and floristic studies in Kipapa Gulch, Oahu.
Occas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 13: 175-232. 18 fig. (incl. map). 1937.
Includes list of bryophytes and vascular plants; bibliography. ‘This locality
is in the Koolau Range, near Pearl Harbor.
Kraebel, C. J. Mauna Kea plant list. Hawaiian Forester and Agr. 19: 2-4.
Deel O25:
Alphabetical list of botanical names, with English and Hawaiian vernacular
names, covering the plants seen from Kuaiau to about 10,000 feet altitude, with
indication of habit, ete.
St. John, Harold, and Hosaka, E. Y. Weeds of the pineapple fields of the
Hawaiian Islands. Res. Pub. Univ. Hawaii no. 6. 196 p. illus. 1982.
Descriptive systematic list, with figures of each species.
Skottsberg, Carl. Remarks on the flora of the high Hawaiian volcanoes.
Acta Horti Gothoburg. 6: 47-65. 1931.
Includes annotated list of alpine and subalpine species.
Vascular plants from the Hawaiian Islands. I-II. Acta Horti Gotho-
burg. 2: 185-284. 9 fig. 1926; 10: 97-198. 28 fig. 1936.
Annotated lists of species collected by the author, with numerous critical notes.
JAVA
See eee Dutch East Indies (general works; also Junghuhn; Rendle; Steenis, On the
origin).
The following publication has not been available:
Koorders, S. H. Flora van Tjibodas, umfassend die bliitenpflanzen, welche in der
botanischen Tjibodas-waldreserve und oberhalb derselben auf den West-Javanischen
vulkanen Pangerango und Gede wildwachsend vorkommen. 5 lfg. Batavia, 1918-19.
(Cited from Tectona 13: 478. 1920.)
241306°—42 8
112 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
General
Backer, C. A. Handboek voor de flora van Java. v.1-3. 27 cm. Batavia,
1924 28.
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, synonyms, vernacular names;
the treatment of the species in form of keys. Pt. 3 (issued in 1924) takes the
work through Musaceae—Heliconia (Engler-Prantl system).
Plantes exotiques naturalisées dans Java. Annales Jard. Bot.
Buitenz. Suppl. 3 (1): 393-420. 1910.
Annotated alphabetical list of 153 species.
Schoolfiora voor Java. (Ranunculaceae—Myrtaceae.) clxxix, 676 p.
12 pl. 23.5 em. Weltevreden, 1911.
A flora in the form of ample keys, with vernacular names (indexed) and
glossaries.
Boldingh, Isaac. Zakflora voor de landbouwstreken op Java. xvii, 204 p.
21.5 em. Batavia, 1916.
Pocket flora in the form of keys, treating the vascular plants of the culti-
vated regions of Java.
Junghuhn, Franz. Die pflanzendecke. Das pflanzenreich Java’s vom phys:-
ognomischen und physischgeographischen gesichtspunkte betrachtet. Jn his
Java, seine gestalt, pflanzendecke und innere bauart. Nach der 2. verb. aufi. des
hollindischen original in’s deutsche tibertragen von J. K. Hasskarl. vy. 1, p.
183-483. Leipzig, 1857.
General features of vegetation, plant formations, etc., with partly annotated
bibliography (p. 133-148).
Koorders, 8S. H. Exkursionsflora von Java, umfassend die bliitenpflanzen
mit besonderer beriicksichtigung der im hochgebirge wildwachsenden arten. 38 v.
139 fig., 19 pl., 4 maps and atlas (v. 4) of 1813 (i. e. 1110) fig. 26 cm. Jena,
1911-37.
Descriptive flora of Spermatophyta, with descriptions mostly in form of keys,
local and extralimital range, vernacular names. The atlas, never completed,
covers Cycadaceae—Ranunculaceae, and Leguminosae (part); Abt. 6 not pub-
lished.—For Pteridophyta, see Backer, C. A., and Posthumus, O. Varenflora
voor Java. 3870p. 81 fig. Buitenzorg, 1989. (Not seen.)
Plantkundig woordenboek voor de boomen van Java med korte aan-
teekeningen over de bruikbaarheid van het hout. Meded. Lands Plant. Buitenz.
no. 12. xx, 173 p. 1894.
Systematic list of trees, with vernacular names (separately indexed) and
brief annotations.
and Valeton, Theodoric. Bijdrage no. 1 [10] tot de kennis der
boomsoorten van (op) Java. (Additamenta ad cognitionem florae arboreae
javanicae.) Meded. Lands Plant. Buitenz. no. 11. 363 p. 1894; no. 14. 228 p.
1895; no. 16. 320 p. 1896; no. 17. 328 p. 1896; no. 33. 464 p. 1900; no. 40.
[201] p. 1900; no. 42. 231 p. 1900; no. 59. 285 p. 1902; no. 61. 407 p. 1903;
no. 68. 287 p. 1904.—no. 11-13. Meded. Dep. Landb. [Nederl.-Indié] no. 2.
277, 12 p. 1906; no. 10. 782 p. 1910; no. 18. 286 p. 1914.—Atlas der baumar-
ten von Java im anschluss an die “Bijdragen tot de kennis der boomsoorten
van Java.” 4 y. (16 lfg.). 800 pl. 26 cm. Leiden, 1913-18.
Revisionary treatments of families of woody plants, in Dutch and Latin;
general index to vernacular and botanical names in pt. 13.
Vorderman, A. G. Javaansche geneesmiddelen. Geneesk. Tijdschr. Neder-
land.-Indié 34: 269-348. 1894.
Bibliography; briefly annotated list of 180 drug plants, alphabetically
arranged by vernacular names, with botanical and Chinese names and references
to literature; indices.
Loeal
Backer, C. A. Flora van Batavia. Deel I. Dicotyledones dialypetalae
(Thalamiflorae en Discifiorae). xvi, 405, 25, 18 p. 26.5 em. Batavia, 1907.
(Mededeelingen uitgaande van het Departement van Landbouw no. 4.)
Descriptive flora of the vicinity of Batavia, Java, with keys and vernacular
names (separately indexed).
Onkruidflora der javasche suikerrietgronden. afl. 1-5 (8, Ixxvii,
S07 p.). map and atlas, afl. 1-12 (pl. 1-884). 25 cm. Soerabaia, 1928-38.
(Handboek ten dienste van de suikerrietcultuur en de rietsuiker-fabricago op
Java, 7. deel.)
-]
$+ — ‘~ a eS ee ee ae Ee ee ee
FLORAS OF THE WORLD labs
Full descriptions, with vernacular names and keys to genera and Species,
of the weeds of Javan sugiar fields; habit figures, with occasional details, of
each species. Text completed, but plates still in process of publication.
Backer, C. A., and Slooten, D. F. van. Geillustreerd handboek der javaansche
theeonkruiden en hunne beteekenis voor de cultuur. 47 p. 240 pl., map. 24 cm.
Batavia, 1924.
Annotated descriptive account of weeds of teafields, with vernacular names,
keys, and with plate of each species. Includes most of. the widespread weeds
of the Tropics of the Old World.
Buitenzorg. Jardin botanique. Flore de Buitenzorg. vy. 1-6. illus., plates.
26 cm. Leiden, 1898-1922.
Descriptive flora, with keys, in German. Of the 6 parts so far published,
the only ones relating to vascular plants are vol. 1, Pteridophyta, by M. Raci-
borski, and vol. 6 (in 2 parts, text and plates), Orchidaceae, by J. J. Smith.
Clason, E. W. The vegetation of the Upper-Badak region of Mount Kelut
(East Java). Bul. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. III, 13: 509-518. pl. 5-6. 1935.
Topography, voleanic history, general features of vegetation; list of vascular
and cellular plants, annotated by symbols, and grouped by size and habit.
Docters van Leeuwen, W. M. Beitrag zur kenntnis der gipfelvegetation der
in Mittel-Java gelegenen vulkane Soembing und Sindoro. Bul. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz. III, 11: 28-56. 2 fig., pl. 4-18. 1930.
Includes annotated list of vascular and cellular plants occurring above 2,400
meters elevation.
Biology of plants and animals occurring in the higher parts of Mount
Pangrango-Gedeh in West-Java. Verhandl. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam
Afd. Natuurk., 2. Sect., v. 31. 278 p. 66 fig., 30 pl., fold. tab. 1933.
Includes account of botanical explorations, with footnote references (p. 1-22),
and annotated systematic lists of plants from the higher parts of Mount
Pangrango--Gedeh (p. 143-250) and from other mountain tops and the vicinity
of Tjibodas (p. 251-268).
Uber die erneuerung der verbrannten alpinen flora des Merbaboe-
gebirges in Zentral-Java. Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell. 81: 151-157. 3 fig. 1913.
Includes lists of alpine species collected before and after the big fire of 1912.
Elbert, J. E. W. Ueber die zonare verbreitung der vegetation auf den Lawu-
vulkan Mittel-Javas. Meded. Rijks Herb. Leiden no. 12. 3831p. 1912.
List by H. Hallier (p. 7-81) of vascular plants and 1 lichen collected by
Elbert on Mount Lawu, with altitudes and general range.
Koorders, S. H. Floristischer tiberblick tiber die bliitenpflanzen des urwaldes
von Tjibodas auf dem Vulkan Gede in West-Java nebst einer nummerliste und
einer systematischen tibersicht der dort fiir botanische untersuchungen von mir
numerierten waldbiiume. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 50 (Suppl.) : 278-803. 1914.
General features of flora, etec.; unannotated systematic list of trees.
Verslag van eene dienstreis naar de Karimon-djawa-eilanden.
Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié 48: 20-132. pl., map. 1889.
Bibliography, topography, general features of botany and zoology, annotated
list of useful plants collected on the different islands of the group, zoology,
geology. The islands lie north of Djapara, Java.
Versuch einer arten-aufzihlung der hochgebirgsflora von Tosari und
Ngadisari. His Notizen tiber die phanerogamenflora von Java. II-III, V.
Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié 60: 241-280, 370-374. 1901; 62: 215-266.
1903.
Botanical explorations; annotated list of 342 vascular plants, with vernacular
names and brief descriptions, the families arranged alphabetically.
Koorders-Schumacher, Anna. Systematisches verzeichnis der zum herbar
Koorders gehérenden, in Niederliindisch-Ostindien, besonders in den jahren 1888—
1903 gesammelten phanerogamen und pteridophyten nach den original-einsamm-
lungsnotizen und bestimmungs-etiketten, unter der leitung von Dr. S. H. Koorders
zusammengestellt. I. Abt. Java. v. p. 245 em. Buitenzorg, 1910-13.
Systematic list of vascular plants collected by Koorders, with localities, col-
lecting numbers and occasional annotations. Numerous separate pagings, mostly
by families.
Penzig, Otto. I prodotti vegetali del mercato di Buitenzorg (Giava). Atti
Soe. Ligust. Sci. Nat. e Geog. 9: 405-429. 1899.
Descriptive account of useful plants sold in the bazar of Buitenzorg.
114 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Pijl, Leendert van der. The re-establishment of vegetation on Mt. Goentoer
(Java). Annales Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 48: 129-152. pl. 19-20. 1988.
History of eruptions which destroyed the flora and the process of revegetation,
ete.; tabular list of known cellular and vascular plants; bibliography.
Rock, J. F. The forest of Mt. Gedah, West Java. Hawaiian Plant. Rec. 22:
67-104. illus. 1920.
General features of flora, life zones, very brief synoptical list of more impor-
tant plant families and their principal representatives.
Schmucker, Theodor. Beitrige zur kenntnis der hochgebirgsflora Javas und
zur theorie der pflanzenausbreitung. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 2. Abt. 48: 34-68.
1926.
Mainly phytogeographic; contains (p. 65-67) list of species known in Java
above 2,500 meters elevation ; bibliography.
Smith, J. J. Een botanische reis naar de Duizend-eilanden. Teysmannia 18:
450-456. 1907.
Annotated alphabetical lists of vascular plants collected by author in December
1606, on Poeloe Paniki, Poeloe Pendjaliran, and Poeloe Doea. (Thousand
Islands, north of Java near its western end.)
Steenis, C. G. G. J. van. Schets van de flora van het eiland Dapoer (Duizend
Hilanden). Trop. Natuur 24: 31-34. 6 fig. (inel. map). 1935
Running account of plants observed.
Vorderman, A. G. Inlandsche namen van eenige Madoereesche planten en
simplicia ...Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié 59: 140-197. 1900.
Madoera (Madura) language (by H. N. Kiliaan), botanical glossary; an-
notated alphabetical list of 408 vernacular names; index of botanical names.
JUAN FERNANDEZ ISLANDS
See also Polynesia (Merrill).
General
Hemsley, W. B. Juan Fernandez and Masafuera. In his Report on the botany
of Juan Fernandez... Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S.
Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. y. 1, pt. 3, p. 1-96. pl. 54-68.
London, 1885 (1884).
Physiography, botanical exploration, general features of vegetation, tabular
analysis of flora, extinct species, etc.; annotated list of plants (vascular and
cellular). Includes 124 phanerogams and 44 pteridophytes.
Johow, Friedrich. Estudios sobre la flora de las islas de Juan Fernandez.
xi, 287 p. 8 fig., 18 pl.,2 maps. 382.5cm. Santiago de Chile, 1896.
Geography and geology (by Roberto Pohlmann), botanical explorations, bibli-
ography; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants; evolution of the flora,
statistical tables, plant formations, etc.
Skottsberg, Carl. The phanerogams of the Juan Fernandez Islands. Jn his
The natural history of Juan Fernandez and Easter Island. v. 2, Botany, pt. 2,
no. 7. p. 95-240. 39 fig., pl. 10-20 (1 col.). Uppsala, 1922. (Preprint, 1921.)
Enumeration of the indigenous (142 species) and introduced (1380 species)
phanerogams, with references, localities, general range, and critical notes; gen-
eral features of flora ; bibliography.—See also Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C.
The Pteridophyta of the Juan Fernandez Islands. 1. ec. pt. 1, no. 1. p. 1446.
7 fig., pl. 1-5. 1920. (List of 51 Pteridophyta, with references, localities, and
eritical notes.)—For additions, see his Notes on some recent collections made in
the islands of Juan Fernandez. Acta Horti Gothoburg. 4: 155-171. illus. 1929.
MELANESIA
See also New Caledonia; New Guinea; Polynesia (Endlicher; Guppy; Jouan; Merrill).
Local
Beck-Mannagetta, Giinther. Flora des Stewart-atolls im Stillen Ocean.
Annalen K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 3: 251-256. 1888.
General features of flora; list of 17 plants (14 vascular) collected on the
voyage of the Novara in 1858. The atoll, also known as Sikéiana (Sikai Anna),
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 115
8°22’ S. Lat., 162°58’ E. Long., is just east of the Solomon Islands. The speci-
mens were collected on Faule or Small Island, one of the 4 composing the atoll.
Bradtke, W. The flora of a small tropical island... With a foreword by
C. T. White. Queensland Nat. 2: 133-185. 1921.
List of 22 vascular plants collected on a small coral island in the Duke of
York Islands, Bismarck Archipelago, with vernacular names.
Burkill, I. H. Ona collection of plants from New Britain (Neu Pommern).
Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 9: 90-97. 1896.
Botanical explorations, ete.; list of vascular plants collected in 1875 by Baron
A. von Hiigel; bibliography. Known flora is about 160 species.
Guillaumin, André. Contribution 4 la flore des Nouvelles-Hébrides I-III.
Bul. Soe. Bot. France 66: 267-277. 1920; 74: 693-712. 1928; '76: 298-308.
1929.
Part I consists of a list of 111 vascular plants collected on the island of Efate
(Vaté or Sandwich) by Levat in 1883, with localities and vernacular names; the
number previously known was 13. Part II is a list of those now known from
the New Hebrides, including Banks and Torres Islands (312 species and varie-
ties), with localities and names of collectors; bibliography, briefly annotated
list of collectors. Part III. Supplément aux plantes recueillies par M. Levat.—
For additions see his Contribution to the flora of the New Hebrides. Plants
collected by S. F. Kajewski in 1928 and 1929. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 12:
221-264. 8 fig. (incl. map). 1931; 18: 1-29, 81-126. 3 fig., pl. 43. 1932; 14:
53-61. 1933.—Also his Contribution 4 la flore des Nouvelles-Hébrides. Plantes
recueillies par M. et Mme. Aubert de la Riie en 1934 (phanérogames). Bul.
Soe. Bot. France 82: 346-854. 1 fig. (map). 19385.
A florula of the island of Espiritu Santo, one of the New Hebrides.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 51: 547-566. 1988.
Climate, botanical explorations, list of plants previously collected; list of
vascular plants collected by Ina Baker and Mrs. Zita Baker in 1933-34; bib-
liography.
Guppy, H. B. The Solomon Islands and their natives, xvi, 384 p. plates (incl.
map). 25.5 em. London. 1887.
Contains, p. 294-304, an annotated ‘“‘List of plants collected in the islands of
Bougainville Straits, Solomon group, during 1884,” with vernacular names.
Hemsley, W. B. The Admiralty Islands. Jn his Report on the botany of
Juan Fernandez ... Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S.
Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 3, p. 227-275. London,
1885.
Physiography, general features of flora, table of distribution; annotated list
of vascular and cellular plants (69 phanerogams).
Kew. Royal Gardens. Flora of the Solomon Islands. Bul. Mise. Inform.
Kew 1894: 211-215. 1894; 1895: 132-139. 1895.
Annotated list of vascular plants, based on a collection made by the officers
of H. M. S. Penguin in 1894; (second paper) records and descriptions of plants
additional to those mentioned in several earlier papers cited in this publication.
Kramer, Augustin. Beitrige zu einer monographie der Hermit-inseln (Luf-
archipel). Jn Forschungsreise S. M. 8S. Planet 1906/07. Herausgegeben von
Reichs-Marine-Amt. 5: 57-122. fig. 17-49 (incl. map). Berlin, 1909.
Includes (p. 117-122) general features of flora and briefly annotated list of
vascular plants collected by author, alphabetically arranged by vernacular
names, with botanical names where known. ‘These were the first plants col-
lected on these islands. (West of Admiralty Islands, 1°15’ S. Lat., 145°45’ EK.
Long. )
Lauterbach, Carl. Beitrige zur flora von Neu-Mecklenburg. Bot. Jahrb.
Engler 45: 354-365. 1911.
Includes species not recorded by Schumann and Lauterbach, Die flora der
Deutschen schutzgebiete in der Siidsee, and its Nachtrige (see under New
Guinea).
Rechinger, Karl. Bearbeitung der Musci, Pteridophytae und Siphonogamae
des Neu-Guinea-archipels, der Pteridophytae und Siphonogamae yon Ceylon,
Hawaii und Hongkong... endlich nachtra’ge und berichtungen zu den vor-
hergehenden teilen. Jn his Botanische und zoologische ergebnisse einer wissen-
schaftlichen forschungsreise nach den Samoainseln, dem Neuguinea-archipel und
116 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
den Salomonsinseln von Marz bis Dezember 1905. YV. teil. Denkschr. Math.-
Naturw. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 443-672, 699-708. 30 fig., 8 pl. 1914.
Includes (p. 462463) unannotated list of 60 vascular and cellular plants from
the Shortland Islands, previously unknown botanically (Poperang Island and
“Taubeninsel”) ; also (p. 468-621) list of vascular plants collected by author in
Neu-Pommern, Solomon Islands, and Shortland Islands, with data. The Short-
land Islands are south of the east end of Bougainville Island, one of the Solomon
Islands.
Schumann, K. M., and others. Die flora yon Neu-Pommern. Notizbl. K. Bot.
Gart. Berlin 2: 59-158. map. 1898.
Botanical investigations, physiography, plant formations; annotated list of
cellular and vascular plants by various authors.
MICRONESIA
Balas ping New Guinea (Schumann and Lauterbach); Polynesia (Endlicher; Guppy;
errill).
General
Kanehira, Ry6z6. An enumeration of Micronesian plants. Jour. Dept. Agr.
Kyushu Imp. Univ. 4: 2837-464. pl. 2 (map). 19835.
Botanical explorations; list of 1,219 vascular plants, with local and general
distribution. The area covered includes the Marianne, Caroline, and Marshall
groups. The principal islands are Saipan, Tinian, Rota, Yap, Palau, Truk,
Ponape, Kusai, Jaluit, and Guam.
Flora micronesica. 8, 468, 37 p. 211 fig., 21 pl., map. 26 cm. Tokyo,
i933:
Includes a general sketch of the flowering plants, with footnote bibliography;
the trees and shrubs (including descriptions and figures) ; list of vascular plants
known from Micronesia. Entirely in Japanese, except for botanical names.
Local
Bryan, E. H., jr. The plants of Guam, pt. IE-XXVI. Appeared in Guam
Recorder, v. 18, no. S-y. 16, no. 4, 6,8. Noy. 1836—Noyv. 1939. I-IV, reprinted.)
Botanical explorations and publications, plant associations; descriptive flora
of vascular plants, with keys, uses, and vernacular names. Includes cultivated
as well as wild species; total number given as 588. Not yet completed. Infor-
mation in part furnished by the author.
Bryan, W. A. A monograph of Marcus Island. Occas. Papers Bern. P.
Bishop Mus. 2: 77-124. §8 fig., map. 1903.
Includes (p. 122-124) annotated list of 10 indigenous plants (only partly
named botanically), also cultivated plants.
Christian, F. W. Ponapean trees. plants and shrubs. Jn his The Caroline
Islands . . . p. 328-352. London, 1899.
Annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names used in Ponape, with botan-
ical identification when known.
Diels, Ludwig, ed. Beitrige zur flora von Mikronesien und Polynesien ...
Ser. I-V. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 52: 1-18. 2 fig. 1914; 56: 429-577. 7 fig. 1921;
59: 1-29. 1 fig. 1924: 63: 271-823. 1980: 69: 395-400. 1938.
Treatments of various families or of single novelties, not in systematic order,
contributed by specialists; no approach to a systematic flora. Ser. I (Beitrige
zur flora von Mikronesien) edited by G. Volkens.
Hosokawa, Takehide. An enumeration of the plants collected from Ponape.
Kudoa 5: 41-55, 79-96. 1937.
List of plants collected by author, with collecting numbers, data, and vernacular
names. First installment not seen; second reaches Ulmaceae (Engler and Prantl
system). (Processed publication. )
Phytogeographical relationship between the Bonin and the Marianne
Islands laying stress upon the distribution of the families, genera and special
species of their vernacular [i. e. indigenous] plants. Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr.
(Formosa) 6: 201-209, 657-670. 1 fig. (map). 1984.
Included here for its unannotated list of vascular plants of the Marianne
Islands (p. 662-669), with mention of islands on which each occurs,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 117
Hosokawa, Takehide. A preliminary account of the phytogeographical study
on Truk, Caroline. Bul. Bio-geog. Soc. Japan 7: 171-255. 1987.
Includes annotated list of 217 plants known from the island. Text in Japanese.
(Not seen; data from Bot. Jahrb. Engler 69 (Lit.) : 70. 1938.)
Preliminary account of the vegetation of the Marianne Islands group.
Bul. Bio-geog. Soc. Japan 5: 124-172. 9 fig., pl. 10-14 (incl. map). 1984.
Includes (p. 129-151) list of vascular plants, with mention of islands on which
each occurs and indication of endemic species; also (in Japanese) botanical
explorations, topography, climate, phytogeography, bibliography, etc.; brief Eng-
lish Summary.
Kanehira, Ry6z6. On the flora of Rota Island. Syokubutu oyobi dobutu (Bot.
and Zool.) 4: 63-70. 12 fig. 19386.
Contains lists of woody plants, including some found also on other islands
of the group. (In Japanese.)
Koidzumi, Gen-ichi. The vegetation of Jaluit Island. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 29:
24D. oe fig. (incl, map). 1915.
List of 59 spontaneous vascular plants, with vernacular names and general
range; geography, meteorology, plant formations, bibliography.
Merrill, E. D. An enumeration of the plants of Guam. Philippine Jour. Sci.
C, Bot. 9: 17-155. 1914.—Additions to the flora of Guam. 1. ec. 15: 5389-544. 1919
(1920).
Annotated list of vascular plants (545 species, of which only 225 are truly
indigenous and about 61 endemic), as well as cellular cryptogams, with general
range given, citation of exsiccatae, vernacular names (not indexed); general
features of flora, with especial consideration of the origin of the weeds. The
“Additions” comprise 14 species.
Safford, W. E. The useful plants of the island of Guam. Contrib. U.S. Natl.
Herb. v. 9. 416 p. 69 pl., map. 1905.
Geography, history, scientific explorations, physiography, climate, plant asso-
ciations, agriculture, etc.; bibliography; annotated alphabetical list of plants
(wild and cultivated), with brief descriptions, uses, and vernacular names.
Tuyama, Takasi. Plants of Marcus Island. Jour. Jap. Bot. 14: 425-426.
1938.
List of 11 vascular plants collected by Y. Yabe, with Japanese vernacular
names. Text is in Japanese.
Volkens, Georg. Die flora der Marshallinseln. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin
4: 83-91. 1908.
List of species, with vernacular names and names of collectors, and occa-
sional annotations; includes also the species known from the Gilbert Islands.
Die vegetation der Karolinen, mit besonderer berticksichtigung der von
Yap. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 31: 412-477. pl. 11-14. 1901.
Briefly annotated list of vascular and cellular plants of the island of Yap;
vernacular names; general features of physiography, ete., of the Carolines;
geography, geology, climate, plant formations, and cultivated plants of Yap.
MOLUCCA ISLANDS
See also Dutch East Indies (general works; also Steenis, On the origin) ; New Guinea
(Lauterbach; Warburg).
General
Warburg, Otto. Die botanische erforschung der Molukken seit Rumph’s
zeiten. Jn Rumphius gedenboek 1702-1902. Uitgegeven door het Koloniaal
museum te Haarlem. p. 63-78. Haarlem, 1902.
Sketch of botanical explorations, with itineraries and references to publica-
tions; list of islands with names of collectors.
Local
Forbes, H. O. List of plants from Timor-Laut. In his A naturalist’s wander-
ings in the eastern archipelago ... from 1878 to 1883. p. 354-355. London,
1885.
Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by the author.
Hemsley, W. B. The south-eastern Moluccas. In his Report on the botany
of Juan Fernandez... Report on the scientific results of the voyage of
118 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 3, p. 101-226.
pl. 64-65. London, 1885.
General features of vegetation; table of distribution, with discussion, includ-
ing lists of plants from Keeling (or Cocos) Islands (in the Indian Ocean),
Diego Garcia (Chagos Islands), Rarotonga (Hervey or Cook group), and vari-
ous Pacific islands (Palmerston Island, Cook group; Enderbury, Gardner, Hull,
Mary, Phoenix, and Sydney Islands, in the Phoenix Islands; Fanning Island;
Starbuck Island; Suwarrow Island; Ducie Island); annotated list of plants
(vascular and cellular) from the islands of Arrou (Aru), Babar, Dammar, Ki
(Kei), Little Ki, Lakor, Larat, Letti, Moa, Timor Laut, and Wetter, including
367 phanerogams.
Merrill, E. D. An interpretation of Rumphius’s Herbarium amboinense. 595
p. 2 maps. 23 cm. Manila, 1917.
Account of Rumphius and his work, etc.; annotated systematic list of plants
listed by Rumphius, with synonymy, and citation of Amboina specimens; list of
doubtful species; list of names in Rumphius’ work, with botanical equivalents.
Rant, Anton. Twee botanische reizen naar Ambon. Natuurk. ‘Tijdschr.
Nederland.-Indié 94: 100-133. 1 fig., 4 pl. 1934.
Includes unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants collected by author
in Amboina (Ambon) and Ceram, also similar list from Celebes and Boeroe
(Leksoela) ; bibliography.
Thistleton-Dyer, W. T. Report on the botany of Hr. H. O. Forbes’s expedition
to Timor-Laut. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 21: 370-874. 1885.
Geography, general features of flora; unannotated list of species, lacking a
few of the species given in Forbes’ own list (1885).
NEW CALEDONIA
See also Polynesia (Jouan; Merrill); French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles,
p. 233-279, 663-701).
General
Guillaumin, André. Catalogue des plantes phanérogames de la Nouvelle-
Calédonie et dépendances (Iles des Pins et Loyalty). Annales Mus. Colon. Mar-
seille 19 (II, 9): 77-290. fold. map. 1911.
Botanical explorations, annotated list of collectors; systematic list of sper-
matophytes with localities and collectors; index of vernacular names.
Contribution 4 la flore de Ja Nouvelle-Calédonie [I-II]. Annales
Mus. Colon, Marseille II, 9: 55-75. 1911.—III-VI. In Lecomte, H. Notulae
systematicae 2: 41-46, 99-105. 1911—VII-L. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 17:
349-357, 453-459, 558-566. 1911; 18: 3946, 91-101, 166-176, 324-331, 373-
384, 466-468. 1912; 19: 376-883, 509-524. 1913; 20: 93-96. 1914; 25: 213-
217, 288-295, 372-878, 499-505, 645-652. 1919; 26: 77-84, 174-179, 254-261,
361-868, 434-435. 1920; 27: 119-125, 257-259, 558-562. 1921; 28: 103-108, 196-
198, 545-546. 1922; 29: 112-118. 1923; 31: 100-1038, 209-212, 480-481, 482-484.
1925 ; 32: 229-232. 1926; 33: 110-114, 272-276. 1927—LI-LIII. Bul. Mus. Hist.
Nat. Paris II, 1: 117-123, 216-218. 1929.—LIV. Candollea 5: 148-152. 1934
(1932).—LV-LXIV. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris II, 2: 165-171. 1930; 4: 688—
704. 19382; 5: 242-249 322-327. 1933; 6: 198-208, 302-307. 1934—LXV-LXVI.
Notulae Syst. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 5: 18-16, 131-134. 1935-86—LXVII-LXX.
Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris II, 10: 483-434, 518-521, 628-627. 1988; 11: 412-416.
19389.
Annotated lists of specimens of different collectors. Nos. 1 and 2 published
under title: Contribution 4 la flore de Bourail (Nouvelle-Calédonie).
Matériaux pour la flore de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. I-V. In Le-
comte, H. Notulae systematicae 3: 5-65, 160-165, 260-263. 1914-16.—
VI-XXII. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 66: 310-813. 1920; 67: 27-29, 47-54, 64-66,
121-124, 345-347. 1920-21; 69: 31-34, 65-69, 507-509. 1922-23; 71: 939-946,
1101-1112. 1925; '72: 89-92. 1925; 73: 102-107, 429-488, 487-442. 1926—XXIII.
Arch. de Bot. (Caen) Bul. Mens. 1: 738-77. 1927.—XXIV-XXV. Bul. Soc. Bot.
France 74: 924-930. 1928; 75: 288-294. 1928—XXVI-XXVII. Arch. de Bot.
(Caen) Mém. v. 2, no. 8. 47 p. [1929]; v. 3, no. 5. 47 p. 1929—xXXVIII-LV.
Bul. Soe. Bot. France 79: 225-226, 335-841, 515-516, 689-691. 19382; 80: 35-88,
476-480. 1933; 81: 3-17, 242-246, 283-285, 454-455. 1934; 82: 47-48, 274-283.
1935; 88: 294-315, 485-488, 577-578. 1936-87; 84: 54-61, 98-100, 159-161, 255-—
——— = ———————e
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 119
257, 462-463, 1937-88; 85: 19-21, 37-47, 202-2038, 294-305, 626-653. 1938-19389;
86: 174, 275-278. 1939.
Revisionary treatments of miscellaneous families and genera of spermato-
phytes.
Vieillard, EHugéne. Plantes utiles de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Annales Sci.
Nat. IV, Bot. 16: 28-76. 1862.
Annotated list of some useful plants, with vernacular names and uses.
Local
Beauvisage, Georges. Genera montrouzierana plantarum Novae Caledoniae.
Annales Soc. Bot. Lyon 26: 1-96. 1901.
Critical discussion of the numerous new genera described by Montrouzier in
1860
Daniker, A. U. Katalog der Pteridophyta und Embryophyta siphonogama.
(Ergebnisse der reise von Dr. A. U. Diiniker nach Neu-Caledonien und den Loy-
alty-inseln (1924/6) 4.) Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Gesell: Ziirich v. 77-78, Beibl.
19. p. 1-114, 115-235, 237-338, 339-895. 1932-33. (Mitteilungen aus dem Bot-
anischen museum der Universitat Ztirich CXLII.)
Geology, ete.; list of vascular plants, with data, collected by the author in
1924-26, with a few by other collectors; occasional critical notes. Pt. 4 goes
through Asclepiadaceae (Engler and Prantl system).
Guillaumin, André, and Beauvisage, Georges. Species montrouzieranae seu
enumeratio plantarum in Nova Caledonia terrisque adjacentibus a R. P. Montrou-
zier lectarum. Annales Soc. Bot. Lyon 38: 76-130. 3 fig. (incl. map). 1914.
Enumeration of all known specimens collected by Montrouzier from New Cale-
donia and nearby regions, with reductions to synonymy; references to earlier
papers on same subject.
Montrouzier, Xavier, pére. Flore de Vile Art (prés de la Nouvelle Calé-
donie). Mém. Cl. Sci. Acad. Imp. Sci., Belles-lettr. et Arts Lyon n. s., 10: 173-
254. 1860.
Annotated list of vascular plants, most of which are described as new; men-
tion of principal edible and textile plants.
Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. LeM. A systematic account of
the plants collected in New Caledonia and the Isle of Pines by Prof. R. H. Comp-
ton, M. A., in 1914. Part I. Flowering plants (angiosperms). Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 45: 245-417. pl. 15-24. 1921.
Annotated list of 8380 angiosperms, of which 230 are described as new.—For
Part II. Compton, R. H. Gymnosperms, Pteridophyta, see l. c. 421-462. pl.
26-27. 1922.
Sarasin, Fritz, and Roux, Jean. Nova Caledonia. Forschungen in Neu-
Caledonien und auf den Loyalty-inseln. B. Botanik. Redaktion Hans Schinz
und A. Guillaumin. vy. 1, Ifg. 1-38. plates. 28.5 cm. Berlin und Wiesbaden,
1914-21.
Annotated lists of miscellaneous families of vascular and cellular plants col-
lected by Sarasin, by various authors; localities, general range, synonymy; geo-
graphic botany, floral statistics (p. 256-293).
Schlechter, Rudolf. Beitrige zur kenntnis der flora von Neu-Kaledonien. Bot.
Jahrb. Engler 39: 1-274. 238 fig. 1906.
List of vascular plants collected by author. Treatment of various families
contributed by other authors.
White, C. T. Ligneous plants collected in New Caledonia by C. T. White in
1923. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 7: 74-103. 1926.
Annotated list of woody plants collected by the author. Gymospermae by
E. H. Wilson, Angiospermae by A. Guillaumin.
NEW GUINEA
See also Dutch East Indies (general works; also Steenis, On the origin).
General
Lam, H. J. Materials towards a study of the flora of the island of New
Guinea. Blumea 1: 115-159. 2 fig. (maps). 1934.
120 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
General review of the subject; plant associations, statistics, list of endemic
or nearly endemic genera, phytogeography, list of principal collectors, bibliography
(including index of families treated in Lauterbach’s “Beitra’age zur flora yon
Papuasien” and in “Nova Guinea. Résultats des expéditions scientifiques a la
Nouvelle Guinée.” vol. 8, 12, and 14). .
Lauterbach, Carl. Beitrige zur flora von Papuasien I-XXIV. Bot. Jahrb.
Engler 49: 1-169. illus. 1912; 40: 1-80, 81-170, 288-383. illus. 1913; 52: 19-
176, 177-220. illus. 1914-15; 54: 69-96, 97-128, 129-261. illus. 1919; 55: 19-
144, 145-312. illus. 1917-18; 56: 31-160, 161-272, 273-400, 401-414. 1920-21;
57: 321-400, 401-528, 529-608. 1922; 58: 1-96, 97-181, 244-304, 305-448, 449495.
1923 ; 59: 41-128, 505-567. illus. 1924-25; 60:1-174. pl.1. 1925: 61: 1-64, 65—
222. 1927; 62: 284-304, 338-416, 417-501, 550-569. pl. 25. 1928-29; 63: 1-28,
419-476. 1929-30; 66: 161-215. 1934: 67: 143-236. 1935; 68: 244-247, 248—
268. 1937; 69: 252-294. 1938; 70: 95-148. 1939.
Treatments of miscellaneous families and genera by various authors; continued
by L. Diels (no. XXIII on) after Lauterbach’s death. Some of the articles are
merely descriptions of new species, others revisionary treatments with keys.
The species listed in nos. I-VI are indexed in Bot. Jahrb. Engler 55: 295-312.
1918. For index to families treated in parts I-XX (1912-1934), see Lam, H. J.,
Blumea 1: 147-150. 1934.
Lorentz, H. A., and others, eds. Nova Guinea. Résultats de l’expédition
scientifique néerlandaise 4 la Nouvelle-Guinée . .. Botanique. y. 8, v. 12, vy. 14,
v.18. plates. 31.5.cm. Leiden, 1809-36.
Revisionary treatments of miscellaneous families by various authors. For
index to families (v. 8, 12. 14), see Lam, H. J.,. Blumea 1: 150-155. 1934. Publi-
cation discontinued ; replaced by Nova Guinea, a journal of botany, zoology [etc.]
of the Papuan region. n.s., vy. 1, 1937—(no botanical articles to date).
Warburg, Otto. Das pflanzenkleid und die nutzpflanzen Neu-Guineas. In
Krieger, M. Neu-Guinea. p. 36-72. pl. 2-18. Berlin, [1899].
General features of flora, plant formations, condensed account of useful plants.
Local
Beccari, Odoardo. Catalogue of the plants of the Fly River, 1877. In Albertis,
L. M. ad’. New Guinea... vy. 2, p. 396400. London, 1880.
Unannotated list of 314 vascular plants collected by d’Albertis; many of the
Species are named only to genus.
Diels, Ludwig. Beitrige zur flora des Saruwaged-gebirges. Bot. Jahrb.
Engler 62: 452-501. 1929.
Botanical explorations, with bibliographical references; list of cellular and
vascular plants collected by Chr. Keysser in 1912 and 1916. These mountains are
in northeastern New Guinea.
Gibbs, L.S. Dutch N. W. New Guinea. A contribution to the phytogeography
and flora of the Arfak Mountains, ete. iv, 226 p. 16 fig.,4 pl. 26.5 cm. London,
1917.
Botanical explorations, topography, plant associations, phytogeography, bibli-
ography; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants collected by the author
at the Angi Lakes, altitude 7,000-9,000 feet, in the Arfak Mountains in December
1913.
Karnbach, Ludwig. Ueber die nutzpflanzen der eingeborenen in Kaiser-
Wilhelmsland. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 16 (Beibl. 37): 10-19. 1892.
Annotated systematic list of wild and cultivated vascular plants, with uses,
but almost no vernacular names.
Kew. Royal Gardens. Flora of British New Guinea. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew
1899: 95-133. 1899.
List of about 130 vascular plants (and a few cellular) from Mount Scratchley,
with some from other localities; by various authors.
Mueller, Ferdinand von. Descriptive notes on Papuan plants, I-IX. 2 yol.
21 cm. Melbourne, 1875—[90].
Consist of nine parts, each containing one or more annotated lists of species.
In vol. 1, p. 37-40, a list is given of 144 plants (not Papuan) to which Linnaeus
gave the same binomial that had been used by pre-Linnaean authors.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD PAL
Rendle, A. B., and others. Dr. H. O. Forbes’s New Guinea plants. Jour. Bot.
61 (Suppl.) ; 1-64. 1923; 62: 53-55. 1924.
List of New Guinea plants collected by H. O. Forbes in 1885-86, with localities
and frequent annotations. Polypetalae by E. G. Baker, Gamopetalae and Mono-
chlamydeae by S. L. Moore, Monocotyledons by A. B. Rendle, Filices by A. Gepp;
Musci and Lichenes by other authors.
Ridley, H. N. Report on the botany of the Wollaston expedition to Dutch New
Guinea, 1912-13 .. . assisted by Messrs. E. G. Baker, S. Moore, H. F. Wernham,
C. H. Wright, and others. Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II, 9: 1-284. pl. 1-6. 1916.
Itinerary, botanical regions; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants,
with references and general range.
Scheffer, R. H. C. C. Enumération des plantes de la Nouvelle-Guinée, avec
deseription de espéces nouvelles. Annales Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 1: 1-60. 1876.—
Epilogue . . . 1. ¢. 178-181. 1876.
List of phanerogams collected by Teysmann in 1871, mostly without localities
except in the case of new species.
Schumann, K. M. Plantae bammlerianae. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin 1:
44-57. 1895.
Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants collected by Bammler on the
Tami Islands.
and Hollrung, Max. Die flora von Kaiser Wilhelms Land. v, 137 p.
25.5 em. Berlin, [1889]. (Beiheft zu den Nachrichten tiber Kaiser Wilhelms
Land und den Bismarck-archipel. 1889.)
Systematic list of cellular and vascular plants, with localities, collectors’ names,
general range, occasional annotations.
and Lauterbach, Carl. Die flora der deutschen schutzgebiete in der
Siidsee. xvi, 613 p. 22 pl, map. 28.5 cm. Leipzig, 1901 (1900). —Nach-
trige ... (mit ausschluss Samoa’s und der Karolinen). 446 p. 14 pl, port.
28 em. Leipzig, 1905.
Botanical collections, bibliography; list of cellular and vascular plants (2,208
species, of which 1,560 are vascular), with references, citation of collections, and
general range, but no vernacular names. The area covered includes Kaiser
Wilhelmsland (northeast quarter of New Guinea), Bismarck Archipelago, Admi-
ralty Islands, western half of the Solomon Islands, Marshall Islands, Caroline
Islands, Palau (Pelew) Islands, and the Ladrones (Marianne Islands). The
supplement includes an index to the genera and species of both parts.
Valeton, Theodoric. Plantae papuanae. Bul. Dépt. Agr. Indes Néerland.
no. 10, iii, 70 p. 1907.
Systematic list, with frequent annotations, of spermatophytes collected on the
expedition of A. Wichmann to the north coast in 1903 and on that of P. Meyes
and Rochfort to the south and southwest coast in 1903-04; bibliography.
Warburg, Otto. Beitriige zur kenntnis der papuanischen flora. Bot. Jahrb.
Engler 18: 230-455. 1891.
Phytogeography ; annotated list of spermatophytes collected by author in New
Guinea, the Moluceas, the Bismarck Archipelago, and various small neighboring
islands; general range stated. The author defines Papuasia as the region be-
tween 130° and 154° E. Long. and 0° and 11° S. Lat., including New Guinea
and adjacent small islands, the Bismarck Archipelago, the Aru Islands, the
Kei (Key) Islands, the Admiralty Islands, and the Louisiade Archipelago. The
term is used by some to include the Solomon Islands also.
Bergpflanzen aus Kaiser Wilhelms-land, gesammelt auf der Zoller’-
schen expedition im Finisterregebirge von F. Hellwig. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 16:
toe. pl. 12. 1892.
Itinerary, general features of flora; annotated list of cellular and vascular
plants collected at or above 1,000 meters elevation.
White, C. T. A contribution to our knowledge of the flora of Papua (Bricish
New Guinea). Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 34: 5-65. 1923.
_ General features of flora, history of botanical exploration; list of vaswalar
plants (about 800 species), nearly all collected by the author; bibliography.
Ligneous plants collected in the territory of Papua (British New
Guinea) in 1925-26 by L. J. Brass. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 10: 197-274. 1929.
General features of flora; annotated list of woody spermatophytes; short list
of herbaceous plants collected.—See also Rehder, A. A supplement to C. T.
White, “Ligneous plants. . .” 1. ec. 14: 62-67. 19383.
122 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
PARACEL ISLANDS
General
Gagnepain, Francois. Quelques plantes des ilots de la Mer de Chine. Bul.
Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris II, 6: 286. 1934.——Deuxiéme note... Notulae Syst. Mus.
Hist. Nat. Paris 6: 35-37. 1 fig. (map). 19837.
List, with localities and dates, of plants collected on the Paracel Islands (off
Annam) and North Danger, Loaita, Itu-Aba, and Spratly Islands to the south
of the Paracels.
Sawada, Kaneyoshi, and Sasaki, Syun’iti. [Plants of the Paracel Archi-
pelago.] Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 12: 89-90. 1922.
List of 28 plants collected by Y. Ono on Drummond, Money, Lovell, Duncan,
and Lincoln Islands in 1922. (In Japanese.) Title and annotation from Merrill,
E. D., and Walker, E. H. A bibliography of eastern Asiatic botany. p. 4883.
1938.
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
See also Dutch East Indies (Steenis, On the origin).
General
Brown, W. H., ed. Minor products of Philippine forests. 3 v. illus. 23.5 em.
Manila, 1920-21. (Bulletin no. 22, Bureau of Forestry. )
Illustrated treatments of various forest products other than timber, by several
authors. Vol. 1 includes palms and palm products, bamboos, fiber plants; vol. 2,
resins, oils, etc., wild food plants, natural dyes; vol. 3, wild ornamental plants
(herbs), soap substitutes, official medicinal plants, poisonous plants, miscellane-
ous useful wild plants, edible fungi, medical uses of Philippine plants. Vernacular
names are given; complete index in vol. 38.
Merrill, E. D. A dictionary of the native plant names of the Philippine Islands.
[Pub.] Bur. Govt. Lab. Philippine Isl. no. 8. 193 p. Manila, 1903.
Alphabetical list of about 5,000 vernacular names, with botanical equivalents;
corresponding list of scientific names with collected vernacular names and brief
annotations on habit, uses, ete.
An enumeration of Philippine flowering plants. 4 v. 6 maps. 24 cm.
Manila, 1922 (1923)-26.
Annotated list of vascular plants (8,120 species, of which 5,532 are endemic),
with synonymy, exsiccatae, local and extralimital range, vernacular names (y.
1-3). Vol. 4 contains geography and geology, Philippine alphabet and vernacular
names, botanical history, ecology, floral relationships, bibliography, additions to
enumeration, and general indices of vernacular and scientific names.—Pages 1-
239 (and 6 maps) of v. 4 reprinted with title: A discussion and bibliography of
Philippine flowering plants, as Pop. Bul. Bur. Sci. Philippine Isl. no. 2. 1926—See
also his Additions to our knowledge of the Philippine flora, I-III. Philippine
Jour. Sci. 26: 447-496. 1925; 29: 475-496. 1926; 30: 389-430. 1926.—Also
Quisumbing, Eduardo. New or interesting Philippine plants, I. 1. ce. 41: 315-
371. 28 fig.,3 pl. 19380.
Species blancoanae. A critical revision of the Philippine species of
plants described by Blanco and by Llanos. 423 p. 24 cm. Manila, 1918.
Description of editions, ete.; annotated list of species described by Blanco and
by Llanos, with identifications. Replaces his A review of the identifications of
the species described in Blanco’s Flora de Filipinas. [Pub.] Bur. Govt. Lab.
Philippine Isl. no. 27. 182 p. 1905; also his Additional identifications...
Philippine Jour. Sci. C, Bot. 2: 429-486. 1907.
Pardo de Tavera, T. H. Plantas medicinales de Filipinas. 339 p. 22 ecm.
Madrid, 1892. (English translation and revision, Medicinal plants of the Philip-
pines, by J. B. Thomas, jr. 269 p. Philadelphia, 1901.)
Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, uses, description, and
habitat ; index of species classified by uses and by diseases.
Philippine Islands. Bureau of forestry. A dictionary of names applied to
trees of the first, second, and third groups. Bul. Bur. Forestry Philippine Isl.
no, 23. 40 p. 1923.
List of officially recognized names, with botanical equivalents; alphabetical list
of other vernacular names for these, with cross-references.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 123
Reyes, L. J. Philippine woods. Tech. Bul. Dept. Agr. and Comm. Philippines
no. 7. 5386p. 88 pl. 1988.
Bibliography, principal distinctive characters used in wood anatomy; syste-
matic list of 264 important and about 200 minor species, with vernacular names,
distribution, size, general and structural characteristics of wood; classification
of Philippine woods into 4 groups, weight, durability, etc., of woods.
Scribner, F. L. List of Philippine agricultural products and fiber plants. Bul.
Bur. Agr. Philippine Isl. no. 5. 47 p.
Briefly annotated alphabetical list of fruits and vegetables, with vernacular
names; annotated tabular list of fiber plants.
Wester, P. J. The food plants of the Philippines. Bul. Bur. Agr, Philippine
Isl. no. 89. 3d ed. rev. x, 236 p. 67 pl., map. 1924. (1st ed. in Philippine
Agr. Rev. v. 9. 1916; 2d ed. 1. c. v. 14. 1921 (1922).)
Topography, climate, etc.; commercial statistics ; annotated list of species (wild
and cultivated) alphabeted by vernacuiar names; index of scientific names with
vernacular equivalents; bibliography.
Whitford, H. N. The principal forest trees. (The forests of the Philippines.
Pt. II.) Bul. Bur. Forestry Philippine Isl. no. 10. 113 p. 108 pl. 1911.
Systematic list, with scientific, official, and usual trade names; key to principal
timber trees; descriptive account of habit, bark, wood, uses, localities, vernacular
names of each species, systematically arranged.
Local
Brown, W. H., Merrill, E. D., and Yates, H. S. The revegetation of Volcano
Island, Luzon, Philippine Islands, since the eruption of Taal Volcano in 1911.
Philippine Jour. Sci. C, Bot. 12: 177-248. 2 fig. (maps), pl. 4-16 (incl. map).
1917.
Topography, former vegetation, revegetation, plant associations, ete. ; annotated
list of vascular plants found since 1914.
Kanehira, Ry6z6. A list of plants collected at Davao, P. I. Bult. Sci. Fak.
Terkult. KjuSu Imp. Univ. Fukuoka, Japan 7: 228-238. 1936.
List of vascular plants collected by the author, with localities and general
range. (Text in Japanese.) (Mindanao.)
Merrill, E. D. A flora of Manila. 490 p. 24cm. Manila, 1912. [Philippine
Islands. Bureau of science. Publication no, 5.]
Descriptive flora of the wild and most of the cultivated vascular plants (1,007
species), with keys, local and extralimital range, vernacular names; glossary.
The area covered is only about 100 sq. km. around Manila, but the flora is nearly
complete for most inhabited regions at low altitudes in all parts of the Philippine
Islands.—See also his Notes on the flora of Manila, with special reference to the
introduced element. Philippine Jour. Sci. C, Bot. 7: 145-208. 1912. (Statistical
tables of distribution of the species treated in his “Flora of Manila,” with dis-
cussion; lists of introduced species.)—Also his Nomenclatural and systematic
notes on the flora of Manila. l. ec. 227-251. 1912.
The flora of Mount Halcon, Mindoro. Philippine Jour. Sci. C, Bot. 2:
251-309. 1907.
Botanical collections, plant formations, ete.; annotated list of spermatophytes
with general range and occasional annotations. Contains references to papers
on Pteridophyta, Orchidaceae, and Bryophyta of same locality.
The flora of the Lamao Forest Reserve. Philippine Jour. Sci. 1 (Suppl.
1): 1-141. 1906.
Topography, general features of flora, statistics; annotated list of hepatics,
mosses, and vascular plants; general range indicated. The reserve is on Mount
Mariveles, Province of Bataan, Luzon.
Hugh Cuming’s letters to Sir William J. Hooker. Philippine Jour. Sci.
30: 153-184. port. 1926.
Includes (p. 174-176) explanation of erroneous labeling of some of Cuming’s
“Philippine” plants, with list of collecting numbers and localities.
On a collection of plants from the Batanes and Babuyanes Islands.
_ Philippine Jour. Sci. C, Bot. 3: 385-442. 1909.
Geography, phytogeography; list of about 415 vascular plants, with localities.
The Batanes (or Bashi) and the Babuyanes Islands form a group extending
from near the north coast of Luzon to within about 160 km. of southern Formosa.
124 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Merrill, E. D., and Merritt, M. L. The flora of Mount Pulog. Philippine
Jour. Sci. C, Bot. 5: 287-403. 4 pl., tab., map. 1910.
Geology, types of vegetation, statistical table of distribution, ete.; list of 528
cellular and vascular plants, of which 224 are endemic. Mount Pulog is the
highest peak in Luzon.
Robinson, C. B. Botanical notes upon the island of Polillo. Philippine Jour.
Sci. C, Bot. 6: 185-228. 1911.
Geography, phytogeography, etc.; list of vascular plants. Polillo is an island
off eastern Luzon.
POLYNESIA
See also Fiji Islands; Hawaiian Islands; Micronesia (Diels) ; Molucca Islands; Samoan
Islands ; Society Islands.
The following publication has not been available:
Seurat, L. G. Observations sur la structure, la faune et la flore de Vile Marutea du
Sud. Papeete, 1904.
General
Drake del Castillo, Emmanuel. Illustrationes florae insularum Maris Pacifici.
458 p. 50 pl. 33cm. Paris, 1886-1892.
The introduction summarizes the physiography, plant distribution, general
features of flora, principal botanical explorations. Pages 103 to end contain a
systematic list of the vascular plants of Polynesia (2,189 species), with syno-
nyms, localities, collectors, and general range. The area covered includes Viti
(Fiji), Tonga, Samoa, Society, Paumoto (Tuamotu), Marquesas, and the Ha-
waiian Islands. The exquisite plates illustrate characteristic species of various
families.
Endlicher, Stephan. Bemerkungen tiber die flora der Stidseeinseln. Annalen
Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. 1: 129-180. pl. 18-16. 1836.
Synoptical list of 1,672 species (of which 1,382 are vascular plants) with local-
ities and authorities for records. The area included is Polynesia, Micronesia,
and eastern Melanesia. The introduction consists mainly of geographical
discussion.
Guppy, H. B. The Polynesians and their plant names. Jour. Trans. Victoria
Inst. (London) 29: 1385-170. 1897.
Includes alphabetical list of important plants with vernacular names in Indian
Archipelago, Malagasy, West Pacific, Fiji, West and East Polynesia, Micronesia,
and elsewhere.—See also Safford, W. E. Cultivated plants of Polynesia and
their vernacular names, an index to the origin and migration of the Polynesians.
Proc. Pan-Pacifiec Scient. Conf. 1st, 1920 (Spec. Pub. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 7):
183-187. 1921.
Jouan, Henri. Les plantes alimentaires de l’Océanie. Mém. Soc. Natl. Sci.
Nat. Cherbourg 19 (II, 9): 33-88. 1875.
Extensively annotated list of food plants, with vernacular names. Covers the
Society, Marquesas, Sandwich (Hawaiian), Fiji, and Tonga Islands, New Cale-
donia, Wallis I., ete.
Les plantes industrielles de lOcéanie. Mém. Soc. Natl. Sci. Nat.
Cherbourg 20 (II, 10): 145-240. 1876.
Annotated list of useful plants (excluding edible plants), classified by uses;
vernacular names given, but mostly not indexed. Covers the Society, Mar-
quesas, Sandwich, Fiji, and Tonga Islands, New Caledonia, Wallis I., ete.
Merrill, E. D. Polynesian botanical bibliography, 1773-1985. Bul. Bern. P.
Bishop Mus. 144. 194 p. 1987.
List of full titles of periodicals cited; briefly annotated list of about 2,600
titles, arranged alphabetically by authors. Replaces his “Bibliography of Poly-
nesian botany,” l. c. 18. 68 p. 1924. The region covered is essentially the
Pacific basin between 30° N. and 30° S. Lat., excluding the Bonin Islands, east
to Juan Fernandez. New Caledonia, New Hebrides, Norfolk, and the Kermadec
Islands are included. The larger archipelagos near New Guinea, such as the
Louisiades, Solomons, and Bismarck Archipelago, are excluded.
Local
Beaglehole, Ernest, and Beaglehole, Pearl. Ethnology of Pukapuka. Bul.
Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 150. v, 419 p. 55 fig. (incl. maps), 6 pl. 1988.
Contains (p. 25-26) section on “Plant life,’ including list of “all plants grow-
ing in Pukapuka, as identified by Marie C. Neal, E. H. Bryan, Jr., and F. Ray-
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 125
-mond Fosberg,” alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with notes on
uses. (Pukapuka or Danger Islands, an atoll northeast of Samoan Islands,
165°50’ W. Long., 10°55’ S. Lat.) :
Brown, F. B. H., and Brown, E. D. W. Flora of southeastern Polynesia.
Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 84. 194 p. 18 fig. (incl. maps), 35 pl. 1931; 89.
i23ep: 19 fig: (Gnel; maps), 21 pl.-1931; 180: 386 p. 70 fig., 9 pl- 1935:
Botanical explorations, topography, climate, native agriculture, etc.; anno-
tated descriptive flora of vascular plants, with vernacular names and uses;
bibliographies. The total indigenous flora includes 453 species and varieties.
Pt. I, Monocotyledons; pt. II, Pteridophytes; pt. III, Dicotyledons. Covers the
Marquesas, Tuamotu, and Austral Islands, Rapa Island, and the Mangareva-
Henderson Island group.
Burkill, I. H., and Crosby, C. S. The flora of Vavau, one of the Tonga
Islands. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 20-65. 1901.
List of vascular plants, including 83 species additional to Hemsley’s “Flora of
the Tonga or Friendly Islands” (1894) ; general range given; botanical explora-
tions, general features of vegetation, statistical table.
Cheeseman, T. F. The flora of Rarotonga, the chief island of the Cook group.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II, 6: 261-318. pl. 31-35. 1903.
Annotated list of 334 vascular plants, with vernacular names and general
range; physiography, general features of vegetation.
Christophersen, Erling. Vegetation of Pacific equatorial islands. Bul. Bern.
P. Bishop Mus. 44. 79 p. 7 pl. 1927. (Whippoorwill expedition, Pub. no. 2.)
Separate annotated lists of vascular plants of Christmas, Jarvis, Fanning,
Washington, Palmyra, Howland, and Baker Islands, all atolls of coral origin;
geography, meteorology, soil, plant formations; bibliography.
Cranwell, L. M. Flora of Manihiki, Cook group. Ree. Auckland Inst. and
Mus. 1: 169-171. 1933.
Geography, general features of flora; annotated list of cellular and vascular
plants, with vernacular names; bibliography.
Drake del Castillo, Emmanuel. Flore de la Polynésie francaise. Description
des plantes vasculaires qui croissent spontanément ou qui sont généralement
cultivées aux iles de la Société, Marquises, Pomotou, Gambier et Wallis. xxiv,
352 p. map. 26cm. Paris, 1892.
Physiography, geographical affinities, botanical collectors, annotated bibli-
ography; descriptive flora, the vernacular names given but not indexed. In-
eludes 588 species, of which 161 are endemic.
Fosberg, F. R. Vegetation of Vostok Island, central Pacific. Proc. Hawaiian
Acad, Sci. 11 (Spee. Pub. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 30): 19. 1937.
List of 1 cellular and 2 vascular plants collected by Capt. W. J. Anderson,
Vostok Island is a tiny isolated coral island in 10°66’ S. Lat., 152°23’ W. Long.
Fuentes, Francisco. Resena botanica sobre la Isla de Pascua. Bol. Mus. Nac.
Chile 5: 320-337. 1913.
Geology, climate, history, notes on introduced and cultivated plants; list of
124 vascular and cellular plants (including cultivated species), with general
range and occasional annotations. (Easter Island.)
Guillaumin, André, Camus, Aimée, and Tardieu-Blot, Mme. Plantes vascu-
laires récoltées A Ile de Paques par la Mission Franco-Belge. Bul. Mus. Hist.
Nat. Paris II, 8: 552-556. 1936.
Botanical explorations, with bibliographical references; list of vascular
plants collected in 1934-35, including additions to the known flora. (Haster
Island.)
Hedley, Charles. General account of the Atoll of Funafuti. Mem. Austral.
Mus. Sydney 3: 1-71. 38 fig. 1896.
Includes account of vegetation (p. 20-41), with mention of uses of plants.
Funafuti is one of the Ellice Islands.
Hemsley, W. B. Elizabeth Island... Jn his Report on present state of
knowledge of various insular floras ... Report on the scientific results of the
voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v.1, Introd.
p. 15. London, 1885.
List of 4 phanerogams. Elizabeth or Henderson Island lies between Pitcairn
Island and Ducie Island, southeast of the Tuamotu Islands.
126 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Hemsley, W. B. The flora of the Tonga or Friendly Islands, with descriptions
of and notes on some new or remarkable plants, partly from the Solomon Islands.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 80: 158-217. pl.911. 1894.
Geography, geology, botanical explorations; systematic list of vascular plants
(290 species), with names of collectors and general range; table of distribution
of the species.
Maldon Island... Jn his Report on present state of knowledge of
various insular floras ... Report on the scientific results of the voyage of
H. M. 8S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, Introd. p. 17-18.
London, 1885.
List of phanerogams collected by James Macrae. Maldon or Malden Island is
in 3° 58’ S. Lat., 155° W. Long.
Jardin, Edelestan. Essai sur Vhistoire naturelle de larchipel de Mendana
ou des Marquises. 2. ptie: Botanique. Mém. Soc. Imp. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 5:
289-331. 1857. (Reprinted with title: Essai d’une flore de larchipel des
Marquises. 43 p. 1858.)
List of vascular (221 species) and cellular plants collected or observed by
the author in 1853-54 in the northwest group of the archipelago, with vernacular
names and some annotations; notes on vegetation and knowledge of plants by
natives.
Linton, A. M. Notes on the vegetation of Penrhyn and Manihiki Islands.
Jour. Polynesian Soe. 42: 300-807. pl. 1938.
General notes on agriculture; annotated list of useful plants, with mention of
others, bibliography. Penrhyn and Manihiki are two of the Cook Islands.
Macgregor, Gordon. Ethnology of Tokelau Islands. Bul. Bern. P. Bishop
Mus. 146. iv, 188 p. 25 fig. (incl. map), 10 pl., tab. 1937.
Includes (p. 11) list of known plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular
names. The Tokelau Islands are four atolls north of Samoa, also known as
Union Group or Union Islands, about 8°-11° S.. Lat., 171°-173° W. Long.
Maiden, J. H. The botany of Funafuti, Ellice group. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
Wales 29: 589-556. 1904.
Annotated list of vascular plants and one lichen, with vernacular names and
uses.
Notes on the botany of Pitcairn Island. Rpt. Australas. Assoc.
Adv. Sci. 8: 262-271. 1901.
Botanical explorations, bibliography; partly annotated list of vascular plants,
with. vernacular names.
Riley, L. A. M. Notes on the flora of Rapa. (“St. George” Pacific expedition,
1924-5.) Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1926: 51-56. 1926.
General features of flora: list of 17 vascular plants. Rapa or Oparu Island is
not far southeast of the Tubuai or Austral Islands.
Rock, J. F. C. Palmyra Island with a description of its flora . . . with the
cooperation of O. Beccari, A. Zahlbruckner, U. Martelli, H. L. Lyon, and M. A.
Howe. Bul. Col. Hawaii 4. 53 p. (incl. 20 pl.). 1916.
History, physiography, etc.; annotated list of 15 vascular plants (and 23
cellular).
St. John, Harold, and Fosberg, F. R. Vegetation of Flint Island, central
Pacific. Occas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus. v. 12, no. 24. 4p. 1937.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants, with authors’ col-
lecting numbers [based on a visit to the island Oct. 16, 1934]. Flint Island is a
tiny coral island in the south central Pacific, 11° 25’ 43’’ S. Lat., 151° 48’ W.
Long.
Seurat, L. G. Flore économique de la Polynésie francaise. Bul. Soc. Natl.
Acclim. France 52: 310-826, 355-359, 369-376. 1905.
Climate, general features of flora; running account of useful plants, grouped
by uses.
Observations sur la structure de l’ile Timoe (Crescent). 8 p. 8°.
1903.
Contains short lists of fauna and flora. (Not seen; title and annotation sup-
plied by H. St. John.) (Southeastern part of Tuamotu Islands.)
Skottsberg, Carl. The phanerogams of Easter Island. Jn his The natural
history of Juan Fernandez and Haster Island. v. 2, Botany, pt. 2, no. 5. p.
61-84. 2 fig., pl. 6-9. Uppsala, 1922.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 127
Enumeration of phanerograms (30 native species, with supplementary lists of
introduced species), with localities, general range, and critical notes;
bibliography.—See also Christensen, C., and Skottsberg, C. The ferns of Easter
Island. l.c. pt. 1, no. 2, p. 49-53. 3 fig. 1920.
Trelease, William. Report on the collection of plants made by Dr. [W. 8.]
Dixon, U.S. N. Jn Report of the eclipse expedition to Caroline Island, May, 1883.
Mem. Natl. Acad. Sci. 2: 88-90. 1884.
Annotated list of wild and cultivated vascular and cellular plants. The list of
wild vascular species is repeated by Hemsley in Report on the scientific results of
the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. vy. 1, Introd.
p. 18. 1885. Caroline Island (not to be confused with the Caroline Islands, in
Micronesia) is in 9° 57’ S. Lat., 150° 75’ W. Long.
Wilder, G. P. The flora of Makatea. Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 120. 49 p.
1 fig. (map), 5 pl. 1934.
Topography, climate, phosphate industry, general features of animal and plant
life; annotated list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and brief descrip-
tions. Makatea is one of the Tuamotu Islands, also known as Paumotu Islands or
Low Archipelago.
Flora of Rarotonga. Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 86. 113 p. 38 fig., 8
Me aeul.
Topography, history, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants, with vernacular
names and brief descriptions. Rarotonga is one of the Cook Islands.
SAMOAN ISLANDS
See also Polynesia (general works).
General
Biilow, Werner von. Die Samoa-inseln und ihre einheimischen nutzpflanzen.
Gartenfl. 45: 412-415, 452-454, 518-520, 548-544, 574-575, 628-633. 1896.
Brief account, with vernacular names, the plants classified by uses.
Christophersen, Erling. Flowering plants of Samoa. Bul. Bern. P.
Bishop Mus. 128. 221 p: 32 fig. 1985; 154. 7p. 21 fig., 3 pl. 1938.
Botanical explorations; annotated list of angiosperms; vernacular names,
bibliography. Apparently based mostly on specimens in Bernice P. Bishop Mu-
seum (collected from 1921 on ). Pt. 2 contains new records, etc.
Kramer, Augustin. Die Samoa-inseln. v.2. illus. plates. 31cm. Stuttgart,
1903.
The chapter on “Flora” (p. 359-388) contains an annotated alphabetical list of
vernacular names with botanical identifications and uses.
Lauterbach, Carl. Beitraige zur flora der Samoa-inseln. Bot. Jahrb. Engler
41: 215-238. 1908.
Annotated list of species supplementary to Reinecke’s and Krimer’s papers.
Essentially the same material published in Jahresber. Schles. Gesell. Vaterl. Cult.
86 (2. abt. Zool.-Bot. Sekt.) : 17-26. 1909.
Reinecke, Franz. Die flora der Samoa-inseln. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 23: 237-
368. 7 fig., pl. 4-5. 1896; 25: 578-708. 1 fig., pl. 8-13. 1898. (Reprinted.)
Botanical collections, geography, physiography, ete.; annotated list of cellular
and vascular plants, with vernacular names (indexed) and extralimital range.
Die nutzpflanzen Samoas und ihre verwendung. Jahresber. Schles.
Gesell. Vaterl. Cult. 73, Abt. II (Naturw. C) : 22-46. 1896.
Annotated list of native and cultivated useful plants, classified by uses.
Samoa. 312 p. illus.,map. 22cm. Berlin, [1902].
General account of Samoa and its inhabitants; contains (p. 302-512) an an-
notated list of edibie plants.
Setchell, W. A. American Samoa: pt. I. Vegetation of Tutuila Island. Pt.
II. Ethnobotany of the Samoans. Pt. III. Vegetation of Rose Atoll. vi, 275 p. 57
fig, 37 pl. 255 cm. Washington, 1924. (Carnegie Inst. Washington, Pub. 841—
Dept. Mar. Biol. v. 20.)
(1) Physiography, climate, plant formations, statistics of flora, ete.; annotated
list of vascular and cellular plants with vernacular names and general range;
bibliography. (II) Bibliography ; running account of useful plants, classified by
241806°—42——__9
128 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
uses. (III) Geography, history, geology, climate, fauna, ecology, etc.; annotated
list of vascular and cellular plants. Rose Atoll is in 14° 32’ S. Lat., 168° 11’ W.
Long.
Local
Horne, John. List of plants found in Upolu, while on a short visit to the
Samoan, or Navigator Islands. Jn his A year in Fiji... p. 284-286. London,
1881.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
SAN AMBROSIO AND SAN FELIX
General
Hemsley, W. B. On the vegetation of San Ambrosio and San Felix. Jn his
Report on the botany of Juan Fernandez... Report on the scientific results
of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1,
pt. 3, p. 97-100. London, 1885.
Physiography, ete. ; annotated list of species (8 phanerogams).
Philippi, Federico. la flora de las islas San Ambrosio i San Félix. Anales
Univ. Chile 47 (Sece. 1) : 185-194. 1875.
Annotated list of 12 phanerograms.
Skottsberg, Carl. Die fiora der Desventuradas-inseln (San Felix und San
Ambrosio) nach den sammlungen F. Johows und mit einftigung seiner hinter-
lassenen schriften herausgegeben und erginzt ... Gdteborgs K. Vetensk.-o. Vit-
terhets-Samh. Handl. V, B, v. 5, no. 6. 87 p. 46 fig. (incl. map). 1937.
Topography, botanical investigations; critically annotated list of vascular and
cellular plants; phytogeography, ecology; bibliography.
Local
Johnston, I. M. The flora of San Felix Island. Jour. Arnold Arboretum
16: 440-447. pl. 165. 1935.
Physiography, general features of flora, botanical explorations; annotated list
of 7 vascular plants.
SOCIETY ISLANDS
See also Polynesia (general works; also Drake del Castillo; Seurat) ; French Guiana
(Lanessan, Les plantes utiles, p. 842-872).
General
Guillemin, J. B. A. Zephyritis taitensis. Enumération des plantes découvertes
par les voyageurs, dans les Iles de la Société, principalement dans celle de Taiti.
Annales Sci. Nat. II, Bot. 6: 297-820. 18386; 7: 177-192, 241-255, 340-370. 1837.—
Supplément ... par EH. Jardin. Mém. Soc. Imp. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 7: 239-
244. 1860.
Botanical explorations, phytogeography, with special lists; list of cellular and
vascular plants (863 species) known from the Scciety Islands, with references
and localities, and many descriptions quoted from Forster’s manuscript. The
supplement adds 123 species of cellular and vascular plants.
Henry, Teuira. Flora of the Society and Tuamotu Islands. Jn her Ancient
Tahiti. Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. 48: 33-68. 1928.
Extensively annotated list of wild and cultivated useful plants, with vernacu-
lar names.
Seurat, L.G. Vocabulaire des termes @’histoire naturelle (animaux et plantes),
dans les dialectes tahitien, tuamotu, mangarévien et marquisien. 28 p. 22.5 em.
[Chalon-s.-Saéne, 19—?]
Alphabetical list of vernacular names, with scientific equivalents; bibliog-
raphy.
Local
Butteaud, Edouard. Flore tahitienne. 128 p. 23.5 em. Papeete, 1891.
Partly annotated list of vascular and cellular plants; alphabetical list of
Tahitian names, with botanical and French equivalents,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 129
Cuzent, Gilbert. [Iles de la Société. Tahiti. Considérations géologiques,
météorologiques et botaniques sur Vile... 275 p. 1pl.,2 maps. 25cm. Roche-
fort, 1860.
Physiography, anthropology, ete. ; economic plants; annotated list of 532 vascu-
lar plants, of which 248 are introduced, prepared with the assistance of M.
Pancher.
Nadeaud, Jean. Hnumération des plantes indigénes de Vile de Tahiti. .
vy, 86 p. 24cm. Paris, 1873.
General features of flora; annotated list of 508 plants (417 vascular) collected
by author in 1856-59, with vernacular names (indexed).
Plantes usuelles des Tahitiens. 52 p. 25 cm. Montpellier, 1864.
(Thése. )
Extensively annotated list of useful plants of Tahiti, with vernacular names.
Setchell, W. A. Phytogeographical notes on Tahiti. I. Land vegetation.
Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 12: 241-290. 1926.
Plant formations, geographical relationships, statistics, ete.; bibliography.
Tahitian spermatophytes collected by W. A. Setchell, C. B. Setchell
and H. BE. Parks. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 12: 143-213. pl. 23-86. 1926.
Annotated list of species, with vernacular names; references to literature.
SUMATRA
See also Dutch Hast Indies (general works; also Junghuhn; Koorders-Schumacher ;
Rendle; Steenis, On the origin).
General
Miquel, F. A. W. Prodromus florae sumatranae. xx, 606 p. 4 pl. 23.5 cm.
Amsterdam, 1860. (His Flora Indiae batavae. Supplementum primum.) (Ger-
man ed., 1862: Sumatra, seine pflanzenwelt und deren erzeugnisse. )
Botanical explorations, bibliography, physiography, climate, plant formations,
economic plants; list of spermatophytes (2,642 species) with references to de-
scriptions in vol. 1-3 of his Flora Indiae Batavae and descriptions of plants not
included in those volumes.
Local
Bartlett, H. H. Sumatran plants collected in Asahan and Karoland, with
notes on their vernacular names. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 6: 1-66. 1927.
Two annotated lists; vernacular names, uses; notes on spelling of vernacular
names, with bibliography of subject—See also his The Batak lands of north
Sumatra... Nat. and Appl. Sci. Bul. Univ. Philippines 4: 211-823. 2 maps.
1935. (Includes account of collections made in Oostkust, with footnote refer-
ences; gazetteer.)
Bruijn Kops, G. F. de. Lijst van boomen en planten, gevonden wordende in
de residentie Riouw, op de oostkust van Sumatra en omliggende landen. Tijdschr.
Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenk. 2: 271-817. 1854.
Alphabetical list of Malayan names, with botanical equivalents and uses.
Hasselt, A. L. van, and Boerlage, J. G. Bijdragen tot de kennis der flora
van Midden-Sumatra. 50 p. 8 pl. 27.5 cm. Leiden, 1884. (Midden-Sumatra.
Reizen en onderzoekingen der Sumatra-expeditie . . . 1877-79, beschreven .. .
van P. J. Veth. 4. deel, natuurlijke historie, 2. gedeelte, Flora.)
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants, collected on the Aardrijkskundig
Genootschap Sumatra expedition of 1877-79.
Merrill, E. D. An enumeration of plants collected in Sumatra by W. N. and
C. M. Bangham. Contrib. Arnold Arboretum no. 8. 178 p. 14 pl. 1934.
Geographical affinities of flora, botanical explorations (with partial bibliog-
raphy); list of about 484 vascular plants collected in 1981-32 in northern
Sumatra.
New Sumatran plants. I-IV. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 19: 149-208.
pl. 16-35. 1934; 20: 95-112. 19385; 23: 177-202. 1938; 24 (1): 63-92. 1939.
Part 1: descriptions of new species based on the collections of H. H. Bartlett,
H. 8. Yates, and others; pt. 2: records of species new to Sumatra and range ex-
tensions in Sumatra; pt. 3-4: new species and new records.
Ridley, H. N. A botanical excursion to northern Sumatra. Jour. Malay.
Branch Roy. Asiatic Soc. 1: 46-113. 1923.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author and others in 1921.
130 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Ridley, H. N. The flora of the Mentawi Islands. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew
1926: 57-94. 1926.
General features of flora; list of 365 species collected by the expedition of C.
Boden Kloss in 1914. (West of Sumatra.)
Plants from Bencoolen, Sumatra. Collected by Mr. C. J. Brooks.
Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1925: 76-94. 1925.
List of phanerogams (also mosses, by H. N. Dixon). (West coast of Sumatra.)
Spermatophyta and Pterydophyta [sic]. Jn Results of an expedition to
Korinchi Peak, Sumatra. Pt. IV. Jour. Fed. Malay States Mus. 8: 13-135.
MO
List of 778 vascular plants, with locality, general range, and frequent anno-
tations.
Steenis, C.G.G.J.van. Report of a botanical trip to the Ranau region, south
Sumatra. Bul. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. III, 138: 1-56. 11 fig. (incl. pl., maps). 1938.
Topography, geology, botanical explorations (with footnote references), plant
associations, phytogeography ; no complete list of species.
NortH AMERICA
New York Botanical Garden. North American flora. New York, 1905-1939.
Complete but unannotated descriptive systematic treatment of the flora of the
North American continent, Greenland, and the West Indies; Trinidad, Tobago,
and Curacao are not included. The work is planned to occupy 34 volumes, of
which v. 16-34 are to be devoted to vascular plants; none of the latter are
completed.
ALASKA
See also Canada (Macoun); Mackenzie (Macoun and Holm); Yukon (Macoun, List
of plants collected during 1911 and 1912) ; Greenland (Hooker; Ostenfeld, Flora Arctica) ;
United States (general works).
General
Dall, W. H. Alaska and its resources. xii, 627 p. illus., plates, map. 23.5
em. Boston, 1870.
Includes (p. 589-594) unannotated list of useful plants, with localities; also
bibliography of Alaska.
Rothrock, J. T. Sketch of the flora of Alaska. Ann. Rpt. Smithsn. Inst.
1867: 4834463. 1872.
General features of flora ; compiled list of 732 vascular and cellular plants, with
localities.
Taylor, R. F. Pocket guide to Alaska trees. Misc. Pub. U. S. Dept. Agr. 55.
39 p. illus., map. 1929.
General features of forests: annotated briefly descriptive list of 28 trees, with
local range; a popular treatment.
Local
Anderson, J. P. Notes on the flora of Sitka, Alaska. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
23: 427-482. pl. 16-31. [1917.]
Topography, climate, botanical explorations, life zones, plant associations, eco-
nomic plants, annotated list of fungi.
Plants of southeastern Alaska. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 25: 427-449.
[1919].—Supplemental list .. . 1. ce. 26: 327-331. [1920.]
Localities visited; annotated list of vascular plants, mainly collected at Sitka
and Juneau.
Plants used by the Eskimo of the northern Bering Sea and Arctic re-
gions of Alaska. Amer. Jour. Bot. 26: 714-716. 1939.
Annotated list of 40 vascular plants, with vernacular names; used mostly for
food.
Bongard, H. G. Observations sur la végétation de Vile de Sitcha. Mém.
Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VI. Sci. Math., Phys., et Nat. 2: 119-177. pl. 1-6.
1832 [1833].
Climate, soil, etc.; list of 222 vascular plants collected by Mertens, with tech-
nical annotations,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 131
Cooper, W. 8S. The seed-plants and ferns of the Glacier Bay National Monu-
ment, Alaska. Bul. Torrey Club 57: 327-888. 1980.—Additions to the flora...
1935-19386. 1. c. 66: 4538-456. 1939.
Recent history of region, plant communities; annotated list of vascular plants.
Coville, F. V. Flora of the region. Jn Brooks, A. H. The Mount McKinley
region, Alaska . . . U. 8S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 70: 208-211. 1911.
List of vascular plants collected by L. M. Prindle, with leecalities.
List of plants, collected in Seward Peninsula by Arthur J. Collier. In
Brooks, A. H. Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay regions,
Alaska, in 1900. p. 167-174. Washington, 1901.
Annotated list of vascular plants, with localities; also cellular plants. A pub-
lication of the U. S. Geological Survey.
and Wight, W. F. List of plants collected in northern Alaska by
W. L. Poto in 1901. Jn Mendenhall, W. C. Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin
to Kotzebue Sound, Alaska... U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 10: 58-65. 1902.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Wight, W. F., and Merrill, E. D. Arctic plants collected. In
Schrader, F. C. A reconnaissance in northern Alaska across the Rocky Moun-
tains, along Koyukuk, John, Anaktuvuk, and Colville Rivers, and the Arctic coast
to Cape Lisburne, in 1901. U. 8S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 20: 180-184. 1904.
List of vascular plants, with localities, collected from Nulato north to Point
Barrow.
Eastwood, Alice. A descriptive list of the plants collected by Dr. F. E. Blais-
dell at Nome City, Alaska. Bot. Gaz. 33: 126-149, 199-218, 284-299. 10 fig. (inel.
map). 1902.
Physiography, ete.; list of 170 vascular plants, with descriptions of all above
Juncaceae.
Evans, W. H. The agricultural outlook of the coast region of Alaska. U. 8.
Dept. Agr. Yearbook 1897: 553-576. pl. 32-35. 1898.
Includes (p. 561-566) notes on forests, grasses, berries, and other useful native
plants.
Funston, Frederick, and Coville, F. V. Botany of Yakutat Bay, Alaska.
Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 3: 825-353. 1896.
Annotated list (187 species and varieties of vascular plants, 27 of cellular
plants) by Coville; field report by Funston.
Gorman, M. W. Economic botany of southeastern Alaska. Pittonia 3: 64-85.
1896.
Annotated list of useful plants.
Gray, Asa. . Plants. Jn Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point
Barrow, Alaska. p. 191-192. Washington, 1885.
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants, the latter based on a report by
Farlow.
Hultén, Eric. Flora of the Aleutian Islands and westernmost Alaska Penin-
sula with notes on the flora of Commander Islands. 397 p. 6 fig. (incl. maps),
16 pl. 26 em. Stockholm, 1937.
Botanical explorations, geology, climate, plant associations, phytogeography ;
annotated list of 477 species of vascular plants, with citation of exsiccatae and
map of distribution of each species in the region (plus 2 species added in “Addi-
tions,” p. 341-842) ; bibliography. The region covered includes the westernmost
tip of the Alaska Peninsula (from 162° westward), the Aleutian Islands, and the
Commander Islands.
Kjellman, F. R. Fanerogamer frin Vest-Eskimaernas land. In Norden-
skidld, A. E. Vega-expeditionens vetenskapliga iakttagelser. v. 2, p. 25-60.
pl. 3. Stockholm, 1883.
Annotated list of phanerogams collected by the Vega Expedition in 1879 at Port
Clarence, containing about 45 species not in Seemann’s Flora.
Fanerogamfloran pa S:t Lawrence-6n. Jn Nordenskiold, A. E. Vega-
expeditionens vetenskapliga iakttagelser. v. 2, p. 1-23. pl. 1-2. Stockholm, 1883.
Previous botanical explorations, plant geography, etc.; unannotated list of 96
phanerogams collected on St. Lawrence Island by the Vega Expedition in 1879;
list of species recorded but not found by the author.
132 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Knowlton, F. H. List of plants collected by Mr. Charles L. McKay at Nusha-
’ gak, Alaska, in 1881, for the United States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Natl.
Mus. 8 (1885) : 213-221. 1886.
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants.
Kurtz, Fritz. Die flora des Chilcatgebietes im sitiddstlichen Alaska, nach den
sammlungen der gebriider Krause. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 19: 327-481. 1894.
Physiography, general features of the flora, life zones, useful plants, list of
vernacular names (of Tlinkit Indians), bibliography; list of 498 vascular plants
with localities, also cellular plants.
Macoun, J. M. A list of plants of the Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea, with notes
on their distribution. Jn Jordan, D. S. The fur seals and fur-seal islands of
the North Pacific Ocean. pt. 3, p. 559-587. pl. 87-94. Washington, 1899.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora; annotated list of 184 vas-
cular plants (also cellular plants) known from the area; table of distribution ;
bibliography.—-See also McAtee, W. L. Additions to the flora... Torreya
Se Oher Ome:
Merriam, C. H. Plants of the Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea, with critical notes
by J. N. Rose. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 7: 133-150. 1892.
Physiography, climate, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular
and cellular plants, mainly from specimens collected by the author in 1891.
Mertie, J. B. The Chandalar-Sheenjek district, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Survey
Bul. 810: 87-1389. 2 fig. (maps), 2 fold. maps (in pocket). 1930.
Includes general account of woody plants and list of vascular plants collected
by author and identified by P. C. Standley (p. 105-109).
Muir, John. The cruise of the Corwin. Journal of the Arctic expedition of
1881 in search of DeLong and the Jeannette. Edited by W. F. Badé. xxxi, 278 p.
plates, map. 21.5 cm. Boston, 1917.
The ‘Botanical notes” (p. 259-272) include general features of vegetation,
physiography, ete., of Unalaska, St. Lawrence Island, St. Michael, Golofnin Bay,
Kotzebue Sound, Cape Thompson, Cape Prince of Wales, 20 miles east of Cape
Lisburne, Cape Wankarem (Siberia), Plover Bay (Siberia), Herald Island (Si-
beria), Wrangell Land (Siberia); all but the first two with lists of species
eollected. The “Botanical notes” are reprinted in Torreya 18: 197-210. 1918.
Osgood, W. H. Natural history of the Cook Inlet region, Alaska. North Amer.
Fauna 21: 51-81. pl. 6-7. 1901.
Includes (p. 53-56) general features of the flora and list of woody plants
collected or observed.
Porsild, A. E. Contributions to the flora of Alaska. Rhodora 41: 143-183,
199-254, 262-301. 1 fig. (map), pl. 551-554, 1939.
Botanical collections examined, author’s itinerary in 1926, with general fea-
tures of flora at various localities and list of principal collecting localities;
list of vascular plants collected (648 species and principal subspecies and
varieties, of which 93 are new to Alaska) with frequent annotations.
Flora of Little Diomede Island in Bering Strait. Proc. and Trans.
Roy. Soc. Canada III, 32 (V, Biol. Sci.) : 21-88. 1988.
Topography, geology, climate, fauna, general features of flora; annotated
list of vascular plants collected by author in 1926; bibliography. Also known
as Krusenstern Island. :
Seemann, Berthold. Flora of western Eskimaux-land. Jn his The botany of
the voyage of H. M. S. Herald . .. during the years 1845-51. p. 9-56. pl. 1-11
(incl. map). London, 1852.
History, geography, soil, climate, general features of flora; list of 315 plants
(249 vascular), with references, localities, and occasional annotations. (Coast
from Norton Sound to Franklin Point, also St. Lawrence Island.)
Steffen, Hans. Ein beitrag zur flora von Alaska. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. Abt.
B, 54: 547-556. 3 fig. 1936.
General features of vegetation; list of 70 angiosperms collected in vicinity
of Circle Springs, near Fairbanks, by Joseph Ulmer.—See also his Verstreute
beitrige zur flora der Arktis I. Zur flora von Alaska. 1. c. 58: 100-104. 2 fig.
1938. (Adds 39 species. )
Tatewaki, Misao, and Kobayashi, Yoshio. A contribution to the flora of the
Aleutian Islands. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 36: 1-119. 5 fig.,
8 pl, map. 1934.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 133
Geography, plant communities; annotated list of vascular plants collected by
the authors.
Turner, L. M. Contributions to the natural history of Alaska. Results of
investigations made chiefly in the Yukon district and the Aleutian Islands. 226
p. 26 pl. (pt. col.). 30 ecm. Washington, 1886. (Arctic series of publications
issued in connection with the Signal Service, U. S. Army, no. II.)
Includes (p. 61-85) a partly annotated list of vascular and cellular plants,
with localities, based on Rothrock’s list of 1872.
CANADA
See also United States (general works, also Northeastern and Western).
The boundaries of the Canadian Provinces have undergone considerable change during
their recent history. The maps in the Times Survey Atlas of the World (1922) repre-
sent the present boundaries (except that Labrador now extends much farther west into
Quebec), and have been followed as a guide. The three districts into which the North-
west Territories are divided are here separated, for convenience, as follows: Mackenzie,
the mainland between Yukon Territory and 102° W. Long.; Keewatin, mainland (exclu-
Sive of Boothia and Melville Peninsulas) between 102° W. Long. and Hudson Bay,
together with islands (Southampton, Coats, and Mansel Islands, and those south of
them) in Hudson and James Bays; Franklin, Boothia and Melville Peninsulas and all
islands in Hudson Strait and Arctic waters except those adjacent to the Yukon coast.
Adams, John. A bibliography of Canadian plant geography to the end of the
year 1920 [-85]. Trans. Roy. Canad. Inst. 16: 293-355. 1928; 1'7: 103-145.
1929; 17: 227-265, [for 1921-25] 267-295. 1930; [for 1926-30] 18: 343-373.
1982; [for 1981-85] 21: 95-134. 1936.
Unannotated list of floristic papers, grouped chronologically and arranged
alphabetically by authors; 3,399 Canadian titles, plus 197 on Greenland in the
“Appendix on the flora of Greenland” in the 1936 paper. M. H. Norwell was
joint author in 1932 and 1986.
Fyles, Faith. Principal poisonous plants of Canada. Bul. Expt. Farms
Canada 24d ser., no. 39. xi, 112 p. illus., 8 col. pl. 1920.
Annotated account, with descriptions, properties, symptoms, and remedies;
bibliography.
MacKay, A.H. Bibliography of Canadian botany, 1900[-15]. Proc. and Trans.
Roy. Soe. Canada II, 7 (sect. IV) : 141-142. 1901; 8 (sect. IV) : 157-160. 1902;
9 (sect. IV) : 169-172. 1903; 10 (sect. IV) : 153-160. 1905; 11 (sect. IV): 143—
152. 1906; 12 (sect. IV): 338-48. 1906; ITI, 4 (sect. IV): 121-158. 1911; 5
(sect. IV) : 177-189. 1912; 6 (sect. IV) : 129-137. 1918; 7 (sect. IV) : 175-185.
1914, Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada III, 8 (sect. IV) : 25-85. 1914; 9 Gect. IV): 251-
261. 1916; 10 (sect. IV) : 189-199. 1917.
Annual bibliographies, alphabeted by authors. Earlier numbers have title
Botanical bibliography of Canada.
Macoun, John. Catalogue of Canadian plants. 3 v. 24.5 cm. Montreal,
1883-1902.
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants with localities; Alaskan and
Newfoundland plants are included. The vascular plants (v. 1-2, 1883-1890)
number 3,209 species (including additions in vy. 2).—For additions see Macoun,
J. M. Contributions to Canadian botany I-XVIII. Canad. Rec. Sci. 6: 23-27,
76-88, 141-153, 198-210, 264-276, 318-3829, 405-415, 459-469. 1894-95; 7: 39-50,
267-286, 463-477. 1896-97. Ottawa Nat. 12: 161-172. 1898; 13: 159-169. 1899;
15: 71-79, 267-275. 1901-02; 16: 211-228. 1903; 20: 1385-141, 162-171. 1906.
(Reprinted. )
Morton, B. R., and Lewis, R.G. Native trees of Canada. Bul. Forest Branch
Dept. Interior Canada no. 61. 233 p. (incl. illus. (maps), plates). 1917.
Descriptions, range, uses, maps showing local range of each species; synoptical
descriptive tables, figures of leaves, fruits, and often twigs, habit photographs.
Penhallow, D. P. A review of Canadian botany from the first settlement of
New France to the nineteenth century. Proc. and Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada 5
(sect. IV) : 45-61. 1887.—Review ... from 1800 to 1895. 1. c¢. II, 3 (sect. IV):
3-56. 1897.
Botanical explorers, botanical gardens and societies; bibliographies.
Provancher, Léon, abbdé. Flore canadienne ou descriptions de toutes les
plantes des foréts, champs, jardins et eaux du Canada... 2 vy. (cont. paged).
420 fig. 22.5 cm. Québec, 1862.
Descriptive flora, with vernacular names (largely artificial) and uses; includes
cultivated plants. Of little value as a flora.
1384 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
ALBERTA
See also Mackenzie (Preble) ; Manitoba (Tyrrell) ; United States, Western (Kirkwood ;
Rydberg, Flora of the Rocky Mountains).
Local
Farr, E. M. Contributions to a catalogue of the flora of the Canadian Rocky
Mountains and the Selkirk Range. Contrib. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. 3: 1-88. map.
1907.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants, with localities, based mainly
on the author’s collections in 1904-05. The region covered is in southern British
Columbia and southern Alberta, between Banff and Glacier.
Raup, H. M. Botanical investigations in Wood Buffalo Park. Bul. Natl. Mus.
Canada no. 74 (Biol. Ser. 20). 174 p. illus., maps. 1935.
Botanical investigations, soils, geology, physiography, climate, types of vege-
tation, plant associations; annotated list of vascular plants (449 species and 12
additional varieties) ; bibliography. ‘The region is in northeastern Alberta and
southeastern Mackenzie, south of Great Slave Lake.
Phytogeographic studies in the Athabaska—Great Slave Lake region.
I. Catalogue of vascular plants. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 17: 180-240, 241-315.
pl. 190-200, fold. map. 1936.
Botanical explorations, geography (with gazetteer) ; annotated list of 739
vascular plants (696 species), with citation of exsiccatae. Covers northeastern
Alberta, northwestern Saskatchewan, and southeastern Mackenzie (about 105°—
119° W. Long., 55°-63° N. Lat.).
Standley, P. C. Plants of the Alpine Club expedition to the Mount Robson
region. Canad. Alpine Jour., special no. 1912. p. 76-97. 5 pl. 1912 (1913).
Annotated list of 147 species collected in the Mount Robson region of eastern
British Columbia and western Alberta in 1911 by N. Hollister and J. H. Riley.
BRITISH COLUMBIA
See also Alberta (Farr; Standley); Yukon (Macoun, List of plants collected by
Dr. G. M. Dawson); United States, Western (Frye and Rigg; Kirkwood; McMinn and
Maino; Rydberg, Flora of the Rocky Mountains).
General
Anderson, J. R. Trees and shrubs, food, medicinal and poisonous plants of
British Columbia. 165 p. illus., map. 25.5 em. Victoria, B. C., 1925.
Descriptions of woody plants; annotated lists of food plants, with native
methods of cooking, and of medicinal and poisonous plants.
Griffith, B. G. <A pocket guide to the trees and shrubs of British Columbia.
69 p. 238 cm. Victoria, 19384.
Systematic list, with keys and descriptions.
Local
Brown, Robert (of Campster). On the vegetable products, used by the
northwest American Indians as food and medicine, in the arts and in super-
stitious rites. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 9: 378-396. 1868. (Also in Pharm. Jour.
and Trans. II, 10: 89-94, 168-174. 1868.)
Descriptive account, the plants classified by uses. Refers mainly to Oregon,
Washington, and British Columbia.
Carter, W. R., and Newcombe, C. F. A preliminary catalogue of the flora of
Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands. 86 p. 26 em. Victoria, 1921.
Annotated list of vascular plants.—For additions (1921-26) see Rpt. Prov.
Mus. Nat. Hist. Brit. Columbia 1921: 16; 1922: 15; 1923: 15; 1924: 23; 1925:
17; 1926: 10.—Additions since 1926, 1. c. 1937: 11.
Davidson, John. Contribution to the flora of British Columbia (Garibaldi
Mountain region). Ann. Rpt. (2d, 1914) Bot. Off. Brit. Columbia 1: 58 —74.
4pl. 1915.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
List of plants found during the botanical exploration of the Skagit
River basin. Ann. Rpt. (8d, 1915) Bot. Off. Brit. Columbia 1: 111-134. 1916.
List of 456 vascular plants, with localities.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 135
Glendenning, Reginald. An annotated check list of the flowering plants and
ferns, native and introduced, growing without cultivation in the Cowichan dis-
trict, Vancouver Island, B. C. Cowichan Field Nat. Club Bul. no. 1. 20 p.
1918.
Annotated list of vascular plants. The area covered includes the valleys of
the Chemainus, Cowichan, and Koksilah Rivers, from Chemainus south to
Shawnigan and west to Cowichan Lake. Publication has only cover title.
Graham, Roy. Notes on the flora of the Peace River. Rpt. Prov. Mus. Nat.
Hist. Brit. Columbia 19838: B13-—B24. 1934.
List of about 250 vascular plants; general features of flora; useful and
poisonous plants.
Henry, J. K. Flora of southern British Columbia and Vancouver Island, with
many references to Alaska and northern species. xiii, 363 p. 21.5 cm. Toronto,
1915.
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys; brief account of floral regions ;
glossary.
Osgood, W. H. Natural history of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Colum-
bia. North Amer. Fauna 21: 7-50. 1 fig., 5 pl. (incl. map). 1901.
Includes (p. 11-16) general features of the flora and list of cellular and
vascular plants collected.
Raup, H. M. Phytogeographic studies in the Peace and upper Liard River
regions, Canada, with a catalogue of the vascular plants. Contrib. Arnold
Arboretum no. 6. 230 p. 6 fig., 9 pl. map. 1934.
History, geology, climate, phytogeography, formations, bibliography; anno-
tated list of 754 species and 30 additional varieties of vascular plants. (North-
eastern British Columbia and adjacent Mackenzie.)
Rosendahl, C. O. Observations on plant distribution in Renfrew district of
Vancouver Island. Postelsia 1906: 1-132. pl. 1-11. 1906.
Topography, climate, plant formations, etec.; annotated list of 253 vascular
plants.
Smith, H. I. Materia medica of the Bella Coola and neighbouring tribes of
British Columbia. Bul. Natl. Mus. Canada 56: 47-68. 1929.
Systematic list of medicinal plants, with methods of use. (Bella Coola tribe
of Bella Coola valley, Gitksan of Skeena River, the Carrier who live in the
territory behind both these tribes, and the Sikani of the headwaters of Peace
River. )
Steedman, E. V. Ethnobotany of the Thompson Indians of British Columbia.
Based on field notes by James A. Teit. Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 45 (1927/
28) : 441-522. 1930. .
Principles of plant names used by these Indians; annotated classified lists of
“medicinal, edible, and other useful plants, with vernacular and botanical names;
list of botanical names. (Southwestern British Columbia. )
Ulke, Titus. A flora of Yoho Park, British Columbia. Contrib. Biol. Lab.
Catholic Univ. Amer. no. 14. 89 p. 10 pl. 1984.
Botanical explorations, geology; annotated list of 565 vascular plants, with
keys; bibliography. (On eastern edge of British Columbia, about 51°20’ N.
Lat.)
List of the vascular plants of the Horsethief Creek-Purcell Range, B. C.
Canad. Field-Nat. 49: 49-55, 71-76. 1935.
Annotated list of 405 vascular plants collected by the author in 1928. (Hxtreme
southeastern British Columbia.)
FRANKLIN
See also Greenland (Holm; Hooker; Ostenfeld, Flora Arctica; Rikli) ; Mackenzie
(Porsild ; Preble; Stefansson) ; Manitoba (Tyrrell).
General
Simmons, H. G. A survey of the phytogeography of the Arctic American
archipelago with some notes about its exploration. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. n. f., afd.
2Vv9. no. 19; 183 p: 2 maps. 1913:
Botanical explorations, with table showing their results in number of species ;
geography, geology, temperature; list of islands, and localities where collections
136 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
have been made, with position; annotated list of 204 vascular plants, with local-
ities; phytogeography, origin of flora, bibliography. The region covered is
bounded by Banks Land, Victoria Land, Boothia Felix, Melville Peninsula,
Southampton and adjacent islands, Baffin Land, Ellesmere Land, and Prince
Patrick Island.
Local
Ambronn, Hermann. Phanerogamen und gefass-kryptogamen vom Kingua-
fjord. Jn Die internationale polarforschung 1882-83. Die Deutsche expedi-
tionen ... Vv. 2, p. 75-92. Berlin, 1890.
Annotated list of vascular plants. (Baffin Land.)
Fernald, M. L. Baffin Land plants collected by the Macmillan expedition, 1922.
Rhodora 25: 111-114. 1923.
List of vascular plants, with localities.
Greely, A. W. Botany. Jn his Report on the proceedings of the United
States expedition to Lady Franklin Bay, Grinnell Land. v. 2, p. 11-18. Washing-
ton, 1888. (International polar expedition.)
Includes annotated list of 69 vascular plants collected in vicinity of Fort
Conger, Grinnell Land (81°44’ N., 64°45’ W.) ; also list of mosses and lichens.—
Essentially the same list is given by G. Vasey, Bot. Gaz. 10: 364-366. 1885.
(Ellesmere Land.)
Johansen, Frits. Vascular plants collected during the Canadian Hudson Strait
expedition in 1927. Canad. Field-Nat. 48: 126-131. 1934.
List of about 110 vascular plants collected by the author in 1927 at Port
Burwell, Wakeham Bay, and Eric Cove, Ungava; Lake Harbour, at south end
of Baffin Island; and Nottingham Island, at west end of Hudson Strait.
Macoun, J. M. List of plants collected by Mr. J. G. McMillan on Melville
Island, in the autumn of 1908 and early summer of 1909. Jn Bernier, J. E. Re-
port on the Dominion of Canada government expedition to the Arctic islands
and Hudson Strait on board the D. G. S. Arctic. p. 489-491. Ottawa, 1910.
Unannotated list of vascular plants (and 2 mosses and lichens).
Ostenfeld,-C. H. Vascular plants collected in Arctic North America (King
William Land, King Point and Herschell Isl.) by the Gjoa expedition under
Captain Roald Amundsen 1904-1906. Skr. Vidensk.-Selsk. Christiania I. Math.-
Natury.7 Ed | 19095) no. -8s views p. co pile 1910:
Separate annotated lists for King William Land (63 species) and for King
Point and Herschell Island (110 species) ; references to earlier publications.
(King William Land, Franklin; King Point and Herschell Island, Yukon.)
Polunin, Nicholas. The flora of Akpatok Island, Hudson Strait. Jour. Bot.
72: 197-204. 1934.
General features of flora; list of 391 cellular and vascular plants. There are
123 angiosperms, including 22 species, forms, and hybrids of Draba.
Simmons, H. G. Stray contributions to the botany of North Devon and some
other islands, visited in 1900-1902. With ...an alphabetical index to no. 2,
Flora of Ellesmereland, no. 16, Plants of N. W. Greenland, and this paper.
Report of the 2d Norwegian Arctic expedition in the Fram 1898-1902. no. 19.
36 p. 1 fig. (map). Kristiania, 1909.
Includes list of vascular plants from various localities in North Devon, Castle
Island and Devil’s Isle, North Kent, Graham and Buckingham Islands, Heiberg
Land, Schei Island and Big Island, Rignes Lands.
The vascular plants in the flora of Hllesmereland. Report of the 2d
Norwegian Arctic expedition in the Fram 1898-1902. no. 2. 197 p. 5 fig.,
10 pl., map (in text). Kristiania, 1906.
Geography, botanical explorations, phytogeography, gazetteer; annotated list
of 115 species; bibliography.
KEEWATIN
See also Franklin (Simmons, A survey); Mackenzie (Porsild) ; Manitoba (Tyrrell) ;
Greenland (Hooker; Ostenfeld, Fiora Arctica).
Local
Polunin, Nicholas. The flora of Southampton Island, Hudson Bay. Jour. Bot.
76: 93-103. 1988.
Botanical explorations; list of 151 species and 20 minor forms of vascular
plants now known, with names of collectors; bibliography.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 137
Polunin, Nicholas. Vascular plants from Mansel (Mansfield) Island, N. W. T.
Canad. Field-Nat. 52: 5-9. 1988.
History, botanical explorations; list of 45 species and 4 minor forms of angio-
sperms; bibliography.
Raup, H. M. Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Southampton Island. Mem.
Carnegie Mus. Pittsburgh 12 (8): 17-380. 1986.
Botanical explorations; annotated list of 109 vascular plants, of which 66
had not been recorded previously.
LABRADOR
See also Newfoundland (Fernald, A botanical expedition; Waghorne).
General
Macoun, J. M. List of the plants known to occur on the coast and in the
interior of the Labrador Peninsula. Ann. Rpt. Geol. Survey Canada n. s., 8:
353L-866L. 1897.
Table of vascular plants, Showing range in Labrador.
Macoun, John. Catalogue of the plants reported by various travellers and
others as growing on the coast of Labrador. In Packard, A. S. The Labrador
coast. p. 451-474. New York, London, 1891.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Meyer, E. H. F. De plantis labradoricis libri tres. xxii, 218 p. 19.5 cm.
Lipsiae, 1830.
Bibliography of works on flora of Labrador and other northern regions;
annotated list of 198 plants (168 vascular) from Labrador, with extralimital
range; climate, phytogeography, ete., of Labrador and other northern regions.
Schlechtendal, D. F. L. von. Ueber die flora von Labrador. Linnaea 10: 7T6—
114. 1886 [18357].
Partly annotated list of 32 cellular and 206 vascular plants then known from
Labrador, with references to HE. Meyer’s paper (1830) and Hooker’s Flora
Boreali-Americana; general features of flora.
Local
Abbe, E. C. Botanical results of the Grenfell-Forbes northern Labrador
expedition, 19381. Rhodora 38: 102-161. 7 fig. (maps), pl. 408-411. 19386.
(Contrib. Gray Herb. 111.)
Geology, botanical explorations with bibliographical footnotes, author’s itin-
erary, general features of flora, phytogeography; annotated list of vascular
plants. The region covered is on the northeast coast from Aillik to Ikord-
learsuk.
Ascherson, P. F. A. Nachtrag zur flora von Labrador. - Flora 48: 369-370.
1860.
List of vascular plants collected by Lundberg at Nain in 1847 and not recorded
by previous writers.
Butler, S. R. Labrador plants. Canad. Nat. n.s., 5: 350-853. 1870.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author, mainly at Amour
Point, Forteau Bay, and Caribou Island; includes also several plants collected
by Miss Macfarlane. (Hxtreme southern Labrador.)
Delabarre, E. B. Report of the Brown-Harvard expedition to Nachvak, Labra-
dor, in the year 1900. Bul. Geog. Soc. Phila. 3: 65-212. plates, maps. 1902.
Includes chapter on botany (p. 167-201) ; general features of flora, annotated
bibliography, list of vascular and cellular plants collected, with localities. For
corrections, see footnote to his chapter on Flora in Grenfell, W. T. Labrador,
the country and the people. New ed. p. 392-898. N. Y., 1913. (1st ed., 1909.)
Fernald, M. L., and Sornborger, J. D. Some recent additions to the Labra-
dor flora. Ottawa Nat. 13: 89-107. 1899.
Annotated list of rarer species collected by the Bowdoin College expedition
of 1891 and by J. D. Sornborger.
Hantzsch, Bernhard. Verzeichnis einer anzahl im nordéstlichsten Labrador
gesammelter pflanzenarten. Jn his Beitriige zur kenntnis des nordostlichsten
Labradors. Mitt. Ver. Erdk. Dresden 1 (8): 220-222. 1909. (English transl,
138 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
List of a number of species of plants collected in the most north-eastern part of
Labrador, in Canad. Nat. 45: 173-174. 1931.)
List of plants collected by the author and others north of 59° 30’ N. Lat.,
with a few Eskimo names and uses.
Kew. Royal Gardens. Plants from Labrador. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew
1907: 76-88. 1907.
List of vascular and cellular plants collected in 1905 and 1906 by Sir William
MacGregor on the Chidley Peninsula at the north tip of Labrador and at Anse
Sablon on the south coast.
MacKay, A. H. Labrador plants. (Collected by W. H. Prest on the Labra-
dor coast north of Hamilton Inlet, from the 25th of June to the 12th of August,
1901.) Proc. and Trans. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. 10: 507-508. 1903.
Unannotated list of phanerogams.
St. John, Harold. Notes sur la flore du Labrador. Naturaliste Canad. 51:
195-201. 1925.
Critical notes on a list of Labrador plants published by V. A. Huard in 1923,
in the same journal (49: 183-186), which was based on observations by Abbé
P. Lamay.
Wetmore, R. H. Plants of the Hamilton Inlet and Lake Melville region,
Labrador. Rhodora 25: 4-12. 1923.
List of vascular plants collected by the author in 1921, with localities.
Woodworth, R. H. Interesting plants of northern Labrador. Rhodora 29: 54—
Nfs USPC
Annotated list of rarer species collected in northernmost Labrador by the
author in 1926.
MACKENZIE
See also Alberta (Raup, Botanical investigations in Wood Buffalo Park, and Phytogeo-
graphie studies); British Columbia (Raup) ; Manitoba (Tyrrell); Greenland (Hooker;
Ostenfeld, Flora Arctica).
Local
Macoun, J. M., and Holm, Theodore. The vascular plants of the Arctic coast
of America west of the 100th meridian, collected by the Canadian Arctie expe-
dition 1913-18. Report of the Canadian Arctic expedition 1913-18. vy. 5, Bot-
any. ) Dt. A. 24 p. 13 ply map. sOttawas 1920.
List of 230 species, with localities, from Alaska, Yukon, and Mackenzie.
Porsild, A. E. Edible roots and berries of northern Canada. 17 p. 13 fig.
245 em. Ottawa, 1937.
Annotated list of about 20 edible vascular plants of Arctic and sub-Arctic
Canada, as well as some lichens.
Preble, E. A. Trees and shrubs of Athabaska-Mackenzie region. In his A
biological investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie region. North Amer.
Fauna 27:515-534. fig. 16, pl. 24-25. 1908.
Annotated list, with notes on Indian uses. Covers Mackenzie and islands
north of it, and the portions of Alberta and Saskatchewan north of 55° N. Lat.
Stefansson, Vilhjalmur. My life with the Eskimo. ix, 538 p. plates, 2 maps.
25-em. )N:ȴ;, dois:
Contains (p. 445-448) notes on useful plants, with lists of species collected at
Coronation Gulf (Mackenzie), southwestern Victoria Island (Franklin), Cape
Bathurst (Mackenzie), and King Point (Yukon).
MANITOBA
See also United States, Western (Rydberg, Flora of the prairies and plains).
General
Burman, W. A. The Phanerogamia and Pteridophyta of Manitoba. In A
handbook to Winnipeg and the Province of Manitoba prepared for the 79th
annual meeting of the British Association . .. 1909. p. 157-182. map. Winni-
peg, 1909.
Botanical districts; unannotated list of vascular plants.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 139
Jackson, V. W., Higham, J. F., and Groh, Herbert. Check list of Manitoba
flora (with notes). 385 p. illus. (incl. map). 24 em. [Winnipeg,] 1922.
Briefiy annotated list of 1,029 vascular plants. The map shows floral zones.
In 1925 [?] the senior author issued an unpaged, unannotated, multigraphed list
of vascular plants (Check list of Maniteba flora revised to December, 1924).
Local
Christy, R. M. Notes on the botany of Manitoba. Jour. Bot. 25: 271-276,
290-301. 1887.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants (and 1 moss) col-
lected by the author in 1883, mostly near Carberry.
Lowe, C. W. ‘The flora of Warrens Landing, Lake Winnipeg, Man. Canad.
Field-Nat. 34: 26-30. 2 fig. (incl. map). 1920.
General features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants. (North end of
Lake Winnipeg. )
Stormer, Per. Plants collected by Frits Johansen in 1929, at Hudson Bay
Railway and Port Churchill in Arctic Canada. Nyt Mag. Naturvidensk. 738:
29S 212 1933:
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Tyrrell, J. W. Classified list of plants. Jn his Across the sub-arctics of
Canada. p. 251-272. Toronto, 1897.
List of 283 plants (196 vascular), with localities, collected by the author in
1893 along route between Lake Athabasca and west coast of Hudson Bay, to-
gether with a collection made in 1885 at Ashe Inlet on north shore of Hudson
Strait and a collection made by Marjorie Lofthouse at Fort Churehill. Identi-
fications by J. Macoun.
NEW BRUNSWICK
General
Fowler, James. Preliminary list of the plants of New Brunswick. Bul. Nat.
Hist. Soc. New Brunswick 1 (4): 8-84. 1885. (Reprinted 82 p. 1885.)
Previous publications; annotated list of $42 vascular plants, with additional
list of ballast plants. See also Report of the Committee on botany [list of
plants new to the Province .. .] l. ec. 3 (11): 48-50. 1893—Also Hay, G. U.
Additions to plants of New Brunswick. 1. ¢c. 5: 858-868. 1905.
Local
Fowler, James. Report on the flora of St. Andrews, N. B. Contrib. Canad.
Biol. Mar. Biol. Sta. Canada 1901: 41-48. 1901.
General features of flora; unannotated list of 331 plants (299 vascular) col-
lected by the author in June-August, 1900.—Also appeared with slight changes
as A visit to St. Andrew’s, N. B., with a catalogue of plants collected in its
vicinity. Proc. Nat. Hist. Assoc. Miramichi 2: 21-28. 1901.
Klugh, A. B. Notes on the flora of the St. Croix River valley and Passama-
quoddy region, New Brunswick. Contrib. Canad. Biol. Mar. Biol. Sta. Canada
1906/10: 265-276. pl. 27-29. 1912.
Annotated list of vascular and some cellular plants collected by the author in
July to September 1909, arranged in ecological groups.
Vroom, James. A list of flowering plants and ferns found in Charlotte
County, New Brunswick. 12p. 23.5cm. St. Stephen, N. B., 1887.
Briefly annotated list of vascular plants.
NEWFOUNDLAND (INCLUDING ST. PIERRE ET MIQUELON)
General
Reeks, Henry. A list of the flowering plants and ferns of Newfoundland, with
meteorological observations. 30 p. 21 ecm. Newbury [England], 1873.
List, p. 2-7, of 371 species identified by the author in 1866-68. Many of the
identifications are erroneous, and the list is long out of date.
ee
140 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Waghorne, A. C. The flora of Newfoundland, Labrador and St. Pierre et
Miquelon. Proc. and Trans. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. 8: 359-373. 1893; 9: 83—100,
361-401. 1896-98.
Bibliography ; list of 538 species (Polypetalae and Gamopetalae), with locali-
ties; largely compiled.
Local
Arséne, Louis, frére. Contribution to the flora of the islands of St. Pierre et
Miquelon. Rhodora 29: 117-133, 144-158, 173-191, 204-221. 1927.
Previous botanical work, with bibliographical footnotes, author’s explorations,
soil, phytogeography; annotated list of newly recorded or otherwise noteworthy
species; table of known vascular plants (487 species, of which 391 are native),
showing names of collectors.
Delamare, Ernest, Renauld, F., and Cardot, J. Flora miquelonensis.
Florule de l’ile Miquelon (Amérique du Nord) ... Annales Soc. Bot. Lyon 15:
65-148. 1888. (Reprinted 78 p.)
Botanical explorations, topography, geology, climate, phytogeography; anno-
tated list of vascular plants, mosses, hepatics, lichens, algae.
Eames, E. H. Notes upon the flora of Newfoundland. Rhodora 11: 85-99.
1909.
Records of plants from the western coast, collected in 1908 by E. H. Eames
and C. C. Godfrey.
Fernald, M. L. A botanical expedition to Newfoundland and southern Labra-
dor. Rhodora 18: 109-162. pl. 86-91. 1911. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 40.)
Previous botanical explorations, with footnote references to publications; itin-
erary of author’s expedition, with mention of more important plants collected:
geographic origin of flora. Known vascular plants are “scarcely 1,000 species.”
Recent discoveries in the Newfoundland flora. Rhodora 385: 1-16,
47-63, 80-107, 120-140, 161-185, 203-223, 230-247, 265-283. 298-315, 327-346,
364-386, 395-403. 29 fig. (maps), pl. 232-273. 1933. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 101.)
Itinerary, etc.; phytogeography ; range extensions, critical notes, and revision-
ary treatments of numerous species of plants.
Two summers of botanizing in Newfoundland. Rhodora 28: 49-63,
74-87, 89-111, 115-129, 145-155, 161-178, 181-204, 210-225, 234-241. pl. 153-155.
1926-27. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 76.)
~ Running account of the author’s expeditions in 1924 and 1925; annotated list
of noteworthy species collected.
Robinson, B. L., and Schrenk, Hermann von. Notes upon the flora of New-
foundland. Canad. Ree. Sci. 7: 3-381. 1896. (Reprinted.)
Previous explorations, general features of flora; annotated list of species col-
jected by the authors in 1894. (Avalon Peninsula.)
NOVA SCOTIA
General
Lindsay, A. W. H. A catalogue of the flora of Nova Scotia arranged accord-
ing to Gray’s Manual of botany ... Proc. and Trans. Nova Scot. Inst. Nat.
Sci. 4: 184-222. 1877.
Tabular list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities——See also How,
Henry. Additions ...te p. 312-319. 1877.
Prest, W. H. Edible wild plants of Nova Scotia. Proc. and Trans. Nova
Scot. Inst. Sci. 11: 387-416. 18908.
Annotated list of 77 plants classified according to parts used.
Local
Bailey, L. W. Notes on the geology and botany of Digby Neck. Proc. and
Trans. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. 9: 69-82. pl. 46. 1896.
Includes unannotated partial list of spermatophytes. (On peninsula in south-
western Nova Scotia.)
Campbell, G. G. List of plants collected in the neighbourhood of Truro, Nova
Scotia, during the summer of 1883 and 1884. Proce. and Trans. Nova Scot. Inst.
Nat. Sci. 6: 209-225. 1885.—Supplementary list . . . l. c 6: 283-285. 1886.
Annotated list of vascular plants; Aster and Solidago omitted.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD ea
Cox, G. H. List of plants collected in and around the town of Shelburne.
Proce. and Trans. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. 8: 439-444. 1895.
Mostly unannotated list of vascular plants.
Fernald, M. L. The Gray Herbarium expedition to Nova Scotia, 1920.
Rhodora 23: 89-111, 130-182, 153-171, 184-195, 223-245, 257-278, 284-300.
pl. 180. 1921. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 63.)
Journal of expedition, with comments on various plants; annotated list of
noteworthy species collected, including 110 new to Canada and 122 more first
recorded from Nova Scotia.
Notes on the flora of western Nova Scotia, 1921. Rhodora 24: 157-
164, 165-180, 201-207. 1922. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 66.)
Itinerary ; annotated list of noteworthy species collected, including 37 new to
Canada and 25 more new to Nova Scotia.
Fowler, James. Report on the flora of Canso, Nova Scotia. Further Con-
trib. Canad. Biol. Mar. Biol. Sta. Canada 1902/05: 59-70. 1907.
General features of flora; unannotated list of 298 plants (244 vascular).
Perry, L. M. The vascular flora of St. Paul Island, Nova Scotia. Rhodora
33: 105-126. 1 fig. (map). 1931. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 94.)
Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of about 300 vascular
plants collected by the author and Dr. Muriel V. Roscoe in 1929.
Robinson, ©. B. Contributions to a flora of Nova Seotia. I. Plants collected
in eastern Nova Scotia in August, 1906. Bul. Pictou Acad. Scient. Assoc. 1: 80-44.
1907.
List of cellular and vascular plants collected by the author, with localities and
occasional annotations.
Rousseau, Jacques. Notes floristiques sur lest de la Nouvelle-Ecosse.
Naturaliste Canad. 65: 285-815, 317-335. §8 fig. 1938.
Ecology; annotated list of vascular plants collected by author in 1930, mostly
from vicinity of Guysborough; bibliographical footnotes.
St. John, Harold. Sable Island, with a catalogue of its vascular plants.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 86: 1-103. pl. 1-2. 1921. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 62.)
History, physiographic changes, animals, botanical explorations, plant habitats,
phytogeography, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants (147 native species,
varieties and forms; 51 adventive planis).
ONTARIO
See also Quebec (D’Urban; Potter); Michigan (Dodge, Flora of St. Clair County) ;
Minnesota (Densmore) ; New York (Zenkert).
General
White, J. H. The forest trees of Ontario and the more commonly planted
foreign trees. A guide to their identification... 80, v p. plates. 24.5 cm.
Toronto, 1925.
Brief descriptions of the species, with illustrations of leaves, fruit, and twigs.
Local
Bailey, L. H. Plants collected or observed on Hunters’ Island, British
America, July 26 and 27, 1886. Bul. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. 3: 55-56.
1887.
Mostly unannotated list of vascular plants. (Southwestern Ontario, 48°15’
N. Lat., 91°30’ W. Long.)
Bell, John. On the plants of the Manitoulin Islands. Rpt. Prog. Geol. Survey
Canada 1866/69: 449-469. 1870.
Topography, general features of flora; list of vascular plants, mosses,
hepatics, lichens, and Characeae.
Billings, Braddish, jr. List of plants observed growing principally within four
miles of Prescott, C. W., and for the most part in 1860. Annals Bot. Soc. Canada
1: 114-140. [1862.]
Annotated list of vascular plants, mosses, hepatics, lichens, and Characeae.
Appears to consolidate his two earlier lists with similar titles in Canad. Nat. and
Geol. 3: 89-50. 1858; 5: 14-24. 1860.
142 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Dewey, L. H. The plants of islands 74 and 85 in the French River, Ontario.
Canad. Field-Nat. 53: 127-130. 1989.
Topography, geology, climate, general features of flora: list of vascular plants
collected by the author in 1989.
Dickson, J. M., and Alexander, Andrew. Flora of Hamilton district. Jour.
and Proc. Hamilton Assoc. 18: 95-127. 1897.
Bibliography ; unannotated list of vascular plants and Marchantiaceae.
Dodge, C. K. Annotated list of flowering plants and ferns of Point Pelee,
Ont., and neighbouring districts. Mem. Canada Geol. Survey 54 (Biol. Ser. 2).
131 p. 1914.
General features of flora; annotated list of 623 vascular plants. Also issued
in a French edition, 188 p., 1917.
The flowering plants, ferns and fern allies growing without cultiva-
tion in Lambton County, Ontario. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. 16: 132-200. 1914.
Physiography, habitats, etc. ; annotated list of vascular plants.
Fletcher, James. Flora ottawaensis. 101 p. 28.5 cm. [Ottawa, 1888—99.]
Botanical collections, etc. ; annotated list of phanerogams. Incomplete; breaks
off in middle of treatment of Scirpus pungens. Pages 1-13 originally issued in
Trans. Ottawa Field Nat. Club, v. 4 (Ottawa Nat., v. 2), p. 28-82, 61-64, 77-80.
1888, later reprinted and with the remaining pages issued as Suppl. to the same
journal, v. 4-6 (Ottawa Nat., v. 24). Pages 62-69 are numbered 121-128.
Gibson, John, and Macoun, John. The plants of the eastern coast of Lake
Huron, and their distribution through the northern and western portions of
British North America. Canad. Jour. Sci., Lit. and Hist. n. s., 14: 635-657.
1875. (Reprinted 23 p. [1876?])
Tabular list of vascular plants of eastern shore of Lake Huron and scuthern
and western shores of Georgian Bay, with indication of distribution in eastern
Ontario, Lake Superior, and westward.—For ecological discussion of this region
see their Botany of the eastern coast of Lake Huron, 1. ec. 467-478.
Holmes, E. M. Medicinal plants used by the Cree Indians, Hudson’s Bay
Territory. Pharm. Jour. and Trans. III, 15: 802-804. 1884. (Reprinted in
Amer. Jour. Pharm. 56: 617-621. 1884.)
Annotated list.—See also Haydon, Walton. Medicinal plants used by the Cree
Indians. Therapeutic Gaz. (Detroit) 8: 398-399. 1884. (Same material as in
Holmes’ paper.)—-Also Strath, R. Materia medica, pharmacy and therapeutics
of the Cree Indians of the Hudson Bay territory. St. Paul Med. Jour. 5: 735-746.
1908.
Hosie, R. C. Botanical investigations in Batchawana Bay region, Lake
Superior ... with A catalogue of the vascular plants, by T. M. C. Taylor...
Bul. Natl. Mus. Canada 88, Biol. Ser. no. 28. v, 152 p. 34 fig. (incl. map).
1938.
Mainly ecological; includes annotated list of vascular plants. Batchawana
Bay is about 20 miles north of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario.
Kellerman, W. A. Flora of Hen and Chickens Islands, 1903. Ohio Nat.
4: 190-191. 1904.
Lists of vascular plants from these islands.—See also Schaffner, J. H. The
flora of Little Chicken Island. 1. c. 3: 331-832. 1902. (In Canadian waters at
west end of Lake Erie.)
Kirkconnell, Watson. Botanical survey of South Victoria. A local check-list
of plants found in the six southern townships of Victoria County, Ontario.
15 p. 21cm. Lindsay, Ontario, 1926.
Topography, soils, climate; unannotated list of 620 higher fungi, bryophytes,
and vascular plants,
Macoun, J. M. List of plants collected on the Rupert and Moose Rivers,
along the shores of James’ Bay, and on the islands in James’ Bay, during the
summers of 1885 and 1887... In Low, A. P. Report on explorations in
James’ Bay and country east of Hudson Bay... Ann. Rpt. Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Survey Canada n. s., 3 (2, Rpt. J) : 638-74. 1888.
Tabular list of vascular plants.
Macoun, John. Catalogue... of the plants collected by Dr. Robert Bell
along the Michipicoten River and in the southern part of the basin of Moose
River. Jn Bell, Robert. Reports... on the geology of the basin of Moose
River ... Rpt. Prog. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Canada 1880/82 (C): 17C—
28C. 1883.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 1438
General features of the flora; tabular list of 320 vascular and cellular plants,
with locality indicated.
Macoun, John, and Gibson, John. The rarer plants of the Province of
Ontario. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 12: 806-307. 1875.
Physiography, geology, ete.; list of rarer phanerogams, with synonymy,
descriptions, and local range.
Saunders, William. List of plants collected chiefly in the immediate neigh-
bourhood of London, C. W. Canad. Jour. Sci., Lit. and Hist. n. s., 8: 219-238.
1863. (Reprinted 20 p. [1863 ?].)
Annotated list of vascular plants, mosses, hepatics, and lichens.
Scott, William. ‘The seed plants of Toronto and vicinity. Jn Faull, J. H.
The natural history of the Toronto region. p. 100-140. Toronto, 19138.
Partly annotated list of 798 spermatophytes. An annotated list of pterido-
phytes, by Ivey, T. J., is in same volume (p. 141-149).
Spotton, H. B. List of plants collected in the vicinity of the town of Barrie.
Canad. Jour. Sci.,. Lit. and Hist. n.s., 15: 46-50. 1876.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND
General
Hurst, Blythe. Flowering plants and ferns of Prince Edward Island. Trans.
Roy. Canad. Inst. 19: 251-273. 1933.
Previous publications ; unannotated list of 594 species and varieties of vascular
plants.—See also Adams, John. Some additions to the flora of Prince Edward
Island. Canad. Field-Nat. 51: 105-107. 1937.
QUEBEC
See also Franklin (Johansen) ; Mackenzie (Porsild) ; Ontario (Macoun, J. M., List
of plants collected on the Rupert and Moose Rivers).
General
Adams, John. Medicinal plants of Quebec. Ann. Rpt. Quebee Soe. Protect.
Plants 7: 50-54. 1915.
Briefly annotated list of 60 species, classified according to parts used.
Louis-Marie, pere. Flore-manuel de la province de Québec. 319 p._ illus.
21.5 cm. Montréal, 1981. (Contribution no. 23 Institut agricole d’Oka.)
Elementary morphology, ete.; briefly annotated elementary flora of vascular
plants, in form of keys; vernacular names, glossary.
Local
Baum, H. E. A scanty flora. Plant World 4: 145-146. pl. 10. 1901.
List of 3 phanerogams collected in 1900 by Miss E. E. Leach on Bird Rock, at
the northern tip of the Magdalen Islands, a famous rookery of gannets and
other water birds.
Bowman, P. W. Notes on the flora of the Matemek River district, “North
Shore,” Quebec, Canada. Rhodora 34: 48-55. 1982.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author in 1927.
Campbell, Robert. The flora of Montreal Island. Canad. Rec. Sci. 5: 208-
234. 1892; 6: 397-405. 1895; 7: 146-151. 1896; 8: 11-24, 349-365. 1899-1901.
Annotated list of vascular plants, with four supplements (including the
mosses). First contribution in vol. 8 has title: The Gramineae, Cyperaceae and
Juncaceae of Montreal Island, by H. B. Cushing and Robert Campbell.—See
also Emberson, F. C. The trees of Montreal Island. 1. ¢« 9: 78-83. 1908.
(Unannotated list.)
Notes on the flora of Cap-a-l’Aigle. Canad. Rec. Sci. 4: 54-68.
1890.—Supplemental notes... 5: 38-40. 1892.—Additional notes... 8: 281—
205 90.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected on the Murray and Loutre Rivers,
Charlevoix County, Quebec.
2413806°—42 10
144 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Carrier, J. C. Le flore de l’ile de Montréal, Canada. Bul. Acad. Internatl.
Géog. Bot. 10: 166-178, 228-232, 281-283. 1901; 11: 22, 79-80, 188. 1902; 12:
55-56, 209-210. 1903; 138: 268-281. 1904; 20: 53-56. 1910.
Annotated list of 683 vascular plants.
D’Urban, W. S. M. Catalogue of plants collected in the counties of Argen-
teuil and Ottawa, in 1858. Canad. Nat. and Geol. 6: 120-137. 1861.
Annotated list of 362 vascular and cellular plants collected by the author.
Argenteuil County is in Quebee, Ottawa in Ontario.
Lewis, H. F. An annotated list of vascular plants collected on the north
shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1927-1930. Canad. Field-Nat. 45: 129-135,
174-179, 199-204, 225-228. 1931; 46: 12-18, 36-40, 64-66, 89-95. 1932.
Geology; list of anomalous occurrences of calcicolous plants; annotated list
of 567 vascular plants (including minor forms). Covers essentially same area
as St. John’s “Botanical exploration of the north shore of the Gulf of St. Law-
RENCE o ese CLO22)e
Macoun, J. M. List of plants collected at Lake Mistassini, Rupert River
and Rupert House... 1885. Jn Low, A. P. Report of the Mistassini expedi-
tion 1884-5. Ann. Rpt. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Canada n. s., 1 (Rpt. D):
86D-44D. 1885.
Tabular list of 306 vascular plants, with locality indicated.
Macoun, John. List and notes ... of plants collected by Mr. Richardson on
the Magdalen Islands. Jn Richardson, James. Report of a geological explora-
tion of the Magdalen Islands. Rpt. Prog. Geol. Survey Canada 1879-80:
12G-15G. 1881.
Tabular list of 79 vascular plants; general features of flora—See also
Provancher, L. A. Liste des plantes ... Jn his Un naturaliste aux iles de la
Madeleine. Naturaliste Canad. 19: 246-247. 1890.
Marie-Victorin, frére. Etudes floristiques sur la région du lac Saint-Jean.
Contrib. Lab. Bot. Univ. Montreal no. 4. 174 p. 28 fig. 1925.
Physiography, ete.; botanical explorations; author’s itinerary, with critical
notes on various species; list of cellular and vascular plants collected, with
localities ; plant associations, ete.
La flore du Témiscouata. Rapport sur une nouvelle exploration
botanique de ce comté de la province de Québec. Naturaliste Canad. 41: 99—
108, 115-119, 132-138, 148-155, 165-170, 181-188. illus. (incl. map). 1915; 42:
6-12, 18-29, 3444, 51-59, 68-79, 106-111, 121-126, 136-143, 153-158, 168-175,
181-187. illus. (incl. map). 1915-16.
Bibiography, climate, geology, plant formations; annotated alphabetical lists
of cellular and vascular plants.
Flore laurentienne. 917 p. 324 fig., maps (fig. A-K and fold. map).
29 cm. Montréal, 1935.
Botanical explorations, bibliography, physiography, geology, climate, phyto-
geography, evolution; annotated descriptive flora of 1,568 vascular plants, with
keys, notes on biology; glossary. Covers the southern part of Quebec, north to
about the level of the Saguenay River, Lake St. John, and the upper Ottawa River.
and Meilleur, René. La florule de la Grosse-Ile. Naturaliste Canad.
66: 107-122. 18 fig. 1939.
Topography, geology, ete.; list of 255 vascular plants; phytogeography. (In
the St. Lawrence River, 40 miles downstream from Quebec.)
Northrop, J. I. Plant notes from Termiscouata [sic] County, Canada. Bul.
Torrey Club 14: 230-238. 1887. (Reprinted as Contrib. Herb. Columbia Col.
no. 3.—Also in Osborn, H. F. A naturalist in the Bahamas. 1910.)
General features of flora; systematic list of vascular plants collected by author
mostly at Notre Dame du Lac, on west shore of Lake Témiscouata.—See also
Northrop, J. I. and A. B. Plant notes from Tadousac and Temiscouata County,
Canada. Bul. Torrey Club 17: 27-32. 1890.
Penhallow, D. P. Notes on the flora of Cacouna, P. Q. Canad. Rec. Sci. 4:
432-460. 1891.
Geology, general features of flora; annotated list of 212 vascular plants
collected by the author in August 1891.
Notes on the flora of St. Helen’s Island, Montreal. Canad. Rec. Sci.
4: 369-372. 1891.
General features of woody flora; alphabetical list of plants observed by
author.
oe
eee eS Ne
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 145
Polunin, Nicholas. Vascular plants from Diana Bay, Hudson Strait. Canad.
Field-Nat. 51: 111-114. 1987.
List of 75 vascular plants. Diana Bay is on the south shore of Hudson Strait,
61° N. Lat., 70° W. Long.
Potter, David. Plants collected in the southern region of James Bay. Rho-
dora 86: 274-284. 1 fig. (map). 1984.
Tabular list of vascular plants collected by the author in 1929, with indication
of localities.
Rousseau, Jacques. Etudes fioristiques sur la région de Matapédia (Québec).
Bul. Mus. Natl. Canada 66 (Sér. Biol. no. 17) : 1-25. 1 fig. (map), 2 pl. 1931.
General features of flora; annotated iist of vascular plants collected by the
author in 1929; bibliography.
Saint-Cyr, D. N. List of plants gathered by D. N. Saint-Cyr, on the north
shore, from St. Paul’s Bay to Ouatchechou, and in the islands of Mingan, Anti-
costi and Grand Mecatina, during the summer of 1882 and the month of July
1885, during .. . his two trips to the lower St. Lawrence and the Gulf. In
[Sessional papers, Prov. of Quebec] v. 20, pt. 3, no. 17B, p. 94-114. 1887.
List of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, identified by J. Macoun.
St. John, Harold. A botanical exploration of the north shore of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence including an annotated list of the species of vascular plants.
Mem. Canada Dept. Mines 126 (Biol. Ser. 4). iii, 130 p. 9 fig., pl., 2 maps. 1922.
Geology, physiography, botanical explorations, relations between chemical
nature of soils and plant distribution, bibliographies; annotated list (614 species
and varieties, of which 574 are native).
Schmitt, Joseph. Monographie de Vile d’Anticosti (Golfe Saint-Laurent).
vi, 370 p. plates, maps. 25.5 cm. Paris, 1904.
Annotated list of vascular plants (identifications revised by Macoun), p. 59-
234.—For additions, see Adams, John. Some additions to the vascular flora of
Anticosti Island. Canad. Field-Nat. 48: 63-65. 1934.
SASKATCHEWAN
See also Alberta (Raup, Phytogeographie studies) ; Mackenzie (Preble) ; Manitoba
(Tyrrell) ; United States, Western (Rydberg, Flora of the Rocky Mountains, and Flora
of the prairies and plains).
- General
Fraser, W. P., and Russell, R. C. List of the flowering plants, ferns and
fern allies of Saskatchewan. 46 p. 25.5 cm. Saskatoon, 1937.—Additions . .
Tp. 28cm. [Saskatoon,] 19388.
Annotated list of vascular plants, with localities for the rarer species. The
list of Additions processed.
YUKON
See also Franklin (Ostenfeld) ; Mackenzie (Macoun and Holm; Porsild; Stefansson) ;
Greenland (Hooker; Ostenfeld, Flora arctica) ; United States, Western (Kirkwood).
Local
Britton, N. L., and Rydberg, P. A. An enumeration of the flowering plants
collected by R. S. Williams and by J. B. Tarleton. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 2:
149-187. 1901. (Contributions to the botany of the Yukon Territory, 4.)
List with localities and occasional annotations. The pteridophytes of the
same collectors are listed by L. M. Underwood, 1. c. 148-149. (Klondike region.)
Macoun, J. M. [List of plants collected during 1911 and 1912.] Jn Cairnes,
D.D. The Yukon-Alaska international boundary, between Porcupine and Yukon
Rivers. Mem. Canada Geol. Survey 67 (Geol. Ser. 49): 15-18. 1914.
List of vascular and cellular plants, preceded (p. 10-12) by notes on general
features of flora by D. D. Cairnes.
Macoun, John. List of plants collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in the Yukon
district and adjacent northern portion of British Columbia in 1887. In Dawson,
G. M. Report on an exploration in the Yukon district ... Montreal, 1888.
146 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
p. 215B-228B. (With Ann. Rpt. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Canada n. s., v. 8,
pt. 1. 1889.)
List of 201 plants (198 vascular) with localities.
Macoun, John. List of plants collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in the Klondike
region in 1899. Ottawa Nat. 13: 209-218. 1899.
List of vascular and cellular plants.
CENTRAL AMERICA (INCLUDING MEXICO)
Hemsley, W. B. Biologia centrali-americana; or, contributions to the know}i-
edge of the fauna and fiora of Mexico and Central America... Botany. 4 y.
110 (i. e. 111) pl. (pt. col., and incl. map). 31cm. London, 1879-88.
The fundamental modern work. Systematic list of vascular plants of Mexico
(excluding Lower California) and Central America, with synonymy, citation of
exsiccatae, and statement of extralimital range, based chiefly on the material in
Kew Herbarium; phytogeography; sketch of botanical exploration, in form of
an annotated list of collectors; summary and analysis of flora; bibliography ;
separate lists of plants from Cozumel Island collected in 1885 by G. F. Gaumer,
and from Holbox, Mugeres, Cozumel, and Ruatan Islands collected in 1886 by
Gaumer. Includes 12,283 species, of which 11.626 are Phanerogamae; 8,193 of
the latter are endemic.
BRITISH HONDURAS
General
Sprague, T. A., and Riley, L. A. M. Materials for a flora of British Hon-
duras. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1924: 1-20. 1924.
Systematic list with citation of exsiccatae, vernacular names, and occasional
annotations; geography and physiography; plant formations; botanical explora-
tions; short bibliography. Incomplete: Ranunculaceae—Elaeocarpaceae (Ben-
tham and Hooker system). Total number of phanerogams estimated at 4,000;
this enumeration not expected to contain over 800.
Standley, P. C., and Record, S. J. The forests and flora of British Honduras.
Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 350, Bot. Ser. v. 12. 432 p. 16 pl. 1936.
Geography, geology, soils, climate, agriculture, forests, timbers, economic trees,
bibliography, relationships of flora, botanical explorations; partly annotated list
of 2,125 vascular plants, with vernacular names and uses, and keys and brief
descriptions of woody plants.
COSTA RICA
For Cocos Island, see under Insular Floras.
General
Alfaro, Anastasio. Lista de las plantas encontradas hasta ahora en Costa
Rica y en los territorios limitrofes, extractada de la “Biologia centrali-ameri-
cana.” Anales Mus. Nac. Costa Rica 1: 1-101. 1888.
General features of flora; list of 3,886 vascular plants of Costa Rica and
other Central American countries, of which 1,218 are definitely Costa Rican.
Durand, Théophile, and Pittier, H. F. Primitiae florae costaricensis. 3 y.
22 em. Bruxelles, 1891-96; San José, 1898-1901.
List of species, with citation of exsiccatae and statement of extralimital range,
prepared with the aid of many collaborators; sketch of plant geography ; botani-
cal exploration; gazetteer (1(1): 46-48). Durand’s name appears as co-author
only of vol. 1. Incomplete; includes (in vascular plants) Pteridophyta, Araceae,
Iridaceae, Piperaceae, most Polypetalae, Euphorbiaceae, Gamopetalae except
Solanaceae and Rubiaceae. The pagination of vol. 1 is involved. Vol. 1 (in 3
fase.) 208, 191, 297 p. 1891-96; v. 2 (in 7 fase.) 405 p. 1898-1900; v. 3 (fase.
1). 69 p. 1901. Vol. 1 reprinted with changed pagination from Bul. Soe. Roy.
Bot. Belg. 380: 7-97, 196-305. 1891; 31: 119-215. 1892; 32: 122-201. 1893;
35: 151-297. 1886; vol. 2 from Anales Inst. Fis..Geog. Costa Rica 9: 77-223.
1898.
Pittier, H. F. Ensayo sobre las plantas usuales de Costa Rica. xi, 176 p.
‘81 pl. 25cm. Washington, 1908.
4
FLORAS OF THE WORLD VAY,
Extensively annotated alphabetical list of vernacular (Spanish) names of
wild and cultivated plants; cross-reference index of scientific names, separate
index of vernacular names used by Indian tribes; bibliography of flora of Costa
Rica ; sketch of botanical exploration; plant distribution; discussion of economic
plants, classified by uses; origin of vernacular names.
Polakowsky, Hellmuth. Die pflanzenwelt von Costa-Rica; ein beitrag zur
kenntnis der pflanzen-geographie und der flora von Central-Amerika. Jahresber.
Ver. Erdk. Dresden 16 (Wiss. th.) : 25-124. map. 1879. (Spanish translation
by Manuel Carazo Peralta, with annotations by H. Pittier, as “La flora de
Costa Rica. Contribuci6én al estudio de la fitogeografia centro-americana.”
Anales Inst. Fis.-Geog. Nae. Costa Rica 2: 177-201. 18°50.)
Geography, plant geography (indicated on the map), systematic list of plants
(cellular and vascular) known from Costa Rica, with localities and collectors’
names.
Standley, P. C. Flora of Costa Rica. Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 391, 392,
420, 429, Bot. Ser. v.18. 1616p. map. 1937-38.
Physiography, plant zones, botanical explorations, bibliography; list of 6,085
spermatophytes with vernacular names, local and extralimital range, citation
of type collection (if from Costa Rica) and often of other loeal collections:
brief descriptions of genera and species in the case of the Dicotyledons. Orchid-
aceae by Oakes Ames. Index, p. 1573-1616, issued [1939]. A translation with
slight changes has begun to appear as Museo Nacional de Costa Rica, Serie
Botanica v. 1 (pt. 1, no. 1-8, p. 1-146. 1937-39).
GUATEMALA
See also Mexico (Bukasov).
General
Guérin, René, Gonzalez, Dario, and Garcia Salas M., Jorge. Catalogue des
produits présentés par la république de Guatémala 4 l’Exposition universelle de
Paris, 1900. 117 p. 23cm. Guatémala, 1900.
Annotated, classified lists of plant products; general summary of geographic
and other information about Guatemala.
Niederlein, Gustav. The Republic of Guatemala. 63 p. 23.5 em. Philadel-
phia, 1898.
Includes (p. 19-30) chapter on vegetation with unannotated classified lists of
principal economic plants, with vernacular and scientific names, also alphabetical
lists of native names of woods and medicinal plants, without botanical equiva-
lents.
Smith, J. D. Enumeratio plantarum guatemalensium necnon salvadorensium
hondurensium nicaraguensium costaricensium. 8 v. plates. 283 cm. Oquawkae,
1889-1907. (Title varies, that of vol. 1 is: Enumeratio plantarum guatema-
lensium imprimis a H. de Tuerckheim collectarum ; v. 2-3: Enumeratio plantarum
guatemalensium. )
Each volume (1-7) consists of copies of the data of specimens distributed by
J. D. Smith from Guatemala (and in the later volumes other Central American
republics) during successive periods of years, arranged in systematic order.
Vol. 8 contains an alphabetical list of all the species so distributed with refer-
ences to their enumeration in earlier volumes. Lists 3,786 species, of which
1,189 are not given by Hemsley. Vol. 1—5 include also his Undescribed plants
from Guatemala. I-XXI, reprinted from Bot. Gaz. v. 12-16, 18-21, 23-25, 26.
[Tejada, R.?] Catdlogo de plantas reputadas medicinales en la Republica de
Guatemala. 71 p. 26cm. Guatemala, [19137]. (At head of title: Fiestas de
Minerva de 1913. Exposicion nacional.)
Alphabetical list of vernacular names (and botanical names when known),
with localities and brief notes on medicinal uses. The “segunda ediciOn” (55 p.,
Guatemala, 1929) seems to be identical with the first, except for the omission
of the short preface.
Local
Blake, S. F. Native names and uses of some plants of eastern Guatemala and
Honduras. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 24: 87-100. pl. 29-33. 1922.
Briefly annotated list of vernacular and botanical names with local uses,
148 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Guatemala. Ministerio de agricultura. Flora guatemalteca. Herbario
nacional. Plantas clasificadas cientificamente por el Prof. Paul C. Standley...
y revisadas por el Prof. Ulises Rojas. v.1 (19 p.). 26cm. Guatemala, 1929.
Alphabetical list of 583 vernacular names with botanical equivalents.
Johnston, J. R. Lista de plantas de Guatemala en el herbario de la Escuela
nacional de agricultura, Chimaltenango. Revista Agr. (Guatemala) 15: 203-
206, 249-260, 314-821. 1938; 16: 129-133. 1939. (Reprinted with title: Cata-
logo de plantas de Guatemala. 52 p.)
Mostly unannotated list of plants, collected principally by the author, with
some vernacular names.
Lundell, C. L. Plants probably utilized by the Old Empire Maya of Petén
and adjacent lowlands. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 24: 37-56. 1939.
Topography, climate, anciently cultivated trees; annotated list of useful plants,
grouped by uses; bibliography.
The vegetation of Petén. With an appendix: Studies of Mexican and
Central American plants I. ix, 244 p. 39 pl. (inel. map). 29.5 em. Wash-
ington, D. C., 1987. (Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication no. 478.)
Botanical explorations, geology, climate, soils, history of vegetation, ecology,
etc.; annotated lists of vascular plants known from northern Petén (785
species), central Petén (885 species), and southern Petén (191 species), with
vernacular names.
Recinos, Adrian. Monografia del Departamento de Huehuetenango, Reptb-
lica de Guatemala. xiv, 269 p. illus. (incl. maps). 25cm. Guatemala, 1913.
Includes chapter (p. 50-86) giving general features of topography, life zones,
and annotated list of wild and cultivated economic plants, classified by uses,
with vernacular names. a
Record, S. J., and Kuylen, Henry. Trees of the lower Rio Motagua valley,
Guatemala. Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School Forestry 7: 10-29. 1926.
General features of tree flora; annotated systematic list of trees, with vernacu-
lar names (indexed).
HONDURAS
See also Central America (Hemsley, for list including the plants of Ruatan Island) ;
Guatemala (Smith; Blake).
General
Record, S. J. Trees of Honduras. Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School Forestry
10: 10-47. 1927.
Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses; index of vernacular names.—
See also Standley, P. C. A second list of the trees of Honduras. l. ec. 21:
9-41) 1930:— Additions Ys . ly e430: 2E39. 19384
Local
Conzemius, Edouard. Economic plants of the Bay Islands (Honduras).
Gard. Chron. III, 81: 50-51, 69-70, 81, 117-118, 133, 180-181, 217, 270, 305, 413—
414... fig. 42. A926.
Geography, physiography, climate, natives, ete.; annotated list of wild and
cultivated useful plants.
Popenoe, Wilson. The useful plants of Copan. Amer. Anthropol. n.s., 21:
125-1388. 1919.
Climate, soil, ete.; annotated list of useful plants, wild and cultivated, classi-
fied by uses, with vernacular names. Refers to the valley of the Copan River
in western Honduras.
Standley, P. C. Flora of the Lancetilla Valley, Honduras. Pub. Field Mus.
Nat. Hist. 283, Bot. Ser. v. 10. 418 p. 68 pl. 1931.
Geology, climate, general features of flora, useful plants, botanical explorations ;
list of cellular plants; briefly descriptive flora of vascular plants, with ver-
nacular names and uses. (Near Tela, Department of Atlantida.)
The woody plants of Siguatepeque, Honduras. Jour. Arnold Arbore-
tum 11: 15-46. 1930.
General features of flora; annotated list of woody phanerogams collected by
the author, with yernacular names. (Department of Comayagua.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 149
Yuncker, T. G. A contribution to the flora of Honduras. Pub. Field Mus.
Nat. Hist. 405, Bot. Ser. 17: 285-407. 18 pl. 1938.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora around Siguatepeque; anno-
tated list of cellular and vascular plants collected by the author in 1934 and
1936 near Siguatepeque (Department of Comayagua), Potrerillas and Lake
Yojoa (Department Cortés), including also species from the Lancetilla-Tela
region not recorded by Standley.
MEXICO
See also Central America (Hemsley, for special lists of the plants of Cozumel, Holbox,
and Mugeres Islands, Yucatan).
General
Alcocer, G. V. Catalogo de los frutos comestibles mexicanos. Anales Mus.
Nac. México II, 2: 413-488. 1905.
Annotated systematic list of wild and cultivated fruits, with vernacular names.
Apparently never finished.
Bukasov, S. M. Vozdelyvaemye rastenifa Meksiki, Gvatemaly i Kolumbii
(The cultivated plants of Mexico, Guatemala, and Colombia). Prilozh. Trudy
Prikl. Bot., Gen. i Selek. (Suppl. Bul. Appl. Bot., Gen. and Plant-Breed.
Leningr.) no. 47. 5538, [16,] xxxvii p. 365 fig. (incl. maps), 2 col. pl., fold. tab.,
fold. map. 1930.
Geography, climate, centers of origin, general features of agricultural regions,
native and foreign cultivated plants. In Russian, with fairly full English sum-
mary. Supplementary articles on various plants by several authors. Work based
on the expedition of the Institute of Applied Botany in 1925-26.
Conzatti, Cassiano, and Smith, L. C. . Flora sinéptica mexicana. pt. 2-3 (23,
225 p.). port., 9 tab. 22.5 em. Oaxaca, 1895-97. (2d ed., pt. 3. 335 p. tab.
México, 1910.)
Descriptive flora, with keys; in most genera only a part of the species are
described, the others merely listed with locality; very few vernacular names.
Incomplete ; includes only Corolliflorae (Asclepiadales—Bignoniales) , 2,505 species
and 75 varieties. Pt. 1 never published.
Flores, Leopoldo. Manuel terapéutico de plantas mexicanas. 102 p. 21.5 em.
México, 1909.
Annotated list of medicinal plants, arranged alphabetically by vernacular
names; supplementary list of same classified by uses.
Léon, Nicolas. Biblioteca botanico-mexicana. Catalogo bibliogrdafico, bio-
grafico y critico de autores y escritos referentes 4 vegetales de México y sus apli-
eaciones, desde la conquista hasta el presente. 372 p. 23 cm. México, 1895.
Alphabetical list of 805 authors (with additions) and their works; botanical
explorations, collectors.
Martinez, Maximino. Catalogo de nombres vulgares y cientificos de plantas
mexicanas. 551 p. 19 cm. México, 1937.
Alphabetical list of over 13,000 vernacular names, with indication of habit,
color of flower, etc., botanical name and locality ; includes cultivated plants; bib-
liography; no index of botanical names. Replaces his Catalogo alfabético de
nombres vulgares y cientificos de plantas que existen en México. 1923-[29?],
which in turn replaced Ramirez and Alcocer’s Sinonimia vulgar y cientifica de las
plantas mexicanas. 1902.
Las plantas medicinales de México. 644 p. illus., col. plates. 20 cm.
México, 1933.
Annotated lists of (1) identified plants whose properties have been studied, (2)
identified plants with imperfectly known properties, (3) unidentified plants, (4)
plants extracted from the “Libro del Judio” published at Mérida, Yucatan, in 1834.
Vernacular and botanical names, localities, uses, chemistry, properties, refer-
ences, ete.
Las plantas mas utiles que existen en la Reptiblica mexicana. 381 p.
illus. 23 cm. México, 1928.
List of about 100 more important species, arranged alphabetically by vernacular
names, with uses and bibliography under each species; indices.
PORE ERP SS
150 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Ramirez, José. La vegetaciOn de México; recopilaci6n y analisis de las prin-
cipales clasificaciones propuestas. 271 p. maps. 23 cm. México, 1889.
Discussion of phytogeographical regions of Mexico proposed by various writers,
including the author. Listed here on account of its tables (p. 148-248) of Mexican
localities with altitudes, arranged alphabetically by States.
Rose, J. N. Notes on useful plants of Mexico. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb.
5: 209-259. pl. 28-64. 1899.
Annotated list of economic plants, classified by uses.
Standley, P. C. Trees and shrubs of Mexico. Contrib. U. 8. Natl. Herb. v. 23.
1721 p. 1920-26.
Complete flora of the native woody vascular plants (about 5,700 species) with
keys, brief descriptions, Synonymy, statement of local and extralimital range,
extensive account of vernacular names, and local uses; brief history of early
explorations. Treatment of several families contributed by specialists.
Suc, Louis. Les plantes médicinales du Mexique. 236 p. 24 cm. Toulouse,
1912. (Université de Toulouse. Facuité mixte de médicine et de pharmacie.
1911-12. no. 15.)
Brief sketch of botanical explorations, life zones, etc. ; systematic list of medici-
nal plants, with vernacular names, uses, COMPOSI MOR: ete., with footnote refer-
ences; bibliography of 20 titles.
Urbina, Manuel. Catdlogo de plantas mexicanas (faner6gamas). vi, 487 p.
23.5 ecm. México, 1897.
Systematie list, with synonymy, citation of exsicecatae with localities, and ver-
nacular names, based on the material in the Museo Nacional of Mexico. Includes
only about 38,000 species, and so is very far from representing the total fiora.
Local
Batalla, M. A., and Ramirez Cantt. Débora. Contribuci6n al estudio floristico
del Valle de México. Estudio cualitativo de las sinecias que habitan los Cerros
del Norte del Valle de México. Anales Inst. Biol. México 10: 227-267. 20 fig.
1939.
Geology, geography, climate, ecology ; list of 220 vascular plants from the Sierra
de Guadalupe, with localities; bibliography. (State of Mexico and (?) Federal
District. )
Brandegee, T. S. A collection of plants from Baja California, 1889. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci. II, 2: 117-216. pl. 2-11, map. 1889.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author in Baja California
(from Margarita Island northward) in 1889; brief sketch of physiography and
useful plants.
Flora of the Cape region of Baja California. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
II, 3: 108-182, 218-227. 1891-92.—Additions . .. Zoe 4: 398-408. pl. 31. 1894.
List of 679 species (of which 674 are vascular plants), annotated as to locality,
from region “south of a line drawn along the northern base of the mountains
from Todos Santos to La Paz’; brief account of physiography. The additions
bring the total number of vascular plants to 795.
Bravo Hollis, Helia. Observaciones floristicas y geobotanicas en el valle de
Mezquital, Hidalgo. Anales Inst. Biol. México 8: 3-82 (incl. 12 pl.). 9 fold. tab.
1937.
Mainly ecological; includes list (p. 57-82) of cellular and vascular plants, with
localities; bibliography.
Cuevas, Benjamin. Plantas medicinales de Yucatén y guia médica practica
doméstica. 278 p. 387 col. pl., port. 23 ecm. Mérida, Yucatan, 1913.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names (with botanical equivalents when known),
brief descriptions, medicinal and other uses. The second part of the work
(p. 129-278) is a popular medical guide, with separate title page dated 1908. The
colored figures (8 on each plate) are tiny and unsatisfactory.
Eastwood, Alice. List of plants recorded from Cedros Island, Mexico. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 18: 420441. 1929.
Botanical explorations, list of species first described from the island, etc.;
annotated list of 176 vascular plants,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 151
Eastwood, Alice. A list of plants recorded from the Tres Marias Islands,
Mexico. Proc. Calif.. Acad. Sci. IV, 18: 442-468. 1929.
Botanical explorations, list of species first described from the island; list of
324 vascular plants with citation of exsiccatae.
List of the plants recorded from Guadalupe Island, Mexico. Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 18: 894-420. pl. 33-84. 1929.
Botanical explorations, list of species originally described from the island, ete. ;
annotated list of 161 vascular plants.
Ferris, R. S. Preliminary report on the flora of the Tres Marias Islands.
Contrib. Dudley Herb. Stanford Univ. 1: 68-81. 4pl. 1927.
General features of flora, ete. ; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the
author in 1925, composed chiefly of those not hitherto recorded. Total flora said
to consist of about 285 species.
Goldman, E. A. Plant records of an expedition to Lower California. Contrib.
U. S. Natl. Herb. 16: 309-371. pl. 104-133, map. 1916.
Annotated list of vascular plants (and 1 lichen) collected by E. W. Nelson and
E. A. Goldman in 1905-06 on a trip covering the whole extent of the peninsula,
with vernacular names and notes on uses.
Greene, E. L. The botany of Cedros Island. Pittonia 1: 194-208. 1S888.—A
supplementary list of Cedros Island plants. 1. c. 1: 266-269. 1889.
Geography, etc.; annotated list of 91 vascular plants.
Botany of the Coronados Islands. West Amer. Sci. 1: 69-71. 1885.
Topography, etc.; mostly unannotated list of nearly 70 vascular plants. (Off
northwesternmost Lower California, 32°22’ N. Lat., 117°30’ W. Long.)
A catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Guadalupe Island.
Bul. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: 220-228. 1885.
Adds 138 species to Watson’s list; notes on other species. Preceded (p. 214-220)
by “Notes on Guadalupe Island”; general features of flora, climate, ete.
The vegetation of the San Benito Islands. Pittonia 1: 261-266. 1889.
General features of flora; list of 24 vascular plants, of which 5 are endemic.
Heilprin, Angelo. The temperate and alpine floras of the giant volcanoes of
Mexico. (Being a report from the Committee on the Michaux legacy.) Proc.
Amer. Phil. Soe. 80: 4-22. 1892.
Includes list of species reaching 10,000 feet or higher on Orizaba, Popocatepetl,
Ixtaccihuatl, «nd Nevada de Toluca, with discussion.
Johnston, I. M. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf
of California in 1921. The botany (the vascular plants). Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci.
IV, 12: 951-1218. map. 1924.
Annotated list of 456 vascular plants (and 20 fungi and lichens) collected in
Lower California, Sonora, and islands in the Gulf of California; physiography,
phytogeography, and history of botanical exploration.
The flora of the Revillagigedo Islands. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 20:
9-104. 1981.
Botanical explorations; physiography, etc., of each island with tabular list of
species recorded and remarks on distribution, origin of flora; annotated list of
120 vascular plants.
Loesener, Theodor. Ueber Maya-namen und nutzanwendung yucatekischer
pflanzen. Jn Festschrift Eduard Seler ... herausgegeben von W. Lehmann.
p. 321-348. Stuttgart, 1922.
Bibliography ; systematic list of 348 plants, with Maya names (and transla-
tions) and notes on uses. (Yucatan.)
Millspaugh, C. F. Plantae yucatanae (regionis antillanae). Plants of the
insular, coastal and plain regions of the peninsula of Yucatan, Mexico. Pub.
Field Columbian Mus. 69, 92, Bot. Ser. 3: 1-84, 85-151. illus., plates, map.
1903-04.
Descriptive flora, with keys based primarily on fruiting characters; citation
of exsiccatae; vernacular names, uses; text figure of each species (usually only
fruiting details). Incomplete: fasc. 1, Polypodiaceae and Schizaeaceae (by Mills-
paugh), Gramineae and Cyperaceae (by Millspaugh and Agnes Chase) ; fase.
2, Compositae (Millspaugh and Chase). Never completed.
Vegetation of Alacran Reef. Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 187, Bot. Ser.
2: 421-431. 1 fig., 2 pl., map. 1916.
Topography, etc.; annotated list of 18 angiosperms. (In Campeche Bank, 75
miles north of Yucatan, about 22°33’ N. Lat., 89°41’ W. Long.)
152 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Ortega, J. G. Informe sobre las plantas de las Islas Marias. Bol. Pro-Cult.
Region. S. C. L. Mazatlan, Sinaloa 2 (2): 5-9. 1936.
Unannotated list of vascular plants of Tres Marias Islands, with vernacular
names.
Ramirez Laguna, Antonio. Nota acerca del aprovechamiento de algunas
plantas de importancia econdmica en la regiOn del valle de Mezquital, Hgo.
Anales Inst. Biol. México 8: 83-115. 10 fig. 1987.
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by botanical names, with vernacular
names and uses.
Reiche, K. F. Flora excursoria en el valle central de México. Claves analiticas
y descripciones de las familias y géneros fanerdgamicos. 3803 p. 22 cm. México,
1926.
Keys to and descriptions of families and genera, with mention of more impor-
tant species; vernacular names. (State of Mexico.)
La vegetacion en ios alrededores de la capital de México. 1438 p. 27
fig., map. 24cm. México, 1914.
Bibliography, physiography, plant formations, ete.: unannotated list of vascu-
lar plants, mosses, lichens, and fungi. Reprinted with some changes in Bot.
Jahrb. Engler 58 (Beibl. 129) :1-116. 1922.
Reko, B. P. De los nombres botanicos aztecas (tomado de la obra inédita
“Sinonimia vulgar y cientifica de la flora oaxaquefia”). México Antiguo 1:
113-157. 1919.
Etymology, botanical terminology; annotated list of Aztec names, with botan-
ical identifications.
Riley, L. A. M. Contribution to the flora of Sinaloa. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew
1923: 103-115, 163-175, 333-346, 388-401. 1923; 1924: 206-222. 1924.
Systematic list, with citation of exsiccatae, vernacular names, and occasional
critical notations; brief sketch of geography and collectors, particularly Seemann.
Incomplete (5 parts) ; includes only Polypetalae (Bentham and Hooker system).
Rose, J. N. List of plants collected by Dr. Edward Palmer in 1890 on Carmen
Island. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 1: 129-134. pl. 12-14. 1892.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 68 phanerogams.
Plants of the Tres Marias Islands. North Amer. Fauna 14: 77-91.
2 fig. 1899.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected by E. W. Nelson in 1897.
Roys, R. L. The ethno-botany of the Maya. Pub. Middle Amer. Res. Ser.
Tulane Univ. Louisiana no. 2. xxiv, 359 p. 1981.
Classified list of diseases, with remedies; annotated list of Maya plant names,
with botanical identification and: medicinal uses: alphabetical list of botanical
names, with vernacular equivalents; annotated list of Maya zoological names;
climate and food supply; bibliography. Refers to Yucatan only.
Sprague, T. A. Sessé and Mocifio’s Plantae Novae Hispaniae and Flora Mexi-
cana. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1926: 417-425. 1926.
History of these works; gazetteer of localities mentioned in them; bibliography.
Standley, P. C. Flora of Yucatan. Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 279, Bot. Ser.
3: 157-492. 1980.
Geology, climate, general features of vegetation, botanical explorations, Maya
vernacular names, bibliography; annotated list of 1,263 plants (nearly all vascu-
lar), with vernacular names (Maya, Spanish, and English), uses, and very brief
descriptions. The area covered includes Campeche, Yucatan, and the territory of
Quintana Roo. The information on useful plants in this work has been extracted
and classified in a paper by R. M. Harper, Useful plants of Yucatan, Bul. Torrey
Club 59: 279-288. 19382.
Vasey, George, and Rose, J. N. Plants collected in 1889 at Socorro and
Clarion Islands, Pacific Ocean. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 18: 145-149. 1890.
(Scientific results of explorations by the U. 8. Fish Commission steamer Albatross,
no. 16.)
List of 26 species (18 from Socorro, 12 from Clarion Island).
Watson, Sereno. List of plants collected by Dr. Edward Palmer in south-
western Chihuahua, Mexico, in 1885. (His Contributions to American botany
[no. 13, pt. 1].) Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 21: 414-445. 1886.
Localities, ete.; systematie list of vascular plants, with localities, collector’s
numbers, and frequent annotations.
| FLORAS OF THE WORLD 153
Watson, Sereno. On the flora of Guadalupe Island, Lower California. [and]
List of a collection of plants from Guadalupe Island, made by Dr. Edward
Palmer, with his notes upon them. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 11: 105-112,
112-121. 1876.
Climate, general features of flora, ete.; annotated list of 119 plants (of which
105 are vascular). :
Williams, Llewelyn. Arboles y arbustos del Istmo de Tehuantepec, México.
Lilloa 4: 137-171. 7 fig. 1939.
Plant formations; list of woody and herbaceous plants, alphabeted by vernacu-
lar names, with botanical equivalents. (Vera Cruz and Oaxaca.)
NICARAGUA
See also Guatemala (Smith).
General
| Lévy, Pablo. Notas geograficas y econdmicas sobre la Reptiblica de Nicaragua ;
su historia, topografia, clima, producciones y riquezas, poblacion y costumbres,
gobierno, agricultura, industria, comercio, ete. ... xvi, 627 p. fold. map. 26.5 cm.
Paris, 1878.
Contains sections (p. 166-191) on woods and other useful plants, classified by
uses, with vernacular names.
Ramirez Goyena, Miguel. Flora nicaragtiense. 2 v. (1064 p.). 29 cm.
[Managua,] 1909-11.
Descriptive flora of vascular plants (plus Chara) ; vernacular names (separate
index) ; detailed account of medicinal plants. Not of value as a flora.
Local
Record, S. J. Trees and shrubs collected by F. C. Englesing in northeastern
Nicaragua. Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School Forestry 17: 18-38. 1929.
Annotated list, with vernacular names (indexed).
PANAMA
For Cocos Island, see Insular Floras.
| General
Seemann, Berthold. Flora of the Isthmus of Panama. Jn his The botany of
the voyage of H. M. S. Herald. p. 57-254. pl. 12-50 (incl. map). London,
1852-54.
Annotated list of 1,204 species (of which 1,164 are vascular plants) ; botanical
exploration, physiography, economic plants, agriculture. (Includes not only the
present country of Panama but also the former Territory of Darien; i. e., the
coastal region of Colombia from the Isthmus of Panama south to Rio San Juan,
about 4°10’ N. Lat.)
Local
Johansen, Holger. A handbook of the principal trees and shrubs of the Ancon
and Balboa districts, Panama Canal Zone. 97 p. (incl. front., 82 pl., map).
| 25.5 em. [Washington,] 1925.
| Annotated list including both wild and cultivated species, with location of the
living specimens,
Record, S. J. Contributions to the arborescent flora of western Panama.
Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School Forestry 16: 9-85. 1928.
Systematic list of trees and a few herbaceous plants collected by G. P. Cooper
in 1926-28, with vernacular names (indexed).
Standley, P. C. The flora of Barro Colorado Island, Panama. Contrib.
‘| Arnold Arboretum no. 5. 178 p. 21 pl., map. 1983.
Physiography, botanical explorations, partly annotated lists of cellular and
vascular plants, with brief diagnostic characters of many of the species; bibli-
ography. Replaces the author’s work of the same title published in Smithsonian
Mise. Coll. v. 78, no. 8. 1927, and its two supplements (Pub. Field Mus. Nat.
Hist. 258, Bot. Ser. 4: 1438-158. 1929; Jour. Arnold Arboretum 11: 119-129.
1930) ; first supplement by L. A. Kenoyer and Standley.
I i et
ye ee ee ee ee
154 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Standley, P. C. Flora of the Panama Canal Zone. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb.
Ve2t & 416-p. UT fie. Cl ples 19238:
A condensed flora of the spermatophytes, with keys, vernacular names and uses,
and often brief descriptions. The introduction discusses the physiography, com-
position of the flora, agriculture, and history of botanical exploration.
SALVADOR
General
Guzman, D. J. Especies utiles de la flora salvadorefia médico-industrial
con aplicacion a la medicina, farmacia, agricultura, artes, industrias y comercio.
2 v. in 1 (678 p.). 245 em. San Salvador, 1924-26.
Annotated list, with vernacuiar names, brief descriptions, and uses (largely
medicinal) ; appendix on timbers, ete.
Salvador. Ministero de instrucci6n publica. Flora salvadorefia. 5 vy. 500
pl. (part col.). 18.5 x 28.5 em. [San Salvador] 1926—[32?].
Photographs, with brief descriptive text, of both wild and cultivated plants,
especially those which are useful or ornamental; vernacular names. The plates
represent specimens in the herbarium of Félix Choussy.
Standley, P. C., and Calderén, Salvador. Lista preliminar de las plantas
de El Salvador. 274 p. 23.5 cm. San Salvador, [1925].—2. suplemento. p. 275—
802. 12 pl. San Salvador, 1927.
Annotated list of about 2,070 native and cultivated species, including non-
vascular plants; vernacular names. The first supplement is a part of the
original list (p. 273-274).
GREENLAND
See also Canada (Adams); United States, general (Gray; Watson).
General
Holm, Theodore. Contributions to the morphology, synonymy, and geograph-
ical distribution of Arctic plants. Report of the Canadian Arctic expedition
1913-18. v. 5, Botany, pt. B. 139 p. illus. 1922.
Morphological and systematic studies, geographical distribution, composition
of Arctic flora; tables of distribution (including Old World), with discussion ;
extensive bibliography of Arctic floras. The geographical table of species
covers Greenland, Arctic American archipelago, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, and
Arctic Scandinavia, Russia, and Siberia, and includes also records of the same
species from other northern or elevated regions.
Hooker, J. D. Outlines of the distribution of Arctic plants. Trans. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 23: 251-348. pl. 32 (map). 1861.
Plant geography; table showing world-wide distribution of Arctic vascular
plants (805 species); critical systematic notes. The table shows general dis-
tribution of all vascular plants known from north of 66°30’ N. Lat. in both
hemispheres.
Lange, Johan, and others. Conspectus florae groenlandicae. Meddel. om
Grégnland. vy. 3 in 8 pts. (L, 1,016 p.). 57 fig., 2 pl., 3 maps. 1880-94.
Pt. 1: Botanical explorations; bibliography; notes on Greenland (by A.
Kornerup) ; annotated list of 378 vascular plants; index of vernacular names,
with supplementary list. A French translation of the Danish introductory mat-
ter is given (p. 215-229). [Pt. 1 is practically a reprint of the first issue of
1880 (Meddel. om Grgnland y. 3. xxxvi, 231 p. 3 maps).] Pt. 2: Additional
collections, chronological table of collections made in Greenland, 1813-1886; ad-
ditions and corrections to annotated list, bringing total to 3895 species; treat-
ment of mosses (by Lange and C. Jensen). Pt. 3: Cellular eryptegams (by
various authors); list of vascular plants, reducing total number to 374 (by
L. K. Rosenvinge) ; index of vascular plants; gazetteer of localities mentioned.
Rosenvinge’s list, ‘‘Andet tillaeg til Grgénlands fanerogamer og karsporeplanter,”
Meddel. om Grgnland 3: 645-749. 1892, is often cited separately.
Lauridsen, Peter. Bibliographia groenlandica, eller fortegnelse paa vaerker,
afhandlinger og danske manuskripter, der handle om Grgnland indtil aaret 1880
incl. Meddel. om Grénland 18. 247 p. 1890.
|
|
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 155
Includes (p. 83-93) unannotated list of 134 botanical titles, arranged alpha-
betically by author.
Ostenfeld, C. H., ed. Flora arctica containing descriptions of the flowering
plants and ferns, found in the Arctic regions, with their distribution in these
countries. Pt. I. Pteridophyta, Gymnospermae, and Monocotyledones. xi, 184 p.
95 fig., map (in text). Copenhagen, 1902.
Bibliography ; descriptive flora with keys, references, local and general range
(212 species). The area covered includes all Greenland and Baffin Land, the
extreme northern part of Canada, Alaska, Siberia and Russia, Nova Zembla, etc.
Pt. 1 by O. Gelert and C. H. Ostenfeld. No more published.
The flora of Greenland and its origin. Biol. Meddel. K. Danske
Videnskab. Selsk. v. 6, no. 38. 71 p. illus. (maps). 1926.
General features of flora; plants brought by Norsemen; phytogeograpby ;
endemic species (8); tabular list of 890 vascular plants, with distribution indi-
cated by districts; bibliography.
Porsild, M. P. Alien plants and apophytes of Greenland. Meddel. om Gr¢gn-
land 92: 1-85. 2 maps. 19382.
Annotated list of 91 introduced angiosperms, with extralimital range; apophytes
(annotated list of 63 species), hemerophytes, discussion of plant introduction by
Norsemen, bibliography.
Local
Abromeit, Johannes. Samenpflanzen (phanerogamen) aus dem Umanaks-
und Ritenbenks-distrikt. Jn Botanische ergebnisse der von der Gesellschaft fiir
erdkunde zu Berlin unter leitung Dr. v. Drygalski’s ausgesandten Gronlandsex-
pedition nach Dr. Vanhoffen’s sammlungen bearbeitet. B. 105 p. pl. 2-5 (3
eol.). 81cm. Stuttgart, 1899. (Bibliotheca botanica h. 42, [lfg. 2].)
Annotated list of 142 phanerogams from northwest Greenland collected in
1891-938. The vascular cryptogams are listed by the same author in pt. A,
p. 69-75, 1897, of the same work.
Bocher, T. W. Biological distributional types in the flora of Greenland. A
study on the flora and plant-geography of south Greenland and Eastgreenland
between Cape Farewell and Scoresby Sound. Meddel. om Gr¢gnland y. 106,
no. 2. 839 p. 147 fig. (incl. maps), 2 pl. 1988. (6. og 7. Thule-expedition til
Syd¢stgrgnland 1931-33. )
Table of collectors with references to publications, climate, geology, topog-
raphy, tabular list of vascular plants collected; annotated list of 391 vascular
plants known from the region, with references; biological types, phytogeog-
raphy, bibliography. The numerous maps of ranges show the known stations
for all of Greenland.
Phytogeographical studies of the Greenland flora based upon investi-
gations of the coast between Scoresby Sound and Angmagssalik. Meddel. om
Grégnland vy. 104, no.3. 56p. 13 fig. (incl. maps), pl. (map). 1933.
Includes tabular list of about 150 vascular plants known from the region
indicated (65°55’-69°55’ N. Lat.), with indication of range; bibliography.
Devold, J., and Scholander, P. F. Flowering plants and ferns of southeast
Greenland. Skrift. Svalbard og Ishavet (Oslo) no. 56. 209 p. (incl. 46 fig.,
7 pl. (maps) ), fold. map. 1933.
Botanical explorations, list of localities; annotated list of 283 vascular plants;
plant formations; bibliography. Covers area in southeast Greenland “south of
Angmagssalik, and in Kangerdlugsuak lat. 68°15’ N.”
Dusén, Per. Zur kenntnis der gefdsspflanzen Ostgroénlands. Bihang K.
Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. v. 27, afd. 3, no. 3. 7TOp. 2 fig.,6 pl. (incl. map).
1901.
Botanical explorations, localities, plant formations, with footnote references :
annotated list of vascular plants collected by the Swedish expeditions of 1899
and 1900. (East coast, 70°-75° N. Lat.)
Gelting, Paul. Studies on the vascular plants of East Greenland between
Franz Joseph Fjord and Dove Bay (Lat. 73°15’-76°20’ N.). Meddel. om Gr¢gn-
land v. 101, no. 2. 340 p. 47 fig. (incl. maps), 4 pl. 1984.
Botanical explorations, descriptive list of localities; annotated list of 163 vas-
cular plants known from region, with localities and collectors; climate, phyto-
geography, life forms, etc.; bibliography.
156 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Hartz, Nikolaj. Fanerogamer og karkryptogamer fra nord¢gst-Gr¢gnland, ec.
75°-70° N. Br., og Angmagsalik, c. 65°40’ N. Br. Meddel. om Grgnland 18: 315-
393. 1 fig. 1895.
Botanical collections; annotated list of 165 vascular plants from northeast
Greenland with localities ; table showing local distribution of 248 vascular plants
in northeast and northwest Greenland; table showing local distribution of the
165 vascular plants listed above; phytogeography; list of 64 vascular plants
collected by E. Bay at Angmagsalik.
Kruuse, Christian. List of the phanerogams and vascular cryptogams found in
the Angmagsalik District on the east coast of Greenland between 65°30’ and
66°20’ lat. N. Meddel. om Grgnland 30: 209-287. 1906.
Localities, botanical explorations, bibliography ; annotated list of 183 vascular
plants.
List of phanerogams and vascular cryptogams found on the coast
75°-66°20’ lat. N. of East Greenland. Meddel. om Grgnland 30: 143-208.
1905.
Localities ; annotated list of 178 vascular plants.
Lundager, Andreas. Some notes concerning the vegetation of Germania Land,
north-east Greenland. Meddel. om Grégnland 438: 347-414. 18 fig., pl. 17 (map).
1917 (41912).
Mainly ecological; includes tabular list of 48 phanerogams.
Ostenfeld, C. H. Flowering plants and ferns from north-western Greenland
eollected during the Jubilee expedition 1920-22 and some remarks on the phyto-
geography of north-Greenland. Meddel. om Grgnland 68: 1-42. 1 fig. (map).
1925. (Reprinted as Arb. Bot. Have K¢gbenhayn nr. 105. 1925.)
Botanical collections, localities; annotated list of 97 vascular plants; tabular
list showing distribution of 125 vascular plants found in Greenland north of
76° N. Lat., with discussion; bibliography.
Flowering plants and ferns from Wolstenholme Sound, N. W. Green-
land. Meddel. om Grgnland 64: 189-206. 1927(1923). (Den II. Thule ekspedi-
tion til Grgnlands nordkyst 1916-18, nr. 6.)
List of 95 vascular plants, with localities and occasional annotations.
Plants collected during the first Thule expedition to northernmost
Greenland. Meddel. om Grgnland 51: 371-381. 1915.
Localities visited ; annotated list of 45 vascular plants( alSo mosses), including
28 not before reported from the northern part of northwestern Greenland; list
of 10 additional species from that region not collected on this expedition.
Two plant lists from Inglefield Gulf and Inglefield Land (77°28’ and
79°10’ N. Lat.), N. W. Greenland. Meddel. om Grégnland 64: 207-214. 1927
(1923). (DenII. Thule ekspedition til Grénlands nordkyst 1916-18, nr. 7.)
Includes lists of vascular plants from Inglefield Gulf at Kangerdlugssuak (40
species), and from Cape Agassiz, Inglefield Land (44 species); also list of 6
species from Cape Leiper, Rensselaer Bay, 78°44’ N. Lat.
The vegetation of the north-coast of Greenland based upon the late
Dr. Th. Wulff’s collections and observations. Meddel. om Gr¢gnland 64: 221-268.
5 fig. (incl. map), 5 pl. 1927(1928). (Den II. Thule ekspedition til Grgnlands
nordkyst 1916-18, nr. 9.)
Table of vascular plants, showing localities; annotated list of 70 vascular
plants; general features of vegetation and climate. biological features, plant
formations. (Northern coast from Low Point, 83°6’ N. Lat., to Midgaardsormen,
81°15’ N. Lat.)
and Lundager, Andreas. List of vascular plants from north-east
Greenland (N. of 76° N. lat.) collected by the Danmark-expedition 1906-1908.
Meddel. om Grégnland 48: 1-32. 8 fig., 6 pl. 1910.
Localities visited, bibliography ; annotated list of 92 vascular plants.
Porsild, A. E. Contributions to the flora of West Greenland at 70°—71°45’ N.
lat. Meddel. om Gr¢gnland 58: 157-196. 2 fig. 1926. (Reprinted in Arb. Danske
Arkt. Sta. Disko nr. 12. 1926.)
Localities visited by author in 1921, with notes on plants of each; list of 114
vascular plants from Patfit: annotated list of 203 vascular plants from the
Nordost Bugt and the Waygat coast of Ntigssuaq Peninsula; discussion of
affinity between flora of Nordost Bugt and that of Scoresby Sound; bibliography.
: “*
FLORAS OF THE WORLD “57
Porsild, M. P. List of vascular plants collected by Dr. N. C. Engell in the
vicinity of the great glacier of Jakobshavn, about 69° lat. n. Meddel. om Gr¢gn-
land 34: 243-251. 1910.
Partly annotated list of vascular plants, with localities.
The plant-life of Hare Island off the coast of West Greenland. Meddel.
om Gr¢égnland 47: 249-274. 10 fig. (incl. map). 1911 (1910). (Arb. Danske
Arkt. Sta. Disko nr. 3.)
Botanical explorations, geology, climate, plant formations; annotated list of
112 vascular plants; phytogeography, bibliography.
and Porsild, A. E. The flora of Disko Island and the adjacent coast
of West Greenland from 66°-71° N. lat. With remarks on phytogeography,
ecology, flowering, fructification and hibernation. Part 1. Meddel. om Grégnland
58: 1-155. 1926. (Preprinted in Arb. Danske Arkt. Sta. Disko nr. 11. 1920.)
History of botanical investigations, annotated list of important localities;
annotated list of 285 species and varieties of vascular plants.
Rikli, Martin. Die den 80°n erreichenden oder tiberschreitenden gefiss-
pflanzen. (Vorliufige mitteilung.) Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Gesell. Ziirich 62:
169-198. 1917.
Annotated tabular list of 112 vascular plants, with highest latitude record,
localities, ete.; bibliography, phytogeography. Covers northern Greenland, Elles-
mere Land, Spitzbergen, Franz Joseph Land.
Seidenfaden, Gunnar. The vascular plants of south-east Greenland 60°04’ to
64°30’ N. lat. Meddel. om Grgniand vy. 106, no. 3. 129 p. 23 fig., map. 1933.
Botanical explorations, descriptive list of localities; annotated list of 206
vascular plants known from area, with localities and collectors; phytogeography,
ete.; bibliography.
and Sgrensen, Thorvald. The vascular plants of northeast Greenland
from 74°30’ to 79°00’ N. Lat. and a summary of all species found in East Green-
land. Meddel. om Grgnland v. 101, no. 4. 215 p. 59 fig. (incl. maps), 4 pl.
19S
Botanical explorations, with annotated list of localities; annotated list of 128
vascular plants; ecology, ete.; tabular list of 321 vascular plants of East Green-
land (60°04’—79°30’ N. Lat.), showing range by districts, ete., with critical notes
on many species; phytogeography; bibliography.
Simmons, H. G. A revised list of the flowering plants and ferns of north
western Greenland with some short notes about the affinities of the flora. Report
of the 2d Norwegian Arctic expedition in the Fram 1898-1902. no. 16. 111 p.
1 fig. (map). Kristiania, 1909.
Geographical and botanical explorations, gazetteer of localities, phytogeog-
raphy ; annotated list of 122 species; bibliography. Covers area north of Cape
York (76° N. Lat.).
Sgrensen, Thorvald. The vascular plants of East Greenland from 70°00’ to
73°30’ N. Lat. Meddel. om Grgnland v. 101, no. 3. 177 p. 7 fig. (incl. maps),
20 pl. 19388.
Climate, gazetteer; annotated list of 172 species of vascular plants; local dis-
tribution, bibliography.
Vaage, Jakob. Vascular plants from Hirik Raude’s Land (East Greenland
71°30’-75°40’ lat. N.). Skrift. Svalbard og Ishavet (Oslo) no. 48. 87 p. (incl.
map): > ple 1932:
Botanical explorations, list of localities, general features of flora; annotated
list of 183 vascular plants; tabular list of species, showing localities and collec-
tors; bibliography.
UNITED STATES
GENERAL
Atwood, A.C. State and local floras ... Annotations by S. F. Blake. Bul.
Wild Flow. Preserv. Soc. no. 1. 16p. 19380.
Briefly annotated list, geographically arranged, of principal regional and local
floras of the United States; includes popular floras, but comparatively few
strictly local lists.
Bergen, F. D. Popular American plant names. Bot. Gaz. 17: 363-380. 1892;
18: 420-427. 1893; 19: 429-444, 1894; 22: 473-487. 1896; 26: 247-252, 253-
158 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
258. 1898. (Reprinted from Jour. Amer. Folk-Lore y. 5-7, 9-10. 1892-1894,
1896-1898. )
Lists of vernacular names, with localities where used, systematically arranged ;
mostly from northeastern United States, some from Southern and Western
States.
Brendel, Frederick. Historical sketch of the science of botany in North
America from 1635 to 1840 [and to 1858]. Amer. Nat. 18: 754-771. 1879; 14: 25—-
88. 1880. (Reprinted, 31 p—Additions...1. ¢ 14: 443. 1880.)
Sketch of early collectors and botanists (in region north of Mexico).
Britton, N. L. A list of State and local floras of the United States and British
America. Annals New York Acad. Sci. 5: 237-800. 1890. (Reprinted as Con-
trib. Columb. Univ. no. 14.)
List of 791 floras and floristic papers, geographically arranged.
and Shafer, J. A. North American trees; being descriptions and illus-
trations of the trees growing independently of cultivation in North America,
north of Mexico and the West Indies. x, 894 p. 781 fig. 26 cm. New York,
1908.
Full descriptions of all Species growing without cultivation in the United
States and Canada; illustration of each species.
Bruhin, | A. Prodromus florae adventicae boreali-americanae. Vorliufer
einer flora der in Nordamerika eingewanderten freiwachsenden oder im grossen
eultivirten pflanzen. Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 35: 387-450. 1886.
Annotated systematic list of 628 escaped or cultivated introduced species, with
localities and native habitat.
Carter, J. M. G. A synopsis of the medical botany of the United States. x.
176 p. 23.5 em. St. Louis, 1888.
Bibliography ; compiled systematic list, with medicinal properties and dosage;
indices.
Gray, Asa. Synoptical flora of North America ... Continued and ed. by
B. L. Robinson. v. 1-2, pt. 1. 27 cm. New York, 1878-97 (v. 1, pt. 1, 1895-
i Vode iteo el OS4 v2 pe ment orone
Descriptive flora, with synoptical keys to genera and partial keys to species, of
the flowering plants of the North American continent north of the Mexican
border, including Greenland. Incomplete: v. 1, pt. 1, Ranunculaceae—Polygala-
ceae; v. 1, pt. 2, Caprifoliaceae—Compositae; v. 2, pt. 1, Goodeniaceae—Planta-
ginaceae. A supplement to v. 1, pt. 2, issued in 1886, containing additions (in-
cluding new species), corrections, and index consists of p. 445-480, and is to be
earefully distinguished from the same pages of the first edition. There are
other irregularities in paging in reissues. Vol. 1, pt. 2 and y. 2, pt. 1, containing
all the Gamopetalae, were reissued in 1886 by the Smithsonian Institution.
Heller, A. A. Catalogue of North American plants north of Mexico, exclusive
of the lower cryptogams. 2d ed. 8 p., 9-236 numb. 1., 237-252 p. 23 em.
[n. p.,] 1900. (1st ed., 1898.)
Systematic name-list of 16,673 species and varieties of vascular plants (14,534
in ed. 1). A third edition, issued 1912-14, was never completed (p. 13-276). It
covers Ophioglossum to Uva-ursi (Arctostaphylos) part, and reaches no. 15319.
Henkel, Alice. Wild medicinal plants of the United States. Bul. Bur. Plant
Ind. U.S. Dept. Agr. no. 89. 76 p. 1906.
Briefly annotated alphabetical list of botanical and vernacular names of
medicinal plants of commercial value, compiled from trade lists of drug dealers.—
See also her Wecds used in medicine. Farmers’ Bul. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 188.
1904; American root drugs. Bul. Bur. Plant Ind. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 107. 1907;
American medicinal barks. 1. c. no. 189. 1909; American medicinal leaves and
herbs, 1. e no. 219. 1911; American medicinal flowers, fruits, and seeds. Bul.
U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 26. 1913.—The material in ail these publications, with some
omissions and additions, is summarized and condensed in Sievers, A. F. Ameri-
can medicinal plants of commercial importance. Mise. Pub. U. S. Dept. Agr.
NO (le HARD eel 2S fies 1930:
Johnson, Laurence. A manual of the medical botany of North America. Xi,
292 p. 160 fig., 9 col. pl. 23.5 em. New York, 1884.
Systematically arranged account; descriptions, habitat, part used, constituents,
preparation, medical properties, and uses. Covers the United States (mainly
eastern) and Canada only,
_—_=_—— ———————
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 159
Medsger, O. P. Edible wild plants. xv, 323 p. illus., plates. 21 cm. New
York, 1939.
Descriptive account of edible plants of the United States and Canada, the plants
grouped according to the parts used; Synoptical annotated lists of the same,
divided geographically.
Meisel, Max. A bibliography of American natural history; the pioneer cen-
tury, 1769-1865. The role played by the scientific societies; scientific journals,
natural history museums and botanic gardens; State geological and natural
history surveys; Federal exploring expeditions in the rise and progress of Ameri-
can botany, geology, mineralogy, palaeontology and zoology. 38 v. 23.5 cm.
New York, 1924-29.
Vol. 1: Annotated bibliography of publications relating to history, biography,
and bibliography of American [i. e. the United States] natural history from 1769
to 1865; selected list of bicgraphies and bibliographies of principal United States
naturalists up to 1865. Vol. 2: History and bibliography of principal institu-
tions, societies, surveys, and periodicals concerned with natural history, organ-
ized up to 1844. Vol. 3: Same continued to 1865; annotated bibliography of
books, pamphlets, and miscellaneous articles on natural history, 1590-1865,
chronologically arranged; chronological table of publications of the different in-
stitutions; indices of authors and institutions; appendices.
Millspaugh, C. £. American medicinal plants; an illustrated and descrip-
tive guide to the American plants used as homoeopathic remedies... 2 v.
180 col. pl. 29 cm. New York, 1884-87. (Republished as: Medicinal plants
eS OZ.)
Treats of 180 plants, native (128 species), naturalized, or cultivated, each illus-
trated by a colored plate showing floral details; descriptions, history and habitat,
part used, preparation, chemical constituents, physiological action ; bibliographies
(general and by species).
Muenscher, W. C. Poisonous plants of the United States. xvii, 266 p. 75
fig 22cm. New York, 1939.
General considerations, lists of special groups of poisonous plants, ete.; syste-
matie list of over 400 vascular plants, with description, distribution, poisonous
properties, symptoms, treatment, references; bibliography.
Pammel, L. H. A manual of poisonous plants chiefly of eastern North
America, with brief notes on economic and medical plants. 2 v. (viii, 977 p.).
458 fig., plates. 238.5 cm. Cedar Rapids, 1910-11. (Also issued as 1 vol., 1911.)
General consideration of plant poisons; annotated systematic list of the more
important poisonous plants of the United States and Canada, with bibliography ;
chemistry of alkaloids; annotated systematic list of poisonous plants of the
United States and Canada (including bacteria and cellular cryptogams) ; tabu-
lar systematic catalog of poisonous plants of world, showing properties and local-
ity ; bibliography (by H. S. Kellogg) of 1,097 titles.
Sargent, C. S. Manual of the trees of North America (exclusive of Mexico).
2d ed. xxvi, 910 p. 783 fig., map. 22 cm. Boston, New York, 1922. (1st ed.
1905.)—Corrections and emendations of the second edition... Jour. Arnold
Arboretum 7: 1-21. 1926.
Descriptive flora, with keys. Includes 717 species with additional varieties;
figure of each species; glossary; map showing tree regions.
The silva of North America: a description of the trees which grow
naturally in North America exclusive of Mexico. 14 v. 740 pl. 37 cm.
Boston, 1891-1902.
Systematic treatment of trees of North America north of Mexico; full synon-
ymy, descriptions, range, wood, history, cultivation, with frequent biographical
footnotes. The beautiful plates are by C. HK. Faxon.
Saunders, C. F. Useful wild plants of the United States and Canada. 3d and
rev. ed. 275 p. 20.5 cm. New York, 1934. (1st ed., 1920.)
Popular treatment, the plants classified by uses; classified list, geographically
arranged.
Sudworth, G. B. Check list of the forest trees of the United States, their
names and ranges. Misc. Cir. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 92. 295 p. [1927.]
Systematic list of native and escaped species and varieties of trees (also
cultivated varieties), with detailed range and vernacular names (with localities
241306°—42-——_11
160 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
where used). Revision of his earlier publication of same title. Bul. Div. Forestry
U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 17. 1898.
Van Dersal, W. R. Native woody plants of the United States, their erosion-
control and wildlife values. Misc. Pub. U. 8. Dept. Agr. no. 303. 362 p. 44 pl,
3 maps. 19388.
Map of zones of plant growth, with discussion, ete.; briefly annotated alpha-
betical list of woody plants, with vernacular names, notes on viability, value for
wild and domestic animals; bibliography.
Watson, Sereno. Bibliographical index to North American botany; or cita-
tions of authorities for all the recorded indigenous and naturalized species of
the flora of North America, with a chronological arrangement of the synonymy.
Pt. I. Polypetalae. Smithsn. Misc. Collect. no. 258. vi, 476 p. 1878.
A laborious compilation of synonymy, never completed (Ranunculaceae—
Cornaceae). Covers North American continent north of Mexico, and Greenland.
Yanovsky, Elias. Food plants of the North American Indians. Misc. Pub.
U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 237. 83 p. 1986.
Systematic list of 1,112 species, with brief annotations and references; bibli-
ography. Intended to summarize all previous publications on the subject.
(United States and Canada.)
Youngken, H. W. The drugs of the North American Indian. Amer. Jour.
Pharm. 96: 485-502. 1924; 97: 158-185, 257-271. 1925.
Annotated list of 75 plant drugs (without botanical names), also animal and
mineral drugs; annotated list of plant drugs alphabeted by scientific names;
bibliography. (United States, principally.)
NORTHEASTERN
Britton, N. L. Manual of the flora of the northern states and Canada. 3d ed.,
rev. and enl. xxiv, 1,112 p. 20 em. New York, 1907. (1st ed., 1901; 2d ed.,
1905. )
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, based on the text of Britton
and Brown’s Illustrated Flora, and covering the same area.
and Brown, Addison. An illustrated flora of the northern United
States, Canada and the British possessions, from Newfoundland to the parallel
of the southern boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward
to the 102d meridian. 2ded., rev. andenl. 3v. 4,666 fig. 27.5 cm. New York,
1913. (1st ed., 1896-98.)
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys and partial synonymy; figure
of each species (4,666 species) ; extensive index of vernacular names.
Chamberlain, L. S. Plants used by the Indians of eastern North America.
Amer. Nat. 35: 1-10. 1901.
Lists of useful plants of the tribes belonging to the Algonquian and Iroquoian
families, with uses and references; bibliography.
Clute, W. N. A dictionary of American plant names. [2d ed.] 248 p. 20.5
em. Joliet, Ill., 1623 [1937]. (1st ed., 1923.)
List of wild plants of northeastern North America (Gray’s Manual range),
with vernacular names, the families systematically arranged, the genera and
Species alphabetically ; index. Cover title: American plant names. 2d ed.
Day, M. A. The local floras of New England. Rhodora 1: 111-120, 138-142,
158, 174-178, 194-196, 208-211. 1899—Addenda. 1. ec. 2: 73-74. 1900. (Re-
printed. 28 p. 1899.)
Briefly annotated list of 258 State and local floras.
Gray, Asa. Gray’s new manual of botany (7th ed. illustrated). A handbook
of the flowering plants and ferns of the central and northeastern United States
and adjacent Canada, rearranged and extensively revised by B. L. Robinson and
M. L. Fernald. 926 p. 1,036 fig. 215 ecm. New York, 1908. (1st ed., 1848, 2d
ed., 1856, 8d ed., 1859, 4th ed., 1863, 5th ed., 1867, 6th ed., rev. and extended
westward to the 100th meridian by Sereno Watson and J. M. Coulter [1890], 2d
issue [with additions and corrections. 1891].)
Descriptive flora, with keys, of the vascular plants (4,079 species and 806
varieties and forms, of which 3,413 and 766, respectively, are native) ; glossary.
Covers area from Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, and New Brunswick and
the greater part of Quebec and Ontario west to Minnesota and south to eastern
Kansas, Missouri, Kentucky, and Virginia. Earlier editions had title, Manual
eee
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 161
of the botany of the northern United States . . . —See also Robinson, B. L., and
Fernald, M. L. Emendations of the seventh edition of Gray’s Manual. Rhodora
d4isS3—ol, 1809:
Hough, R. B. Handbook of the trees of the Northern States and Canada east
of the Rocky Mountains. x, 470 p. 498 fig. 24.5 em. Lowville, N. Y., 1907.
Descriptive account, with excellent photographs of each species showing leaves,
fruit, buds, trunk, and usually cross section of wood, and small maps showing
range; wood, uses; Systematic synopsis with keys.
Klincksieck, Paul. Les plantes d’Europe adventices ou naturalisées aux Etats-
Unis d’Amérique, constatées 4 deux intervalles: 1832 et 1896. Bul. Soe. Bot.
France 54 (Sess. Extr.): xxx-xlii. 1908.
List of 501 species extracted from Britton and Brown’s Illustrated flora, with
indication of those (116 species) recorded by Schweinitz in 1836.
New England Botanical Club. Committee on floral areas. Preliminary lists
of New England plants I-XXXIII. Jn Rhodora y. 1-11, 18-23, 27-29, 31, 38.
1899-1909, 1916-21, 1925-27, 1929, 1936.
Tabular lists of different families, showing ranges in the New England States,
with annotations on rarer species. Not published in systematic order; un-
finished.
Toussaint, Anatole, abbé. Europe et Amérique (nord-est). Flores com-
parées comprenant tous les genres européens et américains, les espéces com-
munes aux deux contrées, naturalisées et cultivées. Bul. Soe. Amis Sci. Nat.
Rouen 45: 109-441. 1910: 46: 98-414. 1911. (Reprinted 650 p. 1912.)
Systematic list of genera of vascular plants in Europe and the eastern United
States and Canada, with number of species in each region, mention of species
common to the two areas (with range), cultivated species, etc.; statistics.
SOUTHEASTERN
Chapman, A. W. Flora of the southern United States: containing an abridged
description of the flowering plants and ferns of Tennessee, North and South
Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Florida... 3d ed. xxxix, 655 p.
23em. Cambridge, Mass., 1897. (1st ed., 1860; 2d ed., 1883.)
Descriptive flora, now nearly obsolete, lacking the numerous discoveries of
the last 40 years. Reissue of ed. 2 [1892] contains 2 supplements, paged contin-
uously (N. Y. Bot. Garden).
Coker, W. C., and Totten, H. R. Trees of the southeastern states, including
Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Georgia, and northerr
Florida. 2d ed. vii, 417 p. illus., plates. 20.5 em. Chapel Hill, 1987. (1st e.,
1934. )
Briefly descriptive flora, with keys, range, variations; bibliography, glossary.
Porcher, F. P. Resources of the southern fields and forests, medical, economi-
eal, and agricultural; being also a medical botany of the Southern States; with
practical information on the useful properties of the trees, plants and shrubs.
New ed., rev. and largely augmented. xv, 733 p. 23.5 cm. Charleston, S. C.,
1869. (1st ed., 1863.)
Annotated, systematically arranged list of useful plants of the Confederate
States, wild and cultivated.
Small, J. K. Flora of the southeastern United States: being descriptions of
the seed-plants, ferns, and fern-allies growing naturally in North Carolina, South
Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana,
and in Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth meridian. 2d ed. xii,
1,394 p. 25cm. New York, 1918. (1st ed., 1903.)
Descriptive flora, with keys.
Manual of the southeastern flora; being descriptions of the seed
plants growing naturally in Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, eastern Louisiana,
Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. xxii, 1,554 p. illus.
23.5 em. New York, 1933.
Physiographic provinces, etc.; descriptive flora of 5,557 spermatophytes; text
figure of floral characters for each genus. The Pteridophyta of the same region
are described in his Ferns of the Southeastern States... 517 p. illus. (incl.
Map). 1988.
162 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
WESTERN
Abrams, LeRoy. An illustrated flora of the Pacific States, Washington,
Oregon, and California. v. 1 (xi, 557 p. 1,299 fig.). 27.5 em. Stanford Uni-
versity, 1923.
Descriptive flora of vascular plants with keys, partial synonymy, and figure
of each species. To be completed in 4 volumes; y. 1, Filicales—Aristolochiaceae.
Coulter, J. M. New manual of botany of the central Rocky Mountains (vascu-
lar plants) ... rev. by Aven Nelson. 646 p. 22 cm. New York, [1909]. (1st
ed., 1885.)
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, covering Colorado, Wyoming,
Black Hills of South Dakota, northern half of New Mexico, adjacent Arizona,
eastern Utah, most of Montana, southern Idaho; glossary. Includes 2,733
accepted species.
Frye, T. C., and Rigg, G. B. Northwest flora. 453 p. 25.5 cm. Seattle,
[1912].
Keys to the flowering plants of Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and southwest
British Columbia, with descriptions of genera and higher groups. Remarkable
for the ingenuous ingenuity of its explanations of generic names.
Howell, Thomas. A flora of northwest America. Containing brief descrip-
tions of all the known indigenous and naturalized plants growing without culti-
vation north of California, west of Utah, and south of British Columbia. Vol. 1.
Phanerogamae. 792, [24] p. 24 cm. Portland, Oreg., 1897—[19803].
Descriptive flora of Oregon, Washington, and Idaho. with partial keys. No
more published. Dates of issue: p. 1-112, Mar. 15, 1897; 113-274, Apr. 1, 1898;
275-386, Aug. 21, 1900; 387-474, Mar. 21, 1901; 475-562, Nov. 20, 1901; 563-666,
July 20, 1902; 667-792, Aug. 10, 1903. The additional 24 pages, not found in all
copies, are index.
Kirkwood, J. E. Northern Rocky Mountain trees and shrubs. xvii, 340 p.
87 fig., 35 pl. 28 cm. Stanford University, 19380.
Annotated descriptive flora (248 species), with keys. Includes region from
Yellowstone Park, Wyoming, “north and northwest through Montana and Idaho
and the Canadian Rockies, and covers the various ranges and the immediately
adjacent plains.”
McMinn, H. E., and Maino, Evelyn. An illustrated manual of Pacific coast
trees ... xii, 409 p. 415 fig., col. pl. 20cm. Berkeley, 1935.
Descriptive flora of native trees growing from British Columbia to California,
inclusive, and about 400 introduced species and varieties; bibliography; list
of trees recommended for planting (by H. W. Shepherd).
Palmer, Edward. Food products of the North American Indians. Rpt. U. S.
Commr. Agr. 1870: 404-428. pl. 19-28. 1871.—Plants used by the Indians of
the United States. Amer. Nat. 12: 593-606, 645-655. 1878. (Also in Amer.
sour. Pharm. 50: 539-548, 586-592. 1878.)
Annotated list, the plants classified according to parts utilized. Refers mainly
to western United States. The second part includes edible and some other useful
plants.
Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the prairies and plains of central North America.
vii, 969 p. 600 fig. 23.5 ecm. New York, 1932.
Descriptive flora of 3,988 vascular plants, with keys; covers Kansas, Nebraska,
Iowa, Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, southern Manitoba, and south-
eastern Saskatchewan.
Flora of the Rocky Mountains and adjacent plains, Colorado, Utah,
Wyoming, Idaho, Montana, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and neighboring parts of
Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, and British Columbia. 2d ed. xii,
1,144 p. 23 em. New York, 1922: -Gist_éd.; 1917.)
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys; brief sketch of life zones;
glossary. Includes 6,029 species. The only essential change in the 2d edition
is the addition of p. 1111-1144 containing “Additions and corrections.”
Stuhr, E. T. Manual of Pacific coast drug plants... 189p. map. 23.5 cm.
[nespsil £933:
Annotated list of 1,160 wild and cultivated plants, the families arranged alpha-
betically ; bibliography, glossary.
Sudworth, G. B. Forest trees of the Pacific slope. 441 p. 207 fig. (partly
on pl.), 2 maps. 23 cm. Washington, 1908.
Description and figure of each species, with detailed account of habit and
bark, size and age, range and occurrence, Publication of U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Forest Service,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 163
ALABAMA
General
Cary, C. A., Miller, E. R., and Johnstone, G. R. Poisonous plants of Alabama.
42 p. 40 fig. 23 em. [Auburn, 1924?] (Also as Alabama Polytech. Inst. Ext. .
Serv. Cir. 71.)
Annotated list.
Harper, R. M. Economic botany of Alabama, pt. 2. Catalogue of the trees,
shrubs and vines of Alabama, with their economic properties and local dis-
tribution. 357 p. (incl. 66 fig., 23 maps). 23 cm. University, Ala., 1928.
(Geol. Survey Alabama, Monogr. 9.) :
Annotated bibliography; climate, soils, ete.; annotated list of woody plants
(including cultivated ones) with uses. Pt. 1 is his Geographical report on
forests (Monograph 8, 1913).
Mohr, C. T. The medicinal plants of Alabama. Systematic list of the medici-
nal plants, occurring within the limits of the state, with notes on their distribu-
tion and proper time of collecting the parts used. 17 p. 21.5 cm. Mobile,
[1890]. :
Annotated systematic list, without mention of uses.
Plant life of Alabama. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. v. 6. 921 p.
13 pl. (incl. map). 1901. (Reprinted as “Alabama edition,” publication Ala-
bama Geological Survey.) ;
Annotated systematic list of the plants (Myxomycetes—Carduaceae) ; phys-
iography, plant associations; tables of geographic distribution. Total number
of species and varieties 4,473, of which 2,476 are spermatophytes.
Local
Bates, F. A. Indigenous botany of Perry County. Proc. Med. Assoc. State
Alabama 6: 58-68. 1853.
Annotated list of medicinal plants.
Cocks, R. S. Catalogue of trees growing naturally in the vicinity of Sardis,
Dallas County, Alabama. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 6: 189-195. 1925.
Annotated list of about 130 species and varieties, nearly all growing on about
300 acres of land along the Alabama River.
Denny, Andrew. Report on the indigenous botany of Clarke County. Proc.
Med. Assoc. State Alabama 5: 41-69. 1852; 6: 30-33. 1853.
Annotated list of medicinal plants, with properties and uses.
Earle, F. S. The flora of the metamorphic region of Alabama. Bul. Alabama
Agr. Expt. Sta. 119. p. 41-120. 1902.
Ecology ; annotated list of 1,146 species and varieties of vascular plants. The
area covered extends from Lee County north to Cleburne County, then south-
west to Chilton County, then southeast to Lee County, and includes the south-
ernmost extension of the Appalachian mountain system.
ARIZONA
See also New Mexico (Castetter; Castetter and Opler).
General
Ewan, Joseph. Bibliography of the botany of Arizona. Amer. Midl. Nat. 17:
430-454. 1936.
Annotated chronological list; geographic and author indices.
Local
Britton, N. L. A list of plants collected at Fort Verde and vicinity and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888, by Dr. H. A. Mearns,
U. S. A. Trans. New York Acad. Sci. 8: 61-76. 1889. (Reprinted as Contrib.
Herb. Columbia Col. no. 9.)
List of plants, with localities and collecting numbers.
164 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Britton, N. L., and Kearney, T. H. An enumeration of the plants collected
by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. A., and others in southeastern Arizona during
the years 1892-1894. Trans. New York Acad. Sci. 14: 21-44. 1894.
List of species, mostly from Fort Huachuca and Fort Apache.
Castetter, E. F., and Underhill, R. M. The ethnobiology of the Papago
Indians. Univ. New Mexico Bul. 275 (Biol. Ser. v. 4, no. 3). 84 p. 1935.
(Ethnobiological studies in the American southwest IT.)
General features of Papago life; account of useful plants and animals, classi-
fied by uses, with lists of species and vernacular names; bibliography. The
region covered is a narrow strip along the Mexican border between the Gila River
in southern Arizona and the Altar in northern Sonora.
Davidson, Anstruther. Flora of Clifton district, Arizona. Bul. So. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 3: 110-111. 1904; 4: 18-19, 35-36. 1905; 5: 67-70. 1906; 6: 34-386.
1907.
Annotated list of dicotyledons collected by the author. (Greenlee County.)
Hough, Walter. The Hopi in relation to their plant environment. Amer.
Anthropol. 10: 33-44. 1897.
Includes list of 144 useful plants, with Hopi and botanical names and uses,
grouped by uses. (Northeastern Arizona.)
Matthews, Washington. Navajo names for plants. Amer. Nat. 20: 767-777.
1886.
Systematically arranged list of vernacular names, with botanical identifications,
translations, and notes on uses. (Northeastern Arizona.)
Nelson, Aven. Flora of the Navajo Reservation. Amer. Bot. 26: 48-56,
87-89. 1920; 28: 20-25. 1922.
Annotated list of 152 vascular plants collected by W. N. Clute in 1919; not in
systematic order. (Northeastern Arizona.)
Patraw, P. M. Check-list of plants of Grand Canyon National Park. Nat.
Hist. Bul. Grand Canyon Nat. Hist. Assoc. no. 6. ix, 75 p. map. 1936.
Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (Processed publication. )—
See also Dodge, N. N. Trees of Grand Canyon National Park. 1. @ no. 38.
69 p. illus. 1986. (Processed publication.) (Coconino County.)
Read, A. D. The flora of the Williams division of the Tusayan National
Forest, Arizona. Plant World 18: 112-123. 2 fig. 1915.
Plant zones; unannotated list of vascular plants. (Coconino County.)
Reagan, A. B. Plants used by the White Mountain Apache Indians of Arizona.
Wisconsin Archeol. 8: 148-161. 1929.
Plant zones, agriculture, running account of useful plants; annotated alpha-
betical list of scientific names; no vernacular names given. (Apache County.)
Russell, Frank. The Pima Indians. Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 26: 3-889.
100 fig., 47 pl. 1908.
Includes (p. 69-80) annotated list of wild edible and medicinal plants, with
vernacular names. These Indians inhabit the Gila River and Salt River Valleys,
in Pinal and Maricopa Counties.
Thornber, J. J. Vegetation groups of the Desert Laboratory domain. Jn
Spalding, V. M. Distribution and movements of desert plants. p. 103-112.
Washington, D. C., 1909. (Carnegie Institution of Washington Pub. no. 113.)
Includes list of 449 species (442 vascular) from an area in the vicinity of
Tucson (Pima County).
Whiting, A. F. Ethnobotany of the Hopi. Bul. Mus. North. Arizona 15. viii,
120 p. 1939.
Includes (p. 61-100) annotated systematic list of useful plants, with vernacular
names and uses; bibliography. (Northeastern Arizona.)
ARKANSAS
General
Branner, J. C., and Coville, F. V. A list of the plants of Arkansas. Ann. Rpt.
Geol. Survey Arkansas 1888 (4): 155-242. 1891.
Botanical explorations, bibliography; list of 1,610 vascular plants (plus a
very few cellular) with localities for scarcer species.—See also Buchholz, J. T.,
and Palmer, E. J. Supplement to the catalogue of Arkansas plants. Trans.
Acad. Sci. St. Louis 25: 91-155. pl. 6-18. 1926. (Includes bibliography.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 165
Harvey, F. L. The arboreal flora of Arkansas. Amer. Jour. Forestry 1: 413-
424, 451-458. 1883. (Reprinted 20 p.)
Geology, general features of forest distribution; annotated systematic list of
trees, with vernacular names and local distribution—A more popular recent
work, with description and figure of most of the species, is Turner, L. M. Trees
of Arkansas. Ext. Cir. Col. Agr. Arkansas no. 180. 112 p. illus. 1937. (Re-
vision of Buchholz, J. T., and Mattoon, W. R. Common forest trees of Arkansas
1924. )
Local
Evans, J. P. Medicinal plants of the Cherokees. Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc.
8: 391-397. 1859.
Annotated list, classified by uses. Region referred to is in northern Arkansas
and Oklahoma.
Palmer, E. J. The ligneous flora of Hot Springs National Park and vicinity.
Jour. Arnold Arboretum 7: 104-185. 1926.
History, botanical explorations, geology, physiography, plant associations;
annotated list of woody plants. (Garland County.)
The ligneous flora of Rich Mountain, Arkansas and Oklahoma. Jour.
Arnold Arboretum 5: 108-134. 1924.
Geology, general features of flora; annotated list of woody plants collected
by author. (Le Flore County, Oklahoma, and Polk County, Arkansas.)
The Red River forest at Fulton, Arkansas. Jour. Arnold Arboretum
4: 8-33. 1923.
General features of flora; annotated list of woody plants. Additions are
given by author, 1. c. 7: 140-141. 1926. (Hempstead County.)
CALIFORNIA
General
Brewer, W. H., Watson, Sereno, and Gray, Asa. Botany [of California].
2 v. 27 cm. Cambridge, Mass., 1876-80.
The classical work on the flora of California, although long out of date. Full
descriptions, pertinent synonymy, and localities; general range stated; glossary;
historical sketch of botanical collections (2: 553-559). Gamopetalae by A. Gray,
various families by other authors.
Hall, H. M., and Grinnell, Joseph. Life-zone indicators in California. Proce.
Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 9: 387-67. 1919.
Discussion of life zone concept; lists of characteristic plants and animals;
bibliography.
Jepson, W. L. A flora of California. v. 1, pt. 1-7; v. 2, pt. 1-3; v. 3, pt. 1.
illus., plates. 27 em. San Francisco, Berkeley, 1909-39.
Descriptive flora of spermatophytes, including numerous varieties and forms,
with localities, exsiccatae, and references. The 11 parts so far issued cover
Pinaceae-Convolvulaceae. The part numbers on the cover titles indicate the
order of appearance of the text and do not correspond with the consecutive
pagination.
A manual of the flowering plants of California. 1,238 p. 1,023 fig.,
map. 22.5cm. Berkeley, c1923—25.
Keys to and descriptions of the vascular plants, including Pteridophyta;
local range and often extralimital range given; short discussion of plant
geography and life zones. Enumerates 4,019 species, of which 3,727 are native
and 1,416 endemic. Treatment of various groups contributed by specialists.
The silva of California. 480 p. 11 fig., 85 pl, 3 maps. 32.5 cm.
Berkeley, 1910. (Memoirs of the University of California, v. 2.)
Descriptive flora with keys, synonymy and references; details of distribution,
vernacular names and uses, forest provinces, life zones, dendrological charac-
teristics, bibliography.
The trees of California. 2d ed. 240 p. 124 fig. 20.5 cm. Berkeley,
1923. (1st ed., [1909].)
Descriptive flora with keys; illustration of nearly every species; uses, ver-
nacular names, forest provinces; relation to fires, endemic species, ete.
166 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
McMinn, H. E. An illustrated manual of California shrubs... xi, 689 p
775 fig., col. pl. 24.5 em. San Francisco, 1939.
Descriptive flora including about 800 species and 200 varieties of native
shrubs, undershrubs, and woody vines; bibliography, horticultural uses.
Schneider, Albert. The medicinal plants of the California Indians. Merck’s
Report 15: 63-66, 95-96, 127-128. 1906.
Annotated list, the species alphabetically arranged by botanical names;
bibliography.
Pharmacal plants and their culture. Bul. State Bd. Forestry Calif.
nO, Ay IVs IN
Includes bibliography and chapter, “The native and introduced medicinal and
poisonous plants of California, with index to common names,” containing anno-
tated list of 869 plants, arranged alphabetically.
Local
Abrams, LeRoy. Flora of Los Angeles and vicinity. x, 432 p. 18cm. Stan-
ford University, 1917. (Harlier eds. 1904, 1911.)
Descriptive flora with keys of the Spermatophyta of the coast area of Los
Angeles and Orange Counties.
A phytogeographic and taxonomic study of the southern California
trees and shrubs. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 300-485. pl. A—J. 1910.
Annotated catalog with keys to genera and species; type locality, local range,
exsiccatae ; physiography, climatology, life zones. Covers area south of 35° 45’ N.
Lat.—See also Parish, S. B. Additions and emendations. Muhlenbergia 7:
(eel eigen OY aaa
Applegate, E. I. Plants of the Lava Beds National Monument, California.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 19: 334-868. 6 fig. 19388.
Geology, climate, geography, relationships and genera] features of flora; anno-
tated list of about 200 plants. The Lava Beds National Monument lies in north-
eastern Siskiyou and northwestern Modoe Counties.
Barrett, S. A., and Gifford, E. W. Miwok material culture. Bul. Pub. Mus.
Milwaukee 2: 117-876 (incl. 2 maps). fig. 23-87, pl. 28-76. 1933.
Includes (p. 140-178) annotated account of plant food, medicines, ete. The In-
dians lived in the Sierra Nevada and in part of the Sacramento-San Joaquin
Valley.
Barrows, D. P. The ethnobotany of the Coahuilla Indians of southern Cali-
fornia. 82 p. 24cm. Chicago, 1900.
Includes account of useful plants. The Cahuilla, Coahuilla, or Coahuila Indians
live in western Riverside and southwestern San Bernardino Counties.
Blankinship, J. W. On the natural history of the Farallon Islands. Zoe 3:
144-165. 1892.
Geology ; list of vascular and cellular plants including those in gardens.
Brandegee, Mrs. M. K. Curran. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns
growing spontaneously in the city of San Francisco. Zoe 2: 334-886. pl. 17
(map). 1892. (Reprinted.)—Additions... 1. c¢. 3: 49-50. 1892.
General features of flora, list of plants flowering in January; annotated list of
578 vascular plants and 42 mosses.
Flora of Bouldin Island. Zoe 4: 211-218. 1893.
General features of flora; partly annotated list of vascular plants. Bouldin
Island is a small island at the junction of the San Joaquin and the Mokelumne
Rivers (San Joaquin County.)
List of the plants described in California, principally in the Proc. of
the Cal. Acad. of Sciences, by Dr. Albert Kellogg, Dr. H. H. Behr, and Mr. H. N.
Bolander; with an attempt at their identification. Bul. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1:
128-151. 1885.
The scope of the paper is indicated by its title.
Brandegee, T. S. Flora of the Californian islands. Zoe 1: 129-148. 1890.
Tabular list giving distribution of 512 vascular plants by islands, with footnote
annotations; brief bibliography. Includes San Clemente, Santa Catalina, Santa
Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel Islands.—For additions see Clokey, I. W.
Notes on the flora of Santa Cruz Islands [Island]. Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci.
-
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 167
30: 60-61. 1931.—Also Hoffman, R. Notes on the flora of the Channel Islands
eff Santa Barbara, California. Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 31: 46-60, 101-120.
1932:
Brandegee, T. 8S. Flora of the Providence Mountains. Zoe 5: 147-153. 1968.
Physiography, ete. ; partial list of spermatophytes collected by the author. (In
the Mohave Desert, in San Bernardino County.)
Chesnut, V. K. Plants used by the Indians of Mendocino County, California.
Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 7: 295-408. fig. 66-78, pl. 10-21. 1902.
Annotated systematic list of cellular and vascular plants used by various tribes
of Indians; list of species classified by uses; index of Indian names.
Congdon, J. W. Mariposa County as a botanical district. Zoe 2: 234-236.
1891; 3: 25-48, 125-131. 1892.
Plant zones; partly annotated lists of foothill plants totaling 508 species, and
list of 122 species of the coniferous belt.
Constance, Lincoln. Flora of Redwood Peak, Oakland Hills, California. Res.
Studies State Col. Washington 3: 12-24. 1985.
Geology, associations, etc.; unannotated list of vascular plants. (Alameda
County. )
Coville, F. V. Botany of the Death Valley expedition. Contrib. U. S. Natl.
Herb v4. voGo perc pls, map. 1893:
Itinerary, plant distribution (general and local), characteristics and adapta-
tions of desert flora; annotated systematic list of vascular and cellular plants
(1,261 species and varieties); catalog of specimens collected, numerically
arranged ; annotated bibliography ; index to map. (Inyo County.)
Davidson, Anstruther, and Moxley, G. L. Flora of southern California.
452 p. 19.5 cm. Los Angeles, 1923.
Keys to all groups down to and including species, with descriptions of families
and genera; local range. Includes Santa Barbara, San Bernardino, Riverside,
Imperial, San Diego, Orange, and Los Angeles Counties.
Eastwood, Alice. A flora of the south fork of Kings River from Millwood to
the head waters of Bubbs Creek. Pub. Sierra Club no. 27. 96p. 9 fig. 1902.
Botanical explorations; descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys to
families and genera. (In Fresno and Tulare Counties, in the southern Sierra
Nevada. )
Notes on the plants of San Nicolas Island. Jn her Studies in the
herbarium and field no. 2. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. III, Botany 1: 89-120. pl. 8.
1888.
Geology, ete.; annotated list of 80 vascular plants collected in 1897 by Mrs.
Blanche Trask.—For additions see Howell, J. T. The vascular plants from San
Nicolas Island... 1 ¢ IV, 21: 277-284. 1985.
The plant inhabitants of Nob Hill, San Francisco. Erythea 6: 61-67.
1898.
General features of flora; list of 64 vascular plants, of which 55 are introduced.
(San Francisco County. )
Fawcett, R. A. Flora of Riverside and vicinity. Western Riverside
County, to the east edge of the Coachella Valley, and a contiguous portion of San
Bernardino County to the north foot of the San Bernardino Mountains and keys
for determining the names of native trees, shrubs, herbs, ferns, and most of the
weed plants of cultivated fields (the grasses omitted). Occas. Papers Riverside
Junior Col. v.9,no.1. 172 p. illus., map. 1939.
Unannotated flora in form of keys, the authorities for botanical names omitted ;
glossary.
Greene, E. L. Flora franciscana. An attempt to classify and describe the
vascular plants of middle California. 480 p. 24.5-em. San Francisco, 1891-97.
Incomplete (Ranunculaceae-Cynarocephalae [Compositae] ). Pt. 4 (Cynaro-
cephalae, p. 353-480) is rare, most of the stock having been destroyed by fire
before distribution. Notable for its attribution of generic names to Dioscorides,
Catullus, Lobelius, and the like.
Manual of the botany of the region of San Francisco Bay, being a
systematic arrangement of the higher plants growing spontaneously in the coun-
ties of Marin, Sonoma, Napa, Solano, Contra Costa, Alameda, Santa Clara, San
Mateo, and San Francisco. xiii, 342 p. 245 cm, San Francisco, 1894.
168 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Descriptive flora. Omits sedges, grasses, ferns, and some minor groups.—See
also Burtt Davy, J. Additions... Erythea 4: 90, 145, 152. 1896.
Greene, E. L. Notes on the botany of Santa Cruz Island. Bul. Calif. Acad.
Sci. 2: 377-416. 1887.
Botanical explorations, ete.; annotated list of 321 vascular plants.—For addi-
tions, see Brandegee, T. S., Proc, Calif. Acad. Sci. II, 1: 201-205. 1888.
The vegetation of the summit of Mount Diablo. Erythea 1: 166-179.
1893.
Topography, climate, botanical explorations; annotated list of 156 sperma-
tophytes. (Contra Costa County.)
The vegetation of the summit of Mount Hamilton. Erythea 1: (77-97.
1893.
List of 212 vascular plants. (Santa Clara County.)
Hall, H, M. A botanical survey of San Jacinto Mountain. Univ. Calif. Pub.
Bot. 1: 1-140. 14 pl. (incl. 2 maps). 1902.
Botanical collections; topography, life zones, relationships of flora; annotated
list of spermatophytes collected in or above the yellow pine belt (excludes the
foothill flora). (Riverside County.)
and Hall, C. C. A Yosemite flora; a descriptive account of the ferns
and flowering plants, including trees, of the Yosemite National Park. vii, 282 p.
170 fig, 11 pl. 19cm. San Francisco, 1912.
Popular descriptive flora of the vascular plants; the grasses, sedges, and rushes
are omitted. (In Tuolumne, Mariposa, and Madera Counties.)
Jepson, W. L. Botany of the Marysville Buttes. Bul. Torrey Club 18: 317-
327. 1891.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the
author in April 1891. The Marysville Buttes are an isolated group of mountains
in the level plain between the upper Sacramento and Feather Rivers. (Sutter
County. )
A flora of western middle California. 2d ed. 515 p. 20.5 em. San
Francisco, [1911]. (1st ed., 1901.)
Descriptive flora, with keys, of the Spermatophyta. Includes area from San
Francisco Bay north to southern boundary of Mendocino, Lake, and Colusa
Counties, east to the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers, south to the Pajaro
River and Pacheco Pass (essentially the southern boundary of Santa Clara and
Santa Cruz Counties).
Vegetation of the summit of Mt. St. Helena. Erythea 7: 105-113. pl.
1899.
Topography, general features of flora; annotated list of 36 species found above
2,400 feet elevation. (Napa County.)
Johnston, I. M. The flora of the pine belt of the San Antonio Mountains of
southern California. Plant World 22: 71-90, 105-122. 2 fig. 1919.
Geography, collectors, life zones; annotated list of 315 native species and
varieties of vascular plants. (On the Los Angeles-San Bernardino County
boundary line.)
McClatchie, A. J. Flora of Pasadena and vicinity. In Reid, H. A. History
of Pasadena... p. 605-649. illus. Pasadena, 1895. (Reprinted.)
Topography, etc.; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (Los An-
geles County.)
Merriam, C. H. Results of a biological survey of Mount Shasta, northern
California. North Amer. Fauna no.16. 179p. illus.,4pl. 1899.
Ineludes (p. 135-169) an annotated list of plants collected on Mount Shasta.
(Siskiyou County.)
Millspaugh, C. F., and Nuttall, L. W. Flora of Santa Catalina Island (Cali-
fornia). Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 212, Bot. Ser. v. 5. 413 p. 14 pl., map.
1928. :
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, Synonymy, and citation of
exsiccatae; enumeration of non-vascular plants, with occasional descriptions ;
description of island and of principal collecting stations; annotated list of col-
lectors. Includes 882 species, of which 467 are vascular plants.
Munz, P. A. A manual of southern California botany. xxxix, 642 p. 310 fig.
22.5 cm. Claremont, 1935.
Geology, physiography, life zones, phytogeography, endemism; briefly descrip-
tive flora of vascular plants; list of collectors for whom species have been
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 169
named, glossaries. Covers Los Angeles, San Diego, Orange, Riverside, San
Bernardino, and Ventura Counties, and part of Santa Barbara, Kern, and Inyo
Counties.
Parish, S. B. A bibliography of the southern California flora. Bul. So. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 8: 71-75. 1909; 9: 57-62. 1910; 19: 24-29. 1920.
Unannotated list of papers, chronologically arranged under authors’ names,
referring to Los Angeles, San Diego, San Bernardino, Riverside, and Orange
Counties. In the 1920 supplement the area is extended to include Santa Barbara,
Ventura, Kern, and Inyo Counties.
| An enumeration of the pteridophytes and spermatophytes of the San
Bernardino Mountains, California. Plant World 20: 1638-178, 208-228, 245-259.
3 fig. 1917; 21: 220-221. 1918.
Geography, climate, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants. (San Bernardino
County.)
The immigrant plants of southern California. -Bul. So. Calif. Acad.
Sei. 19 (4): 3-30. 1920.
| General history of introduction of weeds into California; bibliography; an-
| notated list of 281 species and varieties of introduced plants.
Plant ecology and floristics of Salton Sink. Im MacDougal, D. T.
The Salton Sea. (Carnegie Institution of Washington Pub. no. 193.)
p. 85-114. Washington, 1914. (List preprinted, 11 p., 1918, with title: Catalogue
of plants collected in the Salton Sink. )
Includes (p. 104-114) annotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (At the
junction of San Diego, Imperial, and Riverside Counties.)
| Peirson, F. W. Plants of Rock Creek Lake basin, Inyo County, California.
| A check list. 16 p. 23 cm. Los Angeles, 1988.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author at 10,500 feet elevation
and higher.
Smiley, F. J. A report upon the boreal flora of the Sierra Nevada of Cali-
fornia. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. v.9. 423 p. 7 pl. 1921.
Ixeyed list of the vascular plants of the higher Sierra Nevada (mainly above
6,500 feet) ; type locality, general range, life zone, local exsiccatae, with numerous
critical notes; geography, physiography, climatology, life zones, statistics of flora.
Includes 682 species and varieties.
’ Sparkman, P.S. The culture of the Luisefo Indians. Univ. Calif. Pub. Amer.
| Archaeol. and Ethnol. 8: 187-234. pl. 20. 1908.
Includes (p. 228-234) annotated systematic list of useful plants, with ver-
nacular names. The paper relates to the region of Rincon, San Diego County.
Voegelin, E. W. Tiibatulabal ethnography. Anthropol. Rec. 2: 1-84. 16
fig. (incl. map.), 6 pl. 1938.
Includes account of useful plants (p. 14-21), with Indian vernacular names.
(Processed publication.) (Upper part of the Kern River valley.)
Yates, L. G. Insular floras. Ann. Rpt. State Mineralogist Calif. 9: 179-188.
1890. (Reprinted in his Channel Islands [1890], p. 11-20.)
Includes tabular list of vascular plants from San Miguel, Santa Rosa, Santa
Cruz, and Anacapas (Anacapa) Islands of the Santa Barbara group. The fiora
of Anacapa Island has apparently not been listed elsewhere.—For additions
-see Hoffmann, R. Notes on the flora of the Channel Islands. Bul. So. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 31: 46-60, 101-120. 1982.
COLORADO
See also Utah (Graham).
| General
Allison, E. M. Bibliography and history of Colorado botany. Univ. Colorado
Studies 6: 51-76. 1908.
Partly annotated list referring principally to Spermatophyta, arranged alpha-
betically by authors, their papers arranged chronologically ; biographical notes
on botanists who have worked in Colorado.
Cary, Merritt. Principal trees and shrubs of Colorado. In his Biological
survey of Colorado. North Amer. Fauna 33: 212-246. fig. 30-39 (incl. map).
1911.
Annotated list, with details of local distribution.
170 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Durrell, L. W., and Newsom, I. E. Colorado’s poisonous and injurious plants.
Bul. Colorado Expt. Sta. 455. 71 p. 92 fig. 19380.
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names.
Ramaley, Francis. Colorado plant life. viii, 299 p. illus., 10 pl. (3 eol.).
23.5 em. Boulder, 1927. (University of Colorado semicentennial series, v. 2.)
General popular account of life zones, associations, ete.; no list of species;
bibliography.
European plants growing without cultivation in Colorado. Annales
Jard. Bot. Buitenz. Suppl. 3 (2) : 498-504. 1fig. (map). 1910.
Topography, climate, sources of introduction; annotated list of 95 angio-
sperms; local distribution, etc.
Rydberg, P. A. Flora of Colorado. Bul. Colorado Agr. Expt. Sta. 100. xxii,
448 p. 1906.
Keys to the orders, families, genera, and species of vascular plants (2,912
species) ; general range, altitudinal range, and Colorado localities given.
Local
Ashton, R. E. Plants of Rocky Mountain National Park. iv, 157 p. illus.,
col. pl., fold. tab. 23 em. Washington, 1933.
A popular flora, with partial keys, but including all the species (about 700)
of vascular plants known to occur in the Park; bibliography. Published by
the National Park Service. (North central Colorado, northwest of Boulder, in
Larimer, Grand, and Boulder Counties.)
Cockerell, T. D. A. The alpine flora of Colorado. Amer. Nat. 40: 861-873.
1906.
Lists of species classified by geographical and altitudinal range, based on
Rydberg’s Flora of Colorado.
Daniels, F. P. The flora of Boulder, Colorado, and vicinity. Univ. Missouri
Studies Sci. Ser. v. 2, no. 2. 311 p. 1911.
Physiography, plant zones, bibliographies; annotated list of 1,225 vascular
plants.—See also Cockerell, T. D. A. Netes on the flora of Boulder County,
Coloradc. Torreya 8: 177-183. 1918. (Covers Boulder County.)
Eastwood, Alice. A popular flora of Denver, Colorado. 57 p. 238 ecm. San
Franciseo, [1893].
Annotated list of 487 vascular plants. (Denver County.)
Holm, Theodor. The vegetation of the alpine region of the Rocky Mountains
in Colorado. Mem. Natl. Acad. Sci. v.19, no. 3. 45 p.7 pl. 1923.
Annotated list of about 170 plants collected by the author; phytogeography,
morphology.
Ramaley, Francis. Botany of the San Luis Valley in Colorado, I. Univ.
Colorado Studies 17: 27-44. 4 fig. (incl. maps), 2 pl. 1929.
Geography, soils, climate, history, etc.; unannotated list of vascular plants;
vegetation of sand dunes and sand hills; bibliography. (Saguache County.)
Vascular plants of the Tolland region in Colorado. Univ. Colorado
Studies 12: 27-51. 1917.
List of 722 vascular plants, annotated by symbols. Tolland is in Boulder
Park, in Gilpin County, at 8,889 feet elevaticn.
Woody plants of Boulder County. His The silva of Colorado III.
Univ. Colorado Studies 5: 47-63. 2 fig. (incl. map). 1907.
Botanical explorations, economic plants, geography, plant zones; annotated list
of 112 woody plants.
Schmoll, H. M. Vegetation of the Chimney Rock area, Pagosa-Piedra region,
Colorado... iii, 58 p. 5 fig. (incl. map). Chicago, 1985. (Dissertation —
Chicago. )
Mainly ecological; includes tabular list of cellular and vascular plants, with
indication of their plant association; bibliography. The Chimney Rock area is
in Archuleta County. (Processed publication. )
Soth, Blanche. List of plants collected above timber line on Pikes Peak, with
altitudinal extensions and notes. Bul. Torrey Club 38: 237-242. 1911.
Alphabetical list of 157 spermatophytes, with list of altitudes for some of
these; notes on various species, (On boundary line between Teller and El Paso
Counties. )
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 71
CONNECTICUT
See also New York (Taylor, Flora of the vicinity of New York).
General
Graves, C. B., Eames, E. H., Bissell, C. H., Andrews, Luman, Harger, E. B.,
and Weatherby, C. A. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecti-
cut growing without cultivation. Bul. Conn. Geol. and Nat. Hist, Survey 14.
569 p. 1910.—First supplement. Additions to the flora of Connecticut. 1. e¢.
Bul. 48. 94 p. 1980 [1931].
Annotated systematic list of 2,228 species, varieties, and named forms (1,942
species, of which 1,481 are native), plus 169 fugitives. Supplement includes
“Additions” published by Harger and others in Rhodora vy. 19 and 24. Harger
main author of supplement; R. W. Woodward and G. H. Bartlett replaced Bis-
sell and Andrews as joint authors of supplement.—See also Hames, E. H. Further
additions to the Connecticut flora. Rhodora 33: 167-170. 1931.
Local
Andrews, Luman. A list of the flowering plants and higher cryptogams
growing upon the summit of Meriden Mountain, Conn. [15 p.] 20.5 cm. South-
ington, Conn., 1900. (Reprinted as Conn. School Document 195 (1901, no. 3).
1901.)
Soil, general features of flora; annotated list of 287 vascular plants. (In
town of Meriden, New Haven County.)
Berzelius Society. A catalogue of the flowering plants and higher cryptogams
growing without cultivation within thirty miles of Yale College. vii, 71 p. map.
23 cm. New Haven, 1878.
Notes on rarer species, ete. ; list of vascular plants and bryophytes, unannotated
except for localities. Includes over 100 species from the northern shore of Long
Island, not found in Connecticut.—See also Eaton, D. C. Plants new to the
Connecticut flora. Bul. Torrey Club 10: 102. 1883.—Mliller, E. S. A few addi-
tions to the Berzelius catalogue. 1. ec. 10: 120-121. 1883.
Bissell, C. H., and Andrews, Luman. Flora of the town of Southington and
vicinity. A list of the fern and seed plants growing without cultivation. Rpt.
Bd. Educ. Conn, [1906/01] (Pub. Doe. no. 8): 391-506. map. 1902.
Physiography, ete. ; annotated list of 1,201 vascular plants (including 990 native
species.) (Hartford County.)
Blewitt, A. E. Flora of Waterbury, Conn., and vicinity. 160 p. 23.5 cm.
[Lanecaster, Pa.] 1926.
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of 1,271 vascular plants, of which 953 are
native. (New Haven County.)
Brace, J.P. List of plants growing spontaneously in Litchfield and its vicinity.
Amer. Jour. Sci. 4: 69-86, 292-309. 1822.
Partly annotated list of vascular plants, on the Linnaean system. Brace’s
herbarium is still preserved at Williams College, Williamstown, Mass. (fide C. A.
Weatherby). (Litchfield County.)
[Holcomb, Irving.] Native trees, shrubs and woody vines growing in the
vicinity of Granby, Conn. 1 leaf. 27 em. [Granby, 1901.]
Unannotated list of 144 woody plants. (Hartford County.)
Leonard, E. J. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous
plants, found growing in Meriden, Conn. (‘‘Incompleted.”) Trans, Scient. Assoc.
Meriden, Conn. 1: 1-40. 1885.
Sparsely annotated list of 749 vascular plants.—See also Kendrick, Mrs. E. B.
Additional plants . found growing in Meriden ... since issue of Catalogue
ee rere: D451: “1887 .—Also Davis, C. H. S. A list of the forest trees and
shrubs to be found in Meriden, Conn. 1. c. 3: 46-78. 1889. (New Haven County.)
Rogers, Mrs. E. E. Flora of Norwich and vicinity. Rpt. Bd. Edue. Conn.
£190070T)| (Pub. Doc. no. 8): 342-372 1902.
Annotated list of 833 vascular plants. (New London County.)
172 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
DELAWARE
See also Pennsylvania (Keller and Brown; Pennell).
Local
Tatnall, Edward. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and filicoid plants of New-
castle County, Delaware. Arranged according to the natural system, as re-
cently revised by Prof. A. Gray and others. With the synonyms of modern
authors. 112 p. 22.5 cm. Wilmington, 1860.
Annotated list of 1,106 species and varieties of vascular plants; unannotated
list of diatoms and desmids, by C. Febiger.
Williamson, C. S. Notes on the flora of central and southern Delaware.
Torreya 9: 160-166. 1909.
List of miscellaneous species with localities.
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
General
Hitchcock, A. §., and Standley, P. C. Flora of the District of Columbia and
vicinity. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. v. 21. 329 p. 42 pl. 1919.
Bibliography, general features of flora; annotated systematic list of vascular
plants with keys. Lists formally 1,630 species (of which 287 are introduced) ;
108 others, occurring only as waifs, incidentally mentioned. Covers the area
within 15 miles of the Capitol, including parts of adjacent Virginia and Mary-
land. Replaces Ward, L. F. Guide to the flora of Washington and vicinity.
Bul. U. S. Natl. Mus. no. 22. 264 p. 1881, and 6 lists of additions, 1884-1901
(2d by F. H. Knowlton, 3d-5th by T. Holm, 6th by E. S. Steele).—See also
McAtee, W. L. Seventh supplement to the flora of the District of Columbia
and vicinity. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 438: 21-54. 1930.
Ricker, P. L. A sketch of botanical activity in the District of Columbia and
vicinity. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 8: 487-498, 516-521. 1918.
Botanical collectors and societies; annotated bibliography.
FLORIDA
General
Small, J. K. Florida trees; a handbook of the native and naturalized
trees... ix, 107 p.” 23.5,em: New York, 1913:
Descriptive flora, with keys; general range briefly indicated; wood characters
very briefly described.
Shrubs of Florida; a handbook of the native and naturalized
shrubs. . . x, 140 p. 23.5 em. New York, 1913.
Descriptive flora, with keys; general range briefly indicated.
Stuhr, E. T. Medicinal plants of Florida. Jour. Amer. Pharm. Assoc. 17:
761-766. 1928.
Unannotated systematic list.
Loca
Baerecke, J. F. Analytical key to the ferns and flowering plants in the At-
lantie section of middle Florida (wild and cultivated). 2d ed. 177 p. 20 em.
Deland, 1914. (ist ed., 1906.)
Annotated flora, in form of keys; authorities for botanical names omitted.
Bowman, H. H. M. Botanical ecology of the Dry Tortugas. Papers Dept.
Mar. Biol. Carnegie Inst. Washington 12: 109-188. 7 fig. (maps), 6 pl. 1918.
Geology, climate, general features of vegetation, discussion of each key with
list of species and map showing location of each species; ecology; list of marine
plants.
Chapman, A. W. A list of plants growing spontaneously in the vicinity of
Quincy, Florida. West. Jour. Med. and Surg. (Louisville, Ky.) n. s., 3: 461-483.
1845. (Reprinted, 23 p.)
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Gadsden County.)
ee
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 173
Harper, R. M. Geography and vegetation of northern Florida. Ann. Rpt.
Florida State Geol. Survey 6: 168-487 (incl. map, plates). 1914. (Reprinted.)
Includes lists of principal species, divided according to habit, from 20 local
regions north of the southern boundaries of Lafayette, Alachua, Putnam, and
St. Johns Counties, with account of geology, soils, topography, vegetation types,
and economic features of each region; annotated bibliography.
Geography of central Florida. Ann. Rpt. Florida State Geol. Survey
13: 71-288. fig. 2-43 (incl. maps). 1921.
Includes (p. 84-153) brief lists of the commonest plants in 10 regions from
Levy, Marion, and Volusia to Hillsborough, Polk, Osceola, and Brevard Counties,
with notes on topography, geology, soils, vegetation, agriculture, ete., of each
region.
Hitchcock, A. S. A list of plants collected in Lee County, Florida. Proc.
Iowa Acad. Sci. 9 (1901) : 189-225. 1902.
General features of flora; annotated list of 549 vascular plants collected by
the author in 1900.
McAtee, W. L. A list of plants collected on St. Vincent Island, Florida.
Proce. Biol. Soe. Washington 26: 39-51. 1913.
List of 261 vascular plants collected in late autumn and winter, with notes
on fruiting and flowering. (Near Apalachicola, in Franklin County.)
Melvill, J. C. List of the phanerogams of Key West, south Florida, mostly
observed there in March, 1872. Mem. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soe. III, 8: 188—-
154. 1884.
Topography ; annotated list of 168 vascular plants, plus a few sedges, grasses,
and ferns. (Monroe County.)
Millspaugh, C. F. Flora of the sand keys of Florida. Pub. Field Mus. Nat.
Hist. 118, Bot. Ser. 2: 191-245. illus. (maps). 1907.
List of vascular plants of each of the sand keys to the westward of Key West,
with map of each key, showing graphically the distribution of each species;
table summarizing local distribution.
Murrill, W. A. Flora of Alachua County, Florida. Preliminary check list.
35 p. 28 cm. Gainesville, 1937.
Soils, ete.: list of vascular plants, annotated as to abundance, divided into
vines, shrubs, trees, Compositae, etc.; the grasses, sedges, and rushes “reserved
for a separate publication.” (Processed publication.)
Small, J. K. Flora of Miami; being descriptions of the seed-plants growing
naturally on the Everglade keys and in the adjacent Everglades, southern penin-
sular Florida. xii, 206 p. 23.5 cm. New York, 1918.
Descriptive flora, with keys; general range stated. (Dade County.)
Flora of the Florida Keys; being descriptions of the seed-plants
growing naturally on the islands of the Florida reef from Virginia Key to Dry
Tortugas. xii, 162 p. 23.5 cm. New York, 1913.
Descriptive flora, with keys; extralimital range given.
GEORGIA
General
Anonymous. Catalogue of the flora in Georgia, arranged according to the
Linnean and natural system. In White, George. Statistics of Georgia. suppl.
p. 48-77. Savannah, 1849.
Unannotated alphabetical list of vascular plants, of uncertain authorship.
Harper, R. M. Georgia’s forest resources. South. Woodlands 1 (38): 4-23,
(4): 1-19, (5): 3-19, (6): 15-382. illus. (maps), 3 pl., map. 1907-08.
Botanical explorations and publications, phytogeographical regions; anno-
tated list of 134 trees, in reverse of the usual systematic order, with mention
of about 20 others of probable occurrence.
Justice, R. S. Some medicinal and poisonous plants of Georgia. Bul. Univ.
Georgia v. 39, no. 9. iii, 49 p. 2 fig. (maps). 19389.
Includes annotated alphabetical lists of medicinal and poisonous plants.
174 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Feay, W. T. Catalogue of phaenogamous plants, growing spontaneously
within thirty miles of Savannah, Geo., with their periods of inflorescence,
heights, stations, etc., arranged alphabetically for convenience of reference, and
numbered consecutively for facilitating exchanges. Oglethorpe Med. and Surg.
Jour. 3: 167-217. 1860.
Annotated alphabetical tabular list of 794 plants.
Harper, R. M. Notes on the flora of middle Georgia. Bul. Torrey Club 27:
320-341. pl. 22. 1900.
Topography, ete.; lists of species belonging to different floral areas; records
of rare species. (In Clarke, Jackson, Oconee, and Walton Counties. )
Notes on the flora of south Georgia. Bul. Torrey Club 27: 413-436.
1900.
Lists of species of different habitats; annotated list of rarer vascular plants
collected by the author in 1895-97, mostly in vicinity of Americus, Sumpter
County.
A phytogeographical sketch of the Altamaha grit region of the
coastal plain of Georgia. Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 1-357. 28 pl., map. 1906.
Topography, climatology, habitat groups, ete.; annotated list of plants (739
vascular) ; general features of distribution; bibliography. (A roughly diamond-
shaped region in southern Georgia, south of 32°50’ N. Lat., extending from the
southwest corner of the State northeast to Screven County.)
Wright, A. H., and Wright, A. A. The habitats and composition of the
vegetation of Okefinokee Swamp, Georgia. Ecol. Monog. 2: 109-232. 175 fig.
(incl. maps). 1932.
Ecological; includes lists of vascular plants of different habitats. (The area
is mostly in Charlton County.)
IDAHO
See also Oregon (Hemenway) ; Washington (St. John, Flora of southeastern Washington ;
St. John and Warren, Preliminary list of the plants of the Kaniksu National Forest).
Local
Holzinger, J. M. Report on a collection of plants made by J. H. Sandberg
and assistants in northern Idaho in the year 1892. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 3:
205-287. pl. 3-4. 1895.
List of vascular and cellular plants, with data of collections of each. A critical
review by A. A. Heller (Bul. Torrey Club 23: 155-157. 1896) should be con-
sulted in connection with this list. (Principally in Nez Perce, Latah, and
Kootenai Counties.)
Spinden, H. J. The Nez Percé Indians. Mem. Amer. Anthropol. Assoc. 2:
165-274. fig. 2-6, pl. 6-10. 1908.
Includes (p 200-205) an account of plants used as food. ‘These Indians inhab-
ited Idaho, Oregon, and Washington from the Bitterroot Mountains to the Blue
Mountains.
ILLINOIS
See also Indiana (Schneck) ; Missouri (Engelmann Botanical Club).
General
Carter, J. M. G. A synopsis of the medical botany of Illinois. 45 p. 24.5 cm.
Chicago, 1884.
Briefly annotated systematic list, including cultivated plants.
Miller, R. B., and Tehon, L. R. The native and naturalized trees of Illinois.
Bul. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey 18: 1-339 (incl. 149 fig., 98 pl.). 1929.
Keys; list, with descriptions, distribution, uses; forest reserves, ete.
Patterson, H. N. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous
plants of Illinois, native and introduced. 54 p. 21.5 cm. Oquawka, 1876.
Annotated list of 1,542 vascular plants.
~ oa
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 175
Local
Brendel, Frederick. Flora Peoriana; the vegetation in the climate of middle
Illinois. 89 p. 26cm. Peoria, 1887.
Topography, climate, habitats, etc.; list of vascular and cellular plants (835
vascular), with very brief annotations. (Peoria County.) An enlarged and
corrected issue of his Flora Peoriana originally published in Természetrajzi
fiizetek vy. 5, pt. 2-4, 1882. (Reprinted, 107 p.)
Gates, F. C. Contribution to the flora of Cass County, Lllinois. Trans. Illi-
nois State Acad. Sci. 15: 165-170. 1922.
Unannotated list of 398 vascular plants from vicinity of Virginia, Cass County.
Contributions to the flora of Hancock County, Illinois. Trans. Illinois
State Acad. Sci. 18: 225-234. 1925.
Topography, ete.; unannotated list of over 650 vascular plants.
The vegetation of the beach area in northeastern Illinois and south-
eastern Wisconsin. Bul. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 9: 255-3872. pl. 37-56.
1912.
Mainly ecological; contains annotated list of plants; bibliography.
Gleason, H. A. The vegetation of the inland sand deposits of Illinois. Bul.
Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 9: 23-174. 20 pl. 1910.
Mainly ecological; contains annotated list of vascular plants; bibliography.
(Includes several areas north of 40° N. Lat.)
Henderson, L. B. The plants of Castle Rock. <A preliminary report. Trans.
Illinois State Acad. Sci. 21: 144-151. 1929.
Geology, general features of flora; list of cellular and vascular plants, ecologi-
cally arranged. (Ogle County.)
Huett, J. W. Essay toward a natural history of La Salle County, Ill. Pt, I—
Botany. Flora La Sallensis. 136 p. 28.5 em. Ottawa, IIl., 1897.
Botanical explorations, topography, geology, climate, general features of flora,
ete.; annotated list of vascular plants.
Patterson, H. N. A list of plants collected in the vicinity of Oquawka, Hen-
derson County, Ills. 18 p. 23 cm. Oquawka, 1874.
List of 709 vascular plants (also mosses), with flowering dates and occasional
annotations. Has only cover title; caption title reads: Catalogue.
Pepoon, H.S. An annotated flora of the Chicago area. xxii, 554 p. illus. (incl.
maps), pl. 23.5 em. Chicago, 1927. (Bulletin 8, Natural history survey
[Chicago Academy of Sciences].)
Geology, floral regions; annotated list of 1,903 vascular plants. Replaces the
earlier “Flora of Cook County, Illinois, and a part of Lake County, Indiana” of
W. K. Higley and C. S. Raddin, 1891.—See also Buhl, C. A. Supplement...
Bul. Chicago Acad. Sci. 5: 5-12. 1934. (Region in vicinity of Lake Michigan
from north of Waukegan, Illinois, nearly to Michigan City, Indiana, including
Cook, Du Page, and part of Will and Lake Counties, Ill., and northern part of
Lake and Porter Counties, Ind.)
Raddin, C.S. Catalogue of the phaenogamous plants of Evanston and vicinity,
for 1883: 26 p. 19cm. Evanston, 1883.
Unannotated list of 706 species. (Cook County.)
Ridgway, Robert. Notes on the native trees of the lower Wabash and White
River valleys, in Illinois and Indiana. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 5: 49-88. 1883
(1882) —Additions and corrections to the list of native trees of the lower Wabash.
Bot. Gaz. 8: 345-352. 1883.—Additional notes... Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 17:
409-421. pl. 10-15. 1895.
Loeal distribution, dimensions of large trees; annotated list of 92 trees, with
special mention of large specimens. (Southeastern Illinois and adjacent Indiana
from about 37°50’ to 38°50’ N. Lat., with especial reference to vicinity of Mount
Carmel, Wabash County, Lllinois.)
Sampson, H. C. An ecological survey of the prairie vegetation of Illinois.
Bul. Illinois State Nat. Hist. Survey 18: 523-577. illus. (maps), pl. 48-77. 1921.
Includes (p. 559-568) tabular list of vascular plants, with indication of their
plant associations.
241306°—42——_12
176 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Thone, Frank. Preliminary check list of the vascular plants of the [llinois
State Park at Starved Rock, LaSalle County. Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci.
17: 100-106. 1925.
Botanical explorations; unannotated list of vascular plants; bibliography.—
See also Ries, D. T. Additions to the flora of Starved Rock State Park. 1 ¢.
32: 89-90. 1939.
INDIANA
See also Illinois (Pepoon; Ridgway).
General
Coulter, J. M. A century of botany in Indiana. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.
1916: 236-260. 1917.
Brief summary of local botanical history; mostly unannotated bibliography,
arranged alphabetically by authors. Incorporates and replaces, except for a few
annotations, Underwood, L. M. Bibliography of Indiana botany. l. ec. 1893:
20-380. 1894.
Coulter, Stanley. A catalogue of the flowering plants and of the ferns and
their allies indigenous to Indiana. Ann. Rpt. Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res.
24: 553-1002, 1019-1074. 1900.—Additions to the flora of Indiana. Proc. Indiana
Acad. Sci. 1900: 136-143. 1901.—Contributions ... 1. ec 1901: 297-303. 1902.
Geography, physiography, plant societies, poisonous plants, etc.; bibliography ;
annotated list of vascular plants—See also Deam, C. C. Plants new to Indiana
I-XX. In Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1904—06, 1909, 1911, 1914-16, 1918, 1920-23,
35 (1925),37 (1927), 389 (1929)—-44 (1934), passim. 1905-35. Title varies.
Deam, C. C. Flora of Indiana: on the distribution of the ferns, fern allies and
flowering plants. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 34: 39-53. 1925.
Summary of floral investigations; topography, climate, life zones, botanical
habitats, bibliography. Total flora (vascular plants) 1,980 species.
Shrubs of Indiana. 2d ed. Pub. Dept. Conserv. Indiana 44. 380 p.
(inel. 153 pl., maps). 1932. (1st ed., 1924.)
Annotated descriptive flora of shrubby plants; list of excluded species.
Trees of Indiana. 2d rev. ed. Pub. Dept. Conserv. Indiana 13. 326 p.
(incl. 140 pL, maps). 1932. (Other eds., 1912, 1918, 1919, 1921.)
Descriptive flora, with keys; list of excluded species; tables of measurements
of large trees and of specific gravity of woods.
McDonald, E. S., sister. The life-forms of the flowering plants of Indiana.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 18: 687-773 (incl. 7 pl.). 1937.
Includes systematic list of 2,109 species of spermatophytes of the State, fur-
nished by C. C. Deam, with ecologicai annotations by symbols, but no data on
distribution.
Local
Baird, J. F., and Taylor, J. L. Catalogue of phaenogamous and vascular
cryptogamous plants of Clark County, Indiana. Jn Manual of the public schools
of Clark County, Ind., for 1878-79. p. 46-65. 1878.
List of vascular plants, with flowering dates.
Barnes, C. R. Catalogue of phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous plants
found growing wild in Jefferson County, Indiana ... To which is added a list of
plants growing in Clark County, but not found in Jefferson. By J. F. Baird.
9p. 24cm. Madison, 1878.—Addenda. Bot. Gaz. 3:18. 1878.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
Blatchley, W. S. A catalogue of the uncultivated ferns and fern allies
(Pteridophyta) and the flowering plants (Spermatophyta) of Vigo County, In-
diana. Ann. Rpt. Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res. 21: 577-708. 1897.
Topography, soils, etc.; annotated list of 853 vascular plants.
Bradner, E. A partial catalogue of the flora of Steuben County. Ann. Rpt.
Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res. 17 (1891) : 185-159. 1892.
Partly annotated list of 729 vascular plants.
Clark, H. W. Flora of Eagle Lake and vicinity. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.
1901: 128-192. 7 fig. 1902.
Physiography, general features of flora, plant formations; annotated list of 578
vascular plants. Eagle or Winona Lake is in Kosciusko County.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD a7
Coulter, J. M. A partial list of the flora of Jefferson County, Indiana. Ann.
Rpt. Geol. Survey Indiana 6 (1874) : 230-277. 1875.—Some plants new to Jeffer-
son County. Bot. Bul. (i. e. Bot. Gaz.) 1: 34-85. 1876.
Annotated list of 721 plants, nearly all vascular.
Erlanson, E. W. List of Indiana plants, chiefly from Putnam County, col-
lected 1910-1915 by Earl J. Grimes. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 33 (1923) : 128-162.
1924.
List of vascular plants, with data.
Evermann, B. W., and Clark, H. W. The flora of Lake Maxinkuckee and
vicinity. Jn their Lake Maxinkuckee ... Pub. Dept. Conserv. Indiana no. 7,
v. 2, p. 117-447. 1920.
Aquatic flora, land flora, etc.; annotated lists of algae, aquatic plants, and
vascular plants (838 species). (Marshall County.)
Heimlich, L. F. Native plants of White County III-VI. Proc. Indiana Acad.
Sci. 1920: 219-224. 1921; 1921: 117-119. 1922; 1922: 281-289. 4 fig. 1923;
1928 (v. 33): 225-231. 5 fig. 1924.
Partly annotated list of 440 vascular plants. Titles vary slightly. The first
two papers of the series were his The primrose-leaved violet in White County.
l. ec. 1914: 213-217. 1915.—The trees of White County, Indiana, with some
reference to those of the State. lec. 1917: 387-471. 32 fig. (incl. maps). 1918.
Lyon, M. W., jr. List of flowering plants and ferns in the Dunes State Park
and vicinity, Porter County, Indiana. Amer. Midl. Nat. 10: 245-295. 1927.—
Supplement. 1. c. 12: 33-43. 19380.
Habitats, brief bibliography: annotated list of 825 species and varieties of
vascular plants (including supplement).
McDonald, E. S., sister. The ferns and the flowering plants of Saint Joseph
County, Indiana. Amer. Midl. Nat. 15: 203-240. 1 fig. (map). 1934.
List of vascular plants, with localities; bibliography.
Meyncke, O. M. The flora of Franklin County ... Bul. Brookville [Ind.]
Soe. Nat. Hist. 1: 13-38. 1885; 2: 45-49. 1886.
Annotated list of spermatophytes.
Peattie, D. C. Flora of the Indiana dunes. A handbook of the flowering
plants and ferns of the Lake Michigan coast of Indiana and of the Calumet
district. 482 p. 38 fig., map. 19.5 em. Chicago, 19380.
Annotated descriptive flora of over 1,800 vascular plants, with keys. (In
Lake, Porter, and La Porte Counties.)—See also Buhl, C. A. Notes on the flora
of the Indiana dunes. Amer. Midl. Nat. 16: 248-253. 1935.
Phinney, A. J. Catalogue of the flora of central-eastern Indiana. (Alpine,
or elevated, district of the State.) Ann. Rpt. Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist.
12: 196-236. 1883.
General features of flora; annotated list of 789 vascular plants from Dela-
ware, Wayne, Randolph, and Jay Counties, mostly (720) from Delaware County.
Price, Gladys, and Welch, W. H. Enumeration of the vascular flora of a
limestone area of the Bloomington quadrangle, Monroe County, Indiana. Proc.
Indiana Acad. Sci. 39 (1929) : 127-181. 1930.
Unannotated list of 899 species and varieties of vascular plants in an area
of 4 square miles northeast of Bloomington.
Schneck, Jacob. Catalogue of the flora of the Wabash Valley below the mouth
of White River, and observations thereon. Ann. Rpt. Geol. Survey Indiana 7
(1875) : 504-579. 1876.
Topography, general features of flora, measurements of large trees; anno-
tated list of 867 vascular plants and Characeae. The region covered is in
Gibson and Posey Counties, Ind., and Wabash, Edwards, White, and Gallatin
Counties, [1l.—For additions, see the author’s Some plants of the lower Wabash.
Bot. Gaz. 2: 88. 1877.—Also Deam, C. C. Additions... Proc. Indiana Acad.
Sci. 1911: 365-369. 1912.
Smith, C. P. Report upon a botanical survey of the Indiana State forest
reservation. Ann. Rpt. State Bd. Forestry Indiana 3: 73-[161] (incl. 45 pl.).
map. 1904.
Soil, etc.; annotated lists of trees and of other vascular plants. (Clark
County.)
178 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Van Gorder, W. B. Flora of Noble County. Ann. Rpt. Dept. Geol. and Nat.
Res. Indiana 18 (1893): 33-71. 189%.
Annotated list of 724 vascular plants.
Welch, W. H. Enumeration of the vascular flora of Jasper County, Indiana.
Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 36: 213-220. 1927—-Additions ...TI Il. 1. c. 40: 119-
121. 1931: 45: T7. 1986.
Unannotated list of 662 species and varieties.
Wilson, Guy. Flora of Hamilton and Marion Counties, Indiana. Proc. In-
diana Acad. Sci. 1894: 156-176. 1895.
Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants—See also Douglass, B. W.
Additions to the flora of Marion County... l«@ 1904: 223-224. 1905.
Young, A. H. Manual of the botany of Jefferson Co. Rpt. Geol. Survey
Indiana 2: 241-292. 1S87i—Notes on some interesting plants found in Jefferson
County. Bot. Bul. (i. e. Bot. Gaz.) 1: 6-8. 1875.
Annotated list of 609 angiosperms; medicinal uses indicated.
IOWA
‘ Bee also Minnesota (MacMillan); Wisconsin (Smith, Ethnobotany of the Meskwaki
ndians).
General
Bode, I. T., and MacDonald, G. B. A handbook of the native trees of Iowa.
95 p. illus. 19 cm. Ames, [19287].
Annotated descriptive list, with figure of each species; popular treatment.
Cratty, R. I. The immigrant flora of Iowa. Iowa State Col. Jour. Sci. 3: 247-
269. 1929—Notes on the immigrant flora...I le. 8: 309-311. 1934.
Annotated list of 263 vascular plants, with date of first record.
The Iowa flora. An annotated list of the ferns, fern allies and the
native and introduced flowering plants of the State represented in the Iowa
State College herbarium. Iowa State Col. Jour. Sci. 7: 177-252. 1933.
Annotated list of 1.608 vascular plants, of which 1.263 are native.
Fitzpatrick, T. J. Manual of the flowering plants of Iowa. 2 pts. (148 p.)
22.5 em. [Lamoni, lowa,] 1899.
Descriptive flora; distribution given in some detail. Pt. 1, Polypetalae; pt. 2,
Gamopetalae; no more published.
Greene, Wesley. Plants of Iowa. A preliminary list of the native and in-
troduced plants of the State, not under cultivation. 264 p. 22.5 ¢m. Des Moines,
1907. (Bulletin of the State Horticultural Society.)
Annotated list of 3.115 species, of which about 1,600 are vascular plants.
Macbride, T. H. Twenty-five years of botany in lowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
19: 43-63. 1912. (Reprinted and rey. 1914.)
Sketch of botanical work: unannotated bibliography for 1SS8—1912.
Pammel, L. H. A century of botany in Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 31
(1924) :45-68. [1€257]
Biological organizations, explorations, running account of botanical activities
in various fields.
Native shrubs of lowa. Rpt. Iowa State Hort. Soc. 49: 3443. 2 pl.
1915.
Annotated list.
and Fogel, E. D. A catalogue of the poisonous plants of Iowa. Proc.
Towa Acad. Sci. 14: 147-176 (incl. 4 maps). 1907.
Bibliography ; annotated systematic list of 275 plants.
King, C. M., and others. The weed flora of Iowa. rev. ed. Iowa
Geol. Survey Bul. no. 4. vi, 715 p. 512 fig. 1926. (1st ed. 1913.)
Systematic list, with brief descriptions, range, and method of treatment;
chapters on seed characters, weed migrations, etc.; bibliography.
Rauch, J. H. Report [on the medical and economical botany of Iowa]. Proc.
Iowa State Med. and Chirurg. Soc. 2: 11-52. 1851.
Annotated list of medicinal and other useful plants of Lowa.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 179
Local
Barnes, W. D., Reppert, Fred, and Miller, A. A. The flora of Scott and Mus-
catine Counties. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. 8: 199-287 (incl. 2 pl.). 1901.
Annotated list of 1,068 vascular plants.
Boot, D. H. Plant studies in Lyon County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 24
(1917) : 893-414 (incl. fig. 80, pl. 11-12). [1918?]
Mainly ecological; includes tabular list of 162 vascular plants.
Burk, M. M. J. Flowering plants of Black Hawk County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 38 (19381) : 1385-149. [19827]
General features of flora; unannotated list of angiosperms.
Conard, H. S. Plants of central Iowa, being a third edition of the Grinnell
Hora Oo) op: illus.” 22).em>) Grinnell, | (1929?) Gist” ed: [1923]; 2d~ ed:
[1925].)
Unannotated flora in form of keys, without authorities for the botanical
names. A 5th ed., 1989 (not seen), has title: Plants of Iowa.
Diehl, W. W. The flora of The Ledges region of Boone County, Iowa. Proc.
Towa Acad. Sci. 22: 77-104. pl. 18-19. 1915. (Reprinted as Contrib. Bot. Dept.
Iowa State Col. no. 61.)
Ecology; annotated list of vascular plants; bibliography.
Fink, Bruce. Spermaphyta of the flora of Fayette, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci. 4: 81-107. 1897.
Topography; annotated list of over 700 seed plants from within 5 miles of
Fayette, Fayette County.
Fitzpatrick, T. J. Forest trees and shrubs of Decatur County. Jn Bain,
H. F. Geology of Decatur County. Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey 8: 309-814.
1898.
Annotated list.
Notes on the flora of northeastern Iowa. Proc. lowa Acad. Sci. 5:
107-183. 1898.
Annotated list of vascular plants and a few cellular plants collected by the
author in Winneshiek, Allamakee, Clayton, Dubuque, Jackson, Clinton, and
Seott Counties in 1895, with localities.
and Fitzpatrick, M. F. L. Flora of southern Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci. 5: 1384-178. 1898; 6: 173-202. 1899.
Annotated list of vascular plants and a few cellular plants, mostly collected by
the authors, with localities—See also Anderson, J. P. Plants new to the flora
of Decatur County, Iowa. 1. ec. 12: 133--188. 1905.—Also his Additions...
Iowa Nat. 2: 7-8. 1906.
Fults, J. L. <A botanical survey of Lee County, Iowa. Iowa State Col. Jour.
Sei. 8: 251-298. 1984.
Physiography, climate, soils, botanical explorations; annotated list of about
645 vascular plants.
Geiser, S. W. The flowering plants of a typical locality in northeastern Iowa.
19 p. 23 em. Fayette, Iowa, 1918. (Bulletin of the Upper Iowa University, v. 20,
no. 5, Biol. Ser. no. 2.)
List of spermatophytes of region around Fayette, with annotative information
conveyed by a number system. (Fayette County.)
Gow, J. E. Preliminary list of the flowering plants of Adair County. Proc.
Iowa Acad. Sci. 8: 152-159. 1901. (Reprinted in Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey
27: 336-344. [1917?].)
Partly annotated list of phanerogams.—See also his Forest trees of Adair
County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 6: 56-638. map. 1899.
Hitchcock, A. S. A catalogue of the Anthophyta and Pteridophyta of Ames,
Iowa. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 5: 477-532. 1891.
Topography, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants.—See also Lindly, J. M.
Flowers of Story County. Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci. 18: 19-24, 1911.
(Refers almost entirely to Ames.) (Story County.)
McDonald, Malcolm. The woody plants of southeastern Iowa. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 44 (1987) : 65-74. [193887]
Tabular list of 168 species and varieties, showing distribution by counties;
bibliography.
Mueller, H. A. A preliminary list of the flowering plants of Madison County.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 11: 261-279. 1904.
Topography ; annotated list of spermatophytes, except grasses and sedges,
180 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Nagel, J. J., and Haupt, J. G. List of phaenogamous plants, collected in the
vicinity of Davenport, Iowa ... during the years 1870 to 1875, inclusive. Proc.
Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci. 1: 155-164. 1876.
List of spermatophytes, with flowering dates. (Scott County.)
Oleson, O. M., and Somes, M. P. A flora of Webster County, Iowa. Proc.
Iowa Acad. Sci. 18: 25-58. 1906.
Topography, geology; annotated list of 852 vascular plants.
Pammel, L. H. Flora of northern Iowa peat bogs. Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol.
Survey 19: 735-777. fig. 106-117. 1909. (Reprinted as Contrib. Bot. Dept.
Iowa State Col. no. 40.)
General botanical features of peat bogs; tabular list of cellular and vascular
plants of peat bogs in Iowa, Wisconsin, Michigan, and Virginia; bibliography.
The flora of Pine Hollow, Dubuque County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci. 30 (1923) : 263-277. 14fig. [19247]
General features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants.
MacDonald, G. B., and Clark, H. B. The native and cultivated forest
trees and shrubs of the Missouri River basin. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 22: 23-56.
pl. 4-15. 1915.
Bibliography, topography, economic uses, distribution, etc.; annotated list with
localities. Covers principally the area between Sioux City and Hamburg.
Peck, M. E. The flowering plants of Hardin County. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
12: 193-241. 1905.
Annotated list of 704 spermatophytes.
Rigg, G. B. Notes on the flora of Calhoun County, Iowa. 37, [8] p. map.
19.5 em. Iowa City, 1896.
Physivgraphy ; annotated list of 178 vascular plants; lists of species grouped
by habitats.
Schadt, Conrad. Flora of Iowa County. Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey
20: 186-198. 1910.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
Shimek, Bohumil. The botanical manuals and the Iowa flora. Uniy. Iowa
Studies Nat. Hist. 14 (2) : 17-87. 1981.
Corrections in habitats and ranges, as relating to Iowa plants, in Gray’s
Manual and Britton’s Manual.
Botanical report. The prairies. In his Geology of Harrison and
Monona Counties. Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey 20: 426-483 (incl. pl. 33-41).
LO LO.
General features of prairie flora, etc.; alphabetical lists of vascular plants,
ecologically arranged; climate, etc.; annotated list of weeds.
Early Iowa locality records. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 22: 105-119. 1915
(1916).
Discussion of important localities in earlier publications, particularly Council
Bluffs.
The flora of Lyon County. Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey 10: 157-184.
1900.—Addenda ... Bul. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa 5: 215-216. 1901.
Soil, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants, ecologically
divided.
The plant geography of the Lake Okoboji region. Bul. Lab. Nat.
Hist. Univ. Iowa v. 7, no. 2. 90 p. 1 fig. (map), 8 pl, map. 1915—Addi-
tional notes. l.c¢. v. 7, no. 3 bis, p. 3-5. 1917.
Includes tabular list of vascular and cellular plants. (Dickinson County.)
The plants of Winneshiek County. Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey
16: 147-211. 1906. (Reprinted with title: Flora of Winneshiek County.)
Collectors, etc.: annotated list of vascular plants; bibliographical footnotes.
The prairies. Bul. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa 6 (2): 169-240. 13
pl.,map. 1911.
Mainly ecological; includes alphabetical list of typical prairie plants of
Iowa, with indication of ecological habitat; bibliography. The list of prairie
plants is nearly the same as that in his Botanicalreport. Theprairies. 1910.
The sand-flora of Iowa. Bul. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa 7 (3, i. e.
4) 6-24. 5 pl itr
Ecology; tabular list of vascular plants, with habitat indicated.
~
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 181
Somes, M. P. Notes on the flora of Johnson County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 20: 27-101. 1913.
Topography ; annotated list of 1,005 vascular plants.
Tolstead, W. L. A flora of Winneshiek and Allamakee Counties and Clayton
County in the vicinity of McGregor. Iowa State Col. Jour. Sci. 12: 321-384.
2 pl. 19388.
Physiography, geology, soils, climate, botanical explorations; annotated list
of bryophytes and vascular plants; plant formations, bibliography.
Tuttle, F. M. Flora of Mitchell County. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 26 (1919) :
269-299. fig. 92-95. [19207]
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants.
Verink, E. D. A preliminary report on the flora of Linn County. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sei. 21: 77-99. 1914.
Annotated list of vascular plants, the families arranged alphabetically.
Wolden, B. O. The plants of Emmet County, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
39 (1932) : 89-182. [19337]
General features of region, bibliography; annotated list of 930 species and
varieties of vascular plants. Replaces Cratty, R. I. Flora of Emmet County,
Iowa. Proce. Iowa Acad. Sci. 11: 201-251. 1904; Iowa Nat. 1: 36-38. 1905.
KANSAS
Genera.
Gates, F. C. Handbook of Kansas trees. Rpt. Kansas State Bd. Agr. 47
(186-A : Trees in Kansas) : 148-372. fig. 117-209. 1928.
Descriptive flora of native and principal cultivated species; each species illus-
trated by figures of the leaves, fruit, and details; bibliography; keys.
Principal poisonous plants in Kansas. Tech. Bul. Kansas Agr. Expt.
Sta. 25. 67 p. 64 fig. 1930.
General considerations; annotated systematic list of poisonous vascular
plants.
Woody plants, native and naturalized in Kansas. Trans. Kansas
Acad. Sci. 41: 99-118 (incl. maps). 1988.
Briefly annotated list of 208 trees, shrubs, and woody vines, with the range of
each species shown on a small map of the State.
Hitchcock, A. S. Flora of Kansas. A series of maps illustrating the dis-
tribution of flowering plants by counties ... Maps prepared by J. B. Norton
and J. M. Westgate. 21. 20 (i. e. 22) maps. 28cm. Manhattan, 1899. (Partly
reprinted from Industrialist, v. 24, 1898.)
Consists of a foreword and about 1,350 tiny maps showing distribution of each
vascular plant by counties.
Kellerman, W. A., and Kellerman, S. D. Kansas school botany consisting
of the analytical flora of Kansas, to which is prefixed an introductory botany
and glossary. 58, 197 p. 109 fig. 19 cm. Manhattan, 1888.
Keys to all vascular plants with brief descriptions, unannotated. The illus-
trations belong to introductory botany.
Smyth, B. B. Check list of the plants of Kansas. 2d ed. 36 p. 23.5 cm.
Topeka, 1892 (1898). (1st ed., 1892.)
List of 2,037 plants (of which 1,983 are vascular), with local distribution
indicated by districts. The 2d ed. is merely the first ed., with additions on
p. 34-86, dated Mar. 1893.
Preliminary list of medicinal and economic Kansas plants, with their
reputed therapeutic value. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 18: 191-209. 23 fig. 1903.
Very briefly annotated list of 307 plants, alphabetically arranged.
and Smyth, L. C. R. Catalogue of the flora of Kansas I-II. Trans.
Kansas Acad. Sci. 23/24: 278-295. 1911; 25: 68-128. 1913.
Annotated list of plants from Bryophyta through Monocotyledones (Hngler
and Prantl system) ; 800 species, of which 668 are vascular; includes cultivated
plants. Never completed.
Welch, J. M. The medical flora of Kansas; or the medicinal plants indige-
nous in that State. Trans, Natl. Eclect. Med. Assoc. 10: 458-472. 1888.
Annotated list,
~
182 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Anderson, J. P. Annotated list of plants collected in Greeley and Wallace
Counties, Kansas. Iowa Nat. 3: 2-20. 1917. (Reprinted.)
Topography; annotated list of 226 vascular plants.
Castle, W. E. A list of flowering plants and ferns. Collected in Franklin
County, Kansas, during the months of April, May, September, and October, 1890—
92. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 18: 80-89. 1898.
List of 452 vascular plants collected by author in vicinity of Ottawa.
Doell, J. H. The flora of the sand hills of Harvey County, Kansas. Kansas
Univ. Sci. Bul. 25: 113-147 (incl. 4 fig., pl. 13-18). 1988 [1939].
Ecological; includes unannotated list of vascular plants; bibliography.
Fraser, S. V. The flora of Cloud County. Trans. Kansas Aead. Sci. 34:
220-230. [1931].
General features of flora; unannotated list of slightly over 600 vascular plants.
Hancin, John. Flora of Saline County: ferns and flowering plants. Trans.
Kansas Acad. Sci. 42: 1389-149. 1939.
Soil, effects of cultivation on flora, ete.; essentially unannotated list of vascular
plants.
Harnly, H. J. A provisional list of the flowering plants of McPherson
County. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 15: 75-78. 1898.
Unannotated list of 183 angiosperms.
Maus, P. M. Flora of Wabaunsee County, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad.
Sci. 32: 88-104. [19307]
Topography, general features of flora; annotated list of 495 vascular plants, the
families arranged alphabetically.
Neher, S. J. The flora of Osborne County, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad.
Sei. 37: T7-82. 1934.
Physiography, general features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants,
the families arranged alphabetically.
Ross, Bennington, and Hall, H. H. A preliminary survey of the flora of
Crawford County State Park, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Aead. Sci. 42: 157-164
Gnek map)s. 1939:
Geology, soil, topography, climate; annotated tabular list of spermatophytes.
(Near Pittsburg.)
Stevens, O. A. Plants of Manhattan and Blue Rapids, Kansas, with dates of
flowering. Amer. Midl. Nat. 5: 71-87, 98-112, 1138-129, 201-204. 1917.
Annotated list of vascular plants. The localities are in Riley and Marshall
Counties, respectively.
Stieferman, M. A., sister. The seed plants of Sedgwick County, Kansas.
Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 42: 179-195 (incl. map): 1989.
Soil, topography, ete. ; unannotated list of angiosperms.
Weber, Clement. The flora of Clay County, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad.
Sci. 33: 87-106. [1931].
History ; mostly unannotated list of about 600 vascular plants.
The flora of Sheridan County, Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 835:
161-178. [1982]. ;
Physiography, ete.; unannotated list of 476 vascular plants.
Plants that grow in Ellsworth County. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci.
32: 68-79. [19307].
Topography, soil, ete.; unannotated list of 448 vascular plants.
KENTUCKY
See also Ohio (Braun).
General
Frazee, L. J. Report on the indigenous botany of Kentucky. Proc. Kentucky
State Med. Soe. 14: 47-62. 1869.
Sketch of botanical explorations and publications; unannotated alphabetical
list of medicinal plants,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 183
Garman, Harrison. The woody plants of Kentucky. Bul. Kentucky Agr.
Expt. Sta. 169. 62 p. 20 fig. (in text and on 10 pl., incl. 2 ports.). 1915.
Annotated list, the local distribution given in detail.
Spilman, C. H. Catalogue of Kentucky plants. Trans. Kentucky State Med.
Soe. 1852: 306-318. 1853.
Unannotated alphabetical list of vascular plants.
Local
Greenwell, R. A., sister. A flora of Nelson County, Kentucky, with a selected
list of economically important plants. Biol. Ser. Catholic Univ. Amer. no. 20.
xiv, 204 p. 1985.
Topography, geology, botanical explorations; annotated list of 863 vascular
plants, with keys.
Hussey, John. Report on the botany of Barren and Edmonson Counties.
Rpt. Prog. Geol. Survey Kentucky II, v. 1, pt. 2. 82 p. 1876. (Reprinted in
Geological survey of Kentucky. Timber and botany, B. [no. 2]. 1884.)
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
Kearney, T. H. Notes on the flora of southeastern Kentucky, with a list of
plants collected in Harlan and Bell Counties in 1893. Bul. Torrey Club 20:
474-485. 1893. (Reprinted as Contrib. Herb. Columbia Col. no. 48.)
Rarer plants of special localities; unannotated list of vascular plants col-
lected.
Linney, W. M. Report on the botany of Madison, Lincoln, Garrard, Wash-
ington, and Marion Counties, Kentucky. 57 p. 26.5 cm. Frankfort, Ky. [1882].
(Publication of Geological survey of Kentucky.)
Unannotated list of 682 vascular plants.
Report on the timbers of Boyle and Mercer Counties. Rpt. Prog.
Geol. Survey Kentucky II, v. 5, pt.11. 36 p. 1880.
Includes list of vascular plants.
Nelson, J. C. Plants of Boone County, Kentucky. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci.
1918: 125-148. 1919.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Price, S. F. Flora of Warren County, Kentucky. 31 p. 20cm. New London,
Wis., 1893.
Unannotated list of 714 vascular plants. The United States Department of
Agriculture copy contains numerous corrections and additions in Miss Price’s
hand.
LOUISIANA
General
Cocks, R. S. A list of the shrubs of Louisiana. Jour. Arnold Arboretum
3: 173-182. 1922.
Annotated list, with flowering and fruiting dates.
A list of the trees of Louisiana. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 2: 204—
216. 1921.
Annotated list; dimensions of various large trees.
Hale, Josiah. Report on the medical botany of the State of Louisiana. New
Orleans Med. and Surg. Jour. 9: 152-178, 287-818. 1852-53.
Annotated systematic list.
Riddell, J. L. Catalogus florae ludovicianae. New Orleans Med. and Surg.
Jour. 8: 7438-764. 1852. (Reprinted. )
Unannotated list of vascular plants based on studies of J. L. Riddell, Josiah
Hale, and W‘.. M. Carpenter. Refers to a much more extensive “Plants of Louisi-
ana” sent by the author to the Smithsonian Institution in 1851, but never published.
Local
Brown, C. A. Plants observed on an excursion to Grand Isle, Louisiana.
Bul. Torrey Club 57: 509-513. 1 fig. (map). 1980.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants, alphabetically arranged
under three habitat groups. (Jefferson Parish.)
184 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Cocks, R. S. The flora of the Gulf Biologic Station. Bul. Gulf Biol. Sta.
Cameron, La. no. 7. 42 p. 1907.
History of botanical work in Louisiana; annotated list of plants collected
near Cameron, Cameron Parish; notes on rare plants from prairie region of south-
western Louisiana.
Dodson, W. R. The principal plants of economic value in the Florida parishes
and southwest Louisiana. Jn Clendenin, W. W. A preliminary report upon
the Florida parishes of east Louisiana ... Geol. and Agr. State Exp. Sta.
[Louisiana] pt. 3. p. 249-256. [1896.]
Systematic list, classified by uses, mostly unannotated.
Featherman, Americus. Report of botanical survey of southern and central
Louisiana, made during the year 1870. 131 p. 23 cm. New Orleans, 1871.
Contains (p. 77-129) a list of cellular and vascular plants, with localities.
Third annual report of botanical survey of southwest and northwest
Louisiana made during the year 1871. Ann. Rpt. Louisiana State Univ. 1871:
101-161. 1872.
Geology, general botanical features, author’s itineraries, economic plants, etc. ;
list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, under title Flora ludoviciana
(p. 143-160).
Langlois, A. B. Catalogue provisoire de plantes phanérogames et cryptogames
de la Basse-Louisiane, Etats-Unis d’Amérique. 35 p. 24 em. Saint-Etienne,
[1887].
Unannotated list of 1,214 vascular plants, also cellular plants. Refers particu-
larly to Plaquemines Parish.
Lindly, J. M. Some of the flowering plants of Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 13: 161-166. 1906.
List of seed plants observed by author in the town of Welsh in winter of
1893-94, the families arranged alphabetically. (Jefferson Davis Parish.)
Lioyd, F. E., and Tracy, 8S. M. The insular fiora of Mississippi and Louisi-
ana. Bul. Torrey Club 28: 61-101. pl. 8-11. 1901. (Reprinted as Contrib.
Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. no. 174.)
Climate, physiography, plant formations; annotated list of vascular plants of
Mississippi Sound islands and delta; bibliography.
MAINE
General
Fernald, M. L. The Portland catalogue of Maine plants. 2ded. Proc. Port-
land Soc. Nat. Hist. 2: 41-72. 1892. (Reprinted.)—-[1st]-2d supplement...
l. c. 2: 73-96, 123-187. 1895-97. (1st ed., by G. L. Goodale and Joseph Blake,
1868.)
List of 1,410 species of vascular plants, with occasional notations (by signs)
concerning distribution. The supplements contain many additional species, with
annotations.
Maine forest service. Forest trees of Maine. [6th ed.] rev. by H. B. Peirson.
86 p. illus. 23.5 cm. Augusta, 1938. (1st ed., 1907.)
Annotated descriptive list, with illustration of nearly every species.
Perkins, A. E. Common plants as domestic remedies in Maine. Torreya
30: 63-68. 1930.
Running account of native medicinal plants.
Scribner, F. L. Ornamental and useful plants of Maine. Ann. Rpt. Maine
Bd. Agr. 19: 157-2387. illus., 2 pl 1874. (Reprinted 1875.)
Annotated systematic list, including medicinal plants.
Local
Chamberlain, E. B. List of plants [in the vicinity of Oxford]. Bul. Josselyn
Bot. Soe. Maine 1: 15-23. 1907.
Tabular list of vascular plants collected in Oxford, Otisfield, and Norway in
July 1907 by members of the Josselyn Botanical Society. (Oxford and Cumber-
land Counties.)
4
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 185
Coburn, L. H. Flora of Birch Island in Attean Pond. Rhodora 22: 129-
138. 1920.
Geology, general features of flora; list of 255 vascular plants, divided accord-
ing 10 habitat. Attean Pond is one of the Moose River chain of lakes in
northern Somerset County.
Cook, M. P. A list of plants seen on the island of Monhegan, Maine, June
20-25, 1900. Rhodora 3: 187-190. 1901.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Lincoln County.)
Fassett, N.C. The Hypocrites. Maine Nat. 2:141-143. 1922.
Geology, topography; annotated list of 27 vascular plants. (Three small
islands off the coast of Boothbay, Lincoln County.)
Fernald, M. L. The vascular plants of Mount Katahdin. Rhodora 3: 166-
ree AOb See ai
Botanical explorations; annotated list of vascular plants.—See also Stebbins,
G. L. Some interesting plants... 1. c« 381: 142-143. 1929—LEwer, 8S. J.
Notes on Katahdin plants. 1. ec. 382: 259-261. 1930.—Norton, A. H. Plants
apparently new...1. ¢ 87: 455. 1984. (Piscataquis and Penobscot Coun-
ties. )
Graves, A. H. Woody plants of Brooklin, Maine. Rhodora 12: 173-184.
1 fig. (map). 1910.
Annotated list of 100 species and varieties. (Hancock County.)
Harvey, L. H. The floristic composition of the vascular flora of Mount
Ktaadn, Maine. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. 11: 387-47. 1909.
Phytogeographic; includes tabular list of 120 arctic-alpine species; bibliog-
raphy.
Hill, A. F. The vascular flora of the eastern Penobscot Bay region, Maine.
Proe. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. 3: 199-804. 4 fig. (maps), map. 1919.
Topography, geology, ete.; annotated list of 747 vascular plants; phyto-
geography. (Townships of Brooklin, Deer Isle, Stonington, and Swan Island
in Haneock County, and Isle au Haut, Knox County.)
Jewell, H. W. Franklin County flora. Pt. 1 (15p.). 19.5 em. Farmington,
Maine, 1898.
Annotated list of 223 vascular plants, arranged in order of flowering.
Knowlton, C.H. Flora of Mt. Saddleback, Franklin County, Maine. Rhodora
5: 35-38. 1903.
Geology; partly annotated list of vascular plants.
Plants and plant societies at Roque Bluffs, Maine. Rhodora 17: 145-
foe 1915:
Geology, ete.; lists of vascular plants, divided according to habitat; bibli-
ography. (Washington County.)
McAtee, W. L. Plants collected on Matinicus Island, Maine, in late fall,
1915. Rhodora 18: 29-45. 1916.
General features of flora; annotated list of 217 vascular plants; bibliography.
Matinicus Island is 18 miles offshore from Rockland, in Knox County.
Morrell, J. M. H. Some Maine plants and their uses, ‘‘wise and otherwise.
Rhodora 8: 129-1382. 1901.
Annotated list consisting mostly of edible and medicinal plants.
Ogden, E. C. The herbaceous flowering plants (exclusive of grasses and
sedges) growing without cultivation in the vicinity of Orono, Maine. Univ.
Maine Studies II, 34. 77p. illus. (map). 1935. (Maine Bul. v. 37, no. 8.)
Botanical explorations, topography; annotated list of plants; bibliography.
(Penobscot County. )
Rand, EH. L., and Redfield, J. H. Flora of Mount Desert Island, Maine. A
preliminary catalogue of the plants growing on Mount Desert and the adjacent
islands. 286 p. map in pocket. 283 cm. Cambridge, 1894.
Geology (by W. M. Davis), etc.; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants
(1,286 species, of which 716 are vascular).—See also Rand, E. L. Additions to
the plants of Mount Desert Island. Rhodora 10: 145. 1908; Fellows, D. W.,
and others. Plant list. Bul. Josselyn Bot. Soc. Maine 2: 16-23. 1908 (list of
vascular plants observed in 1908); Taylor, W. R. Additions ... Rhodora
23: 65-68. 1921; Stebbins, G. L., jr. Further additions... lc. 81: 81-87.
pl. 185-186. 1929. (Hancock County.)
7”
186 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Redfield, J. H. Insular vegetation [Great Duck Island]. Bul. Torrey Club
12: 108. 1885; 20: 409-410. 1893.
List of vascular plants observed by the author in 1885 and 1893.—See also
Rand, E. L. Plants from the Duck Islands, Maine. Rhodora 2: 207-209.
1900. (About 10 miles south of Mount Desert, in Hancock County.)
St. John, Harold. Plants of the headwaters of the St. John River, Maine.
Res. Studies State Col. Washington 1: 28-58. 1 fig. (map), pl. 2-8. 1929.
Botanical explorations, geology, physiography; list of vascular plants, with
localities and collectors (indicated by symbols), of the valley of the St. John
River from near mouth of Allagash River to the headwaters. (Aroostook and
Somerset Counties. )
MARYLAND
See also District of Columbia (Hitchcock and Standley).
General
Shreve, Forrest, Chrysler, M. A., Blodgett, F. H., and Besley, F. W. The
plant life of Maryland. 5383 p. 15 fig., 39 pl. (incl. map). 26 em. Baltimore,
1910. (Maryland Weather Service. Special publication vy. 3.)
Physiography, climatology, plant geography, ecology, ete.: annotated list of
1,400 species and varieties of vascular plants; bibliography (p. 94--97).
Local
Killip, E. P., and Blake, S. F. Flowering plants and ferns. (Natural his-
tory of Plummers Island, Maryland. II.) Proe. Biol. Soc. Washington 48:
118-134. 1985.
Mostly unannotated list of 720 species and 9 varieties of vascular plants.
Plummers Island, in Montgomery County, is the property of the Washington
Biologists’ Field Club.
Redmond, P. J. A flora of Worcester County, Maryland. Contrib. Biol. Lab.
Catholic Univ. Amer. no. 11. 104 p. 1932.
Physiography, geology, climate; annotated list of vascular plants, with keys.
Shriver, Howard. List of wild flowers and trees in vicinity of Cumberland,
Maryland. With time of blooming, and locality, where found, and references to
Gray’s and Wood’s botanies for descriptions. 38 p. 19.5 em. Cumberland,
1901.
List of 848 vascular plants, with localities, arranged by flowering dates.
(Allegany County.)
Sollers, Basil. Check list of plants, compiled for the vicinity of Baltimore.
72 p. 20cm. Baltimore, 1888.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
MASSACHUSETTY
General
Emerson, G. B. A report on the trees and shrubs growing naturally in the
forests of Massachusetts. 2d ed. 2 v. 121 pl. 23.5 em. Boston, 1875. (1st
ed., 1846. )
Descriptive flora, with account of uses, ete. The so-called 3d—dth editions (3d,
1878, 4th, 1887, and 5th, 1894 and later dates) seem to be the same as the 2d ed.
Williams, S. W. Report on the indigenous medical botany of Massachusetts.
T'rans. Amer. Med. Assoc. 2: 8638-927. 1849.
Annotated list of 319 species.
Local
Andrews, Luman. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Spring-
field, Messachusetts, growing without cultivation. Bul. Mus. Nat. Hist. Spring-
field no. 8. 221 p. (incl. 10 pl., map). 1924.
Annotated list of vascular plants.—See also Seymour, F. C. Additions to the
flora of Springfield. Rhodora 29: 241-246. 1927. (Hampden County.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 187
Bicknell, E. P. The ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket. Bul. Torrey
Club 35: 49-62, 181-201, 471-498. 1908; 36: 1-29, 441-456. 1909; 37: 51-72.
1910; 38: 103-133, 447-460. 1911; 89: 69-80, 415-428. 1912; 40: 605-624.
1913; 41: 71-87, 411-427. 1914; 42: 27-47, 331-349, 549-570. 1915; 43: 265-
276. 1916; 44: 369-3887. 1917; 45: 365-383. 1918; 46: 428-440. 1919.
Amply annotated list of vascular plants, in 20 parts, the last two of which are
supplements. Includes over 950 species. Replaces Owen, M. L. A catalogue of
plants growing without cultivation in the county of Nantucket, Mass. 1888.
(Nantucket County. )
Bouvé, T. T. The botany of Hingham. Jn History of the town of Hingham,
Massachusetts. v. 1, p. 87-138. Cambridge, 1893.
Botanical explorations, ete.; unannotated list of vascular plants.—See also
his The trees and shrubs of Hingham. 1. c¢. 189-156. 3 pl.—Also Knowlton, C. H.
Notes on the plants of Hingham, Massachusetts. Rhodora 26: 175-177. 1924.
(Plymouth County.)
Churchill, J. R. List of trees and plants growing naturally in Milton, Mass.
In Teele, A. K. The history of Milton, Mass., 1640-1887. p. 600-613. [Boston,
1888?] (Reprinted 16 p. [18887])
Annotated list of plants. (Norfolk County.)
Cobb, N. A. A list of plants found growing wild within thirty miles of Am-
berst. 51 p. 24cm. Northampton, Mass., 1887.
Unannotated list of vascular and cellular plants, with occasional localities.
Replaces Tuckerman, Edward, and Frost, ©. C. A catalogue of plants growing
without cultivation within thirty miles of Amherst College. 1875.—For addi-
tions see Clark, H. L. Additions to the flora of Amherst... Rhodora 1:
164-165. 1899.—Harper, R. M. Further additions... l. c« 2: 68-70. 1900.
(Hampshire County and much of Franklin, Hampden, and Worcester Counties. )
Dame, L. L., and Collins, F. S. Flora of Middlesex County, Massachusetts.
201 p. map. 23.5cm. Malden, 1888.
Geology, ete.; collectors; annotated list of vascular (1,544 species and varie-
ties) and cellular plants.—See also Cook, M. P. Some additions to the ‘Flora
of Middlesex County...” Rhodora 1: 80-82. 1899.—Smith, E. C. Further
additions ... le 1: 97-98. 1899—Hosmer, A. W. Further additions...
IG 22a —224. 1399:
Deane, Walter. Flora of the Blue Hills, Middlesex Fells, Stony Brook and
Beaver Brook Reservations, of the Metropolitan Park Commission, Massachu-
setts. viii, 144 p. 22.5cm. Boston, 1896.
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants. The reservations are in Nor-
folk (Blue Hills), Middlesex (Middlesex Fells, Beaver Brook), and Suffolk
(Stony Brook) Counties.—See also Clark, Arthur. A few plants of the Blue
Hills Reservation. Rhodora 4: 74-76. 1902.
Fogg, J. M. The flora of the Elizabeth Islands, Massachusetts. Rhodora
32: 119-132, 147-161, 167-180, 208-221, 226-258, 263-281. 1 fig. (map). 1930.
(Contrib. Gray Herb. no. 91.)
Geology, history, botanical explorations, topography, plant associations, changes
in flora, origin of flora, phytogeography; annotated list of vascular plants (558
indigenous species). (Dukes County.)
Gardner, G. B. The Nantucket flora. Jn Douglas-Lithgow, R. A. Nan-
tucket, a history. p. 245-268. New York, 1914.
General features of flora; unannotated compiled list of vascular plants.
(Nantueket County. )
Goodale, A. S., compiler. A check list of Pteridophyta and Sperma-
tophyta (fern-allies and seed-plants) occurring in the Connecticut River water-
shed in Massachusetts. 72,5 p. 29 cm. Amherst, Mass., 1929.
Unannotated list of vascular plants occurring in Hampshire and parts of Frank-
lin, Hampden, Worcester, and Berkshire Counties. (Processed publication. )
Hedge, C. E. Wild flowers of Plymouth and vicinity, 1804-1904. 46 p. 20.5
em. Boston, 1904. ;
Unannotated list of vascular plants and a few fungi. (Plymouth County.)
Hervey, E. W. Flora of New Bedford and the shores of Buzzards Bay. rev.
ed. 137 p. 28 cm. New Bedford, 1911. (1st ed., 1860: A catalogue of the
plants...)
Unannotated list of vascular and cellular plants (1,524 species) preceded by
a “Procession of the flowers,” consisting of an annotated list of plants arranged
in grouns according to flowering dates. (Bristol County.)
188 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Hill, E. S. Flora. Jn Green, S. A. The natural history and the topography
of Groton, Massachusetts. [v. 1,] p. 1-26. Groton, 1912.
List of vascular plants, with localities and flowering dates; sedges and
grasses omitted. (Middlesex County.)—See also Knowlton, C. H. Rare
plants in Groton ... Rhodora 14: 234-235, 1912.
Hoffmann, Ralph. Flora of Berkshire County, Massachusetts. Proc. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. Hist. 36: 171-882. 1922.
History of botanical collecting, physiography, plant associations; annotated
list of 1,656 vascular plants (1,377 species) ; lists of fugitive and excluded species.—
See also Wallace, G. J. Some recent additions ... Rhodora 41: 128-1380. 1989.
Jackson, Joseph. A catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Worcester
County, Massachusetts. 3d ed., rev. and enl. v, 102 p. 9 pl. 22 cm. Worces-
ter, 1909. (1st ed., 1883; 2d ed., 1894, with title: Flora of Worcester County. A
catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular eryptogamous plants... [Also
issued as Appendix A to his Through glade and mead.])—Additions ... 49 p.
Worcester, 1927.
Briefly annotated list of 1,661 species and varieties of vascular plants (in-
cluding additions).—See also Potter, D., and Woodward, N. P. Notes on the
flora of Worcester County, Massachusetts. Rhodora 37: 80-88. 1935.
Lewis, I. F. The flora of Penikese, fifty years after. Rhodora 26: 181-195,
211-219, 222-229. pl. 146-147. 1924-1925.
Contains (p. 219, 222-229) annotated list of vascular plants, with asterisk
indicating those not recorded in D. 8S. Jordan’s list (The flora of Penikese
Island. Amer. Nat. 8: 193-197. 1874). Pteridophyta by Alma G. Stokey;
Spermatophyta by John M. Fogg. (Dukes County.)
McAtee, W. L. The winter flora of Muskeget Island, Massachusetts. Rho-
dora 18: 93-99. 1916.
Topography, general features of flora; annotated list of 54 vascular plants.
(Nantucket County.)
New England Botanical Club. Reports on the flora of the Boston district.
In Rhodora v. 9-18, 20-26. 1907-16, 1918-24.
Annotated list of vascular plants (2,030 species, 421 varieties, forms, and hy-
brids, of which 1,242 species and 301 varieties and forms are native) of most of
eastern Massachusetts (essentially the area from the New Hampshire line south
to about 42° N. Lat. and west to eastern border of Worcester County), exclud-
ing Cape Cod. An index to families, by C. H. Knowlton, in Rhodora 31: 41-48.
1929. Greater part of list by C. H. Knowlton and Walter Deane.
Palmer, E. J. The spontaneous flora of the Arnold Arboretum. Jour. Ar-
nold Arboretum 11: 68-119. 19380.—Supplement ... l.¢.16: 81-97. 1935.
Physiography, geology, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular
plants. (In Jamaica Plain, Norfolk County.)
Robinson, John. The flora of Hssex County, Massachusetts. 200 p. 26 cm.
Salem, 1880.
Plant geography, biographical sketches of early botanists, bibliography ; anno-
tated list of vascular and cellular plants.
Simonds, A. B., Whittemore, G. F., Farrar, W. G., and Hartwell, E. A.
Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous plants of Fitchburg
and vicinity. 39 p. 23 em. Fitchburg, 1885.
Unannotated list of 816 vascular plants. (Worcester County.)
Stone, G. E. A list of. plants growing without cultivation in Franklin, Hamp-
shire and Hampden Counties, Massachusetts. vii, 72 p. 21.5 em. Amherst,
1913.
Botanical explorations, ete.; partly annotated list of vascular plants (1,493
species).
Tracy, C. M. Studies of the Essex flora: an enumeration of all plants found
growing naturally within the limits of Lynn, Mass., and towns adjoining, with
notes as to localities and habits. 99 p. 20 cm. Lynn, 1892. (1st ed., 1858.)
General features of flora; annotated list of spermatophytes. (Essex County.)
Waltham. Botany Club. A partial list of the native flora of Waltham,
Mass. 12 p., 36 leaves. 145 cm. Waltham, 1883.
Unannotated list of vascular plants, mosses, and lichens, with flowering dates.
(Middlesex County.)
—— ee =
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 189
Young, H. A. Catalogue of the flora of “Oak Island,” Revere, Massachu-
setts, with notes. Bul. Essex Inst. 14: 141-157. map. 1888. (Reprinted,
19 p.)
General features and statistics of flora; annotated list of 362 vascular plants,
mosses, and hepatics. The introduction is by John Robinson.—For additions
see Rich, W. P. Oak Island and its flora. Rhodora 4: 87-94. 1902. (Suf-
folk County.)
MICHIGAN
General
Beal, W. J. Michigan flora. Ann. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. 5: 1-147. 1904.
(Reprinted with subtitle: A list of the fern and seed plants growing without
cultivation.)—Additions ...1.¢. 10: 85-89. 1908.
Climate, distribution, ete.; annotated list of 2,365 species (including the ‘‘Ad-
ditions’) of vascular plants; bibliography. Replaces Beal and Wheeler, C. F.
Michigan flora. 1892.—See also Hermann, F. J. Notes on the flora of Michi-
gan I. Rhodora 38: 362-867. 1936.—Hanes, C. R. Additions to the flora of
Michigan. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 23: 135-139. 19388.—Hanes, C. R. Plants
new or rare in Michigan records. 1. c. 24: 3-7. 1939.—See also Farwell, O. A.
Contributions to the botany of Michigan no. 14. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sei. 17: 167-
182. 1916. Contributions ..: no, 15-16. Amer. Midl. Nat. 11: 72-85, 261-269.
1928—29.—Also his Notes on the Michigan flora I-III. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. 20:
161-195. 1918 (1919) ; 21: 345-871. 1920; 22: 177-185. 1921. Notes... IV-
VII. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 1: 85-100. 1928; 2: 11-46. 1923; 3: 87-109.
1924; 28: 123-134. 1938.—Also his Botanical gleanings in Michigan [I]-VII.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 8: 263-280. 1923; 9: 259-282. 1925; 10: 19-46, 199-219.
1926-27; 11:41-71. 2 fig. 1928; 12: 44-78, 113-1384. 4 fig. 1980.
Gleason, H. A. The plants of Michigan. Simple keys for the identification
of the native seed plants of the State. xlvii, 158 p. 19 cm. Ann Arbor, 1918.
Unannotated keys.
Lyons, A. B. The indigenous medical plants of Michigan. Detroit Lancet
1: 107-118, 197-209. 1878. (Reprinted 25 p., with cover title: Medicinal plants
indigenous in Michigan.)
Running account of medicinal plants, in systematic order.
Otis, C. H. Michigan trees. A handbook of the native and most important
introduced species. 6th ed., rev. 247 p. illus. (incl. map), pl. 19 cm. Ann
Arbor, 1928. (University bulletin n.s., v. 25, no. 5.) (1st issue, 1913.)
Annotated descriptive list, with keys; figure of each species.
Spalding, V. M. Native medicinal plants of Michigan. Proc. Mich. Pharm.
Assoc. 4: 18-27. 1877.
List of vascular and cellular plants, annotated only as to abundance.
Stearns, Frederick. The medicinal plants of Michigan. Proc. Amer. Pharm.
Assoc. 7: 236-285. 1858.
Annotated alphabetical list of nearly 600 wild medicinal plants.
Woodcock, E. F. Observations on the poisonous plants of Michigan. Amer.
Jour. Bot. 12: 116-131. 1925.
Annotated list of 156 vascular plants; bibliography.
Local
Allabach, L. F. Plants collected in Les Cheneaux Islands, Michigan.
Trillia 6: 33-40. 1921.
Geology, topography, general features of flora; mostly unannotated list of
vascular plants. Les Cheneaux Islands are in northern Lake Huron, 14 miles
northeast of Mackinac Island. (Mackinae County.)
Allmendinger, E. C. Flora of Ann Arbor and vicinity. Proc. Ann. Arbor
Scient. Assoc. 1876: 85-116. 1876. :
Mostly unannotated list of 848 vascular plants, found within a 4-mile radius.
(Washtenaw County.)
Biilington, Cecil. The flowering plants and ferns of Warren Woods, Berrien
County, Michigan. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 4 (1) : 81-110. 1 fig. (map), pl. 9-11.
1925.
Plant associations ; annotated list of 358 vascular plants,
190 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Brown, C. A. Ferns and flowering plants of Isle Royale, Michigan. 90 p.
21, fig. .23.5 em.” [Washingtony,D., Cs 1937]
Physiography, climate, botanical explorations, general features of flora, changes
in vegetation; annotated list of 671 species and varieties of vascular plants;
bibliography. A publication of the National Park Service. (Keweenaw County.)
Cole, E. J. Grand Rapids flora: a catalogue of the flowering plants and
ferns growing without cultivation in the vicinity of Grand Rapids, Michigan.
xx, 170 p: 2 pk, map. 25.5 em: GrandsRapids, 1901.
Geology, topography, climate, ete.; annotated list of 1,290 vascular plants.
(Kent County.)
Coleman, Nathan. Catalogue of the flowering plants of the southern penin-
sula of Michigan, with a few of the Cryptogamia. 49 p. 21cm. Grand Rapids,
1874. (Kent Scientific Institute. Miscellaneous publications no. 2.)
Mostly unannotated list of vascular plants.
Cooper, W. S. A catalogue of the flora of Isle Royale, Lake Superior. Rpt.
Mich. Acad. Sci. 16: 109-181. 1914.
Annotated list of 519 vascular plants; bibliography. (Keweenaw County.)
Dachnowski, Alfred. Flora of the Marquette quadrangle. Rpt. Mich. Acad.
Sei. 9: 88-103. 1907.
Botanical explorations, topography, botanical distribution, bibliography; tabu-
lar list of vascular plants, with local habitats indicated. (Marquette County.)
Daniels, F. P. Ecology of the flora of Sturgis, Mich., and vicinity. Rpt.
Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 145-159. 1904.
General features of flora, plant formations; list of 670 vascular plants, ecolog-
ically arranged. (St. Joseph County.)
The flora of the vicinity of Manistee, Mich. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci.
4: 125-144. 1904.
Topography, plant associations; Jist of 750 vascular plants, divided ecologically.
(Manistee County.)
Darlington, H, T. Contributions to the flora of Gogebic County, Michigan.
Ann, Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. 22: 147-176. 1921.—Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 1: 74-82.
1923.
Topography, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants.
Vegetation of the Porcupine Mountains, northern Michigan. Pt. II.
Floristics. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 22: 33-68. pl. 5-6. 1987.
Annotated list of vascular plants; bibliography. (Ontonagon County.)
Davis, C. A. The native vegetation of Tuscola County. Notes on the factors
affecting plant distribution. Jn his Report on the geology of Tuscola County,
Michigan. Rpt. State Bd. Geol. Survey Mich. 1908: 290-346. 1999.
Temperature, soils, plant associations; annotated list of vascular plants.
Dodge, C. K. A botanical trip to Thunder Bay Island. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci.
10: 4041. 1908.
Includes running account of plants observed. (In Lake Huron, Alpena
County. )
Catalog of plants. Jn Ruthven, A. G. A biological survey of the
sand dune region on the south shore of Saginaw Bay, Michigan. Pub. Mich.
Geol. and Biol. Survey. 4 (Biol. Ser. 2): 65-120. 1911.
Annotated list of 886 vascular plants; general features of vegetation. (Huron
County. )
Flora of St. Clair County, Michigan, and the western part of Lambton
County, Ontario. Ann. Rpt. State Hort. Soe. Mich. 29: 231-313. 1900.
Annotated list of 1,112 vascular plants.
The flowering plants, ferns and their allies of Mackinac Island.
Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sei. 15: 218-237. 1913.
Topography, general features of flora; annotated list of over 400 vascular
plants. Two unnumbered pages of Addenda are included. (Mackinac County.)
Observations on the fiowering plants, ferns and fern allies growing
wild in Marquette County. Michigan, in 1916 and 1917, especially in the vicinity
of the Huron Mountain Club. (Contributions to the botany of Michigan II.)
Mise. Pub. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. no.5. 44p. map, 1918,
Annotated list of vascular plants.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD Hen
Dodge, C. K. Observations on the flowering plants, ferns and fern allies grow-
ing wild in Schoolcraft County and vicinity in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan
in 1915. Pub. Mich. Geol. and Biol. Survey 31 (Biol. Ser. 6) : 75-128. 1921.
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants.
Observations on the flowering plants, ferns and fern allies grow-
ing without cultivation in Tuscola County, Michigan. Pub. Mich. Geol. and Biol.‘
Survey 31 (Biol. Ser. 6) : 165-222. 1921.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of vascular plants.
Observations on the flowering plants, ferns, and fern allies on and
near the shore of Lake Huron from Linwood Park near Bay City, Bay County,
to Mackinaw City, Cheboygan County, including the vicinity of St. Ignace,
Mackinae, and Bois Blane Islands, Mackinae County, Michigan. Pub. Mich.
Geol. and Biol. Survey 31 (Biol. Ser. 6) : 15-74. map. 1921.
Geography, physiography, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants.
Observations on the wild plants at Whitefish Point and Vermilion,
near the south shore of Lake Superior, and other parts of Chippewa County,
Michigan, in 1914. Pub. Mich. Geol. and Biol. Survey 31 (Biol. Ser. 6) : 125-164.
1921.
Physiography, habitats, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants.—See also
Hermann, F. J. Additions to the flora of Chippewa County ... Papers Mich.
Acad..Sci. 22: 85-89. 1937.
Results of the Mershon expedition to the Charity Islands, Lake Huron.
Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. 13: 173-190. 1911.
Annotated list of 372 vascular plants. The Charity Islands are in Saginaw
Bay in Arenae County.
Farwell, O. A. A catalogue of the flora of Detroit. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci.
2: 31-68. 1901. (Reprinted with additions from 11th Ann. Rpi. Commr. Parks
and Boulevards, Detroit, 1900.)—Additions and corrections to the flora of Detroit.
1. c.6: 209-214. 1904. (Jn his Contributions to the botany of Michigan no. 8.)
Annotated list of 885 species and minor forms of vascular plants. This forms
one [no. 7a] of his Contributions to the botany of Michigan. (Wayne County.)
The flora of Parkedale Farm, with special reference to Stony Creek
Valley. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. 15: 150-192. 1 fig. (map). 1913. (His Con-
tributions to the botany of Michigan no. 9.)
Topography, plant associations; annotated list of 479 vascular plants. (Oak-
land County.)
Gates, F. C., and Ehlers, J. H. An annotated list of the higher plants of the
region of Douglas Lake, Michigan. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 183-284.
1925.— Additions... 1. e«. 8: 111-120. 1928; 13: 67-88. 1931.
List of 1,026 vascular plants; bibliography. The “Additions” bring the total
to 1,177 species. (In Emmet and Cheboygan Counties. )
Gilmore, M. R. Some Chippewa uses of plants. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci.
17: 119-143. 1933.
Annotated systematic list, with Chippewa names and uses.
Hebert, P. E. Ferns and flowering plants of Berrien County, Michigan.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 15: 328-342. 1934.
Unannotated list of 895 vascular plants.
Kellogg, H. S. The flora of the Rainy River region. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
22: €0-75. pl. 16-17. 1915. (Reprinted in Contrib. Bot. Dept. Iowa State Col.
no. 60.)
List of cellular and vascular plants mostly collected by the author in 1914.
(Cheboygan and adjacent counties.)
Pammel, L. H., and Cratty, R. I. Some notes on plants of Whitehall, Michi-
gan. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 30 (1923) : 279-285. T7fig. [1924.]
General features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants. (Muskegon
County. )
Sutton, J. M. Flora of the Detroit Zoological Tract. Ann. Rpt. Mich. Acad.
Sei, 19: 263271. fig.13 (map). 1917.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Oakland County.)
Walpole, B. A. Flora of Washtenaw County, Michigan. 80 p. (incl. map).
23cm. Ypsilanti, [1924].
241306°—42 13
192 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Collecting localities; annotated list of 1,202 vascular plants; bibliography
(p. 5).—See also Hermann, F. J. Additions to the flora... Papers Mich.
Acad. Sci. 21: 81-87. 1986; 22: 91-94. 1937; 24: 17-23. 1939.
MINNESOTA
See also Wisconsin (Cheney, A contribution to the flora; Pammel; Smith, Ethnobotany
of the Ojibwe Indians).
General
Rosendahl, C. O., and Butters, F. K. Trees and shrubs of Minnesota. vii,
385 p. illus. (incl. map). 26.5 ecm. Minneapolis, 1928.
Descriptive fiora of native and cultivated woody plants, with keys; general
features of vegetation; glossary. Replaces Minnesota trees and shrubs, by F. BE.
Clements, C. O. Rosendahl, and F. K. Butters, 1912, though not considered a
second edition.
Upham, Warren. Catalogue of the flora of Minnesota, including its phaenog-
amous and vascular cryptogamous plants, indigenous. naturalized, and ad-
ventive. 193 p. 24 cm. Minneapolis, 1884. (Ann. Rpt. Geol. and Nat. Hist.
Survey Minn. 1883, pt. 6.)—Supplement to the flora of Minnesota. Bul. Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. 3: 46-54. 1887.
History of botanical exploration, including bibliography, topography, etc;
annotated list of vascular plants.
Weschcke, Carl. An enumeration of the medicinal plants of the State of
Minnesota. Pharm. Rundschau (N. Y.) 8: 155-157. 1890.
Unannotated systematic list of vascular plants.
Local
Arthur, J. C., Bailey, L. H., and Holway, E. W. D. Plants collected be-
tween Lake Superior and the International Boundary, July, 1886. Bul. Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. 3: 10-48. 1887.
List of vascular and cellular plants, with localities. (St. Louis and Lake
Counties. )
Bailey, L. H. Chippeway plant names. Bot. Gaz. 12: 37-39. 1887.
List of Indian names obtained in northern Minnesota, with botanical equiva-
lents.
Densmore, Frances. Uses of plants by the Chippewa Indians. Ann. Rpt.
Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 44: 275-3897. pl. 28-63. 1928 (1929).
Tabie of plants used, with scientific and vernacular names and translations of
latter, uses, and references; sections on medicinal, food, dye, charm, and deco-
rative plants; references. The data were gathered in Minnesota, Wisconsin, and
Ontario.
MacMillan, Conway. The Metaspermae of the Minnesota valley. A list of
the higher seed-producing plants indigenous to the drainage basin of the Min-
nesota River. xiii, 826 p. 2 maps. 25.5 em. Minneapolis, 1892. (Rpt. Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. Bot. Ser. 1.)
Annotated list of 1,174 Angiospermae, with rather extensive synonymy and
references; general features of plant distribution, statistical tables, ete; bibli-
ography. Covers most of southern and southwestern Minnesota and small ad-
jacent areas in South Dakota and Iowa (see p. 571).
Pammel, L. H. The flora of Star Island and vicinity. Ames Forester 3:
119-141. 3 fig. (maps), 7 pl. 1915.
Bibliography, geology, topography, plant formations, ete. ; list of cellular plants,
annotated list of vascular plants. (In Cass Lake, Cass County.)
Reagan, A. B. Plants used by the Bois Fort Chippewa (Ojibwa) Indians
of Minnesota. Wisconsin Archeol. n. s., 7: 230-248. 1928.
Annotated systematic list. (Koochiching County.)
Rosendahl, C. O., and Butters, F. K. Reputed Minnesota plants which
probably do not occur in the State. Minn. Bot. Studies 4: 461-473. 1916.
Bibliography; list of vascular plants incorrectly reported or not authen-
ticated by specimens,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 193
Wheeler, W. A. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of southeastern
Minnesota. Minn. Bot. Studies 2: 353-416. pl. 21-27. 1900.
Topograpby, plant associations; annotated list of 578 vascular plants col-
lected in the summer of 1899, in the vicinity of Winnebago, Faribault County.—
See also Rosendahl, C.O. Anaddition... 1l.¢c.3: 257-269. 1903.
A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of the Red River Valley
in Minnesota. Minn. Bot. Studies 2: 569-600. pl. 34-41. 1901.
Soil, ete.; list of 325 angiosperms collected in August 1900, with localities and
collectors names. The Red River of the North constitutes the boundary be-
tween Minnesota and North Dakota.
MISSISSIPPI
See also Louisiana (Lloyd and Tracy).
General
Lowe, E. N. Plants of Mississippi. A list of flowering plants and ferns.
24 em. Bul. Miss. State Geol. Survey 17. 292 p. (incl. map.) 1921.
Topography, floral regions; annotated list of vascular plants.
Phares, D. L. Synopsis of the medical fiora of the State of Mississippi:
Ann. Rpt. Miss. State Bd. Health 1: 189-180. 1877.
Annotated systematic list.
Local
Brown, C. S. Tishomingo State Park, botany. Bul. Miss. State Geol. Survey
32: 37-77. 1986.
Annotated list of vascular plants. (Tishomingo County.)
Lauderburn, D. KE. Trees of the Yazoo-Mississippi Delta and their economic
values. Ext. Bul. Miss. State Col. 67. 32 p. illus. 1938.
Annotated list, with uses. Adapted from Putnam, J. A., and Bull, Henry.
Trees of the bottomlands of the Mississippi River Delta region. Occas. Paper
South. Forestry Expt. Sta. no. 27. 1982. (Region from Tennessee line to Vicks-
burg, extending east for 10 to 70 miles to the loessial bluffs. )
MISSOURI
General
Bush, B. F. The trees, shrubs and vines of Missouri. Ann. Rpt. State Hort.
Soc. Missouri 37: 353-393, i-v. 1895.
Annotated list of 294 species.—See also his Notes on trees and shrubs of Mis-
souri. Amer. Midl. Nat. 10: 183-158. 1926. (Supplementary notes (on 97
species) to Tracy’s Flora (1886) ; most of the species mentioned are excluded
from the flora of the State.)
Palmer, E. J., and Steyermark, J. A. An annotated catalogue of the
flowering plants of Missouri. Annals Missouri Bot. Gard. 22: 875-758. 6 fig.
(maps), pl. 15-21. 1935.
Botanical explorations, physiography, climate, geology, botanical regions,
bibliography ; annotated list of spermatophytes (2,281 species plus 209 varieties
and forms). ‘This figure includes the Pteridophyta, not treated in this paper;
for the latter see their The ferns and fern allies of Missouri. Amer. Fern Jour.
22: 105-122. 2 fig. 1932(1933) ; also Pinkerton, M. E. Ferns and fern allies of
Missouri. Annals Missouri Bot. Gard. 20: 45-77. fig. 1 (map), pl. 5, fold. tab.
1933.—See also Steyermark, J. A. Plants new to Missouri. Rhodora 40: 249-
255. 1938.—Palmer, E. J., and Steyermark, J. A. Additions, corrections, and
revisions ... Annals Missouri Bot. Gard. 25: 775-794. 1938.—Replaces Tracy,
S. M. Flora of Missouri. Rpt. Missouri State Hort. Soc. 28 (1885), app. 106 p.
1886. (Also reprinted with title: Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular
eryptogamous plants of Missouri.)
Pammel, L. H. Poisonous and medicinal plants of Missouri. Bul. Missouri
State Bd. Hort. no. 14. 46 p. 26 fig.. [19107]
Local laws relating to poisonous plants, etc,; running account of principal
species.
194 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Bush, B. F. Notes on the mound flora of Atchison County, Missouri. Ann.
Rpt. Missouri Bot. Gard. 6: 121-134. 1895.
Topography, general features of flora: annotated list of angiosperms col-
lected by author in 1893. '
Daniels, F. P. The fiora of Columbia, Missouri, and vicinity. Univ. Missouri
Studies Sci. Ser. v.1, no. 2. ix,319p. map. 1907. (Has also continuous paging
(143-461) of volume.)
Annotated list of native and introduced vascular plants (1,058 species and
47 varieties) ; ecology. bibliography.—For corrections and additions see Bush,
B. F., Amer. Midl. Nat. 12: 185-194, 343-362. 1931; 16: 83-93. 1935.—See
also Rickett, H. W. Flora of Columbia, Missouri. 1931. (Boone County.)
Engelmann Botanical Club. A preliminary check list of the cryptogams and
phanerogams in the vicinity of Saint Louis, Missouri. [9], 63 p. 21 cm.
Saint Louis, 1911.
Unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants, alphabetically arranged,
with localities indicated. The area covered includes a small part of adjacent
Illinois. Replaces Eggert, Henry (i. e. Heinrich). Catalogue of the phaenog-
amous and vascular eryptogamous plants in the vicinity of St. Louis, Mo.
16 p. 23cm. St. Louis, [1891].—See also Steyermark, J. A. Recent additions
to the flora of St. Louis County. Missouri. Rhodora 36: 375-376. 1934.
Mackenzie, K, K., Bush, B. F., and others. Manual of the flora of Jackson
County, Missouri. xix, 242 p. 245 cm. Kansas City, Mo., 1902.
Physiography, etc.; briefly descriptive annotated flora of vascular plants
(1,141 species and 51 varieties).
Missouri Botanical Garden. Check-list of the ferns and flowering plants
indigenous to the Missouri Botanical Garden extension, Gray Summit, Missouri.
Missouri Bot. Gard. Bul. 16: 65-74, 83-91. 1928.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Franklin County.)
Medicinal plants of our local flora. Missouri Bot. Gard. Bul. 10:
118-123, 137-142, 153-157, 166-169. 1922.
Annotated list, the species alphabetically arranged and divided into herbaceous
and woody groups. Refers to the vicinity of St. Louis.
Plants of our local flora which have been used by man as food. Mis-
souri Bot. Gard. Bul. 10: 102-110. 1922.
Annotated list, classified by parts used.
Palmer, E. J. Catalogue of the plants of Jasper County. Missouri (fernworts
and flowering plants). Annals Missouri Bot. Gard. 3: 345-401. 1916.
Physiography, geology, floral areas; list of vascular plants, with collecting
numbers of the author.
Flora of the Grand Falls chert barrens. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis
19: 97-112. 1910.
Geology, topography. general features of flora ; annotated list of vascular plants.
(Newton and Jasper Counties.)
Rickett, H. W. Flora of Columbia, Missouri. Univ. Missouri Studies yv. 6,
no... -84 p. map. 4d9sL
Essentially a revision of Daniels’ Flora (q. v.) and supplementary to it: list.
with occasional annotations (1,005 species).—For corrections and additions
see Drouet, F. Notes on the fiora... Rhodora 35: 359-364. 1933: 37:
189-196. 1935. (Boone County.)
A list of plants from the Missouri Ozarks. Amer. Midl Nat. 11:
243-254. 1928.
Itinerary ; list of vascular plants collected by the author in 1927, with localities.
(South-central Missouri. )
~
MONTANA
General
Blankinship, J. W. A century of botanical exploration in Montana, 1803-
1905: collectors, herbaria and bibliography. Montana Agr. Col. Sci. Studies
1: 3-31. 1904.
Annotated list of collectors; annotated bibliography.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 195
Blankinship, J. W. Native economic plants of Montana. Bul. Montana Agr.
Hxpt. Sta-56.. 36 p: 1905.
Annotated alphabetical list of wild economic plants; bibliography; list of
species classified by uses.
and Henshall, H. F. Common names of Montana plants. Montana
Agr. Col. Sei. Studies 1: 113-189. col. pl. 1905.
Alphabetical lists of vernacular and botanical names, with equivalents.
Rydberg, P. A. Catalogue of the flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Na-
tional Park. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. v.1. xi,492p. map. New York, 1900.
List of collectors, with dates and location of specimens; annotated list of
1,976 vascular plants, with references and citation of exsiccatae.—See also
Blankinship, J. W. Supplement to the flora of Montana: additions and cor-
rections. Montana Agr. Col. Sci. Studies 1: 33-109. 6 fig. 1905.
Local
Grinnell, G. B. The Cheyenne Indians, their history and ways of life. 2 Vv.
plates, map. 24.5 cm. New Haven, 1923.
Includes (v. 2, p. 166-191) annotated systematic list of 94 useful plants, with
botanical and vernacular names.
Jones, M. E. Montana botany notes, containing descriptions of new species,
list of plants not heretofore recorded from the State, and notes on disputed
species. Bul. Univ. Montana no. 61, Biol. Ser. no. 15. 74 p. (incl. 2 fig., 5 pl.).
1910.
Partly annotated list of about 1,700 vascular and cellular plants, with locali-
ties, constituting essentially a flora of the Flathead Lake region, Flathead County,
but including species from other localities ; gazetteer.
Standley, P. C. Flora of Glacier National Park, Montana. Contrib. U. S.
Natl. Herb. 22: 235-488. pl. 33-52. 1921.
Briefly annotated list, with keys and partial descriptions, of the vascular
plants (955 species) ; physiography, life zones, botanical explorations, annotated
bibliography. A more popular account of the same flora is his ‘‘Plants of Glacier
National Park.” U.S. Dept. Interior, National Park Service. 110 p. 150 fig.,
5 col. pl. 1926.—For additions, see Graff, P. W. Unreported plants from
Glacier National Park. Bul. Torrey Club 49: 175-181. 1922.—Maguire, Bassett.
Distribution notes concerning certain plants of Glacier National Park, Montana.
Rhodora 86: 305-3808. 19384; 41: 504-508. 1939.—McLaughlin, W. T. Notes
on the flora of Glacier National Park, Montana. Rhodora 37: 362-865. 1935.
(Includes bibliography.) (Flathead and Glacier Counties. )
NEBRASKA
General
Clements, F. E. A preliminary list of the botanical expeditions in Nebraska,
1803-1893. Rpt. Bot. Survey Nebraska 8: 39-42. 1894.
Chronological list of 18 expeditions with localities covered.
Petersen, N. F. Flora of Nebraska. A list of the ferns, conifers and
flowering plants of the State with keys for their determination. 3d ed. 220 p.
21 em. Lincoln, 1923. (1st ed., 1912.)
Annotated list of vascular plants, with keys.
Pool, R. J. Handbook of Nebraska trees. A guide to the native and most
important introduced species. Bul. Nebraska Conserv. and Soil Survey 7. 2d ed.
179 p. illus. (incl. maps). 1929. (Contribution from the Botanical survey of
Nebraska n. S., no. 3.) (1st ed., 1919.)
Annotated descriptive list, with figure of each species, and maps showing local
range of most species.
Pound, Roscoe. Bibliography of the flora of Nebraska. Rpt. Bot. Survey
Nebraska 3: 48-48. 1894.
Unannotated list of papers, arranged by authors; critical notes on Aughey’s
Catalogue of the flora of Nebraska. Republished with additions in Pound, R.,
and Clements, F. C. The phytogeography of Nebraska. 2d ed. In University
of Nebraska. Botanical survey of Nebraska 8: 25-80. 1900.
196 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Winter, J. M. An analysis of the flowering plants of Nebraska, with keys
to the families, genera, and species, and with notes concerning their occurrence,
range, and frequency within the State. Bul. Conserv. Dept. Conserv. and Surv.
Div. Univ. Nebraska no. 18. iii, 2083 p. 23 em. [Lincoln,] 1986. (Contribution
from the Botanical survey of Nebraska n. s., no. 10.)
Annotated list of angiosperms, with keys.
Local
Bessey, C. E. The forest trees of eastern Nebraska. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
13: 75-87 (inel. maps). 1906.
Annotated list of 67 species, each with a small map showing local range.
Gilmore, M. R. Some native Nebraska plants with their uses by the Dakota.
Collect. Nebraska State Hist. Soc. 17: 358-370. 1913.
Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names.
- A study in the ethnobotany of the Omaha Indians. Collect. Nebraska
State Hist. Soc. 17: 314-857. 1918.
Running account of useful plants grouped by uses; annotated systematic list,
with vernacular names; list of plants grouped by uses; bibliography. (Hastern
Nebraska. )
Uses of plants by the Indians of the Missouri River region. Ann. Rpt.
Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 33: 48-154. 30 pl. 1919.
General considerations; annotated systematic list of plants, with vernacular
names and uses; lists of plants discussed, with names in different Indian lan-
guages; bibliography. Refers mainly to Nebraska.
Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the sand hills of Nebraska. Contrib. U. S. Natl.
Herb. 3: 183-200. pl. 2. 1895.
Author’s itinerary in 1893, topography, floral districts, ete.; annotated list of
vascular plants collected; numerical list of specimens. The sand hill region
extends from about 98°-103° W. Long., with the Niobrara and North Platte
Rivers as north and south boundaries. The author collected chiefly in Thomas,
Hooker, and Grant Counties.
Smith, J. G., and Pound, Roscoe. Flora of the sand hill region of Sheridan
and Cherry Counties and list of plants collected on a journey through the sand
hills in July and August, 1892. Jn University of Nebraska. Botanical survey
of Nebraska 2: 5-30. 1898.
Topography, general features of flora: list of vascular and cellular plants col-
lected, with localities.
Tillotson, C. R. The trees of Lincoln and vicinity. Ann. Rpt. Nebraska
State Bd. Agr. 1906/07: 213-2386. 1907.
Annotated list, including cultivated species. (Lancaster County.)
NEVADA
General
Tidestrom, Ivar. Flora of Utah and Nevada. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. v.
Qy665 p. 15 phy map: 1925:
Physiography, life zones; plant communities (by H. L. Shantz), the foothill-
montane-alpine flora and its environment (by A. W. Sampson) ; systematic list
of vascular plants (about 3,700 species), with keys, references, local habitat,
and general range. Treatments of several families contributed by various
authors.—For additions (relating principally to Utah) see Maguire, Bassett.
Distributional notes on plants of the Great Basin region I-II. Leaflets West.
Bot. 1: 183-188. 1935; 2: 23-26. 1987.
NEW HAMPSHIRE
General
Flint, W. F. The distribution of plants in New Hampshire. In Hitchcock,
C. H. The geology of New Hampshire. p. 381-415. pl., map. Concord, 1874.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants (and lichens) with local
range indicated. The latest State list, but long out of date.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 197
Flint, W. F. The trees and shrubs composing the New Hampshire forests.
Their distribution, relative abundance, and utility. Rpt. Col. Agr. and Mech.
Arts New Hampshire 19: 60-99. 1890. (Reprinted with some changes from
Rpt. Forestry Comn. New Hampshire 1st, 1885.—Reprinted 42 p. 1891.)
Annotated list.—See also Foster, J. H. Trees and shrubs of New Hampshire.
Bienn. Rpt. Forestry Comn. New Hampshire 1980. [pt. 2.] 131 p. illus. 1981.
(Popular account.)
Local
Batchelder, F. W. Preliminary list of plants growing without cultivation
in the vicinity of Manchester, New Hampshire. rev. and enl. Proc. Manchester
Inst. Arts and Sci. v. 4, pt. 2. 59 p. 1909. (1st ed., 1900.)
List of 1,068 species and 360 additional forms of vascular plants, annotated as
to abundance; additional notes on 26 species. The list of 1900 contained 817
names. (Hillsboro County.)
Beetle, A. A. Flowering plants and ferns of the Fox research forest, Hills-
boro, New Hampshire. Bul. C. A. Fox Res. and Demonstr. Forest no. 9. 40 p.
1988.
Annotated list of vascular plants. The list contains rather numerous errors;
for corrections of the most important ones see Weatherby, C. A., and Blake,
S. F. On certain plant records from Hillsboro, New Hampshire. Rhodora
41: 34-36. 1939.—Also Weatherby, C. A. A correction. 1. c. 138-139. 1989.
(Hillsboro County.)
Harris, W. S. The flora of Windham, N. H. Jn Morrison, L. A. Supple-
ment to the history of Windham in New Hampshire. p. 69-97. Boston, 1892.
(Reprinted 31 p. 1892.)
Contains list of 606 vascular plants. (Reckingham County.)
Jesup, H. G. A catalogue of the flowering plants and higher cryptogams,
both native and introduced, found within thirty miles of Hanover, N. H., includ-
ing «a few cultivated species... vii, 91 p. map. 23cm. [Hanover,] 1891.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 1,161 vascular plants. Hanover is in
Grafton County; parts of Sullivan, Merrimack, and Belknap Counties in New
Hampshire, and of Orange, Windsor, and Rutland Counties, Vermont, are in-
cluded.—See also Eggleston, W. W. Flora of Mt. Moosilauke. Rhodora 2:
97-99. 1900.
Pease, A. S. List of plants on Three Mile Island. Pteridophyta and Sper-
matophyta. Appalachia 12: 266-276. 1911.
Botanical explorations; unannotated list of 218 vascular plants. (In Lake
Winnipesaukee, near Center Harbor, Belknap County.)
Notes on the botanical exploration of the White Mountains. Appa-
lachia 14: 157-178. 1917.
History of earlier botanical collecting, with bibliographical footnotes; list of
collectors with dates.
Vascular flora of Cods County, New Hampshire. Proc. Boston Soe.
Nat. Hist. 37: 39-888. pl. 5-11. 1924.—Plants new to Coos County, N. H.
Rhodora 30: 104-105. 1928.
Physiography, soils, climate, general features of flora, history of botanical
investigations, bibliography, etc.; annotated list of 1,297 vascular plants.
NEW JERSEY
See also New York (Taylor, Flora of the vicinity of New York) ; Pennsylvania (Keller
and Brown; Smith).
General
Britton, N. L. Catalogue of plants found in New Jersey. Final Rpt. Geol.
Survey New Jersey 2: 27-642. 1889 [1890]. (Reprinted.)
Physiography, bibliography; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants
(5,641 species and varieties, of which 1,995 are vascular plants).
Halsted, B. D. Forest trees of New Jersey. Bul. New Jersey Agr. Expt. Sta.
202. 52 p. 25 fig. 1907.
Annotated compiled list; bibliography.
The poisonous plants of New Jersey. Bul. New Jersey Agr. Expt. Sta.
135. 28 p. 10 fig. 1899.
Annotated account, the plants grouped according to poisonous character.
198 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Fender, F. 8. The flora of Seven Mile Beach, New Jersey. Bartonia 19: 23-
41. 1938.
Botanical explorations, habitats, affinities of flora; annotated list of 416
vascular plants; bibliography. Seven Mile Beach is an island off the shore of
Cape May County.
Harshberger, J. W. An ecological study of the New Jersey strand flora.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. [52] (1900): 623-671. 1901.—Additional observa-
tions on the strand fiora of New Jersey. 1. c. 54 (1902) : 642-669. 6 fig. 1903.
Includes (p. 661-671; v. 54, p. 665-669) lists of plants known to occur on the
beaches and salt marshes.
La Wall, C. H. Botanical notes from Longport, New Jersey. Bartonia 3:
12-21. 1911.
Annotated list of 160 vascular plants. (Atlantic County.)
Moldenke, H. N. A list of plants observed at and near The Pines, Branch-
ville, New Jersey, during the Branchville nature conference, May 2426, 1935.
9p. [n.p., 19352]
Unannotated list of 371 vascular plants. (Processed publication.) (Sussex
County.)
The observed flora of Watchung, N. J., and its immediate vicinity,
together with a schematic classification of the plant kingdom to orders. 3d ed.
59 p. 23.5 cm. Watchung, 1934.
Unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants (1,170 wild species and varie-
ties) ; statistics of the plant kingdom, giving the number of genera and species
in the world by orders. The two previous editions of the list were issued in
1933 (hectographed). Ten multigraphed lists of additions have been issued
Giip ie ad] p., In«d_ 3: 2sp:, 1938455 p., 1935) Hp, 19303 ps. 193622 pelea
3, 2, 3 p., 1989). —For general features of flora, see his The flora of the Watchung
Mountains. Torreya 36: 57-61, 88-98. 2 fig. (incl. map). 1936. (Somerset
County. )
Stone, Witmer. The plants of southern New Jersey, with especial reference
to the flora of the pine barrens and the geographic distribution of the species.
Ann. Rpt. New Jersey State Mus. 1910: 23-828. 5 fig. 129 pl. 1911 [1912].
( Reprinted.)
Local herbaria, phytogeography, floral districts, etc.; annotated list of vascular
plants, with keys; bibliography, gazetteer. (Burlington and Monmouth Counties
and southward.)
Walker, H. G., and Broadhurst, Jean. Flora. Englewood and vicinity. 45p.
16:5 em-- (fnisp:; 490i]
Unannotated list of vascular plants, without authorities for botanical names,
covering area in Bergen County along Hudson River between Edgewater and
Closter west to the Hackensack marshes.
NEW MEXICO
General
Castetter, E. F. Uncultivated native plants used as sources of food. Univ.
New Mexico Bul. 266 (Biol. Ser. v. 4, no. 1). -62 p. 19385. (Ethnobiological
studies in the American Southwest I.)
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by botanical names, of native plants
eaten by Indians of New Mexico and Arizona; bibliography; index of vernacular
names.
Standley, P. C. A bibliography of New Mexican botany. Contrib. U. S. Natl.
Herb. 13: 229-246. 1910.
Annotated list.
Some useful native plants of New Mexico. Ann. Rpt. Smithsn. Inst.
1911: 447-462. 13 pl. 1912.
Running account, the plants grouped by uses.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 199
Standley, P. C. The type localities of plants first described from New Mexico.
Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 13: 148-227. pl. 21, map. 1910.
Itineraries of Wislizenus, Wright, Whipple’s expedition (Bigelow), Pope’s ex-
pedition, Parke’s expedition; descriptive list of type localities, with lists of
species; annotated systematic list of species described from New Mexico.
Wooton, HE. O. Native ornamental plants of New Mexico. Bul. New Mexico
Agr. Expt. Sta. 51. 40 p. plates. 1904.
Running account of native plants of possible ornamental value.
Trees and shrubs of New Mexico. Bul. New Mexico Agr. Expt. Sta.
Sie eons a liISs a Onis?
Annotated treatment, with keys.
and Standley, P. C. Flora of New Mexico. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb.
v. 19. 794 p. 1915.
Annotated list of 2,908 species of vascular plants, with keys; gazetteer.
Local
Castetter, E. F., and Opler, M. E. The ethnobiology of the Chiricahua and
Mescalero Apache. A. The use of plants for foods, beverages and narcotics.
Univ. New Mexico Bul. 297 (Biol. Ser. v. 4, no. 5). 68 p. 1986. (Hthno-
biological studies in the American southwest III.)
Includes running account of plants used by these Indians in New Mexico and
adjacent regions. The Mescalero lived mainly in New Mexico, west to the Rio
Grande, east to northwestern Texas, south into northern Mexico; the Chiricahua
west of the Rio Grande into southeastern Arizona and south into Chihuahua and
Sonora.
Emerson, F. W. An ecological reconnaissance in the White Sands, New
Mexico. Ecology 16: 226-238. 4 fig. (incl. map). 1935.
Includes list of 62 known vascular plants; bibliography. The area, occupying
about 270 square miles, is covered with dunes composed of loose erystals of
gypsum. (Otero County.)
Robbins, W. W., Harrington, J. P., and Freire-Marreco, Barbara. Hthno-
botany of the Tewa Indians. Bul. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 55. xii, 124 p. 7 fig.,
8 pl. map. 1916.
Tewa classification and nomenclature of plants; glossary of Tewa names for
plant organs, ete.; annnotated list of wild and cultivated plants, with Tewa
names and uses; bibliography. The Tewa are a tribe in the upper Rio Grande
Valley, New Mexico.
Standley, P. C. Notes on the flora of the Pecos River National Forest. Muhlen-
bergia 5: 17-80. 1909.
Topography, botanical explorations, general features of flora; list of more inter-
esting plants collected by the author in 1908, with localities. The Pecos River
National Forest, now a part of the Santa Fe National Forest, was in San Miguel,
Mora, and Santa Fe Counties.
Stevenson, M. C. Ethnobotany of the Zuni Indians. Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer.
Hthnol: 30: 31—102... 3 pl. 1915.
Annotated lists of useful plants, classified by uses, with vernacular names.
The Zuni Indian Reservation is in western McKinley and Valencia Counties.
Watson, J. R. Manual of the more common flowering plants growing without
cultivation in Bernalillo County, New Mexico. Univ. New Mexico Bul. 49' (Biol.
Servo nO) ce xaa,, LO p: / 1908:
Annotated flora with keys and brief descriptions; the grasses and sedges
omitted.
NEW YORK
General
Brown, H. P. Trees of New York State, native and naturalized. Tech. Pub.
New York State Col. Forestry 15. 401 p. illus., map. 1922.
Description and full-page illustration of each species; keys; life zones. The
“olossary of derivations” is a remarkable production. Revised and enlarged edi-
tion issued as Trees of northeastern United States, native and naturalized.
490 p. illus. 24 cm. Boston, 1988.
200 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
House, H. D. Annotated list of the ferns and flowering plants of New York
State. New York State Mus. Bul. 254: 5-759. 1924.
Annotated list of about 2,876 species and many varieties, with synonymy; list
ef principal local floras.
A bibliography of the botany of New York State. New York State
Mus. Bul. 188 (Rpt. State Bot. 1915) : 66-105. 1916. [1917].
Mostly unannotated list of floristic publications, geographically arranged.
Wild flowers of New York. 2 v. 264 col. pl. 380 cm. Albany, 1918
[1920]. (New York State Museum Memoir 15.) (Reissued, 1934, in 1 vol.
as Wild flowers. )
Popular descriptive flora of herbaceous plants, noteworthy for its excellent
color photographs.
Lee, C. A. A catalogue of the medicinal plants, indigenous and exotic, growing
in the State of New-York, with a brief account of their composition and medical
properties. iv, 64 p. 23 ecm. New York, 1848.
Annotated list. Reprinted from New York Jour. Med. 9: 151-166, 298-313.
1847; 10: 1-27. 1848.
Peck, C. H. Edible wild fruits of New York. Trans. Albany Inst. 12: 83—
102. 1893.
Running account of edible wild fruits.
Torrey, John. A flora of the State of New-York, comprising full descriptions
of all the indigenous and naturalized plants hitherto discovered in the State;
with remarks on their economical and medicinal properties. 2v. 161 (i. e. 162)
pl. 29em. Albany, 1843. (Natural history of New York [div. 2].)
The classical flora of the State, still of value for its descriptions and illustra-
tions. Occurs with both plain and hand-colored plates.
Local
Bausor, S. C. A review of some medicinal plants. Pt. 2. Medicinal plants
of our local flora. Torreya 37: 45-54. 1987.
Annotated systematic list of 100 more common medicinal plants in vicinity of
New York City.
Beauchamp, W. M. Onondaga plant names. Bul. Torrey Club 15: 214, 262—
266. 1888.—Onondaga Indian names of plants. 1. c. 16: 54-55. 1889.
Running account of vernacular names, with translations and English names.—
See also his more extensive paper with same title in Jour. Amer. Folklore 15:
91-102. 1902. (Refers to the Indians of the Onondaga Valley.)
Beckwith, Florence, Macauley, M. E., and Fuller, J. B. Plants of Monroe
County, New York, and adjacent territory. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. 3: 1-150.
pl. 1-2 (maps). 1896.—Supplementary list. 1. ec. 5: 1-88. 1910.—Second sup-
plementary list. 1. c. 5: 59-99. 1917.
Collections, special localities, geology, climate, etc.: annotated list of 1,761
vascular plants (including supplements) ; annotated bibliography. M. S. Baxter
is joint author in place of J. B. Fuller, in suppl. 1-2.
Bradford, G. W. A catalogue of plants, growing spontaneously in the vicinity
of Cortland Academy, Homer, Cortland County, New-York. Ann. Rpt. Re-
gents Univ. State N. Y. [1832]: 66-71. 1833.
Unannotated alphabetical list of 568 vascular plants.
Burgess, E.S. The Chautauqua flora: a catalogue of the plants of Chautauqua
County, New York, native or naturalized; extending through the cryptogamous
plants, to the end of the Hepaticae. 387 p. map. 23cm. Clinton, N. Y., 1877.
Annotated list of 880 plants (761 vascular). (Processed publication. )
Burnham, S. H., and Latham, R. A. The flora of the town of Southold,
Long Island and Gardiner’s Island. Torreya 14: 201-225, 229-254. 1914.—
1st-5th supplementary list. 1. ec. 17: 111-122. 1917; 21: 1-11, 28-33. 1921;
23; 3-9, 25-31. 19238; 24: 22-32. 1924: 25: 71-83. -1925.
Topography, general features of flora; partly annotated list of insect galls,
cellular and vascular plants. (Suffolk County.)
Clute, W. N. The flora of the upper Susquehanna and its tributaries. xix,
142,xp. map. 21cm. Binghamton, 1898.—1st supplement. 16 p. Binghamton,
1901.
Physiography, climate, general feature of flora, etc.: annotated list of 1,105
yascular plants, The area covered includes Broome, Chemung, Chenango, Cort-
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 201
land, Otsego, Steuben, and Tioga, and parts of Allegany, Delaware, Madison, and
Schuyler Counties, New York, and parts of Bradford, Susquehanna, Tioga, and
Wayne Counties, Pennsylvania.
Dallas, E. M. Minnewaska’s flora. 13 p. 21cm. [n. p.,] 1896.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Ulster County.)
Fenno, F. E. Plants of the Susquehanna valley and adjacent hills of Tioga
County. New York State Mus. Bul. 67 (Rpt. State Bot. 1902) : 47-160. 1903.—
[1st]-2d supplementary list... l.c. 75 (Rpt. State Bot. 1903) : 57-60. 1904;
219/220: 247-250. 1920.
Topography ; annotated list of vascular plants.
Ferguson, W. C. Ferns and flowering plants of the Hempstead Plains, Long
Island, New York. Torreya 25: 109-113. 1925 (1926).
List of native vascular plants. (Nassau County.)
Some interesting plants from Long Island, N. Y. Torreya 22: 43-49.
1922.—Contributions to the flora of Long Island, N. Y. 2d paper. Bul. Torrey
Club 51: 177-201. 1924—Addenda ... Torreya 24: 88. 1924—Contributions
... 3d-[4th] paper. Bul. Torrey Club 52: 133-186. 1925; 53: 308-308. 1926.—
Contributions . . . 5th—[6th] paper. Torreya 28: 45-51. 1928; 30: 9-14. 1930.
Lists of rarer species collected by the author, with localities and frequent
annotations. To be taken as supplementary to Jelliffe’s Flora of Long Island
(q. v.).
Goodrich, Mrs. L. L. H. Flora of Onondaga County as collected by the mem-
bers of the Syracuse Botanical Club. 210 p. port. 23.5 cm. Syracuse, N. Y.,
1912.
Annotated list of vascular plants; list of mushrooms.
Gordinier, H. C., and Howe, E. C. The flora of Rensselaer County, New York.
A record of the phenogams and vascular cryptogams growing . . . independent of
cultivation. 39 p. 22.5 em. Troy, 1894.
List of 1,345 vascular plants with localities of rarer species.
Gray, Asa. A catalogue of the indigenous flowering and filicoid plants grow-
ing within 20 miles of Bridgewater, (Oneida Co.) N. Y. Ann. Rpt. Regents Univ.
State N. Y. [1832]: 57-65. 1838.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. This is Gray’s first published paper; it was
omitted from his bibliography in Amer. Jour. Sci. III, 86: app. (42, 25 p.). 1888.
Grier, N. M. The native flora of the vicinity of Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 9: 245-256, 283-318, 384-437. 1924-25.—The geology of Long
Island with especial reference to the Cold Spring Harbor region and its flora.
1. ec. 581-563. 1925. (Reprinted 265 p. [including blank pages for memoranda].)
List of 1,865 cellular and vascular plants (1,059 vascular) with localities and
collectors’ names; geology, soils, climate, botanical explorations; bibliography.—
See critical review by N. Taylor, Rhodora 27: 213-215. 1926, and reply by Grier,
l. e. 28: 242-245. 1926. (Suffolk County, on Long Island.)
Haberer, J. V. A list of plants in the vicinity of Utica, for April, May and a
portion of June. 20 p. 23cm. Utica, 1888.
Annotated list of vascular plants. (Oneida County.)
Hollick, C. A., and Britton, N. L. The flora of Richmond County, New York.
A eatalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular ecryptogamous plants ... grow-
ing in Richmond Co., independent of cultivation. 86 p. 24.5 em. Staten Island,
1879.
Briefly annotated list of vascular plants.—Additions published as follows: Bul.
Torrey Club 7: 11-12. 1880; 8: 48. 1881; 9: 149-151. 1882; 12: 38-40. 1885;
13: 838-84. 1886; 16: 132-134. 1889; 18: 213-214. 1891; 22: 460-462. 1895.—
Numerous minor additional notes are cited by J. H. Barnhart, Mem. Torrey Club
5: 42. 1915.
Hotchkiss, Neil. A botanical survey of the Tug Hill plateau. New York State
Mus. Bul. 287. 123 p. 7 fig. (maps), 4pl., map. 1932.
Botanical investigations, ecology, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants;
bibliography. The Tug Hill plateau is in Lewis, Jefferson, Oswego, and Oneida
Counties.
Hough, F. B. A catalogue of the indigenous, naturalized, and filicoid plants,
of Lewis County. Arranged according to the natural method adopted by Pro-
fessor Torrey, in the State catalogue. Ann. Rpt. Regents Univ. State N. Y. 59:
249-283. 1846.
Annotated list of vascular plants,
202 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
House, H. D. The vegetation of the eastern end of Oneida Lake. New York
State Mus. Bul. 197 (Rpt. State Bot. 1916): 61-110. pl. 5-12. 1918; 266 (Rpt.
State Bot. 1924): 28-40. 1925.
Geology, climate, life zones, plant associations; partly annotated list of vas-
cular plants. (Chiefly Oneida and Madison Counties.)
and Alexander, W. P. Flora of the Allegany State Park region. New
York State Mus. Handbook 2. 225 p. 33 fig., map. 1927.
Annotated list of vascular plants; lists of species of special localities; bibli-
ography. (Cattaraugus County.)
Howell, G. R., and Tenney, Jonathan. Botany. In their Bi-centennial history
of Albany ... p. 21-29. New York, 1886.
Unannotated list of vascular plants (sedges and grasses mostly omitted) of
Albany County. This has been attributed to J. S. Markle and C. H. Peck.
Hoysradt, L. H. Catalogue of the phaeogamous [sic] and acrogenous plants
growing without cultivation within five miles of Pine Plains, Duchess [sic] Co.,
N. Y. Bul. Torrey Club v. 6, suppl. xxxiip. [1875—79.]
Annotated list of spermatophytes, the acrogens (pteridophytes) omitted.
Jelliffe, S. E. The flora of Long Island. 160 p. 24.5 em. Lancaster, Pa.,
1899.
Geology, soils, ete.; bibliography; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants
(2,238 species, of which 1,383 are vascular plants).—See also Grout, A. J. Addi-
tions to the recorded flora . . . Torreya 2: 49-53. 1902.—Jelliffe, S. E. Addi-
tions ... Le. 4: 97-100. 1904. (Kings, Queens, Nassau, and Suffolk Counties.)
Latham, Roy. Flora of the State Park, Orient, Long Island, N. Y. Torreya
34: 189-149. 1934.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants. (Suffolk County.)
Mead, S. B. A catalogue of plants growing spontaneously in the vicinity of
North-Salem Academy. Ann. Rpt. Regents Univ. State N. Y. [1830]: 89-97.
1831.
Alphabetical list of 745 spermatophytes, with occasional annotations. (West-
chester County.)
Miller, E. S., and Young, H. W. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and acrog-
enous plants of Suffolk County, Long Island. 15 p. 23 cm. Port Jefferson,
1874.
Unannotated list of 871 vascular plants.—See also Young, H. W. Additions
to Suffolk County catalogue. Bul. Torrey Club 5: 34. 1874—Miller, E. S.
Suffolk County notes (and varying titles). 1. ec. 6: 155-157, 171-172, 258-259. 1877-
78; 7: 17-18. 1880.
Paige, E. W. Catalogue of the flowering plants of Schenectady County. 48 p.
24cm. Albany, 1864.
Physiography; annotated list of phanerogams.
Paine, J. A. Catalogue of plants found in Oneida County and vicinity. Ann.
Rpt. State Cabinet Nat. Hist. N. Y. 18: 58-192. 1865. (Reprinted.)
Annotated list of vascular plants; includes numerous records from outside
Oneida County.—See also Haberer, J. V. Plants of Oneida County, New York,
and vicinity, I. Rhodora 7: 92-97, 106-110. 19905.
Peck, C. H. Plants of North Elba, Essex County, N. Y. New York State Mus.
Bul. 6: 65-266. map. 1899.
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of vascular (492 species) and cellular plants
of North Elba, a town in the Adirondack Mountains.
Plants of the summit of Mt. Marey. New York State Mus. Bul. 5
(Rpt. State Bot. 1898) : 657-673. 1899.
Physiography, soil, general features of flora, list of 206 vascular and cellular
plants, with remarks on some of the species. Mount Marcy (altitude 5,344 ft.)
is the highest mountain in New York.—See also Adams, C. C., and others.
Flowering plants from the Alpine zone above timber-line on Mt. Marcy.
Ecology 1: 226-229. 1920. (Essex County.)
Raup, H. M. Botanical studies in the Black Rock forest. Black Rock Forest
Bul. 7. 161 p. (inel. 9 fig., 11 pl.), fold. map. 19388.
Ecology; includes (p. 109-158) annotated list of vascular plants collected
by the author in 1936-87. Black Rock Forest is a tract of privately owned
land, approximately 3,200 acres in extent, lying west of the Hudson River in
Orange County, N. Y.
GA eC es el
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 203
Sartwell, H. P. Catalogue of plants, growing without cultivation in the
vicinity of Seneca and Crooked Lakes, in western New-York. Ann. Rpt. Regents
Univ. State N. Y. 58: 273-290. 1845.
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Yates County.)
Smith, A. M. Corrected and enlarged list of plants found on the Adirondack
League Club tract. Adirondack League Club Yearbook 1904: 43-61. [1904.]
(1st ed., List of plants . . . 1. ec. 1898.)
Unannotated list of lichens, hepatics (by Caroline C. Haynes), mosses and
vascular plants. (Herkimer County.)
Stearns, W. A. List of plants of Fishkill, N. Y. and vicinity. 23 p. 18.5 em.
[Fishkill], 1880? ]
“Partial and incomplete” annotated list of vascular plants. (Dutchess
County. )
Stetson, Sereno. The flora of Copake Falls, N. Y. Torreya 13: 121-1383. 4
fig. 1918.
Topography, etc.; annotated list of angiosperms (ferns in supplement).—See
also Burnham, S. H. A supplementary list of plants of Copake Falls... l.ec.
217-219.—Stetson, S. 1913 notes on the flora of Copake Falls ...1 c@ 14:
42-45. 1 fig. 1914. (Columbia County.)
Stewart, P. A., and Merrell, W. D. The Bergen Swamp: an ecological study.
Proce. Rochester Acad. Sci. 8: 209-262. 4 fig. (maps), 2 pl. 1937.
Includes unannotated list of vascular plants. Bergen Swamp is in the north-
eastern part of Genesee County.
Taylor, Norman. Flora of the vicinity of New York. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
vy. 5. vi, 683 p. 9 maps. 1915.
Geology, plant geography; bibliography (by J. H. Barnhart); annotated list
of 2,651 species of vascular plants (of which 2,038 are native) with keys. The
area covered includes all of Connecticut and New Jersey, Long Island, south-
eastern New York, and eastern Pennsylvania. See critical review by Fernald,
M. L., Rhodora 17: 62-70. 1915.
Native trees of the Hudson River valley. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 90-
147. pl. 181-150. 1909.
Annotated list, with short descriptions.
The vegetation of Long Island. Pt. I. The vegetation of Montauk.
A study of grassland and forest. Mem. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 2: 1-107. 30 fig.
(inel. diagrs., map). 19238. :
Mainly ecological; includes (p. 85-107) list of 495 species of vascular plants,
with localities. (Suffolk County.)
Wiegand, K. M., and Hames, A. J. The flora of the Cayuga Lake basin, New
York. Vascular plants. Mem. Cornell Agr. Expt. Sta. 92. 491 p. map. 1923.
Physiography, soils, explorations, composition of flora; annotated list with
keys of 1,687 vascular plants, of which 1,146 are native species. Replaces
Dudley, W. R. The Cayuga flora. 1886. (Mostly in Seneca, Cayuga, and
Tompkins Counties. )
Eames, A. J., and others. Vascular plants (Pteridophyta and Sper-
matophyta). Jn A preliminary biological survey of the Lloyd-Cornell Reserva-
tion . . . Bul. Lloyd Libr. Bot., Pharm. and Mat. Med. 27 (Entom. Ser. no. 5):
2H on O26:
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants. This is followed
by lists of ce ular plants by other : ‘thors. The region covered is 15 miles
northeast of Ithaca and 1 mile east of McLean, in Tompkins County.
Willis, O. R. Report of the flora of Westchester County. Jn Bolton, Robert.
The history ... of the county of Westchester ... Revised. v. 1, p. 771-825.
New York, 1881. (Reprinted.)
Geology, ete.; annotated list of 1,188 vascular plants.—See also Britton, E. G.
Additions to the Westchester County flora. Bul. Torrey Club 13: 6-7. 1886.—
Day, E. H. Additions ...1.c. 18: 94-95. 1886—Martens, J. W., jr. [Addi-
tions.] 1. c. 16: 123-124. 1889.
Winchell, Alexander. Catalogue of plants found growing without cultivation
in the vicinity of Amenia Seminary, Dutchess County, N. Y. Ann. Rpt. Regents
Univ. State. N. Y. 64: 256-279. 1851.
Unannotated list of vascular plants and Characeae.
204 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Wright, John, and Hall, James. A catalogue of plants, growing without eul-
tivation, in the vicinity of Troy. 42 p. 23cm. Troy, 1836.
Annotated alphabetical list of vascular plants. (Rensselaer County.)
Zabriskie, J. B. A catalogue of plants indigenous and cultivated, found in the
vicinity of Erasmus Hall. Ann. Rpt. Regents Univ. State N.Y. [1834]: 176-181.
1835.
Unannotated alphabetical list of vascular plants and a few fungi. (Kings
County.)
Zenkert, C. A. The flora of the Niagara frontier region. Ferns and flowering
plants of Buffalo, N. Y., and vicinity. Bul. Buffalo Soe. Nat. Sci. v. 16.
x, 328 p. illus., map. 1934.
Botanical investigations, topography, geology, climate, life zones, human
changes ; annotated list of 1,587 species and 115 varieties ; ecology, plant societies,
bibliography. Covers a radius of about 50 miles around Buffalo, including
a part of the Niagara Peninsula, Ontario. Replaces Day, D. F. The plants
of Buffalo ...l.c 4: 65-279. 1882-84 (reprinted as A catalogue of the native
and naturalized plants of the city of Buffalo and its vicinity .. . 1884);
5: 85-96. 1886, and also his Catalogue of the Niagara flora. Ann. Rpt. Commrs.
State Resery. Niagara 4: 67-133. 1888. (Reprinted 67 p.)
NORTH CAROLINA
See also Tennessee (Cain) ; Virginia (Kearney).
General
Coker, W. C., and Totten, H. R. The trees of North Carolina. 106 p. 20.5
em. Chapel Hill, 1916.
Annotated list of 167 trees, with key to species —See also Ashe, W. W. Addi-
tions to the arborescent flora of North Carolina. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc.
34: 130-140. 1918.
Hyams, C. W. The flora of North Carolina from Ranunculaceae to Sal-
viniaceae. Bul. North Carolina Agr. Expt. Sta. 164. p. 287-865. 1899.
List of 2,685 species of vascular plants, their distribution within the State
indicated by letters. Replaces the “Catalogue of the indigenous and naturalized
plants of the State,’ by M. A. Curtis, in Agriculture of North Carolina, pt. 3.
156 p., 1867, and ‘‘A preliminary list of additions to Curtis’ Catalogue...
flowering plants,’ by M. E. Hyams in Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 1884/85:
72-76. 1885.
Medicinal plants which have been coliected and used in North Caro-
lina. Bul. North Carolina Agr. Expt. Sta. 150. p. 327-409. 1898.
Briefly annotated systematic list.
Local
Blomquist, H. L., and Oosting, H. J. A guide to the spring and early summer
flora of the Piedmont, North Carolina. 2d ed. xviii, 188 p. 23 cm. Durham,
1936. (1st ed., A guide to the spring flora of the Lower Piedmont, North Carolina,
1934. )
Annotated list of vascular plants, with keys; glossary.
Coker, W. C. A visit to Smith Island. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 34: 150—
153. pl. 10-16. 1918.
Includes list of woody plants observed by the author in April. (Off the
coast of Brunswick County.)
The woody plants of Chapel Hill, North Carolina. Jour. Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soc. 19: 42-49. 1903. (Reprint § p.)
List of 183 native trees, shrubs, and woody vines, with date of first flowering.
(Orange County.)
Croom, H. B. A catalogue of plants, native or naturalized, in the vicinity of
New Bern, North Carolina; with remarks and synonyms. [2d ed.] x, 52 p.
23.5 em. New York, 18387. (1st ed., 1833.)
Unannotated list of vascular plants, with occasional critical notes in an
appendix. (Craven County.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 205
Ewing, C. O., and Stanford, E. E. Botanicals of the Blue Ridge. Jour. Amer. . —
Pharm. Assoc. 8: 16-26. illus. 1919.
Account of general features of region and of method of collecting crude drugs,
with enumeration of the more important species. The Blue Ridge, in western
North Carolina and Virginia, is the chief source of native botanic drugs in the
United States.
House, H. D. Woody plants of western North Carolina. 34 p. 22.5 cm.
Darmstadt, 19138.
Plant zones, list of endemic species; annotated systematie list of trees, shrubs,
and woody vines.
Kearney, T. H. The plant covering of Ocracoke Island; a study in the ecology
of the North Carolina strand vegetation. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 5: 261-319.
fig. 33-50. 1900.
Mainly ecological, but includes list of cellular and vascular plants; bibliography.
(Hyde County.) *
Lewis, I. F. The vegetation of Shackleford Bank. Econ. Paper North Caro-
lina Geol. and Econ. Survey no. 46. 32 p. 11 pl. (inel. map). 1917.
Topography, climate, plant formations, general features of flora, soil-binders,
ete.; list of vascular plants. (A sand reef on coast between Beaufort Inlet and
Cape Lookout, Carteret County.)
McAtee, W. L. Notes on the flora of Church’s Island, North Carolina. Jour.
Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soe. 35: 61-75. 1919.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the
author. (Currituck County.)
Memminger, E. R. A list of plants growing spontaneously in Henderson
County, N. C. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soe. 30: 126-149. 1915.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
Peattie, D. C. Flora of the Tryon region of North and South Carolina. An
annotated list of plantS growing spontaneously in Polk County, North Carolina,
and adjacent parts of South Carolina, in Greenville and Spartanburg Counties.
Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 44: 95-125, 141-229. 1928-29; 45: 59-100, 245—
290. 1929-80; 46: 129-160. 1931.—Additions, corrections and deletions...
le. 53: 311-323. 1987.
Botanical explorations, physiography, soils, climate; annotated list of 1,155
vascular plants.
Small, J. K., and Heller, A. A. Flora of western North Carolina and con-
tiguous territory. Mem. Torrey Club 8: 1-36. 1892.
Includes list of species collected by authors. (Mainly in Blue Ridge at Grand-
father Mountain, Table Rock, Blowing Rock, Stone Mountain, etc.)
Wood, T. F., and McCarthy, Gerald. Wilmington flora; a list of plants grow-
ing about Wilmington, N. C., with date of flowering. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci.
Soe. 3: 77-141. map. 1886. (Reprinted 69 p.)
Partly annotated list of 1,217 vascular plants. (New Hanover County.)
NORTH DAKOTA
General
Bergman, H. F. Flora of North Dakota. Bien. Rpt. Agr. Col. Survey North
Dakota 6 (1911-12): 151-872. [1918.] (Reprinted.)
Botanical explorations, physiography, types of vegetation, etc.; annotated list
of vascular plants, with keys. The 15-page index follows the index of the whole
volume, also two unnumbered pages of corrections.—For additions, see Metcalf,
F. P. Notes on North Dakota plants. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 10: 188-198.
1920.—Also Stevens, O. A. New records and other notes on North Dakota plants.
Bul. Torrey Club 49: 93-105. 1922.
Lunell, Joel. Enumerantur plantae Dakotae Septentrionalis vasculares, I-XIV.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 4: 152-165, 211-228, 229-244, 297-310, 355-366, 409-418, 419-431,
467-487, 5038-517. 1915-16; 5: 1-13, 31-46, 55-71, 93-98, 233-241. 1917-18.
Annotated list of 1,311 species and varieties. Remarkable for its nomenclature,
which recognizes no dividing line in 1753, but takes generic names from such
authors as Dioscorides, and binomials from Fuchs and others of like date. Many
of the largest Linnaean genera appear under unfamiliar and botanically inde-
fensible names, as Tessenia for Erigeron, Cunigunda for Eupatorium, and Hupa-
torium for Agrimonia.
206 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Bell, W. B. The plants of the Williston area. Ann. Rpt. Agr. Expt. Sta. North
Dakota 18 (1): 53-75. 1908. (Also in Bien. Rpt. Agr. Col. Survey North Dakota
4 (1907-08) : 28-51. 1910.)
Annotated list of spermatophytes, the families arranged alphabetically. (Wil-
liams County.)
Report on the plant survey of the Morton area in Morton County,
North Dakota. Bien. Rpt. Agr. Col. Survey North Dakota 5 (1909-10) : 34-60.
1910.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Bergman, H. F. A report on the plant survey of Barnes County, N. Dak.
Bien. Rpt. Agr. Col. Survey North Dakota 6 (1911-12) : 121-150. 3 pl. [1918.]
Topography, climate, plant formations; annotated list of vascular plants.
Stevens, 0. A. Plants of Fargo, North Dakota, with dates of flowering. Amer.
Midl. Nat. 7: 54-62, 79-100, 135-156. 1921.
Physiography, soil, etec.; annotated list of flowering plants; list of flowers
arranged according to flowering date. (Cass County.)
OHIO
General
Bigelow, J. M. To the medical profession of Ohio. Ohio Med. and Surg. Jour.
2: 97-148. 1849. (Reprinted, 47 p., with title: A list of the medicinal plants of
Ohio.)
Annotated list of 202 medicinal plants of Ohio.
Detmers, Frederica. Medicinal plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 10: 55-60, 73-85.
1910.
Briefly annotated list of wild and commonly cultivated cellular and vaseular
plants used in medicine.
Kellerman, W. A. Bibliography of Ohio botany. Bul. Ohio Agr. Expt. Sta.
Tech. Ser. 1: 180-201. 1893.——Additions ... Ann. Rpt. Ohio Acad. Sci. 4: 5-18.
1896.
Annotated list of works referring particularly to Ohio plants, chronologically
arranged. The additions carry this list through 1895.—Essentially the same mate-
rial is given in the prefatory matter of Kellerman, W. A., and Werner, W. C.
Catalogue of Ohio plants. Rpt. Geol. Survey Ohio 7 (2) : 58-79. 1893.
Miller, E, M. Bibliography of Ohio botany. Bul. Ohio Biol. Survey 27 (v. 5,
no. 4): 281-376. 1932. (Ohio State University Bulletin v. 37, no. 5.)
Mostly unannotated list of publications (1755-1931), arranged alphabetically
by authors.
Schaffner, J. H. Field manual of the flora of Ohio and adjacent territory.
638 p. 17.5 em. Columbus, 1928.
Bibliography; flora of vascular plants in form of keys; glossary.
Poisonous and other injurious plants of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 4: 16-19,
32-385, 69-73. 1904.
Briefly annotated systematic list of 229 cellular and vascular plants.
Revised catalog of Ohio vascular plants, arranged according to the
phyletic system of classification; with notes on the geographic distribution in
the State, based mainly on specimens in the Ohio State herbarium of the Ohio
State University. Bul. Ohio Biol. Survey 25 (v. 5, no. 2): 87-215. 8maps. 19382.
(Ohio State University Bulletin v. 36, no. 9).)—-Additions I-VII. Ohio Jour. Sci.
83: 288-294. 1983: 34: 165-174. 1984; 35: 297-303. 1935; 36: 195-203. 1936;
37: 260-265. 19387; 38: 211-216. 1938; 39: 232-234. 1939.
Bibliography, phytogeographical regions; annotated list of 2,309 species (plus
varieties) of vascular plants. Replaces Kellerman, W. A. The fourth State
catalogue of Ohio plants... (1899) and its 8 supplements. The 7th list of
additions is by Schaffner and C. H. Jones. ;
Trees of Ohio and surrounding territory ; including the area westward
to the limits of the prairie and south to the thirty-seventh parallel. Proc. Ohio
Acad. Sci. 5: 71-191. 1909. (Spec. Paper Ohio Acad. Sci. no. 15.)
Annotated list, including many cultivated species, with keys.—See also his
Check list of Ohio shrubs. Ohio Nat. 8: 205-209. 1907.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 207
Local
Aiken, W. H. Catalogue of the ferns and flowering plants of Cincinnati, Ohio,
and vicinity. Bul. Lloyd Libr. 15 (Bot. Ser. 1). 57 p. 1911.
Botanical collectors and publications; annotated list of vascular plants.
(Hamilton County.)
Check list of Hamilton County, Ohio, plants exclusive of the lower
cryptogams. Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 20: 199-230. 1904.
Climate, bibliography, etc.; unannotated list of vascular plants.
List of medicinal plants, wild or cultivated, growing in the vicinity
of Cincinnati, Ohio, with notes as to the parts used for medicinal purposes.
Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 20: 231-234. 1904.
Systematic list. (Hamilton County.)
[Bigelow, J. M., and Hor, Asa.] Florula lancastriensis; or a catalogue com-
- prising nearly all the flowering and filicoid plants, growing naturally within the
limits of Fairfield County, with notes of such as are medicinal. Proc. Med.
Conv. Ohio 1841: 49-79. 1841. (Reprinted, 33 p. Lancaster, 1841.)
Unannotated list of vascular plants; annotated list of 1980 medicinal plants.
Another issue of Same date, 22 pages, contains only the unannotated list.
Braun, E. L. The Lea herbarium and the flora of Cincinnati. Amer. Midl. Nat.
15: 4-75. map. 1984.
Plant communities, changes in flora, bibliography; list of 1,302 species and
varieties of vascular plants growing within a radius of 20 miles around Cin-
cinnati, with occasional annotations. The herbarium of Thomas G. Lea, col-
lected in 1834-44 and now at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
includes 714 species from the region. (Hamilton and Clermont Counties, Ohio,
and Boone, Kenton, and Campbell Counties, Ky.)
Craig, Moses. A catalogue of the uncultivated flowering plants growing in
the Ohio State University grounds. Bul. Ohio Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Ser. 1: 49-
110. map. 1890.
Geology, phenology, etc.; annotated list of 468 angiosperms.—See also Keller-
man, W. A., and Werner, W. C. Corrections and additions ... 1. ec. 1: 224—
232. 18938. (Franklin County.)
Foltz, K.O. The phaenogamie flora of Summit County, —Pt. I. Ann. Rpt. Ohio
State Acad. Sci. 2: 21-81. [1894.]
Unannotated list of spermatophytes. No more published.
Griggs, R. F. A botanical survey of the Sugar Grove region. Bul. Ohio Biol.
Survey 1 (3) : 245bis—340 (incl. 29 fig., pl. map). 1914. (Ohio State University
Bulletin v. 28, no. 25.)
Geology, ecology, ete.; partly annotated list of 972 vascular plants. The area
covered is in Fairfield and Hocking Counties.
Jones, H. L. Catalogue of the phanerogams and ferns of Licking County,
Ohio. Bul. Scient. Lab. Denison Univ. 7. 102 p. map. 1892——Additions and
corrections to the flora. l. c. 8 (2): 3-6. 1894.
Geology, climate, special localities; annotated list of 945 vascular plants.
Kellerman, W. A., and Jennings, O. E. Flora of Cedar Point. Ohio Nat.
4: 186-190. 1904—Additions ... I. (Kellerman and H. H. York) 1. ec. 6: 540.
1906.—Additions...II. (O. E. Jennings) 1. c. 6: 544-545. 1906.—Addi-
tions... III. CM. E. Stickney, J. H. Schaffner, and C. A. Davies) 1. c. 10: 61-
63. 1910.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.—See also Additions ... of 1911-12, by
HE. L. Fullmer. 1. c. 12: 473. 1912; 18: 78. 1913. (Hrie County.)
Moore, D. M. A botanical survey of the campus of Denison University. Jour.
Secient. Lab. Denison Univ. 20: 131-158. 7 fig., pl. 17-19 (incl. map). 19238.
Physiography, general features of flora; list of 321 vascular plants. (In
Granville, Licking County.)
Morgan, A. P. Flora of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 60 p. 17 cm. Dayton, Ohio,
1878.—Supplement .. . for 1878. p. 61-68, [n. d.]
Unannotated list of vascular and cellular plants. The area covered is not
further defined than in the title.
Moseley, E. L. Flora of the oak openings west of Toledo. Proc. Ohio Acad.
Sci. 8: 79-134. map. 1928. (Spec. Paper Ohio Acad. Sci. no. 20.)
241306°—42—_14
208 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Origin of ‘oak openings,’ a Sandy tract in Lucas, Fulton, and Henry Coun-
ties, about 130 square miles in area, soil, changes in flora, ete.; annotated list
of vascular plants.
Moseley, E. L. Sandusky flora. A catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns
growing without cultivation, in Erie County, Ohio, and the peninsula and islands
of Ottawa County. Spec. Papers Ohio State Acad. Sci. no.1. 167p. map. 1899.
Climate, geology, etc.; annotated list of over 1,100 vascular plants.—See also
Griggs, R. F. Additions to the Sandusky flora. Ohio Nat. 1: 97-98. 1901.
Pieters, A. J. The plants of western Lake Erie, with observations on their
distribution. Bul. U. S. Fish Comn. 21: 57-79. pl. 11-20. 1901. (Reprinted.)
Mainly ecological; includes alphabetical list (p. 77-79) of cellular and vascu-
lar plants.
Roth, Conrad. Vascular plants of Scioto County. Jn Bannon, H. T. Stories
old and often told, being chronicles of Scioto County, Ohio. p. 245-266. Bal-
timore, 1927.
Unannotated list.
Selby, A. D., and Craig, Moses. A preliminary list of the plants of Franklin
County, Ohio. Ann. Rpt. Columbus Hort. Soc. 1890, pt. 2. 19 p. 1891.—
Additions.) 2 2) 1s crlsoie at leat. 1892:
Unannotated list of 1,069 vascular plants.
Wetzstein, Albert. Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta found in Auglaize
County, Ohio. Proc. Ohio State Acad. Sci. 4 (7, Ann. Rpt. 14) : 3538-364. 1906.
Barely annotated list of vascular plants.
Wright, A. A. Preliminary list of the flowering and fern plants of Lorain
County, Ohio. 30 p. map. 23 cm. Oberlin, 1889.—Additions ...11 p. map.
23 cm. Oberlin, 1893. [Oberlin College Laboratory Bulletin no. 1 and Suppl.]
Unannotated list of vascular plants. The annotated list of additions brings
the total to 975 forms (9381 species).
OKLAHOMA
General
See also Arkansas (Evans; Palmer, The ligneous flora of Rich Mountain); Texas
(Tharp).
Bogue, E. E. An annotated catalog of the ferns and flowering plants of Okla-
homa. Bul. Oklahoma Agr. Expt. Sta. 45. 48 p. 1900.
Annotated list of about 750 vascular plants.
Jeffs, R. E., and Little, E. L. A preliminary list of ferns and seed piants
of Oklahoma. Pub. Univ. Oklahoma Biol. Survey 2: 39-101. 1930. (Contr.
Dept. Bot. Univ. Oklahoma n. s. no. 1.)
Physiography, floral areas, botanical explorations ; unannotated list of vascular
plants ; bibliography.—For additions see Little, E. L., and Olmsted, C. E. New
records of flowering plants from southeastern Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma
Acad. Sci. 15: 4449. 1935. See also for key to species included in the 1930
publication (excluding grasses, sedges, ete.), Jeffs, R. E. A key to the ferns and
seed plants of Oklahoma. 147 p. 27.5 cm. Norman, 19381. (Processed publi-
cation. )
Shannon, C. W. The trees and shrubs of Oklahoma. Cir. Oklahoma Geol.
Survey 4. 41 p. 19183.
Annotated list.—See also Phillips, G. R., Gibbs, F. J., and Mattoon, W. R.
Forest trees of Oklahoma... ed. 5, rev. Pub. Oklahoma Div. Forestry no. 1.
135 p. illus. (incl. map). 1939. (1st ed., 1927, by Mattoon and Phillips. )
Stemen, T. R., and Myers, W. S. Oklahoma flora... xxix, 706 p. 494 fig.
20cm. Oklahoma City, 1937.
Annotated descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys; the grasses, sedges,
and rushes omitted; lists of hay-fever, poisonous, drug, and edible plants, ete.—
For a critical review, see Fernald, M. L. A flora of Oklahoma. Rhodora 40:
179-183. 1938.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 209
Local
Eskew, C. T. The flowering plants of the Wichita Mountains Wildlife Refuge.
Amer. Midl. Nat. 20: 695-703. 1938.
Topography, botanical explorations, climate, ecology ; unannotated list of 447
spermatophytes; bibliography. (Comanche County.)
Little, E. L. Flora of Muskogee County, Okahoma. Amer. Midl. Nat. 19: 369-
3889. 1988.
Botanical explorations, relationships of flora, biological spectrum of flora;
briefly annotated list of 829 vascular plants; bibliography.
and Olmsted, C. E. Trees and shrubs of the southeastern Oklahoma
protective unit. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 16: 52-61. 1936.
Topography, climate, botanical explorations, ecology; annotated list of 152
woody plants; bibliography. (Northern McCurtain, southern Le Flore, and
eastern PuShmataha Counties.)
Vestal, P. A., and Schultes, R. E. The economic botany of the Kiowa Indians
as it relates to the history of the tribe . . . xiii, 110 p. (incl. 1 fig. (map), 4 pl.).
27 cm. Cambridge, Mass., 1939
History of tribe; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants used, with
vernacular names, referring principally to Oklahoma; list of plants classified
by uses, ete.; bibliography.
OREGON
See also Idaho (Spinden) ; Washington (Piper and Beattie) ; British Columbia (Brown).
General
Hemenway, A. F. Botanists of the Oregon country. Quart. Oregon Hist. Soc.
5: 207-214. 1904.
Account of botanical collectors in Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and adjacent
States, from Haenke to Howell.
Sheldon, E. P. The forest wealth of Oregon. 32 p. 4 pl. 20cm. Portland,
1904.
History, economic value; annotated list of trees, with uses.
Local
Applegate, E. I. Plants of Crater Lake National Park. Amer. Midl. Nat.
22: 225-814 (incl. 3 pl.). 1939.
Topography, general features of flora, botanical explorations; annotated list
of about 570 species and forms of vascular plants, with keys and brief descrip-
tions. (Klamath County.)
Benson, G. T. The trees and shrubs of western Oregon. Contrib. Dudley Herb.
Stanford Univ. v. 2. 170 p. map. 19380.
Plant zones; annotated list with synonymy, type locality, local range, and
citation of Specimens. Refers primarily to the region west of the Cascade
Mountains.
Coville, F. V. Notes on the plants used by the Klamath Indians of Oregon.
Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 5: 87-108. 1897. .
Annotated systematic list of useful plants; list of Indian names, with botani-
cal equivalents. (Klamath County.)
Gilkey, H. M., and Powell, G. M. Handbook of northwest flowering plants.
vi, 407 p. illus. 20 cm. Portland, Oreg., 1936.
A popular work with brief descriptions, covering the region in Oregon and
Washington from the summit of the Cascade Mountains to the coast, south to
Lane County, Oregon, omitting northern Washington. The grasses, sedges,
rushes, and willows are omitted.
Gorman, M. W. The flora of Mount Hood. Oregon Out of Doors 1 (1); 64
96. 1920.
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of 283 vascular plants found above 2,000
feet elevation. Replaces Howell, Thomas. The flora of Mount Hood. Mazama
1; 28-48. 1896. Mount Hood is in Hood River, Multnomah, Clackamas, and
‘Wasco Counties,
210 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Gorman, M. W. List of plants in the vicinity of Portland, Oregon. Muhlen-
bergia 2: 351-416. 1916-17.
Annotated list of “835” vascular plants, never published in full. Reaches
Malva (Engler and Prant] system), p. 416. (Multnomah County.)
House, H. D. Vegetation of the Coos Bay region, Oregon. Muhlenbergia 9:
81-100. 1914.
General features of flora; list of about 210 vascular plants collected by author
in 1911-12, with data. (Coos County.)
Leach, Lilla. Wildflowering in the Wallowas. Mazama 18: 50-60. illus.
1931.
Includes unannotated list of vascular plants collected by Lilla and John R.
Leach. The Wallowa Mountains are in southern W'allowa and Union and north-
ern Baker Counties.
Nelson, J. C. A list of Oregon plants not mentioned in the local manuals.
Muhlenbergia 2: 345-350. 1916.
List of 63 species, mostly introduced plants, with localities.
Peck, M. E. Flora of the east slope of the Cascade Mountains, in Crook
County, Oregon. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 22: 143-164. 1915 (1916).
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants.
A section of Upper Sonoran flora in northern Oregon. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 23 (1916) : 317-334. [19172]
Physiography, plant associations; annotated list of angiosperms collected by
the author in 1915 near Umatilla, Umatilla County, on the south bank of the
Columbia River.
Wynd, F. L. The flora of Crater Lake National Park. Amer. Midl. Nat. 17:
881-949. 1936.
Bibliography; unannotated list of vascular plants, with keys. (Klamath
County. )
PENNSYLVANIA
See also New York (Clute; Taylor, Flora of the vicinity of New York).
General
Illick, J. S. Pennsylvania trees. Bul. Penn. Dept. Forestry 11. 5th ed. 287 p.
plates. 1925. (Reprinted, 1928. 1st ed., 1914.)
Includes systematic descriptive list of trees with plate of each species.
Porter, T.C. Flora of Pennsylvania ... Edited with the addition of analyti-
eal keys by J. K. Small. xv, 362 p. map. 24cm. Boston, 1903.
Annotated list of 2,201 species of spermatophytes, with keys. For the vascular
cryptogams, see his Catalogue of the Bryophyta... and Pteridophyta...
found in Pennsylvania. 66 p. Boston, 1904.
Local
Baron, J. J. Floral life of western Pennsylvania: a bibliography. ‘Trillia
8: 45-57. 1925.
Partly annotated list of botanical publications, alphabetically arranged by
authors.
Benner, W. M. The flora of Bucks County, Pennsylvania. 331 p. 24 cm.
Philadelphia, 1932.—Additions ... Bartonia 15: 32-34. 1983.
Topography, geology, soils, climate, phytogeography, botanical history, ete.;
annotated list of vascular plants; bibliography.
[Christy, C. W.] Preliminary check-list of the flora of Crawford County, Pa.
[iZieps 23.cme [maps ante: 189 ry
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
Claypole, E. W. Catalogue of the names of plants found in Perry County
during the summer of 1882 and 1883. Jn his Preliminary report on the palaeon-
tology of Perry County ... Rpt. Prog. 2d Geol. Survey Penn. EF’: 113-145.
1885.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
Darlington, William. Flora cestrica. An attempt to enumerate and describe
the flowering and filicoid plants of Chester County, in the State of Pennsylvania.
Pe eS ee
Eo
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 2a
With brief notices of their properties, and uses, in medicine, domestic and rural
economy, and the arts. xxiii, 640 p. map. 19 cm.- West-Chester, Pa., 1837.
Descriptive flora of 1,073 vascular plants, on the Linnaean system.—For addi-
tions, see Stone, H. E. A centennial survey of the Chester County flora. Bar-
tonia 11: 36-48. 1929—The “third edition” (1853) of Darlington’s work has less
detailed descriptions.
Dolph, J. M. [A list of the plants of Wayne County, Pa.] In White, I. C.
The geology of Susquehanna County and Wayne County. Rpt. Prog. 2d Geol.
Survey Penn. G*: 31-87. 1881.
Unannotated list of vascular plants.
Fussell, Linnaeus. List of Delaware County plants. Proc. Delaware Co.
Inst. Sci. 1: 49-76. 1906.
Unannotated list of “something less than 1400 species” of vascular plants.—
See also Pennell, F. W. Some additions ... 1, c. 4: 68-74. 1909,
Heller, A. A. Preliminary report on the flora of Luzerne County, Penn. Bul.
Torrey Club 20: 55-67. 1898.
General features of flora; list of 325 vascular plants, with localities.
Illick. J.S. Woody plants of Franklin County, Pennsylvania. Bul, Penn. Dept..
Forestry 21. 42 p. 1921.
Annotated list of 247 native and cultivated woody plants. Revision and en-
largement of his Check-list of the woody plants of a portion of the South Moun-
tains near Mont Alto... 1918.
Jennings, O.E. A botanical survey of Presque Isle, Erie County, Pennsylvania.
Annals Carnegie Mus. (Pittsburgh) 5: 289-421. 4 fig. (maps), pl. 22-51 (incl.
tab. and map). 1909.
Physiography, ecology, with footnote references ; unannotated list of 489 vascu-
lar plants.
Keller, I. A., and Brown, Stewardson. Handbook of the flora of Philadelphia
and vicinity, containing data relating to the plants within the following radius:
eastern Pennsylvania, north to the Blue Mountains, and west to the Susque-
hanna; all of New Jersey except the northern counties; and New Castle County,
Delaware. With keys for identification of species. viii, 860 p. 23 cm. Phila-
delphia, 1905.
Annotated list of vascular plants, with keys.—For additions (primarily sup-
plementing the presentation of the Philadelphia flora given in Taylor, N., Flora
of the vicinity of New York) see Long, Bayard. Some changes in the aspect
of the list of the Philadelphia flora. Bartonia 8: 12-32. 1924; also his Some
noteworthy indigenous species new to the Philadelphia area. 1. ec. 10: 30-52.
1929.
Kelly, J. P. The ferns and flowering plants of central Pennsylvania. 120 p.
illus. (incl. map). 19cm. State College, Pa., 1937. (Pennsylvania state college
studies, v. 2, no. 1.)
General ecological features; unannotated list of 1,166 vascular plants in form
of keys, without authorities for botanical names, covering region within 35 miles
of State College, Centre County, including parts of adjacent counties.
King, W. L. The flora of Northampton County, Pennsylvania. Torreya 12:
97-107, 124-182, 165-1738, 183-189, 208-215. 1912.
Geography, geology, climate; annotated list of 1,304 vascular plants.—For
additions see Rau, E. A. Notes on the flora of Northampton County... le.
12: 287-289. 1912.
Kline, W. A., Brendle, T. R., and Mumbauer, J. R. A preliminary list of
the flora of the Perkiomen region ...41p. 24cm. [n. p.,] 1924.
Bibliography; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the authors.
(Montgomery County.)
Lick, D. E., and Brendle, T. R. Plant names and plant lore among the Penn-
sylvania Germans. 300 p. illus. 25 cm. Lancaster, Pa., 1927.
Annotated list of wild and cultivated plants, with vernacular names and
much interesting and curious information about uses; bibliography. Originally
published as Pennsylvania German Society. Proceedings and addresses...
We Bombo. O23.
Lutz, H. J. The vegetation of Heart’s Content, a virgin forest in northwestern
Pennsylvania. Ecology 11: 1-29. 9 fig. (incl. maps), pl. 1, 19380—Addi-
tLONSS. acl ©) LO 290-297%, | 1934.
212 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Ecological: includes (p. 11-13) tabular list of vascular plants. (In Watson
Township, Warren County.)
Miller, John. Flora of Erie County, Pennsylvania. 47 p. port. 23 em.
[Erie, 1923. ]
Annotated list of 1,184 species and 36 varieties of vascular plants.
Pennell, F. W. Flora of the Conowingo Barrens of southeastern Pennsylvania.
Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 62: 541-584. 1910-11.—Further notes... l «
64: 520-539. 1918.
Climate, physiography, soil, composition of flora; annotated list of 217 vascu-
lar plants, with supplementary list of “occasional species” (77) and ‘“promi-
nent introduced species” (7). The area covered is the “Conowingo or Serpen-
tine Barrens in Chester and Delaware counties.” The supplement contains
also records from the serpentine barrens of Centerville, New Castle County,
Del.
Shafer, J. A. A preliminary list of the vascular flora of Allegheny County,
Pennsylvania. Annals Carnegie Mus. (Pittsburgh) 1: 14-127. 1901.
List of vascular plants, with few annotations.—See also Jennings, O. E.
Additions and corrections... l. ¢c. 3: 473-479. 1906, the latter bringing the
total to about 991 species.
Small, J. K., and Carter, J. J. Flora of Lancaster County: being descriptions
of the seed-plants growing naturally in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. xvi,
336 p. 23.5 em. New York, 1913.
Physiography, ete.; descriptive flora of spermatophytes, with keys.
Smith, A. H. On colonies of plants observed near Philadelphia. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. [19]: 15-24. 1867.
Annotated list of 106 vascular plants occurring on waste ground along the
Delaware River in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, in the vicinity of Philadelphia.—
See also Burk, Isaac. List of plants recently collected on ships’ ballast in the
neighborhood of Philadelphia. 1. c. 29: 105-109. 1877—Also Martindale, I. C.
More about ballast plants. Bot. Gaz. 2: 127-128. 1877.
Twining, Alfred. Flora of northeastern Pennsylvania. 89 p. (incl. port.).
23 em. Seranton, Pa., 1917.
Annotated list of 1,534 vascular plants from the vicinity of the Lackawanna
and Wyoming valleys. Replaces “A catalogue of the flowering plants and
vascular cryptogams found in and near Lackawanna and Wyoming valleys,”
by W. R. Dudley and C. O. Thurston. 1892, and ‘Additions. ...” 1895.
RHODE ISLAND
General
Providence Franklin Society. The ferns, fern allies and flowering plants of
Rhode Island. A revision of the first fifty-eight pages of James L. Bennett’s
“Plants of Rhode Island” published by the Providence Franklin Society in 1888.
78 p. Providence, 1920.
Unannotated list, with reference to authority for inclusion of each species;
bibliography. Unreliable; see critical review by M. L. Fernald, Rhodora 24:
S6-100. 1922.
Local
Bailey, W. W. Notes on the flora of Block Island. Bul. Torrey Club 20: 221-
239. 1893.
Soil, general features of flora; mostly unannotated list of 294 vascular plants
collected by the author and J. F. Collins in 1892.—For additions see Hollick, A.
Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. 11: 63-70. 1898, also Torreya 6: 190. 1906. (New-
port County.)
Davis, L. D. The trees and plants of Conanicut Island. Proc. Newport Nat.
Hist. Soe. 8: 32-42. 1892.
General features of flora; unannotated list of angiosperms, the families ar-
ranged in a quite unintelligible order. (Newport County, in Narragansett Bay.)
Reynolds, E. S. The flora of the Great Swamp of Rhode Island. Rhodora 9:
117-122. 1907.
Topography, botanical explorations, etc.; partial list of vascular plants col-
lected. (Washington County.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 2s
Rives, W. C., and Bailey, W. W. Native plants of the island of Rhode
Island. Proc. Newport Nat. Hist. Soc. 3: 87-89. 1885; 4: 18-15. 1886; 5: 32-
35. 1887; 6: 24. 1888.
Four unannotated lists of vascular plants of towns of Newport, Middletown,
Portsmouth, ete. (Newport County.)
SOUTH CAROLINA
See also North Carolina (Peattie).
General
Elliott, Stephen. A sketch of the botany of South-Carolina and Georgia. 2 v.
12 pl. 22.5 cm. Charleston, 1821-24 (1816-24).
A classic among the earlier descriptive floras of the United States; now long
out of date, but still the only available local treatise on the flora of the State.
For dates of issue see Barnhart, J. H., Bul. Torrey Club 28: 680-688. 1901.
Porcher, F. P. Report on the indigenous medicinal plants of South Carolina.
Trans. Amer. Med. Assoc. 2: 677-862. 1849.
List of about 410 plants, annotated as to uses.
Ravenel, H. W. A list of the more common native and naturalized plants of
South Carolina. In South Carolina. Published by the State Board of Agri-
culture. p. 312-359. Charleston, 1883.
Nominal list, including only species with popular names; total number of
vascular plants estimated at 1,810 species; bibliography.
Local
Bachman, John. Catalogue of phaenogamous plants and ferns, native or
naturalized, found growing in the vicinity of Charleston (S. C.). South. Agr. 8:
189-196, 286-291. 1835. (Preprinted 1834. 15 p.)
Unannotated list of vascular plants, alphabetically arranged. (Charleston
County.)
Coker, W. C. Observations on the flora of the Isle of Palms, Charleston, S. C.
Torreya 5: 135-145. 3 fig. 1905.
Descriptive account of vegetation, with included enumeration of species.
(Charleston County.)
The plant life of Hartsville, S. C.129 p. 15 pl. 27 cm. Columbia, 1912.
Climate, geology, general features of flora, etc.; key to trees of Hartsville;
annotated list of 628 vascular plants. (Darlington County.)
Gibbes, L. R. Botany of Edings’ Bay. Proc. Elliott Soc. Nat. Hist. Charles-
ton, S. C. 1: 241-248. 1859. (Reprint 8 p.)
Geology, etc. ; unannotated list of 70 vascular plants; general features of flora.
(Small island between north and south mouths of Edisto River, Charleston
County. )
A catalogue of the phoenogamous [sic] plants of Columbia, S. C.
and its vicinity. 13 p. 20.5 em. Columbia, 1835.
Unannotated tabular list on the Linnaean system, with notes on a few species.
(Richland County.)
Ives, S. A., and Smith, X. A. The vascular plants of Horry County, South
Carolina. Furman Bul. 20 (9): 25-40. 1988.
List of 600 vascular plants, annotated as to habitat.
McGregor, E. A. List of plants from Batesburg, S. C., and vicinity. Jour.
Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 33: 1383-145. 1917.
Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by the author and now in the
herbarium of Stanford University. (Lexington County.)
Porcher, F. P. A medico-botanical catalogue of the plants and ferns of St.
John’s, Berkley, South-Carolina. South. Jour. Med. and Pharm. 2: 255-286,
397-417. 1847. (Reprinted as thesis, 55 p.)
Annotated alphabetical list of native medicinal plants, with bibliography;
alphabetical tabular list of vascular plants. (Berkeley County.)
Weatherby, C. A., and Griscom, Ludlow. Notes on the spring flora of the
cvastal plain of South Carolina north of Georgetown. Rhodora 36: 28-55. 1 fig.
1934.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by the authors in
1932, with data; short supplementary lists from Orangeburg, Lexington, and
Saluda Counties,
214 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
SOUTH DAKOTA
See also Minnesota (MacMillan).
General
Over, W. H. Flora of South Dakota. An illustrated check-list of flowering
plants, shrubs and trees of South Dakota. 161 p. illus., pl. 23 cm. Vermillion,
1932.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Trees and shrubs of South Dakota. Cir. So. Dakota Geol. and Nat.
Mist. Survey 11. ° 13> p: 1923.
Annotated systematic list.
Saunders, DeAlton. Ferns and flowering plants of South Dakota. Bul. So.
Dakota Agr. Expt. Sta. 64: 99-227. 1899.
Annotated list.—See also Visher, S. S. Additions to the flora of South Dakota.
Muhlenbergia 9: 45-52, 69-77. 1918.
Local
Jones, 8S. R. Preliminary report on the flora and fauna of the eastern part of
the Rosebud Reservation, now known as Gregory County. Bul. So. Dakota Geol.
Survey 4: 123-142. 1908.
Plant regions, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants, also
list of birds.
McIntosh, A. C. A botanical survey of the Black Hills of South Dakota.
Black Hills Engineer 19: 157-276. 82 fig., map. 1931.
Topography, geology, soils, climate, botanical explorations, fossil plants, sources
of flora, ecology; annotated list of 1,800 vascular plants; bibliography. The
Black Hills are in Lawrence, Meade, Pennington, Custer, and Fall River Counties.
Reagan, A. B. Notes on the flora of the Rosebud Indian Reservation, South
Dakota. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 20: 191-196. 1906.
Soils, general features of flora; partly annotated list of vascular plants and 2
fungi. The same list of plants, omitting the fungi, is reprinted in Bul. So.
Dakota Geol. Survey 4: 148-153. 1808. Also issued in German in Ber. Deut.
Bot. Gesell. 25: 342-348. 1907. The Rosebud Indian Reservation includes Mel-
lette, Todd, and Tripp Counties, and the eastern edge of Washabaugh and Bennett
Counties.
Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the Black Hills of South Dakota. Contrib. U. S.
Natl. Herb. 3: 463-536. pl. 17-20 (incl. map). 1896.
Geography, topography, floral areas, etc.; annotated list of vascular plants
collected by the author.—See also Visher, 8S. S. Additions to the flora of the
Black Hills. Torreya 9: 186-188. 1909; Muhlenbergia 8: 185-137. 1913; 9: 33—
39. 1913.—Also McIntosh, A. C. Additions ... Black Hills Engineer 16: 160—
167. 2 fig. 1928. (Includes bibliography.)
Visher, 8. S. List of plants of Harding County, northwestern South Da-
kota ... determined by Aven Nelson. Bul. So. Dakota Geol. Survey 6: 32-68.
pl. 2-4. 1914.
Annotated list of 468 vascular plants, also some lichens and mosses; bibli-
ography.
Plants of the Pine Ridge Reservation. Collected by S. S. Visher, deter-
mined by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. Bul, State Geol. and Biol. Survey So. Dakota 5:
84-108. 1912.
Annotated list of vascular plants. The reservation includes Washington and
Shannon and nearly all of Washabaugh and Bennett Counties.
TENNESSEE
General
Gattinger, Augustin. The flora of Tennessee and a philosophy of botany.
296 p. illus., port. 22 cm. Nashville, 1901.
xeneral features of flora; annotated catalog of 2,218 vascular plants. The
abbreviation ‘‘O. S.,” not explained in the text, means ‘over the whole State.”
The medicinal plants of Tennessee ... xxxi, 128 p. 22.5 cm. Nash-
ville, 1894.
Descriptive flora of medicinal plants.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 215
Local
Cain, S. A. Certain floristic affinities of the trees and shrubs of the Great
Smoky Mountains and vicinity. Butler Univ. Bot. Studies 1: 129-150 (incl. 2
maps). 1930.
Phytogeographic ; includes list of 248 woody plants, divided into groups accord-
ing to geographical affinities; bibliography. (Hastern Tennessee.)
An ecological study of the heath balds of the Great Smoky Mountains.
Butler Univ. Bot. Studies 1: 177-208. 4 fig. 19380.
Includes lists of species. The area covered is along the Tennessee-North
Carolina State line.
Freeman, C. P. Ecology of the cedar glade vegetation near Nashville, Tennes-
see. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 8: 141-228. 22 fig. 19383.
Includes (p. 198-205) list of vascular plants collected near La Vergne, Ruth-
erford County.
Gattinger, Augustin. The Tennessee flora; with special reference to the flora
of Nashville. Phaenogams and vascular cryptogams. 109 p. 22 cm. Nashville,
1887.
General features of flora; annotated list of 1,708 vascular plants, of which
1,251 occur within 80 miles of Nashville.
TEXAS
General
Cory, V. L., and Parks, H. B. Catalogue of the flora of Texas. Bul. Texas —
Agr. Expt. Sta. 550. 1380p. map. 1937 [1938].
Unannotated list of 5,099 species and varieties of vascular plants, their distribu-
tion indicated by districts. The paper is dated July 1937, but was actually
issued, according to information furnished by Mr. Cory, on January 18, 1938.
Geiser, S. W. A century of scientific exploration in Texas, pt. 1: 1820-1880.
Field and Lab. So. Methodist Univ. 4: 41-55. 1986; 7: 29-52. 19389.
Briefly annotated alphabetical list of collectors and explorers, with biographi-
cal references. The 1956 list reprinted with additions, in his Naturalists of the
frontier, p. 317-3836. [Dallas,] 1987.
Lewis, I. M. The trees of Texas. An illustrated manual of the native and
introduced trees of the State. Univ. Texas Bul. 1915, no. 22. vi, 169 p. 48 fig.
1915.
Annotated descriptive treatment of the trees, of a popular nature.
Parks, H. B. Valuable plants native to Texas. Bul. Texas Agr. Expt. Sta.
Dee abs promap. 19877 [1938i-
Annotated list, with brief descriptions; distribution indicated by districts.
The “value” of most of the species included is hypothetical. The paper is dated
August 1937, but was actually issued, according to information furnished by
Mr. Cory, on January 18, 1938.
Winkler, C. H. The botany of Texas. An account of botanical investigations
in Texas and adjoining territory. Univ. Texas Bul. 1915, no. 18. 27 p. port.
1915.
Botanical collectors and authors; annotated bibliography of 121 titles.
Local
Blankinship, J. W. Plantae Lindheimerianae. Pt. II]. Rpt. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 18: 123-223. pl., port. 1907.
Intended to supplement and complete Parts I-II of “Plantae Lindheimerianae,”
by G. Engelmann and A. Gray (1845-50). Numbering of Lindheimer’s speci-
mens; biographical sketch; list of Lindheimer’s nos. 449-573 of fascicle III
(1845-46), nos. 652-754 of fascicle IV (1847-48), with names, data, and indica-
tion of those which were types of new species; similar list of nos. 652-1282 from
Comal County and vicinity (1849-51); bibliography of Texas botany.
Clover, E. U. Vegetational survey of the lower Rio Grande valley, Texas.
Madroio 4: 41-66, 77-100. illus. (incl. maps). 1987.
Botanical explorations, climate, topography, geology, drainage, local ecological
nomenclature, plant associations; list of bryophytes and vascular plants col-
216 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
lected by the author, with localities; bibliography. Covers the area along the
Rio Grande from Zapata County to the coast.
Coulter, J. M. Botany of western Texas. ‘A manual of the phanerogams and
pteridophytes of western Texas. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. v. 2. 588 p. 38 pl.
1891-94.
Descriptive flora of the vascular plants, intended to include all species west
of the 97th meridian.
Fletcher, H. T. Notes on the vegetation of the Green Valley region. Pub. West
Texas Hist. and Sci. Soc. 2: 6-50. 1928
Physiography, climate, ete. ; partly annotated list of vascular plants, with notes
on uses. The region covered is in Brewster and Presidio Counties.
Hartman, Carl. A list of trees and shrubs occurring in the vicinity of Hunts-
ville, Texas. Trans. Texas Acad. Sci. 12 (2): 66-90. 1913.
Soil, ete.; annotated list of 106 species. (Walker County.) Also in second
issue of v. 12, pt. 2, p. 832-56. 1981.
Havard, Valery. Report on the flora of western and southern Texas. Proc.
U. S. Natl. Mus. 8: 449-533. 1885.
Climate, topography, ete., with lists of species of different areas; annotated list
of native economic plants.
Heller, A. A. Botanical explorations in southern Texas during the season of
1894. Contrib. Herb. Frankl. and Marshall Col. no. 1. 116 p. 9pl. 1895.
Botanical regions, author’s itinerary; annotated list of vascular plants col-
lected mainly around Corpus Christi, Kerrville, and San Antonio.
Mackensen, Bernard. The trees and shrubs of San Antonio and vicinity. A
handbook of the woody plants growing naturally in and about San Antonio, Texas.
51 p. illus. 19 cm. San Antonio, 1909.
Climate, soils, plant formations, general features of flora; annotated list of
woody plants, with brief descriptions. (Bexar County.)
Metz, Mary Clare, sister. A flora of Bexar County, Texas. Contrib. Biol. Lab.
Catholic Univ. Amer. no. 16. xiii, 214 p. map. 19384.
Botanical explorations, physiography, geology; annotated list of nearly 900
vascular plants, with keys.
Muller, C, H. Vegetation in Chisos Mountains, Texas. Trans. Texas Acad.
Sci. 20: 3-31. 1937.
Topography, climate, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants
collected by the author in 1931-32; bibliography. (Brewster County.)
Pace, Lula. McLennan County plants. In Adkins, W. S. Geology and
mineral resources of McLennan County. Univ. Texas Bul. 2340: 183-197. 1923.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Palmer, E. J. The ligneous flora of the Davis Mountains, Texas. Jour. Arnold
Arboretum 10: 8-45. 1929.
Physiography, climate, plant associations, botanical explorations, ete.; anno-
tated list of woody plants.. (Jeff Davis County.)
The ligneous flora of the Staked Plains of Texas. Jour. Arnold Arbo-
retum 2: 90-105. 1920.
Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of woody plants col-
lected by the author in Randall and Armstrong Counties on the Llano Estacado.
Parks, H. B., Cory, V. L., and others. The fauna and flora of the Big Thicket
area. 51p. illus. (incl. map). 23 cm. [n. p.,] 1986. (Reprinted, 1938.)
Includes unannotated list of vascular plants (p. 27-51). Cover title reads:
Biological survey of the east Texas Big Thicket area. The area covered extends
from southern Newton County north into Sabine County and west to Grimes
County.
Sperry, O. E. A check list of the ferns, gymnosperms, and flowering plants of
the proposed Big Bend National Park of Texas. Sul Ross State Teach. Col. Bul.
19 (4): 9-98. 2 fig. (incl. map). 1988.
Bibliography, gazetteer; list of vascular plants collected by the author and
others, with localities. (Brewster County.)
Stillwell, Norma. Key and guide to native trees, shrubs and woody vines of
Dallas County. 48p. illus. 21.5cm. Dallas, 19389.
Annotated systematic list of 86 species, with key and popular descriptions, the
species of Cacti not enumerated ; bibliography.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD PAW
Tharp, B. C. Ecologic investigations in the Red River valley. In Sellards,
E. H., and others. Investigations on the Red River ... Univ. Texas Bul. 2327:
89-155. 1923.
Includes lists of spermatophytes observed in the area, chiefly in Wichita County,
Texas, and adjacent Oklahoma.
Young, M. S. The seed plants, ferns, and fern allies of the Austin region.
Univ. Texas Bul. 2065. 98 p. 1920.
Annotated list of vascular plants. (Travis County.)
UTAH
See also Nevada (Tidestrom).
Local
Chamberlin, R. V. The ethnobotany of the Gosiute Indians of Utah. Mem.
Amer. Anthropol. Assoc. 2: 329-405. 1911. (Also in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
63: 24-99. 1911.)
Running account of useful plants ; annotated list of scientific names, list of ver-
nacular names. These Indians inhabit the desert country bordering on Great
Salt Lake.
Eastwood, Alice. Report on a collection of plants from San Juan County, in
southeastern Utah. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Il, 6: 270-329. pl. 4446. 1897
(1896).
General features of flora ; annotated list of 161 vascular plants (and Characeae)
collected by the author in 1895.
Garrett, A. O. Spring flora of the Wasatch region. 5thed. vi, 240 p. 20cm.
Salt Lake City, 19386. (1st ed., 1911.)
Keys and descriptions of spring flowering plants of eastern edge of Great Basin
as far south as Manti.
Graham, E. H. Botanical studies in the Uinta Basin of Utah and Colorado.
Annals Carnegie Mus. (Pittsburgh) v. 26. 4382 p. 138 pl. (incl. map), fold. tab.
1937.
Botanical explorations, physiography, geology, climate, zones of vegetation,
plant communities, phytogeography ; bibliography ; annotated list of 1,104 species
and varieties of vascular plants. The region covered iS in northeastern Utah
and northwestern Colorado.
Presnall, C. C., and Patraw, P. M. Plants of Zion National Park. Zion-Bryce
Mus. Bul. no. 1. 69 p. illus. 1987.
Annotated list of vascular plants, with brief popular descriptions of many
species; authorities for botanical names not given. Processed publication of Na-
tional Park Service. (Washington and Kane Counties. )
VERMONT
See also New Hampshire (Jesup).
General
Barnhart, J. H. The local floras of Vermont. Bul. Vermont Bot. Club. 2:
11-16. 1907.
Chronological list of 64 titles.
Burns, G. P., and Otis, C. H. Thetrees of Vermont. Bul. Vermont Agr. Expt.
Sta. 194. 244 p. illus. 1916.
Annotated descriptive account, with figure of each species; wood anatomy of
more important species.—See also Jones, L. R., and Rand, F. V. Vermont
shrubs and woody vines. Bul. Vermont Agr. Expt. Sta. 145. p, 49-119. illus.
1909. (Popular account.)
Dole, E. J., ed. The flora of Vermont. 3d rev. ed. An annotated list of the
ferns and seed plants of the State of Vermont. Compiled by a committee of the
Vermont Botanical Club. xiv, 353 p. port. 22.5 em. [Burlington ?], 1937.
Botanical explorations, geology, statistics; annotated list of 2,572 vascular
plants (1,861 species). Replaces the Vermont Botanical Club’s Flora of Vermont,
published as Bul. Vermont Agr. Expt. Sta. 187. p. 187-258. 1915, which in turn
replaced the Flora of Vermont, prepared by a committee consisting of E. Brainerd,
W. W. Eggleston, and L. R. Jones and published as Contributions to the botany of
Vermont no. 8. 1900.
218 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Flynn, N. F. Flora of Burlington and vicinity. A list of the fern and seed
plants growing without cultivation. ix, 124 p. 23 cm. Burlington, 1911. (Con-
tributions to the botany of Vermont, 9.)—Additions ... Bul. Vermont Bot. Club
7: 16-17. 1912.
Annotated list of 1,240 vascular plants.—For additions, see Blake, S. F. Six
weeks’ botanizing in Vermont, I. Notes on the plants of the Burlington region.
Rhodora 15: 153-168. 1913. (Chittenden County. )
Kennedy, G. G. Flora of Willoughby, Vermont. Rhodora 6: 93-134. pl.
54-56, map. 1904. (Reprinted.)—Additional notes from Willoughby. l. ¢ 6:
148. 1904.
Geography, soils, botanical collectors, ete.; annotated list of 690 vascular plants.
(Orleans County.)
Kittredge, E. M. Ferns and flowering plants of Woodstock, Vermont. 57 p.
16.5 em. Woodstock, 1831.—Supplement ... [7] p. 1936.—Grasses and sedges
of Woodstock, Vermont. 27 p. Woodstock, 1939.
Annotated list of vascular plants. Supplements not seen. (Windsor County.)
VIRGINIA
See also District of Columbia (Hitchcock and Standley); Iowa (Pammel, Flora of
northern Iowa peat bogs) ; North Carolina (Hwing and Stanford).
Local
Artz, Lena. Plants of the shale banks of the Massanutten Mountains of Vir-
ginia. Claytonia 3: 45-50. 1937; 4: 10-15. 1937.
Geology, characters and range of the most characteristic species; list of vascu-
iar plants; bibliography. The Massanutten Mountains lie along the boundary line
between Shenandoah, Rockingham, Page, and Warren Counties.
Erlanson, E. W. The flora of the peninsula of Virginia. Papers Mich. Acad.
Sci. 4: 115-182. 1925.
General features of flora; list of 1,052 vascular plants collected by E. J. Grimes
and the author in 1920-21, with localities; bibliography. The “peninsula of
Virginia” lies between the York and the James Rivers.
Fernald, M. L. last survivors in the flora of Tidewater Virginia. Rhodora
41: 465-504, 529-559, 564-574. illus..(maps), pl. 570-583. 1989. (Contrib. Gray
Herb. 128.)
Author’s itinerary in 19388 and 1939, with notes on plants observed ; annotated
list of noteworthy species. (Southeastern Virginia.)
Local plants of the inner coastal plain of southeastern Virginia.
Rhodora 89: 321-366, 379-415, 433-459, 465-491. pl. 474-487. 19387. (Contrib.
Gray Herb. 120.)
Soils, running account of itinerary and collecting; critical notes on numerous
vascular plants, phytogeography.
Noteworthy plants of southeastern Virginia. Rhodora 40: 364424,
434-459, 467-485. pl. 509-535. 1988. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 123.)
Author’s itinerary in 1987; annotated list of rarer species collected.
Plants from the outer coastal plain of Virginia. Rhodora 38: 376-404,
414-452. pl. 440-452. 1936. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 115.)
Phytogeography ; critical notes on plants collected in 1935,
and Griscom, Ludlow. ‘Three days of botanizing in southeastern Vir-
ginia. Rhodora 37: 129-157, 167-189. pl. 332-351. 1935. (Contrib. Gray
Herb. 107.)
Critical notes on plants collected by the authors in 1933 in Princess Anne and
Norfolk Counties.—-See also Fernald, M. L. Midsummer vascular plants of south-
eastern Virginia. 1. c. 37: 3878-418, 428-454. pl. 884-405. 19385. (Contrib.
Gray Herb. 109. )
Kearney, T. H. Report on a botanical survey of the Dismal Swamp region.
Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 5: 321-550. fig. 51-90, pl. 65-76, 2 maps. 1901.
Mainly ecological; it.cludes annotated list of species; bibliography. ‘The area
covered includes Princess Anne, Norfolk, and part of Nansemond Counties, Va.,
and Currituck, Camden, Pasquotank, and Perquimans Counties, N. C.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 219
Merriman, P. R. Flora of Richmond and vicinity (exclusive of grasses,
sedges and trees). 353 p. (inel. 53 pl.). 19 em. Richmond, Va., 1930.
Popular descriptive flora. (Henrico County.)
Murrill, W. A. The natural history of Staunton, Virginia. xiii, 216 p. 4 pl.
20 cm. New York, 1919.
Contains alphabetical lists of vascular plants collected (p. 110-182). (Augusta
County. )
Small, J. K., and Vail, A. M. Report of the botanical exploration of south-
western Virginia during the season of 1892. Mem. Torrey Club 4: 92-201. pl.
75-82. 1898-94.
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants collected
mostly within 20 miles of Marion. (Marion is in Smyth County.)
WASHINGTON
See also British Columbia (Brown); Idaho (Spinden); Oregon (Gilkey and Powell;
Hemenway).
General
Cooper, J. G. Report on the medical flora of Washington Territory. Trans.
Amer. Med. Assoc. 10: 221-287. 1857.
Annotated list of wild medicinal plants.
Piper, C. V. Flora of the State of Washington. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb.
Vall snGaidp. s22 pls maps 2906:
List of vascular plants, with keys and citation of specimens ; physiography, plant
associations, collectors, bibliography ; gazetteer.
Rigg, G. B. Notes on the history of botany in the State of Washington.
Washington Hist. Quart. 20: 163-178. 1929.
Botanical explorations and collectors, with especial reference to the work of
institutions.
Local
Densmore, Frances. Plants used by the Makah. Jn her Nootka and Quileute
music. Bul. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 124: 307-321. 1989.
Tabular list of plants used by the Makah Tribe; annotated list of medicinal
and other useful plants, classified by uses. (Neah Bay, Clallam County.)
Gorman, M. W. Flora of Hamilton Mountain, Washington. Mazama 6: 62-77.
1920.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 198 vascular plants. Hamilton Mountain
is a small voleanic peak 2,482 feet high, in Skamania County.
Jones, G. N. A botanical survey of the Olympic Peninsula, Washington.
Uniy. Washington Pub. Biol. v. 5. 286 p. 9 pl. (incl. map). 1936.—Supple-
mentary notes on the flora of the Olympic Peninsula. Leaflets West. Bot. 2:
105-108. 1938.
Physiography, geology, climate, plant zones, phytogeography, introduced plants,
life forms, botanical explorations, bibliography; annotated list of ‘over 1,000
species and varieties” of vascular plants, with keys and citation of specimens.
The region is bounded by the Pacific Ocean, the Strait of Juan de Fuea, the
valley of the Chehalis River, and (on the east) Puget Sound, Admiralty Inlet,
and Hood Canal.
The flowering plants and ferns of Mount Rainier. Univ. Washington
Pub: Biol. v. 7. 192 p. 9 pl. 1938.
Botanical explorations, plant zones, biological spectrum; annotated descrip-
tive flora of vascular plants (729 species) of Mount Rainier National Park.
(Pierce and Lewis Counties. )
Muenscher, W. L. C. Flora of Whatcom County, Washington. Muhlenbergia
9: 101-116, 117-182. 1914.
Topography, etc.; annotated list of 462 vascular plants.—See also his Some
changes in the weed flora of Whatcom County, Washington. Torreya 30: 130—
135. 1930.
Piper, C. V., and Beattie, R. K. Flora of the northwest coast, including the
area west of the summit of the Cascade Mountains, from the forty-ninth
220 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
parallel south to the Calapooia Mountains on the south border of Lane County,
Oregon. xiii, 418 p. 23.5 cm. Lancaster, Pa., 1915.
Descriptive flora of the vascular plants (1,617 species and subspecies) with
keys ; glossary.—See also Nelson, J.C. Additions to the flora of western Oregon.
Torreya 18: 21-35, 220-226. 1918; 20: 37-45. 1920; 21: 24-28. 1921; 22: 98—
102. 1922; 23: 63-67. 1923; also his The introduction of foreign weeds in ballast
as illustrated by ballast-plants at Linton, Oregon. 1. c. 17: 151-160. 1917.
Reagan, A. B. Plants used by the Hoh and Quileute Indians. Trans. Kansas
Acad. Sci. 37: 55-70. 1934.
List of Indian plant names; annotated systematic list of vascular plants,
with uses. The Hoh and Quileute Indians live on the Pacific coast of the
Olympic Peninsula, about due west of Seattle, Washington.
St. John, Harold. Flora of southeastern Washington and of adjacent Idaho.
xxv, 531 p. 11 fig., map. 21.5 em. Pullman, 1987.
Physiography, climate, life zones; descriptive flora of vascular plants. The
region covered extends from Spokane to Walla Walla Counties, Washington,
with a strip about 15 miles wide in adjacent Idaho. Replaces Piper, C. V.,
and Beattie, R. K. Flora of southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho.
1914, which replaced the same authors’ The flora of the Palouse region...
1901.—See also Daubenmire, R. F. Range extensions for southeastern Wash-
ington and adjacent Idaho. Leaflets West. Bot. 2: 199-200. 1939.
and Courtney, W. D. The flora of Epsom Lake. Amer. Jour. Bot. 11:
100-107. 1 fig. 1924.
List of vascular plants found in the drainage basin of the lake, which is a
“small lake of nearly pure magnesium sulphate,’ near Oroville, Okanogan
County.
and Hardin, Edith. Flora of Mt. Baker. Mazama 11: 52-102. illus.
1929. (Reprinted.)
Plant zones, botanical explorations; keved flora of 333 vascular plants, with
brief descriptions.—See also Muenscher, W. C. Additions to our knowledge of
the flora of Mount Baker ... Madrofio 4: 263-270. 1938. (Adds 228 species;
bibliography.) (Whatcom County.)
and Jones, G. N. An annotated catalogue of the vascular plants of
Benton County, Washington. Northwest Science 2: 73-98. 4 fig. (incl. map).
1928. (Contrib. Dept. Bot. State Col. Washington no. 9.)
Topography, ecology, etc.; annotated list of 403 species of vascular plants.—
See also Powell, G. M. Additions to the annotated catalogue ... Northwest
Science 13: 72. 1939.
and Warren, F. A. The plants of Mount Rainier National Park, Wash-
ington. Amer. Midl. Nat. 18: 952-985. 1937.Additions ... 1. c 20: 243-244.
1938.
Geology, life zones, botanical explorations, bibliography; annotated list of
695 spermatophytes. Replaces Piper, C. V. The flora of Mount Rainier.
Mazama 2: 93-117. 1901; Additions and corrections. 1. ec. 2: 270-271. 1905.
(Pierce and Lewis Counties.)
and Warren, F. A. Preliminary list of the plants of the Kaniksu Na-
tional Forest, Idaho and Washington. 36 p. 28 cm. [Pullman], 1925. (Con-
trib. Bot. Dept. State Col. Washington no. 2.)
Annotated list of 451 vascular plants, with a single key to the species. (Pend
Oreille County, Washington, and Bonner County, Idaho.) (Processed publi-
cation. )
Suksdorf, W. N., and Howell, Thomas. Theflora of Mount Adams. Mazama
1: 68-97. 1896.
Unannotated list of 480 vascular plants. Mount Adams is in the south-
western corner of Yakima County, extending into Skamania County.
Wylie, R. B. The flora of Iowa Rock, a small rocky island in Puget Sound.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 16: 99-101. pl. 1909.
Topography, etc.; unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (Small
island near Friday Harbor, San Juan County.)
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 221
WEST VIRGINIA
General
Brooks, A. B. West Virginia trees. Bul. West Virginia Agr. Expt. Sta. 175.
242 p. illus. 1920.
Description and full-page illustration of each species ; list of shrubs and shrubby
vines; glossary.
Core, E. L. The botanical exploration of West Virginia. Proc. West Virginia
Acad. Sci. 10 (1986) : 46-64. 1937.
Annotated chronological list of 161 collectors, with index.
Fontaine, W. M. Forest trees, shrubs, and medicinal plants. In Maury, M. F.,
and Fontaine, W. M. Resources of West Virginia. p. 111-141. Wheeling, 1876.
Annotated list of trees, partial list of shrubs; unannotated list of 76 medicinal
plants.
Millspaugh, C. F. The living flora of West Virginia. West Virginia Geol.
Survey [Rpt. 5 (A)]: 1-889, 454-487. 1913.
Topography ; annotated list of collectors ; annotated list of 3,411 plants, of which
1,648 are vascular. Incorporates and replaces the two following earlier floras
of the State: Millspaugh, C, F. Preliminary catalogue of the flora of West Vir-
ginia. Bul. West Virginia Agr. Expt. Sta. 24. p. 311-5387. 1892. Millspaugh, C.
F., and Nuttall, L. W. Flora of West Virginia. Pub. Field Columbian Mus.
no. 9, Bot. Ser. 1: 69-276. pl. 5-7. 1896.—For additions, see Strausbaugh, P.
D., and Core, E. L. Some additions to the Millspaugh check list of West Vir-
ginia spermatophytes. Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. 4 (1930): 38-48. 1981.
Additions .. . 1. ec. 9: 29-81. 1936.
West Virginia. Biological Survey. A preliminary bibliography of West
Virginia biology. I. West Virginia Univ. Bul. ser. 37, no. 5-II. 20 p. 1986.
(West Virginia Univ. Studies II.)
Unannotated list of botanical and zoological publications.
Local
Core, E. L. [Plant relations on Spruce Knob.] In Tilton, J. L., and others.
West Virginia geological survey. Pendleton County. p. 311-313. Wheeling,
1927.
Plant associations, etc., with partial list of species. Spruce Knob is the highest
mountain in the State. An additional list by A. B. Brooks is given on p. 310.
Frye, W. M. The flora of Hampshire County, West Virginia. Proc. West
Virginia Acad. Sci. 8 (West Virginia Univ. Bul. ser. 35, no. 15): 59-82. 1 fig.
(map). 19385.
Physiography, soil, climate, rare plants; unannotated list of about 989 vascular
plants.
Hill, C. N. A botanical survey of Marion County, West Virginia. Proc. West
Virginia Acad. Sci. 8 (West Virginia Univ. Bul. ser. 35, no. 15): 99-110. 1935
Physiography, soil, general features of flora, plant societies; list of genera of
vascular plants, with indication of number of species found; bibliography.
WISCONSIN
aes also Illinois (Gates, The vegetation of the beach area ...); Minnesota (Dens-
more).
General
Bruhin, T. A. Vergleichende flora Wisconsins. Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot.
Gesell. Wien 26: 229-286. 1877.—Nachtrige und berichtigungen... 1. c. 27:
859-866. 1878.—Zweiter nachtrag....l. ec 28: 633-644. 1879.
Collectors and collections ; comparison of European and Wisconsin floras; list of
1,300 vascular plants, with localities; bibliography.
Cheney, L. S. An historical review of the work done on the flora of the ter-
ritory now included within the limits of Wisconsin. Pharm. Rev. 18: 557-565.
1900; 19: 2-15. 1901. .
Account of botanists and their explorations and publications, with biblio-
graphical footnotes.
222 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
[Clohisy, Matt.] Wisconsin trees. 148 p. illus. 20 cm. Milwaukee, 1927.
(Reprinted from The Milwaukee Journal.)
Annotated descriptive list, with notes on uses; popular treatment.
Denniston, R. H., and Kremers, R. E. Medicinal plants of Wisconsin. Bul.
Univ. Wisconsin 738 (Gen. Ser. 542) : 22-31. 1914.
Tabular list of 259 native vascular plants, with indication of part used and
reference to standard dispensatories.
Fassett, N. C., and others. Preliminary reports on the flora of Wisconsin
I-XXVI. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 24: 249-268, 357-361.
illus. (maps). 1929; 25: 169-214. illus. (maps). 1930; 26: 263-288. illus.
(incl. maps). 1931; 27: 207-249. illus. (maps). 19382; 28: 171-196. illus.
(maps). 1983; 29: 299-318. illus. (maps). 1985; 30: 17-25. illus. (maps).
1937.
List of species, with ranges, of various families and orders; not published in
systematic order.
Swezey, G. D. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous
plants of Wisconsin. Geol. Survey Wisconsin, Survey of 1873-79. 1: 375-895.
1883.
Essentially unannotated list of vascular plants.
Local
Cheney, L. S. A contribution to the flora of the Lake Superior region. Trans.
Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 9: 233-254. 1898.
List of 345 vascular and cellular plants (233 vascular), with localities. The
region covered is in northern Wisconsin, along the north shore of Lake Superior,
and the Minnesota-Ontario boundary.
and True, R. H. On the flora of Madison and vicinity, a preliminary
paper on the flora of Dane County, Wisconsin. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts
and Lett. 9: 45-135. pl. 2 (map). 1893.
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of 900 plants (of which 751 are vascular).
Fuller, A. M. A botanist afield on Washington Island. Year Book Pub. Mus.
Milwaukee 6 (1926): 66-78. fig. 61-64. 1927.
General features of flora, etc.; annotated alphabetical list of vascular plants.
(Door County.)
Lueders, H. F. The vegetation of the town Prairie du Sac. Trans. Wisconsin
Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 10: 510-524. pl. 17 (map). 1895.
Physiography, general features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants.
(Sauk County. )
Marshall, Ruth. The vegetation of Twin Island. Trans. Wisconsin Acad.
Sci., Arts and Lett. 16 (2): 773-797. pl. 62-63 (maps). 1910.
Plant formations, etc.; list of vascular plants. (In Lake Spooner, Washburn
County.)
Pammel, L. H. Woody plants of western Wisconsin. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
1 (2): 76-80. 1892.
Topography. geology; unannotated list of 115 trees, shrubs, and woody vines.
(La Crosse County, Wis., and Houston and Fillmore Counties, Minn.)
Russel, Howland. Check list of the flora of Milwaukee County. Bul. Wis-
consin Nat. Hist. Soc. n. s., 5: 167-250. 1907.
Annotated list of vascular plants.
Smith, H. H. Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus.
Milwaukee 7: 1-230. pl. 1-38, port. 1933.
History of tribe, ete.; annotated classified lists of useful plants; bibliography ;
alphabetical list of Indian vernacular names. (Forest County.)
Ethnobotany of the Menomini Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee 4:
1-174. 36 pl. 1923.
General account of the Menomini tribe, who live in Shawano County: anno-
tated lists of medicinal, edible, and other useful plants, with vernacular names.—
See also Judson, J. E. Wild flowers used by the Indians for medical purposes.
Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. 11 (1987) : 165-168. 1938.
“ —
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 223
Smith, H. H.- -Ethnobotany of the Meskwaki Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus. Mil-
waukee 4: 175-826. pl. 37-45. 1928.
Annotated list of plants used by the Meskwaki or Fox Indians of Wisconsin,
with native names. These Indians now live on the Meskwaki Reservation at
Tama, Tama County, Iowa, where most of the data were obtained.
Ethnobotany of the Ojibwe Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee 4:
aot pln 46-00. M932.
History of tribe; annotated classified lists of useful plants; alphabetical list
of Indian vernacular names. These Indians live in the forest and lake region
of northern Wisconsin (in Vilas, Bayfield, Iron, and Clark Counties, etc.),
also on Bear Island, Leech Lake, Cass County, Minnesota.
Tracy, C. T. Catalogue of plants growing without cultivation in Ripon and
the near vicinity. 26p. 17cm. Ripon, Wis., [1889].
Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Fond du Lac County.)
Wadmond, S. C. Flora of Racine and Kenosha Counties, Wisconsin: a list of
the fern and seed plants growing without cultivation. Trans. Wisconsin Acad.
Sci., Arts and Lett. 16: 798-888. 1910.
Physiography, etc.: annotated list of 901 vascular plants.
Wheeler, W. M. The flora of Milwaukee County. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wis-
consin 1888: 154-190. [1888?]—I1st supplement. 1. c. 1889: 229-230. [18897]
Geology, soils, climate, bibliography; annotated list of 691 vascular plauts,
raised in the supplements to 921. First supplement not seen (cf. Bul. Torrey
Club 17: 78-79. 1890).—For 2d and 3d supplements see Bennetts, W. J.
Additions . . . Bul. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soe. 1: 161-166. 1900; 2: 39-44.
1902.
WYOMING
See also Montana (Rydberg).
General
Nelson, Aven. First report on the flora of Wyoming. Bul. Wyoming Agr.
Expt. Sta. 28. p. 45-218. 2 fig., map. 1896.
Annotated list of vascular (and a few cellular) plants, chiefly collected by
the author in 1894-95; lists of species reported by other botanists; total
(phanerogams) 1,295 species and varieties.
The trees of Wyoming and how to know them. Bul. Wyoming Agr.
Expt. Sta. 40. p. 57-110. illus. 1899.
Annotated list of native trees, with brief descriptions.—See also Cary, Merritt.
Notes on the distribution of conspicuous trees and shrubs in Wyoming. Jn his
Life zone investigations in Wyoming. North Amer. Fauna 42: 55-81. fig. 3-17.
1917.
Nelson, E. E. The shrubs of Wyoming. Bul. Wyoming Agr. Expt. Sta. 54.
47 p. illus., 5 pl. 1902.
Annotated list of native shrubs.
Locab
McDougall, W. B., and Baggley, H. A. Plants of Yellowstone National Park.
iv, 160 p. illus., col. pl. 23.5 cm. Washington, D. C., 1936.
A popular treatment, with keys and without authorities for botanical names,
apparently intended to list all vascular plants known from the region. Issued
by National Park Service. The park is in the northwestern corner of Wyoming,
slightly overlapping the Montana and Idaho lines.
Russell, C. P. A concise history of scientists and scientific investigations in
Yellowstone National Park. With a bibliography of the results of research and
travel in the park area. 144p. 265c¢m. [Washington, D. C., 1934.]
Botanical bibliography, p. 37-389. Published by National Park Service.
(Processed. )
241306°—42—_15
224 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
WEST INDIES
For Bermuda Islands, see Insular Floras; Trinidad and Tobago, see Venezuela.
Descourtilz, M. E. Flore pittoresque et médicale des Antilles, ou histoire
naturelle des plantes usuelles des colonies francaises, anglaises, eSpagnoles €%
portugaises...2. éd. 8v.600col. pl. 21cm. Paris, 1833. (1st ed., 1821-29.)
Descriptive account, the plants classified by uses, with vernacular names,
description, chemical and medicinal properties, method of use. The second edi-
tion is not essentially different from the first.
Grisebach, A. H. R. Flora of the British West Indian islands. xvi, 789 p.
23 em. London, 1864 [1859-64].
Still the only general flora of the West Indies, from the Bahamas to Trinidad
(not including Cuba, Hispaniola, and Puerto Rico). Descriptive flora with
synonymy, local and extralimital range (the latter notations now often un-
trustworthy) ; separate index of vernacular names. Dates of publication (see
Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 56): p. 1-192. 1859; 193-815. 1860:. 315-506. 1861;
507-789, preface. 1864. Grisebach’s paper “Die geographische verbreitung der
pflanzen Westindiens,” Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. Géttingen 12: 3-80. 1865
(separate, 80 p.) gives an account of the plant geography based on his Flora;
4,401 species, of which 2,155 are endemic. For statistics of the number of species
recorded from different islands, see Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 57. 1898.
Grosourdy, René de. El médico botanico criollo. 4 v. in 2. 24 em. Paris,
1864.
Includes annotated lists of timbers, medicinal plants, poisonous plants, ete.
Covers the West Indies and adjacent America.
Urban, Ignatz. Biblographia Indiae occidentalis botanica. In his Symbolae
antillanae ... 1: 3-195. 1898.—\Continuatio I-III. 1. c.2:1-7. 1900; 3: 1-13.
1902; 5: 1-16. 1904.
Critically annotated list, arranged by authors, with notes referring to their
travels in the West Indies. The titles in the first paper are classified in a
conspectus.
Notae biographicae peregrinatorum Indiae occidentalis botanicorum.
In his Symbolae antillanae ... 3: 14-158. 1902.
Bibliography; alphabetical list of collectors, with brief biography and
itinerary, statement of location of collections, reference to biographies; geo-
graphical conspectus, listing collectors and their dates.
BAHAMA ISLANDS
General
Britton, N. L., and Millspaugh, C. F. The Bahama flora. viii, 695 p. 23.5 -
ecm. New York, 1920.
Complete flora, with keys, descriptions, extralimital range and pertinent syn-
onymy of the native and naturalized plants; brief description of region; list of
eollectors and collections; annotated bibliography. Musci by E. G. Britton,
Hepaticae by A. W. Evans, Lichenes by L. W. Riddle, Algae by M. A. Howe,
Myxophyceae by F. S. Collins, Diatomeae by C. 8S. Boyer, Fungi by F. J. Seaver.
Lists 1,982 species (of which 1,028 are vascular plants) of which 185 (1383
vascular) are endemic.
Local
Northrop, A. R. Flora of New Providence and Andros (Bahama Islands).
With an enumeration of the plants collected by John I. Northrup and Alice R.
Northrup, in 1890. Mem. Torrey Club 12: 1-98. 19 pl, map. 1902. (Re
printed in Osborn, H. F. A naturalist in the Bahamas: John I. Northrop.
1910.)
Physiography, botanical regions, botanical explorations; list of 542 species
(461 spermatophytes), with localities and collector’s numbers; relationship of
flora; table of local and extralimital distribution.
eS eee
¥LORAS OF THE WORLD 225
CUBA
-General
Fors, A. J. Las maderas cubanas... [2. ed.?] 106 p. 22.5 cm. Habana, 1937.
(ist ed., 1929.)
Annotated list of trees, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names; list of
vernacular names arranged by families. Publication of the Direcci6n de montes
y minas. Secretaria de agricultura, comercio y trabajo, Cuba.
Gomez de la Maza, Manuel. Ensayo de farmacofitologia cubana. Resumen
de las propiedades medicinales, con especialidad las recientemente estudiadas,
de muchas plantas indigenas 6 de cultivo... 112 p. 19.5 cm. Habana, 1889.
Briefly annotated list of 179 cellular and vascular plants, with vernacular
names and uses.
and Roig y Mesa, J. T. Flora de Cuba. Bol. Estac. Expt. Agron.
Santiago de las Vegas 22. 178 p. 33 pl., 4 port., map. 1914.
Of value chiefly for its vernacular names (separately indexed) and notes on
economic plants, these classed according to uses. Contains also botanical
statistics, list of fossil plants, and short notes on Cuban herbaria, collectors,
and botanical works. Not a flora.
Grisebach, A. H. R. Catalogus plantarum cubensium exhibens collectionem
Wrightianam aliasque minores ex insula Cuba missas. iv, 301 (i. e. 303) p.
22 cm. Lipsiae, 1866.
The fundamental list of Cuban vascular plants. Includes citation of exsic-
eatae, but not specific localities; separate index of vernacular names. Contains
3,263 species (2,984 phanerogams), of which 9389 (929) are endemic.
Léon, J. S. S., hermano. Las exploraciones botanicas de Cuba. Mem. Soc.
Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey” 3: 178-224. port., map. 1918. (Reprinted.)
General review of botanical explorations in Cuba from earliest times to 1917;
bibliographies. The map shows the principal localities at which collections have
been made.
Montagne, Camille, and Richard, Achille. Flora cubana, 0 descripcion
botaniea usos y aplicaciones de las plantas reunidas en la isla de Cuba por
D. Ramon de la Sagra. 8 v. and atlas of 122 pl. (20 col.). 40 cm. Paris,
1845-55(56). (Historia fisica, politica y natural de la isla de Cuba, por D.
Ramon de la Sagra. Segunda parte, Historia natural, tomo IX—XII, Botanica.)
Vol. I: Climate, calendar of flowering, ete.; systematic list of vascular and
cellular plants, ete. (the cryptogams by Montagne). Vol. 2-8: Descriptive flora
of 1,248 phanerogams, with vernacular names, by Richard. There is also an
incomplete French edition (see Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 146. 1898).
Roig y Mesa, J. T. Diccionario botanico de nombres vulgares cubanos. Bol.
Estac. Expt. Agron. Santiago de las Vegas 54. viii, 897 p. 48 pl. 1928.
Bibliography; annotated list of vernacular names of wild and cultivated
plants with botanical equivalents; brief descriptions, local occurrence, uses.
Sauvalle, F. A. Flora cubana. Enumeratio nova plantarum cubensium vel
revisio catalogi Grisebachiani, exhibens descriptiones generum specierumque
novarum Caroli Wright, (Cantabrigiae) et Francisci Sauvalle, synonymis nomini-
busque vulgaribus cubensis (sic) adjectis. 324 p. 25.5 em. Havanae, 1873.
Systematic list of 3,350 vascular plants mostly collected by Charles Wright,
with vernacular names and some synonyms; Wright’s collecting numbers cited
only from p. 49 on. Vernacular names separately indexed. Originally appeared
in Anales R. Acad. Cien. Habana vy. 5-9. 1868-1873. For information about
Wright’s work in Cuba, see Underwood, L. M. A summary of Charles Wright’s
explorations in Cuba. Bul. Torrey Club 32: 291-300. map. 1905. (Reprinted
as Contrib. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. no. 217.)
Segui, D. H. Ojeada sobre la flora médica y toxica de Cuba. 93 p. Habana,
1900.
Annotated list of medicinal plants, with vernacular names; bibliography.
Not seen; data taken from Urban, Symb. Antill. 3:11. 1902.
226 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Local
Combs, Robert. Plants collected in the district of Cienfuegos, province of
Santa Clara, Cuba, in 1895-1896. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 7: 393—491.
pl. 830-39, map. 1897. (Reprinted as Contrib. Bot. Dept. Iowa State Coll. no. 7.)
Phytogeography, plant habitats; annotated list of vascular plants, with
vernacular names, based on the author’s collections.
Some Cuban medical plants. Pharm. Rey. 15: 87-91, 109-112, 1386.
1897.
Annotated systematic list of plants used as domestic remedies, with vernacular
names and uses.
Fernow, B. E. List of trees on the Sierra Maestra. Jn his The high Sierra
Maestra. Forestry Quart. 4: 259-269. 1906.
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with brief
description of wood and uses.
Gomez de la Maza, Manuel. Flora habanera. Fanerédgamas. 597 p. 19
em. Habana, 1897.
Keys to and descriptions of the phanerogams of Havana, with keys to all the
Cuban genera of each family. Contains many new names omitted from Index
Kewensis.
Jennings, O. E. A contribution to the botany of the Isle of Pines, Cuba, based
upon the specimens of plants from that island contained in the herbarium of
the Carnegie Museum under date of October, 1916. Annals Carnegie Mus.
(Pittsburgh) 11: 19-290. pl. 5-28. 1917.
Botanical collections (1831-1916), bibliography, physiography, plant associa-
tions; annotated list of 757 species and varieties (731 vascular plants) with
synonymy, general range, exsiccatae; keys to species under each family (in
Spermatophyta). Includes all recorded species as well as those collected by
the author.—See also Roig, J. T. Resenha sobre una excursidén botanica a
Isla de Pinos. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ‘Felipe Poey” 5: 72-76. 1923.
HISPANIOLA
General
Urban, Ignatz. Flora domingensis. Jn his Symbolae antillanae, v. 8. 860 p.
1920-21.
Systematic list of Spermatophyta of Santo Domingo and Haiti, with synon-
ymy, citation of exsiccatae, and statement of extralimital range; vernacular
names (separately indexed). Lists 3,000 species (p. 762), of which 983 are
endemic. The Pteridophyta are treated in his Symbolae antillanae 9: 273-897.
1925; the collectors, plant formations, and plant geography in 9: 1-54. 1923.
In the latter contribution the total number of phanerogams is raised to 3,088,
of which 1,048 are endemic.—See also his Plantae haitienses novae vel rariores
a cl. Er. L. Ekman 1917-[26] lectae I-IV. Arkiv Bot. v. 17, no. 7. 72 p. 1 fig.
1921- vy. 20A\ no. 5: (65 p:. -2). hie. “(Gmaps),.sdapl, nos ono 4apa, Zoho plaeiozen
v. 21A, no. 5. 97 p. 1927. Plantae haitienses et domingenses ... V-—[X] a cl.
BE. L. Ekman 1924-[30] lectae. le. v. 22A, no. 8. 98 p. 4 pl. no. 10. 108 p.
pli, no. jv. 115 p. 4 fig. 19293 vy. 238A; no, 5: 107 pa) Spl e 19505 vez ASnOoseE
103 p. 1 fig., 5 pl. 1981; v. 24A, no. 4. 54 p. 3 pl. 1982.
Local
Barker, H. D., and others. Identification des plantes d’Haiti par leurs noms
créoles. Bul. Serv. Tech. Dept. Agr. Haiti18. 23 p. 1930.
Alphabetical lists of Creole vernacular names, with botanical equivalents.
and Dardeau, W. S. Flore d’ Haiti. Clé et description des ordres,
familles et genres des spermatophytes d’Haiti avec la liste de la plupart des
espéces. viii, 456 p. 24 cm. Port-au-Prince, 1930.
Keys to families and genera of Spermatophyta with brief descriptions; enu-
meration of species under each genus, with vernacular names; glossary,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD Dri
Ekman, E. L. A list of plants from the island of Gonave, Haiti. Arkiv Bot.
vy. 235A, no.6. 73 p. 1930.
General features of flora, botanical explorations, etec.; annotated list of vascu-
lar plants collected by the author, with vernacular names; distribution in Haiti
given.
Plants observed on Tortue Island, Haiti. Arkiv Bot. v. 22A, no. 9. 61
p. 1929.
Physiography, geology, climate; annotated list of 889 vascular plants, with
Haitian range; phytogeography.
Plants of Navassa Island, West Indies. Arkiv Bot. v. 22A, no. 16. 12
Dec Dik wml 929:
Physiography, geology, climate, general features of flora; list of 102 vascular
plants, with data.
Haussler, F. MHaitianische pflanzen, die von den bewohnern der insel als
heilpflanzen geschiitzt und verwendet werden. Schweiz. Apoth. Zeit. 52: 261-264,
275-278. 1914.
Annotated compiled list, with vernacular names and uses; bibliography.
Ostenfeld, C. H., and others. Plants from Beata Island, St. Domingo col-
lected by C. H. Ostenfeld. (Botanical results of the Dana-expedition 1921-22,
no. 1)) . . . Dansk Bot: Arkiv v. 4, no. 7. 36 p. 17 fig:, 3 pl. 1924.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants (by I. Urban), lists of cel-
lular plants by other authors.
Schiffino, José. Riqueza forestal dominicana. 125 p. plates. 283 cm. Santo
Domingo, 1927.
Annotated list of trees of Dominican Republic, alphabetically arranged by
vernacular names, with names in other countries of tropical America. Work of
same title, 1939, 105 p., cited in Taxon. Index v. 2, entry 634. 1939.
Urban, Ignatz. Zur hochgebirgsflora von Sto. Domingo. In his Symbolae
antillanae ... 6: 280-292. 1909.
Running account of vegetation; list of spermatophytes occurring at 2,000
meters elevation or more, divided according to geographical affinities, with gen-
eral range indicated.
JAMAICA
General
Beckwith, M. W. Notes on Jamaican ethnobotany. 47 p. 2 pl. 23 cm.
Poughkeepsie, 1927.
Bibliography ; alphabetical list of 134 medicinal plants, with uses, and general
account of native plant medicines; general account of food plants.
Fawcett, William. Economic plants. An index to economic products of the
vegetable kingdom in Jamaica. 78 p. 21.5 em. Kingston, 1891.
Annotated alphabetical list of native and introduced plants of economic
importance.
A provisional list of the indigenous and naturalized flowering plants
of Jamaica. 57 p. 21.5 cm. Kingston, 1893.
Unannotated systematic list of 2,412 species.
and Rendle, A. B. Flora of Jamaica, containing descriptions of the
flowering plants known from the island. v. 1, 3-5, 7. illus., plates. 22 cm.
London, 1910-36.
Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, synonymy, exsiccatae, vernacu-
lar hames, uses, extralimital range; bibliographies; lists of collectors, with
dates (in prefaces of several volumes). Not yet completed. Vol. 7 is by
S. LeM. Moore and A. B. Rendle.
Local
Hitchcock, A. S. List of plants collected in the Bahamas, Jamaica and
Grand Cayman. Ann. Rpt. Missouri Bot. Gard. 4: 47-179. pl. 11-14. 1898.
Systematic list of vascular plants based mainly on the writer’s collections,
with localities; relationships of Bahama flora; tables and statistics of distribu-
tion. Superseded by other floras except as to records of plants of Grand
Cayman.—See also Fawcett, William. Plants collected in the Cayman Islands.
_ Bul. Bot. Dept. Jamaica 11: 6-7. 1889.
228 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
LESSER ANTILUES
See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles . .. for account of useful
plants of Guadeloupe (p._ 172-187, 490-527) and Martinique (p. 153-171, 421-489));
Puerto Rico (Britton and Wilson, Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands).
General
Grisebach, A. H. R. Systematische untersuchungen tiber die vegetation der
Karaiben, insbesondere der insel Guadeloupe nach der sammlungen Duchas-
saing’s. Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. G6ttingen 7: 151-286. 1857. (Reprinted,
188 p.)
Systematic list of vascular plants of the Lesser Antilles, with citation of
islands on which they are found and of the collectors or authors reporting
them ; 1,486 species, of which 1,325 are Spermatophyta.
Local
Anonymous. Flora of St. Vincent and adjacent islets. Bul. Misc. Inform.
Kew 1893: 231-296. 1893.
Systematic list of the vascular plants of St. Vincent and the Grenadines
(Bequia, Cannouan, Mustique, Union) prepared by the botanists at Kew, with
citation of exsiccatae and statement of extralimital range; brief account of
physical geography; statistical plant geography. Enumerates about 1,313
species including cultivated plants.
Anonymous. Timbers of Dominica. West Indian Bul. 9: 329-845. 1909.
Annotated list of 176 timber trees, alphabetically arranged by vernacular
names, with botanical names where known; list classified by uses. Revision of
Imray, John. The useful woods of the island of Dominica. Technologist 2:
382-391. 1862.
Alexander, W. H. The flora of St. Christopher. Bul. Amer. Geog. Soc.
33: 207-219. 1901. :
Tabular list of principal economic plants, native and introduced, with ver-
nacular names and uses.
Ballet, Jules. Description des plantes. Jn his La Guadeloupe. Renseigne-
menis sur l’histoire, la flore, la faune, la géologie, la minéralogie, l’agriculture .. .
v. 1, [pt. 1,] p. 176-527. Basse-Terre, 1890 (1894).
Running account with descriptions, uses, vernacular names, the plants grouped
principally by habit, the botanical names not given; tabular systematic list
(p. 3868-521), based on Grisebach, of vascular plants (Filices by Mazé) and
bryophytes, with vernacular names that serve to identify the species described in
the first section ; systematic list of cultivated plants.
Boldingh, Isaac. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of Anguilla
(B. W. I1.). Recueil Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 1-86. 1909.
List of 150 vascular plants; general range given.
The flora of the Dutch West Indian islands. 2 vy. 9 pl., 4 maps.
25.5 em. Leyden, 1909-14.
Vol. 1, The flora of St. Eustatius, Saba, and St. Martin; vol. 2, The flora of
Curacao, Aruba, and Bonaire. Systematic lists of vascular plants with cita-
tion of exsiccatae and statement of extralimital range; historical account of
collectors, with detailed notes on some of the larger collections; phytogeographi-
cal data; bibliographies; separate indices to vernacular names. Vol. 1 contains
806 species, of which 674 are wild; vol. 2 contains 394 wild species.
Flora voor de Nederlandsch West-Indische eilanden. xx, 450 p. 28.5
ecm. Amsterdam, 1913.
Keys to and descriptions of the plants listed in his English flora of the same
islands, with vernacular names (separately indexed) and mention of the
islands on which the plants occur.
Lijst van planten die door de bewoners van de drie Nederlandsche
Antillen, St. Eustatius, Saba en St. Martin als geneeskrachtig worden be-
schouwd tevens een vergelijkend oversicht van het medicinaal gebruik dat bij
verschillende schrijvers over die planten wordt gevonden. Bull. Kolon. Mus.
Haarlem 38: 93-112. 1907.
Annotated systematic list of medicinal plants, with vernacular names, uses
and references.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 229
Box, H. E. A note on the vegetation of Redonda, B. W. I. Jour. Bot. 77:
Sit al O39
Geology, etc.; list of plants collected or observed by author on July 18, 1538.
(About 15 miles northwest of Montserrat, 16°55’ N. Lat., 62°16’ W. Long.)
Britton, N. L. The flora of the American Virgin Islands. Mem. Brooklyn
Bot. Gard. 1: 19-118. 1918.
Annotated systematic list of the plants (including principal cultivated species)
of St. Thomas, St. Jan, and St. Croix, formerly the Danish West Indies; physical
geography; annotated bibliography; list of collectors. Musci by EH. G. Britton,
Hepaticae by A. W. Evans, Lichenes by L. W. Riddle; references to literature
on Fungi and Algae. Enumerates 1.052 native species (excluding fungi and
algae), of which 27 are endemic.
The vegetation of Anegada. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 565-580.
1916.
Physiography, ete.; annotated list of 123 vascular and cellular plants, with
general range given; the lichens determined by L. W. Riddle.
Duss, Antoine, pére. Flore phanérogamique des Antilles frangaises (Guade-
loupe et Martinique) ... avec annotations du Professeur Dr. Edouard Heckel
sur l’emploi de ces plantes. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v.83. xxvii, 656 p. 1897.
Systematic list, including cultivated species, of the phanerogams of Guade-
loupe, Martinique, and neighboring small islands; brief descriptions, uses, local
occurrence, vernacular names; sketch of physical geography, climate, and plant
associations.—For additions see Privault, Daniel. Contribution 4 l’étude de
la flore de la Martinique. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 84: 289-294. 1937.
Grébert, René. Les foréts de la Guadeloupe. Bul. Agence Econ. Colon.
Auton. et Terr. Afr. (France) 27: 639-702, 765-875, 941-1015. 19384.
Geography, climate, soil, destruction of forests, phytogeography, zones of
vegetation, composition of principal forests; systematic list of timbers, with
vernacular name, habitat, brief description, character of wood, use.
Kervégant, D. Les plantes utiles et ornementales de la Martinique. Bul.
Agr. Martinique 5: 1-94. 19386; 6: 1-142. 1987.
Annotated classified lists of wild and eultivated useful plants, arranged
alphabetically by vernacular names. Unfinished; pt. 1, pot-herbs and vegetables ;
pt. 2, fruits. List consists mostly of cultivated plants.
Maycock, J. D. Flora barbadensis: a catalogue of plants indigenous, natu-
ralized, and cultivated, in Barbados ... xx, 446 p. 2 maps. London, 1830
Arranged according to Linnaean system, with Latin descriptions and synon-
ymy ; Separate index of vernacular names!
Mazé, Hippolyte. Contribution 4 la flore de la Guadeloupe. 190 p. 25 cm.
Basse-Terre, 1892.
Unannotated list of wild and cultivated spermatophytes, with vernacular
names.
Millspaugh, C. F. Flora of the island of St. Croix. Pub. Field “Creda
Mus. 68, Bot. Ser. 1: 441-546. map. 1902.
The species listed (1,029) are incorporated in Britton’s Flora of the eae
Virgin Islands. Biographical sketches of collectors, with bibliographical refer-
ences; account of cultivated plants.
Schomburgk, R. H. The history of Barbados; comprising a geographical
and statistical description of the island; a sketch of the historical events since
the settlement ; and an account of its geology and natural productions. xx, 722
p. illus., plates, map, table. 25.5 cm. London, 1848.
Contains (p. 582-633) a list of wild and cultivated vascular plants (896
phanerogams), with indices of vernacular names.
Stehlé, Henri, Stehlé, M., and Quentin, L. Flore de la Guadeloupe et
dépendances. v. 1-2, pt. 1. illus., plates, port., 4 maps, table. 23 cm. Basse-
Terre, 1935-37.
Vol. 1, Essai d’écologie et de géographie botanique, by H. Stehlé. Vol. 2, pt. 1,
Catalogue des phanérogames et fougéres avec contribution 4 la flore de la
Martinique, by H. and M. Stehlé and Quentin: general features of flora, list of
endemic phanerogams of Guadeloupe and dependencies, statistics, bibliography ;
annotated list of vascular plants, with references, Synonymy, vernacular names,
local and extralimital range; briefly annotated alphabetical list of collectors,
Vol. 2, pt. 1 covers part of the Polypetalae and Apetalae.
230 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Wheeler, L. R. The botany of Antigua. Jour. Bot. 54: 41-52. 1916.
Account of physical geography and climate; general features of flora; plant
associations. No systematic list of species.
Wikstrom, J. E. Ofversigt af 6n Sanct Barthelemi’s flora. K. [Svenska]
Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 1825: 411-483. 1826.
Bibliography (in footnotes), botanical explorations; list of 301 vascular plants,
with occasional critical annotations.
PUERTO RICO
General
Asenjo, C. F. Apuntes acerca de las plantas medicinales de Puerto Rico.
Revista Agr. Puerto Rico 28: 460-469, 741-748. 1987; 29: 186-141. 1938.
Extensively annotated systematic list of the principal medicinal plants, with
popular and cfficial uses and chemical composition. The parts listed include
Typhaceae—Orchidaceae.
Barrett, O. W. The food plants of Porto Rico. Jour. Dept. Agr. Porto Rico
9: 61-208. 1925.
Annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names of wild and cultivated food
plants and corresponding index of scientific names.
Britton, N. L., and Wilson, Percy. Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin
Islands. Jn New York Academy of Sciences. Scientific survey of Porto
Rico... v. 5-6. 626, 663 p. 1923-30.
Full descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys and synonymy; extra-
limital range given; vernacular names, annotated bibliography. The treatment
of the Pteridophyta is by W. R. Maxon. Covers area from Mona Island to
Anegada and St. Croix.
Brush, W. D., Murphy, L. S., and Mell, C. D. Trees of Porto Rico. In
Murphy, L. S. Forests of Porto Rico... Bul. U. S. Dept. Agr. 354: 56-97.
1916.
Systematic list of 172 species, with size, vernacular names, uses, and brief
description of wood.
Cook, O. F., and Collins, G. N. Economic plants of Porto Rico. Contrib.
U.S. Natl. Herb. 8: 57-269. fig. 12-18, pl. 18-60. 1903.
Alphabetical catalog of vernacular and scientific names, with brief descriptive
notes and account of uses.
Otero, J. I., and Toro, R. A. Catélogo de los nombres vulgares y cientificos
de algunas plantas puertorriquenas. Bol. Estac. Expt. Insul. Rio Piedras, P. R.
no. 3%. 248 p. 1981.
Botanical explorations; systematic list of 2,063 vernacular names, with equiv-
alent botanical names; indices, including references to Britton and Wilson’s
Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands; alphabetical list of English
vernacular names, with Spanish and botanical equivalents; bibliography.
Urban, Ignatz. Flora portoricensis. Jn his Symbolae antillanae, v. 4.
771 p. port. 1903-11.
Systematic list with synonymy, citation of Specimens, and statement of extra-
limital range; history of botanical exploration, plant geography; separate index
of vernacular names. Enumerates 2,C56 species, of which 271 are endemic.
Local
Britton, N. L. La vegetacién de Cayo Icacos. Revista Agr. Puerto Rico
12: 91-96. 1924.
Unannotated list of spermatophytes collected by the author and others on
30 January 1923. (Hast of Cape San Juan.)
The vegetation of Mona Island. Annals Missouri Bot. Gard. 2: 33-58.
sO alii lay
Physiography, soil, general features of flora; annotated list of about 292
vascular and cellular plants, with general range indicated.
Gifford, J. C., and Barrett, 0. W. Trees of the Luquillo region. Jn Gifford,
J.C. The Luquillo Forest Reserve, Porto Rico. Bul. Bur. Forestry U. S. Dept.
Agr. 54: 35-46. 1905.
Systematic list, with vernacular names and notes on height, wood, and uses.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 231
Wilson, Percy. The vegetation of Vieques Island. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
8: 379-410. 1917.
Physiography, botanical explorations; annotated list of 579 plants (555
vascular), with range in adjacent islands.
SoutH AMERICA
ARGENTINA
See also Chile (Neger, Pflanzengeographisches aus den stidlichen Anden; Philippi,
Sertum mendocinum) ; Paraguay (Morong and Britton; Parodi); Patagonia; Uruguay
(Paceard).
The following publications have not been available:
Roibon, Federico. Plantas indigenas medicinales de la Provincia de Corrientes para
la Exposici6n de Filadelfia. 2. ed. Corrientes, 1908. (Cited from Kurtz, F. Bol.
Acad. Nae. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 19: 339. 1913.) :
Rojas Acosta, Nicolas. Catalogo de las plantas medicinales del Chaco austral. Revista
| Farm. (Buenos Aires) 47: 214-225, 247-258, 284-298, 315-327. 1907; 52(?): 73-95,
120-143, 151-163, 1912. (Cited from Hicken, C. M. Darwiniana 1: 408. 1929.)
Plantas medicinales de Corrientes. Revista Farm. (Buenos Aires) 45:
115-145. 1905. (Cited from Kurtz, F. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argen-
tina) 19: 226. 19138.)
Sparn, Enrique. Bibliografia de la flora fanerogaémica de la Provincia de Cérdoba
i (Argentina). Revista Mus. Prov. Cien. Nat. Cérdoba 1938, no. 8, 108 p. (Cited from
Bot. Zentralbl. n. f., 32 (v. 174, Lit.) : 60. 1939.)
General
| Blondel, Raoul. Las plantas medicinales en la pabell6n de la Reputblica
| Argentina. Jn La Reptblica Argentina en la ExposiciOn universal de Paris de
| 1889. 2: 103-126. Paris, 1890.
Running account of medicinal plants, grouped by uses, with vernacular names.
Castro, E. B. Las maderas argentinas. Su importancia industrial. 344 p.
table. 25cm. Rosario, 1918.
| Vernacular names, brief description of tree and wood, uses; no index, no
obvious order of arrangement of species.
Dominguez, J. A. Contribuciones a la materia médica argentina. (Primera
| contribucion.) Trab. Inst. Bot. y Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires [no. 44].
Xxili, 483 p. 1928.
i| Biographical accounts of workers on medicinal plants of South America, from
Crist6bal Col6n to Glaziou, with list of publications; early American medicine;
annotated systematic list of medicinal plants of Argentina, with vernacular
names; tabular alphabetical list of 524-+111 plants, showing results of phyto-
chemical investigations; annotated systematic list (Piperaceae-Lauraceae) of
materia médica argentina, with descriptions, pharmacological information, and
vernacular names (indexed).
| — Datos para la materia médica argentina. Trab. Mus. Farm. Fac.
| Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 1. xxix, 278 p. 1903; no. 25. x, 141 p. 1910.
Systematic list, with descriptions, vernacular names, chemical composition,
and medicinal uses.
Synopsis de la matiére médicale argentine. Trab. Mus. Farm. Fac.
Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 7. 24 p. 1905.
Botanical explorations, work on medicinal plants; annotated list of native
medicinal plants, with vernacular names and localities.
Hauman, Lucien. Les modifications de la flore argentine sous l’action de la
civilisation. (Essai de géobotanique humaine.) Mém. Acad. Roy. Belg. Cl. Sci.
Collect. in-4°. II, v.9,fase.3. 99p. 1928.
Includes (p. 79-94) list of adventive phanerogams annotated by means of
symbols.
— Les phanérogames adventices de la flore argentine. Anales Mus.
Nae. Hist. Nat. Bern. Rivad. Buenos Aires 33: 819-845. 1925.
Annotated list of 376 species; supplementary list of cosmopolitan species.—
For supplementary lists see Parodi, L. R., and Molfino, J. F. Nuevas adiciones
a la flora fanerogimica adventicia ... Revista Fac. Agron. Univ. La Plata
18: 189-156. 4 fig. 1928—Also Molfino, J. F. Adiciones ... Anales Mus.
Nae. Hist. Nat. Bern. Rivad. Buenos Aires 34: 89-119. 10 pl. 1928.
— Vanderveken, G., and Irigoyen, L. H. Catalogue des phanérogames
de l’Argentine. Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires 29: 1-851. 1917;
32: 1-314. 1923.
232 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Incomplete; list of 2,592 phanerogams (Gymnosperms, Monocotyledons, Di-
cotyledons through Droseraceae) with references pertaining to local distribu-
tion; bibliography. Pt. 1 by Hauman and Vanderveken, pt. 2 by Hauman and
Irigoyen.
Hieronymus, Georg. Plantae diaphoricae florae argentinae 6 revista sis-
tematica de las plantas medicinales, alimenticias 6 de alguna otra utilidad y
de las venenosas, que son indigenas de la Reptblica Argentina 6 que, originarias
de otros paises se cultivan 6 se crian espontaneamente en ella. Bol. Acad. Nac.
Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 4: 199-598. 1882. (Reprinted.)
Annotated systematic list of useful plants, with vernacular names and local
range. Said to have been reprinted in 1930. 421 p. (cf. Millan, R. Biblio-
grafia, p. 268. 1935.)
Holmberg, E. L. La flora de la Reptblica Argentina. In Segundo censo de
la: Reptblica Argentina Mayo 10 de 1895 ...v. 1, p. 883-474. 38 fig., 13 pl.,
map. Buenos Aires, 1898.
Botanical explorations, local herbaria, plant formations, statistics of flora.—
See also Stuckert, Teodoro. Observaciones al capitulo La flora argentina por
el Doctor E. L. Holmberg... Anales Soe. Cien. Argentina 48: 67-105. 1899.
(Reprinted, 41 p.)
Kurtz, Fritz. Essai d’une bibliographie botanique de l’Argentine. 2. ed.
(1912). Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cordoba (Rep. Argentina) 19: 221-376. 1913;
20: 369-467. 1915.
List of works relating to the flora of Argentina (principally) and other South
American countries (Colombia, Ecuador, Venezuela, Peru, Bolivia, southern
Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, Chile), arranged alphabetically by authors, fol-
lowed by classified lists of the publications. Continued by L. Hauman and A.
Castellanos in Physis 5: 263-291. 1922 (for the years 1914-21) and 8: 436-
467. 1927 (for 1922-26)—See also Hicken, C. M. Contribuci6én al conoci-
miento de la bibliografia botéanica argentina. Darwiniana 1: 191-318. 1927.
Segunda contribucion ...1. c. 319-480. 1929. Tercera contribucién . .. 1. ¢ 431-
539. 1980. (Intended to complement Kurtz’s “Essai” (1912) ; includes brief list
of herbaria and exsiccatae.)
Latzina, Eduardo. Index de la flora dendrolégica argentina. Lillog 1: 95-
Zia ple TOS te
Index of vernacular names; briefly annotated systematic list of 839 species,
with data on physical properties of the woods; bibliography. Replaces his
paper of same title published in Publ. Com. Honor. Reduce. Indios 3: 3-117.
1935. (Also issued as Trab. Inst. Bot. y Farm. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 54.)
Millan, Roberto. Bibliografia agricola argentina hasta 1930. Bol. Min. Agr.
Rep. Argentina v. 36, suppl. 3802p. 1985.
List of periodicals cited; alphabetical list of vernacular names with cross
references to botanical names and citation of publications upon them (almost
entirely restricted to useful or injurious plants, including cultivated species) ;
bibliography of papers on various agricultural subjects, including medicinal and
other useful plants, also of papers arranged by Provinces. The papers cited are
practically all in Argentine periodicals and include few that are strictly botanical.
Molfino, J. F. Plantas usuales de la flora argentina. Almanaque Min. Agr.
Rep. Argentina 9: 457-466. 1934.
Systematic list of medicinal plants for which authentic chemical and physio-
logical data exist, with vernacular names and note on properties.
Niederlein, Gustav. Produits des exploitations et des industries forestiéres.
In Exposition universelle internationale de 1889 4 Paris. Catalogue spécial
officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p. 203-264. Paris, 1889.
List of 1,688 specimens of woods, medicinal and other useful plants, classified by
uses and then arranged under geographical divisions, with vernacular names
and brief annotations.
La riqueza florestal de la Republica Argentina... In La Re-
publica Argentina en la Exposici6n universel de Paris de 1889. 2: 1-101.
Paris, 1890.
Annotated tabular list of trees (502 numbers), alphabetically arranged by
vernacular names, with botanical names, locality, dimensions, characters of
wood, uses; alphabetical annotated lists of woods used for tanning and dyeing,
textiles, medicinal plants,
-FLORAS OF THE WORLD 233
Parodi, L. R. Las plantas indigenas no alimenticias cultivadas en la Argen-
tina. Revista Argentina Agron. 1: 165-212. 1 fig. (map). 1912.
Includes annotated systematic list of about 200 spermatophytes, with vernacu-
lar names.—See also his Contribution 4 l'étude des plantes alimentaires indigénes
cultivées en Argentine. Revue. Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 16: 177-189. fig. 4-6.
1936.
Paz Soldan, M. F. Diccionario geografico-estadistico nacional argentino.
x, 485 p. maps. 27cm. Buenos Aires, 1885.
Includes (p. 46-58) list of medicinal and other useful plants, alphabetically
arranged by vernacular names, with botanical names and Provinces.
Spegazzini, Carlos, and Girola, C. D. [Catdélogo de las maderas.] Jn Cata-
logo descriptivo de las collectiones de productos naturales, agricolas, animales
é industriales . . . para la Exposicion internacional de agricultura de 1910...
Pub. Mus. Agr. Soe. Rural Argentina 1: 322-413. 1911. (Reprinted with index,
xv p., and title: Catalogo descriptivo de las maderas que se exhibieron en la
Exposicion internacional de agricultura de 1910, 1. c., no. 1, app.)
List of 554 specimens (including duplications of species), with vernacular
names, brief description of tree and wood, note on uses.
Storni, J. S. Vegetales que utilizaban nuestros indigenas para su alimen-
tacién. 102 p. map. 26cm. [Tucuman?], 1937 (1938).
General considerations, geoethnographic regions; annotated list of wild and
cultivated edible plants, arranged in no obvious order, with vernacular names
and uses.
Local
Anonymous. Flore de Tucumén. Herbier de M. Lillo. Collection de MM. -
Sehickendantz et Lillo. Tucuman. Jn Exposition universelle internationale de
1889 4 Paris. Catalogue spécial officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p.
541-356. Paris, 1889.
Tabular list of about 600 vascular plants, with occasional vernacular names.
Alvarez, Antenor. Flora y fauna de la provincia de Santiago del Estero.
176 p. illus. 23 em. Santiago del Estero, 1919.
Systematic list of vascular plants (p. 48-116) ; classified lists of useful plants
(p. 119-126) ; bibliography.
Ball, John. Contributions to the flora of north Patagonia and the adjoining
territory. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 21: 203-240. 1884.
General features of geography, flora, etc.: annotated list of vascular plants
collected in northern “Patagonia” (chiefly from region of Bahia Blanca) and
southern Buenos Aires Province by G. Claraz, with vernacular names and uses.
Berg, Carlos. Enumeracion de las plantas européas que se hallan como sil-
vestres en la provincia de Buenos Aires y en Patagonia. Anales Soc. Cien.
Argentina 3: 183-206. 1877. (Reprinted.)
Annotated list of 154 plants, of which 148 are vascular.
Bettfreund, Carlos. Flora argentina. Recolecci6én y descripcién de plantas
vivas... 3v. 156 col. pl. 27 em. Buenos Aires, [1898-1901].
Descriptions and rather crude colored plates (by F. Burmeister) of 156 phan-
erogams.
Burkill, I. H. Notes on some plants collected in the Aconcagua valleys by
Philip Gosse. In FitzGerald, E. A. The highest Andes... p. 861-3876.
illus. London, 1899.
General features of flora; also annotated list of plants collected by Philip
Gosse in the Las Cuevas and Horcones Valleys, mostly at 10,000 feet or higher.
Chodat, Robert, and Wilczek, Ernest. Contributions a la flore de la Ré-
publique Argentine. Enumération critique des plantes récoltées par M. E.
Wilezek 4 Saint-Raphaél et dans la vallée de l’Atuel. Bul. Herb. Boissier IT,
2: 281-296, 475-490, 521-544. 27 fig. 1902. :
Itinerary, general features of flora; list of vascular. plants, with references
and data. (Province of Mendoza.)
Fries, R. E. Zur kenntnis des alpinen flora im nordlichen Argentinien.
Nova Acta R. Soe. Scient. Upsal. ser. IV, v. 1, no. 1. 205 p. 2 fig., 9 pl., map.
1905.
Enumeration of the vascular plants hitherto known from the alpine region of
northern Argentina (Prov. Jujuy, northern Salta, part of Los Andes), with
synonymy, citation of exsiccatae, and statement of general range. The climate,
plant formations, and plant geography are discussed; bibliography.
234 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Gancedo, Alejandro. Flora arborea del territorio nacional del Chaco y
proyecto de ley. 287 p. illus., map. 28 em. Buenos Aires, 1916.
Brief description of tree, wood, uses; photographs of nearly every species; list
of species classified by uses, ete.
Grisebach, A. H. R. Plantae lorentzianae. Bearbeitung der ersten und
zweiten sammlung argentinischer pflanzen des Professor Lorentz. Abhandl.
Kx. Gesell. Wiss. GOttingen 19: 49-280. 2 pl. 1874. (Reprinted 231 p., 1874.)
Phytogeography, ete.; list of 927 vascular plants, with localities, occasional
vernacular names, and frequent annotations.
Symbolae ad floram argentinam. Zweite bearbeitung argentinischer
pflanzen. Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. G6ttingen 24: 3-345. 1879. (Reprinted
1879.)
Phytogeography; list of 2,265 vascular plants, with localities, occasional
vernacular names, and frequent annotations. Based on collections of Lorentz,
-Hieronymus, and Schickendantz; includes all species listed in his Plantae
Lorentzianae.
Hassler, Emil. Contribuciones 4 la flora del Chaco argentino-paraguayo.
1. parte. Florula pilcomayensis. Trab. Mus. Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos
_ Aires no. 21. 154 p. 1909.
Botanical explorations; bibliography: annotated list of 701 vascular plants
known from the region of the lower Pilecomayo River.
Hauman, Lucien. Etude phytogéographique de la région du Rio Negro
inférieur (République Argentine). Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires
24: 289-448. 19 fig. 1918.
Bibliography, geology, climate, plant associations, distribution ; annotated list
of 486 vascular plants. The area covered lies between the Rio Negro and the
Rio Colorado, reaching about 100 km. inland.
La végétation de Vile de Martin Garcia dans le Rio de La Plata.
Pub. Inst. Invest. Geog. Fae. Filos. y Letras Univ. Buenos Aires no. 10.
38) p. 3 fig. (Gincl: maps) ,.8iplo 925:
Physiography, climate, plant associations, ete.; annotated list of vascular
plants. The area is noteworthy for the fact that its flora is essentially in its
primitive condition.
La végétation des hautes cordilléres de Mendoza: (République Argen-
tine). Anales Soc. Cien. Argentina 86: 121-188, 225-348. 7 fig. (incl. map),
pl. 7-25. 1918.
Physiography, plant associations, statistics of flora, ecology, phytogeography ;
annotated list of 417 vascular plants; bibliography.
Hicken, C. M. Canistellum Neuqueni. Plantas recogidas en las cordilleras
del Neuquén por el Sr. Franco Pastore ... Physis 1: 116-138. 1912.
Geography, ete.; list of 129 vascular plants with locality, general and local
range.
Chloris platensis argentina. 292 p. 26.5 em. Buenos Aires, 1910.
(Apuntes de historia natural, v. 2.)
A flora of the city of Buenos Aires and vicinity, being an annotated list of
1,261 vascular plants, with references and general range; bibliography.
Plantae fischerianae. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de la flora del
Rio Negro. Physis 2: 1-18, 101-122. 1915-16.
Annotated list of 284 vascular plants collected by Walter Fischer in the
vicinity of Rio Negro, a station on the railroad from Bahia Blanea to Neuquén.
Plantae flossdorfianae in monte Famatina lectae... Darwiniana
ieee Ae A O22)
Annotated list of 86 vascular plants collected at 3,000 to 4,000 meters altitude,
with extralimital distribution. (Province of San Juan.)
Plantae Vattuonei. Darwiniana 1: 95-158. 2 fig. 1924.
Botanical exploration, general features of flora; bibliography; list of 187
vascular plants collected by Dr. Ildefonso Vattuone in 1923, with localities, local
and general range, and frequent annotations. (Provinces of Jujuy and Salta.)
Primitiae sanzinianae. Las primeras plantas recogidas en Mendoza
por Renato Sanzin. Darwiniana 2: 37-57. 1930.
List of about 300 vascular plants, with localities.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD DBs)
Hicken, C. M.. -‘Sertularium andinum. Plantae a cl. Gerth lectae ... Dar-
Winiana 1: 47-78. 1923.
Localities; annotated list of 117 spermatophytes, with localities. (Province
of Mendoza, region of Rio Atuel and Rio Diamante.)
Hieronymus, Georg. Sertum sanjuaninum 6 descripciones y determinaciones
de plantas fanerdgamas y criptOgamas vasculares recolectadas por el Dr. D.
Saile Echegaray en la provincia San Juan. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cordoba
(Rep. Argentina) 4: 3-73. plate. 1881.
Annotated list of 191 vascular plants.
Hosseus, C. C. Flora argentina. Estudios comparativos sobre la vegetacién
de las provincias de La Rioja y de San Juan. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba
(Rep. Argentina) 26: 5-160. 28 fig. 1921.
Itineraries of botanical collectors; annotated list of vascular plants (reaches
Leguminosae, part).
Johnston, I. M. A collection of plants from the high cordilleras of north-
western San Juan. Physis 9: 297-326. 1929.
Author’s itinerary; annotated list of 89 vascular plants, with references.
Kerr, J. G. The botany of the Pilcomayo expedition; being a list of plants
collected during the Argentine expedition of 1890-91 to the Rio Pilcomayo.
The identifications and the description of new species by Mr. N. E. Brown.
Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soe. Edinb. 20: 44-78. 1894.
List of about 200 vascular plants (and 1 lichen) from the vicinity of Fortin
Page, on the Rio Pilcomayo, in the Gran Chaco.
Kurtz, Fritz. Dos viajes botanicos al Rio Salado superior (Cordillera de
Mendoza). Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 18: 171-210.
1893.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora and annotated lists of plants
of different botanical regions in the area; bibliography. German version
(Bericht tiber zwei reisen zum gebiet des oberen Rio Salado...) in Verh.
Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb. 35: 95-120. 1895.
Enumeracion de las plantas recogidas por G. Bodenbender en la pre-
ecordillera de Mendoza (Octubre de 1896). Bol. Acad. Nae. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep.
Argentina) 15: 502-522. 1897.
General features of flora, phytogeography ; list of phanerogams, with locality
and general range, collected between Chileas and Challao on the north and
Cacheuta and Puente del Ferro-carril Andino on the south.
Lillo, Miguel. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de los arboles de la Argentina
segun colecciones y observaciones de Santiago Venturi... vi, 127 p. 28.5 em.
Buenos Aires, 1910.—Segunda contribucién ... Notas sobre el herbario Ven-
CUEIG-S te 09 1D. ce, em. \Tucuman, 1917.
Annotated list of 858 species (347 botanically identified), with vernacular
names (indexed), localities, notes on size and use. The material is chiefly
from northern and central Argentina.
Estudio preliminar de una ecoleccién de plantas procedentes de
Tartagal (departamento de Oran, Salta). [Pub.] Mus. Cien. Nat. Univ.
Nae. Tucumiéin [6]: 3-14. 1925.
Annotated list of vascular plants, the families alphabetically arranged.
Resefna fitogeografica de la provincia de Tucuman. Jn Reunion na-
cional de la Sociedad argentina de ciencias naturales, Ist, Tucumén, 1916.
p. 210-232. pl. 15-30 (incl. map). Buenos Aires, 1919. (Reprinted.)
Includes lists of vascular plants from different phytogeographie regions.
Lorentz, P. G. La vegetacion del nordeste de la provincia de Entre-Rios.
179 p. 2 maps. 27 cm. Buences Aires, 1878.
General features of flora; briefly annotated list of species observed (“Florula
entreriana’’), including fungi (by F. de Thtimen) ; phytogeography. (Not seen;
reference and annotation furnished by P. C. Standley.) Includes 620 vascular
plants and 32 fungi, according to review in Bot. Jahresber. Just 6 (2) : 1092-
1094. 1882.
and Niederlein, Gustav. Botanica. Enumeracion sistemdatica de las
plantas collectadas durante la expedicion. Jn Informe oficial de la Comision
cientifica . .. de la expedicion al Rio Negro (Patagonia) realizada en los meses
de Abril, Mayo y Junio de 1879 . . . Entrega II, Botanica. p. [171]—294. 12 pl.
Buenos Aires, 1881.
236 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Annotated list of 387 vascular plants from the southern pampas and from
region of Rio Colorado, Rio Negro, and Rio Neuquén. Essentially the same
list of species, unannotated but with vernacular names added, with title: Flora
de la pampa de Buenos-Ayres, de Patagonie et des Andes ‘australes, appeared
in Exposition universelle internationale de 1889 a Paris. Catalogue spécial
officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p. 357-864. Paris, 1889.
Molfino, J. F. Contribucioén a la flora de la regidn de Bahia Blanca. Physis
Sl 2s Grhigs (192A
Botanical explorations, topography, soils, plant associations; annotated list of
265 phanerogams.
La flora esponténea del campo “Las Hermanas” en Gutiérrez
(F. C. 8.). Anales Soc. Rural Argentina 55: 279-287. 1921.
List of 441 vascular plants, with vernacular names. The locality is about
25 km. from Buenos Aires.
Monticelli, J. V. Anotaciones fitogeograficas de la Pampa Central. Lilloa
3: 251-382. 26 fig. (incl. maps), 16 pl. 1938.
Geological history, ecology, bibliography, ete.; annotated list of 311 plants, all
but 1 vascular, with vernacular names. The area covered is essentially the Ter-
ritory of La Pampa.
Niederlein, Gustav, and Hieronymus, Georg. Résultats de Vexploration du
territoire de Misiones de 1883 4 1888. Jn Exposition universelle internationale
de 1889 4 Paris. Catalogue spécial officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p.
270-340. Paris, 1889.
Tabular list of 1,553 vascular plants and lichens, with occasional vernacular
names, statistics, ecological groupings, ete. Apparently the same material with
Niederlein as author and with title: Resultados botanicos de exploraciones
hechas en Misiones, Corrientes y paises limitrofes desde 1883 hasta 1888, in Bol.
Mens. Mus. Prod. Argent. 3: 273-847. 1890.
Parodi, L. R. Ensayo fitogeografico sobre el partido de Pergamino. Estudio
de la pradera pampeana en el norte de la provincia de Buenos Aires. Revista
Fae. Agron. y Vet. Univ. Buenos Aires 7: 65-271. 23 fig. (incl. maps), 16 pl.
1930. (Reprinted.)
Physiography, soil, climate, plant associations, phenology, dissemination, modi-
fications in flora caused by civilization, etc.; annotated list of 488 vascular plants;
bibliography.
Pilar Rodrigo, América del. Una excursién boténica a la provincia de
Corrientes. Revista Mus. La Plata n. s., 1937 (Sece. Of.) : 100-110. 5 fig. (inel.
map). 1988.
Running account, including mention of a large number of species with ver-
nacular and botanical names.
Ringuelet, E. J. Estudio fitogeografico del Rincén de Viedma (Bahia de
Samborombon). Revista Fac. Agron. Univ. La Plata 21: 15-186. §8 fig. (inel.
map), 18 pl. 1938.
Mainly ecological; includes annotated list of 173 vascular plants. His Flora
de] Rincén de Viedma... (resumen), Physis 15: 491-493. 1939, is an abstract
of the above. (East coast of the Province of Buenos Aires. )
Schickendantz, Friedrich. Catalogo razonado de las plantas medicinales de
Catamarea. Anales Circulo Med. Argentino 5: 52-53, 119-126, 247-255. 1881-82.
Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names.
Seckt, Hans. Flora bonariensis. Clave para la determinacion de las familias
y de los géneros de las plantas. 302 p. 19.5 cm. Buenos Aires, 1918.
Keys to families and genera of region of Buenos Aires, with list of more con-
Spicuous species; glossary.
Flora cordobensis. Clave para la determinacion de las familias y de
los géneros de las plantas que se encuentran Silvestres 6 cultivadas en la pro-
vincia de Cordoba. 632 p. 22 pl. 24.5 cm. Cordoba (Rep. Arg.), 1929-30. (Re-
printed from Revista Univ. Nac. Cordoba vy. 16 and 17.)
Descriptive keys to families and genera of spermatophytes; annotated alpha-
betical list of Species under each family, with vernacular names; glossary.
Spegazzini, Carlos. ContribuciOn al estudio de la flora de la Sierra de la
Ventana. 86 p. 27cm. La Plata, 1896.
Annotated list of 251 vascular plants (also cellular plants) of the Sierra de la
Ventana, Province of Buenos Aires; estimated by the author to represent at least
two-thirds of the flora. Published by the ‘‘Ministerio de obras ptblicas de la
ne
FLORAS OF THE WORLD Dai
provincia de Buenos Aires.”—See also his Algunas observaciones sobre la flora
de la Ventana. Revista Fac. Agron. y Vet. La Plata 2: 347-349. 1896.
Spegazzini, Carlos. Contribucion al estudio de la flora del Tandil. 60 p. 26.5
em. La Plata, Buenos Aires, 1901.
Annotated list of 370 vascular (and a few cellular) plants of the Sierras de
Tandil, Province of Buenos Aires.
Flora de la provincia de Buenos Aires. v. 1 (xiv, 161 p.). illus.
27 em. Buenos Aires, 1905. (At head of title: Anales del Ministerio de agricul-
tura Reptblica Argentina. Sece. de biologia vegetal.)
Plant formations; descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, vernacular
names, uses. Incomplete (only vol. 1 published); includes Ranunculaceae—
Anacardiaceae.
Fl6rula de la ciudad de La Plata y su partido. Bol. Oficina Agr.
Ganad. Prov. Buenos Aires 1: 101-105, 159-170, 197-208, 285-245, 265-275, 299-310,
331-341, 365-871. 1901; 2: 392-402, 485-498. 1902.
Annotated descriptive flora, with keys, vernacular names, and uses. Incom-
plete; Ranunculaceae—Leguminosae (part).
BOLIVIA
See also Argentina (Kurtz) ; Colombia (Weddell).
The following publications have not been available:
Diaz Romero, Belisario. Farmacopea callaguaya. Enumeracién de las plantas
medicinales y productos naturales que emplean los Callaguayas. 13 p. La Paz, 1904.
[Cited from Kurtz, Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cordoba (Rep. ARE So 20% 376. 1915.)
Pena, Rafael. Flora crucefia. 287 p. 8° Sucre, 1901. (Cited from Kurtz, Bol.
Acad. Nae. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 20: 393. 1915.)—For extract from this
work, see Serrano, Honorio. Flora boliviana. Geo: Agr., Colon. y Ramas Anex.
Bolivia epoca 4, no. 17 (unpaged). 19388. (Annotated list of medicinal plants, alpha-
betically arranged by vernacular names.)
General
Granado, J. T. del. Plantas bolivianas. 284 p. illus. (incl. maps), 5 col. pl.
22.5 em. La Paz, 1931.
Treats of useful plants, cultivated and wild.
Herzog, Theodor. Die pflanzenwelt der bolivischen Anden und ihres ostlichen
vorlandes. viii, 258 p. 25 fig.,3 maps. 25.5 cm. Leipzig, 1923. (Die vegetation
der erde, v. 15.)
Botanical explorations, bibliography (95 titles) ; phytogeography, plant forma-
tions, useful plants, list of vernacular names, ete.
Local
Buchtien, Otto. Contribuciones a la flora del Bolivia, I. parte. 197 p. 22 cm.
La Paz, 1910.
List only, with descriptions of new species and citation of localities, apparently
confined to the author’s collections. No citation of exsiccatae.
Hemsley, W. B., and Pearson, H. H. W. Ona small collection of dried plants
obtained by Sir Martin Conway in the Bolivian Andes. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
35: 78-90. 1901.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora; annotated list of 46 angio-
sperms collected at localities up to 18,700 feet, 38 of the species being from
12,000 feet or above.
Herzog, Theodor. Die von Dr. Th. Herzog auf seiner zweiten reise durch
Bolivien in den jahren 1910 und 1911 gesammelten pflanzen I-VI. Meded. Rijks
Herb. Leyden no. 19. 84 p. 1913; no. 27. 90 p. pl. 1915; no. 29. 94 p. 1916;
no. 38. 19 p. 1918; no. 40. 77 p. 1921; no. 46. 31 p. 1922.
Treatments of various families by specialists. A list of the families published
through 1921 (pt. 1-5) is contained in Herzog’s Die pflanzenwelt der bolivischen
Anden... Vegetation der erde 15: 19-22. 1923.
Pflanzenformationen Ost-Bolivias. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 44: 346—405.
pl. 3 (map). 1910.
Keological; includes (p. 399-404) alphabetical list of vernacular names, with
botanical equivalents; bibliography.
238 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Rusby, H. H. New species from Bolivia collected by R. S. Williams. Bul.
N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 487-517. 1910; 8: 89-135. 1912.
Descriptions of new species only, systematically arranged; the ferns, grasses,
and orchids omitted. A few of the species are from Peru.
On the collections of Mr. Miguel Bang in Bolivia. Mem. Torrey Club
v. 3, no. 3. 67 p. 1898; 4: 203-274. 1895; 6: 1-180. 1896. Bul. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 4: 309-470. 1907.
List of species collected, from 1885 on, with localities and collecting numbers;
complete except for Gramineae. Specimens of Rusby and R. Pearce are also
cited.
and Britton, N. L. An enumeration of the plants collected by Dr. H. H.
Rusby in South America, 1885-1886. Bul. Torrey Club 15: 177-184. 1888;
23: 471-499. 1896; 15: 247-258. 1888; 16: 13-20, 61-64, 153-160, 189-192, 259
262, 324-327. 1889; 17: 9-12, 53-60, 91-94, 211-214, 281-284. 1890; 18: 35-38,
107-110, 261-264, 331-834. 1891; 19: 1-4, 148-151, 263-266, 371-374. 1892; 20:
137-140. 1893; 25: 495-500, 542-545. 1898; 26: 142-152, 189-200. 1899: 27:
22-31, 69-84, 124-137. 1900; 28: 301-318. 1801; 29: 694-704. 1902. (Reprinted
as Contrib. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. no. 6, 181, 200. 229 p.)
Systematic list of cellular and vascular plants with localities, collecting num-
bers, and occasional annotations. The plants are mostly from Bolivia. Treat-
ment of cryptogams by E. G. Britton and others. Pt. II (Mosses) has title: An
enumeration of the plants collected by H. H. Rusby, in Bolivia, 1885-86.
BRAZIL
See also Argentina (I<urtz).
General
Almeida Pinto, Joaquim de. Diccionario de botanica brasileira ou compendio
dos vegetaes do Brasil, tanto indigenas como acclimados ... Coordenado e
redigido em grande parte sobre os manuscriptos do Dr. Arruda Camara... xix,
433 p. 16 pl. 27 cm. Rio de Janeiro, 1873.
Annotated list, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names, with botanical
equivalents and uses; no index of scientific names.
Corréa, M. P. Diccionario das plantas uteis do Brasil e das exoticas cultivadas.
v. 1-2. illus., plates. 32.5 cm. Rio de Janeiro, 1926-31.
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with brief descrip-
tions, uses, range, vernacular names, frequent chemical analyses ; index of botan-
ical and vernacular names. Incomplete (A—E).
Flora do Brazil. Algumas plantas uteis, suas applicacdes e distribui-
cio geographica. xi, 154 p. 24cm. Rio de Janeiro, 1909.
Briefly annotated lists of woods and useful plants, alphabetically arranged by
vernacular names; index of botanical names.
Fonseca, Eurico Teixeira da. Indicador de madeiras e plantas uteis do Brasil.
v, 343 p. 23cm. Riode Janeiro, 1922.
Annotated list of woods and useful plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacu-
lar names; no index of botanical names.
Freise, F. W. Plantas medicinaes brasileiras. Bol. Agr. Sao Paulo 34: 252-
494. 1983. (Reprinted.)
Annotated list, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names, with brief de-
scriptions, uses, dosage; list of botanical names, with vernacular equivalents.
Hoehne, F. C. Plantas e substancias vegetais toxicas e medicinais. 355 p.
252 fig., 26 col. pl. 32.5 cm. S. Paulo—Rio, 1989. (Originally published in “O
Estado de S. Paulo,” 1934-38. )
Running account in systematic order, with vernacular names; not confined to
plants of Brazil.
Lofgren, Alberto. Manual das familias naturaes phanerogamas. Com chaves
dichotomicas das familias e dos generos brasileiros. xviii, 611 p. 245 em. Rio
de Janeiro, 1917.
Keys to families and genera, with family descriptions; brief notes on uses
(including extralimita! forms) ; some vernacular names.
Martius, K. F. P. von. Systema materiae medicae vegetabilis brasiliensis.
xxvi, 155 p. 22cm. Lipsiae, Vindobonae, 1843.
Annotated lists, classified by uses; vernacular names. |
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 239
Martius, K. F. P. von. Ueber die pflanzen-namen in der Tupi-sprache. 18 p.
25 em. Mtinchen, 1858. (Reprint from Bul. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. 1858, no.
1—6.—Also in his Beitra’ge zur ethnographie und sprachenkunde Amerika’s, zumal
Brasiliens. v. 2, p. 371-427. Leipzig, 1867.)
Notes on the language; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical
equivalents and usually indication of locality.
Hichler, A. W., and Urban, Ignatz, eds. Flora brasiliensis...
15 v.in 40. 3805 pl.,2 maps. 47.56em. Monachii, Lipsiae, 1840-1906.
Descriptive flora of vascular plants and mosses, by many collaborators ; includes
some extralimital species of bordering regions. The greatest of floras, containing
20,733 pages (i. e., columns; and excluding indices), with descriptions of 22,767
species (5,689 described as new), of which 6,246 are illustrated. Vol. 1, pt. 1
contains biographical sketches of principal Brazilian collectors, with their itiner-
aries (those of the earlier collectors shown on a map), biographical skeiches of
the collaborators, chronological list of fascicles, systematic list of contents, index
of families, and various statistics; also an illustrated account of plant formations.
Urban gives the number of plates as 3,811.
Matta, A. A. da. Flora medica brasiliense. 318 p. 19 cm. Manaos, 1915.
Annotated list, the species arranged alphabetically by vernacular names (in-
dexed ) ; bibliography.
Mello Moraes, A. J. de. Phytographia ou botanica brasileira applicada 4
medicina, 4s artes e 4 industria. Seguida de um supplemento de materia medica,
inclusive as plantas conhecidas e applicadas pelos indios em suas enfermidades.
lxxix, 464 p. port. 24cm. Rio de Janeiro, 1881.
Annotated list of useful plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names;
no index of botanical names. The appendix includes accounts of the medicinal
plants of Espirito Santo and Pernambuco, etc., by other authors.
Moreira, N. J. Diccionario de plantas medicinaes brasileiras. 144 p. 22 em.
Rio de Janeiro, 1862.—Supplemento ... 57 p. Rio de Janeiro, 1871.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents and uses.
Peckolt, Theodor. Brasilianische nutz- und heilpflanzen. Pharm. Rundsch.
(N. Y.) 11: 133-136, 181-184, 257, 287-289. 1893; 12: 35-39, 87-88, 109-112,
165-169, 187-189, 240-242, 285-287. 1894; 13: 33-86, 89-91, 215-217, 237-240.
1895. Pharm. Rev. 14: 51-54, 80-84, 154-156, 225-227, 246-250. illus. 1896;
15: 25-27, 44-46, 70-72, 131-135, 154-155, 286-237. 1897. Pharm. Arch. 1: T1-
72, 85-92, 127-136, 167-168, 185-188, 200-208, 229-236. 1898; 2: 92-100. 1899;
3: 141-151, 161-163. 1900; 4: 41-55. 1901. Pharm. Rev. 20: 51—54, 110-112,
492-497. 1902.
Brief descriptions, vernacular names and uses; families not in systematic order.
Title varies; paper partly in German, partly in German with English translation.
Pharmaceutical Review is a continuation of Pharmaceutische Rundschau. Title
of parts in Pharm. Rey. is Medicinal plants of Brazil. Incomplete; chiefly Mono-
eotyledones and Apetalae.
Heil-und nutzpflanzen Brasiliens. Jn Ber. Deut. Pharm. Gesell. v.
6-16, 19-22. 1897-1906, 1809-12.
Annotated list with vernacular names, uses, and often chemical analyses;
species arranged by families. Title varies; is sometimes “Nutz- und heilpflanzen.”
Incomplete; chiefly Pclypetalae and Gamopetalae.
Historia das plantas alimentares e de gozo do Brasil contendo gen-
eralidades sobre a agricultura brasileira, a cultura, uso e composicaio chimica de
cada uma dellas. 5 pt. 9tab. 21cm. Rio de Janeiro, 1871-84.
Geology, climate, agriculture, useful plants in general; edible plants discussed
in detail (alphabetically arranged by vernacular names; incomplete; reaches
eacaozeiro only), also mihlo (Zea mays), mandioca, coffee.
Die nahrungs- und genussmittel Brasiliens. Zeitschr. Allg. Oesterr.
Apoth.-Ver. 20: 425-430, 442-446, 459-464, 478-484, 496-501, 510-515. 1882.—
Verzeichniss von volksnamen und botanischen benennungen... 1. c@ 21: 182-
186, 197-200, 214-216. 1883.
General account of plant formations, soils, agriculture, edible plants; alpha-
betical index of vernacular names mentioned, with botanical equivalents.
Volksbenennungen der brasilianischen pflanzen und produkte derselben
in brasilianischer (portugiesischer) und der von der Tupisprache adoptirten
Mamen. Pharm. Arch. 1: 14-17, 97-102, 149-161, 216-228, 287-248. 1898: 2:
12-20, 26-40, 50-60, 78-80, 100, 117-120, 301-312, 328-332, 372. 1899; 8: 18-20,
4147, 61-68, 181-189. 1900; 4: 28-86, 96-100, 116-120, 187-140, 173-180,
241306°—42 16
240 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. 8. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
192-200. 1901; 5: 37-40, 76-80, 93-100, 112-116, 125-1382. 1902-03; 6: 14-16,
22-23, 64, 79-80, 93-96, 124-128. 19038. Pharm. Rev. 23: 76-80, 236-238, 369-375.
1905; 24: 17-24, 33-38, 65-68, 161-165, 193-199, 225-227. 1906. (Reprinted as
Pharmaceutical science series. Monographs no. 15. 1907.)
Extensive list of vernacular names with botanical equivalents.
Peckolt, Theodor, and Peckolt, Gustavo. Historia das plantas medicinaes e
uteis do Brazil contendo a descripcao botanica, cultura, partes usadas, composicaio
chimica, seu emprego em diversas molestias, doses, usos industriaes, ete.
Sy. 21.5 em. Rio de Janeiro, 1888-1914.
Annotated systematic list with brief description, uses, and often chemical!
analyses. Vol. 1, 230 p., vol. 2-7, 1869 p., vol. 8, 187 p. (the last not seen; cf.
Revista Flora Med. 2: 531).—For alphabetical index to the botanical and ver-
nacular names see Costa, O. de A. Indice analytico ... Im Revista Flora Med.
(Rio de Janeiro) vy. 2, no, 9-v. 4, no. 11. 1936-88,
Sampaio, A. J. de. Bibliographia botanica, relativa 4 flora brasileira, com
inclusio dos trabalhos indispensaveis aos estudos botanicos no Brasil. Bol. Mus.
Nae. Rio de Janeiro 1: 111-125, 225-245. 1924; 2 (3): 35-61, (5): 19-38.
1926; 3 (1): 37-45. 1927; 4 (3): 97-119. 1928.
A series of lists, alphabetically arranged by authors, of works published since
1840. Very incomplete, and including many works not relating to the flora
of Brazil.—See also his Apontamentos para a revisio da Flora brasiliensis de
Martius. Lavoura (Rio de Janeiro) 17: 19-53. 1913.
Locat
Barbosa Rodrigues, Joao. Mbaé kaa tapyiyeta enoyndaua, ou a botanica e a
nomenclatura indigena... vi, 87 p. tab. 25 cm. Rio de Janeiro, 1905.
Includes (p. 50-68) list of Tupy vernacular names of plants, in part sys-
tematically arranged, with derivations and botanical equivalents.
Bornmiiller, Joseph. Florula riograndensis. Bearbeitung der von Alfred
Bornmueller in den jahren 1903 bis 19807 in Rio Grande do Sul gesammelten
pflanzen. Revista Sudamer. Bot. 1: 129-148, 161-168. 1934; 2: 1-10, 33-48.
1935.
List of vascular plants, with localities and collector’s numbers.
Dusén, Per. Sur la flore de la Serra do Itatiaya au Brésil. Arch. Mus. Nac.
Rio de Janeiro 13: 1-119. 1905. :
Botanical explorations, topography, geology; two annotated lists of vascular
plants (and hepatics), one of the species of higher elevations, the other of
those of lower elevations.—Supplementary notes published by author under title:
Beitrige zur flora des Itatiaia. Arkiv Bot. v. 8, no. 7%. 26 p. 10 fig., 5 pl.
1909; v. 9, no. 5. 50 p. 5 fig., pl. 1910.—Itatiaya, in the State of Rio de Janeiro, is
generally regarded as the highest elevation in Brazil.
Edwall, Gustavo. Indice das plantas do herbario da Commissaéo geographica
e geologica de S. Paulo. Bol. Commis. Geog. e Geol. S&o0 Paulo 11: 49-215.
1896.
List of vascular and cellular plants, with localities and dates; the families
alphabetically arranged.
Emrich, Karl. Os nomes populares das plantas do Rio G. do Sul... T6p.
22.5 em. Porto Alegre, 1985.
Lists of vernacular and botanical names, with equivalents.
Freise, F. W. Namensverzeichnis brasilianischer werkholzer. Zeitschr. Welt-
forstw. 2: 563-576. 1935.—Nachtriige. 1. c¢. 4: 704-708. 1987.
Alphabetical lists of vernacular names of trees furnishing commercial woods,
with botanical name and locality where vernacular name is used.
Garcia, Rodolpho. Diccionario de brasileirismos (peculiaridades pernambu-
canas). xviii, 291 p. 25cm. Rio de Janeiro, 1915.
Bibliography; alphabetical list of words including many vernacular names of
plants, with etymology and botanical equivalents; no index of botanical names.
Appeared also in Revista do Instituto historico e geographico brasileiro, and as
a reprint from the same (p. 637-947. 1915).
Glaziou, A. F. M. Plantae Brasiliae centralis a Glaziou lectae. (Liste des
plantes du Brésil central recueillies en 1861-1895.) Mém. Soc. Bot. France 38.
661 p. port. 1905-18.
ie
a a ee
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 241
Systematic list, with data and collector’s numbers, of the dicotyledons only
out of a total of more than 12,000 species collected by the author in Rio de
Janeiro, Sio Paulo, Espirito Santo, Minas Geraes, and Goyaz; brief account of
climate, topography, soils, ete.
Hoehne, F. C. Botanica [Matto Grosso ao Amazonas] pt. 1-12. 216 pl. 32 cm.
(pt. 7, 28 em.) Rio de Janeiro, 1910-22. (Commissao de linhas telegraphicas e
estrategicas de Matto Grosso ao Amazonas. Annexo 5, Historia natural.)
Annotated list of species of various families collected by the author in Matto
Grosso and Amazonas, partly contributed by other authors. Plates 1-63 are in
atlas to pt. 1; pts. 7, 10, and 11 have plates numbered separately (5, 13, 6); the
remainder of the plates continue the numbering of pt. 1.
Huber, Jacques. Lista das plantas colligidas na Ilha de Marajo no anno de
1896 (Materiaes para a flora amazonica I). Bol. Mus. Paraense Hist. Nat. e
Ethnogr. 2: 288-321. 2 pl. 1898.
Plant formations, ete.; list of 245 vascular piants, with vernacular names,
locality, and general range. (In mouth of Amazon.)—See also, for corrections
and account of plant formations, his Sur la végétation du Cap Magoary et de la
cote atlantique de l’ile de Maraj6 (Amazone). Bul. Herb. Boissier II, 1: 86-107.
1901.—See also Miranda, V. C. de. Os campos de Marajo e a sua flora con-
siderados sob o ponto de vista pastoril ... Tres capitulos extrahidos d’uma
obra posthuma . . . publicados e annotados pelo Dr. J. Huber. Bol. Mus. Goeldi
Hist. Nat. e Ethnogr. 5: 96-151. 1908. (Plant associations, annotated lists of
forage and nonforage plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names;
alphabetical list of vernacular names with botanical equivalents. )
Plantae cearenses. Listes des plantes phanérogames récoltées dans
Vétat brésilien de Ceara en septembre et octobre 1897. Bul. Herb. Boissier IT,
1: 290-329. 1901.
Plant zones, ete.; list of phanerogams collected by author, with data and gen-
eral range.
Plantae duckeanae austro-guyanenses. HEnumeracio das plantas
siphonogamas colleccionadas de 1902 a 1907 na Guyana brasileira pelo Sr. Adolphe
Ducke ... (Materiaes para a flora amazonica VII.) Bol. Mus. Goeldi Hist.
Nat. e Ethnogr. 5: 294486. map. 1909.—Plantae duckeanae austro-guyanenses.
Bul. Soe. Bot. Genéve II, 6: 179-212, 215-216. 17 fig. 1914.
Itinerary, general features of flora of various localities; list of phanerogams
collected in Parad, with data and general range. Incomplete: pt. 1 covers Alis-
maceae—Meliaceae; pt. 2 contains only descriptions of new species.
Plantas vasculares colligidas ou observadas na regiao dos Furos de
Breves em 1900 e 1901. (Materiaes para a flora amazonica V.) Bol. Mus.
Paraense Hist. Nat. e Ethnogr. 3: 400-446. 1902,
List of 189 vascular plants, with vernacular names, locality, and general range.
The specimens come mostly from Rio Arama and Boa Vista do Macujubim, at
the mouth of the Amazon between the Amazon and the estuary of the Para.
Le Cointe, Paul. A Amazonia brasileira ITI. Arvores e plantas uteis (in-
digenas e acclimadas) ... viii, 486 p. plates. 24 cm. Belem-Para, 19384.
List of plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with brief account
of uses; index of generic names. This is vol. 3 of his L’Amazonie brésilienne.
Lofgren, Alberto. Hnsaio para uma synonimia dos nomes populares das plantas
indigenas do estado de 8S. Paulo. 115 p. 22.5 cm. S. Paulo, 1895.—2. parte por
Gustavo Edwall. 70 p. 22.5 cm. Sao Paulo, 1906. (Boletim da Commissio
geographica e geologica de Sao Paulo no. 10, 16.)
Alphabetical lists of vernacular names, with brief description and account of
uses; index. Includes introduced species.
and Edwall, Gustavo. Flora Paulista I-IV. 4v. 22cm. S§éo Paulo,
1897-1905. (Boletim da Commissio geographica e geologica de Sao Paulo no.
12-15. )
Keys and descriptions (in Portuguese), based on Flora brasiliensis and later
monographs, of the plants of SHio Paulo. Parts 1 and 3 by Lofgren, 2 and 4 by
Edwall. Incomplete; covers (v. 1) Compositae; (2) Solanaceae, Scrophulari-
aceae; (3) Campanulaceae, Cucurbitaceae, Calyceraceae, Valerianaceae; (4)
Myrsinaceae.
242 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Luederwaldt, Hermann, and Fonseca, José Pinto da. Lista das plantas col-
lecionadas e observadas. Jn their A Ihla dos Aleatrazes. Revista Mus. Paulista
13; 500-509. 1923.
List of about 170 cellular and vascular plants collected in 1920, with some
vernacular names. (Off coast of Sao Paulo.)
Luetzelburg, Philipp von. Hstudo botanico do nordéste. Pub. Inspect. Fed.
Obras Contra Sece. (Brasil) no. 57, Sér. I, A. 3 v. plates (inel. map) and atlas
of fold. maps. [1922-23.]
Includes (v. 3, p. 95-261) list of vascular and cellular plants collected by the
author in northeastern Brazil, with localities, the families arranged alphabeti-
eally; (p. 263-271) alphabetical list of vernacular names. Refers principally to —
region from Bahia to Piauhy and Ceara, but includes some States south of this
area.
Lutz, Bertha. The flora of the Serra da Bocaina. Proc. Amer, Phil, Soe.
65 (Suppl.) : 27-48. 1926.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants, chiefly collected by Dr.
Adolphe Lutz. The Serra de Bocaina is part of the Serra do Mar, in Sao Paulo,
and about 50 km. from Itatiaya.
Malme, G. O. A. Zur kenntnis der phanerogamenflora des sandgebietes im
stiden von Rio Grande do Sul. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 30: 1-29. 1986.
Botanical explorations, general features of flora; list of spermatophytes,
with localities and occasional annotations.
Moore, S. LeM. The phanerogamic botany of the Matto Grosso expedition,
1891-92. Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II, 4: 265-516. pl. 21-39, map. 1895.
Annotated list of phanerogams collected by the author in the Province of
Matto Grosso; general features of vegetation, climate, analysis of flora.
Navarro de Andrade, Edmundo, and Vecchi, Octavio. Les bois indigénes de
Sio Paulo. v, 376 p. illus. 22.5 em. Sao Paulo, 1916.
Vernacular names, brief descriptions, uses, illustration of fruit of most species;
bibliography. Species alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, no botani-
cal index.
Novaes, José de Campos. Index florae campinensis. Revista Centro Sci.,
Letr. e Art. Campinas 6: 57-76. 1904.
Unannotated list of 731 phanerogams of Campinas, SHo Paulo, the families
arranged alphabetically.
Pereira, Huascar. Pequena contribuicaéo para unr diccionario das plantas
uteis do estado de S. Paulo (indigenas e aclimadas). 779 p. illus. 23 em. So
Paulo, 1929.
Annotated list of wild and cultivated useful plants, alphabetically arranged
by vernacular names; bibliography, glossary; no index of scientific names.
Pickel, Bento. Catélogo do herbario da Escola Superior de Agricultura em
Tapera (Pernambuco). (Herbarium Pickel.) Bol. Mus. Nae. Rio de Janeiro
13: 63-1382. 19388,
General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by the author in
the States of Pernambuco and Paraiba, with data. The part cited includes
Ophioglossaceae—Cyperaceae.
Pilger, Robert. Beitrag zur flora von Mattogrosso. Botanischer bericht tiber
die expedition von Dr. Herrmann Meyer nach Central-Brasilien 1899. Bot. Jahrb.
Engler 30: 127-238. 1 fig. (map). 19901.
Botanical explorations and publications; list of angiosperms collected, with
data; ecology.
Pinheiro, E. C. As florestas e as essencias florestaes do estado do Para. Bol.
Min. Agr., Ind. e Comm. (Brasil) 19: 552-585, 709-738. illus. 1930.
Includes (p. 566-575) list of 423 timbers alphabetically arranged by vernacular
names, with botanical equivalents.
Rocha, F. D. da. Botanica medica cearense. 144 p. 17 cm.. Ceara, 1919.
Annotated list of medicinal plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular
names; systematie list of botanical names, with vernacular equivalents.
Sampaio, A. J. de. Contribuicaio ao estudo da flora do estado de Minas Geraes
(Brasil). Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro 18: 1-88. 1916,
General features of flora; list of plants collected between Palmyra and
Queluz de Minas in 1905-06, with localities and vernacular names (indexed).
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 243
Sampaio, A. J. de. A flora de Matto Grosso. Memoria em homenagem aos
trabalhos botanicos da Commisséo Rondon. Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro 19:
1-125. 11 maps. 1916.
Botanical explorations; compiled list of cellular and vascular plants, with
localities and collectors’ names; bibliography.
Nomes vulgares de plantas de Amazonia (com anotagdes de A. Ducke).
Bol. Mus. Nae. Rio de Janeiro 10: 3-69. 1984,
Alphabetical list of vernacular names with botanical equivalents.
Nomes vulgares de plantas do Distrito Federal e Estado do Rio. Bol.
Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro 13: 161-293. 1938.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents.
Smith, L. B. Relacéio das plantas vasculares colhidas no norte e nordeste do
Brasil. Bol. Inspet. Fed. Obras Contra Séec. (Brasil) 10: 123-156. 1938.
List of vascular plants, with data, collected by Dr. Francis Drouet in 1935 in
the States of Para and Ceara.
Tastevin, Constantino. Nomres de plantas e animaes em lingua Tupy. Re-
vista Mus. Paulista 13: 687-763. 1923. (Reprinted, 75 p.)
Alphabetical list of vernacular names, Somewhat annotated, and with scientific
names where known.
Usteri, Alfred. Flora der umgebung der stadt Sao Paulo in Brasilien. 271 p.
72 fig, 1 pl., map. 25.5 ecm. Jena, 1911.
History, botanical explorations, climate, geology, plant formations, phenology,
bibliographies; key (in Latin) to families, genera, and species of vascular plants.
Warming, Eugenius. Lagoa Santa. Et bidrag til den biologiske plante-
geografi. K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Naturv. og Math. Afd. VI, 6: 153-488.
43 fig., pl. 1892.
Ecological; includes (p. 414-486) unannotated list of cellular and vascular
plants; French résumé, bibliography.—Portuguese translation by Alberto Lofgren.
282 p. Bello Horizonte, 1909. (Minas Geraes.)
Wettstein, Richard, and Schifiner, Viktor. Ergebnisse der botanischen ex-
pedition der Kaiserlichen akademie der wissenschaften nach Stdbrasilien 1901.
2 v. in 8. Denkschr. Math.-Naturw. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien v. 79, pt. I-II. vi,
454 p. 28 fig. (incl. map), 41 pl. (pt. col.). 1908-81; v. 88. 358 p. 15 fig., 24 pl.
1927.
Itinerary ; list of plants collected, with data and frequent annotations. Incom-
plete; includes pteridophytes, gymnosperms, and various families of monocotyle-
dons, dicotyledons, and cellular plants. (Sao Paulo, with a few plants from
Paran& and Rio de Janeiro.)
BRITISH GUIANA
General
Dalton, H. G. Natural history of British Guiana. The vegetable kingdom.
In his The history of British Guiana . . . v. 2, p. 169-264. London, 1855.
Includes notes on cultivated and wild economic plants; an unannotated alpha-
betical list of vernacular names of “some of the most common trees and plants,”
with botanical names; a similar annotated list without botanical names, of
timber trees; and an unannotated systematic list of cellular and vascular plants,
without authorities, compiled from various sources and of little use as a flora.
Harrison, J. B., and Bancroft, C. K. Food plants of British Guiana. Jour.
Bd. Agr. Brit. Guiana 10: 148-177. 1917. (Reprinted 1. ec. v. 19, no. 1, 1926.)
Briefly annotated lists of wild and cultivated food plants, alphabetically
arranged by vernacular names.
Hohenkerk, L. S. Botanical identifications of British Guiana trees and plants.
Jour. Bd. Agr. Brit. Guiana 11: 98-106, 178-185. 1918; 15: 196-199. 1922.
List of miscellaneous plants, with vernacular (mostly Arawak) names, the
families arranged alphabetically.
British Guiana timbers. Jour. Bd. Agr, Brit, Guiana 12: 152-185.
1919.
List of about 60 important timber trees, alphabetically arranged by vernacular
names; properties of each wood.
A list of British Guiana woods. Timehri III, 4: 244-293. 1917.
Bibliography ; annotated alphabetical list of vernacular and botanical names of
trees about 250 species).
244 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Rodway, James. On some of the domestic medicines used in Guiana. Timehri
4: 294-300. 1885.
Running account of wild medicinal plants.
Schomburgk, Richard. Versuch einer fauna und flora von Britisch Guiana.
(Flora.) Jn his Reisen in Britisch-Guiana in den jahren 1840-44. vy. 3, p. 787-
1212, 1226-1260. Leipzig, 1848.
Brief account of plant geography; annotated list of cellular and vascular
plants, divided into 4 groups according to habitat and based on his own collec-
tions and those of Robert Schomburgk and earlier botanists.
Stone, Herbert, and Freeman, W. G. The timbers of British Guiana. A
report upon a collection made by the Hon. A. G. Bell ...110 p. pl. 22 cm.
London, 1914.
List of 97 trees, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names, with specific
names when known, description of wood, bark, uses; bibliography.
Local
Bentham, George. Contributions towards a flora of South America. Enu-
meration of plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. Jour. Bot.
Hook. 2: 38-108, 127-146, 210-223, 286-324. 1840; 3: 212-250. 1841; 4: 99-133,
321-323, 1842. London Jour. Bot. 1: 1938-203. 1842; 2: 42-52, 359-378, 670—
674. 1843; 4: 622-687. 1845; 5: 351-365. 1846.
List of 997 (“912”) vascular plants, with localities and frequent annotations,
collected by Robert Schomburgk. Includes also some plants from French Guiana
by other collectors.
Brown, N. E., and others. Report on two botanical collections made by Messrs.
F. V. McConnell and J. J. Quelch at Mount Roraima in British Guiana. Trans.
Linn. Soe. Bot. II, 6: 1-107. 14 pl. 1801.
Physiography, phytogeography, ete.; list of known flora (above 5,000 feet),
with extralimital range (401 species, of which 327 are vascular plants) ; bibliog-
raphy; partly annotated list of plants collected (by N. E. Brown, C. H. Wright,
et al.).
Davis, T. A. W., and Richards, P. W. The vegetation of Moraballi Creek,
British Guiana: an ecological study of a limited area of tropical rain forest.
Pt. Il. Jour. Ecology 22: 106-155. 2 fig., pl. 12-14. 1984.
Includes (p. 184-155) lists of plants grouped by association and size and
alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with botanical equivalents. (Near
junction of Moraballi Creek and Essequibo River, on east side of latter, 6°11’’
N. Lat.)
Gleason, H. A. Studies on the flora of northern South America XIII. The
Tate collection from Mount Roraima and vicinity. Bul. Torrey Club 56: 391-408.
1929.
Botanical investigations; descriptions of new species, ete.; list of 50 vascular
plants from above 5,000 feet on Mount Roraima additional to N. E. Brown’s list
(1901).
Graham, HE. H. Flora of the Kartabo region, British Guiana. Annals Car-
negie Mus. (Pittsburgh) 22: 17-292. 2 fig. (maps), pl, 3-18. 1934.
History, physical geography, botanical explorations, plants of Georgetown,
geology, climate, plant associations; systematic list of 624 vascular plants, with
keys, brief descriptions, citation of exsiccatae, general range; bibliography.
Oliver, Daniel. The botany of the Roraima Expedition of 1884: being notes
on the plants observed, by Everhard F. im Thurn; with a list of the species col-
lected, and determinations of those that are new. Trans. Linn. Soe, Bot. II,
2: 249-800. 3 fig., pl. 87-56. 1887:
Botanical collections, physiography, general features of flora (by im Thurn) ;
annotated list of vascular and cellular plants, by Oliver, E. Marchal, H. N. Ridley,
J. G. Baker, and W. Mitten.
Smith, A. C. Notes on a collection of plants from British Guiana. Lloydia
2: 161-218. 1 fig: 1939:
Includes 50 new species and records of 62 others new to British Guiana, col-
lected by the author in southern part of British Guiana drained by Rupununi and
upper Hssequibo Rivers.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD DAS
CHILE
See also Argentina (Kurtz); Colombia (Weddell); Patagonia. For Juan Fernandez
nnd Masafuera, San Ambrosio and San Felix Islands, see under Insular Floras.
The following publications have not been available:
Guajardo, Amador. Botanica médica nacional 6 sea plantas medicinales de Chile.
Santiago, 1892. (Cited from Reiche, K. Grundziige der pflanzenverbreitung in Chile,
Oe Be UO.) pty
Gunckel L. Hugo. Enumeracion de plantas colectadas en la Isla de Quiriquina. Re-
vista Universitaria (Santiago de Chile) 12: 159-174. 1927. (Cited from Looser, G:—
Bibliografia botanica chilena. Revista Bibl. Chilena 1927: 2380. 1927.)
Maldonado, Ernesto. Tratado de arboricultura forestal y adorno. 2 v. 8°. San-
tiago de Chile, 1926. (Cited from Porter, C. Resena hist6rica y bibliografia razonada
de las ciencias naturales en Chile. v. 14, p. 91. 1929.) (Includes descriptions,
range, and uses of important wild and cultivated trees; information furnished by
Carlos Mufioz. )
Rivera, M. J. Apuntes sobre la vegetacién de la costa de Curic6. 50 p. Santiago
de Chile, 1903. (Cited from Porter, C. Resefla hist6érica y bibliografia razonada de
las ciencias naturales en Chile. v. 14, p. 180. 1929.)
General
| Baeza R., V. M. Los nombres vulgares de las plantas silvestres de Chile
i y su concordancia con los nombres cientificos y observaciones sobre la aplicacion
técnica y medicinal de algunas especies. 2. ed. aumentada... 270 p. 26 cm.
| Santiago [de Chile], 1930. (1st ed., 1921.)
Bibliography; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with explanation of
derivation and botanical equivalents; alphabetical list of botanical names with
| vernacular equivalents.
Fuentes, Francisco. Algunas plantas venenosas de la flora chilena. Revista
ASTOMG le OS an 1922.
| Running account of about 80 poisonous plants. Not seen; cited from Porter, C.
| Resefhia hist6rica y bibliografia razonada de las ciencias naturales en Chile.
v. 14, p. 60-61. 1929.
| Gay, Claude. Historia fisica y politica de Chile ... Botanica. 8 v. 22.5 cm.
and atlas of 103 col. pl. 37.5 cm. Paris, Santiago, 1845-54.
Descriptive flora of vascular and cellular plants, in Spanish except for the
Latin diagnoses; Compuestas by J. Remy, Plantas celulares (v. 7-8) by C. Mon-
tagne, some other groups contributed by various authors. The caption title, Flora
Chilena, is ordinarily used in citations. The plates are divided into two number-
ings, 88 and 16 with 4 extra.
} Latcham, R. E. La agricultura precolombiana en Chile y 10s paises vecinos.
| viii, 336 p. 18.5 em. [Santiago,] 1936.
Account of Indian tribes at time of the Spanish conquest; running account of
wild and cultivated edible plants ; method of cultivation, bibliography.
Looser, Gualterio. Bibliografia botanica chilena. Revista Bibl. Chilena 1927:
212-230, 364-890. 1927.
Titles additional te those in Reiche’s bibliography (1907), alphabetically ar-
ranged by authors. Includes general works referring to Chile, as well as those
restricted to that country.
—— Catalogo de plantas vasculares nuevas de Chile. Revista Universitaria
(Santiago de Chile) 23: 215-275. 1988.
List of about 500 species of vascular plants not given in the floras of Gay and
Reiche and described principally since 1918, with references; bibliography.
Medina, J. T. Voces chilenas de los reinos animal y vegetal que pudieran
incluirse en el diccionario de la lengua castellana... 149 p. 27 cm. Santiago
\ de Chile, 1917.
Annotated alphabetical list of various vernacular names of plants and animals,
with notes on etymology.
Murillo, Adolfo. Plantes médicinales du Chili. xii, 234 p. 28 cm. Paris,
1889. (Exposition universelle de Paris, 1889. Section chilienne. )
Bibliography; annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, references,
| brief description, medicinal uses; native plants only.
Philippi, Federico. Catalogus plantarum vascularium chilensium adhuc
descriptarum. viii, 3877 p. 25.5 em. Santiago de Chile, 1881. (From Anales
Univ. Chile, 1881.)
List only, with references to original publications and to Gay’s Flora. The
number of species is given as 5,358.
246 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Philfppi, R. A. Elementos de botanica para el uso de los estudiantes de
medicina i farmacia en Chile. ix, 571 p. 24.5 cm. Santiago de Chile, 1869.
Introduction to botany; systematic descriptive account of plant families, with
mention of native and principal exotic economic and medicinal species, with
vernacular names and uses.
Sobre las maderas de Chile. Anales Univ. Chile 29: 282-295. 1867.
Annotated systematic list of 83 woody plants, with vernacular names.
Porter, C. E. Resena historica y bibliografia razonada de las ciencias
naturales en Chile. Tomo 14, Botanica agricola e industrial. 167 p. 23 cm.
Santiago (Chilc), 1929.
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by authors, of publications relating to
economic and agricultural botany. Vol. i1 (Cript6gamas), 12 (Fanerégamas), 13
(Fitogeografia, etc.), and 15 (Botanica médica) are announced but not yet pub-
lished.
Reiche, K. F. Flora de Chile. v. 1-6, pt. 1. 24 em. Santiago de Chilc,
1895-1911. (Reprinted, at least in part, from Anales Univ. Chile 1894-1909. )
Descriptive flora, with Keys; occasional vernacular names. Incomplete: con-
tains Polypetalae, except Cactaceae; Gamopetalae; lacks Apetalae (except Nycta-
ginaceae, Amaranthaceae, Phytolaccaceae and Chenopodiaceae), Monocotyledones,
Gymnospermae.
Grundziige der pflanzenverbreitung in Chile. xiv, 374 p. 55 fig., 33 pL,
2maps. 26cm. Leipzig, 1907. (Die vegetation der erde, v. 8.)
Botanical explorations, ecology, and phytogeography. Includes (p. 27-45, 372)
bibliography of 550 titles (plus additions) on the Chilean flora. There is a Span-
ish translation, Geografia botanica de Chile, by Gualterio Looser (2 y., 1934-87
[1938] ).
Los productos vejetales indigenas de Chile. Bol. Soe. Fom. Fabril
Santiago (Chile) 32: 481-486, 679-684, 776-784. 1915.
Annotated classified list of useful plants. Essentially the same material in his
earlier work of the same title (28 p. 1901; 2.ed. 30p. 1910).
Turrill, W. B. Botanical exploration in Chile and Argentina. Bul. Misc.
Inform. Kew. 1920: 57-66, 223-224. 1920.
Historical sketch, with references to principal publications; account of regions
relatively unexplored botanically ; bibliography.
Local
Castillo, Luis, and Dey J., J. Jeografia vejetal del Rio Valdivia i sus im-
mediaciones. 2. ed. corr. i aum. 120 p. 64 fig. 245 cm. Santiago de Chile,
1908. (1st ed. by Castillo appeared in Anales Agron. Min. Industr. i Obras Pub.
(Chile) 2: 418-506. 46 fig. 1907, with title: La jeografia botanica del curso
inferior del Rio Valdivia .. .)
Plant formations, list of trees and shrubs, with short descriptions and uses;
unannotated list of principal cellular and vascular plants; list of vernacular
names with botanical equivalents. Second edition varies only slightly from first
edition.
Espinosa Bustos, M. R. Enumeracién de plantas colectadas en “Los
Bronces.” Revista Chilena Hist. Nat. 28: 88-97. fig. 11. 1924.
Mostly unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants collected by the
author in 1923. (Department of Cachapoal.)
Plantas de Aysen. Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile 14: 65-82. 1985.
List of vascular plants collected in the Province of Aysen, on the Latcham-
Macqueen expedition in 1934.
Grandjot, F. de, and Grandjot, Karl. Der Potrero Grande in der Kordillere
von Santiago. Verhandl. Deut. Wiss. Ver. Santiago de Chile n. f., 3: 30-66.
6 fig. (pt. on pl. and incl. map). 19386. (Reprinted.)
Geology, climate, general features of flora; annotated list of plants collected by
the authors.
Jaffuel, Félix. Florula de los alrededores de las Termas de Chillan. Revista
Chilena Hist. Nat. 42: 76-90. 1939.
General features of flora, etc.; mostly unannotated list of 258 vascular plants,
with some yernacular names.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD DAG
Jaffuel, Félix, and Pirion, Anastasio. Plantas fanerégamas del valle de
Marga-Marga. Revista Chilena Hist. Nat. 25: 850-405. 1923.
Climate, etc. ; annotated list of phanerogams, with vernacular names and uses.
Marga-marga is near Quilpué, in the vicinity of Valparaiso.
Johnston, I. M. Papers on the flora of northern Chile. 1. The coastal flora
of the departments of Chafiaral and Taltal. Contrib. Gray Herb. 85: 1-188.
ele Gnap) eet O29:
Physiography, climate, general features of flora, botanical explorations; anno-
tated list of 394 species and varieties of vascular plants. The area covered
extends approximately from lat. 24°30’ to 26°30’ S., west of long. 70°20’ W.
Papers on the flora of northern Chile. 2. The flora of the nitrate
coast. Contrib. Gray Herb. 85: 138-163. 1929.——New records for the flora of
the nitrate coast. Revista Chilena Hist. Nat. 86: 4-8. 1932.
Physiography, climate, genera] features of vegetation, botanical explorations,
bibliography (in text) ; annotated list of 117 vascular plants. Covers region from
20° to 24° S. Lat.
Looser, Gualterio. Excursion botanica a la Alta Cordillera de Las Condes
(Andes cerca de Santiago de Chile). Jn Ostenia. Collecci6dn de trabajos
botanicos dedicados a Don Cornelio Osten ... p. 217-246. 2 pl. Montevideo,
1933.
General features of flora; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants col-
lected in 1930.
Meigen, Fritz. Skizze der vegetationsverhiltnisse von Santiago in Chile.
Bot. Jahrb. Engler 17: 199-294. 1898.
General features of flora; list of vascular plants, with localities, containing
all species known from the area between Rio Maipu and Rio Aconcagua, except
the coast and the accompanying mountains.
Moore, Eduardo. Contribuci6n a la fl6rula de Paredones. Revista Chilena
Hist. Nat. 30: 384-400. 1926.
Soil, botanical explorations; unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants.
(On the coast of the Department of Vichuquén, Province of Curicé.)
Neger, F. W. Informe sobre las observaciones botaénicas efectuadas en la
cordillera de Villarrica en el verano 1896-97. Anales Univ. Chile 103: 903-
967. map. 1899.
Ecology, phytogeography; list of 540 hepatics, mosses, and vascular plants,
With indication of ecological habitat; annotated list of lichens. (Not far north
of the city of Valdivia.)
Introduccion a la flora de los alrededores de Concepcion. Anales
Univ. Chile 98: 209-251. 1897.
Climate, plant formations, plant geography; unannotated list of 567 vascular
plants.
Pflanzengeographisches aus den sitidlichen Anden und Patagonien.
Bot. Jahrb. Engler 28: 231-258. 1900.
Plant formations, phytogeography; list of 540 plants (486 vascular) with
general range indicated by symbols. (Upper course of Rio Tolten and Rio
Maitchin, and region of Lakes Rucachoroi, Huihui, Quillen, and Trommen. )
Die vegetationsverhiltnisse im nodrdlichen Araucanien (flussgebiet
des Rio Biobio). Bot. Jahrb. Engler 23: 382-411. 1896.
Ecological; includes (p. 402-411) list of vascular plants of the upper Biobio
region.
Philippi, Federico. A visit to the northernmost forest of Chile. Jour. Bot.
22: 201-211. 1884.
Running account of the vegetation of Fray. Jorge, Province of Coquimbo.—
Spanish translation by Francisco Fuentes, with revised list of botanical names,
under title: Una visita al bosque mis boreal de Chile. Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile 13:
96-109. 1930.
and Philippi, R. A. Excursion botéanica en Valdivia desde Los Cuncos
en el departamento de La Union, a traves de la Cordillera de La Costa, hasta la
mar... Anales Univ. Chile 27: 289-324. 1865.
General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants, with descriptions
of new species.
Philippi, R. A. Catalogus praevius plantarum in itinere ad Tarapaca a
Friderico Philippi lectarum. Anales Mus. Nae. Chile 2. sece. Bot. [no. 8.]
viii, 96 p. 2 pl. 1891.
248 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Itinerary; list of 417 plants (414 vascular) with localities and occasional
vernacular names, collected on journey from Copiapo into Tarapaca in 1884—85.
Also published under title: Verzeichniss der von Friedrich Philippi auf der
hochebene der provinzen Antofagasta und Tarapacaé gesammelten pflanzen.
Philippi, R. A. Florula atacamensis seu enumeratio plantarum in itinere per
desertum atacamense observatarum. 62p. 6pl.34cm. MHalle,1860. (With his
Reise durch die wueste Atacama .. . in Sommer 1853-54.)
General features of flora; list of 419 plants (417 vascular) with localities and
oceasional vernacular names. The “Reise” also issued in Spanish, the Florula
being included in the “Viage” as p. 175-236.
Sertum mendocinum. Catdélogo de las plantas recojidas cerca de
Mendoza ... Anales Univ. Chile 21: 381-407. 1862. —Sertum mendocinum
alterum ....7 1. ef SG6G2 159-212) SiO:
Lists of 109 and 255 vascular plants, respectively, collected around the city
of Mendoza and along route to Chile, with localities and occasional annotations.
Pohlimann, Robert, and Reiche, Karl. Beitrige zur kenntnis der flora der
flussthiler Camerones und Vitor und ihres zwischenlandes (19° s. Br.). Ver-
handl. Deut. Wiss. Ver. Santiago de Chile 4: 263-305. map. 1900.
Itinerary of Dr. Pohlmann, climate, altitudes, general features of flora; list
of vascular plants, with localities.
Reiche, K. F. Cuadro de la flora de la Isla de la Mocha. Jn his La Isla de
la Mocha. Anales Mus. Nac. Chile 16: 64-90. 1903.
Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants.—For additions, see Schneider,
Cc. O. Anotaciones relativa a la flora de la Isla Mocha. Comun. Mus. Concepci6én
1: 14-18. 19386. (Off the coast, 38°18’ S. Lat.)
Die vegetations-verhiéltnisse am unterlaufe des Rio Maule (Chile).
Bot. Jahrb. Engler 21: 1-52. 1895.
Topography, climate, ecology; list of 664 vascular plants; statistics of flora.
Santa Cruz, Alcibiades. Plantas medicinales de la regi6dn de Concepcion.
Revista Chilena Hist. Nat. 25: 241-252. 1923.
Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses.
Valenzuela, P. A. Glosario etimol6gico de nombres de hombres, animales,
plantas, rios y lugares, y de vocablos incorporados en el lenguaje vulgar, abo-
rigenes de Chile, y de algtn otro pais americano. 2 v. 23 cm. Santiago de
Chile, 1918-19.
Includes some vernacular names of plants, with botanical names and deriva- -
tions.
Vidal, Roberto, and Silva, Rigoberto. Escursién botanica a la cordillera
andina. Anales Univ. Chile II, 3: 279316. 1925.
Botanical explorations in the Andes of the Province of Talca; list of 186
vascular plants collected by the authors on the Voleén Descabezado Grande, Cerro
Azul and vicinity, Province of Talca, with notes on some species.
COLOMBIA
See also Argentina (Kurtz) ; Mexico (Bukasov) ; Panama (Seemann).
The following publications have not been available:
Londono, J. B. Plantas medicinales de Antioquia. Medellin, [n. d.] (Cited from
Pérez Arbeliez. Plantas medicinales y venenosas de Colombia, p. [3]. 1937.
Uribe, J. A. Flora sonsonesa. Sons6n, [n. d.]. (Cited from Pérez Arbeliez, Plantas
medicinales y venenosas de Colombia, p. [3]. 1937.)
General
Apolinar Maria, hermano. Vocabulario de terminos vulgares en historia
natural colombiana. Revista Acad. Colomb. Cien, Exact., Fis. y Nat. 1: 196—
208, 849-361. 2 col. pl. 1937-[88]; 2: 256-268, 358-365, 543-556. 6 col. pil.
1938-39; 3: 76-86. 1939.
Annotated alphabetical list of botanical and zoological vernacular names, with
scientific equivalents. Reaches (p. 86, 1989) no. 500, Arra-u. A republication,
with corrections and additions, of his unfinished work with similar title in Bol.
Soe. Colomb. Cien. Nat. v. 16-19. 1927-30.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 249 -
Cortés, Santiago. Flora de Colombia. 2. ed. 311 p. 8 fig., 7 col. pl. 24 cm.
Bogota, [1919]. (1st ed., 1897.)
Not a flora. Contains remarks on medicinal and other useful plants arranged
by families, and list of Colombian vernacular names with botanical equivalents.
The second edition contains sketch of geographical botany of Colombia.
Duque Jaramillo, J. M. Manual de bosques y de maderas tropicales. 2 v.
(227 p.). 141 fig. 31cm. Manizales, 1981.
“Tomo II” (i. e., p. 119-227, index) includes a brief descriptive account of the
more important native and exotic timbers, with vernacular name and character
of wood.
Pérez Arbelaez, Enrique. Plantas medicinales y venenosas de Colombia.
Hstudio botanico, étnico, farmacéutico, veterinario y forense. 295 p. 122 fig,
24 cm. Bogota, 1937.
General considerations ; systematic list of medicinal and poisonous plants, ex-
cluding the barbascos, with vernacular names; annotated account of the same,
with additional vernacular names, uses, etc. Includes the information in his
Plantas medicinales mas usadas en Bogota.
Plantas utiles de Colombia. v. 1 (172 p.). 116 fig. 245 cm. Bogota,
1985 (1986).
Bibliography of the Colombian flora; systematic list of all useful cellular and
vascular plants, with vernacular names and uses; more detailed account of the
cellular and vascular plants (except dicotyledons).
Robledo, Emilio. Lecciones de botaénica médica, industrial y agricola. 2. ed.
notablemente reformada. 586 p. 182-fig. 22.5 cm. Medellin, 1937. (1st ed.,
[1924 ].)
A textbook, cited here only for its Spanish vernacular names of native and
exotic plants, including the principal useful plants of the world.
Triana, J. J., and Planchon, J. EK. Prodromus florae novo-granatensis. 2 v.
4pl. 245 cm. Paris, 1862-67.
List, with citation of exsiccatae, vernacular names, and descriptions of new
plants and critical notes. Incomplete: [v. 1], 1862, Ranunculaceae—-Sapindaceae
(De Candollean order) ; [v. 2], 1863-7, Cryptogams by various authors. Reprinted
with changed pagination from Ann. Sci. Nat, The treatment of phanerogams was
continued after publication of these vor1umes, the whole series referring to
phanerogams being as follows in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV, Bot. 17: 5-190. 1862
(Ranunculaceae—Malvaceae) ; 17: 319-882. 1862 (Sterculiaceae—Ternstroemi-
aceae, part); 18: 258-381. 1862 (Ternstroemiaceae, part-Sapindaceae) ; V, 14:
286-325. 1872 (Terebinthaceae, Rutaceae) ; 15: 352-382. 1872 (Terebinthaceae—
Olacineae) ; 16: 361-3882. 1872 (Coriarieae-Rhamneae); 17: 111-194. 1873
(Geraniaceae—Papayaceae). The series containing the Cryptogams was as fol-
lows: IV, 19: 286-382. 1863; 20: 228-300. 1863; V, 1: 95-198. 1864; 2: 193-
271. 1864 (Filices, by G. Mettenius) ; 3: 270-811. 1865 (vascular cryptogams
except Filices, by A. Braun) ; 3: 387-876. 1865; 4: 324-878. 1865; 5: 301-342.
1866; 7: 301-354. 1867.
Local
Cuatrecasas, José. Resumen de mi actuacién en Colombia con motivo del II
centenario del nacimiento de Mutis. Trab. Mus. Nac. Cien. Nat. y Jard. Bot.
Madrid, Ser. Bot. no. 38. 158 p. 8 fig., 8 pl. 19386.
Includes (p. 23-148) systematic list of cellular and vascular plants collected by
the author in the central and eastern Cordilleras, with data.
Curran, H. M. The lands of Loba, Colombia. Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School
Forestry 19: 11-88. 1929.
General features of region and forests; list of trees collected, with vernacular
names and notes on wood, the families arranged alphabetically ; alphabetical list
of vernacular names; physical properties of woods collected. (In Department
of Bolivar, between Magdalena and Cauca Rivers, about 8°15’ to 9°15’ N. Lat.)
Espina, Ramon, and Giacometto, Juan. Trees of the Sierra Nevada de Santa
Marta. Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School Forestry 30: 17-387. 1982,
Plant zones, collecting localities ; list of trees collected, with vernacular names,
the families arranged alphabetically; alphabetical list of vernacular names.
250 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Pérez Arbelaez, Enrique. Frutas de Cundinamarca. Bol. Agr. Colombia
Supl. no. 22. 103 p. 68 fig. 1933. (Reprinted from Bol. Agr. Colombia, vy.
4.6. 1931—33.) SHG
Bibliography, systematic list; annotated systematic list, with vernacular
names.
Plantae medicinales més usadas en Bogoté Bol. Agr. Colombia
Supl. no. 32. 112 p. 74 fig. 1934.
Systematic list, with vernacular names, followed by a brief account of the
species and their uses.
Record, S. J., and Kuylen, Henry. Santa Marta Valley, Colombia. Trop.
Woods, Yale Univ. School Forestry 28: 9-23. 1980.
Topography, general features of flora; annotated list of trees, shrubs, and
lianas collected by the authors in January 1930, with vernacular names, the fami-
lies arranged alphabetically ; alphabetical list of vernacular names with botani-
cal equivalents.
Seifriz, William. Die hohenstuden der vegetation in der Sierra Nevada von
Santa Marta (Colombia). Bot. Jahrb. Engler 68: 107-112, 113-125. 1 fig. (map),
8 pl. (incl. map). 1986-387.
Includes list of species collected by the author [in 1932] at different altitudes;
bibliography.
Toro, R. A. Contribucion a la flora de Antioquia. Revista Soc. Colomb. Cien.
Nat. 20: 20-82, 57-64. 1931.
List of plants collected by the author, with vernacular names, localities, and
collector’s numbers; the families arranged alphabetically. Incomplete (Acantha-
ceae—Mimosaceae) ; includes cultivated plants.
Una contribucion a nuestro conocimiento de la flora silvestre y culti-
vada de San Andrés. Revista Soc. Colomb. Cien. Nat. 18: 201-207. 1929.—Una
contribuci6On a nuestro conocimiento de la flora de San Andrés y Providencia.
I. e. 19: 56-58. 1930.
Unannotated list of 186 vascular plants, with occasional (English) vernacular
names. (Two small islands in Caribbean Sea, off coast of Nicaragua; San
Andrés (St. Andrews Island) in 12°31’ N. Lat., 81°43’ W. Long., Providencia
(Old Providence Island) in 18°18’ N. Lat., 81°18’ W. Long.)
Weddell, H. A. Chloris andina. Essai d’une flore de la région alpine des
cordilléres de Amérique du Sud. 2 v. 90 pl. 32.5 cm. Paris, 1855-57 (-1861).
(Expédition dans les parties centrales de 1 Amérique du Sud .. . sous la direc-
tion du comte F. de Castelnau. 6. ptie.)
Alpine fiora of the Andes, from Colombia and Venezuela to Chile, with de-
scriptions and citation of exsiccatae. Incomplete: vol. 1, Compositae; vol. 2,
Calycereae—Frankeniaceae (43 families).
ECUADOR
See also Argentina (Kurtz); Colombia (Weddell). For Galapagos Islands, see undcr
Insular Floras.
General
Diels, Ludwig. Beitrige zur kenntnis der vegetation und flora von Ecuador.
Bibliotheca Bot. no. 116. 190 p. 2 fig., map, tables. 1987.
Ecology; alphabetical list of botanical collectors in Ecuador, with brief bio-
graphical sketches, itineraries, location of collections; annotated list of vas-
cular plants collected by the author in 1933 ; bibliography.—Spanish translation by
Reinaldo Espinosa, Contribuciones al conocimiento de la vegetaciOn . . . 364 p.
map. Quito, 1938.
Jameson, William. Synopsis plantarum aequatoriensium ... viribus medi-
eatis et usibus oeconomicis plurimarum adjectis. 3 v. 16.5 em. Quito, 1865.
Descriptive flora, in Latin, with remarks in Spanish; notes on useful plants at
end of each family. Incomplete: v. 1, Ranunculaceae—Columelliaceae; vy. 2,
Caprifoliaceae—Labiatae; v. 3 (1386 p., unfinished), Verbenaceae—Plantago.
Popenoe, Wilson. Economic fruit-bearing plants of Ecuador. Contrib. U. S.
Natl. Herb. 24: 101-184. pl. 34-49. 1924.
Systematic list of wild and cultivated fruits, with annotations.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 251
Rimbach, August. The forests of Ecuador. Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School
Forestry 31: 1-9. 1982.
Botanical regions, ete.; list of vernacular names of trees, with botanical
equivalents.
Local
Cordero, Luis. Enumeracién botaénica de las principales plantas, asi Utiles
como nocivas, indigenas 6 aclimatadas, que se dan en las provincias del Azuay
y de Cafiar de la Reptiblica del Ecuador. 304 p. col. pl. 23.5em. Cuenca, 1911.
Useful plants and weeds, systematically arranged, with vernacular names and
uses.
Meyer, Hans. In den Hoch-Anden von Ecuador: Chimborazo, Cotopaxi,
ete. ...14, 551 p. 37 pl, 3 maps. 25.5 em. Berlin, 1907.
Ineludes (p. 512-527) tabular list of cellular and vascular plants collected by
the author on Chimborazo, Altar, Antisana, Cotopaxi, and Quilindafia, with
locality and altitude indicated. The ferns were named by Hieronymus, the
phanerogams by J. Bornmiiller, Hieronymus, and Pilger, the cellular plants by
other botanists.
FRENCH GUIANA
General
Benoist, Raymond. Les bois de la Guyane francaise. Arch. de Bot. (Caen) |
Mém. v. 5, no. 1. 291 p: 10 fig., 58 pl. 1931:
General features of forests, wood structure; systematic list, with keys, ver-
nacular names, brief descriptions, wood structure, uses.
La végétation de la Guyane francaise. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 71: 1169—
1177. 1925; 72: 1066-1078. 1926.
Physiography, climate, botanical regions with lists of characteristic species.
Bertin, André, Bettenfeld, Marcel, and Benoist, Raymond. Les bois de la
Guyane francaise et du Brésil. vi, 318 p. illus. (incl. 83 maps), 2 pl. 25cm. Paris,
1920. (Mission d’études forestiéres envoyée dans les colonies francaises par les
Ministéres de la guerre, de ’armement et des colonies. v. 5.)
Mainly of interest to foresters; short descriptions, habit drawings, and ver-
nacular names given.
Devez, G. Les plantes utiles et les bois industriels de la Guyane. vi, 90 p.
25 em. Paris, 1932.
List of plants, classified by uses; annotated list, alphabetically arranged by
yernacular names; index of botanical names; bibliography.
Greshoff, Maurits. De nuttige planten van Fransch Guyana in verband met
Suriname beschouwd. Bul. Kolon. Mus. Haarlem 25: 23-45. 1901.
Annotated list of 180 plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names,
with brief account of uses and Surinam vernacular names.
Heckel, Edouard. Les plantes médicinales et toxiques de la Guyane francaise
(catalogue raisonné et alphabétique). 93 p. 25 cm. Macon, 1897. (Also
issued as Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 4, p. 67-159. 1898.)
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names; systematic
index.
Lanessan, J. L. de. Guyane. Jn his Les plantes utiles des colonies francaises.
p. 125-152, 350-420. Paris, 1886. (Annexe aux notices coloniales publiées 4
Voecasion de ’Exposition universelle d’Anvers en 1885.)
Annotated systematic lists of woods and of medicinal and other useful plants,
with brief descriptions and vernacular names. Contains similar sections on
other French colonial possessions.
Sagot, Paul. Catalogue des plantes phanérogames et cryptogames vasculaires
de la Guyane francaise. Annales Sci. Nat. VI, Bot. 10: 361-382. 1880; 11: 1384—
180. 1881; 12: 177-211. 1881; 13: 283-336.. 1882; 15: 303-836. 1883; 20:
181-216. 1885.
Botanical explorations; annotated list of vascular plants (incomplete:
Dilleniaceae—Myrtaceae).
Stone, Herbert. Les bois utiles de la Guyane francaise. Annales Mus. Colon.
Marseilles ye.24 \(s. 3; v. 4), fase: 2; p: 39-135. 2 pl. 19173 ve25 (s. 3) ve 5),
252 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
fase. 3. 159 p. pl. 3-7. 1917; v. 26 (s. 3, v. 6), fase. 1. 68 p. 1918; v. 28
(S533 Vers) ease: 240) 9S) ps1 O220 vin 28 aS Dla melo ae
Descriptions of wood anatomy of each species, with vernacular names.
Local
Benoist, Raymond. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore des Guyanes. Plantes
recoltées en Guyane francaise en 19138 et 1914. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 66: 261-—
266, 317-828, 357-370, 381-898. 1920; 68: 134-144, 311-323, 484-490. 1921-22;
69: 51-57, 104-110, 1922.
Botanical regions; list of phanerogams collected by the author.
Cadet de Gassicourt, C. L. Matiere médicale des Galibis et des Guaripons,
peuples naturels de la Guiane. Jour. de Pharm. et Chim. II, 2: 310-826. 1816.
Annotated list of 157 plants, classified by uses, with Scientific and French
vernacular names.
PARAGUAY
See also Argentina (Kurtz; Hassler; Kerr).
General
Bertoni, M. S. Las plantas usuales del Paraguay y paises limitrofes .. . I.
Introduccion, nomenclatura y diccionario de los géneros botanicos latino-guarani.
78,2 p. 23.5 cm. Asunci6n, [1914]. (Descripcion fisica y econdmica del Para-
guay 31.)
Pt. I (all published) treats of the Guarani language and includes botanical
generic names with Guarani equivalents. Pages 147 are a reprint, with some
changes, of p. 1-39 of his Plantas usuales del Paraguay, Alto Parana ,y
Misiones... Anales Cient. Paraguayos sér. I, no. 2. 1901.
Chodat, Robert. Plantae hasslerianae soit é6numération des plantes récoltées
au Paraguay par le Dr. Emile Hassler .. . de 1885-1895. Bul. Herb. Boissier
v. 6, app. 1. p. 1-42. 1898; v. 7, app. 1. p. 48-87. 1899.—Plantae hasslerianae
.. . de 1885-1895 et de 1898-1900. 1. c. IT, 1: 395-442. 1901; 2: 297-312, 382-403,
733-747, 811-824. 1902.—Plantae hasslerianae . .. de 188541902. 2. ptie. le.
II, 3: 50-66, 289-255, 342-355, 387-421, 538-552, 612-641, 701-732, 780-811, 906-941,
1007-1039, 1097-1127. 1903; 4: 61-92, 169-196, 257-292, 475-489, 548-563, 688-693,
824-839, 879-909, 1051-1068, 1155-1172, 1273-1288. 1904; 5: 65-90, 288-305, 481-
506, 603-613, 671-699. 1905; 7: 279-296, 597-624, 665-681, 795-826. 1907. (Re-
printed. )
Plant formations (II, 3: 50-54) ; lists of species collected, with data, arranged
by families (not in systematic order), each (in part 2) with a synopsis of the
distribution of the species. Enumerates 3,889 species of vascular plants. The
second part, beginning in 1903, does not in general include the collections listed
in the earlier papers of the series. KE. Hassler is joint author of ptie. 2—See
also Hassler, E. Addenda ad Plantas hasslerianas ...20 p. 23 em. Genéve,
1917.
and Vischer, Wilhelm. La végétation du Paraguay. Résultats scien-
tifiques d’une mission botanique suisse au Paraguay. I-XIV. Bul. Soc. Bot.
Genéve II, 8: 83-160, 186-264. 123 fig., 3 col. pl. 1916-17; 9: 55-107, 165-244.
fig. 124-227, col. pl. 4-7. 1917; 11: 211-299. fig. 228-280. 1920; 12: 25-54,
157-218. fig. 281-327. 1921; 17: 127-164. 52 fig. 1826; 18: 246-294. 38 fig.
1926 [1927]. (Reprinted, 509, 49 p.)
Climate and physical geography; chapters on various families of flowering
plants, considered mainly in reference to anatomy, ecology, and biology. VWischer
was joint author through no. XI, L. Rehfous for no. XIII-XIV.
Fiebrig-Gertz, Carlos. Guarany names of Paraguayan plants and animals.
Revista Jard. Bot. y Mus. Hist. Nat. Paraguay 2: 99-149. 1923 (1930).
Etymology; systematic list of plants, with Guarany names; Guarany names
of animals, ete.
Hassler, Emil. Enumeracion preliminar de las plantas usuales del Paraguay.
Revista Inst. Paraguayo 8: 161-170. 1901; 4: 204-206. 1901.
Unannotated list of vernacular (and botanical) names alphabetically ar-
ranged under the families,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD TASS
Parodi, Domingo. Catdlogo alfabético de algunas plantas usuales del Para-
guay, de Corrientes y de Misiones. Revista Farm. (Buenos Aires) 26: 93-100,
911-216, 234-252, 280-288, 320-324, 351-360, 393-396, 423-432. 1887; 27: 32-86,
65-72, 99-108, 187-144, 177-180, 214-218, 246-256, 273-294. 1888.
Annotated, essentially alphabetical list of useful plants identified at Kew.
(Vol. 26 not seen, data from Darwiniana 1: 397.)
Notas sobre algunas plantas usuales del Paraguay, de Corrientes y
de Misiones. Anales Soc. Cient. Argentina 4: 80-86, 124-135, 212-217, 243-251,
300-315. 1877; 5: 33-45. 1877. (Reprinted 61 p. 1877; 2 ed. xxvii, 123 p. 1886
(not seen).)
Annotated, essentially alphabetical list of Guarani (and Spanish) vernacular
names with botanical equivalents; no index to botanical names. The identifi-
cations are frequently incorrect; see Hassler’s ‘“Enumeracioén™ (1901). A less
complete list (Catalogo alfabético Guarani-Castellano de las plantas indigenas
6 natural i zadas en el Paraguay .. .) was published in Revista farmacéutica de
Buenos Aires 1860-61, and an English version of the latter in Pharm. Jour.
ser, 2, v. 2-4, 1861-62. According to HE. Hassler, Bul. Herb. Boissier II, 8: 979-—
980, 985-986. 1908, Parodi’s first edition is a plagiarism from Martius’ “Systema
materiae medicae vegetabilis brasiliensis” and his “Pflanzen-namen in der Tupi-
sprache”’; in the 2d edition he copied also from Hieronymus’ “Plantae
diaphoricae.”
Rodriguez, P. M. Plantas medicinales del Paraguay. Redactado en presencia
de libros y revistas. Aumentado con observaciones y datos farmacol6gicos.
141 p. 185 em. Asunci6dn, 1915.
Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with botanical
names, properties, uses, etc.
Rojas, Teodoro. Herbario del Jardin boténico del Paraguay (especies deter-
minadas hasta la fecha). Revista Jard. Bot. y Mus. Hist. Nat. Paraguay 1:
145-163. 1921 (1922) ; 2: 154-192. 1923 (1930).
Systematic list of vascular plants, with collectors’ numbers and data: Hymen-
ophyllaceae—Orchidaceae (Engler and Prantl system).
Local
Fiebrig-Gertz, Carlos, and Rojas, Teodoro. Ensayo fitogeografico sobre el
Chaco boreal. Revista Jard. Bot. y Mus. Hist. Nat. Paraguay 8: 1-87 (incl.
plates). 1938.
Includes running account of vascular plants, with enumeration of species;
bibliography.
Morong, Thomas, and Britton, N. L. An enumeration of the plants collected
by Dr. Thomas Morong in Paraguay, 1888-1890. Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 45-
280. 1892-93.
Annotated list of vascular plants (and Musci), mainly within a radius of 100
miles of Asuncion. Brief descriptions of a considerable proportion of the species
are given.
PATAGONIA
See also Argentina (general works) ; Chile (general works).
The term Patagonia is variously used. It is here taken_to include the portion of
Argentina south of the Rio Negro and its tributary, the Rio Limay (including Lake
Nahuel-Haupi) ; that is, the Territories of Rio Negro, Chubut, and Santa Cruz: and in
Chile, the island of Chiloé and all the area south of it; that is, the Provinces of Chiloé
and Magallanes. Tierra del Fuego is combined with Patagonia.
General
Hauman, Lucien. Etude phytogéographique de la Patagonie. Bul. Soc. Roy.
Bot. Belg. 58: 105-179. 7 fig., 13 pl., map (in text). 1926.
Botanical regions, with lists of species; bibliography.
Macloskie, George, and others. Reports of the Princeton University expedi-
tions to Patagonia, 1896-1899. v. 8, Botany. 3 v. 106 fig., 35 pl. 33.5 cm.
Princeton, 1903-14.
Besides sections on the general features of the vegetation and the Hepaticae
and Bryophyta, by other authors, the work includes the following by Macloskie:
list of vascular cryptogams with general range and brief descriptions; ‘Flora
patagonica,” an annotated list of the flowering plants known from Patagonia,
254 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
with keys, brief descriptions, local and extralimital range; key to families;
botanical exploration, bibliography, topography, general characters and origin
of flora. Pt. 3 (Supplement) is a “Revision of Flora patagonica” by Macloskie
and Per Dusén and consists of additions, deletions, and critical notes. In this
work Patagonia is limited essentially as above defined.
Local
Albov, N. M. Contributions 4 la flore de la Terre de Feu [-II. Revista Mus.
La Plata 7: 277-308, 353-402. 12 pl. 1896.
General account of explorations, climate, vegetation, etc., of the “Canal de
Beagle”; (pt. 2) “Enumération des plantes .. .”, a list of 225 vascular plants,
with data, based on Al’bov’s collection in 1896; the “Cyperaceae and Gramineae”
(p. 398-402) by F. Kurtz.
Hssai de flore raisonnée de la Terre de Feu. vi, 85, xxiii p. port.
37 cm. La Plata, 1897 (1903). (Anales del Museo de La Plata ... Secci6n
hotanica I.)
Mainly phytogeographical; includes unannotated systematic list of 615 species
and varieties of vascular plants. The author includes not only the archipelags
of Tierra del Fuego but also the greater part of the north coast of the Strait
of Magellan, the west slope of the Andes north to about 44° §S. Lat., and the
islands off this coast. The title page is dated 1897, but the preface (dated
1903) states that this work is posthumous, Al’boy having died in December
1897. Said to have been published in Russian in 1901 (cf. Darwiniana 1: 193.
1827)
Autran, Eugéne. Flcrule du Lac Nahuel Haupi et de ses environs. Im his
Les pares nationaux argentins. Bol. Min. Agr. Rep. Argentina 7: 14-39. 2 pl.
1967. (Reprinted in Trab. Mus. Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 138.)
List of 376 vascular plants, with localities.
Ball, John. Further contributions to the flora of Patagonia. Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 27: 471-500. 1891.
Geography, etc.; annotated list of 92 vascular plants collected by W. Andrews
in the interior of Patagonia, on a trip from Port Desire to the Rio Negro and
on an expedition up the valley of the Rio Limay to the vicinity of Lake
Nahuel-Haupi.
Donat, Arturo. Contribuciones al conocimiento de la flora de la Patagonia
oriental: la flora de la regién costanera. Darwiniana 2: 58-71. 1930.
General features of flora, plant associations; list of spermatophytes collected
by the author in 1928, with their plant associations. (Coastal region of Santa
Cruz, between the Pampa de Castillo and the Rio Deseado.)
Dusén, Per. Die gefiisspflanzen der Magellanslinder nebst einem beitrage
zur flora der ostkiiste von Patagonien. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der
Schwedischen expedition nach dem Magellanslindern. v. 3, Botanik. p. 77-266.
illus., pl. 414. Stockholm, 1900. (Reprinted.)
Botanical explorations, bibliography; annotated list of vascular plants col-
lected by the author, with synonymy, references, and localities.
Zur kenntnis der gefiisspflanzen des siidlichen Patagoniens. Ofvers.
K. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl. 58: 229-268. 5 fig. 1902.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected in south and west Patagonia by
Nordenskiéld, Borge, and the author.
Espinosa Bustos, M. R. Los alerzales de Piuchué. Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile 10:
36-98 (incl. fig. 21-58, pl. 2-9). 1917.
General features of flora; unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants;
bibliography. (On island of Chiloé.)
[Escursi6n a la Peninsuia de Taitao. Lista de las plantas colectadas.]
Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile 9: 154-162. 1916 [1917].
Partial list of vascular and cellular plants collected in 1916-17, with vernac-
ular names and some notes on uses. In author’s report as chief of the section
of botany. Taitao (Taytao) is on south-central coast of Chile, about 46°20’
S. Lat.
Franchet, A. R. Phanérogamie. Jn Mission scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-
88. v. 5, Botanique. p. 313-400. 12 pl. (pt. col.). Paris, 1889.
Botanical explorations; partly annotated list of 216 vascular plants collected
by the expedition south of the Strait of Magellan, with localities; critical notes
on species collected by Commerson in 1767.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 255
Hambleton, Santiago. La vegetacién del Canal y Rio Baker (Patagonia
occidental). Revista Argentina Agron. 8: 159-173. 19386.
General features of flora; list of 223 vascular plants, with localities. The
localities covered are: Chonos or Guaitecas Islands, San Quintin, Canal Baker
and another fjord of the Gulf of Penas, Rio Baker, Cordén Atravesado, and the
region of the lakes.
Hieronymus, Georg. Sertum patagonicum 6 determinaciones y descripciones
de plantas fanerégamas y criptOgamas vasculares recogidas por el Dr. Carlos
Berg en las costas de Patagonia. Bol. Acad. Nae. Cien, Cordoba (Rep. Argen-
tina) 3: 327-385. 1881.
Annotated list of 176 phanerogams, with data and some vernacular names,
collected in 1874 near the mouth of the Rio Negro, at San Blas Bay, and at the
mouth of the Rio Santa Cruz.
Hosseus, C. C. Apuntes sobre la vegetaciOn del Lago Argentino y del Rio
Santa Cruz. Trab. Inst. Bot. y Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires 37: 3-22.
1917.
List of vascular plants collected in 1904-05 by J. Koslowsky, with data, brief
descriptions, local and general distribution.
La vegetaciOn del Lago Nahuel Huapi y sus montanas. Trab. Inst.
Bot. y Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 38. 102 p. 1915,
Author’s itinerary; annotated list of vascular plants collected by him in the
territories of Rio Negro and Neuquén in 1918, with data, vernacular names, soil,
plant formations, general range, and uses.
Reiche, Karl. Informe. /n Kruger, P. Memoria jeneral sobre la espedicion
esploradora del Rio Palena, Diciembre 1893—Marzo 1894. Anales Uniy. Chile 90:
715-747. 1895.
General features of flora, etc.; unannotated list of 197 vascular and cellular
plants. (On the mainland, not far south of the island of Chiloé.)
La jeografia botanica de la region esplorada del Rio Manso. Anazales
Univ. Chile 101: 486-465. 1898.
Botanical explorations, plant zones; list of 317 plants (276 vascular) with
indication of zones.
Rendle, A. B. Mr. Hesketh Prichard’s Patagonian plants. Jour. Bot. 42:
321-334, 367-378. pl. 465. 1904.
General features of flora; list of Angiospermae collected at western end of Lake
Argentina, lat. 50° S., with localities and general range.
Roivainen, H. Contribuciones 4 la flora de Isla Elisabeth, Rio de las Minas
y Puerto San Isidor de Prov. de Magallanes, de Puerto Barroso de Prov. de
Chiloé y de los alrededores de Termas de Chillan de Prov. de Nuble, Chile. Annales
Bot. Soe. Zool.-Bot. Fenn. Vanamo v. 4, no. 8. 22 p. 1983.
Alphabetical list of vascular plants collected by the author in 1928-29, with
localities.
Skottsberg, Carl. Die vegetationsverhiltnisse lings der Cordillera de los
Andes S. von 41° S. Br. Hin beitrag zur kenntnis der vegetation in Chiloé, West-
Patagonien, dem andinen Patagonien und Feuerland. (Botanische ergebnisse der
Sehwedischen expedition nach Patagonien und dem Feuerlande 1907-09. V.)
K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. v. 56, no. 5. 3866 p. 24 fig. (incl. maps),
23 pl. 1916.
Climate, ecology, plant formations, etc.; annotated list of vascular plants, with
localities and extralimital range, based chiefly on the collections of this expe-
dition; general features of flora, bibliography.
Zur flora des Feuerlandes. Floristische beobachtungen tiber gefiss-
pflanzen, gesammelt in den jahren 1902 und 1903. In Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse
der Schwedischen stidpolarexpedition 1901-1903. v. 4, pt. 4. 41 p. 2 pl., map.
Stockholm, 1916.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author.
Zur gefasspflanzenflora Westpatagoniens. Godteborgs K. Vetensk.— o.
Vitterh.-Samh. Handl. IV, v. 28, [no. 3]. 29p. 7 fig. 1924.
Annotated list of vascular plants collected on Nordenskjéld’s 1920-21 expe-
dition to Kelly-Fjord and the San Tadeo Glacier ; general features of the flora.
Spegazzini, Carlos. Nova addenda ad floram patagonicam. Anales Soe.
Cient. Argentina 47: 161-177, 224-239, 274-290. 1899; 48: 44-59, 172-190, 239-
241306°—42 il¢/
256 MISC. PUBLICATION 4@1, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
242, 329-332. 1899; 58: 13-34, 66-80, 136-144, 166-185, 242-251, 275 292. 1902.
Anales Mus. Nae. Buenos Aires 7 (II, 4) : 185-308. 1902.
Additions to the flora of Patagonia, new species. and critical notes.
Spegazzini, Carlos. Plantae Patagoniae australis. Revista Fac. Agron. y Vet.
La Plata 3: 485-589. 1897.
List of 441 vascular plants from the area between the Strait of Magellan and
about 45° S. Lat., with localities and occasional annotations.
—— — Primitiae florae chubutensis. Revista Fac. Agron. y Vet. La Plata
3; 591-633. 1897.
Plant zones; list of 229 vascular plants, with localities, from the Territory of
Chubut.—See also Hosseus, C. C. Algunas plantas de Cabo Raso (Chubut).
Physis 1: 534-540. 3 fig. 1915.
Wildeman, Emile de. Les phanérogames des terres Magellaniques. 222 Dp.
23 pl. 36cm. Anvers, 1905. (Commis on de la Belgica. Expédition antarec-
tique belge. Rapports scientifiques . . . Botanique. )
List of species collected on the voyage of the Belgica; systematic enumeration
of the phanerogams of the Austro-Antarctie American flora, with references and
local distribution ; statistical table of the Same, showing distribution by islands,
ete. Covers area from Wellington Island to Staten Island, Tierra del Fuego,
and adjacent mainland ; lists 539 species and varieties from the islands (in addi-
tion to those confined to the mainland).
PERU
See also Argentina (Kurtz) ; Colombia (Weddell).
General
Herrera, F. L. Catélogo alfabético de los nombres vulgares y cientificos de
plantas que existen en el Pert. vii, 363 p. 17.5 em. Lima, 1939.
Consists of two sections: Exploraciones botaénicas en el Pert (reprinted from
Revista Mus. Nac. Lima 6: 296-358. 1937), an annotated list of collectors, with
account of regions visited and location of collections ; Nombres vulgares con sus
respectivas sinonimias cientificas, an alphabetical list of vernacular names with
botanical equivalents; also brief bibliography.
Macbride, J. F. Flora of Peru pt. I-II, VI. Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot.
Ser. v. 13. map. 1936-38. (Pt. I. no. [1], 3; pt. Il, no. 1-8; pt. VI, no. 1-2.
Pub. Field Mus. 351, 357, 363, 367, 369, 393, 428.)
Recent botanical explorations, phytogeography (by A. Weberbauer) ; anno-
tated list of spermatophytes, with keys, brief descriptions, citation of exsiccatae
with localities, occasional vernacular names. ‘Treatment of several families con-
tributed by other authors, especially by P. C. Standley.
Sievers, Wilhelm. Die nutzpflanzen, ihr anbau und dessen geographische ver-
breitung. Jn his Reise in Peru and Ecuador .. . 1909. Wiss. Verdffentl. Gesell.
Hrdk. Leipzig 8: 302-816. map 45. 1914.
Running account of principal edible plants of Peru, wild and cultivated.
Weberbauer, August. Die pflanzenwelt der peruanischen Anden in ihren
grundziigen dargestellt. xii, 355 p. 683 fig., 40 pl., 2 maps. 25.5 em. Leipzig,
1911. (Die vegetation der erde, v. 12.)
Botanical explorations, bibliography, physical geography, geology, climate,
botanical regions, plant formations, cultivated plants, phytogeography.
Local
Ball, John. Contributions to the flora of the Peruvian Andes, with remarks
on the history and origin of the Andean flora. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 22: 1-64.
1885.
General features of flora, tables of zonal distribution, phytogeography ; list of
vascular plants collected by the author in upper valley of Rimac River in the
Peruvian Andes in 1882, with frequent annotations.
Bruns, Ferdinand. Beitrige zur kenntnis der vegetation des peruanischen
kiistengebietes. Mitt. Inst. Allg. Bot. Hamburg 8: 1-85. 11 fig. 1929.
Botanical investigations, physiography, geology, climate, Statistics of flora,
plant formations, phytogeography ; list of 399 vascular plants (357 native) known
FLORAS OF THE WORLD DDG
from the region, with references, localities, and collectors’ names, and general
range; bibliography.
Escomel, Edmundo. Flora y fauna de Arequipa. 103 p. 24.6cm. Lima, 1936.
Includes (p. 3-29) notes on useful plants, wild and cultivated, systematically
arranged, with vernacular names; (p. 73-88) alphabetical lists of botanical and
vernacular names mentioned in the previous section, with equivalents and page
references. Publication of the Direccién general de fomento.
Garcia y Merino, Manuel. Los nombres vulgares de nuestras plantas. Bol.
Soe. Geog. Lima 5: 294-301. 1895.
Explanation of some of the most common root words in Spanish vernacular
names used in Peru, with examples.
Harms, Hermann. Uebersicht der bisher in altperuanischen graibern gefun-
denen pflanzenreste. Jn Festschrift Eduard Seler . .. herausgegeben von W.
Lehmann. p. 157-186. pl. 2. Stuttgart, 1922.
Annotated bibliography; annotated systematic list of species, including those
previously reported.
Herrera, F. L. Contribucion a la flora del departamento del Cuzco. 2. ed.
primera parte. 241 p. 21cm. Cuzco, 1921. (First ed., 1919, in Revista Universi-
taria Cuzco, v. 8, no. 28.)
List of 656 native and cultivated plants, with remarks and often descriptions ;
bibliography.
Filologia Quechua. Etimologias de algunos nombres vernaculares de
plantas indigenas en el departamento del Cuzco. Revista Mus. Nac. Lima 8:
81-98. 19389.
Includes alphabetical list of Quechua vernacular names with botanical equiv-
alents.
Plantarum cuzecorum herrerarianum. Estudios sobre la flora del
departamento del Cuzco. 2 v. plates. 21 cm. Lima, 1930—33.—[I]-III. suple-
mento. Revista Universitaria Cuzco 2, epoca, 14 (1): 149-160. 1980; 23 (1):
254-262. 1931; 23 (2): 111-147. 1934.
Botanical explorations, bibliography ; list of 1,023 cellular and vascular plants
(including supplements) collected by the author, with vernacular names (in-
dexed), general range, and data for specimens collected; statistics. Replaces his
Chloris Cuzcoensis (1926). The second volume includes species 733-1017 of the
flora, as well as notes on various useful plants, some local lists, a list of
vernacular names, ete. The sketch of botanical explorations in vol. 1 is repro-
duced from Revista Universitaria Cuzco 2. epoca, 13: 205-223. 1929.—See also
his La flora en el departamento del Cuzco. Revista Mus. Nac. Lima 4: 119-1383.
1935. (Adds 77 species. )
Plantas que curan y plantas que matan de la flora del Cuzco. (Es-
tudio folkl6rico.) Revista Universitaria Cuzco 27 (75) : 4-76. 19388.
List of vernacular names of medicinal and poisonous plants, classified by uses ;
annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with habit, proper-
ties, and citation of exsiccatae.
——— Sinonimia cientifica y vulgar de algunas plantas indigenas en el departa-
mento del Cuzco. Revista Universitaria Cuzco 13: 365-895. 1929.
Reciprocal alphabetical lists of botanical and vernacular names.
La vegetacion de la Quebrada del Urubamba. Revista Chilena Hist.
Nat. 36: 122-135. illus. 19382.
Includes lists of 170 species, by localities and formations. (Department of
Cuzco.)
Huber, Jacques. Plantas vasculares colligidas e observadas no baixo Ucayali
e no Pampa del Sacramento, nos mezes de outubro a dezembro de 1898. (Ma-
teriaes para a flora amazonica VI.) Bol. Mus. Goeldi Hist. Nat. e Ethnogr. 4:
510-619. 7 fig. 1906.
Author’s itinerary ; list of vascular plants, with vernacular names, data, range,
and frequent annotations. (Northeastern Peru, in the Amazon drainage.)
Johnston, I. M. The vascular flora of the guano islands of Peru. Contrib.
Gray Herb. 95: 26-35. pl. 6-7. 1931.
Geology, climate, ete.; list of vascular plants collected by Dr. R. C. Murphy,
1919-20. Of the several scores of islands apparently only 4 (Lobos de Tierra,
San Lorenzo, San Gallan, and Viejas, between 6°26’ and 14°14’ S. Lat.) support
any vascular plants.
258 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
MaAalaga Santolalla, Fermin. Flora. In his Monografia del departamento de
Cajamarca. Bol. Soc. Geog. Lima 20: 94-107. 1906.
Briefly annotated list of useful and poisonous plants.
Williams, Llewelyn. Woods of northeastern Peru. Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist.
377, Bot. Ser. v. 15. 587 p. 18 fig.,2 maps. 1936.
Explorations of author, plant formations, climate, forest products, ete.; sys-
tematic list, with brief descriptions of each tree and its wood, and citation of
author’s collections; tables of anatomical characters; alphabetical list of ver-
nacular names, with botanical equivalents; bibliography. (Departments of
Loreto, Amazonas, and San Martin.)
Yacovleff, Eugenio, and Herrera, F. L. El mundo vegetal de los antiguos
peruanos. Revista Mus. Nac. Lima 3: 241-822. 39 fig. 1935; 4: 29-102. fig.
48-65. 1935. (Reprinted, 102 p. 1935.)
Extensively annotated list of useful plants, the species arranged chronologically
according to their first mention in the older writers (beginning with Pizarro, 1533) ;
systematic list, index of botanical names; bibliography.
SURINAM (DUTCH GUIANA)
See also Dutch East Indies (Sirks) ; French Guiana (Greshoff).
General
Hering, C. J. Overzicht van de cultuurgewassen en boschproducten in ver-
band met nijverheid en handel in de kolonie Suriname, Nederlandsch Guiana,
Z. A. xiii, 296, xii p. 24.5 em. Paramaribo, 1902-03.
Discussion of economic plants, both wild and cultivated, classified by uses;
vernacular names. The palms are dealt with in a Separate paper: Nuttige palmen
der kolonie Suriname. 42,iv p. Paramaribo, 1903.
Pfeiffer, J. P. De houtsoorten van Suriname. 2 vy. illus., plates. 22.5 em.
Amsterdam, 1926-27. (K. Ver. Koloniaal instituut te Amsterdain. Mededeeling
no. 22. Afd. Handelsmuseum no. 6.)
Part 1, systematic list of trees, describing wood anatomy, with vernacular
names and uses; bibliography; part 2, study of technical properties of some of
the woods.
Pulle, A. A. An enumeration of the vascular plants known from Surinam.
8,555 p. 17 pl., map. 24.5 em. Leiden, 1906.
List with synonymy, citation of exsiccatae, vernacular names, and statement
of general range; botanical explorations, statistics of distribution (2,101 species,
of which 293 are endemic), phytogeographical remarks; bibliography.
, ed. Flora of Surinam (Dutch Guyana). v. 1-4, pt. 2. 22.5 em.
Amsterdam, 1932-39. (K. Ver. Koloniaal instituut te Amsterdam. Mededeeling
no. 30. Afd. Handelsmuseum no. 11.)
Principal botanical collections ; descriptive flora of phanerogams, with general
and local distribution, citation of exsiccatae, synonymy, vernacular names. The
families are not in systematic order. Not yet completed.—See also Lanjouw, J.
Additions to Pulle’s Flora of Surinam I. Plants collected by J. Lanjouw in
1933. ‘Recueil Trav. Bot. Néerl. 32: 215-261. 4 fig. (incl. maps), pl. 2. 1935.
Zakflora voor Suriname. Deel 1. 2. uitgave. Bul. Kolon. Mus.
Haarlem no. 47. 194 p. 1911.
Keys to the families and genera of wild and cultivated plants; index of
vernacular names.
Sack, Johannes. Lijst van eenige planten, die in Suriname als geneeskrachtig
worden beschouwd met oOpgave van de ziekten tegen welke zij worden aange-
wend. Bul. Inspect. Landb. West-Indié 13: 1-23. 1908.
Systematically arranged annotated list of medicinal plants, wild and culti-
vated, with Dutch and “neger-engelsche” names. French résumé by E. de
Wildeman in Bul. Sci. Pharm. 16: 160-164, 204-209. 1909, under title, Plantes
médicinales des Guyanes.
Westeroiien van Meeteren, [J. M.] Surinaamsche planten en cultuurge-
wassen, boomen en houtsoorten. Korte opsomming der tot heden bekende en
gebruikt wordende soorten. 52 p. 26 cm. [Haarlem, 1883.]
Briefly annotated alphabetical list of vernacular and scientific names of
cultivated plants, native and introduced, also woody plants.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 259
URUGUAY
See also Argentina (Kurtz).
General
Arechavaleta, José. Flora uruguaya. Enumeracion y descripciOn breve de
las plantas conocidas hasta hoy y de algunas nuevas que nacen esponténeamente
y viven en la Reptblica Oriental del Uruguay. vol. 1-4, pt. 3. Anales Mus.
Nae. Montevideo vy. 3. xxi, 492 p. 1898-1901; v. 5. xlviii, 375 p. illus., pl.
1903-05; v. 6. 502 p. illus., plates. 1906-08; v. 7. 224 p. illus., plates. 1909-11.
Descriptive flora, with occasional vernacular names and uses. Incomplete;
reaches Cuscuta (Bentham and Hooker system). Vol. 2, p. xxxvi-xlili, con-
tains biographical sketches of botanists who have collected in the region.
Berro, Mariano B. La vegetaciOn uruguaya. Plantas que se hacen distinguir
por alguna propiedad util 6 perjudicial. Anales Mus. Nac. Montevideo 2: 91-—
196. 1899.
Bibliography; annotated systematic list of useful and harmful plants, with
vernacular names (not indexed).
Gonzalez, Matias, Coppetti, Victor, and Lombardo, Atilio. Plantae dia-
phoricae. Florae uruguayensis. Anales Univ. Uruguay 37: 3-154 (incl. plates).
1928; 19386 (187) : 119-377 (incl. plates). 1936.
Annotated descriptive list of medicinal plants, each illustrated by a plate, with
vernacular names and uses.
Herter, Wilhelm. Enumeratio plantarum vascularium sponte nascentium
Republica orientali uruguayensi adjectis plantis adventiciis, plantis cultis prin-
cipalibus, nominibus vernaculis, distributione in Republica, numeris collectionum
Gibert et Herter. 191 p. plates (4 col.), map. 19 cm. Montevideo, 1930.
(Estudios botanicos en la regién uruguaya IV. Florula uruguayensis IJ.)—
Additamenta ad floram uruguayensem. [I]-III. Revista Sudamer. Bot. 2:
111-128. 2 fig., col. pl. i. 1985; 3: 146-178. col. pl. iv. 1986; 4: 179-2382.
eol. pl. vi. 1937.
Botanical explorations; list of vascular plants known from Uruguay, with
vernacular names and range by Provinces; 2,998 species including additions.—
See also his Plantae uruguayenses novae vel criticae I. Revista Sudamer.
Bot. 5: 13-86. 7 fig. (incl. map). 1937.—Also his Flora ilustrada del Uru-
guay. 1.lfg. Beih. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde 118, no.1. 16 pl. 1989.
Osten, Cornelius, and Herter, Wilhelm. Plantae uruguayenses. Anales Mus.
Nae. Montevideo II, 1: 325-404. pl. 25-29. 1925; 2: 103-127, 301-319. 1925-
27; 3: 43-56. 1929. (Reprinted, at least in part.)
Partly annotated list of vascular plants, with synonymy, references, general
range, vernacular names, exsiccatae with their localities, index to exsiccatae,
keys to genera and species, bibliographies. Intended as a critical revision of
the flora of Uruguay; reaches Arundinella (Engler and Prantl system).
Paccard, Ernesto. Lista de algunas plantas medicinales de las Reptblicas
Oriental y Argentina. 77 p. col. plates. 22.5 cm. Montevideo, 1905.
Briefly annotated list, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names, with
botanical equivalents; list classified by medicinal uses. No index of botanical
names.
Sobron, F. C. y. Plantas medicinales de la Reptblica del Uruguay y noticias
sobre los indigenas. 44 p. 26.5 cm. Madrid, 1874.
Annotated list of native and cultivated species, arranged alphabetically by
vernacular names; no index.
Local
Gibert, Ernest. Enumeratio plantarum sponte nascentium agro montevidensi
cum synonimis selectis. 146 p. 21 em. Montevideo, 1873.
Unannotated systematic list, with occasional vernacular names.
Herter, Wilhelm. Apuntes sobre la flora del Palmar de Castillos, Departa-
mento de Rocha, Republica Oriental del Uruguay. Jn Ostenia. Coleccién de
trabajos botanicos dedicados a Don Cornelio Osten... p. 193-204. Monte-
video, 1933.
General features of region; unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants.
260 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Herter, Wilhelm. Zur kenntnis der flora von Osturuguay. Beih. Bot. Cen-
tralbl. Abt. B, 59: 245-286. 14 fig. 1939.
Unannotated list of about 1,000 cellular and vascular plants of the depart-
ments of Rocha and Treinta y Tres; general features of flora, bibliography.
VENEZUELA
See also Argentina (Kurtz); Colombia (Weddell) ; West Indies (Grisebach) ; Lesser
Antilles (Boldingh [for Curacao, Aruba, and Bonaire]).
General
Ernst, Adolf. La exposicion nacional de Venezuela en 1883 ... 7704p. plan,
pl. 32cm. Caracas, 1884.
Includes (p. 184-286, 861-518) chapters on woods and other useful plants, with
annotated lists of species, and including cultivated plants.
Knuth, Reinhard. Initia florae venezuelensis. Beih. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde
v. 48. 768 p. 1926-28.
List of vascular plants known from Venezuela, with synonymy, vernacular
names, and citation of exsiccatae; annotated list of collectors, with brief itiner-
aries and partial bibliography.—For additions, see Suessenguth, K. Fiir Vene-
zuela neue pflanzen der sammlung Vogl. Revista Sudamer. Bot. 1: 81-86. 1934.—
Also Suessenguth, K., and Beyerle, R. Erginzungen zu den “Initia florae
venezuelensis” von R. Knuth. Bot. Arch. 39: 373-381. 1939.
Pittier, H. F. El estado actuel de nuestros conocimientos acerea de la flora
de Venezuela. 20 p. 23cm. Caracas, 1931.
Includes briefly annotated list of collectors; account of the author’s own
collecting ; statistics of flora by families.
El estudio de los productos forestales en Venezuela. Bol. Cient. y
Técen. Mus. Com. Venezuela 1: 38-44. 1927.
Includes systematic list of 603 woody plants, with vernacular names (in-
dexed ).—See also Williams, Llewelyn. Maderas econdmicas de Venezuela. Bol. -
Téen. Min. Agr. y Cria (Venezuela) no. 2. 97 p. 24 fig. 1939.
Flora venezolana: plantas medicinales. Mem. Cong. Venezol. Med.
4th, [192?] 2: 280-241. 1925.
“An attempt at a classification of the medicinal plants of Venezuela according
to their real or supposed virtues” ; vernacular names given. (Not seen; notice by
author in Bot. Abstr. 15: 798. 1926.)
Genera plantarum venezuelensium. Clave analitica de los géneros de
plantas hasta hoy conocidos en Venezuela. 354 p. 23.5 em. Caracas, 1939.
Key to the genera of vascular plants.
Manual de las plantas usuales de Venezuela. xvi, 458 p. 42 pl. (incl.
6 port.) 23.5 cm. Caracas, 1926. — Suplemento... viii, 129 p. 24.5 ecm.
Caracas, 1939.
Alphabetical list of vernacular names of the commoner and the economic plants,
with uses and cross index by scientific names; botanical investigations, plant
formations, principal economic plants classified | uses; bibliography. The
illustrations are mostly photographs of trees or habitats. The supplement in-
cludes a list of woody plants, with vernacular names, and gives the number of
vascular and cellular plants known from Venezuela in 1931 as 8,783.
Local
De Verteuil, L. A. A. G. Native medicinal] plants. Agr. Record Trinidad 1:
17-24. 1890.
Annotated list of 65 species, with vernacular names, classified by uses.
(Trinidad. )
Ernst, Adolf. Florula chelonesiaca; or, a list of plants collected in January,
1874, in the island Tortuga, Venezuela. Jour. Bot. 14: 176-179. 1876.
Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 69 vascular and cellular plants, with
vernacular names. Tortuga is about 50 miles north of Venezuela and 52 miles
northwest of Margarita Island.
Plants used medicinally at Caracas, Venezuela, South America, and
their vernacular names. Jour. Bot. 3: 143-150, 277-284, 306-322. 1865.
Annotated list, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names, with botanical
equivalents and uses.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 261
Ernst, Adolf. Sertulum naiguatense; notes on a small collection of alpine
plants from the summit of Naiguataé, in the mountains of Caracas. Jour. Bot.
10: 261-264. 1872.
List of 32 cellular and vascular plants collected on April 23, 1872, by James M.
Spence.—See also his Enumeracion de las plantas mas notables que fueron
observadas en la excursion 4 Naiguataéa. Repertorio Caraqueno 1: 141-146. 1879
(abstract in Bot. Centralbl. 1880(3): 1179), for additional species collected by
himself on Aug. 25, 1879.
Verzeichniss der auf der venezuelanischen inselgruppe Los Roques im
September 1871 beobachteten pflanzen. Bot. Zeit. 830: 589-541. 1872.
Geology, etc.; annotated list of 26 vascular and cellular plants, with vernacular
names. The island group Los Roques lies about 20 miles north of Caracas.
Freeman, W. G., and Williams, R. O. The useful and ornamental plants of
Trinidad and Tobago. 2d ed., rev. Mem. Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago no. 4.
192)p. 1928: (st ed-, 1927.)
Alphabetical list of vernacular and scientific names, with cross-references ;
brief descriptions, uses; lists of genera classified by uses; ornamental plants;
systematic list of genera included.
Gleason, H. A. Botanical results of the Tyler-Duida expedition. Bul. Torrey
Club 58: 277-506. pl. 17-45, map. 1931. (Reprinted with addition of index. )
Itinerary (by G. H. H. Tate), geology (by C. B. Hitchcock), plant associa-
tions (by Tate); list of vascular plants and Musci, with data and general
range, by Gleason and numerous collaborators; table of temperatures and
weather. Refers primarily to Mount Duida, in southern Venezuela near the
village of Esmeralda. Mount Duida previously had been entirely unknown
botanically ; 14 genera and nearly 200 species were new.
and Killip, E. P. The flora of Mount Auyan-tepui, Venezuela. Brit-
tonia 8: 141-204. 5 fig. 1939.
Topography, geology, general features of flora; annotated list of 244 vascular
plants (including 41 new species), collected [in 1937-88] by an expedition
from the American Museum of Natural History headed by G. H. H. Tate.
Mount Auyan-tepui, the flora of which was previously unknown, is a part of
the Roraima-Duida mountain complex, lying about 150 miles northwest of
Roraima and 250 miles northeast of Duida.
Jahn, Alfredo. Los paramos venezolanos. Sus aspectos fisicos y su vegetacion.
Bol. Soe. Venezol. Cien. Nat. 1: 93-127. 1981.
General features of vegetation, list of paramos with altitudes, area, ete.,
climate; partial list of plants found at 3,500 to 4,000 meters altitude.
Johnston, J. R. Flora of the islands of Margarita and Coche, Venezuela. Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 34: 163-312. pl. 23-30 (incl. 2 maps). 1909. (Contrib.
Gray Herb. 37.)
Botanical explorations, physiography, list of vascular plants of Margarita,
with synonymy, citation of exsiccatae, and general range; annotated list of use-
ful plants, classified by uses; general features of Coche, with list of vascular
plants: phytogeography, bibliography.
Marshall, R. C. Trees of Trinidad and Tobago. 101, viii p. 20 pl 21.5 cm.
Trinidad, 1934.
List of wild and cultivated trees, with vernacular names; brief descriptive
flora of the native species.
Sandwith, N. Y. Contributions to the flora of tropical America. XXXYVII.
Notes on the flora of Tobago. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1938: 353-384. 1938.
General features of flora; annotated partial list of vascular piants collected
by the au hor in 1987, including many additions to the published parts of
Williams and Cheesman, Flora of Trinidad and Tobago, and new records for the
island in ot’ °r families.
Williams, R. O. Notes on the plants of Patos. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1924:
2738-280. pl. 1-4. 1924.
Brief sketch of vegetation, with especial reference to cacti, and list of 27
species of flowering plants. Patos is a small island 24 miles from Port-of-
Spain and 2%4 miles from the coast of Venezuela.
and Cheesman, E. E. Flora of Trinidad and Tobago. v.1, pt. 1-6; v. 2,
pt. 1. 21.5 em. Trinidad, 1928-34.
Descriptive flora with keys, brief synonymy, general range. Not yet com-
pleted. EH. E. Cheesman is coauthor of v. 2, pt. 1, and of part of y. 1, pt. 2.
ABBREVIATIONS OF PERIODICALS CITED
Abhandl. Gebiet Auslandsk. Hamburg. Univ. Hamburgische universitat.
Abhandlungen aus dem gebiet der auslandskunde.
Abhandl. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. Abhandlungen der Ko6niglichen akademie
der wissenschaften zu Berlin.
Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. Gottingen. Abhandlungen der K. gesellschaften
der wissenschaften zu Gé6ttingen.
Abhandl. Naturw. Ver. Bremen. Abhandlungen hrsg. vom Naturwissen-
schaftlicher verein zu Bremen.
Acta Bot. Fenn. Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Acta botanica fennica.
Acta Horti Gothoburg. Acta horti gothoburgensis. (Meddelanden fran
Goteborgs botaniska traggard.)
Acta Soc. Scient. Fenn. Acta Societatis scientiarum fennicae.
Actes Cong. Internatl. Bot. Paris. Actes du ler Congrés international de
botanique tenu 4 Paris . . . 1900.
Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux. Actes de la Société linnéenne de Bordeaux.
Agr. Cir. Dept. Agr. Fiji. Agricultural circular issued by the Department of
agriculture, Fiji.
Agr. Gaz. N.S. Wales. Agricultural gazette of New South Wales.
Agr. Notes Agr. Ext. Serv. Univ. Hawaii. University of Hawaii. Agricul-
tural extension service. Agricultural notes.
Agr. Prat. Pays Chauds. L’agriculture pratique des pays chauds.
Agr. Rec. Trinidad. The agricultural record. Official organ of the Central
agricultural board of Trinidad.
Agricolt. Colon. Agricoltura coloniale (Istituto agricolo coloniale italiano,
Firenze).
Alabama Polytech. Inst. Ext. Serv. Cir. Alabama polytechnic institute.
Extension service. Circular.
Almanaque Min. Agr. Rep. Argentina. Reptblica argentina. Almanaque
del Ministerio de agricultura de la naci6n.
Amer. Anthropol. American anthropologist.
Amer. Bot. American botanist.
Amer. Fern Jour. American fern journal.
Amer. Jour. Bot. American journal of botany.
“Amer. Jour. Forestry. American journal of forestry.
Amer. Jour. Pharm. American journal of pharmacy.
Amer. Jour. Sci. American journal of science.
Amer. Midl. Nat. American midland naturalist.
Amer. Nat. American naturalist.
Ames Forester. The Ames forester.
Anales Agron. Min. Industr. i Obras Pib. (Chile). Ministerio de industria i
obras ptiblicas. Anales agronémicos.
Anales Cient. Paraguayos. Anales cientificos paraguayos.
Anales Circulo Méd. Argentino. Anales del Circulo médico argentino.
Anales Inst. Biol. México. Anales del Instituto de biologia de la Universidad
nacional de México.
Anales Inst. Fis.-Geog. Costa Rica. Anales del Instituto fisico-geografico de
Costa Rica.
Anales Mus. Nac. Chile. Anales del Museo nacional de Chile.
Anales Mus. Nac. Costa Rica. Anales del Museo nacional. Republica de
Costa Rica. (Later included in Instituto fisico-geografico de Costa Rica.)
Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Bern. Rivad. Buenos Aires. Anales del Museo
nacional de historia natural Bernardino Rivadavia, Buenos Aires.
Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires. Anales del Museo nacional de
historia natural. (Later changed to preceding title.)
Anales Mus. Nac. México. Anales del Museo nacional de México.
Anales Mus. Nac. Montevideo. Anales del Museo nacional de Montevideo.
Anales R. Acad. Cien. Habana. Anales dela Real academia de ciencias médicas,
fisicas y naturales de la Habana.
262
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 263
Anales Soc. Cient. Argentina. Anales de la Sociedad cientifica argentina.
Anales Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat. Anales de la Sociedad espafiola de historia
natural.
Anales Soc. Rural Argentina. Anales de la Sociedad rural argentina.
Anales Univ. Chile. Anales de la Universidad de Chile.
Anales Univ. Uruguay. Reptiblica oriental del Uruguay. Anales de la Uni-
versidad.
Ann. Rpt. Agr. Expt. Sta. North Dakota. Annual repor of the North Dakota
agricultural experiment station.
Ann. Rpt. Bot. Off. Brit. Columbia. Annual report of the Botanical office of
the province of British Columbia.
Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Annual report of the Bureau of American
ethnology.
Ann. Rpt. Colon. Herb. (Natal). Colonial herbarium. Annual report (some-
times Report). See also Rpt. Natal Bot. Gard. (Rpt. Colon. Herb.).
Ann. Rpt. Columbus Hort. Soc. Annual report of the Columbus horticultural
society . . . including . . . quarterly journal.
Ann. Rpt. Commr. Parks and Boulevards, Detroit. Annual report of the
Commissioner of parks and boulevards, city of Detroit.
Ann. Rpt. Commrs. State Reserv. Niagara. Annual report of the Commis-
sioners of the State reservation at Niagara.
Ann. Rpt. Florida State Geol. Survey. Florida state geological survey.
Annual report.
Ann. Rpt. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Canada; Ann. Rpt. Geol. Survey
Canada. Geological and natural history survey (later Geological survey) of
Canada. Annual report (earlier Report of progress, q. v.)
Ann. Rpt. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. The geological and natural
history survey of Minnesota. Annual report.
Ann. Rpt. Geol. Survey Arkansas. Annual report of the Geological survey of
Arkansas.
Ann. Rpt. Geol. Survey Indiana; Ann. Rpt. Indiana Dept. Geol. and Nat.
Hist. (or Res.). Annual report of the Geological survey of Indiana. Later
Indiana. Department of geology and natural history (later natural resources).
Annual report.
Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey. Iowa geological survey. Annual report.
Ann. Rpt. Louisiana State Univ. Annual report of ... Louisiana state
university.
Ann. Rpt. Maine Bd. Agr. Annual report of the secretary of the Maine board
of agriculture.
Ann. Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci. (See Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci.)
Ann. Rpt. Miss. State Bd. Health. Annual report of the Mississippi state
board of health.
Ann. Rpt. Missouri Bot. Gard. Annual report of the Missouri botanical
garden.
Ann. Rpt. Nebraska State Bd. Agr. Annual report of the Nebraska state board
of agriculture.
Ann. Rpt. New Jersey State Mus. Annual report of the New Jersey state
museum.
Ann. Rpt. Ohio Acad. Sci. Annual report of the Ohio academy of science.
Ann. Rpt. Quebec Soc. Protect. Plants. Annual report of the Quebec society
for the protection of plants.
Ann. Rpt. Regents Univ. State N. Y. Annual report of the regents of the
University of the State of New York.
Ann. Rpt. Smithsn. Inst. Annual report of the Smithsonian institution.
Ann. Rpt. State Bd. Forestry Indiana. Annual report... of the State
board of forestry [of Indiana].
Ann. Rpt. State Cabinet Nat. Hist. N. Y. Annual report of the State cabinet
of natural history of New-York.
Ann. Rpt. State Hort. Soc. Mich. Annual report of the secretary of the State
horticultural society of Michigan.
Ann. Rpt. State Hort. Soc. Missouri. Annual report of the State horticultural
society of Missouri.
Ann. Rpt. State Mineralogist Calif. Annual report of the State mineralogist
[of California].
Annalen K. K.Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien. Annalen des K. K. Naturhistorischen
hofmuseums in Wien.
264 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Annalen Wiener Mus. Naturgesch. Annalen des Wiener museums der natur-
geschichte.
Annales Bot. Soc. Zool.-Bot. Fenn. Vanamo. Annales botanici Societatis
zoologicae-botanicae fennicae Vanamo. (Suomalaisen eladin-ja kasvitieteellisen
suran Vanamom Kasvitieteellisia julkaisuja.)
Annales Jard. Bot. Buitenz. Annales du Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg.
Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille. Annales du Musée colonial de Marseille.
Annales Mus. Congo Bot. Annales du Musée du Congo. Botanique.
Annales Sci. Nat. Bot. Annales des sciences naturelles ... Botanique.
Annales Serv. Bot. Tunisie. Annales du Service botanique de la Direction
générale de l’agriculture, du commerce et de la colonisation de la régence de
Tunisie.
Annales Soc. Bot. Lyon. Annales de la Société botanique de Lyon.
Annales Soc. Scient. Bruxelles. Annales de la Société scientifique de Bruxelles.
Annali Bot. Annali di botanica.
Annali R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portici. Annali della Regia scuola superiore di
agricoltura in Portici.
Annals Bolus Herb. Annals of the Bolus herbarium.
Annals Bot. Annals of botany.
Annals Bot. Soc. Canada. Annals of the Botanical society of Canada.
Annals Carnegie Mus. (Pittsburgh). Annals of the Carnegie museum.
Annals Missouri Bot. Gard. Annals of the Missouri botanical garden.
Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. Annals of the New York academy of sciences.
Annals Nat. Hist. Annals of natural history (later Annals and magazine . . .).
Annals Natal Govt. Mus.; Annals Natal Mus. Annals of the Natal govern-
ment museum (later Annals of the Natal museum).
Annals Roy. Bot. Gard. Peradeniya. Annals of the Royal botanic gardens,
Peradeniya.
Annals So. African Mus. Annals of the South African museum.
Annals Transvaal Mus. Annals of the Transvaal museum.
Annals Univ. Stellenbosch. Anna!s of the University of Stellenbosch.
Annuaire Conserv. et Jard. Bot. Genéve. Annuaire du Conservatoire et du
Jardin botaniques de Genéve.
Annuario R. Ist. Bot. Roma. Annuario del R. Istituto botanico di Roma.
Anthropol. Records. Anthropological records (University of California).
Appalachia. Appalachia. The journal of the Appalachian mountain club.
Apuntes de historia natural. Apuntes de historia natural. Buenos Aires.
Arb. Bot. Have Kgbenhavn. Arbedjer fra den Botaniska have i Kgbenhavn.
Arb. Danske Arkt. Sta. Disko. Arbejder fra den Danske Arktiske station paa
Disko.
Arb. Deut. Landw.-Gesell. Arbeiten der Deutschen landwirtschafts-gesellschaft.
Arch. Bot. (Forli). Archivio botanico per la sistematica, fitogeografia e genetica
Fe eee Orie
Arch. de Bot. (Caen) Bul. Mens.; Arch. de Bot. (Caen) Mém. Archives de
botanique fondées par René Viguier . . . Bulletin mensuel, and Mémoires.
Arch. Méd. et Pharm. Mil. Archives de médicine et de pharmacie militaires.
Arch. Méd. Navale. Archives de médicine navale.
Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro. Archivos do Museu nacional do Rio de
Janeiro.
Arch. Pharm. Archiv der pharmazie.
Arkiv Bot. Arkiv fér botanik. Utgifvet af K. Svenska vetenskapsakademien.
Arq. Univ. Lisboa. Arquivos da Universidade de Lisboa.
Atti Cong. Bot. Internaz. Genova. Atti del Congresso botanico internazionale
di Genova.
Atti Cong. Studi Colon. 1., Firenze, 1931. Atti del primo congresso di studi
coloniali Firenze, 8-12 aprile 1931.
Atti Ist. Bot. Giov. Briosi R. Univ. Pavia. Atti dell’Istituto botanico ‘‘Gio-
vanni Briosi’”’ e Laboratorio crittogamico italiano della R. Universita di Pavia.
Atti R. Accad. Sci. Fis. e Mat. (Napoli). Atti della Reale accademia delle
scienze fisiche e matematiche. 2
Atti Soc. Ligust. Sci. Nat. e Geog. Atti della Societa ligustica di sclenze
naturali e geografiche. es
Atti Soc. Nat. e Mat. Modena. Atti della Societa dei naturalisti e matematici
di Modena.
Austral. Nat. The Australian naturalist. Journal and magazine of the Natu-
ralists’ society of New South Wales.
Austral. Zool. Australian zoologist.
Bartonia. Bartonia. Proceedings of the Philadelphia botanical club,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 265
Beih. Bot. Centralbl. Beiheft2 zum Botanischen centralblatt (B. B. C. Beihefte,
etc.).
Beih. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde. Repertorium specierum novarum regni
vegetabilis. Hrsg. von Prof. Dr. Friedrich Fedde. Beihefte.
Beih. Tropenpfi. Beihefte zum Tropenpflanzer.
Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell. Berichte der Deutschen botanischen gesellschaft.
Ber. Deut. Pharm. Gesell. Berichte der Deutschen pharmaceutischen gesell-
schaft.
Ber. St. Gall. Naturw. Gesell. Bericht iiber die thatigkeit der St. Gallischen
naturwissenschaftlichen gesellschaft.
Bibl. Contrib. Libr. Harvard Univ. Library of Harvard university. Biblio-
graphical contributions.
Bibliotheca Bot. Bibliotheca botanica.
Bienn. Rpt. Agr. Col. Survey North Dakota. Biennial report of the director
of the Agricultural college survey of North Dakota.
Bienn. Rpt. Forestry Comn. New Hampshire. State of New Hampshire.
Biennial report of the Forestry commission.
Bihang K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. Bihang till Kongl. Svenska
vetenskaps-akademiens handlingar.
Biol. Meddel. K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Biologiske meddelelser udgivne af
det Kgl]. Danske videnskabernes selskab.
Biol. Ser. Catholic Univ. Amer. The Catholic university of America. Bio-
logical series. (Sometimes Contributions from the Biological laboratory . . .)
Black ea Engineer. [Published quarterly by the South Dakota state school
of mines.
Elegy ock Forest Bul. Black Rock forest bulletin. Cornwall-on-the-Hudson,
Blumea. Blumea. Tijdschrift voor de systematik en de geographie der planten.
Uitgegeven door het Rijksherbarium te Leiden.
Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina). Boletin de la Academia
nacional de ciencias en Cérdoba (Reptblica argentina).
Bol. Agéncia Geral Col6én. (Lisboa). Boletim da agéncia geral das coldénias.
Bol. Agr. Colombia; Bol. Agr. Colombia Supl. Republica de Colombia.
Ministerio de industrias. Boletin de agricultura and Suplemento al Boletin
de agricultura.
Bol. Agr. e Pec. Mocambique. Boletim agricola e pecudrio. Coldénia de
Mocgambique.
Bol. Agr. Sao Paulo. Boletim de agricultura. Secretaria de agricultura,
industria, e comercio do estado de Sao Paulo.
Bol. Cient. y Técn. Mus. Com. Venezuela. Boletin cientifico y técnico del
Museo comercial de Venezuela.
Bol. Commis. Geog. e Geol. Sao Paulo. Boletim da Commis4o geographica e
geologica de Sao Paulo.
Bol. Estac. Expt. Agron. Santiago de las Vegas. Estaciédn experimental
agrondémica, Santiago de las Vegas. Boletin.
Bol. Estac. Expt. Insul. Rio Piedras, P. R. Estacién experimental insular Rio
Piedras, P. R. Boletin.
Bol. Inspet. Fed. Obras Contra Séc. (Brasil). Ministério da viacgéo e obras
publicas. Inspetoria federal de obras contra as sécas. Boletim.
Bol. Mens. Mus. Prod. Argent. Boletin mensual del Museo de productos
argentinos.
Bol. Min. Agr., Ind. e Comm. (Brasil). Boletim do Ministerio da agricultura,
industria e commercio.
Bol. Min. Agr. Rep. Argentina. Reptblica argentina. Boletin del Ministerio
de agricultura. (Later Boletin del Ministerio de agricultura de la nacidén.)
Bol. Mus. Goeldi Hist. Nat. e Ethnogr.; Bol. Mus. Paraense Hist. Nat. e
Ethnogr. Boletim do Museu Goeldi de historia natural e ethnographia.
(Previously Boletim do Museu paraense . . .).
Bol. Mus. Nac. Chile. Boletin del Museo nacional de Chile.
Bol. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro. Boletim do Museu nacional. Rio de Janeiro.
Bol. Oficina Agr. Ganad. Prov. Buenos Aires. Reptblica argentina. Pro-
vincia de Buenos Aires. Boletin de la Oficina agricola ganadera.
Bol. Pro-Cult. Region. S. C. L. Mazatlin, Sinaloa. Boletin de Pro-cultura
regional, 8. C. L., Mazatlan, Sin.
Bol. R. Orto Bot. e Giard. Colon. Palermo. Bollettino del R. orto botanico
e giardino coloniale di Palermo.
Bol. R. Soc. Geog. (Madrid). Boletin de la Real sociedad geogrdafica.
266 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com., Colon. e Flor. Angola; Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com. Angola.
Republica portuguesa. Colénia Angola. Boletim dos Servicos de agricultura
e comércio, colonizagao e florestas. (Later Boletim da Direccdo dos Servicos de
agricultura e comércio.)
Bol. Soc. Africana Italia. Bollettino della Societa africana d'Italia.
Bol. Soc. Broteriana. Boletim da Sociedade broteriana.
Bol. Soc. Colomb. Cien. Nat. ae de la Sociedad colombiana de ciencias
naturales. (Later Revista... v.)
Bor HOC. Fom. Fabril Santiago “(chile). Boietin de la Sociedad de fomento
abri
Bol. Soc. Geog. Ital. Bollettino della Societa geografica italiana.
Bol. Soc. Geog. Lima. Boletin de la Sociedad geogrdfica de Lima.
Bol. Soc. Geog. Lisboa. Boletim de Sociedade de geografia de Lisboa.
Bol. Soc. Ibérica Cien. Nat. Boletin dela Sociedad ibérica de ciencias naturales.
Bol. Soc. Venezol. Cien. Nat. Boletin de la Sociedad venezolana de ciencias
naturales.
Bol. Técn. Min. Agr. y Cria (Venezuela). Ministerio de agricultura y ceria.
Bolétin técnico.
Bot. Abstr. Botanical abstracts.
Bot. and Zool. See Syokubutu oyobi débutu.
Bot. Arch. Botanisches archiv. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte botanik und ihre
grenzgebiete.
Bot. Bul. Bd. Agr. and Forestry Hawaii. Botanical bulletin .. . of Hawaii.
Board of agriculture and forestry.
Bot. Bul. Dept. Agr. and Stock Queensland. Queensland. Department of
agriculture and stock. Botany bulletin.
Bot. Centralbl. (Zentralbl.) Botanisches centralblatt, later zentralblatt.
Bot. Gaz. Botanical gazette. Chicago. (Vol. 1, Botanical bulletin.)
Bot. Jahrb. Engler. Botanische jahrbiicher fiir systematik, pflanzengeschichte
und pflanzengeographie hrsg. von A. Engler.
Bot. Jahresber. Just. Botanischer jahresbericht. (Later Just’s botanischer
jahresbericht.)
Bot. Mag. (Tokyo). Botanical magazine, published by the Tokyo botanical
society (later Botanical society of Japan).
Bot. Notiser. Botaniska notiser.
Bot. Zeit. Botanische zeitung.
Bothalia. Bothalia. A record of contributions from the National herbarium,
Union of South Africa.
Brittonia. Brittonia. A series of botanical papers. Published by the New
York botanical garden.
Brotéria Sér. Bot.; Brotéria Cien. Nat. Brotéria série botanica; Brotéria
série trimestral: ciéncias naturais.
Bul. Acad. Hippone. Bulletin de |)Académie d’Hippone. Bone.
Bul. Acad. Internatl. Géog. Bot. Bulletin de |)’Académie international de
géographie botanique.
Bul. Agence Econ. Colon. Auton. et Terr. Afr. (France). Bulletinde l’Agence
économique des colonies autonomes et des territoires africains sous mandat
(formerly Bulletin de agence générale des colonies).
Bul. Agr. Congo Belge. Bulletin agricole du Congo Belge . . . publié par la
Direction de l’agriculture.
Bul. Agr. Martinique. Bulletinagricole. Service del’agriculture dela Martinique.
Bul. Alabama Agr. Expt. Sta. Bulletin. Alabama agricultural experiment
station.
Bul. Amer. Geog. Soc. Bulletin of the American geographical society.
Bul. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. Bulletin of the Bernice P. Bishop museum
Bul. Bio-geog. Soc. Japan. Bulletin of the Bio-geographical society of Japan.
Bul. Bot. Dept. Jamaica. Bulletin of the Botanical department, Jamaica.
Bul. Brookville [Ind.] Soc. Nat. Hist. Bulletin of the Brookville society of
natural history.
Bul. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. Bulletin of the Buffalo society of natural sciences.
Bul. Bur. Agr. Philippine Isl. The government of the Philippine Islands.
Department of the interior. Bureau of agriculture. Bulletin.
Bul. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Smithsonian institution. Bureau of American
ethnology. Bulletin.
Bul. Bur. Forestry Philippine Isl. Department of agriculture and natural
resources. Bureau of forestry. Bulletin.
Bul. Bur. Forestry U. 8. Dept. Agr. United States department of agriculture.
Bureau of forestry. Bulletin.
Bul. Bur. Plant Ind. U. S. Dept. Agr. United States department of agriculture.
Bureau of plant industry. Bulletin.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 267
Bul. C. A. Fox Res. and Demonstr. Forest. Caroline A. Fox research and
demonstration forest. Bulletin. (Concord, N. H.)
Bul. Calif. Acad. Sci. Bulletin of the California academy of sciences.
Bul. Chicago Acad. Sci. Bulletin of the Chicago academy of sciences.
Bul. Cl. Sci. Acad. Roy. Belg. Académie royale de Belgique. Bulletin de la
classe des sciences.
Bul. Col. Hawaii. College of Hawaii publications. Bulletin.
Bul. Colorado Agr. Expt. Sta.; Bul. Colorado Expt. Sta. Bulletin. Colorado
agricultural experiment station. (Later Colorado experiment station.)
Bul. Conn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey. Connecticut. State geological and
natural history survey. Bulletin.
Bul. Conserv. Dept. Conserv. and Survey Div. Univ. Nebraska. University
of Nebraska. Conservation and survey division. Conservation department.
Bulletin.
Bul. Dept. Agr. and Forestry, Union So. Africa (Plant Ind. Ser.). Bulletin.
Union of South Africa. Department of agriculture and forestry (Plant industry
series).
Bul. Dept. Agr. Fiji. Department of agriculture, Fiji. Bulletin.
Bul. Dépt. Agr. Indes Néerland. Bulletin du Département de l’agriculture
aux Indes Néerlandaises.
Bul. Dept. Scient. and Ind. Res. New Zeal. Department of scientific and
industrial research. Bulletin.
Bul. Div. Forestry U. S. Dept. Agr. Bulletin. United States department of
agriculture. Division of forestry.
Bul. Dom. Expt. Farms Canada. Dominion of Canada. Department of
agriculture. Dominion experimental farms. Bulletin.
Bul. Econ. Madagascar. Madagascar et dépendances. Bulletin économique.
Bul. Essex Inst. Bulletin of the Essex institute.
Bul. Forest Branch Dept. Interior Canada. Department of the interior,
Canada. Forest branch. Bulletin.
Bul. Forest Dept. Union So. Africa. Union of South Africa. Forest depart-
ment. Bulletin.
Bul. Geog. Soc. Phila. Bulletin of the Geographical society of Philadelphia.
Bul. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. Geological and natural history survey
of Minnesota. Bulletin.
Bul. Gulf Biol. Sta. Cameron, La. Gulf biologic station, Cameron, La.
Bulletin.
Bul. Herb. Boissier. Bulletin de |’ Herbier Boissier.
Bul. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist.; Bul. Illinois State Nat. Hist. Survey.
Bulletin of the Illinois state laboratory of natural history. (Later Bulletin of
the Illinois state natural history survey.)
Bul. Imp. Inst. Bulletin of the Imperial institute.
Bul. Inspect. Landb. West-Indié. Bulletin. Inspectie van de landbouw in
West-Indié (Paramaribo).
Bul. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. Bulletin du Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg.
Bul. Jard. Bot. Etat Bruxelles. Bulletin du Jardin botanique de l'état 4
Bruxelles.
sae Josselyn Bot. Soc. Maine. Bulletin of the Josselyn botanical society of
aine.
Bul. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Bulletin der K. Bayerische akademie der wissen-
schaften.
Bul. Kansas Agr. Expt. Sta. Bulletin. Agricultural experiment station.
Kansas state college of agriculture.
Bul. Kentucky Agr. Expt. Sta. Kentucky agricultural experiment station.
Bulletin.
Bul. Kolon. Mus. Haarlem. Bulletin van het Koloniaal museum te Haarlem.
Bul. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa. Bulletins from the laboratories of natural
history of the State university of Iowa. Continued as University of lowa
studies in natural history.
Bul. Libr. Harvard Univ. Bulletin of the Library of Harvard university.
Bul. Lloyd Libr. Bot. Pharm. and Mat. Med.; Bul. Lloyd Libr. Bot. Ser.
Bulletin of the Lloyd library of botany, pharmacy and materia medica, and
Botanical series.
Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew. Bulletin of miscellaneous information. Royal
botanic gardens, Kew.
Bul. Miss. State Geol. Survey. Mississippi state geological survey. Bulletin.
Bul. Missouri State Bd. Hort. Missouri state board of horticulture. Bulletin.
268 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Bul. Montana Agr. Expt. Sta. Bulletin. Montana state college of agriculture
Experiment station.
Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. Bulletin du Muséum (national) d’histoire naturelle.
Be: Hee Nat. Hist. Springfield. Museum of natural history, Springfield.
ulletin.
Bul. Mus. North. Arizona. Museum of northern Arizona. Bulletin.
Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. Bulletin of the New York botanical garden.
Bul. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Brunsw. Bulletin of the Natural history society of
New Brunswick.
Bul. Natl. Mus. Canada Biol. Ser.; Bul. Mus. Natl. Canada Sér. Biol. Na-
tional museum of Canada. Bulletin. Biological series. (French ed. Musée
national du Canada. Série biologique.)
Bul. Nebraska Conserv. and Soil Survey. The Nebraska conservation and
soil survey. Bulletin.
ee Hew Jersey Agr. Expt. Sta. New Jersey agricultural experiment stations.
ulletin.
Bul. New Mexico Agr. Expt. Sta. Bulletin. New Mexico college... Agri-
cultural experiment station.
Bul. North Carolina Agr. Expt. Sta. North Carolina agricultural experiment
station. Bulletin.
Bul. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Ser. Ohio agricultural experiment station.
Technical series. Bulletin.
Bul. Ohio Biol. Survey. Ohio biological survey. Bulletin.
Bul. Oklahoma Agr. Expt. Sta. Oklahoma agricultural experiment station.
Bulletin.
Bul. Orto Bot. R. Univ. Napoli. Bullettino dell’Orto botanico della R. uni-
versita di Napoli.
Bul. Penn. Dept. Forestry. Pennsylvania department of forestry. Bulletin.
(Later Pennsylvania department of forests and waters. Bulletin.)
Bul. Pictou Acad. Scient. Assoc. The bulletin of the Pictou academy scientific
association.
Bul. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee. Bulletin of the Public museum of the city of
Milwaukee.
Bul. Sci. Pharm. Bulletin des sciences pharmacologiques.
Bul. Scient. Lab. Denison Univ. Bulletin of the scientific laboratories of
Denison university (later Journal . . .).
Bul. Serv. Tech. Dept. Agr. Haiti. République d’Haiti. Service technique du
Départment de l’agriculture. Bulletin.
Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. Bulletin of the Southern California academy of
sciences.
Bul. So. Dakota Agr. Expt. Sta. Bulletin. United States experiment station
South Dakota (later Agricultural experiment station South Dakota . . .).
Bul. Soc. Acclim. France; Bul. Soc. Natl. Acclim. France. Bulletin de la
Société (nationale) d’acclimatation de France. (1888-95, Revue des sciences
naturelles appliquées. Bulletin mensuel.. .).
Bul. Soc. Amis Sci. Nat. Rouen. Bulletin de la Société des amis des sciences
naturelles, Rouen.
Bul. Soc. Bot. France. Bulletin de la Société botanique de France.
Bul. Soc. Bot. Genéve. Bulletin de la Société botanique de Genéve.
Bul. Soc. Bot. Ital. Bulletino della Societa botanica italiana.
Bul. Soc. Géog. Com. Bordeaux. Société de géographie commerciale de Bor-
deaux. Bulletin.
Bul. Soc. Géog. de VEst. Bulletin de la Société de géographie de 1’ Est.
Bul. Soc. Géog. et d’Arch. Oran. Bulletin de la Société de géographie et
d’archéologie d’Oran.
Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord. Bulletin de la Société d’histoire naturelle
de l’ Afrique du Nord.
Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun. Bulletin dela Société d’histoire naturelle. Autun.
Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse. Bulletin de la Société d’histoire naturelle de
Toulouse.
Bul. Soc. Linn. Normandie. Bulletin de la Société linnéenne de Normandie.
Bul. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. Bulletin de la Société royale de botanique de Bel-
ique.
Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc. Bulletin de la Société des sciences naturelles du
Maroc.
Bul. State Bd. Forestry Calif. California. State board of forestry. Bulletin.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 269
Bul. State Geol. and Biol. Survey So. Dakota; Bul. So. Dakota Geol.
Survey. State geological and biological survey South Dakota. Bulletin,
also South Dakota geological survey. Bulletin.
Bul. Tech. and Sci. Serv. Min. Agr. Egypt. Ministry of agriculture, Egypt.
Technical and scientific service. Bulletin.
Bul. Texas Agr. Expt. Sta. Texas agricultural experiment station. Bulletin.
Bul. Torrey Club. Bulletin of the Torrey botanical club.
Bul. U. S. Dept. Agr. United States department of agriculture. Bulletin.
Bul. U. S. Fish Comn. Bulletin of the United States fish commission.
Bul. U. S. Geol. Survey. Bulletin of the United States geological survey.
Bul. U. S. Natl. Mus. United States national museum. Bulletin.
Bul. Univ. Georgia. Bulletin of the University of Georgia.
Bul. Univ. Montana Biol. Ser. Bulletin, University of Montana. Biological
series.
Bul. Univ. New Mexico Biol. Ser. Bulletin University of New Mexico. Biolog-
logical series.
Bul. Univ. Wisconsin. Bulletin of the University of Wisconsin.
Bul. Vermont Agr. Expt. Sta. Bulletin Vermont agricultural experiment sta-
tion.
Bul. Vermont Bot. Club. Bulletin. Vermont botanical club.
Bul. West Virginia Agr. Expt. Sta. Bulletin. Agricultural experiment sta-
tion. College of agriculture, West Virginia university.
Bul. Wild Flow. Preserv. Soc. Bulletin. Wild flower preservation society.
Bul. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc. Bulletin of Wisconsin natural history society.
Bul. Wyoming Agr. Expt. Sta. Wyoming agricultural experiment station.
Bulletin. Later Bulletin. University of Wyoming. Agricultural experiment
station.
Bul. Yale Univ. School Forestry. Yale university. School of forestry.
Bulletin.
Bult. Sci. Fak. Terkult. Kjusu Imp. Univ. Fukuoka Japan. Bulteno
scienca de la Fakultato terkultura KjuSu imperia universitato Fukuoka,
Japanujo.
Butler Univ. Bot. Studies. Butler university botanical studies.
Canad. Alpine Jour. Canadian alpine journal.
Canad. Field-Nat. Canadian field-naturalist (Ottawa field-naturalists’ club).
Canad. Jour. Sci., Lit. and Hist. The Canadian journal of science, literature
and history.
Canad. Nat. and Geol.; Canad. Nat. Canadian naturalist and geologist.
Later Canadian naturalist.
Canad. Rec. Sci. Canadian record of science.
Candollea. Candollea. Organe du Conservatoire et du Jardin botaniques de la
ville de Genéve.
Cavanillesia. Cavanillesia. Rerum botanicarum acta (Barcinone).
Cir. Oklahoma Geol. Survey. Oklahoma geological survey. Circular.
Cir. So. Dakota Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey. South Dakota geological and
natural history survey. Circular.
Claytonia. Claytonia. Published by the Committee on state flora of the
Virginia academy of science.
Collect. Nebraska State Hist. Soc. Collections of the Nebraska state historical
society.
Colon. Rpt. Misc. Gt. Brit. Colonial reports, miscellaneous.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances
de |’Académie des sciences.
Compt. Rend. Assoc. Frang. Avance. Sci. Association francaise pour l’avance-
ment des sciences . . . Compte rendu.
Comun. Mus. Concepci6n. Comunicaciones del Museo de Concepcidn.
Contrib. Arnold Arboretum. Contributions from the Arnold arboretum.
Contrib. Biol. Lab. Catholic Univ. Amer. Contribution from the Biological
laboratory of the Catholic university of America.
Contrib. Bot. Dept. Iowa State Col. Agr. Contributions from the Botanical
department of the Iowa state college of agriculture and mechanic arts.
Contrib. Bot. Lab. Univ. Penn. Contributions from the Botanical laboratory
of the University of Pennsylvania.
Contrib. Canad. Biol. Mar. Biol. Sta. Canada. Contributions to Canadian
biology, being studies from the Marine biological stations of Canada (Supple-
ment to the Annual report of the Department of marine and fisheries, Fisheries
branch). (Later Further contributions. . .)
270 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Contrib. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. Contributions from the Department of
botany of Columbia university. (Harlier Contributions from the herbarium of
Columbia college.)
Contrib. Dept. Bot. State Col. Washington. Contributions from the Depart-
ment of botany of the State college of Washington.
Contrib. Dudley Herb. Stanford Univ. Contributions from the Dudley her-
barium of Stanford university.
Contrib. Gray Herb. Contributions from the Gray herbarium of Harvard
university.
Contrib. Herb. Columbia Col. Contributions from the herbarium of Columbia
college. (Later Contributions from the Department of botany of Columbia
university.)
Contrib. Herb. Frankl. and Marshall Col. Contributions from the herbarium
of Franklin and Marshall college, Lancaster, Pa.
Contrib. Lab. Bot. Univ. Montreal. Contributions du Laboratoire de botan-
ique de |’Université de Montreal. .
Contrib. N. S. Wales Natl. Herb. Contributions from the New South Wales
national herbarium.
Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. Contributions from the United States national
herbarium.
Cowichan Field Nat. Club Bul. Cowichan field naturalists’ club. Bulletin.
Dansk Bot. Arkiv. Dansk botanisk arkiv. Udgivet af Dansk botanisk forening.
Darwiniana. Darwiniana. Carpeta del ‘‘Darwinion,”’ laboratorio particular
del doctor C. M. Hicken.
Denkschr. Math.-Naturw. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Denkschriften der
Kaiserliche akademie der wissenschaften. Mathematisch-wissenschaftliche
klasse.
Detroit Lancet.
Ecol. Monog. Ecological monographs.
Ecologv. Ecology (continuation of Plant world).
Econ. Paper North Carolina Geol. and Econ. Survey. North Carolina geo-
logical and economic survey. Economic paper.
Edinb. New Phil. Jour. The Edinburgh new philosophical journal...
Erythea. Erythea. A journal of botany, west American and general.
Ext. Bul. Miss. State Col. Extension bulletin. Extension department of
Mississippi state college.
Farmers’ Bul. U. S. Dept. Agr. United States department of agriculture.
Farmers’ bulletin.
Field and Lab. So. Methodist Univ. Field and laboratory, contributions from
the science departments of Southern Methodist university.
Final Rpt. Geol. Survey New Jersey. Geological survey of New Jersey.
Final report of the state geologist.
Flora. Flora; oder allgemeine botanische zeitung. Jena.
Forestry Quart. Forestry quarterly.
Forests Dept. Bul. West. Austral. Forests department bulletin. Western Aus-
tralia.
Fortschr. Bot. Fortschritte der botanik . .. Berlin.
Furman Bul. The Furman bulletin (running title: Bulletin of Furman univer-
sity). Greenville, S. C.
Further Contrib. Canad. Biol. Mar. Biol. Sta. Canada. Further contributions
to Canadian biology, being studies from the Marine biological station of Canada
(Supplement to the Annual report of the Department of marine and fisheries,
Fisheries branch). (Karlier Contributions .. .)
Gard. Bul. Straits Settlem. The gardens’ bulletin, Straits Settlements.
Gard. Chron. Gardeners’ chronicle.
Gartenfl. Gartenflora.
Geelong Nat. Geelong naturalist.
Geneesk. Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié. Geneeskundig tijdschrift voor Neder-
landsch-Indié.
Geo: Agr., Colon. y Ramas Anex. Bolivia. Geo: agricultura, colonizacién y
ramas anexas, Bolivia.
Geol. and Agr. State Expt. Sta. [Louisiana]. Geology and agriculture...
under direction of state experiment stations, Baton Rouge.
Geol. Survey Wisconsin Survey. Geological survey of Wisconsin. Survey of .. .
Goteborgs K. Vetensk.- 0. Vitterh.-Samh. Handl. Gdéteborgs Kungl. veten-
skaps- och vitterhets-samhalles handlingar.
TLORAS OF THE WORLD DAE A
Hawaiian Forester and Agr. Hawaiian forester and agriculturist.
Hawaiian Plant. Rec. Hawaiian planters record.
Heil- u. Gewiirz-Pflanz. Heil- und gewiirz-pflanzen.
Inst. Paper Imp. Forestry Inst. Oxford. Imperial forestry institute. Uni-
versity of Oxford. Institute paper.
Iowa Geol. Survey Bul. Iowa geological survey bulletin.
Iowa Nat. Iowa naturalist.
Iowa State Col. Jour. Sci. [Iowa state college journal of science.
Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst. Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen wissenschaftlichen
anstalten.
Jahresber. Schles. Gesell. Vaterl. Cult. Jahresbericht der Schlesischen gesell-
schaft fiir vaterlindische cultur.
faeces er: Ver. Erdk. Dresden. Jahresberichte des Vereins fiir erdkunde zu
resden.
Joint Bul. Vermont Bot. and Bird Clubs. Joint bulletin. Vermont botanical
and bird clubs.
Jor. Sci. Mat., Fis. e Nat. Lisboa. Jornal de sciéncias matematicas, fisicas
e naturaes publicado da Academia das sciéncias de Lisboa.
Jour. Amer. Folk-lore. Journal of American folk-lore.
Jour. Amer. Pharm. Assoc. Journal of the American pharmaceutical associa-
tion.
Jour. and Proc. Hamilton Assoc. Journal and proceedings of the Hamilton
association of Nova Scotia.
Jour. and Proc. Mueller Bot. Soc. West. Austr. Journal and proceedings of
the Mueller botanic society of Western Australia.
Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales. Journal and proceedings of the Royal
society of New South Wales.
Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. West. Austr. Journal and proceedings of the Royal
society of Western Australia.
Jour. Arnold Arboretum. Journal of the Arnold arboretum.
Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. Journal of the Asiatic society of Bengal.
yous: Bd. Agr. Brit. Guiana. Journal of the Board of agriculture of British
uiana.
Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Journal of the Bombay natural history society.
Jour. Bot. Journal of botany, British and foreign.
Jour. Bot. Hook. The journal of botany, being a second series of the Botanical
miscellany . . . By William Jackson Hooker.
Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. Journal of the Cincinnati society of natural
| history.
Jour. de Bot. Journal de botanique.
| Jour. de Pharm. et Chim. Journal de pharmacie et de chimie.
Jour. Dept. Agr. Kyushu Imp. Univ. Journal of the Department of agricul-
ture, Kyushu imperial university, Fukuoka, Japan.
yene Dept. Agr. Porto Rico. Journal of the Department of agriculture, Porto
ico.
Jour. Dept. Agr. Victoria. Journal of the Department of agriculture of Victoria.
Jour. Dept. Agr. West. Austr. Journal of the Department of agriculture,
Western Australia.
Jour. East Africa and Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc. Journal of the East Africa and
Uganda natural history society.
Jour. Ecology. Journal of ecology.
Jour. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. Journal of the Elisha Mitchell scientific society.
Jour. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ. Journal of the Faculty of agriculture,
Hokkaido imperial university.
Jour. Fed. Malay States Mus. Journal of the Federated Malay States museums.
Jour. Jap. Bot. Journal of Japanese botany.
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. Journal of the Linnean society of London. Botany.
Jour. Malay. Branch Roy. Asiatic Soc. Malayan branch Royal Asiatic society.
Journal.
Jour. Polynesian Soc. Journal of the Polynesian society (New Plymouth,
N
Jour. Scient. Lab. Denison Univ. Journal of the Scientific laboratories of
Denison university.
Jour. So. African Bot. The journal of South African botany.
Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. Journal of the Society for the bibliography of natural
history. London.
241306°—42 18
i:
272 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Jour. Soc. Trop. Agr. (Formosa). Journal of the Society of tropical agriculture
(Nettai négaku kwaishi, Taiwan).
Jour. Straits Branch Roy. Asiatic Soc. Journal of the Straits branch of the
Royal Asiatic society.
Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. Journal of the Tennessee academy of science.
Jour. Trans. Victoria Inst. (London). Journal of the transactions of the
Victoria institute, or Philosophical society of Great Britain.
Jour. Trav. and Nat. Hist. Journal of travel and natural history. Edinburgh.
Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. Journal of the Washington academy of sciences.
Jour. West Austral. Nat. Hist. Soc. Journal of the West Australian natural
history society.
K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., Naturv. og Math. Afd. Kongelige Danske
videnskabernes selskabs skrifter. Naturvidenskabelig og mathematisk afdeling.
K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. K. Svenska vetenskaps-akademien
handlingar.
Kansas Univ. Sci. Bul. Kansas university science bulletin (caption title reads:
University of Kansas. Science bulletin).
Kudoa. Kudoa (Taihoku, Formosa).
Lav. Ist. Bot. R. Univ. Modena Mem. Lavori dell’ Istituto botanico della
R. universita de Modena. Memorie.
Lav. R. Ist. Bot. Catania. lJLavori eseguiti presso il R. istituto botanico di
Catania.
Lavoura. A lavoura. Boletim da Sociedad nacional de agricultura. Rio de
Janeiro.
Leaflets West. Bot. Leaflets of western botany. San Francisco.
Lilloa. Lilloa. Revista de botanica (Universidad nacional de Tucumdén.
Instituto Miguel Lillo).
Linnaea. Linnaea. Ein journal fiir die botanik in ihrem ganzen umfange.
Lloydia. Lloydia, a quarterly journal of biological science. Cincinnati, Ohio.
London Jour. Bot. The London journal of botany.
Lunds Univ. Arsskr. Lunds universitets Arsskrift. (Acta universitatis lun-
densis. )
Madrofio. Madronfo. A west American journal of botany.
Maine Bul. Maine bulletin.
Maine Nat. The Maine naturalist, journal of the Knox academy of arts and
sciences ...
Malpighia. Malpighia, rassegna mensile di botanica.
Mazama. Mazama. Published by the Mazamas, Portland, Oregon.
Meddel. G6teborgs Bot. Tradgard. See Acta Horti Gothoburg.
Meddel. om Grgnland. Meddelelser om Grgnland udgivne af Kommissionen
for ledelsen af de geologiske og geografiske unders¢ gelser i Grgnland.
Meded. Dept. Landb. |[Nederland.-Indié]. Mededeelingen uitgaande de Depart-
ment van landbouw Batavia.
Meded. Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam Afd. Handelsmus. Koloniaal instituut te
Amsterdam. Mededeeling. Afdeeling handelsmuseum.
Meded. Lands Plant. Buitenz. Mededeelingen uit ’s Lands plantentuin Buit-
enzorg.
Meded. Rijks Herb. Leiden. Mededeelingen van’s Rijks herbarium Leiden.
Mem. Acad. Cien. y Artes Barcelona. Memorias de la (Real) Academia de
ciencias y artes de Barcelona.
Mém. Acad. Malgache. Mémoires de l’Académie malgache.
Mém. Acad. Roy. Belge Cl. Sci. Collect. in-4°. Académie royale de Belgique.
Classe des sciences. Mémoires. Collection in-4°.
Mém. Acad. Sci. Inst. France. Mémoires de 1’Académie des sciences de
VInstitut de France.
Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VI. Sci. Math., Phys. et Nat. Mémoires de
l’ Académie des sciences de St. Pétersbourg. 6. sér., Sciences mathématiques,
physiques et naturelles.
Mem. Amer. Anthropol. Acaoe: Memoirs of the American anthropological
association. .
Mem. Austral. Mus. Sydney. Australian museum, Sydney. Memoir.
Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa. Botanical survey of South Africa. Memoir.
Mem. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Memoirs of the Brooklyn botanic garden.
Mem. Canada Geol. Survey Biol. Ser. Canada. Department of mines. Geo-
logical survey. Memoir. Biological series (title varies).
FLORAS OF THE WORLD Die
Mem. Carnegie Mus. (Pittsburgh). Memoirs of the Carnegie museum.
Pittsburgh.
Mém. Cl. Sci. Acad. Imp. Sci., Belles-Lettr. et Arts Lyon. Mémoires
de |’ Académie impériale des sciences, belles-lettres et arts de Lyon. Classe des
sciences.
Mem. Cong. Venezol. Med. Memoria del IV Congreso venezolana de
medicinas.
Mem. Cornell Agr. Expt. Sta. Memoir. Cornell university. Agricultural
experiment station.
Mem. Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago. Memoirs of the Department of agri-
culture, Trinidad and Tobago.
Mém. Herb. Boissier. Mémoires del’ Herbier Boissier.
Mém. Inst. Egyptien; Mém. Inst. Egypte. Mémoires de l'Institut égyptien.
(Later Mémoires 4 |’ Institut d’ Egypte.)
Mem. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester; Mem. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc.
Memoirs of the literary and philosophical society of Manchester. (Later
Memoirs of the Manchester literary and philosophical society.)
Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. Memoirs of the New York botanical garden.
Mem. Natl. Acad. Sci. Memoirs of the National academy of sciences. Wash-
ington, D. C.
Mem. R. Accad. Sci., Lett. ed Arti Modena. Memorie della Regia accademia
di scienze, lettere ed arti in Modena.
Mem. R. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat. Memorias de la Real sociedad espafiola de
historia natural.
Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect.in-8°. Institut
royal colonial belge. Section des sciences naturelles et médicales. Mémoires.
Collection in-8°.
Mém. Soc. Bot. France. Mémoires publiées par la Société botanique de France.
Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ‘‘Felipe Poey.’’ Memorias de la Sociedad
cubana de historia natural ‘‘Felipe Poey.”’
Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord. Mémoires de la Société d’ histoire naturelle
de l'Afrique du Nord.
Mém. Soc. Imp. (Natl.) Sci. Nat. Cherbourg. Mémoires de la Société im-
périale [later nationale] des sciences naturelles de Cherbourg.
Mém. Soc. Linn. Normandie. Mémoires de la Société linnéenne de Normandie.
ate Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc. Mémoires de la Société des sciences naturelles du
aroc.
Mem. Torrey Club. Memoirs of the Torrey botanical club.
Merck’s Report. Merck’s report: a practical journal of pharmacy.
México antiguo. El México antiguo.
Minnesota Bot. Studies. Minnesota botanical studies (Geological and natural
history survey. Reports of the survey . .. Botanical series).
Misc. Cir. U. S. Dept. Agr. United States department of agriculture. Miscel-
laneous circular.
Misc. Pub. Dept. Agr. N. S. Wales. Department of agriculture, Sydney, New
South Wales. Miscellaneous publication.
Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. University of Michigan. Museum of
zoology. Miscellaneous publications.
Misc. Pub. U. S. Dept. Agr. United States department of agriculture. Mis-
cellaneous publication.
Missouri Bot. Gard. Bul. Missouri botanical garden bulletin.
Mitt. Deut. Schutzgeb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl.;...Erganzungsh.
Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen schutzgebieten. Wissenschaftliche beihefte
zum Deutschen kolonialblatte; . . . Erganzungshefte.
Mitt. Forschungsreis. u. Gelehr. Deut. Schutzgeb. Mittheilungen von for-
schungsreisenden und gelehrten aus den Deutschen schutzgebieten. Later
Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen schutzgebieten .. .
Mitt. Geog. Gesell. Hamburg. Mitteilungen der Geographischen gesellschaft
in Hamburg.
Mitt. Inst. Allg. Bot. Hamburg. Mitteilungen aus dem Institut fiir allgemeine
botanik in Hamburg.
Mitt. Seminars Orient. Sprach. Univ. Berlin. Mittheilungen des Seminars
fiir orientalische sprachen an der K6niglichen Friedrich Wilhelms-Universitat
zu Berlin.
Mitt. Ver. Erdk. Dresden. Mitteilungen des Vereins fiir erdkunde zu Dresden.
Monde des Plant. Le monde des plantes.
274 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Monog. e Rap. Colon. Min. Colon. (Italy). Ministero delle colonie. Dure-
zione centrale degli affari coloniali. Ufficio di studi coloniali. Monografie e
rapporti coloniali. ,
Montana Agr. Col. Sci. Studies. Montana agricultural college science studies.
Muhlenbergia. Muhlenbergia. An illustrated monthly journal of botany.
Reno, Nevada [ete.].
Nat. and Appl. Sci. Bul. Univ. Philippines. University of the Philippines.
Natural and applied science bulletin.
Nat. Hist. Bul. Grand Canyon Nat. Hist. Assoc. Natural history bulletin.
Grand Canyon natural history association.
Naturaliste. Le naturaliste; revue illustreé des sciences naturelles.
Naturaliste Canad. Le naturaliste canadien.
Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederland.-Indié. Natuurkundige tijdschrift voor Neder-
landsch-Indié.
New Orleans Med. and Surg. Jour. New Orleans medical and surgical journal.
New York Jour. Med. The New York journal of medicine.
New York State Mus. Bul. (Rpt. State Bot.) New York state museum
bulletin (Report of the botanist).
New York State Mus. Handbook. New York state museum handbook.
New Zeal. Jour. Sci. and Technol. New Zealand journal of science and tech-
nology.
North Amer. Fauna. United States department of agriculture. Bureau of bio-
logical survey. North American fauna.
Northwest science. Northwest science. Published by the Northwest scientifio
association, Cheney, Washington.
Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin. Notizblatt des Kénigl. botanischen gartens und
museums zu Berlin. (Later Notizblatt des botanischen gartens . . .)
Notulae Syst. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. Notulae systematicae, Muséum national
d’histoire naturelle, Paris.
Nouv. Annales Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. ‘ Nouvelles annales du Muséum d’histoire
naturelle, Paris.
Nouv. Arch. Miss. Scient. et Litt. (France). Nouvelles archives des missions
scientifiques et littéraires.
Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. Nouvelles archives du Muséum d’histoire
naturelle.
Nova Acta R. Soc. Scient. Upsal. Nova acta Regiae societatis scientiarum
upsaliensis.
Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. Nuovo giornale botanico italiano.
Nyt Mag. Naturvidensk. Nyt magazin for naturvidenskaberne. Oslo.
Occas. Paper South. Forest Expt. Sta. Occasional paper. Southern forest
experiment station.
Occas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus. Bernice P. Bishop museum. Occasional
papers. (Vol. 1-8 have two pagings; at top of page for individual number, at
bottom of page for whole volume.)
Occas. Papers Riverside Junior Col. Occasional papers of Riverside junior
college.
Occas. Papers Univ. Hawaii. University of Hawaii. Occasional papers.
Ofvers. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Foérhandl. Ofversigt af Kongl. vetenskaps-akade-
miens forhandlingar. Stockholm.
Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. Oesterreichische botanische zeitschrift.
Official Year Book Union So. Africa. Official year book of the Union of South
Africa and of Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate, and Swaziland.
Oglethorpe Med. and Surg. Journ. Oglethorpe medical and surgical journal.
Ohio Jour. Sci. Ohio journal of science.
Ohio Med. and Surg. Jour. Ohio medical and surgical journal.
Ohio Nat. The Ohio naturalist.
Oregon out of doors. Published by the Mazamas, Portland, Oregon.
Ottawa Nat. Ottawa naturalist.
Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania. Papers and proceedings of the Royal
society of Tasmania.
Papers Dept. Mar. Biol. Carnegie Inst. Washington. Papers from the
Department of marine biology of the Carnegie institution of Washington.
Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. Papers of the Michigan academy of science, arts and
letters.
Pharm. Arch. Pharmaceutical archives.
Pharm. Jour. and Trans. Pharmaceutical journal and transactions.
Pharm. Rev. Pharmaceutical review. Continuation of Pharmaceutische
Rundschau.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD DS
Pharm. Rundschau (N. Y.). Pharmaceutische rundschau; eine monatschrift
fur die wissenschaftlichen und gewerblichen interessen der pharmacie .. . in
den Vereinigten Staaten.
Pharm. Weekbl. Nederl. Pharmaceutisch weekblad voor Nederland.
Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Philosophical] transactions of the Royal society.
Philippine Agr. Rev. The Philippine agricultural review.
Philippine Jour. Sci. Philippine journal of science.
Physis. Physis. Revista de la Sociedad argentina de ciencias naturales.
Pittonia. Pittonia. A series of papers relating to botany. By E. L. Greene.
ae ae ae Plant world; a monthly journal of botany. Binghamton, N. Y.
etc.].
Pop. Bul. Bur. Sci. Philippine Isl. The government of the Philippine Islands.
Department of agriculture and natural resources. Bureau of science, Manila.
Popular bulletin.
Postelsia. Postelsia. The yearbook of the Minnesota seaside station.
Prilozh. Trudy Prikl. Bot.,Gen.iSelek. (Suppl. Bull. Appl. Bot., Gen. and
Plant-Breed. Leningr.) Prilozhenie k Trudam po prikladnoi botanike,
genetike i selektsii (Supplement to the Bulletin of applied botany, of genetics
and plant-breeding). Leningrad.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Proceedings of the Academy of natural sciences
of Philadelphia.
Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. Proceedings of the American academy of
arts and sciences.
Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc. Proceedings of the American pharmaceutical
association.
Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. Proceedings of the American philosophical society.
Proc. and Trans. Nova Scot. Inst. Sci. Proceedings ana transactions of the
Nova Scotian institute of natural science (after v. 7, of science).
Proc. and Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada. Proceedings and transactions of the Royal
' society of Canada.
Proc. Ann Arbor Scient. Assoc. Proceedings of the Ann Arbor scientific
association.
Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. Proceedings of the Asiatic society of Bengal.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington. Proceedings of the Biological society of Wash-
ington.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proceedings of the Boston society of natural
history.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Proceedings of the California academy of sciences.
Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. Proceedings of the Cambridge philosophical society.
' Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci. Proceedings of the Davenport academy of natural
sciences.
Proc. Delaware Co. Inst. Sci. Proceedings of the Delaware county institute of
science.
Proc. Elliott Soc. Nat. Hist. Charleston, S. C. Proceedings of the Elliott so-
ciety of natural history of Charleston, South-Carolina.
Proc. Hawaiian Acad. Sci. (Spec. Pub. Bern. P. Bishop Mus.). Proceedings
Hawaiian academy of science. Bernice P. Bishop museum special publication.
Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. Proceedings of the Indiana academy of science.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. Proceedings of the Iowa academy of science.
Proc. Iowa State Med. and Chirurg. Soc. Proceedings of the Iowa state
medical and chirurgical society.
Proc. Kentucky State Med. Soc. Proceedings of the Kentucky state medical
society.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean society of New South
Wales.
Proc. Manchester Inst. Arts and Sci. Proceedings of the Manchester institute
of arts and sciences (New Hampshire).
Proc. Med. Assoc. State Alabama. Proceedings of the Medical association of
the state of Alabama.
Proc. Med. Conv. Ohio. Proceedings of the Medical convention of Ohio.
Proc. Mich. Pharm. Assoc. Proceedings of the Michigan pharmaceutical
association.
Proc. Nat. Hist. Assoc. Miramichi. Proceedings of the Natural history asso-
ciation. Miramichi, Chatham, New Brunswick.
Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wisconsin. Proceedings of the Natural history society
of Wisconsin.
Proc. Newport Nat. Hist. Soc. Proceedings of the Newport natural history
society. Newport, R. I.
276 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. Ohio academy of science. Proceedings.
Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. Proceedings of the Oklahoma academy of science.
Proc. Pan-Pacific Scient. Conf. Proceedings of the first Pan-Pacifie scientific
conference (Bernice P. Bishop museum special publication).
Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. Proceedings of the Portland society of natural
history. Portland, Maine.
Proc. Rhodesia Scient. Assoc. Proceedings of the Rhodesia scientific association.
Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. Proceedings of the Rochester academy of science.
Rochester, N. Y.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland. Proceedings of the Royal society of Queensland.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal society of Victoria (Trans-
actions and proceedings 1861-87).
Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. Proceedings of the United States national museum.
Proc. Washington Acad. Sci. Proceedings of the Washington academy of
sciences. Washington, D. C.
Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. The West Virginia academy of science. Pro-
ceedings.
Prog. Rei Bot. Progressus rei botanicae.
[Pub.] Bur. Govt. Lab. Philippine Isl. Department of the interior. Bureau
of government laboratories. [Publications.]
Pub. Com. Etudes Hist. et Scient. Afrique Occid. Frang. Publications du
Comité d’études historiques et scientifiques de |’ Afrique occidentale francaise.
Pub. Com. Honor. Reduce. Indios. Ministerio delinterior. Comisién honoraria
de reducciones de Indios. Publicacién. (Buenos Aires.)
Pub. Dept. Conserv. Indiana. State of Indiana. Department of conservation
Publication.
Pub. Field Columbian Mus. Bot. Ser.; Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser.
Publication of the Field Columbian museum, later Field museum of natural
history. Publication. Botanical series.
Pub. Inspect. Fed. Obras Contra Secc. (Brasil). Publicacéo. Ministerio
da viacaio e obras publicas. Inspectoria federal de obras contra as seccas.
Pub. Inst. Invest. Geog. Fac. Filos. y Letras Univ. Buenos Aires. Facultad
de filosofia y letras de la Universidad nacional de Buenos Aires. Publicaciones
del Instituto de investigaciones geogrdaficas.
Pub. Inst. Natl. Etude Agron. Congo Belge. Publications de l'Institut national
pour l’étude agronomique du Congo Belge.
Pub. Mich. Geol. and Biol. Survey (Biol. Ser.). Michigan geological and
biological survey. Publication. Biological series.
Pub. Middle Amer. Res. Ser. Tulane Univ. Louisiana. The Tulane university
of Louisiana. Middle American research series.
Pub. Mus. Agr. Soc. Rural Argentina. Museo agricola de la Sociedad rural
argentina. Publicacién.
[Pub.] Mus. Cien. Nat. Univ. Nac. Tucuman. Universidad nacional de
Tucumdn. Museo de ciencias naturales (later Museo de historia natural).
Pub. Oklahoma Div. Forestry. Division of forestry. Oklahoma planning
and resources board. Publication.
Pub. Sierra Club. Publication of the Sierra Club.
Pub. Univ. Oklahoma Biol. Survey. Publications of the University of Okla-
homa. Biological survey.
Pub. West Texas Hist. and Sci. Soc. West Texas historical and scientific
society. Publications.
Quart. Oregon Hist. Soc. Quarterly of the Oregon historical society.
Queensland Agr. Jour. Queensland agricultural journal.
Queensland Nat. Queensland naturalist.
Rassegna Econ. Colon. (Italy). Rassegna economica delle colonie.
Rec. Albany Mus. Records of the Albany museum, Grahamstown, South Africa.
Rec. Auckland Inst. and Mus. Records of the Auckland institute and museum.
Recueil Trav. Bot. Néerland. Recueil des travaux botaniques néerlandais.
Relaz. e Monog. Agr.-Colon. Ist. Agr. Colon. Ital. Relazioni e monografie
agrario-coloniali. Istituto agricolo coloniale italiano. Firenze.
Rend. Sem. Fac. Sci. R. Univ. Cagliari. Rendiconti del Seminario della
facolta di scienze della R. Universita di Cagliari.
Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde. Repertorium specierum novarum regni vegetabilis
hrsg. von F. Fedde.
Res. Pub. Univ. Hawaii. University of Hawaii. Research publication.
Res. Studies State Col. Washington. Research studies of the State college
of Washington.
Revista Acad. Colomb. Cien. Exact., Fis. y Nat. Revista de la Academia
vclombiana de ciencias exactas, fisicas y naturales.
Reiosta Agr. (Guatemala). Revista agricola,
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 277
Revista Agr. Puerto Rico. Revista de agricultura de Puerto Rico.
Revista Agron. Revista agronédmica. (Not seen.)
Revista Argentina Agron. Revista argentina de agronomia.
Revista Bibl. Chilena. Revista de bibliografia chilena.
Revista Centro Sci., Letr. e Art. Campinas. Revista do Centro de sciencias,
letras e artes de Campinas.
Revista Chilena Hist. Nat. Revista chilena de historia natural.
Revista Fac. Agron. Univ. La Plata; Revista Fac. Agron. y Vet. La Plata.
Revista de la Facultad de agronomia. Universidad nacional de La Plata.
Earlier Revista de la Facultad de agronomia y veterinaria.
Revista Fac. Agron. y Vet. Univ. Buenos Aires. Universidad de Buenos
Aires. Revista de la Facultad de agronomia y veterinaria.
Revista Farm. (Buenos Aires.) Revista farmaceutica.
Revista Flora Med. (Rio de Janeiro.) Revista da flora medica.
Revista Inst. Paraguayo. Revista del Instituto paraguayo.
Revista Jard. Bot. y Mus. Hist. Nat. Paraguay. Revista del Jardin botdnico
y Museo de historia natural del Paraguay.
Revista Mus. La Plata. Revista del Museo de La Plata. Sece. Oficial.
Revista Mus. Nac. Lima. Revista del Museo nacional. Lima, Pert.
Revista Mus. Paulista. Revista do Museu Paulista.
Revista Mus. Prov. Cien. Nat. Cérdoba. (Not seen.)
Revista Soc. Colomb. Cien. Nat. Revista de la Sociedad colombiana de
ciencias naturales (earlier Boletin . .. q. v.)
Revista Sudamer. Bot. Revista sudamericana de botanica.
Revista Univ. Nac. Cérdoba. Revista de la Universidad nacional de Cérdoba.
Revista Universitaria Cuzco. Revista universitaria. Organo de la Univer-
sidad nacional del Cuzco.
Revista Universitaria (Santiagode Chile). Revista universitaria. Universidad
catélica. Santiago de Chile.
Revue Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. Revue de botanique appliquée et d’agri-
culture tropicale.
Revue Bot. (Toulouse). Revue de botanique; bulletin mensuel de la Société
francaise de botanique. Toulouse.
Revue Cult. Colon. Revue des cultures coloniales.
Revue de Madagascar.
Revue Gén. Bot. Revue général de botanique.
Revue Géog. Revue de géographie.
Revue Hort. Algérie. Revue horticole de I’ Algérie.
Revue Sci. Nat. Appl. Soc. Natl. Acclim. France. Revue des sciences natu-
relles appliquées. Bulletin mensuel de la Société nationale d’acclimatation de
France.
Revue Tunis. Inst. Carthage. Revue tunisienne. Organe de l'Institut de
Carthage.
Revue Zool. et Bot. Afric. Revue de zoologie et de botanique africaines.
Rhodora. Rhodora. Journal of the New England botanical club.
Riv. Ital. Essen., Profumi e Piante Off. Rivista italiana delle essenze, dei
profumi e delle piante officinali.
Rpt. Austral. and New Zeal. Assoc. Adv. Sci.; Rpt. Australas. Assoc.
Adv. Sci. Report of the Australian and New Zealand association for the
advancement of science (formerly Australasian association).
Rpt. Bd. Educ. Conn. Report of the Board of education of the state of Con-
necticut.
Rpt. Bot. Survey Nebraska. University of Nebraska. Botanical survey of
Nebraska. Report.
Rpt. Col. Agr. and Mech. Arts New Hampshire. Report of the Board of
trustees of the College of agriculture and mechanic arts to the New Hampshire
legislature.
Rpt. Colon. Herb. (Natal). See Ann. Rpt. Colon. Herb. (Natal).
Rpt. Forestry Comn. New Hampshire. Report of the Forestry commission of
New Hampshire.
Rpt. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Minn. Report on the Geological and natural
history survey of Minnesota. :
Rpt. Geol. Survey Ohio. Report of the Geological survey of Ohio.
Rpt. Govt. Bur. Microbiol. N. S. Wales. New South Wales. Report of the
Government bureau of microbiology. j
Rpt. Great Barrier Reef Comm. Reports of the Great Barrier reef committee.
Rpt. Iowa State Hort. Soc. Report of the Iowa state horticultural society
(cover and running title; Transactions).
278 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Rpt. Kansas State Bd. Agr. Report of the Kansas state board of agriculture.
Rpt. (Ann. Rpt.) Mich. Acad. Sci. Report of the Michigan academy of science
(sometimes Annual report).
Rpt. Missouri State Hort. Soc. Report of the Missouri state horticultural]
society.
Rpt. Natal Bot. Gard. (Rpt. Colon. Herb.). Report on Natal botanic gardens
Colonial herbarium. Report. See also Ann. Rpt. Colon. Herb. (Natal).
Rpt. Prog. Geol. Survey Canada. Geological survey of Canada. Report of
progress (later Annual report, q. v.).
Rpt. Prog. Geol. Survey Kentucky. Geological survey of Kentucky. Reports
of progress.
Rpt. Prog. 2d Geol. Survey Penn. Second geological survey of Penn-
sylvania. Report of progress.
Rpt. Prov. Mus. Nat. Hist. Brit. Columbia. Report of the Provincial museum
of natural history (British Columbia).
Rpt. So. African Assoc. Adv. Sci. Report of the South African association for
the advancement of science. (Later South African journal of science.)
Rpt. State Bd. Geol. Survey Mich. Report of the State board of geological
survey of Michigan.
Rpt. Transvaal Dept. Agr. Report of the Transvaal department of agriculture.
Rpt. U. S. Commr. Agr. Report of the commissioner of agriculture. Wash-
ington, D. C.
[Rpt.] West Virginia Geol. Survey. West Virginia geological survey. [Report.]
Sarawak Mus. Jour. Sarawak museum journal.
Schweiz. Apoth. Zeit. Schweizerische apotheker-zeitung. Journal suisse de
pharmacie.
Sci. Bul. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. The museum of the Brooklyn
institute of arts and sciences. Science bulletin.
Scient. Contrib. Trop. Plant Res. Found. Tropical plant research founda-
tion. Scientific contributions.
Sitzungsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Sitzungsberichte der Ké6niglich preussis-
chen akademie der wissenschaften.
Sitzungsber. Math.-Naturw. Cl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Akademie der wissen-
schaften in Wien. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche klasse. Sitzungsbe-
richte.
Sitzungs-Ber. Naturw. Gesell. Isis Dresden. Sitzungs-berichte der naturwis-
senschaftlichen gesellschaft Isis in Dresden.
Skr. Svalbard og Ishavet (Oslo). Skrifter om Svalbard og Ishavet.
Skr. Vidensk.-Selsk. Christiania I, Math.-Naturv. Kl. Skrifter udgivne af
Videnskabs-selskabet i Christiania I, Mathematisk-naturvidenskabelig klasse
(later Norske videnskaps akademi).
Smithsn. Misc. Collect. Smithsonian miscellaneous collections.
So. African Jour. Nat. Hist. South African journal of natural history.
So. African Jour. Sci. South African journal of science.
So. Austral. Nat. The South Australian naturalist.
South. Agr. Southern agriculturist.
South. Jour. Med. and Pharm. Southern journal of medicine and pharmacy.
South. Woodlands. Southern woodlands.
Spec. Papers Ohio State Acad. Sci. Ohio state academy of science. Special
papers (later are part of Proceedings).
Spec. Pub. Amer. Geog. Soc. American geographical society. Special publi-
cation.
Spec. Pub. Bern. P. Bishop Mus. Bernice P. Bishop museum. Special publi-
cation. ,
St. Paul Med. Jour. St. Paul medical journal.
Sul Ross State Teach. Col. Bul. Sul Ross state teachers college bulletin.
Alpine, Texas.
Svensk Bot. Tidskr. Svensk botanisk tidskrift.
Syokubutu oyobi débutu (Botany and Zoology).
Taxon. Index. The taxonomic index. Issued by the New York botanical
garden for the American society of plant taxonomists.
Tech. Bul. Dept. Agr. and Comm. Philippines. Commonwealth of the Phil-
ippines. Department of agriculture and commerce. Technical bulletin.
Tech. Bul. Kansas Agr. Expt. Sta. Technical bulletin. Agricultural experi-
ment station. Kansas agricultural college.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 279
Tech. Pub. New York State Col. Forestry. Technical publication of the New
York state college of forestry.
Technologist. The technologist . . . ed. by P. L. Simmonds.
Teysmannia.
Therapeutic Gaz. (Detroit). The therapeutic gazette. A monthly journal
devoted to therapeutics...
Tijdschr. Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenk. Tijdschrift voor Indische taal-,
land-, en volkenkunde (Batavia).
Timehri. Timehri. The journal of the Royal agricultural and commercial
society of British Guiana.
Torreya.
Trab. Inst. Bot. y Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires; Trab. Mus. Farm.
Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires. Trabajos del Instituto de botdnica y farma-
cologia . . . (Facultad de ciencias médicas de Buenos Aires; earlier Trabajos
del Museo de farmacologia . . .)
Trab. Mus. Nac. Cien. Nat. Madrid Ser. Bot.; Trab. Mus. Nac. Cien. Nat. y
Jard. Bot. Madrid Ser. Bot. Trabajos del Museo nacional de ciencias natu-
rales (later y jardin botdnico). Serie botdénica.
Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis. Transactions of the Academy of science of St.
Louis.
Trans. Albany Inst. Transactions of the Albany institute.
Trans. Amer. Med. Assoc. ‘Transactions of the American medical association.
Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. Transactions and proceedings of the Botan-
ical society of Edinburgh. (Harlier Transactions . . .)
Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. Transactions and proceedings of the New
Zealand institute. (Later Transactions and proceedings of the Royal society
of New Zealand.)
Trans. and Proc. Phil. Soc. Adelaide. Transactions and proceedings of the
Philosophical society (1877-79); later . . . Royal society of South Australia.
Trans. and Proc, Roy. Soc. New Zeal. Transactions and proceedings of the
Royal society of New Zealand. (Earlier Transactions and proceedings of the
New Zealand Institute.)
Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. Transactions and proceedings of the
Royal society of South Australia. (Harlier Transactions and proceedings of
the philosophical society.)
Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria. Transactions and proceedings of the
Royal society of Victoria.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. Transactions of the Botanical society of Edinburgh.
(Later Transactions and proceedings . . .)
Trans. Hort. Soc. London. Transactions of the Horticultural society of London.
Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci. Transactions of the Illinois state academy of
sciences.
Trans. Internatl. Cong. Trop. Agr. 3d, London, 1914. ‘Transactions of the
third international congress of tropical agriculture . . . London, 1914.
Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. Transactions of the Kansas academy of science.
Trans. Kentucky State Med. Soc. Transactions of the Kentucky state medical
society.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. Transactions of the Linnean society. Botany.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. Transactions of the Linnean society. Zoology.
Trans. Natl. Eclect. Med. Assoc. ‘Transactions of the National eclectic medical
association.
Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa. Transactions of the Natural history society
of Formosa.
Trans. New York Acad. Sci. Transactions of the New York academy of
science.
Trans. Ottawa Field Nat. Club. Transactions of the Ottawa field naturalists’
club.
eae Phil. Inst. Victoria. Transactions of the Philosophical institute of
ictoria.
Trans. Roy. Canad. Inst. Transactions of the Royal Canadian institute.
Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. Transactions of the Royal Irish academy.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada. See Proc.and Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. Transactions of the Royal society of Edinburgh.
Trans. Roy. Soc. Mauritius. Transactions of the Royal society of arts ana
sciences of Mauritius (part of the time under French title).
280 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE
Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Africa. Transactions of the Royal society of South
Africa.
Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Austral. Transactions of the Royal society of South
Australia. (Formerly Transactions and proceedings. . . )
Trans. Scient. Assoc. Meriden, Conn. ‘Transactions of the Scientific associa-
tion, Meriden, Conn. (Later Proceedings and transactions, Meriden scientific
association.)
Trans. So. African Phil. Soc. Transactions of the South African philosophical
society.
Trans. Texas Acad. Sci. Transactions of the Texas academy of science.
Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. Transactions of the Wisconsin
academy of sciences, arts and letters.
Transvaal Agr. Jour. Transvaal agricultural journal.
Trav. Off. Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice. Travaux de |’Office national
des matiéres premiéres végétales pour la droguerie, la pharmacie, la distillerie
et la parfumerie. Notice.
Trillia. Trillia. Proceedings of the Botanical society of western Pennsylvania.
Trop. Natuur. De tropische natuur. Orgaan van de Nederlandsch-Indische
natuurhistorische vereeniging.
Trop. Woods, Yale Univ. School Forestry. Tropical woods, Yale university
school of forestry.
Tropenpflanzer. Der tropenpflanzer. Zeitschrift fiir tropische landwirtschaft.
Organ des Kolonial-wirtschaftlichen komitees.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Yearbook. United States department of agriculture. Year-
book.
U. S. Geol. Survey Bul. United States department of the interior. Geological
survey. Bulletin.
U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper. United States department of the interior.
Geological survey. Professional paper.
Univ. Calif. Pub. Amer. Archaeol. and Ethnol. University of California
publications in American archaeology and ethnology.
Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. University of California publication in botany.
Univ. Colorado Studies. University of Colorado studies.
Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist. University of Iowa studies in natural history.
(Continuation of Bulletin from laboratories of natural history.)
Univ. Maine Studies. University of Maine studies.
Univ. Missouri Studies Sci. Ser. Science series. University of Missouri studies.
Univ. New Mexico Bul. University of New Mexico bulletin.
Univ. Texas Bul. University of Texas bulletin.
Univ. Washington Pub. Biol. University of Washington publications in biology.
Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb. Verhandlungen des Botanischen vereins
der provinz Brandenburg.
Verhandl. Deut. Wiss. Ver. Santiago de Chile. Verhandlungen des Deutscher
wissenschaftlicher verein zu Santiago de Chile.
Verhandl. K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam Afd. Natuurk. Verhandelingen
der Koninklijke akademie van wetenschappen te Amsterdam, afdeeling
natuurkunde.
Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien. Verhandlungen der (K. K.)
zoologisch-botanischen gesellschaft in Wien.
Verdffentl. Gesell. Palaistina-Forsch. Gesellschaft fiir Paldistina-forschung.
Veroffentlichung.
Véstnik K. Geské Spoletn. Nauk Trida Mat.-Prir. (Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci.
Bohéme Cl. Sci.). Véstnik Krdalovské Ceské spoleénosti nduk vy Praze.
Trida matematicko-pfirodovecka (Mémoires de la Société royale des sciences
de Bohéme).
Victorian Nat. Victorian naturalist.
Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Gesell. Ztirich; ... Beibl. Vierteljahrsschrift
der Naturforschenden gesellschaft in Ziirich; also Beiblatt zur...
Washington Hist. Quart. Washington historical quarterly.
Webbia. Webbia. Raccolta di scritti botanici, edita da Ugolino Martelli.
West Amer. Sci. The West American scientist.
West. Austral. Yearbk. Western Australian year-book.
West Indian Bul. West Indian bulletin.
West. Jour. Med. and Surg. (Louisville, Ky.) Western journal of medicine and
surgery.
West Virginia Univ. Bul. West Virginia university bulletin.
Wisconsin Archeol. Wisconsin archeologist.
Wiss. Verdffentl. Gesell. Erdk. Leipzig. Wissenschaftliche ver6dffentlichungen
der Gesellschaft fiir erdkunde zu Leipzig.
FLORAS OF THE WORLD 281
Year Book Pub. Mus. Milwaukee. Year book of the Public museum of the
city of Milwaukee.
Ymer. Ymer. Tidskrift utgifven af Svenska sallskapet for antropologi och
geografi.
Zeitschr. Allg. Oesterr. Apoth.-Ver. Zeitschrift des Allgemeinen osterreich-
ischen apotheker-vereines.
Zeitschr. Deut. Morgenlaind. Gesell. Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenlind-
ischen gesellschaft.
Zeitschr. Ethnol. Zeitschrift fiir ethnologie. Organ der Berliner gesellschaft
fiir anthropologie, ethnologie und urgeschichte.
Zeitschr. Gesell. Erdk. Berlin. Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir erdkunde zu
Berlin.
Zeitschr. Weltforstw. Zeitschrift fir weltforstwirtschaft.
Zion-Bryce Mus. Bul. Zion-Bryce museum bulletin. Zion-Bryce natural his-
tory association. National park service.
Zoe.
a
ta
ss
f
sav ire at
moe
(inden Fore ere eh
. 4 >
a ‘ } 2
4
=
= byecsk
'
~
’
Ty
= iz
= x
Bea ete
Co
= iy
wt ae
+
in. ee
4
phe
ofc eee:
b= Tht
AUTHOR INDEX
Abbe, Ernest Cleveland, 1905—
WaADTAC OGM r esheets
Abrams, LeRoy, 1874—
Gah Oren ayes Te a
United States, western_____
Abromeit, Johannes, 1857-—
Gree] aie Le eee ee
Acosta, N. Rojas
See Rojas Acosta, Nicolas
Adams, Charles Christopher, 1873—
See Peck, C. H. New York_
Adams, James, -1906
INorthe island) No Ze eee
See Kirk, T. North Island,
QUE eC Es Bes es ea
See Hurst, B. Prince Ed-
Vireo | USP ei eve Eg eS
See Schmitt, J. Quebec___
Adamson, Robert Stephen, 1885—
Cape of Good Hope__---_--
SOuEnPAUS Gralliays ee ee eee
Adcock, George Henry
WiClOniay ee 2th. S8 eee 2
Ahern, George Patrick, 1859-—
Gnitroduction) 2222222 ake
Aiken, Walter Harris, 1856-1935
OHIO gees eer i
Ainslie, James Robert, 1889-
INTS erie wee oe sete 2S oi es Se.
Airy-Shaw, Herbert Kenneth,
1902-
See Ridley, H. N. Borneo___
Akana, Akaiko, ir.
See Kaaiakamanu, D. M.
Hawaiian Islands ________
Akina, J. K.
See Kaaiakamanu, D. M.
Hawaiian Islands ________
Al’bov, Nikolai Mikhailovich,
1866-1897
| EASE ERC G 1 Hg 2 le ee
Alcocer, Gabriel V., 1852-1916
VIG Xe Oe rene Le
See Martinez, M. Mexico__
Alexander. Andrew, -1914
See Dickson, J. M. Ontario_
Alexander, Wilfrid Backhouse.
1885-—
Western Australia _________
Alexander, William Henry, 1867-—
esserzAntilles 22 eve ee
Alexander, William Prindle, 1881-
See House,.H. D. New York_
Alfaro Gonzdélez, Anastasio, 1865-
Costathicave -.22 Tie
Allabach. Lulu Frances
IVT Oe Thee eh esi
Page
137
166
162
155
202
104
109
109
Allan,
1882-—
News Zealon das 2s De
INOEth Island wine Za]. 22s
See Cockayne, L.
YS SENG VS ANG | RAS es ate Sa
Alleizette, Charles d’
Madagas@ars 22s) ai ts
Allison, Edith Mary
CoOlOoragd OSs. es as eer ee
Allmendinger, Elizabeth C., 1837-
1909
Michie aes eo A ay
Almeida, A, Gomes de
See Gomes de Almeida, A.
Almeida Costa, Oswaldo de
See Costa, O. de A.
Almeida Pinto, Joaquim de,
-—1870
JSR WAU beatae Ean aes See wee
Almonte y Muriel, Enrique qd’,
1858-1917
RiozdenOro. 2 Wen ees:
Alston, Arthur Hugh Garfit
See Exell, A.W. Angola___-
Altamirano, Manuel Urbina y
See Urbina y Altamirano, M.
Alvarez, Antenor
AT Cems Le eae eS An
Ambronn, Hermann i. e. Ernst
Ludwig Victor Hermann, 1856—
1927
ramets tees & Be Paes sas
Amelung, Hans
See Wehmer, C. (Introduc-
GIOT) eee Re eae OE Sees
Andersen, Johannes Carl, 1873—
IN@wW:, : Zealan Ghee se ae ear in
Harry Howard Barton,
See Fitzpatrick, T. J. Iowa_
Anderson, James Robert, 1841-1930
BratiShis Columbians eee
Anderson, Robert Henry
New South Wales_____-_ =
Andrade, Edmundo Navarro de
See Navarro de Andrade, Ed-
mundo
Andrews, Charles William, 1866—
1924
Christmas islands wee
Andrews, Luman, 1839-1921
Connecticut= 2222 e ee reas
Massachusettsea =e
See Bissell, C. H. Connec-
Bhs 1.5) 6) oO Shek BN ET ther de Ake
See Graves, C. B. Connec-
ELC UGS es ee aa eee
169
189
238
233
284
Apolinar Maria, hermano, 1867-— Page
Colombiges == 22s seca 248
Applegate, Elmer Ivan, 1867-—
Calif Onnig=s = Sey eee 166
Oregons Se see eee 209
Arbelaez, Enrique Pérez
See Pérez Arbelaez, E.
Archer, William, 1820-1874
Tasmanta< 25222 eee 85
Arechavaleta, José, 1838-1912
UTS ay 2s EE ee ees 259
Armengol Valenzuela, Pedro
See Valenzuela, P. A.
Armstrong, John B.
SOM JING ING YA 82
Armstrong, John F.
SouthslslandsNeeZe eee 82
Arquimbau, Ramon Masferrer y
See Masferrer y Arquimbau,
Ramon
Arruda da Camara, Manoel, 1752-
1810
See Almeida Pinto, J. de.
Brazil] 22 oe ee ee 238
Arséne, Louis, frére (secular
name Jean Marie Bixuel),
1875-—
Newfoundland: 222232202 140
Arthur, Joseph Charles, 1850-1942
Minnesotan 222-82 as ene ee 192
Artz, Lena Clemens
Virginigve2 4-226 2 ae ae 218
Ascencao Mendonca, Francisco de
See Mendonca, F. de A.
Ascherson, Paul Friedrich August,
1834-1913
Sy) ee ee ee eee 30
aprad ores <= Saree ae as OG
1 BALI O13 ak ae a Sa te We ae 41, 42
WieSGCA fir Cates im se ane 5s 62
See Durand, E. Libya______ 41
See Schweinfurth, G. Egypt_ 31, 32
Asenjo, Conrado Federico, 190S8—
PueriorwRicos se. = eee 230
Ashe, William Willard, 1872-1932
See Coker, W. C. North Car-
OlIN Gees 25 te Ree Ree 204
Ashton, Ruth Elizabeth (Mrs.
Aven Nelson), 1896—
Colorad 0 eee ee ae ee 170
Aston, Bernard Cracroft, 1871-—
INortholslandsgNep Za 79
SOME JENA IN YAR a= 82
See Cockayne, L. North
Island Ne Zit 228 20 eee 80
See Dunedin Field Club.
NewsZealand2-2 82
See Petrie, D. South Island,
ING Zaire: Se ee gee ELS a ag 83
Atwood, Alice Cary, 1876-
United States, general______ 157
Aubert de la Riie, Edgar
French Somaliland__________ 37
Aubréville, André
Ivory ,Coastte. 23 eae 40
AUTHOR INDEX
Audas, James Wales, 1872- Page
See Hwart, A.J. Victoria___ 13, 74
Aughey, Samuel, 1831-1912
See Pound, R. Nebraska___. 195
Autran, Eugéne, 1855-1912
Patagonia2: 2222 = ae eee 254
Avetta, Carlo, 1861—
HW EhOpla see ee eee eee 34
Azevedo de Menezes, Carlos
See Menezes, C. A. de
Bachman, John, 1790-1874
South, Carohna== === 213
Backer, Cornelis Andries, 1874—
SAV A Se oe ae as thle
Badé, William Frederic, 1871-
19386
See Muir, John. Alaska____ 132
Baerecke, John Frederic, 1851—
1920
MPlorida 222 5_. 2 eee 172
Baeza Riquelme, Victor Manuel
Chil@: 253 252.0% 2 eee ere 245
Baggley, Herma Geneva (Albert-
son), 1896—
See McDougall, W. B. Wy-
OMIN Gs 28 oe ae 223
Bailey, Frederick Manson, 1827—
1915
Australia: ees ber ee ee 63
Queensland 222 ae eee 68, 69
Bailey, John Frederick, 1866-
1938
See Bailey, F. M. Queens-
land: 2.2 2a ee eee 68
Bailey, Liberty Hyde, 1858—
Minnesota: eee 192
Ontario a2 DCO eee ees 141
See Arthur, J.C. Minnesota 192
Bailey, Loring Woart, 1839-1925
Noval Scotial=: 22ers 140
Bailey, William Whitman, 1843-
1914
Rhodesian da eee 212
See Rives, W. C. Rhode
Pslanqss.= 22206 8 eee 213
Baillon, Henri Ernest, 1827-1895
(introduction) eee 6
Madagascars=] 22s 96
Baird, John Faris, 1854-1905
Indiana. ee ee 176
See Barnes, C. R. Indiana_. 176
Baker, Edmund Gilbert, 1864—
Ugand at 262 See Se 61
See Andrews, C. W. Christ-
mas) islands <= = saa 94
See Gregory, J. W. Kenya__ 40
See Rendle, A. B. Belgian
CONGO=5. 2 2-e ee eee ee 25
See Rendle, A. B. Mozam-
biqQUe@s (25-2 ae eee ee 47
See Rendle, A. B. New Cale-
GOW ae at a ee 8 eke eee 119
See Rendle, A. B. New
Guline@a 222 2 ae oe ae 121
AUTHOR INDEX
Baker, Edmund Gilbert—Contin-
ued
See Rendle, A. B. Nigeria__
See Rendle, A. B. Northern
PerritOny so ens eS
See Ridley, H. N. New
UH CESS Ye me ee aaa en
See Wilkins, G. H. Tristan
da Cunha. Islands =—- =.
Baker, John Gilbert, 1834-1920
Mascarene Islands____-_____
See Grant, J. <A. Anglo-
Hey pltian) Sudan== 3
See Horne, J. Fiji Islands__
See Oliver, D. West Africa_
Baker, Richard Thomas, 1854-1941
New South Wales__________
Bakhuizen van den Brink, Rei-
nier Cornelis, 1881—
See Ochse, J. J. Dutch
Mast Undies 2 es ee
Balfour, Isaac Bayley, 1853-1922
Mascarene Islands__________
SS COT eee ees
Ball, John, 1818-1889
Argentinas = 2 ep ee
NOTROCCOM a 8 ee ae
See Hooker, J. D. Morocco
Ballet, Jules, 1825—[ ?]
isesser~Antilles= ss a
Bally, Peter R. 0.
Pan can y ica sm oe. re A et E
Bancroft, Claude 1885-—
1919
Keith,
Barbey, William, 1842-1914
See Durand, E. Libya_____
Barbosa Rodrigues, Joao,
1909
AS eed Z] ee ee oe ee
Barjona de_ Freitas,
Sant’iago
See Ficalho, F. M. C. de M.
SATD (eligi 2 se 2 se
Barker, Henry D., 1893-
FAIS AMIO Ass A ek
Barnes, Charles Reid, 1858-1910
1G aV6 HGS ING ieee Se eee
Augusto
GW alee eee HE
Were OMe Sark se ee
aN Te aoe SS ek St
See Hollick, C. A. New York_
See Taylor, N. New York__-
Baron, Justina J.
Penisvingnia= == 2 es oes
Baron, Richard, 1847-1907
Madagascar es) a5) es
Page
50
eS
IPL
63
240
Barratte, Gustave i. e. Jean Fran-
cois Gustave, 1857-1920
See Bonnet, E. Tunisia_____
SeewOuranGd hs ibyas=——
Barrett, Otis Warren, 1872-—
PUeTtOeR iC Ome 2 eee es
See Gifford, J. C. Puerto
FTC Qe er wa ts we ak
Barrett, Samuel Alfred, 1879-
COTO TNS eee ee de rete
Barrows, David Prescott, 1873-
Cali onnigwe Sa ees Se
Bartlett, George Henry, 1856-1935
See Graves, C. B. Connecti-
COU pee ee ee ee en eee eee
Bartlett, Harley Harris, 18S6—
SS UT Va Cals ses ee ae = ie
Barwick, A. C.
New South Wales__-------_
Batalla, Maria Agustina
Batchelder, Frederick William,
1888-1911
INeweHiampshites =r
Bates, Francis Asbury, 1819-1889
Battandier, Jules Aimé, 1848-1922
TANS CTT yeaa ee Re
Battiscombe, Edward
Baudon, Alfred
French Equatorial Africa___
Baum, Henry Elwood, 1881-1903
Baxter, Milton Stephen, 1856-1938
See Beckwith, F. New York-
Bay, Jens Christian Ballien, 1871—
Gintroduchion)i-_===s===2-s—
Beaglehole, Ernest
Rolymesiave- ss oe eee
Beaglehole, Pearl
See Beaglehole, E. Poly-
IVC E Wie ee ae eS ere ee
Beal, William James, 1833-1924
Michigan a ee
Beattie, Rolla Kent, 1875—
See Piper, C. V. Washing-
LOnMfe 222s Soe ee
See St. John, H. Washing-
(WO) OPS eee ee ES SN ee
Beauchamp, William Martin,
1830-1925
INGWiey Ol Kot ae er ce eel apres
Beauvisage, Georges Eugéne
Charles, 1852-1925
News CaledoniaS== 22 #22 s=s=
See Guillaumin, A. New Cal-
CdoOniai 2S se ear
BORN COM te ee es
286
AUTHOR INDEX
Beck-Mannagetta, Giinther (Man- Fase] Bertin, André Joseph, 1879- Page
nagetta, Giinther riiter Beck Cameroons. 22s. 2 eee 27
von), 1856-1931 Melanesia____ 114 French Equatorial Africa___ 36
Becker, Ludwig, —1861 French (Gulana_ 2 eae 251
See Mueller, F. v. Victoria__ 73 Evory: (Coast 2-22. = 2s eee! 40
Beckwith, Florence, 1843-1929 Bertoni, Moisés Santiago, 1857—
New" Yorkie te ieee 200 1929
Beckwith, Martha Warren, 1871- Paraguay 22 eee 252
VaMaiGa’ la ae Ree oft 227 | Besley, Fred Wilson, 1872-—
Beddie, A. D. See Shreve, F. Marvland__ 186
See Zotov, V. D. North Is- Bessey, Charles Edwin, 1845-1915
lands Ns bate Ee hs 81 Nebraska______ gti Abies ooh a: AOE 196
Bedevian, Armenag K. Betche, Ernst, 1851-1913
Cintroduction) 232 Ss2 J 5 See Maiden, J. H. New
Beetle, Alan Ackerman, 1913- NOULN Wiales-22)2 = ene 65
New Hampshire ____________ 197 See Moore, C. New South
Bégué, Louis Henri, 1906— Wales. 2 es 65
[vory, (Coast= = 2 wee ae 40 | Bettenfeld, Marcel
Béguinot, Augusto, 1875-1940 See Bertin, A. French
Dibyase 2 BADR ieee 42 Guignd 222s eae 251
Bell, John, 1845-1878 Bettfreund, Carlos
Ontario BI TaeTsS TS 141 ya ef -(2) 11 1017 Wee eRe er a AO 233
Bell, William Bonar, 1877— Bews, John William, 1884-1938
North> Dakota i224 ee 206 Natal. 2) = see oie eee 48
Benner, Walter Mackinnett, 1888— Beyerle, Richard
Penn sylivenkae ee ee ee 210 See Knuth, R. Venezuela__ 260
Bennett, James Lawrence, 1832- Bicknell, Eugene Pintard, 1859—
1904 1925
See Providence Franklin So- Massachusetts =! aaa 187
ciety. Rhode Island___--_ 212 | Bigelow, John Milton, 1804-1878
Bennetts, William James, 1865- Qhio®e= =. eee 206, 207
1920 Billings, Braddish, jr., 1819-1871
See Wheeler, W. M. Wiscon- Ontario. <2 Le eee 141
_ Sin __-------------------- 223 | Billington, Cecil, 1876—-
Benoist, Raymond i: Michigan, J -020 2 aia eer 189
French Guiana—-----~__-_- 251, 252| Birger, Selim Birger Gotthard
Mores er - 4) (mé Andersson), 1879-1931
Sarre vee ie acu oe ae eee Falkland Islands__-________ 89
Benson, Gilbert Thereon, 1896— se SEEING SUEY EES 9 Use?
mera 209 Connecticut. ote ae ee 171
Bentham, George, 1800-1884 peeve: Oe ee 171
ASUS UMBIIE, ooo ace stacenes 63 | Bitter, Georg i. e. Friedrich Au-
British'@uiand == ae wiser 1244: -24Q97
pau gust Georg, 1873-1927
See Hooker, J. D. Nigeria_ 49 awn olclanda eee 410
paella LSE aig Black, John McConnell, 1855—
RB ( ntroduction) SS ne Pe eT 6 Northern Territory _.-______ 67
erg, Carlos i. e. Federico Guil- South Australia 70. 71
lermo Carlos, 1843-1902 See Cleland J. B. South 5
ATen tind ss eeeeS soe See, 233 haeies tn, iia sabia 71
Renee Fanny (Dickerson), Blackwell, Ellen W.
United States, general______ 157 rer ar eee 73
Bergman, Herbert Floyd, 1883— rf Blake, Joseph, 1814-1888
NQEIE [ROR Alay ANS See Fernald, M. L. Maine. 184
Berro, Mariano B., —1922 ms Blake, Sidney Fay, 1892—
Uruguay ---_-----~____-___ 259 Guatemala —— = ee 147
Berthelot, Sabin, 1794-1880 See Atwood, A. ©. United
See Webb, RAB Canary States, general Yee ee 157
Islands___--_---------~-- 87 See Beetle, A. A. New
Bertherand, Emile Louis, 1820?- Hampshire = <0 (eas 197
1890 See Flynn, N. F. Vermont__ 2158
Dahomey 222-4 Beene Soe 30 See Killip, E. P. Maryland-_ 188
AUTHOR INDEX
Blankinship, Joseph William, Page| Bonnet, Edmond, 1848-1922 Page
1862-1938 aX] F242 8 ny Pt 19
Calitornigas 22 lane ees ke 166 French West Africa________ 38
Mon tanaaues iatists st Sey ee 194, 195 Mauritaniaeos say 2 Sie 43
DRS. FS RAIS A oe et 29 ae 215 MOorOCCOme. #2 Ese J sheatih Bia 44
See Rydberg, P. A. Montana_ 195 RUNES Tee eee ek EE 60
Blatchley, Willis Stanley, 1859- Boot, David Herbert
1940 TOW apes soi ee 179
Indiana ess ee ee 176 | Bornmuller, Joseph _ (Josef)
Blewitt, Arthur Edmund, 1872— Friedrich Nicolaus, 1862-
Goumecticntess sos ae 171 TE 240
Blodgett, Frederick Harvey, 1872- Borzi, Antonino, 1852-1921
1926 1 Ol ON 2125 LS eas A aa 41
See Shreve, F. Maryland_.__ 186 | Bouquet, J.
Blomquist, Hugo Leander, 1888— Al erige se 1%
NorthuC@arolina. 2. =. as 204 me cae we =) SRSA
Blondel, Raoul Emile, 1864— a De ate to an, o4
Argentina ~-----------_---- 231) Bouton, Louis. -—1878
Bocquillon-Limousin, Henri Masearene Islands_____.____ 99
Tunisia___________-_-_____- 60 | Bouvé, Thomas Tracy, 1815-1896
Bode, Irwin Theodore, 1891-— Massachusetts ___________ 187
LEO ee ee eae ea 178 |Bowman, Howard Hiestand Min-
Bocher, Tyge Wittrock, 1909-— nich, 1886—
Greenland) 2.222 42. Tee Bese. 155 WOT ae ae a ea MEE SS 172
Boerlage, Jacob Gijsbert, 1849— Bowman, Paul William, 1897-
1900 Quche@=se FEE dan ee! 143
Dutchshastandiess—s2— 2222 105 | Box, Harold Edmund, 1898-
See Hasselt, A. L. van. Su- Lesser Antilles_2_—--- 7 229
T0031 i pte oa Nt eae 129 | Brace, John Pierce, 1793-1872
Bogue, Ernest Everett, 1864-1907 Connecticutea es nical
Oldlahom ae ee 208 | Bradford, George W., 1796-1883
Bois, Désiré Georges Jean Marie, ING SLOT a 200
1856— Bradner, Elbert, 1847-1913
Chatroduction 22ers 5 SOME, a 176
See Paillieux, A. Ethiopia 35|Bradtke, W. —1919
Boitel, M. Mie air @ Sea Set he FEE AY 115
INIGROCCOR ee ee 44 |Brainerd, Ezra, 1844-1924
Boldingh, Isaac (Isaic, Izaak), See Dole, 8. de Wen aly
1879-1938 Brandegee, Mary Katharine
WOR oa a eal Se 112 (Layne) (Curran), 1844-1920
uesser: Antilles <= ees 223], nn Se ace sear 166
Bolle, Carl August, 1821-1909 Eis TOORORAv al Bach ANTNOLT
Cay 2 California eum w Es 166, 167
Bolton, Florence Mexico i 150
See Burtt Davy, J. Uganda 61 See Greene, E. L. California 168
Bolus, Frank og | Brandwijk, M. G. Breyer-
Cape of Good Hope_-__----- 28 See Breyer-Brandwijk, M. G.
South-west Africa _________- 56|Branner, John Casper, 1850-1922
Bolus, Harry, 1834-1911 Miica Ti Sa Soticuis aeikeuar ied, ae 164
Cape of Good Hope_--_____- 28 | Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich,
See Macowan, P. South 1805-1877
ASTAICH, 2 Se 54 Wthiopiaeee ene eer sneek 34
Bolus, Louisa (Kensit) i. e. Har- Braun, Emma Lucy, 1889-
riet Margaret Louisa (Mrs. F. OVO ee ir Bhs Babes 207
Bolus), 1877— Braun, Johannes, 1859-1893
See Bolus, F. Cape of Good Gaileroon spe ee a 27
Tio pesess Sis Cae ea 28 | Braun, Karl Philipp Johann
See Bolus, F. South-west Georg, 1870-1935.
ANY ETN G2 fa OR 56 Ran ganyikae" 2s see ete 57
Bongard, Heinrich Gustav i. e. Braun-Blanquet, Josias, 1884—
August Heinrich Gustav, 1786- (MOTO CEO pane te ment re enn we. 44
1839 Bravo Hollis, Helia, 1903-
PAN AS erie a et 130 MGxX1C0 2:22) 2 ae eee 150
241306°—42——_19
288
Brehmer, Wilhelm von, 1883—
See Wiesner, J. (Introduc-
(ECO) Ob) ements rel De Di! Suk eC
Bremekamp, Cornelis Eliza
Bertus, 1888—
Bechuanaland Protectorate__
See Burtt Davy, J. Trans-
vaal
Brendel, Frederick, 1820-1912
VV OTS) i ae Rw
United States, general______
Brendle, Thomas Roy, 1889—
Page
3)
23
59
175
158
See Kline, W. A. Pennsyl-
Ved eS ee ee 211
See Lick, D. E. Pennsyl-
SV ELIT aes Sea ee ee 211
Brewer, William Henry, 1828-1910
Californians. vee eee ae a 165
Breyer-Brandwijk, Maria Gerdina,
1899-
See Watt, J. M South
PTY Cs oe em ace 54
Brink, R. C. Bakhuizen van den
See Bakhuizen van den
Brink, R. C.
Britten, James, 1846-1924
Dutch Hast Indies=22= aaa 106
Nyasalandie 2k See ee 50
See Gregory, J. W. Kenya__ 40
Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude
(Knight), 1858-1934
See Willis, O. R. New York. 203
Britton, Nathaniel Lord, 1859-
1934
ATIZON A 22. 22 ae: one ea 163, 164
Bah anna wis laa see ee ee 224
Bermuda island ss2= ee 87
Lesser Antilles_____________ 229
IN@w. Jersey 222) eas free 197
PuertogR ico ee eee ele 230
United States, general_____ 158
United States, northeastern. 160
G0 (<(6) oe li ay Ne A 1445
See Hollick, C. A. New York. ?91
See Morong. T. Paraguay__ 253
See Rusby, H. H. Bolivia__ 288
Broadhurst, Jean Alice, 1873-—
See Walker, H. G. New
JECTS y eae Le ee ee 198
Brooks, Alonzo Beecher, 1873—
West Virginige 22a ee 221
See Core, E. L. West Vir-
VINA e ss Sas Ne eee ee Al
Broun, Alfred Forbes, 1858—
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______ 20
Brown, Addison, 1830-1913
See Britton, N. L. United
States, northeastern____~- 169
Brown, Calvin Smith, 1866—
MiUssiSSip pil === Seas ee 193
Brown, Clair Alan, 1903-
TOUS Tana ye ee Be a a eeainade 183
Michioants 0 Se es ee 190
Brown, Elizabeth Dorothy
(Wuist), 1880-
See Brown, F. B. H. Poly-
NCTA ots as Lee ate Pea ee 125
AUTHOR INDEX
Brown, Forest Buffen Harkness, Page
1873-
Polynesia 22222. eee 125
Brown, Harry Philip, 1887—
NewYork 22.20 2. ieee ee 199
Brown, Nicholas Edward, 1849-
1934
BTiGiSheG Wien ese eee 244
See Kerr, J. G. Argentina__ 235
See Lugard, HE. J. Bechuana-
land) Protectorate== == 23
Brown, R. N. Rudmose
See Rudmose Brown, R. N.
Brown, Robert (of Campster),
1842-1895
BritishyCohimbias aaa 134
Brown, Stewardson, 1867-1921
See Keller, I. A. Pennsyl-
Vania. 2 eee ee ee 211
Brown, William Henry, 1884-1939
Philippine Islands________ 122, 123
Bruhin, Thomas Aquinas, 1835-
1895
United States, general______ 158
W.iSCOnSIny 2522 2 aaa 221
Bruijn Kops, George Francois de,
1820-1881
Sumatra: == lee 2s Sane ee 129
Bruno, Alessandro
Sahara 22 esr ee eae 51
Bruns, Ferdinand
Per 22 2 ae ee 256
Brush, Warren David, 1881—
Puerto Ricol 2 ss ae 230
Bruyn Kops, G. F. de
See Bruijn Kops, G. F. de.
Bryan, Edwin Horace, jr., 1898—
Hawaiian Islands__________ 109
Micronesig@: 228 22 3 ae eens 116
Bryan, William Alanson, 1875-—
Hawaiian Islands___________ 109
IMicronesiawas === anne 116
Bryant, Alfred T. —
Natale 28 ieee nan 48
Buchanan, John, -1898
Australian aislandsa=sass 101
North Island, N. GZ _-____ 220 79
South Island, N. Z________ 82
Buchholz, John Theodore, 1888—
See Branner, J.C. Arkansas_ 164
See Harvey, F.L. Arkansas. 165
Buchtien, Otto
Bolivia/ 2222 3. ee re on
Bulow, Werner von
Samoan island saa aeees eee 127
Bittner, Richard i. e. Oscar Alex-
ander Richard, 1858—
TOPO: sa] ee eee eee 58
Buhl, Carl Arthur, 1913-7935
See Peattie, D. C. Indiana. 177
See Pepoon, H. S. Illinois. 175
Bukasov, Sergei Mikhailovich,
1891-
Mexico .22 202 Spare eee 149
Bull, Henry
See Lauderburn, D. E. Mis-
sissippi. Ss ee 193
AUTHOR INDEX
Bullock, Arthur Allman, 1906— Page
See Lugard, E. J. Uganda- 61
Burgess, Edward Sandford, 1855—
1928
ING wie VO 1 kas 200
Burk, Isaac, 1816-1893
See Smith, A. H. Pennsyl-
VAIO Ae ees Side sole a SAS Zi,
Burk, Myrle Marie Juliana, 1898-—
TO Wiese A eh a 179
Burkill, Isaac Henry, 1870—
Arcentinara2 eee ee es 233
Melanesian 222s 2) ae ates ors IIU5)
Nyasalands oss eee +8)
IROUV MES Tea eames alch hala oat tees 125
Burman, William Alfred, 1856—-
1909
Manitoba 2222 ees eee a 138
Burnham, Stewart Henry, 1870—
INewe JV Or kee! Pas hes 200
See Stetson, S. New York-- 203
Burns, George Plumer, 1871-
NOTIN OTN Ge sete ee eas eS a 217
Burollet, Pierre André, 1889-—
ERM Sass See 2 OS ee 60
Burtt, Bernard Dearman, 1902-
1938
Belgians Congo= sweet 24
Burtt Davy, Joseph, 1870-1940
GoldiCoast as Br es aes ts 38
INV Salliaiin Qs 8 ee 2 2 oe 2 a ee 50
ARRAN S Vaal sos ee oe eee 59
Warn ae see et ae 61
See Greene, E. L. California. 168
Bush, Benjamin Franklin, 1858-
1937
IMUSS QUII= =o oe 193, 194
See Daniels, F. P. Missouri. 194
See Mackenzie, K. K. Mis-
SOU oe eee oe ee OS 2 an 194
Busse, Walter Karl Otto, 1865-
1933
PANS Myla ee ees 5
Bustos, M. R. Espinosa
See Espinosa Bustos, M. R.
Butler, S. R.
Wiabradory eee eS a 137
Butteaud, Edouard
Socitetyaislamds=2 222 25 27 a= 128
Butters, Frederic King, 1878-—
See Rosendahl, C. O. Min-
NCSO UA ar res Ss 192
Caballero y Segares, Arturo
INIOROCCORt = =e rr 44
Cadet de Gassicourt, Charles
Louis, 1769-1821
Mreneh Guiana =) ee 252
Cain, Stanley Adair, 1902-—
ARENIMESSEC Sees Ne 7A U5)
Calandrini Pinheiro, Enéas
See Pinheiro, Enéas Calandrini
Calderon, Salvador, 1884-1940
See Standley, P. C. Sal-
VEC Opie eens warns Rees 154
Camara, Manoel Arruda da
See Arruda da Camara, Manoel
289
Cambage, Richard Hind, 1859-1928 Page
New South Wales__________ 65
Cammerloher, Hermann, 1885-
1940
Dutch>hastindies=222232555 105
Campbell, A. G.
See Sullivan, D. Victoria__ 75
Campbell, George Gordon, 1863-
INOVar SCO lla Sa see ee 140
Campbell, Robert, 1835-1921
UCC Cee ie ee ee) 143
Campos Novaes, José de
See Novaes, José de Campos
Camus, Aimée Antoinette, 1879-
See Guillaumin, A. Poly-
NESTAM ae WIE Biba ie Tae 125
Cantu, Débora Ramirez
See Ramirez Cantt, Débora
Carazo Peralta, Manuel, tr.
See Polakowsky, H. Costa
FUCA oe we CED. 147
Cardoso, Joao, jr.
Cape Verde Islands________~_ 88
Dutehehastindiess 22a sees 106
Sao Thomé and Principe____ 52
Cardot, Jules, 1860-1934
See Delamare, E. Newfound-
Ren) ie aa PE eA SS OF 140
Carrier, Joseph Célestin, 1833-1904
Qu eh e eye acs Eee ee ae 144
Carrisso, Luis Wittnich, 1886-1937
A O laws So Se, MEY 22
Carruthers, William, 1830-1922
See Gregory, J. W. Kenya_ 40
Carse, Harry, 1857-1930
INGORE SST and ING Zee 79
Carter, James Madison Gore, 1843—
1919
UM DGUGYOVIS) Avzak Pest eels Bethe eee es 174
United States, general_______ 158
Carter, Joel Jackson, 1848-1912
See Small, J. K. Pennsyl-
VENI Ge ba SU RES AS A SPR 212
Carter, William R.
BritishsColumbia2=soe..2 === 134
Cary, Charles Allen, 1861-1935
PUEY EY 00s cnn men eee te nee Sa a Ed 163
Cary, Merritt, 1880-1918
Colorado taker oes a ee 169
Vay OMNI Se eas 2 ee 223
Castellanos, Alberto
See Kurtz, F. Argentina__ 232
Castetter, Edward Franklin, 1896—
CA THZ.O Tae ee ae TER A 164
News Mexdcoe2 aes 198, 199
Castillo, Luis
Chiles eae ARs ed Dn 246
Castle, William Ernest, 1867—
FSA Sa acer Eee eh sk 182
Castro, Eduardo B.
Argentina 2. a ee ae 231
Caum, Edward Leonard, 1893-—
Hawaiian Islands_____-____ 111
See Christophersen, E. Ha-
\Wwaiein JiSewoo hy 111
Cayla, Victor
See Dubard, M. Morocco__-- 45
290
Chabrolin, Charles Page
TUnISI9. 2 ea See aS eee 60
Chamberlain, Edward Blanchard,
1878-1925
Maine 2-22 atthe to 184
Chamberlain, Lucia Sarah
United States, northeastern. 160
Chamberlain, Ralph Very, 1879—
Utah. 22257 28s See Pell UT
Chapman, Alvan Wentworth,
1809-1899
Hlorida=2 25 _ 225) “ss bvam x 172
United States, southeastern. 161
Chase, Agnes i. e. Mary Agnes
(Merrill), 1869—
See Millspaugh, C. F.
MEXICO [ese hrn efe Rea 151
Cheel, Edwin, 1872-
Australia: 9as.2eur ariel 63
See Ewart, A. J. Northern
Territony.—. 22 ear ee 67
Cheeseman, Thomas. Frederic,
1846-1923
Australian Islands__-_____ rg meallal
New Zealand: 2-2. S22 75°28 OC
North island Neae=- 2222 79, 80
Polynesia = Af Au cere ernns ES
South Tslands Ne Zee 82
Cheesman, Ernest Entwisle,
1898—
See Williams, R. O. Ven-
eZuela ale DEE rs eo 261
Cheney, Lellen Sterling, 1858-1938
W ISCONnGin eee eae Mp Gala?
Chermont de Miranda, Vicente
See Miranda, V. C. de
Chesnut, Victor King, 1867-1938
California oe ke ene 167
Chevalier, Auguste i. e. Jean Bap-
tiste Auguste, 1873-
Cape Verde Islands_________ 88
French Equatorial Africa_—_ 36
French Somaliland____--___~ 37
French West Africa_______ 37, 38
Tyvony2 (Coast 26263 ae os 40
Saharan tes etek eer esd 51
Senegal Se Ae Se eevee ated 52
West Africa hate ors senate 62
Chiovenda, Emilio, 1871-1940
Writteas 2 see. aera ee 33
Hthiopia== 22 eee stea seat 34, 35
Italian Somaliland _______-~- 39
Kiem yal ns Bate ob ah ty bere cs 40
Chipp, Thomas Ford, 1886-1931
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan___-__ at
Gold ‘Coasts. 28 229 caer ad 38, 39
Chisholm, Edwin Claud
New South Wales__________ 65
Chodat, Robert Hippolyte, 1865-
1934
Argentinal2: = 52 Vee as ans 233
Paraguay 428 2 ieee D2
Christensen, Carl Frederik Albert,
1872-
| OFA'4 6) Spee neem ome tee reas ee 31
See Skottsberg, C. Juan Fer-
nangdez islands) ae
AUTHOR INDEX
Christensen, Carl Frederik Al-
bert—Continued
See Skottsberg, C. Poly-
N@SlQ =~ Sk 2 eee
See Summerhayes, V.S. Sey-
chelles 2 | 4.8) (eee eee
Christian, Frederick William,
1867-1934
Micronesi9= S22 a eee
Christophersen, Erling, 1898—
Galapagos Islands__________
Hawaiian - Islands ee. ee
Polynesia S22. eee deeene eee
Samoan: [sland see ssees eee
Tristan da Cunha Islands__
Christy, Cyrus William, 1831-1881
Rennsylvania eee een
Christy, Robert Miller, 1861-1928
Manitoba 22 2" 2i< eee
Chrysler, Mintin Asbury, 1871—
See Shreve, F. Maryland_
Churchill, Joseph Richmond,
1845-1933
Massachusetts______-_______
Clark, Arthur
See Deane, Walter. Massa-
CcChusettS 222 ee
Clark, Hal Beck
See Pammel, L. H. Iowa__
Clark, Howard Walton, 1870-1941
Indiang 2.4... 2 oo eee
See Evermann, B. W. _ In-
diana... = sae
Clark, Hubert Lyman, 1870—
See Cobb, N. A. Massa-
chusetts = 3 eae
Clary, Louis Raphaél i. e. Louis
Jean Guillaume Raphaél, 1859-
1892
Algeria: s22 202 Se eee eee
Clason, E. W.
J8Va, 22223 eee
Claypole, Edward Waller, 1835-
1901
Pennsylvania 2222 ee
Cleland, John Burton, 1S78—
New South Wales___________
Northern Territory
South=Australiqg== 35
Clements, Frederic Edward, 1874—
INebraska: 2. 2s 20s Se ee eh es
Clercq, Frederik Sigismund Alex-
ander de, 1842-1906
Duteh Hast indies]
Clohisy, Matt
WiISCOnSIN=22 222" = eee
Clokey, Ira Waddell, 1879-
See Brandegee, T. S. Cali-
fornia. 5-2 eee
TexXasi i. 2 ee ee ee
Clunies Ross, W. J.
See Ross, W. J. Clunies
AUTHOR INDEX
Clute, Willard Nelson, 1869- Page
Ginitrodirction) 2222222222 dD
INGWir OD kee ee eee 200
United States, general_____ 160
Cobb, Nathan Augustus, 1859-
1932
Massachusetts= 2 187
Coburn, Louise Helen, 1851—
Maine OS ak Aa iene pshoer a by ego 185
Cockayne, Leonard, 1855-1934
New Zea landeae = ae 1G Ths
IN@rEh ella Ne Zee 80
Southetslands New Zee ee 2
See Speight, R. South Is-
GING Zee eaten eS 85
Cockerell, Theodore Dru Alison,
1866-—
Coloradogs = sere eS ee 170
See Daniels, F. P. Colorado. 170
Cocks, Reginald Wodehouse
Somers, 1863-1926
PARVUM A ee et Se eI 2 163
ANEMIA SHEN Ayes ere meee ee 183, 184
Coker, William Chambers, 1872-—
INOEEnE Carolin ayes ese ee 204
South Caroling! =2ss2- es 213
United States, southeastern. 161
Cole, Emma Jane, 1845-1910
MIC ee apres 2 a ee 190
Coleman, Nathan, 1825-1887
Michiana ee a 190
Colenso, William, 1811-1899
New = Zealand== =. a2. 78
Northalislands Nee Ze2-2- 2 2 ee 80
Collins, Frank Shipley, 1848-1920
See Dame, L. L. Massachu-
SOULS eee ac Ee ae Se et 187
Collins, Guy N., 1872-1938
See Cook, O. F. Puerto Rico. 230
Combs, Robert, 1872-1899
aif ea Se 226
Compton, Robert Harold, 1886-—
Cape of Good Hope________ 28
See Rendle, A. B. New Cale-
CONG) Ce Ve is I i ag gia 119
Conard, Henry Shoemaker, 1874—
GN Ufa haa eae 0" A eee lee aa 179
Congdon, Joseph Whipple, 1834—
1910
CARO ae eee eS 167
Constance, Lincoln, 1909-
CmlmOrnides =. 2 te = 167
Conzatti, Cassiano, 1862-
Mexico jis ag ETS ie lees teat 149
Conzemius, Edouard
FROM GU AS se oe et 148
Cook, Mabel Priscilla, 1866—
A Ob bi(ees 2 ae ee eee 185
See Dame, L. L. Massachu-
SCLi gamers Be oy 187
Cook, Orator Fuller, 1867—
Verto COfe ee 230
Cooper, George Proctor, 3d
] Cal (ever Wee ee eee 41
Cooper, James Graham, 1830-1902
Washington 2-222 219
Cooper, William Skinner, 1884— Page
IAG Klee seeds eae ee 131
Vi hater cairn eee aE 190
Coppetti, Victor
See Gonzalez, M. Uruguay. 259
Cordemoy, Eugéne Jacob de
See Jacob de Cordemoy, E.
Cordero, Luis
CUO Tr a i Pa |
Core, Earl Lemley, 1902-—
WeSHAViteiniqasee aie Gls) 22m
See Millspaugh, C. F. West
NV snr an eee ess ad yapA|
Corre, Armand Marie, 1841-—
Hrench? Guineas 2 2 sone ee 37
Corréa, Manoel Pio, 18757-1934
1 CVG VAU LS bay Cie TE ie ae a oe 238
Cortés, Santiago
Colombia) 22 sai0se Lee eh = 249
Cortesi, Fabrizio, 1S79-—
iby ae ee a ee 41
Corti, Roberto
Ep yan ae ee i, 41, 42
Cory, Victor Louis, 1880-
2) EG Sa 8 wa 215
See Parks, H. B. Texas___ 216
Cosson, Ernest Saint-Charles,
1819-1889
NNER ST gi fa pl Sec ep en come ag 18
ERTS 12 se ee een ee 60
See Hanoteau, A. Algeria_ LG
Costa, Oswaldo de Almeida
See Peckolt, T. Brazil_____ 240
Cotton, Arthur Disbrowe, 1879-
BeleianiCongos=2e2esss ss. 25
Cotton, Mrs. E. M.
See Vallentin, Mrs. E. F.
Falkland Islands_________~ 89
Coulter, John Merle, 1851-1928
DEY CCG aes Sa ee ew Se eae IRs ALT(7h
AIO AIG eRe See LF cae 216
United States, western_____ 162
See Gray, A. United States,
nonreheasterny = 160
Coulter, Stanley i. e. Moses Stan-
ley, 1853-—
2 Lye Un 1G2 1 es Yee a ei apes 176
Courbon, Alfred, 1829-[ ?]
VEC ay mec a ease A ea 33
Courtney, Wilbur Doane, 1896-
See St. John, H. Washing-
fi ee eae es EN Fir Sa 220
Coutinho, Antonio Xavier Pereira,
1851-1939
Cape Verde Islands________ 88
Coville, Frederick Vernon, 1867-—
1937
ANAS Kees recess ese Weary 2 kaha ig 13)
allah gra pete eS eo te 167
Ones One ye a eee 209
See Branner, J. C. Arkan-
SEES A a ae Se ae 164
See Funston, F. Alaska____ 131
Cox, George Hastings, 1871—
INOV Ale SCOEIQ eee eee 141
292
Craig, Moses, 18647-1913
ORIO\= 22 see ee ee
See Selby, A. D. Ohio__-__-
Cranwell, Lucy May
INOrEthelsland Ny Zee 80
POlyNeSiag se ee eee 125
See Oliver, W. R. B. North
Tslandy N22 eee 81
See Wall, A. North Island,
ING Diet oe ee cau goa 81
Cratty, Robert Irvin, 1853-1940
LOW a2 es ee 178
See Pammel, L. H. Michi-
fans ee ee ee 191
See Wolden, B. O. Iowa_._ 181
Crawford, David Livingston, 1889—
awa ilan= EST an See me 109
Croom, Hardy Bryan, 1797-1837
North? Carolina] === 204
Crosby, Charles Steele
See, Burkill) Hee Loly-
N@Sia ee 2 eS ee 125
Crowfoot, Grace Mary (Hood)
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______ 21
Cruz, Porto da, visconde do
See Porto da Cruz, visconde do
Cuatrecases (Arumi), José, 1903-
Colombia SS 249
Cuénod, Auguste Jean, 1868-
FSU SV ae et 60
Cuevas, Benjamin
IVY CX CO) aE a Le aa! 150
Cummins, Henry Alfred, 1864—
1939
GoldiCoast 22 2 ae 39
Cuoco, L.
DPI Eko); Daeeerc nt ik Pare age Haag 33
Curran, Hugh McCollum, 1875—
COlO TD Tae eae eee eee: 249
Curran, Mary Katharine (Layne)
See Brandegee, Mary Kath-
arine (Layne) (Curran)
Curtis, Moses Ashley, 180S—1872
See Hyams, C. W. North
Carolina = Saar es
Cushing, Harold Beveridge, 1873—
See Campbell, R. Quebec__ 148
Cuzent, Gilbert Henri, 1820-1891
Society; Islands == saa 129
Dachnowski [later Dachnowski-
Stokes], Alfred Paul, 1875-—
MG Chil pam eee er ee ee 190
Daniker, Albert Ulrich, 1894—
New, Caledonia] 119
Dale, Ivan Robert, 1904—
See Battiscombe, E. Kenya-
Daley, Charles
Vickonia Sete oe hoe aes 74
Dall, William Healey, 1845-1927
Alaska se is = pehikeetebe 2 130
Dallas, Ellen Markoe (Wharton)
N@wWe OK ee ees ere anne 201
Dalrymple, Kenneth Waring,
1875-
See Allan, H. H. North Is-
land, Ni.“ Zs ae eee 79
AUTHOR INDEX
Dalton, Henry G.
British Guiana =a ae
D’Alton, St. Eloy
WiClOrine = 2s fats ee
Dalziel, John McEwen, 1872—
Nig@hia'= 2s ot ae ee pe
West Abricaa2 <2 2esveeee
See Hutchinson, J. West
ATTICA ee ee ee
Dame, Lorin Low, 1838-1903
IMaSSaChUSC tb Sere ae are
Dandouau, André, 1874-1925
Madacascat a= s= nae
Danguy, Paul
See Lecomte, H. Madagas-
(C72 iam we Ce Ae Od
Daniels, Francis Potter, 1869—
Colorado: 242224 ee
Michigan: 2 eee ee
IMESSOU TUS eee
Darbishire, Otto Vernon, 1870-
1934
See Rudmose Brown, R. N.
South Orkney Islands____
Dardeau, William §.
See Barker, H. D. Hispani-
Olay 2a ae ee
Darlington, Henry Townsend,
1875—
Michigans< 22 pcos Seema
Darlington, William, 1782-1863
Pennsylyaniag eee oe
Daruty, Clément
Masearene Islands_________
Daubenmire, Rexford F., 1909-
See St. John, H. Washing-
COM) 220s ee Se
AYIZONG. «22 So Se a
Davidson, John, 1878—
BritisheColumbia2==== ==
Davies, Clara Anne
See Kellerman, W.
Davies, Olive Blanche
See Ewart, A. J.
Terrilory == 2. he eee
Davis, Charles Albert,
Michigan] = 3! 22 So 32 Seas
Davis, Charles Henry Stanley,
1840-1917
See Leonard, E. J. Connecti-
Davis, Consett i. e. Harrold Fos-
bery Consett
New South Wales__________
Davis, Lucius Daniel, 1825-1900
Rhodes Island22422222.2"
Davis, Thomas Arthur Warren,
1899-—
British Guiana] Sees
Davy, Joseph Burtt
See Burtt Davy, Joseph
Dawe, Morley Thomas, 1880—
GaMmbiay2=2 == eee ae
Uganda. 2252S See ees
38
61
AUTHOR INDEX
Dawodu, Thomas B., -1920
NGL Gey Es 5 Bale Ses SSE cea i § eet ee a
Day, David Fisher, 1829-1900
See Zenkert, C. A. New
NC(o el Feared aire Opin ss ee Eo SO 204
Day, Edward Hartsinck, 1833-
1895
See Willis, O.R. New York. 2038
Day, Mary Anna, 1852-1924
United States, northeastern. 160
Day, Maxwell Frank Cooper
See Davis, C. New South
AVY fea)1 Sits a arene ee oat Br 65
Deam, Charles Clemon, 1865-
INGA oe ble BS Nate (13), 176
See Coulter, S. Indiana____ 176
See Schneck, J. Indiana____ _ 177
Deane, Walter, 1848-1930
Massachusetts ___-_-___--~- 187
See New England Botanical
Club. Massachusetts____- 188
Debeaux, Odon i. e. Jean Odon,
1826-1910
JNU ELEN GIG Veeco ste ee pa Mee a a 19
Decaisne, Joseph, 1807-1882
Dutch Haste indieseas=2s22= 106
1 OFA 1 ter See ect eS Aa eee 31
Degener, Otto, 1899-—
Hawaiian Islands________ 109, 111
Delabarre, Edmund Burke, 1863—
Mabrad Olas ee eee 137
Delamare, Ernest, 1836 ?-1888
Newfoundland___________-- 140
Delevoy, Gaston, 1884—
Beloian Congoee. es ee 25
Delile, Alire Raffeneau
See Raffeneau-Delile, Alire
Denniston, Rollin Henry, 1874—
IWAISCOMSTN 2 ae Ses ara 222
Denny, Andrew, 1812-1869
VATA vr ee a ee 1638
Densmore, Frances Theresa, 1867—
IMinnesOtavste sce sles 192
Washington____ PAG oes 219
Descourtilz, Michel Etienne, 1775—
1836
Wiest olmdilese= == oe 224
Desorthés
See Sériziat, C. Algeria__ 20
Detmers, Frederica, 1867-1934
Ohio p SEP Sa RE eT MD mee, 206
De Verteuil, Louis Antoine Aimé
Gaston, 1807-[ ?]
Venezuela (Trinidad)______ 260
Devez, G.
rencheGuignass-=2 = ae 251
Devold, J.
Greenland’ eu sae oe 155
Dewevre, Alfred, 1866-1897
BeleiamCongos22 2 2 23
Dewey, Lyster Hoxie, 1865—
CON ETE egepe aBe NS l G ree ee 142
De Wildeman, Emile
See Wildeman, Emile de
Dey, J. J.
See Castillo, L. Chile____-~- 246
Dias da Rocha, Francisco Page
See Rocha, F. D. da
Diaz Romero, Belisario, 1872-
Bolivia sas Sy ner 237
Dickson, John Martin
COU GEE C110) axe a aee E aaa 142
Diehl, William Webster, 1891—
SEO eh 2 ea ge ie RE I aR 179
Diels, Ludwig i. e. Friedrich Lud-
wig Emil, 1874—-
Ecuadorean 250
Micronesiga se se. eo soa 38 116
News Guineas s22 3 Bios 120
Salen are ee os a Ze! o1
Se@viGh elles jut aa ee 100
Western Australia_____--___ 76
See Lauterbach, Carl. New
Gunimeaya 2 eee aes 120
Dinklage, Max Julius, 1864-1935
1 DFill oes Grea), Se = a es De a ea 41
Dinter,, Kurt, 1868—
South-west Africa__________ 5D
Dixon, Will A.
New South Wales______--__- 65
Docters van Leeuwen, Willem
Marius, 1880—
Dutch East Indies________ 106, 107
SAVE Se aes BEREAN ESE ate 113
Dodge, Charles Keene, 1844-1918
Michigans se eye 190, 191
Onitari oe sae es ee ees 142
Dodge, Natt Noyes
See Patraw, P.M. Arizona. 164
Dodson, William Rufus, 1867—
TOMES Taig ee aie arene ES ON 184
Doell, Jacob Homer, 1879-—
TG An Ses ae ae eae) eee i 182
Dole, Eleazer Johnson, 1888—
Vermonita eee a 217
Dolph, John Mather, 1845-1910
Pennsylvania eae eae 211
Domin, Karel, 1882-—
Queensland 2222 eS 68
Western Australia__________ 76
Dominguez, Juan Anibal, 1876—
Aro enbin awe sit 2 i =, 7431),
Donat, Arturo, 1893-1937
Pata co mies ees oh 8 Bee 254
Douglass, Benjamin Wallace,
1882-
See Wilson, G. Indiana__-_ 178
Doumergue, Francois, 1858 ?-19388
Ade eniquied Wa * Bees Lo Ede 17, 19
Downing, Charles Toogood
Australian Islands___--___- 102
Dragendorff, Georg i. e. Johann
Georg Noél, 1836-1898
(introduction) =a aaa 6
Drake del Castillo, Emmanuel,
1855-1904
POlyMes ie. 2s seek Lea 124, 125
See Baillon,,H. E. Mada-
PASCAT whe asia ee aes a 6
Drake-Brockman, Ralph Evelyn,
1875-
British Somaliland__--__- or Soh B27 |
294
Drar, Mohammed
Drouet, Francis Elliott, 1907—
See Rickett, H. W. Mis-
SOUL o 22 Shee ee en
Dubard, Marcel Marie Maurice,
—1914
MOroce@:2 22 se asta ee ee eee
Ducellier, Léon Octave,
1937
Algerias ae aes eee eee
Duchesne, FI.
Belgians Congo! a
Ducros, A. H.
Wey pb 2 oe Sa Se:
Dudley, William Russel, 1849-
1911
See Twining, A. Pennsyl-
Durkop,
1879-
Sanaa aire eevee eee ee
Dujardin-Beaumetz, Georges Oc-
tave, 1833-1895
Gintroduction) 2s
Duque Jaramillo, Jesis Maria
Colombia) 22 = 222 eee Se
Durand, Ernest Armand, 1872-
1910
stb yale ce ee ee eae ee oe
Durand, Héléne
See Durand, T. Belgian
Cone Oat oie eee ara se
Durand, Théophile Alexis, 1855—
1912
SADT CA, 22 ele Ae a ee
Belgian (Congo 22 2222
CostapRicaeias. 2 Als ses
D’Urban, William Stewart Mitch-
ell, 1837-1934
Queche@p 228 oe A ae
Durrell, Lawrence Wood, 1888—
Coloradoe 2b 2k. eat Se
Dusén, Per Karl Hjalmar, 1855-—
1926
183 eA eee es an eS
Greenland’ 4seee0 een ee
Pataconiae! =) aes
See Macloskie, G. Pata-
OTM SAO ea DN gs ie ae Dead ps
Duss, Antoine, pére, 1840-1924
Lesser Antilles="* 22252". 2s
Duthie, Augusta Vera
Cape of Good Hope_--_------
Duyfjes, J. J.
See Eeden, F. W.
Dutch East Indies__---__-
Duyster, Marinus, 1886—
Dutch East Indies_________-
Dwyer, Joseph Wilfrid, 1869- _
New South Wales____-------
Dyer, Robert Allen, 1900—
Cape of Good Hope__-------
Tristan da Cunha Islands__-
Erich Ernst Friedrich,
Page
31
194
45
212
203
AUTHOR INDEX
Dyer, W. T. Thiselton Page
See Thiselton-Dyer, W. T.
Eames, Arthur Johnson, 1881~—
See Wiegand, K. M. New
York22 225-28 ee AE 203
Eames, Edwin Hubert, 1865-—
NewrLoundland = 140
See Graves, C. B. Connec-
ticut_2 8 a ane ee 171
Earle, Franklin Sumner, 1856—
1929
Alabama =] 02 2 eee 163
Eastwood, Alice, 1859—
Alaska ii: * SIG pes Serer 131
California s22..>e= ee Bee 167
Colorado lev. Coe eee 170
Mexi@oiy L2U is ote, Oe 150, 151
Witte BO ee eee 217
Eaton, Daniel Cady, 1834-1895
See Berzelius Society. Con-
nechicut= 244 Wa ae atral
Edwall, Gustavo, 1862—
Lei Al eee eee pa er Be ee atl ree DA ()
See Loéfgren, A. Brazil_____ 241
Eeden, Frederik Willem van,
1829-1901
pe Dutchohast)ingies==sa=aaas 105
Egasse, Ed.
See Dujardin-Beaumetz, G.
Os Gntroduction)=—===— 6
Eggert, Heinrich Karl Daniel,
1841-1904
See Engelmann Botanical
Clubs. Missourit=== amass 194
Eggleston, Willard Webster, 1863—
1935
See Dole, E. J. Vermont___ 217
See Jesup, H. G. New
Hampshines2 = sees sea ton
Ehlers, John Henry, 1878—
See Gates, F.C. Michigan __ 191
Eichler, August Wilhelm, 1839-—
1887
See Martius, K. F. P. von.
Brazil aot ke See eee ene 239
Ekman, Erik Leonard, 1883-1931
Hispaniola: = <.secs ae 227
Elbert, Johannes Eugen Wilhelm,
1878-1915
JieVel 2 Fa bh AAR tie eee 113
Elder, Norman Lascelles
See Zotov, V. D. North
Psland. aN: Zier: ek eo ere 82
Elliot, George Francis Scott,
1862-1934
pierre Leone< 4s Rint Anas 53
Elliott, Stephen, 1771-1830
South. Carclina==—- =a 213
Emberger, Louis i. e. Marie Louis,
1897-
Moroceco2 22. Seah 44, 45
Emberson, Frederick C., —-1913
See Campbell, Robert. Que-
D@@z es el ee ae pete 148
Emerson, Fred Wilbert, 1886—
New: Mexicoz:=. 223 teces5 199
AUTHOR INDEX
Emerson, George Barrell, 1797— Page
1881
Massachusetts_________-__ 186
Emrich, Karl
154 721A Ce a Se ee ere 240
Endert, Frederik Hendrik, 1891—
BORN CO: Seer 2 So cps 1 1038
Endlicher, Stephan Friedrich
Ladislaus, 1804-1849
Australian Islands_______-- 102
POMOC Tae see eT ee eS 124
Engler, Adolf i. e. Heinrich Gus-
AEN EC Beara Ma a dae 16
Beleiany Congoso 22. = 25
1 DU ONO'S 13 0 eae in ial a Miata hee eS = sa0
PREPAY Vey nee ee ope 0 es 57, 08
English, Mrs. Carl §S.
See Hardin, Edith
Erlanson, Eileen Jessie (White-
head) (Grimes), 1899—
RNG RSD Ty epee eee eee Ee NG
SUS ODRTT toes. Jee eS ek: NE ee 218
Ernst, Adolf i. e. Gustav Adolf,
1832-1899
Wenezuelar cee. ai Cra ion 260, 261
Escomel, Edmundo
) (2) 51) Cee epee an 9 SBR ne GE Ss ae abe ST:
Eskew, Cletis T.
OhlahoOmae Aes x Sree Ae! 209
Espina, Ramon
Colombia sien Hires ae, DAG
Espinosa, Reinaldo, tr., 1899—
See Diels, L. Ecuador_____ 250
Espinosa Bustos, Marcial R.,
1874-
(OAT (Sag OS ere Ree Ee 246
Pata sonia s eee Ss hire G 254
Evans, J. P.
KANGA Gee Ee 165
Evans, Maurice Smethurst, 1854-
See Wood, J.M. NataJ_____ 48
Evans, Walter Harrison, 1863—
Evermann, Barton Warren, 1853-—
1932
VAG NENT Te 5 Ane onl ara oa te Ea a LTT
Ewan, Joseph Andorfer, 1909—
ISTO VAT Batata sy a el os ee LI wl 163
Ewart, Alfred James, 1872-1937
Northern Territory_________ 67
MiIGlonig =< re ees 73, 74
Ewer, Seth Judson, 1905-—
See Fernald, M. L. Maine__ 185
Ewing, Clare Olin
North zCarolinatie? ts) oo 205
Exell, Arthur Wallis, 1901—
Fa SD CED C eaeee Le A ar a ad Ae 2
See Carrisso, L. W. Angola 22
Eyles, Fredrick
Southern Rhodesia_____-___ 55
Falla, R. A.
See Sladden, B. North
RGA GSN: (Zp eel i oh a 81
Farr, Edith May, 1864—
NA STL) Fi epee ee PB es te 134
Farrar, William Gardner Page
See Simonds, A. B. Massa-
ChuUSetts= Atri) tab! 188
Farwell, Oliver Atkins, 1867—
Michigan. =k wee 25 engi 191
See Beal, W. J. Michigan__ 189
Fassett, Norman Carter, 1900—
J S55) 02h eS NEES ae eae 185
WiSCONnSin te tle e pelos ad 222
Fawcett, Rosamond A.
@abbrount ame ees on Nk 167
Fawcett, Stella Grace Maisie
NOMEN PATISUR AAAs = aie 208 71
Fawcett, William, 1851-1926
cl SATUS IEE a ee Te pee a gc 227
See Hitchcock, A. S. Ja-
FEY DG 2 eer rake tae fee PON rae 22
Featherman, Americus, 1822-[ ?]
OUISTAn A faetae ae 20 See 184
Feay, William T., 1803-1879
Georeiatess se anau seen eee 174
Fellows, Dana Willis, 1847-1928
See Rand, EH. L. Maine____ 185
Fender, Flora S.
ING WHR CESC yee oral Sw 198
Fenno, Frank Ernest, —1920 New
EY Oke cis at enh be 201
Ferguson, William Cashman,
1861-19380
ING WaeVOlKe 2-5 ee f55 Ae es 201
Fernald, Merritt Lyndon, 1873-
Mran kine’ cae Sees ter ae 136
ab ra Ge resins eee ae 137
Main C2 a 2 esa te ban a 184, 185
INewLoundland === 2-2 = sae 140
INGVWa SCO aS at ie SaaS 141
A) S62 1) 0 Ieee es a Te eae rey Cee we 218
See Gray, A. United States,
nontheasternss = se 160, 161
See Providence Franklin So-
ciety. Rhode Island______ PAP
See Stemen, T. R. Okla-
NONI] Stren ee Npehe STE Aes 208
See Taylor, N. New York___ 203
Fernow, Bernhard Eduard, 1851—
1923
(Ov 0 ie SN ae ES ae iE 226
Ferris, Mrs. Roxana Judkins
(Stinchfield), 1895-—
IMG xf @ QE 22 sa en BE rer She Ba UN
Ficalho, Francisco Manuel Carlos
de Mello, conde de, 1837-1903
CAT OA ee Ries eee Ss 22
Fiebrig-Gertz, Carlos (Karl),
1869-
Paraouay seated ee iP 252, 253
Figuéiredo Gomes e Sousa, An-
tonio de
. See Sousa, A. de F. Gomes e
Filet, G. J., 1825-1891
Duteh Hast Indies" _ sss. — 105
Fink, Bruce, 1861-1927
ROW By ss oey ee E 179
Fiori, Adriano, 1865-—
WOPLCnGa ok Ok wee Cate 33
296
Fishlock, Charles William Lau- Page
rence, 1903-—
BelgiansCongo= =a 25
Fitting, Hans i. e. Johannes Theo-
dor Gustav Ernst, 1877—
Algeria. .( 2.81. WE teeaee ca) 19
Fitzgerald, William Vincent,
—1929
Western -Australiqa.= =a 75, 76
Fitzpatrick, Mary Frances (Lin-
der)
See Fitzpatrick, T. J. Iowa_ 179
Fitzpatrick, Thomas Jefferson,
1868—
LOW dae 222 Soe eee ee eee 178, 179
Flahault, Charles Marie Henri,
1852-1935
AIC erigi ree oe teks eae Sa 19
Fletcher, Henry Turner, 1884—
ARE IS a aes ee cae ee 216
Fletcher, James, 1852-1908
Ontario css i a airen eee eas 142
Flint, William Francis, 1849-1904
New Hampshire__________ 196, 197
Flores, Leopoldo
INV Xel COP areas ca ene ee 149
Flynn, Nellie Francena (Waite),
1861 ?-1922
Vermonit® . let ae ees 218
Fogel, Estelle Denis (Mrs. R. E.
Buchanan), 1876—
See Pammel, L. H. Iowa__ 178
Fogg, John Milton, jr., 1898—
Massachusetts: 222222 a 187
Foltz, Kent Oscanyan, 1857—
O10 ee See ee STE ae 207
Fonseca, Eurico Teixeira da, 1871—
| BLA Mae mM eet ak Pe oetae Fe N 5 tee Ot 238
Fonseca, José Pinto da
See Luederwaldt, H. Brazil. 242
Font y Quer (Font Quer), Pio,
1888—
MOroGeos2s22 ts _ seen Sap 45
Fontaine, William Morris, 1835-—
1913
Wes aVairg ini eee a 221
Forbes, Charles Noyes, 1883-1920
Hawaiian Islands________ 109, 111
Forbes, Helena M. L.
Natta) 28 oe wie ee ie rat 48
Forbes, Henry Ogg, 1851-1932
Keeling Islands#=2 22253 95
Moluccaaislands=]]aass aa 117
Fors (y Reyes), Alberto J.
Ciara cs Pee eee 225
Fosberg, Francis Raymond, 1908—
Hawaiian Islands__________ 110
Polynesiais 2st cents Pe aiiaee 125
See St. John, H. Polynesia__ 126
Foster, E. W. |
Nigeria. 24 Set sea 2 ee 49
Foster, John Harold, 1880—-
See Flint, W. F. New Hamp-
SUNG ysis ee ee eae 197
Foureau, Fernand, 1850-1914
Algeria) )) 22 esse ere eee 18
AUTHOR INDEX
Fowler, James, 1829-1923 Page
ING Ww, Bum Swi Ck 139
Nova: Scotias = 20 sete al 141
Franchet, Adrien René, 1834-1900
British Somaliland=..s.2a. 27
French Somaliland_________ 37
Patagonia. 3.22 a ewe 254
Francis, William Douglas
Queensland === snes 69
See Bailey, F. M. Queens-
Dear ie ee 68
Fraser, Samuel Victorian, 1890-—
Kansas, 2c Shee see 182
Fraser, William Pollock, 1867—
Saskatchewan meee 145
Frazee, Louis Jacob, 1819-1905
Kentucky. eee 182
Freeman, Chester Peter, 1890—
Tennessee we ae ee ee ee 215
Freeman, William George, 1874—
Venezuela: 2.22 aes eae es 261
See Stone, H. British
Guiana... a4. bs eee ae 244
Freire-Marreco, Barbara W.
See Robbins, W. W. New
Mexico 242-2232 he ae 199
Freise, Frederico W.
Brazil. <2. 22 eee 238, 240
Freitas, Augusto Sant’iago Bar-
jona de
See Barjona de_ Freitas,
French, Charles, 1840-1933
See Spencer, B. Victoria___ 74
Fries, Robert Elias i. e. Klas Rob-
ert Elias, 1876—
Argentinas 2s... 4. ie ae 233
Northern Rhodesia_____-___ 50
See Fries, T. C. E. Kenya__ 40
Fries, Thore Christian Elias,
1886-1930
FROM Yate a ee 40
Frost, Charles Christopher, 1805—
1880
See Cobb, N. A. Massa-
chusettsi. is aes 187
Frye, Theodore Christian, 1869—
United States, western______ 162
Frye, Wilbert Mason
West Virginia =2o5 ree 221
Fuentes (Maturana), Francisco,
1876-1934
Chile 22. 2 es eae 245
Polynesia’. 2 ee 125
See Philippi, Federico.
Chile = 8e ts ie ee ee a ees 247
Fuller, Albert Morse, 1899—
WiSConsin 2222. eee eer eas 222
Fuller, Joseph B., 1827-1910
See Beckwith, F. New
York 2226 =26s naa Bee 200
Fullmer, Edward Lawrence, 1870—
See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio_ 207
Fults, Jess Lafayette, 1910—
Towa2.2=-2 252 22 ks. Sateen 179
AUTHOR INDEX
Funston, Frederick, 1865-1917 Page
DANS ae eo 131
Fussell, Linnaeus, 1842-1907
Rennsylvanid.s22 202 bei obi 211
Fyles, Faith
Canada ie bie. st rece teal at 133
Gagnepain, Francois, 1866—
Baracel) Island ss. 22 2 sas) 122.
Gaisser, Karl
ARO 0 ee ele NS aes or os FD 59
Galpin, Ernest Edward, 1858—
Cape of Good Hope_________ 29
ARRAN S Va alee 3 at = ae 59
Gancedo, Alejandro
JN EETE) ATLEL 7 ee ee a Sa 234
Gandoger, Michel, 1850-1926
INO OCE OS Sie ss ee 45
Garcia, Rodolpho, 1873-—
15 A pide? ot Sh oe aeons Re ees 240
Garcia Salas M., Jorge
See Guérin, R. Guatemala_ 147
Garcia y Merino, Manuel
1 B-( bl Tee bie 9 cae ae See eo a 257
Gardiner, John Stanley, 1872-
See Willis, J. C. Chagos
Archipelago 28 2 Ss 94
See Willis, J. C. Maldive
ES anid Sie ee Se 98
Gardner, Charles A.
Western Australia__.______ (ORE
Gardner, Grace Brown
Massachusetts 25222222 187
Garman, Harrison, 1858—
ESE TnGT GC kaye = eae mk Fi ee 183
Garrett, Albert Osbun, 1870—
LOE Og SP a Mae lh a 2A
Gassicourt, Charles Louis Cadet de
See Cadet de Gassicourt,
Car;
Gates, Frank Caleb, 1887—
DDR eS ree ee a IES
Michie aise ea es Te 191
Gattefossé, Jean, 1886?—
NMORGC CORES Bas
Gattinger, Augustin, 1825-1903
Mennesseeyeas = 2 bi 2 214, 215
Gauba, Erwin
See Schweinfurth, G.
| DYE] 0) kee pie a ae re 32
Gay, Claude, 1800-1873
(CTE U CS 2 ae 245
Gay, Hippolyte
Mio eRias sere ee 19
Geiser, Samuel Wood, 1890-
Kewanee LUG,
NES. GS 2 ea ee a ee 215
Gelert, Otto Carl Leonor, 1862-
1899
See Ostenfeld, C. H. Green-
PERE CMe e ele yan hE 3 155
Gelting, Paul Emil Elliot, 1905—
GRCCMIAT GE feet: Shh erte he OS 155
Gepp, Antony, 1862-
See Andrews, C. W. Christ-
aS selSslandsens 2 it sets 94
Gepp, Antony—Continued
See Rendle, A. B. New
Guime@a += see Gi I
See Rendle, A. B. Northern
REERELO Ryerss a FA. SD
Gerth van Wijk, H. L.
Gintroduetion)s2<2>=='5) =
Ghesquiére, Jean
Belsrane Congo. = see
Giacometto, Juan
See Espina, R. Colombia__
Gibbes, Lewis Reeve, 1810-1894
Souths Carolina= == 2s ===
Gibbs, Frank James, 1900—
See Shannon, C. W. Okla-
INT es eae Ee ee
Gibbs, Lilian Suzette, 1870-1925
OTN CORSE Oe Bee ee
nies] am Sees Se ee
ING Ww Gain Cassie ae Bs
@wWeens kar Ce
Southern Rhodesia_________
of EFAS) 062s Wp OO
Gibert, Ernest (José Ernesto),
—1886
Wirugua iy. 7h
Gibson, John, 18517-1876
ONCARIO = 2a anh Pee os
See Macoun, J. Ontario____
Gifford, Edward Winslow, 1887—
See Barrett, S. A. Califor-
Gifford, John Clayton, 1870—
IPvetonricoe esis he eae
Gilg, Ernst Friedrich, 1867-1933
Cameroons sess bir a ee et
Gilkey, Helen Margaret, 1886—
Gillespie, John Wynn,
See Seemann, B. Fiji Islands_
Gillet, Just.
iBeleians, Congo= 2 - === 25 oss
Gilliland, Hamish Boyd
Southern Rhodesia__-----~~-
Gillot, Francois Xavier, 1842-1910
ANS 1 aie tees Ea ae ee
Gilmore, Melvin Randolph, 1868—
IMT Chie a eee aes 8 eT 2
Nebraska st ise 2) Sas ears
Girola, Carlos De Alberti, 1867—
1934
See Spegazzini, C. Argen-
ONG Y7 Weir ee ss 4 RS Od ee
Glaziou, Auguste Francois Marie,
1828-1906
BS SrA ie on a ee BS
Gleason, Henry Allan, 1882-
British) Guiana == es
Ein gig eee ee ee
Michigan’ 4. 2-22 eee
Venezuela 2204.2 2 eae eee
Glendenning, Reginald, 1888—
British Columbians] Sasee2
298
Glover, P. E. Page
Tram Sve all oa a oe aes
Glover, Ruth
See Bolus, F. Southwest
APriCa! 27 hess i) eee nee 6
Goester, L. E.
NoutheAtricaZ S22) wae 53
Goldman, Edward Alphonso, 1873-
MiGxsti@ is 2 2 i a ae ew 151
Gomes de Almeida, A.
Mozambiques2= =a aaa 47
Gomes e Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo.
See Sousa, A. de F. Gomes e
Gomez de la Maza (y Jimenez),
Manuel, 1867-1916
Gonzalez, Anastasio Alfaro
See Alfaro Gonzalez, A.
Gonzalez, Dario
See Guérin, R. Guatemala__ 147
Gonzalez, Matias
Orugwalys 2 ae ee 259
Gonzales Ortega, Jests
See Ortega, J. G.
Good, Ronald D’Oyley, 1896—
See Exell, A. W. Angola___- 22
Goodale, Alfred Shepard, 1876—
Massachusettsoa2 = sas 187
Goodaie, George Lincoln, 1839—
1923
(introduction) == 3
See Fernald, M. L. Maine__ 184
Goodrich, Lucy Leonora (Hutch-
inson), 1831-1923
ING W/O. OT keto ee 201
Gordinier, Hermon Camp, 1864—
1930
New Vorke) 206 aretubin 44 ene 201
Gorman, Martin Woodlock, 1853-
1926
A las eae ee eA aatgh 131
Oregonw Ale WENGER Ym 209, 210
\AVENSI vb ove KO) ee pe ee ea 219
Gossweiler, John
Angolanti. 2 tag eee 22
Gourlay, Henry William
See Laing, R. M. South
slanGsNeeZ eee a ere 83
Gow, James Ellis, 1877-1914
Towa’ ith hvu it 2 5 ae ae 179
Goyena, Miguel Ramirez
See Ramirez Goyena, M.
Graff, Paul Weidemeyer, 1880-
See Standley, P. C. Mon-
Gam gi Ws rac ol ea 195
Graham, Edward Harrison, 1902-—
British) Guianas. e222 eas 244
iG aa Se 217
Graham, Roy, 1908-1939
) British Columbiqa===2s."2= 135
Gram, Karl i. e. Kai (Kaj) Jorgen
Arthur, 1897—
Sahara.) ibe ee ae eee 52
Granado [Baya], José Teodoro
del, 1895-—
Bolivia: 222 atic TAC 237
AUTHOR INDEX
Grandjot, Gertrud F. de
CHIC Boe eae anne
Grandjot, Karl
See Grandjot, F. de. Chile____ 246
Grant, James Augustus, 1827-1892
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______ 21
Graves, Arthur Harmount, 1879—
Maines. on 0. pantie ds i feeuatpa 185
Graves, Charles Burr, 1860-1936
Connecticut === aes ae eee 171
Gray, Asa, 1810-1888
AVS Ka 28 Uae ee isi
New SYork<22- ae rer 201
United States, general______ 158
United States, northeastern. 160
See Brewer, W. H. Califor-
) OY Es aera epinpenine anat es pn te LAs 165
Grébert, René
lesser Antilles= 2222 ee ames 229
Greely, Adolphus Washington,
1844-1935
Brankdinos 5 eee eae eee 136
Greene, Edward Lee, 1843-1915
California. newme nena 167, 168
MexiCO) i.e a) GAN En eee IL
Greene, Wesley, 1849-1935
TOW act ees Oi eae 178
Greenway, Percy James, 1897-—
Banga ny ka sees esse ae 57
Greenwell, Rose Agnes, sister
Kentucky" san sae 183
Gregory, John Walter, 1864-1922
IGN Yass oe eee 40
Greshoff, Maurits, 1862-1909
Hrench, Guiana sae 251
Grevelink, Arnold Hermann Biss-
chop
Dutch Hast Indies__-____ 105
Grier, Norman MacDowell, 1890—
New: ‘Wonk... shee Saha 201
Griffith, Braham Grey
British Columbiqg= = =.s=aa 134
Griggs, Robert Fiske, 1881—
Ohi 22. SUS Fee eee 207
See Moseley, E. L. Ohio____ 208
Grinnell, George Bird, 1849-1938
Montana. 3s. tae eae 195
Grinnell, Joseph, 1877-1939
See Hall, H. M. California. 165
Griscom, Ludlow, 1890-
See Fernald, M. L. Vir-
CIMA oo Se eee 218
See Weatherby, C. A. South
Carolina.) 24. xs0ete, 8 are 213
Grisebach, August Heinrich Ru-
dolf, 1814-1879:
Argentina, . =< i> hye ees 234
UT ai 2 225
Lesser, Antilles 2222 22.. 252= 228
West (indilesh 2a. 22 Sees 224
Groh, Herbert, 1883-
See Jackson, V. W. Mani-
tobas is Sere shee eee 139
Grosourdy, René de
West “Indies. 2 oe ee 224
AUTHOR INDEX
Grout, Abel Joel, 1867—
See Jeliffe, S.
Page
OVO TK Pas Neen SEEN RO En! 202
Guajardo, Amador
CHECOE See Nee IO a 245
Guérin, René
Guatemalasssel2 vee ee 147
Gurke, Max i. e. Robert Louis
August Max, 1854-1911
Wiest: Africas. hrs aE 62
Guilfoyle, William Robert, 1840—
1912
PSUStraliia sie: sw Fee ee 64
Guillaumin, André, 1885-—
Melanesia: = nik See te 115
New Caledonia___________ 118, 119
POV NeSiaes ee. Spell ee 125
See Sarasin, FEF. New Cale-
COMA eS Le ee 119
See White, C. T. New Cale-
Conia sete es, AS A at 119
Guillemin, Jean Baptiste An-
toine, 1796-1842
Seme pa] a OO a Se 53
Society Islandsli Ssvseirs: 128
Gunckel L., Hugo
Cea ee a 245
Guppy, Henry Brougham, 1854—
1926
Keeling) Islandsa sea 95
Melanesia aoa. Wie Pe HAUS)
Polynesia] ae wees See 124
Guzman, David Joaquin, 1846—
Salivad ores Bars heer 32 154
Haberer, Joseph Valentine, 1855—
1925
ING WY OD Keseen Sete 201
See Paine, J. A. New York- 202
Hadders, Magdalene
See Wehmer, C. (Introduc-
OMG) eee ets so a Per Le 5
Haussler, F.
ESpamMiOla =e Se 227
Hagerup, Olaf, 1889—
French West Africa_---__-_- 38
Hale, Josiah, -—1856
Rouisiawa ters coi Awe 183
Hall, Carlotta (Case), 1880-
See Hall, H. M. California_ 168
Hall, Harry Hilbert, 1885-
See Ross, B. Kansas____—~- iS?
Hall, Harvey Monroe, 1874-1932
Californians as SE ea oe 165, 168
Hall, James, 1811-1898
See Wright, John. New
AYO g Kes emt ped Cae a ee 204
Hallier, Hans Gottfried, 1868-1932
See Elbert, J. E. W. Java__ 1138
Halsted, Byron David, 1852-1918
INGWareESe@yes-8 8. ca oe OG
Hambleton, Santiago
PrahamOmieres wr. 2000 tet 5 255
Hamilton, Alexander Greenlaw,
1852-1941
New South Wales___--~---- 66
Hamilton, Arthur Andrew, 1855— Page
1929
New South Wales__________ 66
See Ewart, A. J. Northern
Perri tory See ae ee VLBA Ae 67
Hamilton, Augustus, 1853-1913
Newae Zealand zees2 eis so ee 78
SouchelslandNe Zee es 83
Hamilton, William Massey
INoreheislamGdeNi Ze ee 80
Hancin, John, 1878-—
J SEITE Se i i ea oe 182
Hancock, George Leonard Rhys
See Fishlock, C. W. L. Bel-
TET, COVED) ices 25
Hanes, Clarence Robert
See Beal, W. J. Michigan__ 189
Hanoteau, Adolphe i. e. Louis
Joseph Adolphe Charles Con-
Hantzsch, Bernhard Adolph,
1875-1911
DGFT) oF 3 16 Ka) oe a) eee cea oe ee 137
Hardin, Edith (Mrs. Carl S.
English)
See St. John, H. Washing-
(C0) Oly dla sree Oc Vater en en cee 220
Hardy, Alfred Douglas
Vi CUO Tay pes et wee eel ae etd re!
Harger, Edgar Burton, 1867—
See Graves, C. B. Connecti-
CE (i Pee SN a a 2 Ego 171
Harms, Hermann August Theodor,
1870—
Pe eee Bee ema 257
Harnly, Henry Jacob, 1862—
FEATS IG Ce eee LEE Gee AR 182
Harper, Roland McMillan, 1878—
PX) O51) OEE Repos lian ie ee ABE A eta, 163
MV ORIG ao ere ne ee 173
GOTT arse hr oS Wee pee 173, 174
See Cobb, N. A. Massachu-
SCUt Gyan oie as Se hee 187
See Standley, P. C. Mexico. 152
Harrington, John Peabody, 1884—
See Robbins, W. W. New
IMGxaCOp Gree ee aie ia! 199
Harris, William Samuel, 1861-
1917
New Hampshire______--____ 1%,
Harrison, John Burchmore, 1856—
1926
HS ENGISH EG Uae eee ee 243
Harshberger, John William,
1869-1929
New. Jerseyeian sb ne Pew er 198
Hart, Henry Chichester, 1847—
1908
Wery te te a ea e dl
Hartman, Carl Gottfried, 1879—
A eb: C1 es a dd aah Gah EN te 216
Hartmann, Fernande
TH yay oe 3 30
300
AUTHOR INDEX
Hartwell, Emory Adams, 1850— Page | Hegi, Gustav, 1876-1932 Page
1911 See Warburg, O. Angola___ 23
See Simonds, A. B. Massa- Heilprin, Angelo, 1853-1907
chusettss 222 eee ee 188 Mexi¢o. 2222 its eee eee 151
Hartz, Nikolaj Eeg Kruse, 1867— Heimlich, Louis Frederick, 1890—
1937 1928
Gréechlandssets. eae 156 Gach: Wats ears ame weedmeey Se Mantes 2 iler¢l
Harvey, Francis LeRoy, 1850-1900 Heller, Amos Arthur, 1867—
ATRKanSa6.. 43 a 165 Hawaiian Islands_________- 110
Harvey, LeRoy Harris, 1879-1922 Beminsy) va aes 211
Maines) 25. ea eee 185 TROx aS) oe i at ee ce ee ee 216
Harvey, William Henry, 1811-— United States, general______ 158
1866 See Holzinger, J. M. Idaho_ 174
SouthvAtinicawae eso eet o4 See Small, J. K. North Car-
See Phillips, E. P. South Olinaw2. 2 Ss 2 2 ee 205
Afrieg ssc ae Sie eee Ae 54] Heller, Edmund, 1875-1939
Hasselt, Arend Ludolf van, 1848— See Snodgrass, R. HE. Clip-
1909 penton lslanda] === aaa 104
SUmaaihay ok eee eee he 129 | Hemenway, Ansel Francis, 1878—
Hasskarl, Justus Karl, tr., 1811- OLrec On === 2a ee 209
1894 Hemsley, William Botting, 1843-
See Junghuhn, F. Java--.__ 112 1924
Hassler, Emil, 1861-1937 Aldabrat 22.227 ese eee 93
AS erating eee ee 234 IASON Slew 86
Paraciayesos =2. eek 292 Australian Islands______-___ 102
See Chodat, R. Paraguay ~ 252 Bermuda islands sae 87
See Parodi, D. Paraguay_—~ 253 Bolivia oe ae ea eee Pay
Hauman, Lucien (formerly Hau- Central Americas = es 146
man-Merck) Chagos Archipelago______-___ 94
Argentinas: 28 hese eres 231, 234 Crozet Islands=22=s= =a 94
BelciqnkCongo =.= anne 25 Ethiopia 222 ee eae 34
Patagoniat-o.on ewe mse oN 253 Fernando Noronha_____---- 89
See Kurtz, F. Argentina____ 232 Gloriosa’ Islands== = 95
Haupt, J. G. Juan Fernandez Islands_____ 114
See Nagel, J. J. Iowa____-- 180 Kerguelen islands) sass saae 95
Havard, Valery, 1846-1927 Macdonald Islands___-_--__-~ 96
GNSS ee 7 Pasian Stee cat 216 Melanesia_________- in 115
Haviland, Francis Ernest Molucca Islands__-__-___-_= 117
New South Wales__-__--_--- 66 New Amsterdam and St. Paul
Hay, George Upham, 1843-1913 Tslandsre oe hae ieee 99
See Fowler, J. New Bruns- Polynesiat =e ees 125, 126
WiC kee ere are ea ee ee 139 Prince Edward Islands____- 100
Haydon, Walton St:) Belena/2 22)" setae 91
See Holmes, E. M. On- San Ambrosio and San Felix. 128
taniom 2.20. ie 142 Seychelles 4.44 3: 3s. 101
Hebert, Peter Edward, 1886— Wdisboucalayel: JiSennGl 9§2
Michizaniie tcc sae eee 191 Tristan da Cunha Islands__- 92
Heckel, Edouard Marie, 1843- See Cheeseman, T. F. New
1916 Tegan 22s eas ees 77
EKrench. Gulanaa== 22 aeese es 251 | Henderson, Lena Bondurant,
Madale asc alee ena ne 97 1880-—
See Duss, A. Lesser An- Illinois ~-----____------___- 175
tL] Ae ree Sea es cet 229 | Henderson, Murray Ross
Hedge, Catherine Elliott Dutch Hast Indies aaa 107
Massachusettss 2222s 22as= 187 See Steenis, C. G. G. J. van.
Hédin, Louis Dutch East Indies________ 108
(OB TTVAKOOME Se ee 27 | Henkel, Alice, 1869-1916
Hedley, Charles, 1862-1926 United States, general______ 158
Polynesia siesta aise See. 125 | Henkel, John Spurgeon
Hedrick, Ulysses Prentiss, 1870- Natal.» 2. 2s ee ie ae eee 48
See Sturtevant, E. L. (In- Henriques, Julio Augusto, 1838-
[HROCHHOUO)N)) eb 6 1928 ‘ ide
Heering, Wilhelm Christian Au- Sao Thomé and Principe___-— 52
gust, 1876-1916 Henry, Joseph Kaye, 1866-1930 <
Tanganyika 22-2 e—= eae 58 British Columbias.222=_———— 135
AUTHOR INDEX 301
Henry, Teuira, 1847-1915 Page
SOGICbye Sands ee 128
Henshall, Hester Stansbury (Fer-
guson) (Mrs. J. A.)
See Blankinship, J. W. Mon-
aN aes eee ee es a a 195
Henslow, John Stevens, 1796—
1861
Keeling Islandse == 2 95
Herbert, Desmond Andrew
See Alexander, W. B. West-
CrEny Austrahiaze se 75
Hering, C. J.
SUING ee eee 258
Hermann, Frederick Joseph, 1906-
See Beal, W. J. Michigan-_ 189
See Dodge, C. K. Michigan. 191
See Walpole, B. A. Michi-
SNe es = ieee Sess ar, 192
Herrera y Garmendia, Fortunato
Luciano, 1875—
| ECSUED Ls gS SE eee eee ee 256, 257
See Yacovleff, E. Peru_-__ 258
Herter, Wilhelm, 1884—
(OPED Ess Se ae 259, 260
See Osten, C. Uruguay____- 259
Hervey, Eliphalet Williams, 1834—
1925
Massachusetts ee 187
Herzog, Theodor, 1880—
IB OliVA ge 2 See et Cee Pl Pe Sele Bot
Heyne, K., 1877—
Dutch hast Indies] sess ss 105
Hicken, Crist6bal Maria, 1875—
1933
ATEN tina =. sass ert 234, 235
See Kurtz, F. Argentina___ 232
Hiern, William Philip, 1839-
1925
INN GO Ae ees a 22
See Oliver, D. West Africa_ 63
Hieronymus, Georg Hans Emmo
Wolfgang, 1846-1921
AO eMiiNaw seers oe, 232.235
ait OT aS eae 255
See Niederlein, G. Argen-
(GUTS SSS Sette eee eas See ee nee 236
Higham, J. F.
See Jackson, V. W. Mani-
LO) at: Ae, co Re oe Sa eee 139
Higley, William Kerr, 1860-1908
See Pepoon, H. S. Illinois__ 175
Hill, Albert Frederick, 1889—
Cintroduetiom) 42222 = 5
SVR eis @ Riess sea et 185
Hill, Arthur William, 1875-1941
See Harvey, W. H. South
JAG ELEC | ace Seen ee 54
See Oliver, D. West Africa_ 63
Hill, Caton N.
WieSEWireinias. os 221
Hill, Elizabeth Sewall
Massachusetts. 188
Hillebrand, William, 1821-1886
Hawaiian sisiands == 2a 8 110
Hillier, John Masters, 18617-1930 Page
See Moloney, A. West
ASRS] CQ ee ps LN. ays adie sevt 62
Hitchcock, Albert Spear, 1865-
1935
District of Columbia= a 172
VIN IG vere Fike ee Se Cea pee ee 173
Syren er eg oP 179
TQM all Ga eee ee eas 227
IRE NSS e Se eee 181
Hochreutiner, Bénédict Pierre
Georges, 1873-—
JNJ EXSY EP Si Soe ee ae re 19
Hoehne, Frederico Carlos
183 Es WALLS Ses ee ee eee 238, 241
Hoffman, Ralph, 1870-1932
Massa chusettsmess: = =e ms 188
See Brandegee, T. S. Cali-
TOQUE Chee ee a 167
See Yates, L. G. California. 169
Hohenkerk, Ludovic Smith, 1874—
Britisheeuignas see 2438
Holcomb, Irving
CoOnnMe Gti Cee akz(al
Holden, William
Gintroduction) ssa es -
Holland, John Henry, 1869-—
Gintroduction) sas ase Dd
ING ers ye eee ce ee 49
Hollick, Charles Arthur, 1857-
1933
ING Wa VO Keer Soe eae 201
See Bailey, W. W. Rhode
1S} LW OG [pce Se ee Rees eS 212
Hollrung, Max, 1858-1937
See Schumann, K. M. New
GU aay a a ee 121
Holm, Theodor i. e. Herman The-
odor, 1854-1932
Colorad Oe k eS st a eee 170
GLE ri sir es ae a ee 154
See Hitchcock, A. 8S. Dis-
tictomCcolumbia==—=-——— Ue
See Macoun, J. M. Mac-
Kenzie tea ert ace be 138
Holmberg, Eduardo Ladislao,
1852-1937
GAT: TET pi eee elas ie eet! 232
Holmes, Edward Morell, 1843—
1930
OntariQ S23 eee eee ee eee 142
Holtze, Maurice William, 1840—
1923
Northern Territory -_—2_=—=— 67
Holway, Edward Willet Dorlard,
1853-1923
See Arthur, J. C. Minne-
SO terete reenter es es es he eel, 192
Holzinger, John Michael, 1853-—
1929
Ta ahoEs satan vers nt SS De 174
Hooker, Joseph Dalton, 1817-1911
Australian: islands == 102
@aAMeCrOONS Se aes Sew ae ee 28
Greenland? 2 2se.ee wae eee 154
302
Hooker, Joseph Dalton—
Continued
Kerguelen Island__-__-__---_~
MOoroceon 222 tte ae ee ee
INeweZealand =e
INISOrI ae ee ee ee Ae
Palmer iam ee ee
Spanish Guineas ==
Tasmanians 2 een
Hor (or Horr), Asa, 1817-1896
See Bigelow, J. M. Ohio__--
Horne, John, 1835-1905
Hiji-Islands-2- == =e aes
Mascarene Islands__________
Samoane Island sites eae
Hosaka, Edward Yataro, 1907-
Hawaiian Islands222 2-27
See St. John, H. Hawaiian
slam sia .s22 ees Be AEE
Hosmer, 1851-
1903
See Dame, L. L.
Alfred Wheeler,
Massachu-
Hosokawa, Takehide
Micronesiat=). 2s se eee bee
Hosseus, Carl Curt, 1878—
Argentinal]2- 2 Sees |
Patagonian 0 ae. Sere
See Spegazzini, C. Pata-
LOMITA Sh ME
Hotchkiss, Neil, 1901—
1885
Hough, Romeyn Beck, 1857-1924
United States, northeastern_
Oregonbes. Fe at be MOD
Northe@aroling===2 ae
How, Henry, 1828-1879
See Lindsay, A. W. H. Nova
Scoliate es 2ss-bet eek Ra
Howard, Alexander L.
@Qnitroduction) === ss
Howe, Elliot Calvin, 1828-1899
See Gordinier, H. C. New
Howell, John Thomas, 1903-
See Eastwood, A. Califor-
TBA age oe te rel ea ae AL
Howell, Thomas Jefferson, 1842-
1912
United States, western_____
See Gorman, M. W. Oregon_
Wash-
See Burtt Davy, J.
CoaSti4o. 2 ae eee ee
Page
AUTHOR INDEX
Hoyle, Arthur Clague—Continued Page
See Burtt Davy, J. Nyasa-
Lam? Moe UE es SPORE sak he 50
Hoysradt, Lyman Henry, 1848-
1933
New. Y 0k & eee 202
Hua, Henri, 1861-1919
Dahomey =222 32 sss see sites 30
West Africa. Se Wes eae 62
Huard, Victor Alphons:, 1853-
1929
See St. John, Harold. Lab-
PAGCOR! =o Seema see 138
Huber, Jacques, 1867-1914
IBGAZi] a 2288 eee eae ee ee 24)
Peru 2220 as sae naan core 257
Huett, John W.
NMOS 2 See Se ae ee 175
Hultén, Eric i. e. Oscar Eric Gun-
nar, 1894-
ATEN 1c ek ce ae oe ee 131
Humbert, Henri, 1887-—
Madagascar see 97
MOrno0Ce0 222.2 2 eS eee 45
See Viguier, R. Madagas-
COT ie = ake ALISTER oe eee. 98
Hume, William Fraser, 1867-
Hey pt ke eee 32
Hurst, Blythe
Prince Edward Island______ 143
Hurst, Henry Alexander, 1825?-
1882
Bey pt 22.3 aM. Inte 32
Hussey, John, 1831-1888
Kentucky 225 7s ieee pees 183
Hutchinson, John, 1884—
Nigerian. sae are eee 49
West: Africas cl 2 see 62
See Smuts, J.C. Transvaal_ 59
Hyams, Charles Walter, 1864—
Northi@arolimng= == sae 204
Hyams, Mordeca Elisha, 1819-
1891
See Hyams, C. W. North
Carolina 2s 2 eee ae 204
Illick, Joseph Simon, 1884—
Pennsylvania ee ee 210, 211
Im Thurn, Everard Ferdinand,
1852-1932
See Oliver, D. British
Guiana ts 4 eae 244
Imray, John, 1831-1880
See Anonymous. Lesser An-
(ilLeS oS Bee oe 228
Irigoyen, Luis H.
See Hauman, L. Argentina. 231
Irmscher, Edgar, 1887—
Borneo) {2.4 te 2 ee eee 103
Irvine, Frederick Robert
Gold: Coast 22 42> eth as ee 39
Issa Bey, Ahmed
Heypt. 222-2) eee eee 30
Ives, Sumner Albert, 1882-—
South: Carolina=!c2 322 213
Ivey, Thomas Jayne, 1874-1927
See Scott, W. Ontario__-__ 143
AUTHOR INDEX
Jackson, Benjamin Daydon, 1846- Page
1927
Gintroduction) ps2... ea 3
Jackson, John Reader, 1837-1920
See Rendle, A. B. Mozam-
| EVO [DNS pi that ak Sega aes Be Es 47
Jackson, Joseph, 1847-1924
Massachusetts 222) = = 188
Jackson, Vincent William, 1876—
Manito la ater soap 2 See 2 139
Jacob de Cordemoy, Eugéne, 1835-
1911
Mascarene Islands ______--_ 99
Jaeger, Fritz i. e. Friedrich Rob-
ert, 1881-—
cl RES AN2 Wau ll tcf renee ne eee ap 58
Jaffuel, Félix, 1874-1939
Cl e=ss2 Sie ee hee eke 246, 247
Jahandiez, Emile, 1876-1938
Mornocco22eeree Seen = rectangle 44, 45
See Gattefossé, J. Morocco_ 44
Jahn, Alfredo, 1867-1940
Mene7 ela a eee 261
Jameson, William, 1796-1873
D RDU DUENG (CY sae a ah 250
Jaramillo, Jesis Maria Duque
See Duque Jaramillo, J. M.
Jardin, Edelestan i. e. Désiré
Edelestan Stanislas Aimé, 1822—
1896
French Equatorial Africa___ 36
Ol WMS as res oe Se 126
See Guillemin, J. B. A. So-
ciety. crlslangseee: Les oe 128
Jeannot, Eugéne i. e. Raymond
Eugéne Maurice
Madavasca sets se a 98
Jeffs, Royal Edgar, 1879-1933
Oklahoma 208
Jelliffe, Smith Ely, 1866—
NIG yan O Is ese ere ree) 202
Jennings, Otto Emery, 1877—
COUT Oia ae ee a 226
Pennsytvania/ ke PAT
See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio £07
See Shafer, J. A. Pennsyl-
7G UC ist te Reo e s e 212
Jepson, Willis Linn, 1867—
Caiiorn tasers te 165, 168
Jesup, Henry Griswold, 1826-19038
New Hampshire____________ 197
Jewell, Herbert Winship, 1872-
VAAN a Ces seme eae es Ss 88 185
Johansen, Frits, 1882—
Lee aut Fa eee ies se eal eee Oe ee 136
Johansen, Holger, 1898-
Pea ENT eee ae se 1538
Johnson, Laurence, 1845-1893
United States, general______ 158
Johnston, Henry Halcro, 1856-—
1939
Mascarene Islands_________ 99
See Baker, J. G. Mascarene
US Smikp i eee ee 98
241306°—42——_20
Johnston, Ivan Murray, 1898—
AT centinagse alee yee ay
Californie See wei pee
San Ambrosio and San Felix_
Johnston, John Robert, 1880-
Guatemala ae see Ea eta
Wenezuelars os. Sh ritiat ) Ee
Johnston, Thomas Harvey, 1881—
See Cleland, J. B. Northern
Mee O Ty see ee ee
See Cleland, J. B.
AaIStraliaee 8th ees rt
Johnstone, George Rufus, 18SS8—
See Cary, C. A. Alabama__
Johow, Friedrich Richard Adal-
bert, 1859-1933 ?
Juan Fernandez Islands___—
Joly, Alexandre, 1870-1913
NICO TO CC 0 meee een tre oe Be Ns,
4 RC WT SS Ge eae rs ee Be
Jones, Clyde Harold
See Schaffner, J. H. Ohio__
Jones, George Neville, 1904—
WV Sinn oo yee ee
See St. John, H. Washing-
COM haces he 2 lantnes tf \
Jones, Herbert Lyon, 1866-1898
OOS Bae Re Es wien ahh pean we
Jones, Lewis Ralph, 1864-
See Burns, G. P. Vermont__
See Dole, E. J. Vermont__
Jones, Marcus Eugene, 1852-1934
Miron ten ae as oo ei ee
Jones, Sheridan R.
KO WHEN ID RU Coys ee ae
Jordan, David Starr, 1851-1931
See Lewis, Il. F. Massachu-
SCCESGAe Ee ate ELS eo
Jouan, Henri, 1821-1907
Polynesigvatet= fer k eis
Judd, Albert Francis, 1874-1939
Hawaiian islands) sas
Judson, James Edward, 1900—
See Smith, H. H. Wisconsin_
Julien, Adr. i. e. Cyrille Cyprien
Adr.
Algerian Us se ee aa rres
Jumelle, Henri Lucien, 1866—1935
French Equatorial Africa_-_
French West Africa_________
IMadacaScair as =. aire
Masearene Islands_________-
IManme tania =e area
Junghuhn, Franz Wilhelm i. e.
Friedrich Franz Wilhelm, 1809-
1864
Duteh Hastuindies=2 32a s=
ch JEP 7 eee ae PES pene ET ee sd
Junod, Henri Alexandre, 1863-
1934
See Schinz, H. Mozambique_
Justice, Robert S.
Georiiay 2. - ee ero tet wes
48
173
304
Kaaiakamanu, D. M. Page
Hawaiian Islands2=2) 2s 109
Karnbach, Ludwig, 1864-1896
New :GWinea—2-= Assn see 120
Kanehira, Ry6z6
Micronesias === 116, 117
Philippine Islands_____-_-_--~ 123
Kearney, Thomas Henry, 1874-—
Kentucky's. 222. 2h 183
North, Carolinas =. 205
Vilt SUE es et a eee 218
See Britton, N.L. Arizona__ 164
Keller, Ida Augusta, 1866-1932
Pennsylyanias == eee 211
Kellerman, Stella (Dennis), 1855-
1936
See Kellerman, W. A. Kan-
SAS shes Bows ee eb et eet 181
Kellerman, William Ashbrook,
1850-1908
Kansas 2a ee ee 181
OMI OES eee i 206, 207
OntaTriow 25... ee 142
Seer Creaic M. - Ohio === 207
See Schaffner, J. H. Ohio__ 206
Kellogg, Harriette Susan, 1860-
1916
Michifan™ 3225 24 ete en. 191
See Pammel, L. H. United
States; generals eae 159
Kelly, James Peter, 1885—
Rennsylvaniae a. Seo Alt
Kempe, Hermann, 1844—
Northerneherritory22 2) = 67
Kendrick, Ella Bagnell
See Leonard, E. J. Connec-
tieUi ese 2S Ss Fae ee Deeg ame Bel U7(8
Kennedy, George Golding, 1841—
1918
Vermontete ss See as: 218
Kennedy, James Domoné, 1898-
INI geriae: See 49
Kenoyer, Leslie Alva, 1883-—
See Standley, P. C. Pan-
EINE Se a ie Poa eh 153
Kerr, John Graham, 1869-
Argentinas £22 5.2 ee aes 235
Kervégant, D.
Hessers Antilles = 222 S22 es 229
Keys, James
See Bailey, F. M. Queens-
Jair Gas PE ake day rd NY 69
Killip, Ellsworth Paine, 1890—
Maryland2s<2 Seek. saab ines 186
See Gleason, H. A. Ven-
CZCS eee Tee ve 261
King, Charlotte Maria, 1864-1937
See Rammell Ha lowa=- eins
King, Wilbur Lewis, 1871—
Renmsiyilivainil ae eee ee PALI
Kirk, Thomas, 1828-1898
Australian Islands_________-~ 102
New. Zealand] =22)2 se aes 78
Northolsland Ne 72a 80, 81
Southelsland Ns 7a saeoes 83
See Buchanan, J. North
[sland } NG Zsa ee ee
AUTHOR INDEX
Kirk, Thomas—Continued Page
See Cheeseman, T. F. South
Island; (N72. 3 see 82
See Hamilton, A. South
TSTamd: IN. Zit ee ee eee 83
See Petrie, D. South Island,
Nisa Zis, 2 oe oe eee a ee 83
Kirkconnell, Watson, 1895-—
Onlanl0=2e- ee ee 142
Kirkwood, Joseph Edward, 1872-
1928
United States, western_____- 162
Kittredge, Elsie May, 1870—
Vermont: eee 218
Kjellman, Frans Reinhold, 1846—
1907
Allaig keane SOE os bale ea eae 131
Klincksieck, Paul, 1857-1909
United States, northeastern. 161
Kline, Whorten Albert, 1864—
Femmsys lives) ae eee 211
Kloss, Cecil Boden, 1877—
Andamanwislands 22s. 93
Klugh, Alfred Brooker, 1882-1932
New Brunswick_____-______ 133
Klunzinger, Carl Benjamin, 1834~-
1914
gy ptt 2s ee eee 32
Knoche, Herman i. e. Edward
Louis Herman, 1870—
Canaryalslands#=s =a eee 88
Knowlton, Clarence Hinckley,
1876—
Mia neste. se Sete Te eee 185
See Bouvé, T. T. Massachu-
SOUS = Sots es eae ae 187
See Hill, E. S. Massachu-
S@ttSse2 ee ee 188
See New England Botanical
Club. Massachusetts_____ 188
Knowlton, Frank Hall, 1850-1926
Alaskas.2 220 2500 i.e Melee 132
See Hitchcock, A. S. Dis-
trict of Columbia 172
Knuth, Reinhard Gustav Paul,
1874—
Venezuela: 232-5 = ees 260
Kobayashi, Yoshio
See Tatewaki, M. Alaska__ 1382
Koch, Max, 1854-1925
SOU EHIATIS Grail y= ae erent (2
Koidzumi, Gen-ichi (Geniti),
~ 1883-
MicronéSias=2= +2223 sae i HERS
Kolderup Rosenvinge, lLaurits
See Rosenvinge, J. L. A. K.
Koorders, Sijfert Hendrik, 1863-
1919
Celebes==) - 2. eae 104
Dutch East Indies__________ 105
Javaoes we ee ee a bs Oa Is Ba 18
Koorders-Schumacher, Anna,
1870-1934
Dutch? Hast Indies=—== ss 107
JAVA) ee, Ae see eee 113
See Koorders, 8. H. Celebes_ 104
AUTHOR INDEX
Kops, G. F. de Bruijn Page
See Bruijn Kops, G. F. de
Kotschy, Theodor i. e. Karl Georg
Theodor, 1813-1866
AES) ays eye eed a 32
Kraebel, Charles John, 1889-
Hawaiian Islands_______-__ 111
Kramer, Augustin Friedrich,
1865-
Welanesiate 202 Sn aa Us)
Samoan island sea eee 2G
Krais, Paul, 1866—
See Wiesner, J. (Introduc-
E11) oe eee ee nea 5
Krause, Ernst Hans Ludwig,
1859-—
Cape Verde Islands____--~- 8S
Kremers, Roland Edward, 1894-
See Denniston, R. H. Wis-
COUSIN toon hee ee D2E
Kruuse, Christian, 1867—
Green angie ss ee eR 156
Kurtz, Fritz (Federico), 1854-1920
aS eaten emt TAB AS Tes ee 132
NTF RANA se a)
See Al’bov, N. Patagonia-_ 254
Kurz, Sulpiz, 18384-1878
Andaman Islands_____~_-..-- 935
Dutch East Indies__________ 107
Nicobar: Islands222 82232252 100
Kuylen, Henry
See Record, S. J. Colombia_ 250
See Record, S. J. Guate-
103 be ieee LSS eer Ra sO 148
Laguna, Antonio Ramirez
See Ramirez Laguna, <A.
Laing, Robert Malcolm, 1865-1941
Australian Islands___-_____ 102
IN@weZealamdes = ot. 2 aoe 18
South Islandi oN: Zea === 83
See Speight, R. South Is-
LEG ONG Eee Ae a et a eae 85
Lam, Hermann Johannes, 1892-
Dutch East Indies__________ 107
IN@wa<Gulin eas = os ls 2 es 119
See Lauterbach, C New
Guinim@ ase ae ee 120
See Lorentz, H. A. New
CGD UNS S a 120:
Lamson-Scribner, F.
See Scribner, F. L.
Lane-Poole, Charles Edward,
1885-
Sierra Weone=— =. 2 53
See Alexander, W. B. West-
eran - Ae nee es ee es T)
Lanessan, Jean Louis de (Jean
Marie Antoine), 1848-1919
HrencheGulanas 2 ae Zo
Lange, Johan Martin Christian,
1818-1898
CRE Ey aU LET 01(c Lae ae a RS 154
Langlois, Auguste Barthélemy,
1832-1900
NGO WAS TAN Ae lee se aed 184
Lanjouw, Joseph, 1902-
See Pulle, A. A. Surinam__ 258
Lanza, Domenico, 1868—
) RDU tel EYER Eg steht ce a eg
Latham, Roy Angelo, 1882-—
ING Wa NGO Ty eae eee EE ee
SCO) IO fas ese Se a ea
Latzina, Eduardo, 1875-—
JT EERE) OWEN ks eS Sa ee Na Soa
Lauderburn, Donald Ely, 1884—
MASSISSt pipe weet aS
Lauridsen, Peter, 1846-1923
GreenlanG: ees ee
Lauterbach, Carl Adolf Georg,
1864-1937
Nielam CSiaae ee Oe ee a
Samoamylislamd ste ee
See Schumann, K. M. New
GUM age eee eel Be
La Wall, Charles Herbert, 1871—
1937
INGw. Jersey = vee
Leach, Lilla
OTes oes eee ae
Lebrun, Jean
Belgians Congosss au oes
LeClere, Jules
Mascarene Islands
Lecomte, Henri i. e. Paul Henri,
1856-1934
Mada gals Calis: senate yareneere ne
Lee, Charles Alfred, 1801-1872
Leendertz, Mrs. Reno Pott
See Pott, Mrs. R.
Lefranc, Edmond
Lely, Hugh Vandervaes, 1891—
INS CTs ets Sie Laie Seesaw ae
Léon, Joseph Sylvestre Sauget,
hermano, 1871-—
NE Oxa CO Seen ste rel eee Bena a
Leonard, Emily Josephine, 1837—
1884
COMME CECUESE =o os eh eae
Lester-Garland, Lester Vallis,
1860-
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______
NOT.0 CEO MEBs Sore es ie
Letourneux, Aristide Horace,
1820-1890
J DANt] Oy G5 ie tee 28 RS eee eee Se
See Hanoteau, A. Algeria__
Lévy, Pablo
Nicaragua
Levyns, Margaret Rutherford
Cape of Good Hope________-
Lewis, Harrison Flint, 1893-
Quebee 22 2akes Sawer
241
200
20
50
295
ho he
149
171
306
Lewis, Isaac McKinney, 1878- Page
TAN CES) ANE Se aT 215
Lewis, Ivey Foreman, 1882-—
MassachuSetisy2 = =a essen 188
IN(Oretay GH RON a 205
Lewis, Richard Garwood, 1885—
See Morton, B. R. Canada. 1833
Lick, David Ellsworth, 1863-1938
Rennsyivania 2s Ziel
Lillo, Miguel, 1862-1931
Arventinay 22 Soe ses eon neers S 235
Lima, Américo Fires de
See Pires de Lima, A.
Lindberg, Harald, 1871—
TPT 121s ei See ee oa 61
Lindinger, Leonhard i. e. Karl
Hermann Leonhard, 1879— :
Oningnay IIB NGI. = 87
Lindly, John Milton, 1864—
ouisiana 2222s 184
See Hitchcock, A. S. Iowa_ 179
Lindsay, Andrew Walker Herd-
man, 1852-—
IMOWEL ~ SICO Ue a ee 140
Lindsay, William Lauder, 1829—-
1880
Southwlicland iN 7a ane 83
Linney, William Marcus, 1835-
1887
Kentucky] 2iwn nee 183
Linton, A. Murray
Polynesiase tetas Bae s ieee 126
Litardiére, René de
MOROCCO as tae eae 46
Little, Elbert Luther, jr., 1907—
Oklahoma eee ee See 209
See Jeffs, R. E. Oklahoma 208
Littmann, Enno, 1875—
See Fitting, H. Algeria____ 19
Lloyd, Francis Ernest, 1868—
WOUISTAN gees ae ee 184
Lofgren, Alberto (Albert), 1854—
1918
Baz Coe ar 2 Rae eee Eee 238, 241
See Warming, E. Brazil___ 248
Loesener, Theodor i. e. Louis
Eduard Theodor, 1865-—
AN [CS Io eee a cee aca ne St 151
Lombardo, Atilio
See Gonzilez, M. Uruguay_ 259
Londono, J. B.
Colombia se no es ees 248
Long, Bayard Henry, 1885-—
See Keller, I. A. Pennsyl-
577-318 dy 13 ae ee ne dois Soh Peal
Longman, Heber Albert
Queensland ass Sasa ee 69
Looser, Gualterio, 189S-—
Chiles aaa 2c 245, 247
See Reiche, K. F.: Chile___ 246
Lorentz, Hendrik Antoon, 1853-
1928
New, Guined2= 2 3253s 120
Lorentz, Paul Giinther, 18385-1881
Are emnitinay ee > ee ee 235
Loret, Victor, 1859—
Hey ptiscs Sess eee eee 30
AUTHOR INDEX
Louis, Xavier
French Equatorial Africa__
Louis-Marie (Louis Lalonde),
frére, 1896—
Quebe@ 22-222" ees eae
Lowe, Charles William, 1885-—
Manitoba= S22: > Se eee
Lowe, Ephraim Noble, 1864-1933
MuUSSISSip pit 4 See eee
Lowe, Richard Thomas, 1802-1874
Madeira Islands
MOrOCCOR: 233s eS eee
Salyvacevlslands==] aaa =a
Lueders, Herman Frederick, 1851—
1904
Wisconsin
Luederwaldt,
1934
Brazil
Hermann, 1865-—
Lugard, Edward James, 1865-—
Bechuanaland Protectorate_
Lundager, Andreas, 1869-1940
Greenlandic. eee eee
See Ostenfeld, C. H. Green-
Lundell, Cyrus Longworth, 1907-—
Guatemala. 2. tee ee ee
Lunell, Joel, 1851-1920
North Dakotas
Lusina, Giuseppe
iby ee ee ae ee eae
See Ascherson, P. Libya__
Lutz, Harold John, 1900—
Renmnisyiivaira eee een
Lyon, Marcus Ward, jr., 1875—
bndiang ke See eee
Lyons, Albert Brown, 1841-1926
(Introduction )
Michigan ee Sa 'ntese ie Sembee
McAtee, Waldo Lee, 1883-—
NortheCanolina = see
See Hitchcock, A. 8. District
Of Columbia see eee
See Macoun, J. M. Alaska__
Macauley, Mary Elizabeth
See Beckwith, F. New
Vork 232 ret eae
Macbride, James Francis, 1892—
Peru) 2 2e ee) Sit Aes
Macbride, Thomas Huston, 1848—
1934
McCarthy, Gerald i. e. Michael
Gerald, 1858-1915
See Wood, T. F. North Caro-
Ling 22 ee ee ee
MacCaughey, Vaughan, 1887—
Hawatian Islands__________
AUTHOR INDEX
McClatchie, Alfred James, -1906 Page
Cahiformianet = sn) te ewes ee 163
McDonald, Elizabeth Seton, sister
JG as Uke tj alee )s = uae gun seamen sli eee ee a aUeday ILrrl
MacDonald, Gilmour Byers, 1883-—
See Bode, I. T. Iowa_-__-- 178
See Pammel, L. H. Iowa_--- 180
McDonald, Malcolm
NOW eee tes tee Fa 5 Sept BORA 179
McDougall, Walter Byron, 1883-
Wiyominger” ie a oe ee 223
MacGillivray, William David
Kerr, 1867-1933
@ueenslande 22s 21 ee 69
McGregor, Ernest Alexander,
1880-
SouthaCarolina=2 222 sae 213
Macgregor, Gordon
Polynesia 222 ste4 eas ae 126
McIntosh, Arthur Clem, 1901—
South Dakotas == ae ae 214
See Rydberg, P. A. South
I) AKO Alp ee Se Fes eee Bee is Ss 214
MacKay, Alexander Howard, 1848—
1929
@anadaeeets 28 28 Wes ae he 133
WADrAG 0 Rist SS es 138
Mackensen, Bernard, 1862-1914
A BYES GS es ie AG ae oo 216
Mackenzie, Kenneth Kent, 1877—
1934
IVES SS 0 UG see es are aa 194
McLaughlin, Willard Thomas,
1904—
See Standley, P. ©. Mon-
{TT 05 eee ees a ee 195
Macloskie, George, 1854-1919
EARN SEXO NOG Se 253
MacMillan, Conway, 1867-1929
MiMnes ote a a ees Se 192
McMinn, Howard Earnest, 1891-
@aviformmi ats a= ae Pe ee ee 166
United States, western____-_ 162
Macoun, James Melville, 1862-
1920
INS Kelaenrers ae BN ee 132
TEU VERB UG) Fel see a gu a ge 136
Wabrad Oe ae eae Eee 137
Mackenzicnra= 222.25 2 ea ot 138
Omtariquees save ee 142
OnCWe CRs ae ee Se 144
GUO eer Pe cep EAL)
See Macoun, J. Canada____ © 133
Macoun, John, 1831-1920
Gamage ake Te ee 133
J Ein OEIC (Gy AS eee ae De OG
Ontariquetis 5. 4B es 142, 143
@Oiwehe crete sa Se 144
BYSUIKONi peta Shee 145, 146
See Gibson, J. Ontario_____ 142
Macowan, Peter, 1830-1909
SoubmeAtricass) 2: See 54
Maguire, Bassett, 1904—
See Standley, P. C. Mon-
LGC) G8 ESI Soe eres nig cs nn 195
See Tidestrom, I. Nevada-._ 196
Maiden, Joseph Henry, 1859-1925
PANTLS Gren ge ee nS a
Australangelislands 222s. as
New South Wales_______-___
Oly MESIa ees ee ae Lae
Qucensland 222.2 eis es
SouthyAuwsStralian ss sas
AIRS TNA TN ee ais se ea
Wal CL OM aes te ee
Western Australia__________
See Ewart, A. J. Northern
ARO RIO Yo ae
Maige, Albert i. e. Louis Albert,
1872-—
See Lapie, G. Algeria__-___
Maino, Evelyn
See McMinn, H. E. United
States, western___________
Maire, René Charles Joseph Er-
NOT OCC Or MON a TRE SS
Sen erie Spend, es ds ees
See Braun-Blanquet, J. Mo-
POCCOM Ne. eerste ARS
See Ducellier, L. Algeria___
See Emberger, L. Moroecco__
See Jahandiez, E. Morocco_
See Litardiére, R. Morocco_
Malaga Santolalla, Fermin
CO) 65) ey Asie aN OI rere ea annie a ah
Malm, Jacob von, 1901—
Dutch Hast Indiess= ses
Malme, Gustaf Oskar Andersson,
1864-19387
Brake All ae Pe ems cae Oe ee
Marbut, Curtis Fletcher, 1863-—
1935
See Shantz, H. L. Africa___
Marie-Victorin, frére (secular
name Kirouac, Conrad), 1885—
QueHe Crees ie eae eae
Markotter, Erika Irene
Orange Free State________--
Marloth, Rudolf i. e. Hermann
Wilhelm Rudolf, 1855-1931
SoutuhivAtnrica -se 5222 2on ies!
Marreco, Barbara Freire-
See Freire-Marreco, B. W.
Marshall, Reginald Charles, 1893-
VeneZuclae errr te. ae ae ae
Marshall, Ruth, 1869-
WVASCONSINy as Be EINE
Martelli, Ugolini, 1860-1934
1 SD) Oil 6) cet Wet nSete ine i Plies carne eas SEEN
Mthlopia, =o Ss ees eee
Martens, James William, jr.
See Willis, O. R. New York_
Martindale, Isaac Comly, 1842—
1893
See Smith, A. H. Pennsyl-
Atzeret or Ae a
308 AUTHOR INDEX
Martinez, Maximino Page
IMGXICO i222 Ee le 149
Martius, Karl (Carl) Friedrich
Philipp von, 1794-1868
BAZAN ov ee ae aR 238, 239
Mary Clare, sister
See Metz, sister Mary Clare
Mas y Guindal, Joaquin
MOTrO¢COR 22225 ee ae eer ah 46
Masferrer y Arquimbau, Ramon,
1850-1884
Canangy, islands aan 22a a= 88
Massey, Reginald Ernest
See Broun, A. F. Anglo-
DAVonaMa Suck 20
Matta, Alfredo Augusto da
Ses 17 AN a Se AN a aS 239
Mattei, Giovanni Ettore, 1865-—
Italian Somaliland_________ 39
See Lanza, D. Eritrea______ 33
Matthews, Washington, 1843-
1905
PASE Z OVVEL ne = ese ER ee 164
Mattoon, Wilbur Reed, 1875-
1941
See Harvey, F.L. Arkansas. 165
See Shannon, C. W. Okla-
10) 8 013 pata Renee Mere toy pe ae 208
Maugham, Reginald Charles
Fulke, 1S66—
Mozambiquel====s223222—= 47
Mauricio, frére
See Sennen, frére. Morocco— 47
Maury, Paul Jean Baptiste, 1858-—
18938
See Bonnet, E. Algeria___ 19
Maus, Pearl Marie, 1899—
Fania ste cae eee a ie ae Be 182
Maxon, William Ralph, 1877—
See Britton, N. L. Puerto
RU COL te Nee eae we te 230)
Maycock, James Dottin, -1837
esservAmtilless= sian es 229
Maza, Manuel Gomez de la
See Gomez de la Maza,
Manuel
Mazé, Hippolyte Pierre, 1818-1892
WessersAmntilles sss eT 229
Mead, Samuel Barnum, 1798-1880
IN@W t YORnK#2s 2. Ss 2 ee stele 202
Medina, José Toribo, 1852-1930
Cees ee ee aged re 245
Medsger, Oliver Perry, 1870—
United States, general______ 159
Meeteren, J, M. Westeroten van
See Westerotien van Meet-
eren, J. M.
Meigen, Fritz, 1864—
(CTE as 5 a er Ra eae 247
Meilleur, René, 1911—
See Marie-Victorin, /frére
Quebec 2 22 2a eee 144
Meisel, Max, 1892-—
United States, general_____- 159
Mell, Clayton Dissinger, 1875-— Page
See Brush, W. D. Puerto
Rico. 2292270 Re eee 230
See Record, S. J. (Introduc-
ton) ae s2 Se eS ee 6
Melliss, John Charles
St:Helena 23:3 k 2a ee see 91
Mello Moraes, Alexandre José de,
1816-1882
Brazile: tees bee aes 239
Melvill, James Cosmo, 1845-1929
Mlonida. = 258 Fe yes ees 173
Memminger, Edward Read, 1856-
NorthiCaroling= ssa 205
Mendonca, Francisco d’Ascencao,
1889-—
See Carrisso, L. W. Angola_ 22
Menezes (Meneses), Carlos Aze-
vedo de, 1863-1928
Madeira Islands___________ 90
See Lowe, R. T. Madeira
TslandG 222 soe tee eee 90
See Lowe, R. T. Salvage Is-
LANG StEE ee Bea 91
Merino, Manuel Garcia y
See Garcia y Merino, M.
Merker, Moritz, -1908
Tanganyika Ss eee ae 58
Merrell, William Dayton, 1869—
See Stewart, P. A. New
WOT] ees eee 203
Merriam, Clinton Hart, 1855-1942
BN ESS) fei Ve aA as et I ail sh 132
California = “os. ie seein 168
Merrill, Elmer Drew, 1876-—
BOrne0 2 See Oe eee 103, 104
Micronesia: 2 sie seen sly
Moluccaisiands == sass aes 118
Philippine Islands____ 122, 123, 124
Polynesiat=2 9220 25 nama 124
STURT 2A ge ee ce ee 129
See Brown, W. H. Philip-
Dine Plslands see eee 123
See Coville, F. V. Alaska___ 1381
Merriman, Paul Rossiter, 1882-
Wire ni ges 21k So eae ere 219
Merritt, Melvin Leroy, 1879-
See Merrill, E. D. Philip-
pine) islands 2.22 ase 124
Mertie, John Beaver, 1888—
Alaskatet 2 te. - UL aaacelacaes 132
Mesa, J. T. Roig y
See Roig y Mesa, J. T.
Metcalf, Franklin Post, 1892—
See Bergman, H. F. North
Dakotac 2. 2s es Sa aie 205
Metz, Mary Clare, sister, 1907-
MOXOS See. =o aa 216
Meyer, Ernst Heinrich Fried-
rich, 1791-1858
Labradors... 2 ieee 137
Meyer, Hans, 1885-1935
@Gntroduction) _=se22 a aa= 5
AUTHOR INDEX
Meyer, Hans
1858-1929
1 OLOUEY0 Lon cake ate ae a a es
Mangan yilkcat ses a2 oe aes
Meyncke, Oscar Marion, 1849-
1936
Inn eiain ats ee a Bs Ct
Mildbraed, Johannes i. e. Gott-
fried Wilhelm Johannes, 1879—
Cameroons #22 aS.
Spanishy Guineaes sae e ses
Rancanyilkaye es. 22 eee
Millan, Roberto i. e. Anibal
Roberto
AT eenbiiates = sss
Miller, Alonzo Alexander, 1865-—
1933
See Barnes, W. D. Iowa___
Miller, Elihu Sanford, 1848-1940
Heinrich Joseph,
ING Wa CORK iis sun Pe
See Berzelius Society. Con-
MNCCHCUb Es sa Ser see eZ
Miller, Emerson Romeo, 1862-—
1929
See Cary, C. A. Alabama___
Miller, Ethel Melsheimer
Page
251
58
177
CO) aa aes oe Naan ne ee SAS Sd 206
Miller, John, 1849-1918
Eennsylvaniaje= oo. 2eee ees 212
Miller, 0. B.
Cape of Good Hope_________ 29
Miller, Robert Barclay, 1875—
EMA 1G Settee es a te a 174
Millspaugh, Charles Frederick,
1854-1923
Californiay 22s eae 168
Hloridaseia2 222 2a ees 173
Lesser Antilles_____________ 229
IY (SCY o ss OS ae a 151
United States, genera]______ 159
Wiest Valisodin ae wearers Pil
See Britton, N. L. Bahama
BTS Tegra LS eae ae ee as ds ig 224
Miquel, Friedrich Anton Wilhelm,
1811-1871
Duteh- Hast Indies_——__=_-_ 106
SSIDEU TEE Siete > ae ae Ser ce 129
Miranda, Vicente Chermont de
See Huber, Jacques. Brazil. 241
Mohr, Charles Theodore, 1824—-
1901
A8NSIGW GFE 002 gl — ea Se 163
Moldenke, Harold Norman, 1909—
ING Wd CTSC@Y=22 ee 198
Molfino, José F.
AO ONEMMA 2 OS hE 232, 236
See Hauman, L. Argentina. 231
Moller, Adolfo Frederico, 1842—
1920
Sao Thomé and Principe____ 52
WEST ATriCa se 62
Moloney, Alfred i. e. Cornelius Al-
fred, 1848-19138
WVGSte Arica ess had ie
62
Monod, Théodore i. e. André
Théodore, 1902—
Salhangs sae ee es Se Sve 2k =
See Louis, X. French Equa-
Ona pA Cama ere wale Se
Monro, Claude Frederick Hugh,
1863-1918
Southern Rhodesia_________
Montagne, Camille i. ec. Jean
Francois Camille, 1784-1866
Cian ee ee
Monticelli, Juan V.
Ar gemibinea 2. fee
Montrouzier (Montrousier),
Xavier, pére, 1820-1897
New, Caledonia == = 2 2 w_
Moore, Charles, 1820-1905
New South Wales___________
Cai ee ee ais aed
Moore, Lucy Beatrice
See Cranwell, L. M. North
VISTI W OG Le yt ace are
Moore, Spencer LeMarchant, 1851—
1931
Je UsIVAL tgs mewn oes eae ee nen 5a
Western Australia__________
See Baker, E. G. Uganda__
See Fawcett, W. Jamaica__
See Gibbs, L. S. Queens-
JIT oO Wee oceans oe RaW ee ie 9 ae
See Rendle, A. B. Belgian
Congo Pew E Sues eae
See Rendle, A. B. Mozam-
DI GUC HER ewe ee S A Oe
See Rendle, A. B. New Cal-
CCONTAS Ses hie bee i Oe aren
See Rendle, A. B. New
GOBLIN C ee ee es eee 2
See Rendle, A. B. Nigeria__
See Rendle, A. B. Northern
RerritOnyece ene cued
Moraes, Alexandre José de Mello
See Mello Moraes, A. J. de
Moreau
MOTO CCO = Sea at ie aes
Moreira, Nicolau Joaquim, 1824—
1894
Sa) 7:11] este cerclactanee Meat leh
Morgan, Andrew Price, 1836—
1907
Morong, Thomas, 1827-1894
ANTS UN AY es ee eee
Morrell, Jennie May H., 1864—
VEIT CR Eko ee seer ee eee ee
Morris, Patrick Francis, 1896—
See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__
Morrison, Alexander, 1849-1913
Western Australia__________
310
Morton, Boyd Rutherford, 1885- Page
Canadas: 2-2 2... sea ee 133
Moseley, Edwin Lincoln, 1865-
QUO 2232-82 tees eae eee 207, 208
Moseley, Henry Nottridge, 1844—
1891
Prince Edward Islands__-__ 100
Moss, Marion Beatrice
See Chipp, T. F. Anglo-
Heyptian Sudan 2 == 21
Moulton, John Coney, 1886-1926
OTC a es ee ee 104
Moxley, George Loucks, 1871—
See Davidson, A. Califor-
| Ying ae Sept ARN ae ee pas EN 167
Mueller, Ferdinand Jacob Hein-
rich, freiherr von, 1825-1896
AUStr ali alee See eee ee 64
AUStralianwelslandsae eas 102
News ‘Guinea 2s 4a ee 120
Northern lerritory==—— 68
Tasmania! 22 ees 86
Victorias ae aa 73
Western Australia__________ 76, 77
See Bentham, G. Australia_ 63
Mueller, Herman August, 1866-—
Towel: 2&2 een aD Sane a 179
Muenscher, Walter Conrad Leo-
pold, 1891—
United States, general______- 159
Washington 22 So seat 219
See St. John, H. Washing-
ODS St ee 25 ol 5 ea ae 220
Muir, John, 1838-1914
AN aS Kee * 1 Bs pe a caw Gs GE Lies 132
Muir, John (of Africa)
Cape of Good Hope___-__---- 29
Muller, Cornelius Herman, 1909-—
Pex Gere - 52 A ey ee est 216
Mumbauer, Joseph Roth, 1867—
See Kline, W. A. Pennsyl-
Vela ee eee 211
Munz, Philip Alexander, 1892-
Californias: 42. s” 2a 168
Murat, Mare, 1909-1940
See Zolotarevsky, B. Mau-
Titaniara = 2 22 oe al asian 43
Murbeck, Svante Samuel, 1859—
Morocco 22 22a ei nee ee 46
fl Dab ay i 2 per Oe i ee EP 61
Muriel, C. E.
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan_____- 21
Murillo, Adolfo, 1840-1899
6) ch Kea eee a ee a 245
Murphy, Louis Sutliffe, 1876—
See Brush, W. D. Puerto
FULCO een aed eee 230
Murrill, William Alphonse, 1869—
Nib Ka yk (0 G2 enema ees Codie Se hae eo! ie
Wir gimiate: et. age el eee WE 219
Muschler, Reno (Reinhold), 1883—
Hgy pits. 222> a eee 30, 32
See Durand, E. Libya___-_- 41
Myers, William Stanley, 18S8—
See Stemen, T. R. Okla-
NOM 22 oe ee 208
AUTHOR INDEX
Nadeaud, Jean, —1898 Page
society Islands= == ae Bees We AE
Nagel, Jens J.
Towa. 2. 2 a eee =e 180
Nannizzi, Arturo, 1877-—
GID yay 2k os oe ee 41
Navarro de Andrade, Edmundo,
1881-1941
Braz 2 enn et oS ae ee Be 242
Neal, Marie Catherine, 1889-
Hawaiian Islands__________ 110
Neger, Franz Wilhelm, 1868-1923
hhile@-f. 2 5. 2. Beene ee 247
Neher, Saylor J.
Kansige ic 22 3 ieee 182
Nelson, Aven, 1859—
ATIZONAL 2 522 20S 3 ee 164
Wyoming. 5 bx ies celeenee an 223
See Coulter, J. M. United
States, western__________ 162
Nelson, Elias Emanuel, 1876—
Wyoming: 22. ieee 223
Nelson, James Carlton, 1867—
Kentucky: 5.3352 eee 183
Oresont ots At eee ee 210
See Piper, C. V. Washing-
(OM. 22 oS 220
Newcombe, Charles Frederick,
1851-1924
See Carter, W. R. British
Columbia222t 2.c.74 aaa 134
Newsom, Isaac Ernest, 1883—
See Durrell, L. W. Colorado. 170
Newton, Helen K.
See Ahern, G. P. (Introduc-
{iON 22 eee 6
Nicolas, Gustave i. e. Léon Marie
Joseph Gustave, 1879—
See Reboud, V. Algeria____ 20
Niederlein, Gustav, 1858-1924
Argentina = - See aah
Guatemala=: = 24 pee 147
See Lorentz, P. G. Argen-
tings co tw heehee 235
Norlindh, Tycho
Southern Rhodesia_________ 55
Norman, Cecil
See Lester-Garland, L. V.
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan____ 21
Northrop, Alice Belle (Rich),
1864-1922
Bahama Sislandce 2) saaaeene 224
See Northrop, J. I. Quebee__ 144
Northrop, John Isaiah, 1861-1891
Queb@G@s22 82.2 Sue 144
Norton, Arthur Herbert, 1870—
See Fernald, M. L. Maine__ 185
Norwell, M. H.
See Adams, John. Canada__ 133
Noury, Marie Francois Jean
Pierre
Senegal 22.2% ss ask a oe ee 53
Novaes, José de Campos
Brazile -. 2 ee ee eee 242
AUTHOR INDEX
Nuttall, Lawrence William, 1857— Page
1933
See Millspaugh, C. F. Cali-
LOLMIAW eee SS ASAE 168
See Millspaugh, C. F. West
Mirciniae: ! sa sonr rath Neue! 221
Obermeyer (Obermeijer), A. A.
AD ena Svea eye ee sees 2 RU 59
See Bremekamp, C. E. B.
Bechuanaland Protec-
COR C = ais neo TRI ELE 23
Ochse, J. J., 1891-—
Dutehehaskt Indies: =_ ates 106
Ogden, Eugene Cecil
EVE anit Goats sisal Apr Se ey 185
Oleson, Olaf Martin, 1849-—
TON ae ee Ae ee Se 180
Oliver, Daniel, 1830-1916
British) Guiana 2st seis 244
British Womalilandss2aa 27
NVGSEVAT RICae see ers tris Ta 63
See Grant, J. A. Anglo-
Hgyptian Sudan__________ 21
See Moseley, H. N. Prince
Hdward islands 72s 100
Oliver, Walter Reginald Brook,
1883-—
Australian Islands_______ 102, 103
INortngislandigNme a= =.= Sis 81
See Cheeseman, T. F. New
ACaland Sets Re Geta, es V7
See Laing, R. M. South
NS TamnGliaN fie ee et tank 2 83
Oliver Schneider, Carlos
See Schneider, C. O.
Olmsted, Charles Edward, 1908—
See Jeffs, R. E. Oklahoma_ 208
See Little, HE. L. Oklahoma_ 209
Olsen, Axsel (Aksel)
Madagsascnr set 68 ee . 97
Oosting, Henry John, 1903-
See Blomquist, H. L. North
Caro linge es Sek oe oho 204
Ooststroom, Simon Jan van, 1906-—
See Ridley, H. N. Borneo__ 104
Opler, Morris Edward, 1907—
See Castetter, E. F. New
WS C0 SE CI recess 199
Ortega, Jestis Gonzalez, 1876—
1936
NMGKICO see ey er aie 6 ae 152
Osborn, Theodore George Bent-
ley, 1887—
NOM ATStralias 12
See Adamson, R. S. South
AIS abr = eee er 2 et 71
Osgood, Wilfred Hudson, 1875—
DAN ENS Kechigese a 9 se ae Fey 132
British Columbia -2 = 2.2 135
Osten, Cornelius, 1863-1936
UI rary rune ya sever oo a ee 259
Ostenfeld, Carl (Emil) Hansen,
1873-1931
1 Qe iid 1a ees Se pilus 136
RCC an Gwe coe es 155, 156
Buspamiola =—-- 32 tt 227
Western Australia_________ ue
Otero, José Idilio, 1893-— Page
PUCrtOMRICO = 1 Tine AsS | 230
Otis, Charles Herbert, 1S86—
DME Tn ear ee Se 189
See Burns, G. P. Vermont. 217
Over, William Henry, 1866—
SOuth* Dakota es Vanes Wes 214
Owen, Maria Louisa (Tallant),
1825-1913
See Bicknell, E. P. Massa-
ENHVSChbSH eet koro oes 187
Pablo Reko, Blas
See Reko, B. P.
Paccard, Ernesto
Wier ay soe Se ee 259
Pace, Lula, 1868-1925
RGXGCI SEE Se TU LSS 216
Paige, Edward Winslow, 1844—
19
ING wire MOP ky ss ate alae EI 202
Paillieux, Auguste i. e. Nicolas
Auguste, 1812-1898
) DYE UiCO) Os Re ee ee at 35
Paine, John Alsop, 1840-1912
ING Wi WOT es ahr LE RGD 202
Palacky, Jan (Johann Baptist),
1830-1908
Madacascarn sees Baie 97
Palmer, Edward, 1831-1911
United States, western______ 162
Palmer, Edward (of New South
Wales)
Queensland 22a Ss eee 69
Palmer, Ernest Jesse, 1875—
Amkansasie: sane tassel 2 Le 165
Massachusetts: 2 =: ees 188
Massounieis. las Rae 193, 194
MGRAS te Sos tb. SEEMS 216
See Branner, J. C. Arkan-
SEO abe sth a1) EN RE 164
Pammel, Louis Hermann, 1862-—
1931
TOWa Sos soe SS LD 178, 180
MTC ane Se io Rea PR ee 191
Minnesotat 2220 2. 22 ene 192
MiSSOUTD 2222S sie aes 2 PEE ae. 198
United States, general______ 159
Wisconsin's] 22a 2 Deo s 222
Pampanini, Renato, 1875—
i byaeeot san ee Se as 42, 43
See Schweinfurth, G.
HAY 1 Gee ie ne Ee 32
Pancher, Jean Armand Isidore,
—1877
See Cuzent, G Society
SFT See as eee SE, Hee 129
Paoli, Guido, 1881—
Italian Somaliland__-______- 39
Paque, Egide, 1850-1918
See Gillet, J. Belgian
Cong OM 2 See ee 25
Pardo de Tavera, Trinidad Her-
ménégildo José Maria Juan
Francisco, 1857-1925
Philippine Islands______-___ 122
le AUTHOR INDEX
Parham, [H. B. R.] (Mrs. Charles Page | Pellegrin, Francois Page
John Parham)
See Wright, C. H. Fiji
Islands. 22 6 a ae eee 108
Parish, Samuel Bonsall, 1838-1928
Californial.: 22 ae ee 169
See Abrams, L. California. 166
Parkinson, C. E.
Andaman Islands__-__--_-—_ 93
Parks, Harris Braley, 1879—
MPORA CE Us eae ie pare VAS PANG
See'Cory, Vo Ls TLexase-22== 215
Parodi, Domingo, 1823-1890
Paraguay. 22 see 253
Parodi, Lorenzo Raimundo, 1895—
ATrecenting == eas) ieee 233, 236
See Hauman, L. Argentina- 231
Pasquale, Giuseppe Antonio, 1820-
1893
Kinitrent 2a = 2 ee ee 34
Paton, David John, -1941
Victoniat2e= 22a eS ae ae 74
Patraw, Pauline Mead
ATiZOD at 2S Eee eee 164
See Presnell, ©. C. Utah---_ 217
Patterson, Harry Norton, 1853-
TiMOTS ek Oe ee 174, 175
Patton, Reuben Tom, 1883—
Victoria ies it. ic or ee eee 74
Pau, Carlos, 1857-1937
MOr0CCO) = stese Bae 46
Pax, Ferdinand Albin, 1858—
Ethiopia! = 22S Sea 30
Payeur-Didelot, J. F.
French Equatorial Africa___ 36
Paz Soldan, Mariano Felipe, 1821-—
1886
Areentina= 222. eee 233
Pearson, Henry Harold Welch,
1870-1916
Capevot GoodeHope===2====— 29
See Bolus, F. Southwest
JING DK Ors oe eck ey ee Sue MN RSA ES 56
See Hemsley, W. B. Bo-
IDB igre Vee ene ieee Mere sere era DRT
Pease, Arthur Stanley, 1881-—
New Hampshire 197
Peattie, Donald Culross, 1898—
Tnidianah = 2052 ilar
NortheCarolinas===2= aa 205
Peck, Charles Horton, 1833-1917
INGWa lO Dee =e ee 200, 202
Peck, Morton Eaton, 1871—
TOW 2 ee Se ee eee ee 180
Orecong ee ee ee eee eee 210
Peckolt, Gustav, 1861-1923
Seen eeckoltiha bra 7Zle=== 240
Peckolt, Theodor, 1822- 1912
Brazile eee ee 239, 240
Pegler, Alice Marguerite, 1861—
1929
Cape of Good Hope___------ 29
Peirson, Frank Warrington, 1865—
Californias Siew at ERs: 169
Peirson, Henry Byron, 1894—
Maine. 22223 Se eee 184
French Equatorial Africa___ 36
See Bonnet, E. Mauritania_ 43
Pena, Rafael
Bolivia) 2 ovctae nye tae 22%
Penhallow, David Pearce, 1854-
1910 N
Canada oe =2-* = = ae 133
Quche@s.. 2 saws Gale a ee 144
Pennell, Francis Whittier, 1886—
Rennsylyaniqa eee PAD
See Fussell, L. Pennsyl-
4 VAN. aa ee 211
Penzig, Otto Albert Julius, 1856—
1929
Wthiopia-24.2s {ate eee 30
Javea 2- 3 eae ee ee 113
Pepoon, Herman Silas, 1860-1941
Win Oise eee eee 175
Peralta, Manuel Carazo
See Carazo Peralta, M.
Pereira, Huascar, -1926[?]
Brazil _ =~) ee eee ae eee 242
Pereira Coutinho, Antonio Xavier
See Coutinho, A. X. P.
Pérez Arbelaez, Enrique, 1896—
Colombiaee2e 22s aie 249, 250
Perkins, Anne Elizabeth, 1873-
Nieine Sie eg Le he a OR 184
Perrier de la Bathie, Henri i. e.
Joseph Marie Alfred Henri,
1873 —
Madagascar2=2 aan 97, 98
Perrot, Emile Constant, 1867—
French West Africa________ 37
Perrottet, Samuel i. e. Guerrard
Samuel, 1790-1870
See Guillemin, J. Senegal_-_ 53
Perry, Lily May, 1895—
NOVa SCOtia =a ae 141
Peter, Albert i. e. Gustav Albert,
1853-1937
Tanganyika sess ee eee 57
Peters, Wilhelm Carl Hartwig,
1815-1883
Mozambique = 2222 =2a === 47
Petersen, Niels Frederick, 1877—
Nebraskai a5 see eee 195
Petrie, Donald, 1846-1925
INOEth island yNS ZS 81
SouthJIshand NZ 2 83
See Cheeseman, T. F. Aus-
tralian) Islands === eee 101
See Townson, W. South Is-
lands Ni Z 3k ees 85
Pfeiffer, Johan Philip, 1sss—
Surinam: 45 2a) ae 258
Phares, David Lewis, 1817-1892
MISSISSI ppl == eee 193
Philippi, Federico i. e. Friedrich
Heinrich Eunom, 1838-1910
Chiles 222). heuer eee Gee 245, 247
San Ambrosio and San Felix. 128
Philippi, Rudolf Amandus, 1808—
1904
See Philippi, F. Chile__--_~- 247
AUTHOR INDEX
Phillips, Edwin Percy, 1884—
EF ASTMUCOT ANT Cpe ee eee
Cape of Good Hope_-_-____
SowtheAtnicatassiaees 2 spe
Tristan da Cunha Islands_
Phillips, George Robert, 1900-
See Shannon, C. W. Okla-
J NG) aes i Wate eg aan S Sola an ate
Phinney, Arthur John, 1850-
UV EVGNCG Ea eles el Ha a Pa I
ONT ee a aie i Ns een
SUV iel ee Bes A es he rt ae
Pilar Rodrigo, América del
Arenal 222 ho ee eS
Pilger, Robert Knuds Friedrich,
1876—
Pinkerton, Mary Elizabeth
See Palmer, E. J. Mis-
Pinto, Joaquim de Almeida
See Almeida Pinto, J. de
Pinto da Fonseca, José
See Fonseca, José Pinto da
Piper, Charles Vancouver, 1867-—
1926
Wishing tony sees es: Ui SL
See St. John, H. Washing-
OT yore ae see ee EE ee
Pires de Lima, Américo
Mozambique=s2= si. ies
Pirién, Anastasio
See Jaffuel, F.
Pirotta, Romualdo i. e.
Romualdo, 1853-1936
Pitard, Joseph Charles
1873-1927
Cananyesislangdsi2 2 =. eee
NOT OCC Opeee aa a 7 erie
Marie,
Pittier, Henri Francois, 1857—
CoStar hica@ as sas = ea
VEN EZITC Ane ba tea
See Durand, T. Costa Riea_
See Polakowsky, H. Costa
RUC AN eae Oi Le PS
Planchon, Jules Emile, 1823-1888
See Triana, J. J. Colombia_
Pobéguin, Henri i. e. Charles
Henri Olivier, 1856—
Erenche Guinea] oss ates
Cini ee eaees ye a Ee
Poisson, Henri i. e. Louis Henri
Madacascane 21 Yee eee
See Alleizette, C. d’. Mad-
AeAScar wks LU Ss CEN TS eT
Polakowsky, Hellmuth, 1847-1917
COStarhiCa= 2.2222 Ub
Page
23
29
54
92
247
147
Polunin, Nicholas Vladimir Page
Deh eee ot) kel lithavs heehee Ne es See STI ete 136
ENeCe walt ess Bas Mee as 136, 137
OWeD CC she Beau er Ce 145
Pool, Raymond John, 1882-
ING DEAS KK aly sees oe, 2 tke aes 195:
Pope, Willis Thomas, 1873-
Hawaiian Islands______-___ 110
Popenoe, Wilson, 1892—
MCU OL aaee ee ele ee ee) ODO
VES (OVOVO RT RES S ead ie a a eee 148
Poppelwell, Dugald Louis, 1863-—
SOUT JSMENCK ING ALS ee 83, 84
Porcher, Francis Peyre, 1825-1895
SOubuhmOarolim ase: ae ee 213
United States, southeastern. 161
Porsild, Alf Erling, 1901—
DANTE VS Ea FR Se Oa ees ee 132
Green an eee ees ee oe 156
IMRCKEN ZG ys eek! eer ks ee 138
See Porsild, M. P. Green-
LIPS OTC LS Sa PE ct era 157
Porsild, Morten Pedersen, 1872-—
Greenlandesxss eee cle! 155, 157,
Porter, Carlos Emilio, 1870—
OTN ey ee se eee ee ern ayes 246
Porter, Thomas Conrad, 1822-1901
Renn Sivhve nia aes sere ne 210
Porto da Cruz, visconde do
Madeira islands2 2) =c2 ae 90
Posthumus, Oene, 1898—
See Koorders, 8S. H. Java. 112
Pott, Mrs. Reno (Leendertz)
See Burtt Davy, J. Trans-
ACs! Lapa EU ee 59
Potter, David, 1894—
@QWebe cei as ahs ere ea see ee 145
See Jackson, J. Massachu-
Pet 2) EL oy de AO ean ee ee mI 188
Pound, Roscoe, 1870-
INCDRaSKa reste ae aah ae 195
See Smith, J.G. Nebraska__ 196
Powell, Garland Marie (Schmidt),
1905—
See Gilkey, H. M. Oregon__ 209
See St. John, H. Washing-
10) ea alc i ce cn eal ORR IN 220
Prain, David, 1857—
Andamans islandss222S.2 500 93
Cocomislands= seen eae 94
Laceadive Islands___.--__=- 96
Narcondan Islands 2 uieh ssn 99
See Oliver, D. West Africa 63
Preble, Edward Alexander, 1871—
WAG SOA a 138
Presnall, Clifford Charles, 1898—
{SES a Vie a a a nr 217
Prest, Walter Henry, 1857-1920
INOVaee SCOblat tase eee 140
Price, Gladys, 1903-
1G awobieet a\sitpe pak e secmgan Oaem Oe UK Tote 177
Price, Sarah Frances, 1849-1903
Kentucky ee a 183
Prillieux, Edouard Ernest, 1829-
1915
Dutch East Indies__--..-._- 106
314 AUTHOR INDEX
Pritzel, Ernst, 1875—
See Diels, L. Western Aus-
ae ae os ae Ee
Privault, Daniel
See Duss, A. Lesser An-
CITES = SSeieeok in ot ee
Proust, Louis, 1878—
See Pitard, J. Canary
Island sec ws S Ue. eAVeee Rela es
Provancher, Léon, abbé, 1820-18982
Canodii==42 6 eee
See Macoun, John. Quebec_
Pulle, August Adriaan, 1878—
Dutch Hast Indies#22522 ==
Surin aimee 22 rs ore Deere.
Putnam, John Alfred, 1901-—
See Lauderburn, D. HE. Mis-
SISS ipo Isse aS eee ee eee
Quentin, L.
See Stehlé, H. Lesser An-
{BLU 2 SF BS iS eg ey tes A ae
Quisumbing (y Argielles), Ed-
uardo, 1895—
See Merrill, E. D. Philip-
pine slandseiS ses 2 cee
Raddin, Charles Salisbury, 1863-—
1930
Whinoise. 22 oases eee es
See Pepoon, H. S. Tllinois__
Raffeneau-Delile, Alire, 1778-1850
Bthiopiat= = eee
Ramaley, Francis, 1870—
Colorado Rare eee eners
INE GSc1CO eee eee Beli Clickee MARC Re
See Martinez, M. Mexico__
Ramirez Cantu, Débora
See Batalla, M. A. Mexico_-
Ramirez Goyena, Miguel
Nicaraguass.. soars alee
Ramirez Laguna, Antonio
Mexd COM ae Hai Ee, enn D
Ramis, Aly Ibrahim, 1875-1928
ED ay Jo Ge eae 2 ene
Rancon, André i. e. Laurent Fer-
dinand André Moyse Raoul,
1858-
Senegal. el ae eae
See eat J. H. Maine__
Rand, Frederick Vernon, 1883—
See Burns, G. P. Vermont_
Range, Paul Theodor, 1879—
Ee yt ee 2h ek oe RE ee
South-west Africa__________
Rant, Anton, 1875—
Molucca sislands=2222255
Rau, Eugene Abraham, 1848-1932
See King, W. L. Pennsyl-
Page
76
229
87
133
144
106
258
193
229
122
Raup, Hugh Miller—Continued Page
Keewatine 2° ees eee 137
Ravenel, Henry William, 1814—
1887
South sCarO Mia 213
Read, Arthur Davis, 1882—
SATE ZO TNA one oe eee eee te 164
Reagan, Albert B., 1871-19386
ATTZON A te ke Sey ee ee 164
Minnesota= 222: ain ako 192
NOuUth= Dakotas =e one 214
Washing tonya ite see 220
Reboud, Victor Constant, 1821-—
1889
SAT OTT ee ee ake eee eee 20
Rechinger, Karl, 1867—
Melanesia 5 222 25 a a ye 115
Recinos, Adrian, 1886—
Guatemala’ 25a ee eee 148
Record, Samuel James, 1881—
Gintroduction) =a 6
Columbiarsi...23 re ees 250
Guatemala sees 148
Hondurasto2 le eee 148
Nicaragva 22122 ones 153
Panama: a cule wal oe eee 153
See Cooper, G. P. Liberia_ 41
See Standley, P. C. British
Honduras. -4.3 2a eee 146
Redfield, John Howard, 1815-1895
Maine se 22 2 2 ae aa eee eee 186
See Rand, E. L. Maine____ 185
Redmond, Paul John, 1901-
Maryland: o.citrieny pear 186
Reeks, Henry, 1838-1882
Newfoundland === 139
Reese, L.
See Cleland, J. B. South
Australia. s 23) ee) eee 71
Rehder, Alfred, 1863-—
(Introduction) Fe eae +
See White, C. T. New
Guinea 225. sae eee Al
Rehfous, Laurent, 1890—
See Chodat, R. Paraguay__ 252
Reichardt, Heinrich Wilhelm,
1835-1885
New Amsterdam and St. Paul
Islands hue! Fs sac Sie 100
Reiche, Karl Friedrich (Carlos
Federico), 1860-1929
Chile ti 208 i Bae cha 246, 248
Mexi¢0 2220.94 <0 1 fecal aes 152
Patagonia £83422 eee 255
See Pohlmann, R. Chile___ 248
Rein, Georg Kurt
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan_____ 21
veinecke, Franz, 1866—
Samoan Islands222 22 Sees 127
Reko, Blas Pablo
MeG@xiCOe? 2 Sas tie ee eee 152
Renauld, Ferdinand, 1837-— 1910
See Delamare, HE. New-
foundland.:] 223.5. 140
AUTHOR INDEX
Rendle, Alfred Barton, 1865-1938 Page
BelsianiCongo2s- 242k
Dutch Hasteindics== ssa.
Mozambique 2522222221522
New Caledonia____________-
INewe Guinea =e i= = a Bas
NG Eye ie Re ee oe Ne
Northerne Derritonye. === —
Patagonia
See Andrews, C. W. Christ-
mas Island
See Baker, E. G. Uganda__
See Fawcett, W. Jamaica__
See Gregory, J. W. Kenya_
See Hiern, W. P. Angola___
Reppert, Ferdinand, -1903
See Barnes, W. D. Iowa____
Reyes, Luis J.
Philippine Islands
Reynolds, Ernest Shaw, 1884—
Fuhode islam dies ae eee
Rich, William Penn, 1849-1930
See Young, H. A. Massachu-
setts
Richard, Achille, 1794-1852
Ethiopia
See Guillemin, J. Senegal___
See Montagne, C. Cuba___-
Richards, Paul Westmacott
See Davis, T. A. W. British
Ricker, Percy LeRoy, 1878—
District of Columbia______~
Rickett, Harold William, 1896—
MISS OUTS es ee
See Daniels, F. P. Missouri_
Riddell, John Leonard, 1807-1865
OuISia Nae asad
Ridgway, Robert, 1850-1929
Illinois
Ridley, Henry Nicholls, 1855—
Borneo
Chrisimassisiand=— 2 es
Fernando Noronha
INGWe GUINne@a= = eC
SUNN A GRA ee ee 129,
Ries, Donald Timmerman, 1903-
See Thone, Frank. Illinois_
Rietmann, Othmar, 1831-1869
New South Wales____--____
Rigg, George Burton, 1872-
AOA ea ee Pe
NVASIIMetOMrs ee et
See Frye, T. C. United
States, western___________
Rikli, Martin Albert, 1868—
Kgypt
Greenland
Riley, Laurence Athelstan Moles-
worth, 1888-1928
Mexico
Rolynesiaw ss: 2s 2 eee
See Sprague, T. A. British
JS (Ova hth GS ee ee ee ee
Rimbach, August, 1862-
J OUR (0) a es
25
Ringuelet, Emilio J. Page
Jan (EXSY OY ELL ONE lela yee sO Se 236
Rivera, Manuel J., -1910
Chilemewe te ine ee wa Re, Seana 245
Rives, William Cabell, jr., 1850-
1938
Rhedewislanda ss] ane Dales
Robbins, Wilfred William, 18S84—
ING Wie NlexicCost 2 2 eee 199
Robinson, Benjamin Lincoln,
1864-1935 _
COcosE ican ae a ein 104
Galapagos Island see 22 22) 109
Newiroundland 22225522222 140
See Gray, A. United States,
SOME Ra ees velyel see hy in ae 158
See Gray, A. United States,
northeastern. 22) 22st 160, 161
Robinson, Charles Budd, 1871-—
1913
INOVa Scotlal 2 ere a 141
Rhilippinew lsiandsessae 124
Robinson, John, 1846-1925
Massachusetts aaa aaa 188
Robledo, Emilio, 1875-—
Colombiazssees Sui ai ak) 249
Robyns, Walter i. e. Frans Hu-
bert Edouard Arthur Walter,
1901-
iBelsiann Congoms ss err Aare: 25
Rocha, Francisco Dias da
Bea ZA a ele a SS gal eat 242
Rochebrune, Alphonse Trémeau de,
1834-1912
NGA TSI Gey eres Wie ase (io ee a TE iG
Rock, Joseph Francis Charles,
1884—
Hawaiian Islands__________ 110
SAV Ae tee AE 114
PObyn eS a er ee es 126
Rodrigo (Trigo), América del
Pilar
See Pilar Rodrigo, A. del
Rodrigues, Joao Barbosa
See Barbosa Rodrigues, J.
Rodriguez, Pedro Miguel
arial Sy ee ee aol de te Sa 253
Rodway, F. A.
See MacGillivray, W. D. K.
Queensland awa ad ee 69
‘Rodway, James, 1848-1926
BiritishaG ian =e ae ees 244
Rodway, Leonard, 1853-1936
PA SHAD a ae tases aa as 85
Rogers, Charles Gilbert, 1864—-
1937
Andamanweisland ss. se ans 93
Rogers, Edna Eliza (Miner), 1862-
19385
@onnechicut.2 22s Peete ial
Roibon, Federico
IAPC Mba = ets oe eee ee 231
Roig y Mesa, Juan Tomas, 1877-
(Gib | 0 ieee te ee ee crs yee 225
See Gémez de la Maza, M.
Cubase son 3 oe es eee PaPaS
See Jennings, O. E. Cuba___ 226
316 AUTHOR INDEX
Roivainen, H.
Patagomae esse
Rojas, Teodoro
Patacdy 2 ee ee
See Fiebrig-Gertz, C. Para-
SUA, ee eS
Rojas, Ulises
See Guatemala, Ministerio de
agricultura. Guatemala__
Rojas Acosta, Nicolas
Arcenting 352 oe ee
Romero, Belisario Diaz
See Diaz Romero, B.
Rose, Joseph Nelson, 1862-1928
IMGXd CO 22 ee ee 150,
See Merriam, C. H. Alaska_
See Vasey, G. Mexico--__--
Rosendahl, Carl Otto, 1875—
BritishsColumbia==2222==s—=
Minnesota ' 2222 Seana S253
See Wheeler, W. A. Minne-
SOta 222s Bs Se ee ae
Rosenthal, David August, 1821—
1875
(introduction) 22222 sa
Rosenvinge, (Janus) Laurits (An-
dreas) Kolderup, 1858-1939
See Lange, J. Greenland__-
Ross, Bennington
INANSAS =] Ete SAEs: oe
Ross, William J. Clunies, 1850—-
1914
New South Wales_________~
Rothrock, Joseph Trimble, 1839-
1922
Alaska: S22 ae 5 eee eee
Rousseau, Jacques i. e. Joseph
Jules Jean Jacques, 1905—
INOVa: SCOla a2 so. ee ase
Quebecs reo se eee
Roux, Jean, 1876-1939
See Sarasin, F. New Cale-
dOnia SiS at re eee
Rovesti, Paolo
Mritrea 22 oe eee
Hino pinse Shot eee
Roys, Ralph Loveland, 1879—
Mexico =202) ies ein nh
Rudmose Brown, Robert Neal,
1879-
Ascension Island _—--~~_—__-
South Orkney Islands____--
Tristan da Cunha Islands__
Riibel, Eduard August, 1876-—
See Rikli, M. Egypt__--~___
Rusby, Henry Hurd, 1855-1940
Boliviars.=——+ = Ses eee
Russel, Howland
WASGOnSIN. = 252 Shae ees
Russell, Carl Parcher, 1894—
Wyomin tet) Soe ee eee
Russell, Frank, 1868-1903
ATI ZORA a 2 ae oe eee ee
Russell, Ralph Clifford, 1896—
See Fraser, W. P. Saskatche-
Wales 2 22 CES Se ee
Rydberg, Per Axel, 1860-1931
Colorad 02c2=25 Se eee
Montang= 22 esse eee
South: Dakotait4 Seas
United States, western_____
See Britton, N. L. Yukon__
Sabine, Joseph, 1770-1837
Sierra’ Leone >> 2a
Sack, Johannes
SULINAW YR < -2t tie eee
Sacleux, Charles, pére
Sadebeck, Richard Emil Benja-
min, 1839-1905
Tanganyikas 22222. oer
Safford, William Edwin, 1859-
1926
Micronesia 4 28.c pease
See Guppy, H. B. Polynesia_
Sagot, Paul Antoine, 1821-1888
ErenehjGiiana_- ese
Sagra, Ramon de la, 1798-1871
See Montagne, C. Cuba_-_--
Saint-Cyr, Dominique Napoléon
Deshayes, 1826-1899
Quebec =) 2 eh SS eee
St. John, Harold, 1892-
Hawaiian » Islands=2222==2
habradores2. ees ee
Maime2 <= 22 22s nce ae ee
Washington]. eee
See Christophersen, E. Ha-
Wallan Islands2= 22 s2e—
See Forbes, C. N. Hawaiian
Islands os ee ee
See Fosberg, F. R. Hawai-
ian islands eee
Salas M., Jorge Garcia
See Garcia Salas M., J.
Salisbury, Frederick S.
Cape of Good Hope====222=>
Sambuc, Camille
Senegalos. 2s eee
Sampson, Homer Cleveland, 1885—
TUinoiS 22 2. Sn Ae Sr a
Sandwith, Noel Yvri, 1901-—
Venezuela =" 22022
Santa Cruz, Alcibiades
Santesson, Carl Gustaf, 1862-
Cameroons. 222s _ = tee Ses
Santolalla, Fermin Malaga
See Malaga Santolalla, Fer-
min
Sarasin, Fritz i. e. Carl Friedrich,
1859—
New Caledonia..222>" ===
AUTHOR INDEX
Sargent, Charles Sprague, 1841-
1927
United States, general______
Sartwell, Henry Parker, 1792-1867
ING Wie OF ky PEE fs Be
Sasaki, Syun’iti
See Sawada, K. Paracel
stand Sea ee a
Sauer, Fritz i. e. Friedrich Lud-
wig Ferdinand, 1852-
Canaryelslandset ss a
Saunders, Charles Francis, 1859—-
1941
United States, general______
Saunders, DeAlton, 1870—
South sDakotae = 2-232 es.
Sauvalle, Francisco Adolfo, 1807-—
1879
(up re ee a
Sawada, Kaneyoshi
FParacelal sland se ee
Schadt, Conrad
MO Weare oe Bs Se BIE Se
See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio_
See Kellerman, W. A. On-
2 el (0 pee ga ee 2 Ae eR
Schauinsland, Hugo Hermann,
1857—
See Bitter, G. Hawaiian Is-
LEB a0 Kee ee Ae ae Seas ere
Scheffer, Rudolph Herman Chris-
tiaan Carel, 1844-1880
INew Guinean: 2 Fs 2 bes bo US
Schellenberg, Gustav August,
1882-
See Voeltzkow, A. Comoro
Taira Gh ere a eS oe)
Schenck, Heinrich i. e. Johann
Heinrich Rudolf, 1860-1927
Australian- Islands? =_ =.
Canaryewsltands=. 22 =
Cockhuna:-island =. =
SEOZClaaislondss 2
Haltkiands-lslands_- ="
Kerguelen Island___________
New Amsterdam and St. Paul
USNS eee
Node Georvigrn. =e
Schickendantz, Friedrich, 1837-—
1896
ARON tin awe Se Se
Schiffino, José
ERIS ett epee ae
Schiffner, Viktor Felix, 1862-—
See Wettstein, R. Brazil__
Schinz, Hans, 1858-1941
Mozambique: 0) 32.
Southwest -Africa —_ =... =
See Durand, T. Africa_____
See Sarasin, F. New Cale-
Page
159
203
122
Schlechtendal, Diedrich Franz
Leonhard von, 1794-1866
abra dors te ee eae
Schlechter, Rudolf i. e. Friedrich
Richard Rudolf, 1872-1925
iNew .Caledonia= 2) =e _a=
Schmidt, Johann Anton, 1823-1905
Cape Verde Islands_________
Schmitt, Joseph, 1862-1915
Schmoll, Hazel Marguerite, 1891-
Colorado skeeake eee ats
a aRy yp ements ts lye =
J eG IE We a eee Epes eee
Schneider, Albert, 1863-1928
Walihorml ae EN
Schneider, Carlos Oliver
See Reiche, K. F. Chile____
Schneider, Oscar, 1841-1903
ES yD eter eee eee
Schonland, Selmar, 1860-1940
Cape of Good Hope_________
See Macowan, P. South
pAvfersi Caprese tars Sone lee aS
Scholander, Per Fredrik, 1905-
See Devold, J. Greenland__
Schomburgk, Richard i. e. Mo-
ritz Richard, 1811-1891
BritisheiG uiange 2 eee
Schomburgk, Robert Hermann,
1804-1865
Messer! Antilles =2 =") _
Schrenk, Hermann von, 1873—
See Robinson, B. L. New-
LOuUN ela meee
Schultes, Richard Evans, 1915-
See Vestal, P. <A. Okla-
Oe eat ered a
Schumann, Karl Moritz, 1851-
1904
IMelame@stay ts io as aa tates 2 eae
ING we Giin Ga: 20s is es ee
Schweickerdt, Herold Georg Wil-
helm Johannes, 1903-—
See Obermeyer, A. A.
ERAN S Vaal eee ae eee
Schweinfurth, Georg August,
1836-1925
HW thniOpiay seek = eae
Panganyikaeeos’ 2rein ie Uns
See Ascherson, P. Egypt__-
Scott, William, 1845-1920
Oba Pig re — seeks 5 oe 2 SY
Scribner, Frank Lamson, 1851-—
1938
Maine.) 2 ten aor ee
Philippine Tslands22 =
Sébire, Albert, 1863-1936
Seneg alles ies. te eee
Seckt, Hans Heinrich Karl Felix,
1879-
ATSeCNtin asso see ee
229
318 AUTHOR INDEX
Seemann, Berthold Carl, 1825- Page! Sietti, Henri, -—1938 Page
1871 MOoroe@0. 2442-0 ee eee 47
aS Kae ace. ee te 132 | Sievers, Arthur Frederick, 1885—
Bijiiclslandss. 2 aes eens 108 See Henkel, A. United
Panama se 4b eee eee 153 States’ general) ee coe: 158
Segares, Arturo Caballero y Sievers, Wilhelm, 1860-1921
See Caballero y Segares, A. ea 256
Segui, Domingo Hernando Silva R., Rigoberto
HDA. ee Sa ae 995 See Vidal C., R. Chile____ 248
Seidenfaden, Gunnar, 1908- Sim, Thomas Robertson, 1856-1938
Greenland BS A BN Re Rea CANS 157 Cape of Good Hope ——————— 28, 29
Seifriz, William Ernest, 1888- | SROAMDIOW® <2 aaa 47
Colombia Get eee SOROS 950 | Simmons, Herman Georg, 1866— om
Seiner, Franz, 1874- WRIURIN Do 2o25ssoss2s5== 135, 186
Bechuanaland Protectorate_ o3| Greenland ---_------------___ 157
South-west Africa__________ 5G Simonds, Arthur Beaman, 1867—
Selby, Augustine Dawson, 1859— __ Massachusetts____-_________ 188
1924 Simpson, George
Oni oe Re ee ae) 908 | _. Somiday Iisa ING Lae 84
Sennen, frére (secular name Gra- Simpson, Norman Douglas
Pee : See Muschler, R. Egypt___- 30
nié, Etienne Marcellin), 1861— Sirks, Marius Jacob, 1889—
1937 Dutch East Indies__________ 106
MOTO CCOB. 2.2 DR Ue eee alee 47
Sériziat, Charles Victor Emile,
1835-—
Algeriayee 6 byubawet ei asia, 20
Serrano, Honorio
See Pefa, R. Bolivia_____- 237
Setchell, William Albert, 1864—
Samoan) Jslandsa=2=s= as 127
Society aslands= ss sae 129
Seubert, Moritz August, 1518—
1878
AZOVECS S22 cay rede ele IN 86
Seurat, Léon Gaston, 1872-—
Rolynesiaias= 222. tah 124, 126
Society) Islands! sass 128
Seymour, Frank Conkling, 1895-—
See Andrews, L. Massachu-
SOCES. pete WE Fret” endo s 186
Shafer, John Adolph, 1863-1918
Rennsyiliva nia ee eee 2 ileD,
See Britton, N. L. United
Statessisenenale ss: = serene 158
Shannon, Charles William, 1879-
Oklahoma 2k we wre 2 eae 208
Shantz, Homer Leroy, 1876—
JAE Cais RS uaeeieele 22 A Eee 17
Shaw, H. K. Airy
See Airy-Shaw, H. K.
Shaw, William Boyd Kennedy,
1901-
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______ all
Sheldon, Edmund Perry, 1869-
TSS Oe a ae a Ps 209
Sherborn, Charles Davies, 1861-—
| yf) 0) oe eo ars seg NL dl
Shimek, Bohumil, 1861-1937
TOWales 2 2 i ee ee 180
Shirley, John, 1849-1922
Queensland ed eb Abe. rests rye Ah a 70
Shreve, Forrest, 1878-—
Maryland: 222 = 222s 186
Shriver, Howard, 1824-1901
Maryland: 2 2 22s 186
Skottsberg, Carl Johan Fredrik,
1880-
Kalkland Isilands== == 89
Grahamilands see 90
Hawaiian Islands__________ 111
Juan Kernandez=22 eas 114
Patagonia: 8° Sina pee si 255
Polynesias2 33-3 ee PAR, Pr
San Ambrosio and San Felix
Islands. 220s 2a 128
South: Georgia==2) ees 91
Sladden, Bernard
Northelslang Ni teen 81
Slooten, Dirk Fok van, 1891-—
See Backer, C. A. Java_____ 1S
Small, John Kunkel, 1869-1938
Wlorida 28225 234. Sea 23 AS
North Carolina aaa 205
iRennsylvania==2 ee ZA
United States, southeastern. 161
Virgimiay. = = 285s 2s eee 219
See Porter, T. C. Pennsyl-
VU As a a 210
Smiley, Frank Jason, 1880—
Californiae = ss. ae 169
Smith, Albert Charles, 1906—
Br GIS hy Gaus ae eee 244
See Seemann, B. Fiji Is-
Ta nds) se a ek ae eee 108
Smith, Andrew, 1797-1872
South cAtricas = 2a. a=e eee 54
Smith, Annie Elizabeth (Morrill),
1856—
IN@W? SY OFM wate se eee 203
Smith, Aubrey Henry, 1815-1891
Pennsyivaniaee = eee 212
Smith, Charles Piper, 1877-—
Tndia nas! seis ee eee ee eee 177
Smith, Ernest Charles, 1864—
See Dame, L. L. Massachu-
S@UES 2 2 es Die ees 187
Smith, Harlan Ingersoll, 1872-1940
British Columbia2222222222" 135
AUTHOR INDEX
Smith, Huron Herbert, 1883-1933
Ws SC OMS Tere ES aa ee Dipipiey, Vapass
Smith, Jared Gage, 1866—
INebraskar 2. 2 2) 22 eee 196
Smith, Johannes Jacobus, 1867—
FIST Eee eee eek Le Wace ake Ma ee 114
Smith, John Donnell, 1829-1928
Guatemala= 23 22 Nee ett 147
Smith, Joseph Crosby, 1853-1930
Southusland, N. Z2-- == 25 84, 85
Smith, Lucius Chambers, 1853-—
1896
See Conzatti, C. Mexico-__ 149
Smith, Lyman Bradford, 1904—
Brazil kee tee en 2438
Smith, W. W.
South Islandsyne Geo = = 85
Smith, Xepha Alford (Mrs. E. M.)
See Ives, S. A. South Caro-
IB 0; obama Pee oe eh re ceed ee Dale
Smuts, Jan Christiaan, 1870—-
TPSPAM Svelall wees eae ee Bs at E 59
Smyth, Bernard Bryan, 1843-19138
Ran Sas ea ee ee A OE ee 181
Smyth, Lumina Cotton (Riddle),
1871-1939
See Smyth, B. B. Kansas-_ 181
Snodgrass, Robert Evans, 1875—
Clippertonl Island: 2-22-22 104
Sobron, Félix C. y
Wi eia yi ee Se 259
Sgrensen, Thorvald Julius, 1902-
Greenlangd= 2290 Uo ee 157
See Seidenfaden, G. Green-
PETG oe ls a eee 2 ee eS 157
Sollers, Basil, 1853-1909
IVEeanayil en Ge aie ee Se SS SS 186
Somes, Melvin Philip, 1878-1928
TO yale bk ik Be 8 ee 181
See Oleson, O. M. Iowa___ = 180
Sonder, Otto Wilhelm, 1812-1881
See Harvey, W. H. South
NG TELCOS 5 eeu ee a ee a 54
Sornborger, Jewell David
See Fernald, M. L. Labra-
Oe a ee B37
Soth, Blanche H. (Mrs. M. E.)
COlOT ACO 22 she ee 170
Sousa, Antédnio de Figuéiredo
Gomes e
Ae OL Aes eee Ee ie 23
Mozanibiquer = =2 2s es 48
Portuguese Guinea_________ SL
Spalding, Volney Morgan, 1849-
1918
Miielano mers ee SSS a) ee = 188
Spanoghe, J. B., 1796-1838
Duteh. Wast.. hndiess =. 2 3. 107
Sparkman, Philip Stedman, -1907
CaifOrna 22 5h Ree 169
Sparn, Enrique
SES ENT ee a ee 231
Spegazzini, Carlos Luis, 1858-1926
pA CEMA Se ate ae Dodo) 200s Zot
Ratereomidy 22 oe ee oe 255, 256
Speight, Robert, 1867—
Southorslands N. Zis2. <= =_ 85
241306°—42—_21
Page | Spencer,
Baldwin i. e. Walter Page
Baldwin, 1860-1929
VA GLO RTS a es ee 74
Sperry, Omer Edison, 1902-
ff BSS eS ae wae i ete Ee a 216
Spicer, William Webb, 1820-1879
PASM a qe eee ee ee ee 86
Spilman, Charles Harvey, 1805-
1892
Heb UC Kyte ae oo 183
Spinden, Herbert Joseph, 1879—
1G 6X0), ei ee ee 174
Spotton, Henry Byron, 1844-1933
TGs Oe as ee ees Tok 143
Sprague, Thomas Archibald, 1877-
BLICiSh HOndUrAS= sees se 146
INFOX1 CORE Ea SER. se Petes ii 152
Standley, Paul Carpenter, 1884—
AIDE Geen Sere eS Sa hk 134
British Honduras] 2-9. = 146
CostamRica ses Seo twikss Zt 147
EV OITA ech See SS eels 148
IMeXd COE 8 ease eee 150, 152
IMOnMCAN ake 2 ee ie 195
New, Mexico2 2222 wieere 198, 199
Pana ae es ec eeso tee 9 2s 158, 154
Sava O Ieee sea ee sates Ae 154
See Guatemala, Ministeria de
agricultura. Guatemala__ 148
See Hitchcock, A. S. Dis-
trict of Columbia====— = 172
See Macbride, J. F. Peru_. 256
See Record, S. J. Hon-
GUTA SSS es ae Bees 148
See Wooton, E. O. New
MiG CO es a a 199
Staner, Pierre
Belgian Congoz2=2s 2 24, 26
Stanford, Ernest Elwood, 1888—
See Ewing, C. O. North Car-
OU a ee a ara 205
Stapf, Otto, 1857-1933
Borneo Weer Pee is Sete 104
Neier geste ee Se 41
See Dawe, M. T. Uganda___ 61
See Schweinfurth, G. Egypt- 32
Stearns, Frederick, 1831-1907
Michigan 2. 22 = erate tases 189
Stearns, Winfrid Alden, 1852-1909
ING WY OTK 22s 2 aie ree ees 203
Stebbins, George Ledyard, jr.,
1906—
See Fernald, M. L. Maine__ 185
See Rand, E. L. Maine_____ 185
Steedman, Elsie Rosine (Viault),
1893-
British Columbia= == 135
Steedman, E. C. (Miss)
Southern Rhodesia__.______ 55D
'|Steele, Edward Strieby, 1850-
1942
See Hitchcock, A. S. Dis-
trictor Columbia===2=.— I
Steenis, Cornelis Gijsbert Gerrit
Jan van, 1901-—
Dutch East Indies_______-__ 108
BL [C2 ih Vessel Us oe SO oe Ye dee 114
320 AUTHOR INDEX
Steenis, Cornelis Gijsbert Gerrit
Jan van—Continued
Stefansson, Vilhjalmur, 1879—
Mackenzie--. 1 ee
Steffen, Hans, 1882—
Stehlé, Henri, 1909-—
essen Antilles === aa
Stehlé, M.
See Stehlé, Henri. Lesser
Antilles: 2722 Oe
Stemen, Thomas Ray, 1892-
Oklahoma ae) Sree
Stetson, Sereno, 1879—
New: Morks2 48s ieee 2 ee
Stevens, Orin Alva, 1885—
Kansas. 2 ies aes: eee es
North: Dakotas === 2satae
See Bergman, H. F. North
Nakota 4 ee ee
Stevenson, Matilda Coxe (Evans),
1850-1915
New.-Mexicoce 2-2 ties
Stewart, Alban, 1875-—
Cocos. Island: = eee
Galapagos Islands__-__---~-
Stewart, Paul Alexander
Steyermark, Julian Alfred, 1909—
See Engelmann Botanical
Clubs Missourbiit=22)) =
See Palmer, E. J. Missouri__
Steyn, Douw G.
South! Africa l= sities fs
Stickney, Malcolm Enos, 1874—
See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio_
Stieferman, M. Aquinas, sister
Kansas@t : nooo ln teenie 3
Stillwell, Norma Janet (Jamie-
son), 1894—
WPexaSi 2a. Pee aA ees:
Stirling, James, 1852-1909
WiGhonias = 4 ss 52 te
Stgrmer, Per
Manitobas 22282 hriiiigaines
Stone, George Edward, 1860-1941
Massachusetts] 2-2 a
Stone, Herbert
British Guiana. = aes ee
French Guiana_____-_+*--___
Stone, Hugh Exton, 1871-—
See Darlington, W. Pennsyl-
Stone, Witmer, 1866-1939
ING wJerseya2e = = eS
Storni, Julio S.
Argentina. (e708 1 AN fe
Strath, R.
See Holmes, E. M. Ontario__
Strausbaugh, Perry Daniel, 1886—
See Millspaugh, C. F. West
Virginia.e striata ies
Stuckert, Teodoro, 1852-1932
See Holmberg, E. L. Ar-
gentina: —.zathsl Jee sins
Page
130
Sturler, F. A. von
Dutch East Indies
United States, western______
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis, 1842-
1898
(Introduction)
Suc, Louis
México 2.2... yo Bee
Sudworth, George Bishop, 1864—
1927
United States, general______
United States, western______
Suessenguth, Karl, 1893—
See Knuth, R. Venezuela___
Suksdorf, Wilhelm Nikolaus, 1850-
1933
Washington=.> 2. 2.23753
Sullivan, David, 1836-1895
Victoria: tsa bere ieee
Summerhayes, Victor Samuel,
1897-
Seychelles. 22 2a ses 2 enene
Sutton, C. §.
Australia <=. 2% 2.5 oa eee
Victoria = sre Sgn eae
See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__
Sutton, John Mayhew, 1857-
Michigant> 2225.0) eee
Svenson, Henry Knute, 1897—
Galapagos Islands__________
Swezey, Goodwin Deloss, 1851-—
1934
Wisconsin 22 Ab ieee
Swynnerton, Charles Francis
Massey, 1877-1938
Tadgell, Alfred J.
Victoria 2a vein
See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__
Tancredi, Alfonso M.
ESPithe@at® <<) He eee
Tardieu-Blot, Marie Laure
See Guillaumin, A. Polyne-
Slai.8 Set Se eee eee
Tate, Ralph, 1840-1901
Northern. ‘Territory 22222550
South Australia. 2 = 2322
See Mueller, F. von. Northern
‘Territorye)=22 22a eee
See Mueller, F. von. Western
Australign eek. 2s oes
Tatewaki, Misao, 1899—
Alaska - i. O41] aia ee
Tatnall, Edward, 1818-1898
Delaware 22> =. Sse eres
Taubert, Paul Hermann Wilhelm,
1862-1897
See Schweinfurth, G. Egypt_—
Taylor, John Lowrie
See Baird, J. F. Indiana__
AUTHOR INDEX
Taylor, Norman, 1883—
ING yyy OT Ka eos ees Bg
See Grier, N. M. New York_
See Skottsberg, C. South
GeCOrel avec. s sete gon nen he eu
Taylor, Raymond Frank, 1897—
AN) TS EE Nm he ies a SAT STR
Taylor, Thomas Mayne Cunning-
hame, 1904—
See Hosie, R. C. Ontario___
Taylor, William Randolph, 1895—
See Rand, HE. L. Maine____
Tehon, Leo Roy, 1895-—
See Miller, R. B. Illinois___
Teijsmann, J. E.
See Teysmann, J. H.
Teit, James Alexander, 1864—
See Steedman, E. V. British
Columbia
Teixeira da Fonseca, Enrico
See Fonseca, E. T. da
Tejada, R.
Guatemala
Tenney, Jonathan, 1817-1888
See Howell, G. R. New York_
Tepper, Johann Gottlieb Otto,
1841-1923
5 a) OS ELE Sy; erate ae 8 U's Ey CRS Oe eee
Teysmann, Johannes Elias, 1808—
1882
Texas
Thiselton-Dyer, William Turner,
1843-1928
See Oliver, D. West Africa_
Thomas, Jerome Beers, jr., 1867—
See Pardo de Tavera, T. H.
Philippine Islands________
Thompson, Henry Nilus, -1938
See Kew, Royal Gardens.
ING Ore ieee es ee
Thomson, George Malcolm, 1848—
1933
News ,Zealangss: 2 ae
Thomson, John Scott
See Simpson, G. South
JES) Waite le NY / 2
Thompson, W. A.
See Poppelwell, D. L. South
MSTMCEN A Dye
Thone, Frank Ernest Aloysius,
1891-
Thornber, John James, 1872—
Arizona
Thurston, Charles Orion, 1857—
See Twining, A. Pennsyl-
135
118
54
63
122
50
78
84
Tidestrom, Ivar, 1864—
Tillotson, Claude Raymond, 1883—
Nebraska see oie ee
Tisdall, Henry Thomas, 1836—
1905
Colombiayes Sera his
See Otero, J. I. Puerto Rico_
Torrey, John, 1796-1873
ING Wa YOO eee oe a,
Totten, Henry Roland, 1892—
See Coker, W. C. North
Carolina ease Wists
See Coker, W. C. United
States, southeastern______
Toussaint, Anatole, abbé
United States, northeastern_
Tovey, James Richard, 1873-
1922
ViGtOriaies snciw We aioul oes Ss.
See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__
Townson, William, 1850-1926
Southeeislands Neg eZen sie ee oe
Tracy, Clarissa (Tucker), 1818—
1905
WiiSCOMSTMi ee te ae ae Ge
Tracy, Cyrus Mason, 1824-1891
Massachusetts =.--22 2
Tracy, Samuel Mills, 1847-1920
See Bush, B. F. Missouri___
See Lloyd, F. E. Louisiana
See Palmer, E. J. Missouri_
Trelease, William, 1857—
DIZOL ES os Stee Sa ds ie
oly mesiqu 2 ase 2 ee ae
Triana, José Jérénimo, 1826~-
1890
Colombiaec = te wer ie a
Trimen, Henry, 1843-1896
See Bentley, R. (Introduc-
GLO NAG) = ee ek
Trotha, Hellmuth von
Tanganyikarse o 2 i ee eee
Trotter, Alessandro, 1874—
Libya
True, Rodney Howard, 1866-1940
See Cheney, L. S. Wiscon-
Tuckerman, Edward, 1817-1886
See Cobb, N. A. Massachu-
setts
Turner, Edward Phillips, 1865-—
1937
See Cockayne, L. New
Zealand
Turner, Frederick (or Fred), 1852-—
1939
New South Wales__-__-____
18, 20
17
223
188
193
184
193
87
127
42, 43
|
By AUTHOR INDEX
Turner, Lewis MacDonald, 1898-
See Harvey, F. L. Arkan-
Turner, Lucian McShan, 1847-—
1909
Alla’ aot st ove ati eal 133
Turrill, William Bertram, 1890—
Chile. rk ak ee 246
Wiji-Islands 282225. = soso 108
Tutin, T. G.
See Trelease, W. Azores___ 87
Tuttle, Flora May (Woodward),
1868-1931
TOW asso PRE ne 2 ee 181
Tuyama, Takasi
IMICrOmMCSTa a2 ep AE TURE
Twining, Alfred, 1853-1922
Eennsylvyaniae sean 212
Tyrrell, James Williams, 1863-
Manitobdia2 See ss.» 139
Ulke, Titus, 1866—
Britishy Columbias==2ees 225 135
Underhill, Ruth Murray, 1884—
See Castetter, HE. F. Arizona. 164
Underwood, Lucien Marcus,
1853-1907
See Britton, N. L. Yukon_ 145
See Coulter, J. M. Indiana_ 176
See Sauvalle, F. A. Cuba. 225
Unwin, Arthur Harold, 1878—
West Africans stee eee 63
Upham, Warren, 1850-1934
Minnesotas222 2 + 2 cet ee 192
Urban, Ignatz, 1848-1931
ERI Spanio las ee aie eae 226, 22%
PiuertosRico2 22 ae er 230
West -Indiess2-2 = 2 eee 224
See Martius, K. F. P. von.
BaZa es Meee EAS ee 239
See Ostenfeld, C. H. Hispan-
TO lg SE te Savinks eee eee eee ee PAPA
Urbina y Altamirano, Manuel,
18438-1906
Méxiconie sass Sse ees 150
Uribe, Joaquin Antonio, 1858-1935
Colom pia eee 248
Usteri, Alfred, 1869—
BEATZ ie Vln ee ae PE de oy i
Vaage, Jakob, 1879-
Greenland ee arate eae 157
Vaccari, Antonio, 1867—
See Béguinot, A. Libya____ 42
Vahl, Martin, 1869-
Madeira island s= saa 90
Vail. Anna Murray, 1863—
See Small, J. K. Virginia. 219
Valenzuela, Pedro Armengol,
1843-
Chilleaeres Ss VE Re are Caer 7 248
Valeton, Theodoric, 1855-1929
New’; Guineas 222s ee Gare 121
See Koorders, S. H. Java. 112
Vallentin, Elinor Frances (Bert-
rand), 1873-1924
HalklandeislandsS Sees 89
Vallot, Joseph, 1854-1925
Senegal 2 vo8 Mr St de eee 03
Page | Vance, ©. Elizabeth Page
See Fawcett, S.G.M. South
AUS tralia 042) 22 ais aes 71
Van Dersal, William Richard,
1907-
United States, general____ 160
Vanderveken, G.
See Hauman, L. Argentina. 231
Van Gorder, William Bramwell,
1855-1927
Ten ama: eee 178
Vasey, George, 1822-1893
MéExi¢@=2 S22) ee 152
See Greely, A.W. Franklin. 136
Vaughan, Reginald Edward
See Baker, J. G. Mascarene
BESS ES G16 |S i ana oe eats ene 98
Vecchi, Octavio
See Navarro de Andrade, E.
IBA = Sa ees A ee 242
Verdoorn, Inez Clare, 1896—
Trans Vaal leek ee 59, 60
See Obermeyer, A. A. Trans-
Webel) pn = set ee ee re 59
Verink, Ellis Daniel, 1890—
Towa: 0 a 181
Vermoesen, Camille i. e. Francois
Marie Camille, 1882-1922
Belgian Congo ssa sae 26
Verteuil, L. A. A. G. de
See De Verteuil, L. A. A. G.
Vestal, Paul Anthony, 1908—
Oklahoma... 2255 © eee eee 209
Vidal C., Roberto
Chiles 248
Vidal y Lopez, Manuel
Moroccoz =). 2: = 3 ae 47
Vieillard, Eugéne, 1819-1896
New Caledonia_____________ 119
Vierhapper, Fritz (Friedrich)
Karl Max, 1876-1932
Socotrai.is ves ee 101
Viguier, René, 1880-1931
Madagascan 222 aaa 98
Vischer, Wilhelm, 1895-—
See Chodat, R. Paraguay. 252
Visher, Stephen Sargent, 1887-—
South Dakota S252 one 214
See Rydberg, P. A. South
Dakota: 2 5+-+5 ei 214
See Saunders, D. South
Dakota. 22.2) 214
Viviani, Domenico, 1772-1840
See Béguinot, A. Libya--__ 42
Voegelin, Erminie W.
Californian 222730. eee 169
Voeltzkow, Alfred, 1860—
Comoro) islandss 94
Volkens, Georg Ludwig August,
1855-1917
Micronesia 222222 ead Ie
TogossL229) 47 ee a EE 58
See Diels, L. Micronesia___. 116
Vorderman, Adolf Guillaume,
1844-1902
JAVASS = oe rs See 112, 114
AUTHOR INDEX
Vroom, James, 1846-1932 Page
New Brunswick-__~__~___-_ 139
Wadmond, Samuel Christensen,
1871-
VAIS CONUS Tani ee one 223
Waghorne, Arthur Charles, 1851-
1900
NewLoundland: =e === 140
Walker, Harriet Gladwin
INGWUerSe y= 2 eee 198
Wall, Arnold
INorthelislangs Nea ee 81
SoutherslandeNey Zee ee 85
See Speight, R. South Is-
LATING AZ es Sen. es 85
Wallace, George J.
See Hoffmann, R. Massa-
CHUSC EES 252 EERE Be eh 188
Walpole, Branson Alva, 1891-—
MECH o a Teeere cee ee ee 191
Warburg, Edmund Fredric
See Trelease, W. AzoreS___- 87
Warburg, Otto, 1859-1938
JNITEES0) IOS lle Behe Se Ca 5)
Moluccas islandSe= 2a Gly
News Guinea 22—- Sea 120, 121
Ward, Lester Frank, 1841-1913
See Hitchcock, A. S. District
ofa Columbia == = la)
Warming, Eugenius i. e. Jo-
hannes Eugenius Bilow, 1841-
1924
Warren, Fred Adelbert, 1902-
See St. John, H. Washing-
Waterhouse, Douglas Frew
See Davis, C. New South
Watson, Hewett Cottrell, 1804—
1881
NZ OTCS tetas Mite ie Se 87
Watson, Joseph Ralph, 1874-
ING WH Wexi GO en = 199
Watson, Sereno, 1826-1892
Ascension Island__-__-_____ 86
IMGXIC Omer es EN 2S
United States, general______ 160
See Brewer, W. H. Califor-
Wien eee 165
See Gray, A. United States,
northeastern. —— = 160
Watt. John Mitchell, 1892-
SoutheAtricat. 2625 54
Weatherby, Charles Alfred, 1875-—
South Carolinas 22. 2. 7 e 2 213
See Beetle, A. A. New Hamp-
Shineseee = tt re Se 197
See Graves, C. B. Connecti-
SUT (emma ey | eee tee ee ik¢Aal
Webb. Philip Barker, 1793-1854
Canaty Uslands: os -3 2 87
Weber, Clement, 1886-
op LER INSE IS tat el ee acl a 182
Weberbauer, August, 1871—
Wedd, Joseph
Queensland) S22 s2 see ee
Weddell, Hugh (Hugues) Alger-
non, 1819-1877
Colombiage sess sie ee
Wehmer, Carl Friedrich Wilhelm,
1858-1935
@G@ntroduction) 2—— =. =
Weiller, Marc
See Jahandiez, E. Morocco-
See Maire, R. Libya________
Weimarck, Henning, 1903-—
See Norlindh, T. Southern
ROU esia2e Behe peel irl ene ©
See Price, G. Indiana_______
Wellens, Frédéric, 1891-1924
See Wildeman, E. de.
SianiCongos ee Ree
Welwitsch, Friedrich Martin
Josef, 1806-1872
FAW 2 © lene rata SA os ae
Werner, William C., 1851-1935
See Craig, M. Ohio_____-_=—
See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio _
Wernham, Herbert Fuller, 1879—
See Rendle, A. B. Nigeria__
See Ridley, H. N. New
Guinea sesiae 2 sree
Werth, Emil Albert Karl August,
1869-
ANZA DA ee oe ee ee
Weschcke, Carl
Minnesotass= eh aes
Wester, Peter Johnson, 1877-1931
Philippine Islands__________
Westerotien van Meeteren, J. M.
SULIT 1 a se Ee
Wetmore, Ralph Hartley, 1892-
habragd ope eee ee
Wettstein, Richard, ritter von
Westersheim, 1863-1931
1 SWAN Peete se te teen etapa al oe
Wetzstein, Albert
CQ) OTS et es ao alg (aA ys
Wheeler, Charles Fay, 1842-1910
See Beal, W. J. Michigan__
Wheeler, Leonard Richmond
Ihesser-Antilless 2222 2 ee
Wheeler, William Archie, 1876—
Minnesota. Settee cena
Wheeler, William Morton, 1865-
1937
IWASCONMS Mirae ee
White. Cyril Tenison
New Caledonia____-__-___ =
INewaGulinea!.2 225 Fee
Queensland 222s Sees
See Bailey, F. M. Queens-
lain Glee ere oe
See Wedd. J. Queensland__—
White, James Herbert, 1875—
Ontarigl22 22 eae
SEES
324 AUTHOR INDEX
Whitford, Harrv Nichols, 1872—
1941
Philippine Islands___-_-___-__
Whiting, Alfred Frank
ArizOnadao-= 22a e wae) BMI
Whittemore, George Francis
See Simonds, A. B. MasSa-
chusettS==--4 S24 oe ees
Wiegand, Karl McKay, 1873—
1942
New-York £20 te feat
Wiesner, Julius von, 1838-1916
(Introduction)= _H2eat as?
Wight, William Franklin, 1874—
See Coville, F. V. Alaska__-_
Wikstrom, Johan Emanuel, 1789—
1856
Lesser -Antilles2==<=- 4-852
Wilczek, Ernest, 1867-
See Chodat, R. Argentina__
See Maire, R. Algeria___-_-
Wildeman, Emile August Joseph
de, 1866-—
BelzianiCongo2]=. 22. 24,
Patagomia 2.2 a2 See Te
See Durand, T. Belgian
CONS) ne 2 aoe 2 eee ae
See Sack, J. Surinam_____-
Wilder, Gerrit Parmile, 1863-1935
Hawahlanvgislands.= ase 2s
Polynesia, = 24 ee ae
Wilkins, George Hubert, 1888—
Tristan da Cunha Islands___
Williams, Frederic Newton, 1862-
1923
MeGxI1@QHess¢2 065 oe See
See Pittier, H. F. Vene-
VAY (2 0 Pe ee eee SE SS Pen
Williams, Robert Orchard, 1891-—
Venezuela 2 2. 222 nee
See Freeman, W. G. Ven-
CZUe lays ees Bee eee
Williams, Stephen West, 1790-1855
Massachusetts 2222222 =
Williamson, Charles Sumner,
1857-1914
Delaware, 22 = = eee ee a ee
Willis, John Christopher, 1868—
Chagos Archipelago_____--__
Laceadive Islands__-_______
Maldive islands: 222222525
Willis, Oliver Rivington, 1815—
See White, C. T. New Cal-
CGO NNT eee ee eee
Wilson, Guy West, 1877-
Indian ala. 2. eae Oe eee
Wilson, Percy, 1879—
Puerto, -Rico=2= = 22 2 ee
See Britton, N. L. Puerto
ECO 22 ee ee eee
Page
123
164
188
Winchell, Alexander, 1824-1891
Winter, John Mack, 1899-
Nebraska
Wolden, Bernt Olaf, 1886—
LOWialy2 ok = ee eee
Wolley-Dod, Anthony Hurt, 1861-—
See Bolus, H. Cape of Good
HOG; 22 x8 ees ae eset
Natale 2200 loe Hoel tele
Wood, Joseph Garnett, 1900—
south, Australia =" spares
Wood, Thomas Fanning, 1841-
1892
North; Carolina) Sanat oe
Woodcock, Edward Fred, 1885-—
Michigan 2242 5a et oe and
Woods, Julian Edmund Tenison,
1832-1889
See Bailey, F. M. Queens-
lande te let beet eet SERGE,
Woodward, Norman Porter, 1864—
1939
See Jackson, J. Massachu-
Woodward, Richard William,
1846-1931
See Graves, C. B. Connecti-
CUE 2 ae Eee ees
Woodworth, Robert Hugo, 1902-
Labradorses— 2 22 era eae
Woolls, William, 1814-1893
New South Wales___________
Wooton, Elmer Ottis, 1865—
New Mexico
Wright, Albert Hazen, 1879—
Georglas 2 =. 2 SUS eee
Wright, Anna (Allen), 1882-
See Wright, A.H. Georgia__
Wright, Charles Harold
Fiji Islands
-| Wright, Charles Henry, 1864—
1941
Falkland “islands 326.5 aoe
Usandaen 27. <8 ieee wean
See Brown, N. E. British
Guana 2 toes. Oe
See Ridley, H. N. New
Guin@a? #2... 32. see ee
See Rudmose Brown, R. N.
South Orkney Islands____
Wright, John, 1811-1846 .
Wycoff, Edith
See Holden, W. (Introduc-
tiOn) — a2 Se
Wylie, Robert Bradford, 1870—-
Washington22-o220 eee
69
188
171
138
67
199
208
174
174
peer ee ae
AUTHOR INDEX
Wynd, Frederick Lyle, 1904—- Page
Ones. Wes lee St ee AE he PAS 219
Yacovleff, Eugenio, 1895-1934
| BENET oes Sear SUR ee 258
Yanovsky, Elias, 1886-—
United States, general______ 160
Yates, Harry Stanley, 1888-1938
See Brown, W. H. Philip-
PIN ESAS Ses 123
Yates, Lorenzo Gordin, 1837-
1909
OTRO TMA, ene bes A 169
York, Harlan Harvey, 1875—
See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio_ 207
Young, Andrew Harvey, 1852-—
1926
7] OVO WIFE Des Reretas SaaS he eS 178
Young, Henri Wilson, 1847-1927
See Miller, E.S. New York. 202
Young, Herbert Andrew, 1857-
1894
Massachusetts 22 228202 2 189
Young, Mary Sophie, 1872-1919
ROX a Ne tet ee ree Ce Palle
Youngken, Heber Wilkinson,
1885-
United States, general______
Yuncker, Truman George, 1891-—
RON Gas ee ee es
Zabriskie, John Barrea, 1805—
1848
Zanon, Vito
See Pampanini, R. Libya__
See Schweinfurth, G.
Zimmer, W. J.
VAC CONT pee ae BEN eT
Zohary, Michael
J DPA ONE eae es 7 a ee
Zolotarevsky, B.
Mauritania
Zotov, V. D.
North Island, N. Z
ZschokkKe, Theodore C.
See Rock, J. F. Hawaii____
320
Page
160
149
110
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
This index includes the names of all countries and all geographical divisions
used as headings; all States of the United States and Provinces of Canada; all
separate islands and island groups listed in the titles or annotations, except those
in inland waters; some current synonyms of the primary geographical names
adopted (which follow the decisions of the United States Board of Geographic
Names) ; and some names of regions, principally in Africa, which do not have
definite boundaries.
etc., are indexed under Dissée, Marajo, Pines.
Such names as Ile de Dissée, Ilha de Marajo, Isle of Pines,
Page numbers in the case of names
which are not themselves used as headings refer to the page on which the geo-
graphic division containing the reference begins, except in the case of islands,
where the page number is that of the actual entry.
Page
Abd-el-Kuri: see Socotra____-____ 101
Abyssinia : see Ethiopia______-__ 34
Admiralty Islands: see Mela-
MOSTAR ate ass «| Be 115
See also New Guinea______- 121
Admiralty Islets: see Australian
Sang Sha ee Pas Oe Beet | Sees 102
PATRI C Aste sre ee ee ee 16
Agalega Island: see Aldabra_--_ $3
Aigrettes, Ile des: see Mascarene
SFA GS oe a a eae hie POT GS estes 99
Akpatok Island: see Franklin___ 136
All alps nat ie tact ee ng FINS Se Se 163
Alacran Reef: see Mexico.____~_ iLL
PAS eal pee ee tr SK, a Te Nyala: asl 130
(Abert asiasan eee 28 cont ei 3 134
Alboran, Ile d’: see Morocco___-_ 47
Aleatrazes, Ilha dos: see Brazil. 242
Aldabrawislangdss = 22 93, (101)
Alderman Islands: see North Is-
land (New Zealand)_________ 81
Aleutian Islands: see Alaska____ 181,
1674, Bs
PRCT Aer ens are SE Sn 17
Alor Island: see Dutch East
ETN GTC Sa rete Se vs 108
Alphonse Island: see Gloriosa Is-
LEE OU 6 Sie 2s in a aE ot ie eat oe eee ae 95
Althorpe Isles: see South Aus-
Garza epes Saree eee her oT es oe 72
Amboina: see Molucea Islands__ 118
Ambon (Amboina): see Molucca
VST ONG fic 2 a oI 118
American Virgin Islands: see
Lesser Antilles_____________ 229, 230
Amirante Islands: see Aldabra__ 93
See also Gloriosa Islands___ 95
Amsterdam Island: see New Am-
Sterdam island += 25.5) — tse (95), 99
Anacapa Island: see California__ 169
Anambas Islands: see Dutch East
MTT QS eee Soe hs ae 107, 108
Andaman; Islands=*® 5 ots) | 93
Andros Island: see Bahama Is-
LG IS aie EO eee ee ee a 224
Page
Anegada: see Lesser Antilles___. 229
Anglo-Egyptian Sudan__________ 20
Ane Ola eects ae eo ee Sees 22
Anguilla: see Lesser Antilles___ 228
Annobon Island: see Spanish
Guinea: See ee Be Se ae (28), 56
Anticosti: see Quebec___--_____ 145
Antigua: see Lesser Antilles_.._—« 230
Antipodes Island: see Australian
Slang Sete ee eae 101. 102, 103
Aree n tinal sae secs ara se 231
IAT Z.O Tee eae eee Be ere eed 163
ANAC IISE is ae es Sy Ae eae a 164
Arrou Islands: see Molucea Is-
Rams ye eos Fs ee ee. 118, (121)
Art, Ile: see New Caledonia____ 119
Aru Islands: see Molucca Is-
JEW 0C0 (Spee see US pe ee ewes 118, (121)
Aruba: see Lesser Antilles_______ 228
AScensionsisiand222 eee 86
Ashanti: see Gold Coast________ 88
Assumption Island: see Aldabra_ 93
Astove Islands: see Aldabra_____ 93
Atlantic Ocean (insular floras)_ 86
Auckland Islands: see Australian
ANjila: seer bya ee
Austral] Islands: see Polynesia___™ 125
INUStrAA SIA Sees ee se 63
AIS Eames ses 20a 2s eS LSA 63
Australianhiclandssse se 101
NZ ORES ees see skeen. tos eee see 86
Babar Island: see Molucca Is-
LEAT Ch Gee ee 2 IE ee eh 1 118
Babuyanes Islands: see Philip-
pinewislands=..2 2A ee 123
Baffin Land: see Franklin_______ 136
Bahamaryplislandse20 ss ee 224
Baja Californica: see Mexico___ 149
Baker Island: see Polynesia____ 125
Bangka Island (Banka Island):
see Dutch East Indies________ 107
Banguey Island: see Borneo____ 103
Banka Island: see Dutch East
TVG Sy Seat he ee es 107
328
Page
Banks Islands: see Melanesia____ 115
Banks Land: see Franklin______ 136
Barbados: see Lesser Antilles__ 229
Barren Island: see Narcondam
Sri! (22a ee cee 99
Barro Colorado Island: see
Panam ors. Se ea ae ee a 153
Bashi Islands: see Philippine
EST 1510 GG et ie ees Se ee Se 123
Basutoland 6 2 ae a atete ee eee 23
Batanes Islands: see Philippine
1 ASG SWAY 0 IS iene acne Pett cn fine BE tah a a 123
Batavia See saya 2 sateen eee slag
Batti Malv: see Andaman
TESTED CUS cae a ees fee 93
Bay Islands: see Honduras___-- 148
Beata Island: see Hispaniola___- 227
Bechuanaland eee 23
Bechuanaland Protectorate______ 23
Belciane Cong onee = eae 23
Bench Island: see South Island
(New Zealand)!ieb 7 = (eee 84
Bénitiers, Les: see Mascarene
Tslands)-22 eh Vanek GER 99
Bequia Island: see Lesser An-
Cillés:2) ~.2 a eee ee 228
Bermuda islands. eee 87
Big Island: see Franklin________ 136
Bird Island (Seychelles): see
Gloriosa’ -islands=+=_=-=2225 58 95
Bird Rock: see Quebee____--__- 143
Bismarck Archipelago: see Mel-
NGS ka a neat 115, 116
See also New Guinea__-_____ 121
Block Island: see Rhode Island_ 212
Boeroe (Island): see Molucca
Islands 3273s 20s ei 118
Bolivia soe) ~~ se ee eee | 237
Bonaire: see Lesser Antilles___._ 228
Bonérate Island: see Dutch East
EN G1 GG 28 ie a EE TE ed 106
Borneo 25 2 Bae EA EE 103
Bounty Island: see Australian
Islands: 2302 21 Bie G6? RBG 0 101
Bourbon Island (Réunion Is-
land) : see Mascarene Islands_ 99
Bouvet Island: see South Geor-
P19: 2 poe OAS 2 BEE 91
Bail eee eet ee ee 238
Breaksea Islands: see South
Island (New Zealand)_ ~_____- 84
British Columbia=- ==. a 134
British East Africa: see Kenya__ 40
British Giana S22 22 243
British Hondurds22 oe a 146
British New Guinea: see New
Guineas=-ss SV AAs Sr eae 119
British Somaliland Protectorate_ 27
Buckingham Island: see Frank-
Lins > = DAs 2 136
Bunker group: see Queensland__ 69
Bunkers Island: see South Is-
land (New Zealand) _________ 8&3
Caffraria: see Cape of Good
HOpe s2ncsSsss2-3e sess 52S 28
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Page
California 2222 22 sok eee 165
Cameroons 2. ses ie oa ee 27
Cameroun: see Cameroons______ ret
Campbell Island: see Australian
TStan ster Seb ee See CSD)e O10
Canadas. 221.1) se See eee eee ees 133
Canary Asltand Ses. 2 eee 87
Cant, Teste “Runicia =) saan 60
Cannouan Island: see Lesser An-
Tiles Sk SSS Ue See Sl 228
Cape Colony: see Cape of Good
Ope fe he A ae ee 28
Cape of Good Hope: 2 aes 28
Cape Verde islands: 222s 88
Capricorn Islands: see Queens-
Lange) ee ste Cae eee eee 69
Car Nicobar: see Andaman Is-
lands 22208) 32 eee 93
Cargados Islands: see Aldabra__ 93
Carmen Island: see Mexico____- 152
Caroline Island: see Polynesia__ 127
Caroline Islands: see Micronesia 116,
1472)
Casamance: see Senegal____-___ 52
Castle Island: see Franklin_____ 136
Cayo Icacos: see Puerto Rico___ 230
Cedros Island: see Mexico_____ 150, 151
WelebeSs2 sane ares 103, (107, 118)
Central Ameri@al=_ 62 eek 146
Central Australia: see Northern
Territory (Australia) _________ 67
Ceram: see Molucca Islands____ 118
Cerf Islets: see Gloriosa Islands_ 95
Cerros Island (Cedros Island):
See: Me6xi¢02 22 an ae 150, 151
Chad ‘Territory: see French
Hquatorial Atricases 2 Sees 35
Chagos /Archipelago=25) 241 == 24yie
(9
94, (98), (118)
Channel Islands: see California. 166,
168, 169
Chatham Islands: see Australian
Islands22- 22 5) es ae 101, 102
Oiled Sa ee es 245
Chiloé (Island) : see Patagonia__ 254,
255
Chonos Islands: see Patagonia__ 255
Christmas Island (Indian
Ocean) £.._4 bee, ses eee ae 94
Christmas Island (Pacific
Ocean): see Polynesia______- 125
Church’s Island: see North Car-
Olina 2 = ctc es 2 ae 205
Clarion Island: see Mexico__-___ 152
Clipperton Islang=—- ae 1038
Coche Island: see Venezuela____ 261
Cockburn: Island! #26230) sah 89
Coco Islands 22. 2 tee aes 94
Cocos Island (Pacifie Ocean)____ 103,
(109)
Cocos Islands (Indian Ocean):
see Keeling Islands________ 95, (118)
Codfish Island: see South Island
(New: Zealandye. 222. 2 pies 84
Coétivy Island: see Aldabra___- 93
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Page
Coll Island: see South Island
(New? Zealand) 222. 84
Colombids.- CUA r hres Sd 248
Colorad Os Ve ie Es ct EP 169
Comoro nslands 2s ses Dies 94, (97)
Connectyeut' = ee rd 2 BIEL ree 17
Coode Island: see Victoria__-__ WA
Cook Islands: see Polynesia____ (118),
125, 126
Coronados Islands: see Mexico__ 151
Cosmoledo Island: see Aldabra__ 93
Wosta: Mica 22 COs TL 5k sy eee 146
Cozumel Island: see Central
America (Hemsley) _~--_____-~ 146
Crescent Island (Timoe: Tua-
motu Islands): see Polynesia. 126
Crocodile Island: see Northern
Territory (Australia) __-______ 68
Crozet aslands2=- 20 er 94, (96)
Cun aise EIS a) Ge ve 8 225
Cufra (Kufra) ; see Libya_______ 41
Curacao: see Lesser Antilles____. 228
Gyrenaical- see aly ae ee 41
Dahomey _ gil Mg Rie SAAS tifa 30
Dammar Island: see Molucca
SETA CLS ee es erate noes 118
Danger Islands: see Polynesia___ 125
Danish West Indies: see Lesner
ANT TY BU CER tlie a le al eee a ae ae ele 229
Dapoer (Island) (Thousand
Islands): see Java__________ 114
Darfur: see Anglo-Egyptian Su-
COUR Oss SR at la cel ala yl ep Ea ee 20
Deal Island: see Tasmania______ 86
De leaiyyae ses ae ere oe ee een a rete Tl (2
Deserta Islands: see Madeira
J IGSVIEYy GG IS ee ao ng a mer od aga 90
Desventuradas Islands: see San
FSMD POST OS ee SEE 128
Devil’s Isle (Canada): see
5 AN ete tO el ia a nee 136
Diego Alvarez Island (Gough
Island): see Tristan da
Cunhrawislands 2224 e5—— 44 16 92
Diego Garcia: see Chagos Archi-
Wel 2 Ome oe ee 5 (ala kss)
Disko Island: see Greenland____ = 157
Dissée, Ile de: see Eritrea______ 33
IDISHRICEOL- Columbia.) === I
Djampéa Island: see Dutch East
1 FOG UN Sete ie ke il eae angels 106
Djemadja Island: see Dutch East
LD GO WS Se he a 108
Doea, Poeloe: see Java_________ 114
Dominica: see Lesser Antilles___ 228
Dominican Republic: see His-
OUT lay] eee Ess Sete tats eis hips, 226
Drummond Island: see Paracel
PTS ee a eS 122
Dry Tortugas: see Florida____ 172, 173
Ducie Island: see Molucca
JASUIG ITO Sp oRS OLE a sale esa BE DN 118
Duck Islands: see Maine_______ 186
Duizend - eilanden (Thousand
Islands) : see Java—--_______- 114
329
Page
Duke of York Islands: see Me-
TIE CESSES oe ERE TNE os Ds ae 115
Du Lise Island: see Gloriosa
JUGS) Ee 05 (See ES ge ENO 95
Duncan Island: see Paracel
VGSHIeTS OGG RCL ci 7) a 0 Les SES ee Oe eh ed 22
Dutch Hast Indies___-_____ 104, (124)
Dutch Guiana: see Surinam_____ 258
Dutch West Indies: see Lesser
ANTONIE ae ee Ss ae 228
Eagle Island (Amirante Is-
lands) : see Gloriosa Islands__ 95
Haster Island: see Polynesia__ 125,126
| DOUG an ee Le ae es ee ee 250
Efate Island: see Melanesia_____ 115
ED ayy [ig eee ek ee ei 2 Le 30
Elisabeth, Isla: see Patagonia___ 255
Hlizabeth Island: see Polynesia. 125
Elizabeth Islands: see Massa-
Chusettse 222 sa Bee 187
Ellesmereland: see Franklin_ 136, (157)
Hllice Islands: see Polynesia__ 125, 126
Enderbury Island (Phoenix Is-
lands) : see Molucca Islands___ 118
Ort eae Sat eeee ee ee ah ai 33
Espiritu Santo: see Melanesia___ 115
Bthioplae Seen oo ee 34
Fairfax Island: see Queensland_ 69
Falkland Islands/__ 222-02) 89, (91)
Fanning Island : see Polynesia (118), 125
Farallon Islands: see California 166
Farquhar Island: see Aldabra___ 93
Faule Island (Stewart Atoll):
see Melanesia_____________ 115
Hernando Noronhase2= sees a 89
Fernando Po: see Spanish Guinea
(28, 35), 56
Rezzan: see Libya__--__________ 41
Mii aslandss22ssSuse. eae 108, (124)
Five Islands: see New South
WV ales Se barre hk eee ES Tt 65
Flat Island: see Mascarene
STAN Sse Se re SE 99
Flinders Island: see South Aus-
|G re? isn ea a ae ene er 72
Flint Island: see Polynesia_____ 126
Flores Island: see Dutch East
MCCS 2 Sek eee) bere PEO 107, 108
BORE aaa ee ate ge ET ET 172
Floris Island (Flores Island):
see Dutch East Indies______ 107, 108
Fouquets, Ile aux: See Mascarene
Islan Ses an Se as SS weed ene 99
Fous, Ile aux: See Mascarene
ST ain Se al tN ere BEE 99
BM tral 135
Franklin Islands: see South Aus-
{0H C2 UD i Ve we ae era LEA A a ie
French Equatorial Africa_______ 35
IMRAN: Grpuleyng ye se SN 251
Brench): Guinea tae eee 37
Hreneh somaliland =] ss ay
French Sudan: see French West
PACED ICA Sat kot ee i 37
——————E———————————
330
Page
Friendly Islands (Tonga _ Is-
lands) : see Polynesia__ 124, 125, 126
Fuegia: see Patagonia______ (91), 253
Fuerteventura Island: see Ca-
nary [slandS. 222s aie ees 87
Funafuti Island: see Polynesia_ 125, 126
Gabon (Gabun): see French
HquatorialPAdtricale= aa 35
Galapagos Islands______________ 109
Galite, Isle de la: see Tunisia__- 60
Galiton, Isle du: see Tunisia____ 60
COCs Nene) bz heres Berean We a ee ee ae & 38
Gambier Islands: see Polynesia__ 125
Gardiner’s Island: see New York_ 200
Gardner Island (Phoenix Is-
lands) : see Molucea Islands__ 118
Gazaland: see Mozambique_____ 47
Georgia: 23 ssf ches ee ame ees 173
Gerlache Strait: see Cockburn
Island ss be Se ae eee 89
German East Africa: see Tan-
vanvyika seks See ee 56
German Southwest Africa: see
South-west) Atrrica- === as Do
Germania Land: see Greenland__ 156
Gilbert Islands: see Micronesia__ 117
Gioriosalslands: = (93) 95
Gold Coastae 2-222) 20202 eee 39
Gonave Island: see Hispaniola__ 227
Gough Island: see Tristan da
Cunhayislands2 se eae 92, 93
Graciosa, Isleta la: see Canary
Tslandsf25 3 2a oe eee 87
Graham Island: see Franklin.___ 136
Grahame iand= 222223 eee 90
Grand Cayman: see Jamaica____ 227
Grand Isle: see Louisiana______-- 183
Grand Mecatina Island: see Que-
| CYS RNR ie re en aR eee pe fo vs Be 145
Great Barrier Island: see North
Island (New Zealand)____--- 81
Great Duck Island: see Maine___ 186
Greenlan Qian 2S Se es Se 154
Grenadine Islands: see Lesser
PAT CITES: SARe ie eo Sites Pee ae eae 228
Grinnell Land: see Franklin_____ 136
Groote Eylandt: see Northern
Merritory (Australia) 2=2222= 68
Guadalupe Island : see Mexico__ 151, 153
Guadeloupe Island: see Lesser
ATTICS. oo ee er eres oe 228, 229
Guaitecas Islands: see Patago-
UT ie OE aes ne ft eee 255
Guam: see Micronesia_________ ay able
Guano Islands: see Peru_______- PATIL
Gniaitem alae ee seas Se ee ee ee 147
Habibas, Iles: see Algeria_____-_ 20
Haiti sees elispaniol aaa 226
Hare Island: see Greenland_____ 157
Haute Volta: see French West
Africa's: Aor Pee Se ee 37
Hauturu (Island): see North Is-
land (New Zealand) —___------~ 80
Hawaii 222 te ae ae 111
Hawaiian Islands= 222-2 22=2 109, (124)
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Page
Heard Island: see Macdonald Is-
lands*. 22 aes 2 oer (95), 96, (100)
Heiberg Land: see Franklin_____ 136
Hen and Chicken Islands: see
North Island (New Zealand) __ 80
Henderson Island: see Polynesia. 125
Herald Island (Siberia): see
Alaska .. 225) ers een 132
Herekopere Island: see South Is-
land (New Zealand) —~-__-_____ 84
Hermit Islands: see Melanesia__._ 115
Heron Island: see Queensland___ 69
Herschell Island: see Franklin-__ 136
Hervey Islands (Cook Islands) :
see Polynesia________ (118), 125, 126
Elispaniolas2. 8es <2. 22 see 226
Holbox Island: see Central Amer-
icaya(ELemSley))= see 146
Honduras: 2-22 Se See ees 148 -
Hoskyn Island: see Queensland_-_ 69
Howland Island: see Polynesia__ 125
Hull Island (Phoenix Islands
see Molucca Islands__________ 118
Hypocrites, The: see Maine_____ 185
Valin 22 ae 4s to gee 174
Tini: see Morocco2 === 43
Tilinois 22 282 32324 ee 174
Inaccessible Island: see Tristan
da Cunhavisiands= ae 92
Indian Ocean (insular floras) ___ 93
Indiana] = _* eer) ee eee (18), 176
Insular florash = eee 86
Insular floras—Atlantie Ocean___ 86
Insular floras—Indian Ocean____ 93
Insular floras—Pacific Ocean____ 101
Investigator Group: see South
Australia: 2-2 23e eee 72
TOWa 22S ee ee ee 178
italian Somaliland === 39
Itu-Aba Island: see Paracel Is-
lands. 22 U2 ee eee 122
Ivory Coast)<=_2 = 3 eee 40
Jaluit Island: see Micronesia__ 116, 117
JAMAICA 22.4 SS eee 227
Jarvis Island: see Polynesia____ 125
Jaa Ss. See Se he ee (107), 111
Jemala (Island) (Anambas Is-
lands) : see Dutch East Indies_ 107
Johnston Island: see Hawaiian
Tsland So) 22 eet ee oe ee Aah
Juan Fernandez Islands______-- 114
Kaffraria: see Cape of Good
Hope. 26 See oe SE eee 28
Kahoolawe Island: see Hawaiian
Slaw S32 2es-2 po eS te eee Ae.
Kaiser Wilhelms Land: see New
Guinea. at _ eo ere ae 119
Kajoeadi Island: see Dutch East
WNGiCS: 2.2! RE ee 106
Kalahari: see Bechuanaland Pro-
tectorate: 45. 2222 es ae 23
Kalao Island: see Dutch East In-
CLUS re A cts 2 106
Kalaotoa Island: see Dutch East
Wri Gi@S)a ee ee ee 106
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX 331
Page
Kamerun: see Cameroons____-_ 27
Kangaroo Island: see South Aus-
(ELEFE I = Ea NO a eee (al P45 7B:
RATS a Sees oa et (13), 181
Kapiti Island: see North Island
GNewsZealand’)) 2. ce 80
Karewa (Island): see North Is-
land (New Zealand) __~_-_-____ 81
Karimon-Djawa Islands: see
AGREE ae Se “attr ti pe gaa RE 113
Katanga : see Belgian Congo_____ 23
Kaula Island: see Hawaiian Is-
An Ges ee eee a ae ek 111
Kawau Island: see North Island
New Zealand) 22 po 79
Keeling Islands2-2=—=-= = 95, (118)
NCC Witla s es RE es es 1386
Kei Islands: see Molucca Is-
NAN See ee ee ee 118, (121)
Kent Islands: see Tasmania_____ 86
Wentuchy essa Sot ok es Se 182
VEG he 2 Sa eS es we ee 40
Kerguelen Island___ (91), 95, (96, 100)
Kermadec Islands: see Australian
lslandsh 222 s2e2= 101, 102, 103, (124)
Ki Island: see Molucea Islands. 118
King Island: see Tasmania____ 86
King William Land: see Frank-
igi eres een ia es ede pa 136
Kivu: see Belgian Congo__-____ 23
Klondike: see Yukon___---___-- 145
Kordofan: see Anglo-Egyptian
PSUR SAR Ma a a 20
Kororariki (Island): see North
Island (New Zealand) —-______ 81
Krakatau: see Dutch East Indies. 106
Krusenstern Island (Little
Diomede Island) : see Alaska~ 182
Kutrasseehibyas 41
Kusai Island: see Micronesia____ 116
Wabradoresa— a =e eae Se 137, (140)
Laccadive Islands______-_____ 96, (98)
Ladrones Islands: see Micro-
VO SYSOP a a ee 116, 117, (121)
Lady Julia Percy Island: see
WiChOmoar mente see 2 eb ee 74
-Lady Musgrave Island: see
QueenelanGg ese ye ea 69
WagosrascesgNigerias== = 2 aS 49
Lakor Island: see Molucca Is-
AI Sect araatet ae es eT ty 118
Lanzarote Island: see Canary Is-
JPEN (SR econ ON ene A a ee 87
Larat Island: see Molucca Is-
TG SONCE ISS cer’ RA are eC 118
Laysan Island: see Hawaiian
ST a Se St eer eee Fe ee bes 110
Leeward Islands (Midway Is-
lands) : see Hawaiian Islands. 111
Leeward Islands (West Indies) :
see Lesser Antilles___________ 228
Lehua Island: see Hawaiian Is-
HEAT Sasori eee The Oe AL A ee ge De 111
Leksoela (Boeroe) : see Molucca
STAG 88 ee. a 118
Les Bénitiers: see Mascarene Is-
HEDIS ates nr tes on reg 99
Page
essersvAmtillesge i= ts ek, 228
Lesser Sunda Islands: see Dutch
Wastelm diese ease tes 27 106. 107, 108
Letti Island: see Molucea Is-
JIGS OVS Syd Di ah) ora Al ER a NL 118
D Lil) OVEN I Nady 2 Eh DeM Bes eee eo ae On BC 41
END Yar ae oes EU Soe. To 41
Lincoln Island: see Paracel Is-
LS WAV kSp. SMe 2 EL eee ee 122
Little Andaman Island : see Anda-
TOOT ON. J (SIIB INC pe ee 93
Little Barrier Island: see North
Island (New Zealand) —-_____- 80, 81
Little Diomede Island: see
ANN) 3) ates iS 132
Little Ki Island: see Molucea Is-
GUNG) pais lear Spin ceisler ee 118
Loaita Island: see Paracel Is-
LAN OS pee een ee ee eee ZZ
Lobos, Isleta de: see Canary Is-
Lal Geese eer ee 87
Lobos de Tierra (Island): see
IE Ge ee eM ies Ee 257
Lombok Island: see Dutch Hast
ad F108 SENS} Se SANS Os RAE eC et ee 107
Long Island: see New York_____ 200
201, 202, 203
Long Island: see South Island
CNewe Zealand!) see See ee 84
Lord Auckland Islands (Auck-
land Islands): see Australian
sland sez cae eee (91), 101, 103
Lord Howe Island: see Australian
INSTI O VG IS eek sie anes Surana ee Oper 102
TG OUST De ea a 183
Lovell Island: see Paracel Is-
WERT OLS eae ae Re ae 2a hed 122
Low Archipelago (Tuamotu
Islands) : see Polynesia_ 124, 125, 127
Lower California: see Mexico___ 149
Lower Guinea : see West Africa__ 62
Loyalty Islands: see New Cale-
COMO WIE Pin So Se = a es SN ee ee OE aie eae 118
Luzon: see Philippine Islands__ 123, 124
Macdonald islands! =()2 2.2 96
MateKen Zier ei i ie aes eee 138
Macquarie Islands: see Aus-
eralianelishand Sees 101, 103
Magda cas cae 2a sie a ete 96
Madeiravislandss235. ae 90
Madoera Islands: see Java_._____ 114
Madura Islands: see Java______ 114
Magdalen Islands: see Quebec_ 143, 144
IVAreqiitn @ seca eects eat Le ker eee ns 2 184
Makatea Island: see Polynesia__ 127
Makaur Island: see Anglo-Egyp-
ATED TDA Ur Gl Ine es ees ahs il 21
Malay Archipelago: see Dutch
WASH PIN GCSEs se. 2 ha 105
Malden Island: see Polynesia___. 126
Maldiveslslands= 22) eae 98
Maldon Island: see Polynesia____ 126
Malouine Islands (Falkland Is-
I 06 IS eee Se ee eee 895 (9)
Mangareva Island: see Polynesia. 125,
(128)
dd2
Page
Manicaland: see Southern Rho-
Ge@g1g( iets eT ee we eh eee 5D
Manihiki Island: see Polynesia. 125,
126
WR Qa ee ae 138
Manitoulin Islands: see Ontario. 141
Mansel Island: see Keewatin___ 187
Mansfield Island: see Keewatin_ Ay!
Marajo, Ilha de: see Brazil____ 241
Marcus Island: see Micronesia_ 116, 117
Margarita Island: see Venezuela_ 261
Marianas Islands: see Micronesia_ 116,
oT (CAD)
Marianne, Ile: see Mascarene
Slam Ses a ee ee 99
Marianne Islands: see Micro-
MEST esos es naa een iba Gal GE Dale)
see Prince Ed-
(96), 100
Marion Island:
Wordlsland Se =ssauuee oar eee
Marmara: see Egypt---_--______ 30
See’ also” hibyass2 2 es 41
Marquesas (Marquises) Islands:
see Polynesia___ 124, 125, 126, (128)
Marshall Islands: see Micro-
MESA ERE eee Se ss 116, EG 12h)
Martin Garcia (Island): see Ar-
POU Ca re AE tae 234
Martinique: see Lesser Antilles. 229
Mary Island (Phoenix Islands) :
see Molucea Islands_____-_____ 118
Marylandiet eek. sae ee 186
Masafuera: see Juan Fernandez
GHATS ERePes cs 114
Masearene Fslands-2 ks aes 98
Massachusetts=-. 22). 2S Bee 186
Massailand: see Tanganyika____ 56
Masthead Island: see Queens-
Panis ee i er a, 69
Matinicus Island: see Maine____ 185
Maui (Island): see Hawaiian
PSangs 2s es fos ee mst
Maurice, Ile de (Mauritius):
see Mascarene Islands_________ 99
Moauritanias sae, 1 DB eee 43
Mauritius: see Mascarene Is-
Mayor Island: see North Island
CNew Zealand) 22225 eee oon 79, 81
Melanesia. 22.20 2S Sie 114, (124)
Melville Island: see Franklin
(@anada)) 2 OR Re Ae 136
Melville Island: see Northern
TerritonysCAustralia) = aes 67
Mendana Archipelago: see Poly-
TICS 1 ee eo ER Oe Bla eee 126
Mentawi Islands: see Sumatra__ 130
Mexico ease a ne ree Seer niet St 149
Miangas Island (Palmas Island):
see Dutch East Indies________ 107
Michigan. {2c ee ead 189
Micronesia® 230 ers sae aren 116, (124)
Midway Islands: see Hawaiian
Tangs 22 s2 ALES ee See 111
Milson Island: see New South
Wales. 5 cos Sor 100 oe eee eee 65
Mindoro: see Philippine Islands_ 123
Mingan Island: see Quebec_____ 145
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Page
Minikoi (Minicoy) Island: see
Laccadive Islands____________ 96
Minmeésota.an). on tea eee 192
Miquelon (Island): see New-
foyundland) 21. 4s ees Dees IAG
Mississippi-. =: ==.2=2= < VESReEs 193
Missouri see a 193
Moa Island: see Molucea Is-
DATOS eee 118
Mocha, Isla de la: see Chile____ 248
Molokini Island: see Hawaiian
TSlanGS tise 2. 25h 111
Moluccamislandss—= 2 ae i732)
Mombasa (Island): see Zanzi-
aes 23). 2 82S se eee 63
Mona Island; see Puerto Rico__ 230
Money Island: see Paracel Is-
land Sev fa ee ee ey eee 122
Monhegan Island: see Maine___ 185
Rontana: --2 08s 2 ae ee 194
Moreton Island: see Queens-
PATER. Picts ge el ee en 70
Moroce0c2 Shs Weed see ee 43
Mossamedes: see Angola________ 22
Mount Desert Island: see Maine- 185
Mozambiquel“]4-40 22am Jie AT
Mugeres Island: see Central
America (Hemsley) _----____ 146
Muskeget Island: see Massachu-
Sette. 2.5 ee eee 188
Mustique Island: see Lesser An-
Gilles s=i2 eh ee Se 228
Namaland: see South-west
Africa 3 2 irs Fae eee 5d
Nantucket (Island): see Massa-
chuSettst ).. foroiat > 2 ea eee 187
INarecondam) island> ss aes 99
Natal: 222. 2825 pe So he ee 48
Natuna (Natoena) Islands: see
Dutch Hast Indies. == 108
Navassa Island: see Hispaniola. 227
Nebraska.) i) ts) ter 2 ae re ae 195
Nederlandsch Indié: see Dutch
Bast vindies:420 sae eae 104
Nepean Island: see Australian
Tslands.. 222A) 6 5 eee 102
Neptune Isles: see South Aus-
tralia. 72 22 | Sede ee 72
Netherlands Indies (Dutch East
ENGIGS) ic se eee 104
Neu Mecklenburg (New Mecklen-
burg): see Melanesia_____-__ 115
Neu Pommern: see Melanesia__ 115, 116
N@Vvadasa: io 5 oe tees 196
New Amsterdam Island_______ (95), 99
New Britain: see Melanesia___ 115, 116
New (Brunswick i222 25s als eee. 139
Néw ‘Caledonia: ascites 118, (124)
New Guinea « !s222 ss ce eee 119
Néw. Hampshire-2225) >) = 196
New Hebrides: see Melanesia_ 115, (124)
New Ireland (New Mecklen-
burg): see Melanesia_____-__ 115
INGw. ‘JeESey. 27 eke) eee 197
New Mecklenburg: see Melanesia. 115
New Mexico. =: =o = se 198
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Page
New Providence Island: see Ba-
hana Sands 2 = = se 224
New. South:-Wales 22s ass _= 64
IN@waVOrke? ? =. Se 2 Be 2 199
IN@warZieallamn G26 eee se fee 6
Newtoundland=22 22". Ses (183), 139
Ngamiland: see Bechuanaland
BRrotectorate 222 eee
INTGoR aot ares 2 eae oe 153
Nicobariisliands 2 Se (93), 100
INGOs lye ee ee Pe Ne 49
Nightingale Island: see Tristan
dev@unha Islands] =-=-) es. 92
Niihau Island: see Hawaiian
GS Tea) Gp ee ee ee litt
Norfolk Island: see Australian
STG Gee ete EO Pa 102, (124)
INOrhhweAGNeriGg A 8) 22/2 Lae eee 130
North Australia: see Northern
Territory «<(Australia)==s--—2— 67
Nowtihi@arolinagt- = 3 a be 204
Nonine Dakota. 2.23 205
North Danger Island: see Paracel
SiG Sere tree ee 122
North Devon (Island) : see Frank-
TTA =, Se ea a a fl as Be ae as 136
North Island (New Zealand)__~- 7
North Kent (Island) : see Frank-
py ae de ee is Se 136
Northern Rhodesia __ 2 =F. 50
Northern Territories: see Gold
(COREE: ai ee a eee 38
Northern Territory (AuStralia)_ 67
North-west Island: see Queens-
Regi Chee ee ee De Ss ee 69
North-west Islet : see Queensland_ 70
Northwest Territories (Canada) :
see Franklin, Keewatin, and
Mackenzie_____________ 135, 136, 138
Nottingham Island: see Franklin. 136
INOW SCO tle tree ape Tee a 140
Nubia: see Anglo-Egyptian Su-
CCAS VCs Sah ee SS es a OE Ne 20
Nuyts Archipelago: see South
FASTA CPG 8 WG ee aera Se 72
Nasa lang eta se et a ee Hs 50
-Oahu Island: see Hawaiian Is-
DY Ege eS ee 111
Ocracoke Island: see North Caro-
STING Sse Seo ar pe 205
COS 2 ae eee ee 206
CC SIG ANC 1 65 a es et 208
Old Calabar: see Nigeria_____--- 49
Old Providence Island: see Co-
LOPE TY ae ee ee ee 250
Ombar Island (Alor Island) : see
Dutchsast-Indies = 2 108
One-tree Island: see Queensland_ 69
(Oy AT 1 Ome ie ie wn) as 141
Oparu Island (Rapa Island) : see
1 EXaS By a Veh) be a a 125, 126
Open Bay Islands: see South Is-
land (New Zealand) ___--_____ 82
Opolu Island: see Samoan Is-
Ea es ee eee 128
Orange Mree State_.____________ 5
Page
ORES OMe ek ee Mike se So 209
Pacific Ocean (insular floras)_-_ 101
Palau (Pelew) Islands: see Mi-
GCROMCS Tete he ia ee tee ley 116
See also New Guinea_______ 121
Palmas Island: see Dutch East
TENG ES cae a eae 107
Balmer ian dss ee 91
Falmerston Island: see Molucca
TESCO Rao Ma a a 118
Palms, Isle of: see South Caro-
UT peers wee be Semen As 8 | 213
Palmyra Island: see Polynesia_ 125, 126
EPEAT A eee ere ee a 153
Paniki, Poeloe: see Java__-__--_ 114
Papua: see New Guinea____-____ 119
Papuasia: see New Guinea___-_~ 119
Paques, Ile de (Easter Island) :
scemBolynesia= 2isie sis sae Ss 125
Baracel: slam ss ee ek 122
EAL Uy oe Sie ee A 252
Pasitaloe Island: see Dutch East
TT) RES a aac ee POA 8 2 6 a 106
Passe, Ile de: see Mascarene Is-
I EAVTN C1 SS eee aera Fore De Pad 99
Pata sori aac hee de 2538
Patos (Island) : see Venezuela__ 261
Paumotu Islands (Tuamotu Is-
lands) : see Polynesia_________ 124
125, 127, (128)
Pearson Islands: see South Aus-
(Ey ro WS aaa bee Seg eel ee Mg 72
Pelew Islands: see Micronesia___ 116
See also New Guinea_______ 1Daal,
Pemba Island: see Zanzibar____ 63
Pendjaliran, Poeloe: see Java___™ 114
Penikese Island: see Massachu-
SOT Rss ee et oe Re eee 188
PennsSylvanigaissess etic 0a vit 210
Penryhn Island: see Polynesia__ 126
j EYE ba De ace sos EN, Osa See 256
Philippinesislands = 2341 fas 122
Phillip Island: see Australian Is-
12 Sea a AE ees ato k Pe 102
Phoenix Island: see Molucca Is-
INT CSE ea Sy an ils Eel Eo 118
Phoenix Islands: see Molucca Is-
ANG SBS Sea Mee ates oe ee Aes 118
Bimess islevof: seer Cubas == 226
Pines, Isle of: see New Cale-
COLO ON ee oe es SN ee | ee en 118, 119
Pitcairn Island: see Polynesia__ 126
lane lessee huniSia = =a 60
Poivre Island (Amirante Is-
lands) : see Gloriosa Islands__ 95
Polillo Island: see Philippine Is-
Tan Gisee Ore rey Seay x Ee 124
PYG) Aya gVeyst by ee Se I ee ee 124
Pomotu Islands (Tuamotu Is-
lands) : see Polynesia_________ 124,
125, 127, .(128)
Ponape Island: see Micronesia__ 116
Poor Knights Islands: see North
Island (New Zealand) —---____ 80, 81
Poperang Island (Shortland Is-
lands): see Melanesia________ 116
Porto Rico (Puerto Rico) __---__ 230
334 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Page
Porto Santo Island: see Madeira
Islands: 222 2020s oe Ea 90
Portuguese Congo: see Angola__ 22
Portuguese East Africa: see Mo-
ZAMDIGUMe2 Dee ise Cee eee 47
Eortucuese, Guinea. === 51
Portuguese West Africa: see An-
Ola Se ee ae ee eee ene 22
Possession Island: see Crozet Is-
LAN GS 2 2 rays ee ee 95, (96)
Pretoria: see Transvaal________ 59
Pribilof Islands: see Alaska--__ 1382
Prince Edward Island (Canada)_ 143
Prince Edward Islands (Indian
Ocean) =) 252 ies ee (96), 100
Prince Patrick Island: see Frank-
Iftar e eS Pee en See ee ee 136
Principe (Island): see Sao
Thomeés2s30 sie 26 4 eet (28), 52
Providence Island: see Aldabra_ 93
See also Gloriosa Islands___ 95
Providencia (Old Providence Is-
land) : see Colombia__________ 250
Puerto; RI COL eee Se 2 ie ae 230
Pukapuka (Island): see Poly-
NeSla-& bape Greet ake AS 24
Pukeokaoka (Island) : see South
Island (New Zealand) __-__ 84
Qucbech. fee a Bae ee ee Ee 143
Queen Charlotte Islands: see
British Columbige==——= = 134, 135
@ueensland 08 ee Sue as. 68
Quiriquina, Isla de: see Chile-___ 245
Rangitoto Island: see North Is-
land (New Zealand) __---___-_ 80
Raoul Island: see Australian Is-
EAN GL S 2 ha oe oe ka pe 102
Rapa Island: see Polynesia____ 125, 126
Rarotonga Island: see _ Poly-
MOS 2 see Be ae (118), 125, 127
Redonda (Island): see Lesser
JA FIC Gee ia Ne oe Es 229
Réunion Island: see Mascarene
Islands eG iene eee 22 TE ok 99:
Revesby Island: see South Aus-
br libata a ie, ea eae 72
Revillagigedo Islands: see
MiCXiC@ sua re ia ie 151
Rhodertislan diets saris Seas. ale
Rhodesia : see Northern Rhodesia
and Southern Rhodesia______ 50, 95
Rignes Lands: see Franklin____ 136
FiO) de: OROS2 sO ieee oie eee 2 51
Rio Muni: see Spanish Guinea__ 56
Rio-Nunez: see French Guinea__ oil
Robben Island: see Cape of Good
Hope # s=4 22 wee eed ES 28
Rocher des Oiseaux: see Mas-
carene: Islandsee= as 99
Roches, Ile des (Amirante Is-
lands): see Gloriosa Islands_ 95
Rodriguez Island : see Mascarene
TSVA nGS oo oS Nese 98
Roques, Los: see Venezuela_____ 26]
Rose Atoll: see Samoan Islands. 127
Rota Island: see Micronesia_ 116, 117
Page
Round Island: see Mascarene
sland S234 =o 8 UE ee 99
Ruanda and Urn eee 51
Ruatan Island: see Central
America (Hemsley) — __-~_-___ 146
Rugged Islands: see South Is-
land (New Zealand) _——--____ 84
Ruwenzori: see Belgian Congo__ 23
Saba (Island): see Lesser An-
CEOS ce SS a ee eee 228
Sable Island: see Nova Scotia__ 141
Sahata= 2o322 2h" aa a See iy
St. Andrews (Island) : see Colom-
Dia 222 ote Se 250
St. Barthélemy: see Lesser An-
CHES e > 32 2 eS ie ee en 230
St. Bartholomew: see Lesser An-
THC Ge! nee pre eae a 230
St. Christopher: see Lesser An-
tilleg VA Caiee. a Swe ERS 228
St. Croix: see Lesser Antilles_. 229
St. Eustatius: see Lesser An-
[i UU Kets phe age tee imeem) Tie ke | 228
St.. Helena) 2 2 ea ee 91
St. Jan: see Lesser Antilles_.___ 229
St. Kitts (St. Christopher) : see
Lesser -Antilles#." 2b ssl 228
St. Lawrence Islands: see
Alaskat..2 Sgm.« 12S ee eee 163!
St. Martin: see Lesser Antilles. 228
St. Paul Island: see New Amster-
damm island#s2252 22s .0eene (95), 99
St. Paul Island: see Nova Seotia_ 141
St. Pierre Island: see Aldabra_ 93
St. Pierre (Island): see New-
foundland:):..2..] 4s. eee 140
St. Thomas: see Lesser Antilles_ 229
St. Thomas Island: see Sao
Thom6s. ioe Sagan ere (28, 35), 52
St. Vincent Island: see Cape
Verde Islands] 226 ) oak see 88
St. Vincent Island: see Florida__ 1738
St. Vincent (Island) : see Lesser
Antillese 12) nye eae 228
Saipan Island: see Micronesia. 116
Salayer (Salajar) Islands: see
Dutch East Indies____________ 106
Salisbury Island: see Natal____ 48
Salomon Islands (Solomon Is-
lands) : see Melanesia____ 115, (121)
Salvador rss 235 e352 eae a Pat 54:
Salvage -Islands2 352s. seb ees 91
Samauw Island: see Dutch East
Tndie@gens se ee een 108
Samoa: see Samoan Islands____ 127
Samoanelisland Saaeeeaeeees (124), 127
SanvAmbrosios: ae. kes eee 128
San Andres (St. Andrews Is-
land): see Colombia 256
San Benito Islands: see Mexico. 151
San Clemente Island: see Cali-
fornidiaeets «Se eee eee 166
San Felix: see San Ambrosio__ 128
San Gallan (Island): see Peru- 257
San Lorenzo (Island): see Peru_ 257
San Miguel Island: see Califor-
TATA sen er toe ee ee ce 166, 169
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX 335
Page Page
San Nicolas Island: see Califor- South Island (New Zealand) ___-~ 82
(TIGA eee pt en ee 167 | South Orkney Islands__-__---_- 92
Sandwich Island: see Melanesia. 115] South Shetland Islands: see Gra-
Sandwich Islands (Antarctic): |ayeticay’ ] Of 0 0 | esa ks ea 90, (91)
See) South iGeorgiak 2252 eer 91 | South Trinidad Island: see Trin-
Sandwich Islands (Pacific) : see idad Island (South Atlantic
Hawaliane Uslandsae ss ee 109 Ce ai) REE ENS “ENE es 2 92
See also Polynesia____--___ (124) | Southampton Island: see Kee-
Santa Barbara Islands: see Cali- Wal een eS AS 136, 137
POTS TA aes roe Lt 2 IN a ale 166, 168, 169 See also Franklin_____-____ 136
Santa Catalina Island: see Cali- Southern> Rhodesia. 22-. 2. =. 5d
POT MT a1 AS 8 ao G6) 163) |iSouth-west -Atricas-=2— = se 5D
Santa Cruz Island: see Califor- Spanish Guineas> se 56
Th epeeerees. A bre arte hee 166, 168, 169] Spanish Morocco; see Moroc¢co_— 43
Santa Rosa Island: see Califor- Spratly Island: see Paracel Is-
PO ITEB as se ap ae Rl Gy ayo 166, 169 JIT G VE se SE WN a 122
Santo Domingo: see Hispaniola__ 226]Starbuck Island: see Molucca
Salon Rhomes 22 eee (2385530) o Sail Spee ea eet eT 118
Saskatchew ans. =. ee 145 | Staten Island: see Patagonia_.__ 256
Schei Island: see Franklin______ 136 | Stewart Atoll: see Melanesia____ 114
Sebesy Island: see Dutch East Stewart Island: see South Island
HOV EVG ASS ia a ana a re ren deere 107 New, Zealand) = ae 82, 83
Sémhae see” Socothas—=- 22.2 -— 101 | Sudan: see Anglo-Egyptian Su-
SOT Caren leas ht ae eM ee 52 (OLE 0 een ag er Se Sa ea gt Seat Be 20
Senegambia: see Senegal_______ SA A SHB 0 aS UC eg (107), 129
Seychelles mas os meaner (98), 100} Sumbawa Island: see Dutch East
Shackleford Bank: see North SUNY GINS ps ee a 107
(SEAFRONT Wea Sa aE Es Gate err 205|Sunda Islands: see Dutch Hast
Shortland Islands: see Mela- TE a6 bes Sees a rule pee iy acre, Sea 106, 107, 108
JOY EXSUICE ee ea ion ASS ea A al. TATTCER?4 1 RST roto 5 00 ei ay Nee arin 258
STC CON Cie ae ats tot te ee 53 |Suwarrow Island: see Molucca
Sikeiana Island: see Melanesia. 114 STAN Se ee aes ee 118
Sinaileesee shiny pba SS BOM We ZWange ss tee 56
Sir Joseph Banks Islands: see Sydney Island (Phoenix Is-
SouthmaAnis praia <a ee (LP? lands): see Molucea Islands__ 118
Sitkazesee.-AlaSkas= = 3 SNe 180 | Tahiti: see Society Islands____ 128, 129
Small Island (Stewart Atoll): Tahua Island (Mayor Island):
seer Melanesia= Ss 115 see North Island (New Zea-
Smith Island: see North Caro- Meri Glh) eee eens See eae 79, 81
SDN yeeros ee eee ee Re Os ee 204|Talaur (Talaud) ‘Islands: see
Snares Islands: see Australian Dutchehastaindiesuea. =e 107
SS Veni Seeee tee ete 101, 102, 103 | Tami Islands: see New Guinea__ 121
Society Islands________-_ Gt) BZ Saale an eS ansysliaeeen ae ee 56
SOCOLLOmislands =Ssee, Mexico2 === 152) (Tasmania =- 85
SOC O teleeeaeerea ote re ws 101 | Taubeninsel (Shortland Islands) :
Soemba Island: see Dutch East See) Melanesiae == satameceasneee 116
AIST GUL GS per eee a ee a 108} Taylor Island: see South Aus-
Sokotra: see Socotra__-________ 101 {BOC UI schoo rae dente Meta ahead ved (2
Solander Islands: see South Is- Tchad Territory: see French
land=@New Zealand) ——- = 82 MquatorialleeAdhi 1@am ees 85
Solomon Islands: see Melanesia 115, | Teneriffe: see Canary Islands__ 88
(i212) sl lennesseemsae a ee 214
Solor Island: see Dutch East In- DED RESON il se ee ay rs A 215
CAIGST ae a ean 108 | Thistle Island: see South Aus-
Somalia: see Italian Somali- VS ST GG as Se le pia tate 72
ETT beep sa a 39 | Thousand Islands: see Java____ 114
Somaliland: see British Somali- Three Kings Islands: see North
Andee rorectorate = ots 27 Island (New Zealand)________ 79
See also French Somaliland_ 37|Thursday Island: see Queens-
See also Italian Somaliland_ 39 [NESTN G10 Meets erence led Mc Sy cael mE 69
SOTO G) GAA ELT CC a 53 | Tibesti: see French Equatorial
SOQuUbeAIMerIGHe e225 Let Taste eri SANT GE Pca e at lactate Four eel 35
SopthmeAysiralige === tse 70 | Tierra del Fuego: see Patagonia_ 254,
Southe@arohking 6S ee 213 255, 256
SOutheDaAkotast So o2 a 214|Timbuctoo: see French West
NOmpheGeorgia= 5 91 PNT GCs NEES See eh eS eS) a7
241306°—42—_22
336
Page
Timoe (Tuamotu Islands) :
iPOlyMeSia;, 2 23 sia ae eee 126
Timor: see Dutch East Indies__ 106,
107, 108
Timor Laut: see Molucea Is-
TANG Sai cents dns eee). ee 117, 118
Tinian Island: see Micronesia___ 116
Tobago: see Venezuela____--_--~ 261
Toedjoeh, Poelau: see Dutch
Hast: Indies... 2!) ee 108
ON SOE as Se eee pe ia a ee 58
Moszoland)) see hogon=s sss .58
Tokelau Islands (Union Group) :
see: POlynesidias 22a 2 2a ae ee 126
Tonga Islands: see Polynesia__ 124,
125, 126
Toppers Hoedje (Island): see
Dutch hast Indiess= = 107
Torres Islands: see Melanesia__- 115
Tortue Island: see Hispaniola__ 227
Tortuga Island: see Venezuela__ 260
i is KB TS SA 76 3 Wy OR ek Ce eles Ss hae 59
Tres Marias Islands: see Mexico_ ve
15:
Trinidad Island (South Atlantic
@Geminl peers pen ers es ee 92
Trinidad (Island): see Ven-
CZ] ares eaten er alee eRe eee 261
TripolicwseeyLibyaes sa s- == 41
Tripolitania: see Libya_-__----- 41
Tristan da Cunha Islands____~_ (91), 92
see Micronesia___ 116, 117
see Queensland___ 69
see Polynesia. 124,
125, 127, (128)
see Austral Is-
Truk Island:
Tryon Island:
~ Tuamotu Islands:
Tubuai Islands:
Jands> (Polynesia) 222s 125
Tuhua Island (Mayor Island):
see North Island (New Zea-
Vegiry Gh!) eee eS ee ee 81
OU SUR TUL STs eee ee ee 60
Tutuila Island: see Samoan Is-
lands ___ aA, eet 1G
Uea Islands (Wallis Islands) :
SC@IPOlynesiaw@es === 124, 125
Wanda as ae eee 61
Unalaskal seesAlaskas== sss == 132
Ungava: see Labrador__---- 137, Cane
Seerall Sosnuice in lire eeees eee
See also Quebecs2= === = te
Union Islands (Tokelau Islands) :
See LOlynesiae= soe =a eee 126
Union Island: see Lesser An-
MANN SCS aera See eg I a 228
Cnion Islands (Tokelau Islands) :
Seer Lolynesiq=]=— === ana 126
United! Statess = sss Se 157
United States, Northeastern___- 160
United States, Southeastern —__-_~ 161
United States, Western__-__---- 162
Upper Guinea: see West Africa 62
Unuicuay=2— > >== Re ee)
Urundi: see Ruanda ‘and ‘Urundi_ 51
Wita ee ae ee ee eens 217
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
Page
Vakois, Ile: see Mascarene Is-
landsS= ee ee 99
Vancouver Island: see British Co-
huimbiasi@entw ts oehaeteE 134, 135
Vaté Island: see Melanesia_____ i 5)
Vavau Island: see Polynesia_____ 125
Venezuela: 2. 7 enn ES aa 260
Verlaten (Island): see Dutch
Hast Imdies&=>- 2at at. Fe eaas 107
Viersin1@ ii atek: ee eee 217
VACtOrIa gine hd bt. She Ree 73
Victoria Island: see Franklin___ 186
See also Mackenzie_________ 138
Victoria Land (Antarctic): see
Cockburny sland2o2 == ee 89
Victoria Land (Canada): see
Wramichiveess. 2 sotes cc eee teee 136, (1388)
Viejas (Island) : see Peru_______ 257
Vieques Island: see Puerto Rico_ 231
Virgin Islands: see Lesser An-
2 Dk meme a ee age 229,. 230
DG Ur okeag AW kz esate comm etnies Abc T Calpe 218
Viti Islands: see Fiji Islands_ 108, (124)
Viti Levu: see Fiji Islands______ 108
Volcano Island: see Philippine Is-
NAT SH ste nore en ee ee 123
Vostok Island: see Polynesia____ 125
Waiheke (Island) : see North Is-
land’ (New Zealand)=- os. == 80
Wake Island: see Hawaiian Is-
ET C1 See oe eed cee Oe int
Wallis Islands: see Polynesia__ 124, 125
Wrashingtonj 2222222222 ee 219
Washington Island: see Poly-
MOSH ANF ck ee ee ere ea DAS
Wedge Island: see South Aus-
FG? img ec eR lA Ph ba lp S. 72
Wellington Island: see Pata-
sonia = oes eer Sea reee ee 250
WSS i Af et ay a a ee 62
West Antarctica : see Cockburn Is-
IG WOVs [eens Bee Sea sae es eee Th ty oe 89
Wiest Indies: == Se ee eee 224
IVWVIES ES Vilar cin ee ee es ee Gt) 2c
WVeStern AUS tial ee
Wetter Island: see Molucca Is-
jE Th 8 Fug PO Lay aaa tl ee ee 8 118
White Island: see North Island
(New Zealand) 22222 e2—= 81
Williams Island: see South Aus-
traliqn..- oe ka eS eee 72
Wilson Island: see Queensland__ 69
Windward Islands: see Lesser
Antilles. ee Se oe ee eee 228
WISCONSIN ta > ee es ee eee 221
Wrangell Land (Siberia): see
NaC kale ee ee eee 132
Wyoming) - = ee 223
Yap Island: see Micronesia____ 116, 117
Yong Island: see Prince Edward
Islands (Indian Ocean) _—_---~-- 100
Waukon. 222s * eee eS eee 145
TAN ZAD AI oe ee ere 63
Zululand: see Natal____-----~- 48
O
At ena ee Lh ak tees eA eee eS ee Te
RIE LS LL ye REL ATTRA RIA. ATF Ree REL FY : ’ ’ 3y * 7 i r mar hides a ‘ a oa
LTTE TN Dy PIMLT RT INET, FTP ERT Oe I eT Shs arin tall! alt rhs 1A cited tn eater vada odie bb etuityissiciime
mene te tt
ere hme Ce Hm
i
Hee
J
hataine
A
Wiens
vi
: Stasi
= eats
a
a
Nee ers
2 Se
ppEeetEss
pasabes to
bard peak
Bes
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11